mi
Iron)):'
wl!Siii!
fflsm
i
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
Vol. XXXVI, 1930-31.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE
H Journal of Zooiow
IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRING MUSEUM.
EDITED BY
LORD ROTHSCHILD, E.R.S., Ph.D.,
Dr. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN.
Vol. XXXVI, 1930-31.
(WITH SEVEN PLATES.)
Issued at the Zoological Museum, Tkino.
PK1NTED BY HAZELL, WATSON k VINEY, Ltd., LONDON AND AYLESBURY
1930-1931
CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXVI (1930-31).
GENERAL SUBJECTS.
PAGES
1. My Dutch New Guinea Expedition, 1928. Ernst Mayr .... 20—20
AVES.
1. Welche Paradiesvogelarten der Literatur sind Hybriden Ursprungs.
Erwin Stresemann .........
2. Notes on the preceding article of Dr. Stresemann. Lord Rothschild
:t. On a collection of Birds made by Dr. Ernst Mayr in Northern Dutch New
Guinea. Ernst Hartert ........
4. List of the Birds collected by Ernst Mayr. Ernst Hartert .
5. A Preliminary Review of the Mooruk (Papuanus bcnnetti) Group of Casso-
waries (Plates I and II). Lord Rothschild .....
(i. Types of Birds in the Tring Museum. Ernst Hartert ....
7. A note on some Early Plumage Phases in the Steganopodes, with a descrip-
tion of a previously undescribed phase in Fregata aguHa (Linn.).
Percy R, Lowe 201— 20T>
5. On a collection of Birds made by Mr. F. Shaw Mayer in the Weyland
Mountains, Dutch New Guinea, in 1930 (Plates III and IV). Lord
Rothschild 250 L'Tli
9. Two new Malaysian subspecies of Birds. F. N. Chasen and C. Boden
Kloss 279
Id. Zur Systematik der Gattung Oerygone (Plates V-VH). Dr. Wilhelm Mi'.isi: 317—37!)
LEPIDOPTERA.
1. Description of New Sphingidae and remarks on some others. Karl Jordan
2. Revisional notes on the genus Epamera (Lep., Lycaenidae). N. D. Riley .
3. On the two species of Deudorix known from New Guinea (Lep., Lycaenidae).
Karl Jordan ..........
4. Geometric! descriptions and notes. Louis B. Prout
6. List of Lepidoptera collected by Dr. Ernst Hartert and Mr. Frederick Young
in Morocco in 1930. Lord Rothschild ......
6. Descriptions of new species of Japanese, Formosan. and Philippine Py ralidac.
R. J. West 206—219
7. On Cypa decolor and some allied species (Lep., Sphingidae). Karl Jordan . 235 — 242
8. On the geographical variation of the Pine Hawk-Moth, Hi/loiciis pinastri.
Karl Jordan 243—249
9. Two new Zygaenidae (Lep.). Karl Jordan ...... 277 — 278
VI
CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXVI (1930-31).
COLEOPTERA.
1. Three new Anthribidae from British India. Karl Jordan
2. Anthribidae versus Platystomidae. Karl Jordan .
3. Anthribidae collected by F. C. Drescher on the island of Java. Kari
Jordan .........
4. Two new Oriental Anthribidae. KiRL Jordan
5. Some Anthribidae from tropical Africa. Karl Jordan .
PAGES
143— H5
281—287
288—302
303—304
305—310
SIPHON APTERA.
1. On some South African Fleas. Karl Jordan ..... 129 — 138
2. A new Xenopsylla from South Africa. Botha De Meillon . . 139 — 142
3. Three new species of Neopsylla (Siphonaptera) from the Oriental Region.
Karl Jordan .......... 220 — 224
4. Siphonaptera collected by Mr. F. J. Cox in France. Karl Jordan . . 225 — 229
5. Records of Fleas from the Austrian Tirol and the Dolomites. Karl Jordan 230 — 232
0. On some Fleas collected by Monsieur Heim de Balzac in Western Algeria.
Karl Jordan .......... 233 — 234
7. Three new South American Fleas. Karl Jordan ..... 311 — 316
INDEX 381—404
PLATES IN VOLUME XXXVI
PLATES I— II. Heads of Cassowaries.
PLATES III-IV. Heads and Breast Plumage of Epimachus.
PLATES V-VII. Schnabel und ausserste Sehwanzfedern von Oerygone.
ERRATA.
P. 120, lino 11 from below road leucoca/piUus instead of U ucocnpillas.
P. 130, line 11 from below, and p. 132, lino 9 from above read Myolumys instead of
Mystomys.
P. 143, line 7 from above read Mcsuu instead of Mcscca.
P. 196. lino 10 from above read Pararge instead of Parage.
P. 263, line 6 from above read Poecilodryas instead of Paecilodryas.
P. 270, lines 7, 9, 16, 17 from below read musschenbroeki instead of muschenbrokei.
P. 271, line 12 from above read Charmusyna instead of Carmosyna.
P. 276, line 10 from below read feathers instead of features.
P. 314, lines 16, 19 from below read Gnincopsylla instead of Graniopsylla.
NOYITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
H journal of Zoology
EDITED BY
LORD ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D.,
Dit. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN.
Vol. XXXVI.
No. 1.
Pages 1-149.
Issued November 15th, 1930, at the Zoological Museum, Tring.
PRINTED BY HAZKLL, WATSON t VINBY, Ltd., LONDON AND AYLESBURY.
1930.
Vol. XXXVI.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
EDITED BX
LORD ROTHSCHILD, ERNST HARTERT, and KARL JORDAN
CONTENTS OF NO. I.
\-M.E~
1. DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPHINGIDAE AND
REMARKS ON SOME OTHERS . . Karl Jordan . 1—5
2. WELCHE PARADIESVOGELARTEN DER
LITERATURSINDHYBRIDENURSPRUNGS? Erwin Stresemam, C— 15
3. NOTES ON THE PRECEDING ARTICLE OF
DR. STRESEMANN Lord Rothschild . 16—17
4. ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS MADE BY
DR. ERNST MAYR IN NORTHERN DUTCH
NEW GUINEA Ernst Harterl 18—19
5. MY DUTCH NEW GUINEA EXPEDITION, 1928 Ernst Mayr . . 20—26
6. LIST OF THE BIRDS COLLECTED BY ERNST
MAYR Ernst Hartert . 27—128
7. ON SOME SOUTH AFRICAN FLEAS . . Karl Jordan . . 129—138
8. A NEW XENOPSYLLA FROM SOUTH AFRICA Botha de Meillon . 139—142
9. THREE NEW ANTHRIBIDAE FROM BRITISH
INDIA Karl Jordan . . 143-145
10. REVISION AL NOTES ON THE GENUS
EPAMERA (LEP. LYCAENIDAE) . . N. D. Riley . . 146
11. ON THE TWO SPECIES OF DEUDORIX
KNOWN FROM NEW GUINEA (LEP.
EYCAENIDAE) Karl Jordan . . 147—140
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE
Vol. XXXVI.
NOVEMBER 1930.
No. 1.
DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPHINGIDAE AND REMARKS ON
SOME OTHERS.
By DR. K. JORDAN.
(With eleven text-figures.)
l. Polyptychus serrator commodus subsp. nov. (text-figs. 1, 2).
cJ. In colour and pattern like P. serrator serrator Jord. 1929 and P. pygarga
spurrelli R. & J. 1912, from West Africa. The markings of the single specimen
rather indistinct, as is sometimes
the case also in P. p. spurrelli ;
forewing, above, with a brown
costal subapical spot 3 mm. long ;
brown suffusion at termen deeper
in tone than in P. p. spurrelli.
Underside buffish clay-colour ;
at apex of forewing a brown triangle
along costa about 6 mm. long, the
grey suffusion at termen thereby
narrowed into a point at apex.
Clasper very distinct : dorsal apical
process (dp) of clasper long and
curved frontad, pointed, as shown in
text-fig. 1 (view from inside), and 2
(dorsal aspect) ; dorsal margin (dm)
of clasper rounded-expanded, but
smooth, not denticulate as in P. s.
serrator. Armature of penis-sheath
similar to that of P. s. serrator, but
the patch of teeth less oblique and
the apical teeth directed apicad-
ventrad (probably variable indi-
vidually).
Hab. Victoria Nyanza, Sesse Islands : Lutoboka Bugalla, larva at forest
edge, pupated 2.1. , emerged 20.1.1913 (Dr. D. H. Carpenter), 1 <$ in Hope
Department, Oxford.
1
2 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
2. Polyptychus trilineatus sonantis Bubsp. nov. (text-figs. 3-5).
c?$. This subspecies, from South India, and P. t. luteatus R. & J. 1903,
from Ceylon, are in structure remarkably different from the two Himalayan
subspecies, P. t. trilineatus Moore 1888, from the Western Himalayas, and
P. t. undatus R. & J. 1903, from the Eastern Himalayas and Assam, and resemble
each other very closely.
In colour P. t. sonantis agrees better with Himalayan specimens than with
Ceylonese ones, differing from the latter particularly in the zigzag line placed
in between the two outer lines of the forewing, upperside, being but
indicated or even absent. The
specimens are bred and have a
grey bloom, which must not be
expected to be present in caught
specimens which have been on
the wing for some time.
Genitalia . <J : Anal
tergite somewhat longer than in
P. t. luteatus, but much shorter
than in P. t. trilineatus and P. t.
undatus. Anal sternite (text-fig. 3)
a rather high thin ridge which is
incurved in middle, whereas in
P. t. luteatus it is medianly pro-
duced into an obtuse lobe. Gasper
as in P. t. luteatus, the ridge (mr)
on the harpe somewhat longer
(text-fig. 4). Unpaired ventral
process of penis-sheath not fish-
tail like as in the northern sub-
species, but asymmetrical as in
the Ceylonese subspecies, the apex
being dilated towards one side
only, this projection a little shorter
than in P. t. luteatus. $ : Post-
vaginal plate somewhat more rounded laterally than in P. t. undatus (we have
no $? of P. t. luteatus and P. t. trilineatus) ; tergite VIII divided into two rounded
lobes (text-fig. 5), which do not bear a hump on the upperside as they do in
P. t. undatus.
Hab. South India: North Kanara, Karwar, 2 $<$, 3 ??, bred by T. R.
Bell, who has very kindly presented this series to the Tring Museum.
3. Polyptychus trilineatus trilineatus Moore 1888 (text-figs. 6, 9).
A $ bred by Major F. B. Scott enables me to supplement and correct what
we said in the R e v i s i o n , p. 238. This specimen has the lines of the forewing
in the same position as the various other subspecies, proving the type-specimen
of P. t. trilineatus (a $) to be an aberrant individual as suggested in the Revi-
sion. In colour Major Scott's o almost agrees with P. deniatus Cram. 1777,
being paler than P. t. undatus R. & J. 1903. The Q-avia&iwxG of the specimen
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 3
is characterized by the two apical teeth of the harpe being close together, the
ventral tooth being but slightly longer than the upper one (text-fig. 6) ; the
size of these teeth is rather variable in P. I. undatus and may be expected to
vary also in P. t. trilineatus. The fish-tail process of the penis-funnel (text-
fig. 9), as well as the lateral processes of the funnel (pdr and pdl, cf. Revision,
p. 25, fig. 2) as in P. t. undatus, the right prong of the fish-tail longer than the
left one, as is also the case in P. t. undatus (the processes pdr and pdl not
present in the subspecies from South India and Ceylon).
Hah. Western Himalayas : Dharmsala (1 $ in Mus. Brit.) and Dehra
Dun, 1 $ bred October 1026 (Major F. B. Scott).
4. Polyptychus trilineatus mincopicus subsp. nov. (text-figs. 7, 10).
(§. In colour and pattern like P. t. undatus R. & J. 1003, differing only
in the genital ar-
mature : the two
apical teeth of the
harpe (text-fig. 7,
view from frontal
side) almost of
equal length, nearer
together than in
P. t. undatus ; the
ventral margin of
the harpe convex
close to base of
lower tooth. Anal
tergite apically
somewhat flatter
and less pointed
than in P. t. undatus.
Unpaired fish-tail
process of penis-
funnel (text-fig. 10)
apically broader than in P. t. undatus, with the two prongs less produced.
Hab. Andamans : Port Blair, 1 o in Mus. Tring.
5. Polyptychus trilineatus kelanus subsp. nov. (text-fig. 8).
(J. In colour and pattern like P. t. undatus, differing only in the genital
armature : impaired fish-tail process of penis-funnel as in P. t. mincopicus.
its apex slightly more rounded at sides. The two apical teeth of harpe (text-fig. 8,
view from frontal side) on a neck which is somewhat longer than the ventral
tooth ; the latter about twice the length of the upper tooth.
Hab. Sumatra : Langkat, Balei Codjah, April, 1 <$ in Mus. Tring, received
from M. E. Le Moult.
6. Polyptychus dentatus Cram. 1777.
In the Revision we described the penis-sheath as being without arma-
ture. The statement is erroneous. At that time we had only one damaged
cj for dissection. In fresh specimens from Bangalore, S. India (Major F. B.
4 XoYlTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
Scott), the penis-sheath bears a very long and slender apical process which is
directed frontad, but (in a relaxed specimen) is movable to some extent at the
junction with the sheath.
7. Nyceryx draudti Gehlen 1926 (text-fig. 11).
Described from one <J in the Berlin Museum, ex coll. Staudinger, locality :
Shanusi, Peru, S.W. of Yurimaguas.
The specimen agrees so well in size and colouring with N. stuarli Roths.
1894 that Dr. B. Preston Clark, in 1928, sank draudti as a synonym of stuarti.
Herr Gehlen has since submitted the type of draudti to me for inspection,
together with other Sphingidae described by him. The comparison with the
long series of N. stuarli in
our collection proves the
type of N. draudti to be
different from anything we
have. The external dis-
tinctions are slight, but
they are corroborated by
the genitalia, and for that
reason we must consider
the specimen named N.
draudti as representing a
species distinct from N.
stuarti. However, the
matter is not yet settled
beyond all doubt ; for the
genitalia of ^V. draudti are
of almost the same build
as in N. stuarti except in
the position of the lateral
ventral horns of the anal
segment. In N. stuarti
sternite X lies entirely below tergite X, so that in a dorsal view the long
curved horn of X.st. is visible inside the space between the anal cone (An)
and X.t., whereas in N. draudti the whole of X.st. is lateral, lying on the
outside of the process of X.t., as shown in text-fig. 11 (taken from type of
N. draudti). At the base of the horn of X.st. there is a conical tooth as in
N. stuarli. The process of X.t. is somewhat shorter than in N. stuarti.
X.st.
8. Macroglossum melas pullius subsp. nov.
Macroglossum melas Roths. & Jord., Revision of Sphingidae, p. 646, no. 585
(1903) (partim).
<?. Yellow patch on hindwing. on upperside, divided by a line on
submedian fold, this line missing in the cJ<J from Key, the locality of M. m.
melas ; on underside the abdominal area of hindwing more grey.
?. Yellow patch of hindwing either as in $ or at least separated below
cell from costal area by a black streak which connects the terminal bonier
with the black basal area ; underside as in <^.
NOV1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 5
Hab. New Guinea : Sariba Is. (type) and Milne Bay (A. S. Meek), Hydro-
grapher Mts. and West side of Herzog Mts. (A. F. Eichhorn) ; 2 £$, 5 $$.
We have 3 JtJ, 1 ? of M. m. melas from Little Key (H. Kiihn).
9. Hippotion exclamationis austrinum subsp. no v.
cJ. Forewing slightly broader than in H. e. exclamationis Fawc. 1915, the
discal line more proximal, crossing R1 halfway between cell and termen, accentu-
ated on the veins, but not developed into a stripe from SCS to R1 as in H. e.
exclamationis ; cloud at apex of cell diffuse, smaller in type than in paratype.
Ground-colour of hindwing and of underside more rufescent than in H. e. excla-
mationis (perhaps owing to the specimens of the new subspecies being quite
fresh ?).
On underside the discal line broad and prominent in type, less so in
paratype.
^-genitalia differ in the harpe being slenderer.
Hab. Zululand : Eshowe, August 1929, bred by Mr. E. E. Piatt, who has
very kindly presented to the Tring Museum the two <$$ here described.
H. exclamationis resembles H. roseipennis Butl. 1882, but the discal line
of the forewing, instead of joining the apical streak, is anteriorly curved towards
the costa, and the median line, which is placed outside the cell-apex in H. rosei-
pennis, is absent from H. exclamationis. The anal sternite of H. exclamationis
is not indented in middle, but rounded.
NOYITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
WELCHE PARADIESVOGELARTEN DER LITERATUR SIND
HYBRIDEN URSPRUNGS ?
Von ERWIN STRESEMANN (Berlin).
OC'HON wiederholt haben Beschreiber oder Benrteiler gewisser seltener
^ Paradiesvogelarten den Verdackt geaussert, dass man es hier mit Bas-
tarden und nicht mit natiirlichen Spezies zu tun habe. Dieser Verdacht wurde
aber stets aufs neue zuriickgewiesen. Man glaubte, sich darauf stiitzen zu
konnen, dass Neu-Guinea, insbesondere seine Hochgebirge, noch immer sehr
mangelhaft erforscht sei ; wenn also die eigentliehen Wohnplatze einer solehen
Paradiesvogelart bisher nicht bekannt geworden seien, so miisse man sie eben
in diesen noch unbetretenen Regionen suehen. Oder man verwies darauf,
dass Art- und Gattungsbastarde unter Singvogeln grosse Seltenheiten
darstellen ; warum sollten sie gerade unter den Paradiesvogeln formlich gehauft
auftreten 1
Solehen Argumenten wurde naturgemass von alien denen, die ihre
Freude an der Mannigfaltigkeit der Natur haben, gern Gehor geschenkt,
und diese nahmen die Kunde von der Entdeckung neuer Paradiesvogelarten
allemal mit Begeisterung zur Kenntnis, ohne sich irgendwelchen Zweifeln
hinzugeben.
Nun ist Neu-Guinea seit dem Kriege weiterhin nach den verdachtigen
Paradiesvogeln durchsucht worden, aber ohne jeden Erfolg. Auch der wich-
tigste Zufluchtsort, welchen sich die Phantasie gewahlt hatte, um ihn mit diesen
ratselhaften Paradiesvogelarten zu bevolkern, das Arfakgebirge namlich, ent-
tauschte alle Hoffnungen : Dr. Ernst Mayr brachte von dort nur solche Arten
mit, an deren " Giite " niemals ein Zweifel geherrscht hat.
So schien es mir denn zeitgemass, alle irgendwie verdachtigen Para-
diesvogelarten einmal unter dem Gesichtspunkt zu betrachten, ob es nicht
vielleicht doch Gattungs- oder Artbastarde sein konnten. Den Anstoss dazu
gab mir ein 1929 vom Tring-Museum im Tausch erhaltenes Stuck von Ptilorhis
numtoui, das ich sofort als einen Mischling von Ptilorhis magnified x Seleucides
ignotus ansprach. Auf breiter Grundlage durchfiihrbar aber waren die Unter-
suchungen nur im Tring-Museum mit seiner unvergleichlich vollstandigen
Paradiesvogelsammlung. Ich mochte auch an dieser Stelle Lord Rothschild
meinen warmsten Dank aussprechen, nicht allein dafiir, dass er mir die Durchar-
beitung seiner Schatze gestattete, sondern auch fiir das rege Interesse, mit
dem er meine Arbeit begleitete, und fiir die vielen wertvollen Hinweise und
Ratschlage, die er mir in Tring und bei gemeinsamer Durchsicht der Paradies-
vogelsammlung des Britischen Museums hat zuteil werden lassen. Nachtraglich
vermochte ich, dank dem freundlichen Entgegenkommen des Herrn Prof.
Dr. E. D. van Oort, auch noch die im Leidener Museum verwahrten Typen
von Neoparadisea ruysi und Janihothorax bensbachi zu untersuchen.
Das Ergebnis meiner Untersuchungen sei vorangestellt : ich fand meine
Erwartungen nicht nur erfiillt, sondern sogar iibertroffen. Nicht weniger als
18 Arten und 8 Gattungen der Paradiesvogelliteratur sind hybriden Ursprungs
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 193(1.
und niiissen aus den Verzeichnissen der existierenden Vogelarten gestrichen
werdcn.
Zur Veranschaulichung der Befunde diene das beigefiigte Diagramm.
PARADIGALLA
*©
EPIMACHUS
X©
DIPHYLLODES
CICINNURUS
(1) Rhipldornis gulielmi-tertii, Cicinnurus lyogyrus unci Cicinnurus good/ elloim. (2) Neoparadisea
ruysi. (3) Paradisaea maria und Paradisaea duivenbodii. (4) Janthothorax mirabilis. (5) Jantho-
thorax bensbachi. (6) Heteroptilorhis mantoui. (7) Paryphephorus duivenbodii. (8) Lamprothorax
wilhelminae. (9) Parotia duivenbodii. (10) Loboramphus ptilorhis. (11) Loboramphus nobilis.
(12) Pseudastrapia lobata. (13) Pseudastrapia ellioti und Epimachus astrapioides.
SPEZIELLER TEIL.
A. GATTUNGS-BASTARDE.
1. (a) Rhipidornis gulielnii-tertii (A. B. Meyer) "1 (= Diphyllodes
(b) Cicinnurus lyogyrus Currie magnificus (Penn.) x
(<•) Cicinnurus goodiellowi Og. Grant J ( Cicinnurus regius (L.).
(a) Diphyllodes gulielmi III A. B. Meyer, Der Zoolog. Garten 16, p. 29 (1875—" Waigeu ") ; Berlioz,
Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 52, 1927, p. 397 ; Meise, Abh. Mus. Dresden, xvii. 4, 1929, p. 8
(mit ausfuhrlichem Literaturverzeichnis).
Abbildimg : Gould, Birds of New Guinea, i. 1876, tab. XXI.
(b) Cicinnurus lyogyrus Currie, Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, 22, p. 497 (1900— Patria ignota) ; Roth-
schild, Ibis, 1911, p. 362.
(c) Cicinnurus goodfelloioi Og. Grant, Bull. B.O. Club, 19, p. 39 (1907— Zyklopen-Gebirge) ; Strese-
mann, Arch./. Naturgesch. 1923, A7, p. 35.
Zu a. Es sind iiber 15 Exemplare bekannt, davon etwa 10 in Tring, 2 in
Dresden, 2 in London, mindenstens je 1 in Leiden und Paris, 1 in Berlin.
Es war wohl Berlioz (1927), der als Erster diese "Art " unbedenklich als
Bastard hingestellt hat ; bald darauf hat Meise (1929) ausfuhrlich dargelegt,
dass alle morphologischen Eigentiimlickheiten von "Rhipidornis " mit dieser
Annahme zwanglos erklart werden konnen. Ich kann hier auf seine Erlauterun-
8 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVTI. 1930.
gen verweisen, da ich ilinen in alien Punkten beistimme. Es ist sehr merkwiirdig,
dass sich die Ornithologen dieser Einsicht so lange versehlossen haben. Der
von E. Nyman vor 30 Jahren an das Tring-Museum eingesandte Balg tragt
in Nymans Handschrift den Vermerk : " Cicinnurus regius x Diphyllodes
magnified. Iris ? N. Guinea, zwischen Bongu und Stephansort. April 1899.
Von einem Eingeborenen aus Bismarekarchipel geschossen."
Da Cicinnurus regius im Tiefland von ganz Neu-Guinea neben Diphyllodes
magnificus lebt, so werden auch iiberall gelegentlich Bastarde anftreten ; man
hat solche in der Tat sowohl aus HollSndisch- wie aus Deutsch- und Britisch-
Neuguinea erhalten.
Zu b und, c. Nur 3 Exemplare sind bekannt geworden ; Typ 6 ist in
Washington, Typ c in London und Berlin vertreten. b und c unterscheiden
sich nur unwesentlich voneinander und konnen daher gemeinsam behandelt
werden. Sie sind von alien Exemplaren des " Rhipidornis " durch eine weite
Kluft getrennt und stehen in morphologischer Hinsicht Cicinnurus weit naher ;
kein Wunder daher, dass man sie fur Bastarde zwischen Rhipidornis gulielmi-
tertii und Cicinnurus gehalten hat (Rothschild, Ibis, 1911, p. 364) oder fur das
Ergebnis der Riickkreuzung von [Diphyllodes magnificus x Cicinnurus regius] X
Cicinnurus regius (Meise 1929). Ich halte diese Hypothese jedoch fiir un-
vvahrscheinlic'h ; hat sie doch zur Voraussetzung, dass " Rhipidornis " ein
fruchtbarer Bastard ist, was noch zu beweisen ware. Statt dessen mochte ich
annehmen, dass die reziproke Kreuzung von Diphyllodes X Cicinnurus versehie-
dene Ergebnisse liefert, weil gewisse Faktoren, welche Farbung und Form des
Gefieders beeinflussen, im Geschlechtschromosom Uegen.
Analoge Beispiele sind aus der Klasse der Vogel wiederholt bekanntgegeben
worden. So unterscheiden sich bei der Kreuzung Konigsfasan X Ringfasan
(Syrmaticus reevesi X Phasianus colchicus torquatus) die reziproken Bastarde,
wenigstens im rnannlicken Geschlecht, sehr wesentlich von einander, wie J. C.
Phillips nachgewiesen hat.1 Das gleiche wird behauptet fiir die reziproken
Bastarde von Birkwild X Auerwild (Lyrurus tetrix X Tetrao urogallus).
Ich bin geneigt, anzunehmen, dass " Rhipidornis " aus der Kreuzung
Diphyllodes magnificus^ x Cicinnurus regius^ hervorgeht, Cicinnurus lyogyrus und
C. goodjelloivi dagegen aus der reziproken Kreuzung, die danach wesentlich
seltener vorkommen wiirde.
2. Neoparadisea ruysi van Oort
= Paradisaea minor minor Shaw x Diphyllodes magnifica magnifica (Penn.).
Neoparadisea ruysi van Oort, Notes Leyden Museum, xxviii, p. 129 (1906 — bei Warsembo an der
Westkiiste der Geelvlnk-Bai, gegeniiber der Insel Amberpon).
Beurteilung nach der Untersuchung des Typus, dem sich bisher kein
zweites Stuck hinzugesellt hat. Eine Abbildung existiert leider nicht. Der
Vogel wurde beschrieben nach einem Balg, der im Sommer 1905 von Papuas
am angegebenen Ort gesammelt worden sein soil, was durchaus glaubhaft
erscheint.
Fliigelliinge mit 150 mm. intermediar zwischen Paradisaea (177-189 mm.)
und Diphyllodes (111-119 mm.).
1 J. C. Phillips, " Reciprocal Crosses between Reeves's Pheasant and the Common Ring-Neck
Pheasant producing unlike Hybrids," Atner. Naturalist, Jcvii, 1913, pp. 701-4.
Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. 1930. 9
3«. Paradisaea maria Reichenow
= Paradisaea apoda augustae-victoriae Cab. Paradisaea ("Trichoparadisea "
guilelmi Cab.
Paradisea maria Reichenow. Ornilh. Monatsber. ii, p. 22 (1894 — Finisterre-Gebirge, 1500' hoch) ;
Rothschild, Bull. B.O. Club, 27, p. 36 (1910) ; Stresemann, Arch.f. Natnrgesch. 1923, A7, p. 40 ;
Stresemann, O.M.B. 33, 1925, p. 128.
Abbildung : Journ.f. Orn. 1897, tab. V.
Untersucht : 5. Exemplare, namlich die folgenden : in Berlin den Typus
vom Finisterre-Gebirge und einen angeblich an den siidlichen Abhiingen des
Herzoggebirges, wahrscheinlich aber am Oberlauf des Adlerflusses (Dr. Mayr,
miindlich) erlegten Handelsbalg ; ferner in Tring 3 Exemplare, von denen 2 die
offenbar richtige Herkunftsangabe " Sattelberg " tragen.
Schon Rothschild (1910) und spater ich selbst (1923) haben diese "Art"
fiir einen Bastard zwischen P. augustae-victoriae und P. guilelmi erkliirt ; meine
1923 wegen der Farbe der Schmuekfedern geausserten Bedenken sind insofern
hinfallig geworden, als ich mich durch Augenschein iiberzeugen konnte, dass
" Paradisaea apoda granti " ein Synonym von P. apoda augustae-victoriae ist
(die roteren Schmuekfedern des granti-Typus, weisen offenbar auf kiirzere Trag-
dauer des Gefieders hin ; solche Individuen werden auch am Sattelberg gefunden).
36. Paradisaea duivenbodei Menegaux
= Paradisaea minor finschi A. B. Meyer (?) x Paradisaea ("Trichoparadisea")
guilelmi Cab.
Paradisea duivenbodei Menegaux, Revue Franc. d'Ornith. 5, p. 49 und 172 (1913 — " pres de Yaour,
dans la baie de Geelvink ").
Nur der Typus bekannt (Mus. Paris). Beurteilung nach der Urbeschreibung
und nach Notizen, die sich Lord Rothschild bei personlicher Untersuchung des
Typus gemacht hat. Fliigellange desselben 190 mm. Fiir die Elternschaft von
P. minor finschi und nicht P. apoda augustae-victoriae spricht folgendes : die
strohgelbe Riickenfarbe dehnt sich nicht, wie bei " P. maria," auf die oberen
Scliwanzdeckfedern aus, die Schmuekfedern sind gelb und nicht, wie bei " P.
maria," rostlich rot getont.
Der Fundort Yaour ist ohne Frage falsch ; der Vogel stammt viehnehr
sicher aus Deutsch-Neuguinea. Es ist mir nicht bekamit, ob P. guilelmi irgendwo
sein Verbreitungsgebiet mit P. minor finschi teilt ; doch ist dies vielleicht am
Oberlauf des Ramu oder im westlichen Finisterre-Gebirge der Fall.
4. Janthothorax mirabilis (Reichenow)
= Paradisaea minor Shaw :■- Seleucides nigricans Shaw.
Paradisea mirabilis Reichenow, Orn. Monatsher. 9, p. 186 (1901 — "angeblich in der Umgebung
von Friedrich-Wilhelms Hafen geschossen " ) ; Janthothorax mirabilis Rothschild, Bull. B.O.
Club, xiii, p. 31 (1903) ; Rothschild, Ibis, 1911, p. 358 : Hartert, Nov. Zool. xxvi, 1919, p. 130 ;
Stresemann, Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1923, A7, p. 32.
Abbildung : Journ. f. Orn. 1902, tab. I.
Schon bei der Beschreibung des Typus ausserte Reichenow, der Vogel stelle
wahrscheinlich das Ergebnis einer Kreuzung von Paradisaea und Seleucides
dar. Von anderer Seite ist diese Ansicht energisch zuriickgewiesen und als
Irrtum bezeichnet worden, aber sie besteht dennoch zu Recht.
10 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
Im Tring-Museum befinden sich gegenwartig 3 Exemplare, namlich ausser
dem Typus, der sehr wohl aus der Umgebung von Friedrich-Wilhelma Hafen
(= Madang) stammen konnte (dann waren Paradisaea minor finschi und
Seleucides nigricans attripennis seine Eltern), nocli 2 Stiick von " Arfak-Praepara-
tion."
Intcrinediar zwischen beiden Gattungen ist beim Bastard gar mancherlei :
Schnabellange und Schnabelgestalt, Schwanzlange, Befiederung und Farbung.
Den " Drahten " von Paradisaea entsprechen bei Janthothorax verliingerte ,
spitz zulaufende, mit ganz schmalen, blaugriinsehillernden Barten versehene
centrale Steuerfedern. Die Struktur der Oberkopffedern gleicht derjenigen der
beiden Eltern, sie besitzen aber nicht den violett-erzfarbenen (SeZeMCMZ&s-Schiller,
sondern schillern blaugriin. Die Riickenfedern schillern etwa in der Ausdehnung
des gelben Paradisaeakragens blau und enden teihveise in schmutzig braunen
Spitzen. Unterriicken, Schwingen, Steuerfedern (ausser dem blaugriinsehillernden
centralen Paar) sind gleichfalls schmutzig braun gefarbt : das Mischungsprodukt
zwischen der Eumelaninfarbung bei Seleucides und der rostlichen Phaeomelanin-
Farbung bei Paradisaea. Kehle blaumetallisch in der Ausdehnung der griin-
metallischen Paradisaea-Kehle, von da ab iiberzieht die Brust ein braunliches
Schwarz mit sehr schwachem Metallschiller ; die hintersten seitlichen Brustfedern
tragen die griinsehillernde Endbinde von Seleucides, aber verschmiilert und von
stumpferem Glanz. Ein iiberraschendes Kombinationsergebnis scheint zuniichst
die stark melanotische Fiirbung der von Paradisaea ererbten Schmuekfedern der
seitlichen Brustflur zu sein ; indessen erfiillt ja das Eumelanin auch die Drahte
von Seleucides !
5. Janthothorax bensbachi (Biittikofer)
= Paradisaea minor Shaw x Ptilorhis magnifica Vieillot.
Janthothorax bensbachi Biittikofer, Notes Leyden Mus. vol. 16, p. 163 (1894 — " Arfak-Gebirge ")
Rothschild, Paradiseidae (1898), p. 22.
Abbildung : Sharpe, Monograph of the Paradiseidae, 1896, vol. i. tab. VIII.
Nachdem die Deutung von Janthothorax mirabilis sichergestellt ist. kann
man bei Priifung des im Leidener Museums aufbewahrten Unikums von
J. bensbachi nicht im Zweifel dariiber bleiben, dass hier das Produkt einer
Kreuzung von Paradisaea minor und Ptilorhis magnifica vorliegt : viillig
geschwiirzte Unterseite und die Qualitat des Schillers an verschiedenen Regionen
des Gefieders schliessen Seleucides aus und zeugen fur Ptilorhis.
6. Heteroptilorhis mantoui (Oustalet)
= Ptilorhis magnifica (Vieill.) Seleucides nigricans (Shaw).
' raspedophora mantoui Oustalet, Le Xatnraliste, 13, p. 260 (1891 — " Xeuguinea ") ; Craspedophora
Iruijni Biittikofer, Not. Leijd. Mus. 16, p. 161 (1894 — " Arfakgebirge ") ; Ptilorhis mantoui
Rothschild, Paradiseidae (1898), p. 25 ; Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. x, 1903, p. 74.
Abbildungen : Xouv. Arch. Mus. Paris (3)4, 1892, tab. XV; Sharpe,
Monograph of the Paradiseidae (1896), I, tab. V.
Es sind mindestens 9 Stiick dieser " Art " bekamit : 1 in Paris, 1 in Leiden,
6 in Tring, 1 in Berlin — kein Wunder, denn die Gattungen Ptilorhis und Seleucides,
deren Kreuzung dieses Ergebnis liefert, sind offenbar sehr nahe mit einander
verwandt. Sogar die Verliingerung der 6 Flankenfedern zu aus- und vonvarts
NOV1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 11
gebogenen Drahten, die das hauptsachliehe Kennzeiehen der Gattung Seleucides
ausmachen, ist bei Ptilorhis magnified schon angedeutet, gewissermassen im
Keime vorhanden.
Beim Bastard sind die hintersten Brustfedem liinger als bei Ptilorhis
magnified und nicht so lang wie bei Seleucides ; wie bei Seleucides sind sie mit
einern schmalen metallischen Endsaum versehen, der indessen nicht griin,
sondern violettblau scliillert. Die Kehl- und Brustfedem halten in ihrer
Struktur genau die Mitte zwischen der Samtstruktur von Seleucides und der
Schillerstruktur von Ptilorhis magnifica. Federn des Kinnwinkels starker
verlangert als bei P. magnifica, aber nicht so lang wie bei Seleucides. Struktur
der Oberkopf-Federn und deren Farbung viel niiher Seleucides als Ptilorhis,
aber Nasenlocher wie bei Ptilorhis von Federn verdeckt, nicht nackt wie bei
Seleucides. Riicken nicht samtschwarz wie bei Ptilorhis, sondern wie bei Seleu-
cides mit metallischem Schiller, aber nicht mit griinem, sondern mit violett-
erzfarbenem. Oberschnabel seitlich etwas starker zusammengedriickt als bei
Ptilorhis, aber nicht ganz so stark wie bei Seleucides. Fussfarbe intermedial-
zwischen Seleucides (hell rosa) und Ptilorhis (schwarz). Seitliche Schmuckfedern,
Analgegend und Unterschwanzdecken zuweilen ganz geschwarzt (mantoui-
Typus), meist aber in wechselnder Ausdehnung weisslich bleibend (bruijni-
Typus).
7. Paryphephorus duivenbodei (A. B. Meyer)
= Ptilorhis magnifica (VieiU.) x Lophorina superba (Perm.).
Craspedophora duivenbodei A. B. Meyer, His, 1890, p. 419 (1890 — " N.W. Neuguinea ") ; Paryphe-
phorus duivenbodei, Rothschild, Paradiseidae (1898), p. 22 ; Rothschild, Ibis, 1911, p. 353 ;
Meise, Abh. u. Ber. Mus.f. Tierk. Dresden, xvii, 4, 1929, p. 6.
Abbilclung : Ibis, 1890, tab. XII.
Nur 2 Exemplare bekannt : der Typus in Dresden und ein Stuck im Tring-
Museum, das nach Aussage von A. E. Pratt bei Foula, 4000' hoch, im Gebirge
zwischen Aroa-Fluss und St. Joseph 's-Fluss erbeutet worden ist (Rothschild,
1011). Das letztere ist also aus einer Kreuzung von Ptilorhis magnifica inter-
cedeus Sharpe und Lophorina superba minor Ramsay hervorgegangen.
Schon Meise (1929) hat vermutet, dass Paryphephorus duivenbodei das
Produkt der oben angegebenen Kreuzung sei. Das in Tring befmdliche Stuck
steht so genau in der Mitte zwischen Ptilorhis und Lophorina, dass ich an seiner
Bastardnatur nicht den geringsten Zweifel hege.
8. Lampro thorax wilhelminae A. B. Meyer
= Lophorina superba (Penn.) > Diphyllodes magnificus (Penn.).
Lamprothorax wilhelminae A. B. Meyer, Abh. Mus. Dresden, 1894/5, Nr. 2 (1894 — Arfak-Gebirge) ;
Biittikofer, Notes Leyd. Mus. 16, 1894, p. 164; Rothschild u. Hartert, Nov. Zool. x, 1903,
p. 73 ; Meise, Abh. Mus. Dresden, xvii, 4, 1929, p. 6.
Abbildung : Abh. Mus. Dresden, 1894/95, tab.
Nur 3 Exemplare bekannt : je eines in Dresden (" Arfak-Gebirge "), in
Leiden (" Arfak-Gebirge ") und Tring (ohne Fundort).
Ein sehr komplizierter Bastard. Kompromiss zwischen kurzen und ausserst
stark verlanserten mittleren Schwanzfedern wie bei Janthothorax.
12 NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
9. Parotia duivenbodei Rothschild
= Lophorina superba (Penn.) x Parotia sefilata (Penn.).
Parotia duivenbodei Rothschild, Bull. B.O. Club, x, p. 100 (1900 — " Holliindisch Neuguinea");
Rothschild, Ibis, 1911, p. 355.
Abbildung des Typus : Ibis, 1911, tab. V.
Nur 2 Exemplare bekannt : je eines in Tring nnd Paris. Grosse und
Schnabelform interniediar zwischen Lophorina und Parotia. Innere Arm-
sehwingen oberseits nicht samtschwarz wie bei Parotia, sondern mit violett-
erzfarbeneni Schiller, sehr ahnlich wie bei Lophorina. Interniediar ferner u.a. :
Befiederung des Kinnwinkels, Struktur der metallischen Brustfedern, Lange
der Flankenfedern, Gestalt der Spitzen der 1. und 2. Handschwinge, Ausdehnung
der metallischen Oberkopffedern. Wahrend dem Pariser Stiick die 6 Flaggen-
federn von Parotia samtlich fehlen, hat der Tringer Bastard merkwiirdiger
Weise ein einziges Paar von diesen in ungekiirzter Lange ererbt.
10. Loborhamphus ptilorhis Sharpe
= Parotia sefilata (Penn.) \ Paradigalla carunculata Less.
Loborhamphus ptilorhis Sharpe, Bull. B.O. Club, xxi, p. 67 (1908 — " angeblich aus Holliindisch
Neuguinea ") ; Rothschild, Ibis, 1911, p. 358.
Nur der Typus (Brit. Mus. 1908, 4, 101) bekannt. Er ist in vielen Eigen-
schaften interniediar zwischen Parotia und Paradigalla, aber Fliigel und Schwanz
zeigen violetten Schiller, ebenso schillert der Bauch violett. Merkwiirdigerweise
sind die Flankenfedern breit schwarz und braunlich rahmfarben quergebandert,
in einer Breite, wie sie weder der jungen Parotia noch der jungen Paradigalla
eigen ist, wie sie sich aber beim $ von Astrapia findet.
11. Loborhamphus nobilis Rothschild
= Paradigalla carunculata Less, x Lophorina superba (Penn.).
Loborhamphus nobilis Rothschild, Bull. B.O. Club, xii, p. 34 (1901 — " Holliindisch Neuguinea " ) ;
Rothschild u. Hartert, Nov. Zool. x, 1903, p. 72.
Abbildung : Nov. Zool. x, 1903, tab. I.
Nur 2 Exemplare bekannt, beide im Tring-Museum. Wie bei " Lobo-
rhamphus ptilorhis " und " Pseudastrapia lobata," so verraten auch hier die knrzen
gelben Hautlappen am Mundwinkel deutlich die Partnerschaft von Paradigalla, ;
die grell metallische Kopfplatte hingegen entspricht in ihrer Ausdehnung ganz
der von Lophorina. Unter dem Einfluss von Lophorina sind die seitlichen
Brustfedern und die Nackenfedern verlangert. Fliigel- und Schnabellange
sowie die Gestalt der Spitze von 1. und 2. Handschwinge interniediar. Der
Bauch hat — als " Neuerwerb " — violetten Schimmer angenommen ! Dem griinen
Kehllatz von Lophorina entsprechen in der centralen Area ziemlich kurze rotvio-
lette (!) Schillerfedern ; die Kopfplatte schillert rotviolett, nicht wie bei Lopho-
rina : griin ! Die Schwanzlange der beiden bekannten Exemplare ist nur schein-
bar sehr verschieden, denn eines von ihnen hat die langen mittleren Schwanz-
federn eingebiisst !
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 13
12. Pseudastrapia lobata Rothschild
= Paradigalla earunculata Less, x Epimachus fastosus (Herm).
Pseudastrapia lobata Rothschild, Bull. B.O. Club, 21, p. 25 (1907 — " Hollandisch-Xeuguinea ") ;
Rothschild, Ibis, 1911, p. 361 ; Hartert, Nov. Zool: xxvi, 1919, p. 129.
Nur der Typus (im Tring-Museum) bekannt. Er tragt ofEenbar das I.
Jahreskleid und steht daher noch nicht in vollem Schmuck. Darum fehlt audi
jede Andeutung der " Schmuckfliigel " des alten Epimachus. Kurze gelbe
Mundwinkellappen wie bei den beiden " Loborhamphus-Arten." Grosse, Lange
und Farbung des Schwanzes intermediar zwisehen Paradigalla earunculata und
Epimachus. Schnabel nur wenig langer als bei Paradigalla und nur urn ein
weniges starker gebogen.
13. (a) Pseudastrapia ellioti (Ward) und (b) Epimachus astrapioides Rothschild
= Epimachus fastosus (Herm.) x Astrapia nigra (Gmel.).
(a) Epimachus ellioti Ward, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 742 (1873 — ohne Fuudort) ; A. B. Meyer
Ibis, 1890, p. 418. Pseudastrapia ellioti, Rothschild, Ibis, 1911, p. 361.
Abbildungen : Elliot, Monogr. Paradis. tab. XX (1873) ; Gould, Birds of
New Guinea I, tab. VIII (1890) ; Sharpe, Monogr. of Birds of Parad. tab. XVI
(1896).
(h) Epimachus astrapioides Rothschild, Bull. B.O. Club, vii, p. 22 (1898 — " HollSadisch Neuguinea ") ;
Falcinellus astrapioides, Rothschild, Paradiseidae (1898), p. 30.
Abbildung : Nov. Zool. xviii, 1911, tab. VII.
Nur 3 (adulte) Exemplare bekannt : je eines in London (Typus von ellioti),
in Dresden (aus " Nord-West-Neuguinea ") und in Tring (Typus von astra-
pioides).
Der Typus von " Epimachus astrapioides " steht so gut in der Mitte zwisehen
Epimachus fastosus fastosus und Astrapia nigra nigra, dass deren Zusammen-
wirken bei der Erzeugung des Bastards ohne weiteres einleuchtet. Etwas
anders steht es mit " Pseudastrapia ellioti," in dem man vielleicht den reziproken
Bastard gefunden hat. Er hat zwar die breiten, violett schillernden Schwanz-
federn von Astrapia, die am Ende Epimachus-axtig zugespitzt sind ; er hat
" Schmuckfliigel " ahnlich wie Epimachus, sein Bauch schillert griinlich wie bei
Astrapia und sogar der rotlich-metallische Brustlatz von Astrapia ist gut ange-
deutet, aber an seinem Schnabelwinkel finden sich kurze gelbliche Hautlappen,
ganz als ware Paradigalla mitbeteiligt gewesen. Ein hochst sonderbares Kombi-
nationsergebnis der Erbanlagen !
14. Ptilonorhynchus rawnsleyi (Diggles)
= Ptilonorhynchus violaceus Vieill. x Sericulus chrysocephalus Lewin.
Scriculus rawnsleyi Diggles, Orn. Austr. tab. 52 (1866 — bei Brisbane) ; Ptilonorhynchus rawnsleyi,
Ramsay, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1875, p. 69.
Abbildungen : Gould, Birds of Austr., Suppl., 1869, tab. XXXIV ; Elliot,
Monogr. Paradis. 1873, tab. XXIX.
Dieser Vogel ist Unikuni gebliebcn. Seitdem Ramsay (1875) seine Bastard-
natur klargelegt hat, ist " Ptilonorhynchus rawnsleyi " endgiiltig aus der Liste
existierender Arten gestrichen worden.
1-t NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
B. ART-BASTARDE.
Paradisea mixta Rothschild
= Paradisaea minor fiiischi A. B. Meyer x Paradisaea apoda augustaevictoriae
Cab.
Paradisea mixta Rothschild, Bull. B.O. Cluh, 41, p. 127 (1921 — Fundort unbekannt) ; Hartert,
Nov. Zool. 34, 1928, p. 190.
Zwei dieser Bastarde befinden sich im Tring-Museum. Sic diirften vom
westlichen Teil des Finisterre-Gebirges oder vom Oberlauf des Ramu stammen.
SCHLUSSFOLG ERUNGEN.
Das Diagramm (Seite 7) wird gewiss jeden, der es betrachtet, aufs hochste
iiberraschen. Es lehrt, dass die meisten Gattungen der echten Paradiesvogel
Neuguineas naher mit einander verwandt sind, als man gemeinhin angenommen
hat, derm das Urteil hat sich in der Regel an der triigerischen Pracht der Mannchen
gebildet und nicht an dem konservativen Habitus der Weibchen. Nur die
folgenden 6 Gattungen konnten bisher nicht in die lange, durch Kreuzungen
zusammengeschweisste Kette aufgenommen werden : Loboparadisea, Cnemo-
]}hilu.s, Loria, Macgregoria, Pteridophora, Drepanornis.
Ereignet sich die Bastardierung in freier Natur bei den Paradiesvogeln
haufiger als in anderen Vogelgruppen ? Das scheint zunachst so ; man iibersehe
aber nicht, dass seit Jahrzehnten gewaltige Mengen von Paradiesvogelbalgen auf
den Markt gokommen sind, von den haufigeren Arten gewiss weit mehr als von
irgend einer anderen Species — die jagdbaren Vogel, wie Hiihnervogel und Enten,
etwa ausgenommen. Und seit Jahrzehnten haben die Federhandler grossen
Stiles (wie Renesse van Duivenbode und Bruijn in Ternate, Mantou in Paris)
die Myriaden von Paradiesvogelbalgen, die den Modesalons zugefiihrt werden
sollten, sorgsam nach ungewohnlichen Stiicken durchmustert, weil die Museen
sehr hohe Preise dafiir zahlten. Wer kann sagen, was das Ergebnis ware, wenn
Singvogel anderer Familien mit ebensolchem Eifer verfolgt wiirden und unter
ihnen mit gleichem Spiirsinn nach Bastarden gesucht werden wiirde ? Wir
kennen eine ziemlich grosse Zahl von Bastarden zwischen Fringilla coelebs und
Fringilla montifringilla, und mindestens 8 Bastarde von Delichon urbica X
Hirundo rustica aus Europa.
Immerhin mag es sein, dass die Kreuzungen bei Paradiesvogeln relativ
haufiger vorkommen als bei den meisten anderen Passeres ; vielleicht ist das mit
der Annahme zu erklaren, dass, Hand in Hand mit dem ausserordentlich stark
betonten Geschlechtsdimorphismus, das £ dieser Vogel nach stattgehabter
Befruchtung des $ sich nicht weiter um das Fortpflanzungsgeschaft kummert —
wie wir das von den (ehelosen) Waldhiihnern der Gattungen Tetrao und Lyrurus
und von den Kolibris kennen. Bastarde von Tetrao und Lyrurus sind bekannt-
lich nicht gar selten, und das gleiche kann von manchen Kolibris gesagt werden :
hier kemit man eine ganze Reihe von Gattungsbastarden (Helianthea lutetiae X
Bourcieria torguata = " Eudosia traviesi " ; Rhamphomicrus microrhynchus X
Heliangelus clarissae = " Heliangelus rothschildi " ; Lesbia X Thalurania =
" Neolesbia nehrkorni " ; Lampornis nigricollis X Chrysolampis mosguitus =
" Crinis calosoma," etc.1
1 Cf. Berlioz, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 52, 1927, p. 396.
NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 15
Alle beschriebenen Paradiesvogelbastarde sind bisher ausnahmslos mann-
lichen Geschlechts gewesen. Da die Weibchen der Paradiesvogel keinen Handels-
wert besitzen und daher ungleich seltener als die Mannchen zur Untersuchung
gelangen, so ist auf diese Tatsache kein allzu grosses Gewicht zu legen : immerhin
besteht eine gewisse Wahrscheinliehkeit dafiir, dass das weibliche Geschlecht
unter den intergeneren Paradiesvogelbastarden wirklich erheblich in der Minder-
zahl ist. Man kann sich dabei auf die Erfahrungen berufen, die bei Gattungs-
bastarden anderer Vogelgruppen, insbesondere von Tauben und Hiihnervogeln,
gemacht worden sind und die gelehrt haben, dass mit Abnahme der Verwandt-
scliaft der Eltern die Zahl der weiblichen Nachkommenschaft abnimmt, bis
schliesslich nur noch Mannchen und bei noch entfernterer Verwandtschaft nur
gonadenlose Bastarde erzeugt werden,1 welch letztere mannliche Farbung
besitzen diirften.
Eine genaue Analyse der so komplizierten Paradiesvogelbastarde in Hinsicht
auf die Kombinationen von Farbung und Struktur steht noch aus ; ich habe
nicht Zeit gefunden, sie vorzunehmen, und muss mich hier darauf beschranken,
auf den Farbeffekt hinzuweisen, der zuweilen bei der Kombination zweier ver-
schiedener Schillerfarben entsteht. Blaugrim-Schiller X Mattschwarz ergibt
namlich nicht selten violetten Schiller, oder es tritt bei Kreuzung mattschwarz X
mattschwarz ein deutlicher Violettschiller auf. Das erinnert an den violetten
Schiller des Rackelhahns, hervorgegangen aus dem Blauschiller des Birkhahns
und dem Grunschiller des Auerhahns und zeigt an, dass das den Schiller erzeu-
gende diinne Hornblattchen, das die Radiuszellen umgibt, beim Bastard eine
andere Dicke besitzt als bei jeder der beiden Elternarten.2
In Ornithologenkreisen hat man es erst neuerdings wieder alien Ernstes
als moglich hingestellt, dass die Bastardierung zur Entstehung neuer Vogelarten
f iihren konne (sogar unter Berufung auf die angebliche — aber de facto gar nicht
bestehende — vollige Gleichformigkeit aller " Rhipidomis "-Exemplare). Ich
halte es fur iiberfliissig, auf diese Hypothese erneut einzugehen, da ich es bereits
friiher einmal getan und dabei meinen ablehnenden Standpunkt begriindet habe.3
1 Posthumous Works of Charles Otis Whitman, vol. ii, Washington (Carnegie Instit.), 1919,
Insbesondere pp. 15-22 ; R. H. Thomas and J. S. Huxley, " Sex-Ratio in Pheasant Species-Crosses,"
Journ. of Genetics, xviii, 1927, pp. 233-40.
2 Vgl. hierzu Th. Elsasser, Die Struktur sehillernder Federn, Juurn. f. Orn. 73, 1925,
pp. 337-389.
3 E. Stresemann, " Zur Frage der Entstehung neuer Arten durch Kreuzung," Club van Nederl.
Vogelkundigen, Jaarber. No. 9, 1919, pp. 24-32.
16 NOV1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
NOTES ON THE PEECEDING ARTICLE OF DR. STRESEMANN.
By LORD ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S.
AS I was present during most of the work of Dr. Stresemann preliminary
-^*- to the actual writing of his paper, and in virtue of the very great interest
1 have had for the " Birds of Paradise " for more than forty years, I venture to
make these few notes and criticisms. First let me say I am now in complete
accord with Dr. Stresemann on all points raised in his paper except the following
two main questions :
(1) As to Reciprocal or Reversed versus Secondary hybrids.
(2) As to the status of Paradisaea grand North.
Taking these questions seriatim, of the 18 named forms treated of by
Dr. Stresemann only 3 appear to me to require discission under heading (1), and
I will take the two Cicinnurus, C. goodfellowi O. Grant and C. lyogurus Currie, first :
Dr. Stresemann believes that these are products of the reciprocal or reverse
cross of C. regius $ X D. magnified § as contrasted with the cross D. magnified
<J X G. regius $ from which Rhipidornis gulielmi-tertii Meyer has apparently
sprang. He has come to this conclusion because the majority of hybrids in
nature, as well as those artificially produced by man, prove to be sterile. While
I do not for a moment wish to deny this fact, I must point out that among
birds and mammals there are several families which produce absolutely or
partially fertile hybrids either inter se or with either parent species, such as the
true " Pheasants," the " Ducks " and Geese, the Parrots, the " Deer " and the
" Oxen." I therefore prefer to leave this question open and say although it is
quite possible, nay probable, that C. goodfellowi and C. lyogurus are really the
products of the reciprocal or reversed cross to that of R. gulielmi-tertii, it is also
possible that they are the result of a secondary cross of C. regius x R. guillelmi-
tertii. The unassailable fact remains that a majority of characters in the
Rhipidornis are those of Diphyllodes, whereas in the two so-called Cicinnurus
the characters of Cicinnurus strongly predominate. The third form, viz.
Pseudastrapia ellioti Ward is much more complicated as the possibility exists
that it is a tri-generic hybrid as opposed to a bi-generic hybrid such as most of
the remaining 17 forms appear to be. This bird, the oldest described of the
supposed hybrid Paradisaeidae except Ptilinorhynchm rawnsleyi Diggle shows
undoubted characters of Epimachus and Astrapia, but also possesses a mouth
wattle, the sign manual of the Paradigalla hybrids. Dr. Stresemann in his paper
treats P. ellioti as the reciprocal or reverse cross to that which produced
Epimachus astrapioides Rothsch. and suggests that the wattle is a character
lying dormant in all " Birds of Paradise," and that it was brought out by the
stimulus of hybridisation. I prefer to consider P. ellioti as a secondary hybrid
of either Pseudastrapia lobata x Astrapia nigra or of Epimachus astrapioides X
Paradigalla caruncidata. But, as said above, it appears to me better also to
leave this an open question, for our knowledge of the biology of the Paradisaeidae
is too scanty to allow the fertility of their hybrids to be taken for granted.
One curious fact I should, however, like to point out ; namely, that it appears
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 17
rather strange that Diphyllodes, which builds a crow-like open nest in tree
branches, should hybridise with Cicinnurus which breeds in hollows of trees.
This fact, I think, confirms Dr. Stresemann's supposition that after copulation
the $ alone builds the nest and attends to everything connected with reproduc-
tion in the same way as in the case of the Tetraonidae and other game-birds.
In regard to question (2), the status of Paradisaea granti North, I have
gone rather more fully into the question of this bird since Dr. Stresemann and
I discussed it together, and I find the following facts. First of all, the type
of granti was a trade skin ; and secondly, the describer strongly emphasizes
the wide yellow neck band on the foreneck, both in the drawing and in the
description. Now all the examples since referred to granti have also, it is true,
been trade skins, but were selected from large cases containing birds identical
with examples from N.E. New Guinea of typical P. apoda augustae-victoriae.
Both typical augustae-victoriae and so-called granti have all got exceedingly
narrow, and in some cases interrupted, 3'ellow neck bands on the foreneck.
On the other hand, the red plumed P. apoda intermedia has exactly the wide
yellow neck band given in the figure and description of granti by North. From
all my investigations I have now come to the conclusion that there is no Paradisaea
apoda granti North in Europe, and never has been, and that it is either a paler,
more orange, aberration of P. a. intermedia, or else is a "Racial Hybrid "
between P. apoda intermedia x P. apoda augustae-victoriae captured where their
respective areas meet ; in the same way as we find " Racial Hybrids" between
P. apoda raggiana X P. apoda novaeguineae in the Fly River district where
their areas of distribution overlap.
18 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
I.
ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS MADE BY DR. ERNST MAYR
IN NORTHERN DUTCH NEW GUINEA.
By ERNST HARTERT.
TY7HEN Dr. Ernst Mayr of the Berlin Museum declared to Dr. Erwin Strese-
" mann that he was willing to make a collecting expedition to New Guinea
for Dr. L. C. Sanford and Lord Rothschild we first directed him to the Arfak
Peninsula, now called the Vogelkop, the north-western Peninsula of New Guinea
(or Papua). On this Peninsula, mostly going out from Andai to the Hatam
valley and at Dorey (now called Manokwari), some of the most important
collections from New Guinea were made, and many species were first described
from Dorey and Arfak Mountains. Thus R. P. Lesson had been there and got
together most important material, during the expedition of the French ship
Coquille. H. von Rosenberg collected there 1869 and 1870, A. B. Meyer of the
Dresden Museum also (cf. Sitzungsber. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien 1874 and other
books), and the Italian collectors Beccari (Beccari, Nuova Guinea, 1924), and
D'Albertis (1872 to 1877) were there. Later the Dutch collector Bruijn sent
his men there to collect many birds, and Guillemard collected near Dorey and
Andai for a short time.1 It was for us of the greatest importance to get series
from Arfak, for very often we had fine material from other parts of New Guinea,
chiefly from the south-east, but needed series from Arfak, from where we often
had only single poor specimens, or none at all. J. Dumas made a small collection
on the eastern slopes of the Arfak Mts., going up from Oransbari to Mount
Moari (called Mori by Salvadori), which Lord Rothschild and I erroneously
believed to be near Humboldt Bay.
Dr. Ernst Mayr sent us some birds from Dorey (Manokwari). and rich series
from several localities on the mountains. He first went from Momi to the
Manikion district in the southern Arfak region, and then to the Anggi lakes,
where obviously former collectors had never been, and got there some new
subspecies of species only known from other parts of the island ; it seems
that only the British butterfly collectors Bros. Pratt had been there, and
discovered many rare and new lepidoptera, but did not collect birds in that
district, where there seems to be much grass but little forest.
Then Mayr went to the Wandammen Peninsula, where he found a most
interesting ornis ; the majority of birds were the same as the ones found in the
Arfak Peninsula, while many others were those inhabiting other localities much
further eastwards, on the northern coast, etc., and quite a number were new
subspecies. Unfortunately the illness of Mayr's men and the most unfavourable
weather made a long enough stay there impossible, and he then proceeded to the
Hollandia region, and chiefly the Cyclops Mountains, just west of the frontier
between the former German colony and Dutch Papua. This region had never
been fully explored, though a Dutch expedition under Dr. Wichmann,
1 See Cruise of Tlr Mnrqii'sa, 1886 and second ed. 1SS0.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 19
accompanied by Prof. Beaufort, Mr. Dumas, and Mr. Walter Goodfellow, were
there, and each collected a few skins. Naturally the large collections, chiefly of
smaller birds, made here by Dr. Mayr were of the greatest interest, and con-
tained quite a number of new forms.
In working out Dr. Mayr's collections I have been helped by Lord Rothschild
and Mr. Arthur Goodson, and I am much obliged to Dr. E. Stresemann in Berlin,
Dr. Meise in Dresden, and Dr. Gestro in Genova, who kindly sent me specimens
for comparison, and during part of my studies I was assisted by Stresemann
and Mayr at Tring !
Dr. Ernst Mayr has kindly written some notes on his expedition, which
will appear in front of my list of his birds. He collected 2,700 specimens of
352 species and subspecies. His material has greatly enlarged our knowledge
of the birds of New Guinea. About half of his collection is being sent to the
American Museum in New York, including half of the type specimens. A third
set has been sent to the Museum at Buitenzorg in Java. Dr. Dammerman,
the director of the Javan Museum, and his assistant, Mr. Siebers, have very
kindly helped Dr. Mayr, given him most useful and experienced collectors and
forwarded his skins from Java to England. We are greatly obliged to them and
thank them very much.
The collection is wonderfully rich in smaller birds (Passeres and others)
and in Rnllidce, but rather poor in Rapaces and Owls. In the following pages
are described 2 new species and 30 subspecies from Dr. Ernst Mayr's collection,
and 9 other subspecies. Only a few eggs were collected.
20 Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1930.
II.
MY DUTCH NEW GUINEA EXPEDITION, 1928.
By ERNST MAYR.
TN the autumn of the year 1927 I was asked to undertake a collecting trip
■*- to Northern New Guinea for Dr. Sanford and Lord Rothschild. In spite of
my inexperience in bird collecting I accepted their proposition with enthusiasm
and began immediately with my preparations. I studied in the Museums of
Tring and Berlin the bird fauna of New Guinea and, when I left Germany in
February 1928, I knew the name and systematical position of every bird which
1 expected to meet. This helped me in my fieldwork very much and enabled
me to collect large series of the interesting species.
In March 1928 I arrived at Java, where I made the necessary arrangements
with the Dutch Government and the Buitenzorg Museum. After a beautiful
trip through the Moluccas, I arrived on the 5th of April at Manokwari, the
capital of North- West New Guinea.
My main task was to collect the mountain ornis of New Guinea, especially
that of the Arfak Mountains in the Vogelkop (Berau Peninsula). During the
past century this mountain range has been visited by quite a number of zoological
expeditions and its bird life was considered to be well known. But many of the
species were collected only in few specimens (often without exact labels), and
larger series of Arfak birds were therefore badly wanted, especially for comparison
with the representatives from the other mountain ranges of New Guinea.
.Manokwari is well known under the name Dorei as terra typica of many
New-Guinea species, and it would have been of value to collect in this locality,
but I decided not to lose any time in the lowlands (where I collected only from
the 6th to the 10th of April) and to start for the mountains as soon as possible.
On the 12th of April I went by the small motorboat Griffioen, belonging to
the Dutch Government, to Momi (Mum) (Wariap), where I collected lowland
birds for two days till my carriers arrived. As I had planned to stay in the
mountains for three or four months, I needed more than fifty boys to transport
all my provisions and the collecting outfit. The mountain tracks are very rough
and the New Guinea boys are not used to the work of carriers. They never want
to take a load heavier than 25 or 30 lb. I was accompanied by three Javanese
" mantris " (Malayan preparators) and three coastal natives (as butterfly
collectors). The latter I had to send back to the coast very soon, because
they turned out to be extremely lazy and useless. I replaced them with
mountain natives who worked better, but it takes a lot of experience to become
a successful butterfly collector.
The native path from Momi to the mountains led us first for four hours
through the wonderful virgin lowland forest. Characteristic of this woodland
is the sombre light, the immense silence (which is interrupted only occasionally
by the calls of a bird, especially by the notes of Pachycephalia and Monarcha)
and the scarceness of undergrowth below the giant trees.
We passed a little village and numerous streams till we finally arrived at
the bed of a small mountain river, which we followed upwards for some time.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGIC'AE XXXVI. 1030. 21
When bathing at Manokwari I had hurt my foot on a coral reef, and the con-
tinually wet shoes due to wading in the water made the sore worse every minute.
Finally we left the creek, the road went up the hillside and the climbing of
Mount Taikbo (1,400 m.) began. In these Islands, native tracks very seldom
zigzag across the slope of mountains, but lead usually straight upwards, mostly
along a crest. I think all the native roads here have been originally pig tracks
and the pigs prefer to make their tracks along the ridges, as I foimd out in the
uninhabited Wandammen and Cyclops Mountains, and later on in the Solomon
Islands. My boys, not used to carrying, did not get along very well, and I was
forced to make camp at an altitude of 1,100 m. The forest had changed while
I climbed, it became lighter, the trees smaller, the undergrowth denser, palms
and ferns were numerous and moss and lichens became conspicuous. After
eleven o'clock the higher zone (above 800-900 m.) was enveloped in a dense
veil of mist. It did not rain (yet !), but big drops were falling down from all
the branches.
The bird life too had changed ; the calls of the well-known lowland birds
(Dicrurus, Craciicus, Philemon, Mino, etc.) had vanished and I heard now for
the first time Lophorina, Drepanornis albertisi, Pachycare and the mountain
Pachycephala species. The night temperature went down to 18° C. and my
boys felt the cold and did not get much sleep, in spite of the big fires.
The next morning we ascended to the summit and went down to the village
of Siwi, which consists of isolated houses and is situated along the slopes of a
little mountain valley.
There are no big villages in the Arfak Mountains, but the communities
are made up of groujjs of isolated houses. I established my camp at the bottom
of the valley (800 m.) at the side of a little river, where I had no trouble in
getting water for washing and cooking. The weather was rather bad at first,
and I lost several days because my hunters stayed in camp on account of the
rain and the cold. I was handicapped by sickness, too. One of my mantris
had a bad attack of malaria, and another suffered from arsenic poisoning, one
of the bo3's developed pneumonia and the third mantri and myself sores, which
forced me to stay in camp for quite a long time. On the 18th of April I started
to employ native hunters while my preparatory stayed in the camp and did all
the skinning. The natives of the Arfak Mountains were rather keen hunters
and had a marvellous knowledge of the habits of the various species. Birds
are their most important meat, and whenever they have nothing else to do they
go out with bow and bird-arrows and shoot birds for food. It was easy for me
to get hunters, but most of the natives were inclined to go too close to the birds
and shot them to pieces. It took me quite a long time to teach them to shoot
from a proper distance. The collecting of butterflies was not very successful,
especially as the nights were not favourable.
The bottom of the Siwi valley and the lower slopes are mostly covered
with native gardens, secondary forest and alang-alang, which is burned down
every year. Farther away from the houses the mountains are covered with
the typical hill-forest, and above an altitude of approximately 4,500 feet with
the mountain forest, in which the former gradually merges. In the grassland
(and on the edges of the secondary growth) I found Malurus, Erythrura papuana,
Artamus maximus, Munia tristissima, and as migrant Locustella fasciolata. In
the lull-forest I met most of the species Dr. Hartert enumerates in the following
22 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
list under the locality Siwi. They were collected at an altitude of from 800
and 1,500 m.
From the 4th to the 10th of May I was away from Siwi, having gone to
Momi for mail and food and to send away the first collection ; in the meantime
the Malayans sexed the birds, which has to be considered when studying the
specimens.
After my return from the coast I tried to get larger series of all birds of
which I had not many specimens yet, especially of those species which occur
only in the hill-forest, i.e. between the lowland and 4,500 feet. The weather
was very changeable ; some days we had no rain at all, while on other days it
rained all the time, but I think we never had a day without fog. The temperature
at 800 m. was usually 18°-19° C. in the morning, 24°-26° C. at noon and 22°-23° C.
in the evening.
I stayed in Siwi till the 24th of May, and during all the time I remained
on the best terms with the natives. Some small troubles were caused by my
inexperience and by the native police which were sent to me by the Dutch Govern-
ment. After I got rid of this police force I had no more difficulties with the
natives.
On the 22nd carriers of three villages arrived and we broke up our camp
on the morning of the 23rd, but as I had a fainting fit on account of fever, we
left on the 25th only, when we went as far as Ninei (800 m.). The next day we
only went as far as the foot of the 1,800 m. high Mundi Mountain, as I was very
weak after a day's fever. Finally on the 27th we climbed the Mundi, went down
the other side to the river and then up again to the village of Ditschi (Ditshi),
which is situated at 1,200 m. It was a very trying march for me, but very
interesting too, because I met on Mount Mundi for the first time real moss forest
with all its interesting birds (such as Clytomyiaa, Psittacella, etc.).
The Ditschi valley has such a luxurious forest that I hardly believed I was
1,200 m. up, but my thermometer showed me that it was considerably cooler
in the night than at Siwi, the temperature in the morning being 16°-17° C, noon
22°-23° C, evening 19°-20° C. Ditschi is situated on the slopes of Mount Wamma,
opposite Mount Lehuma, both mountains having an altitude of 1700-1800 m. ;
here I collected most of my mountain birds.
Only a few miles west was Mount Lima (2,870 m.), which I could see very
clearly through my field-glasses, and the desire to visit and collect on still higher
mountains than the ones around Ditschi grew stronger in me from day to day.
It was impossible to reach Mount Lima without great trouble, but after long
negotiations I succeeded in arranging a visit to the Anggi lakes and surrounding
mountains, which reach an altitude of 2,400 m.
I was warned by Government officials and coastal natives not to go to this
dangerous place. Till recently the Anggi natives had been great fighters, and
they were still considered to be untrustworthy. Finally I sent a messenger up
and asked for an invitation. If I could go up there as a guest, everything would
be safe for me, and I calculated that the curiosity of this people to see a white
man would be stronger than their defiance and aloofness. White people visit
this part of the Arfak Mountains extremely seldom, and in most of the villages
I was the first white man. Women and children left the houses screaming when
I appeared.
Two days later the chief of Kofo, a village of Anggi gidji (the male Anggi
NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 23
lake), arrived at Ditschi with ten boys, to invite me to his village. On the
9th of June I left Ditschi with my mantri Sario and two Siwi boys, the rest
being the quite harmless Anggi boys. The track up to the Anggi lakes was a
constant up and down, led across rivers, and frequently was hardly visible, etc.
I was rather pleased to arrive at Dohunsehik, a little village on the upper
Issim (1,400 m.), which is wonderfully situated in the middle of the mountain
forest.
The next morning I wanted to give out small cartridges, but noted to my
horror that I had taken the wrong box. I sent back a boy to Ditschi, who, as
I hoped, would arrive at the Anggi lakes one or two days later. After a strenuous
climb, I arrived at Kofo at three o'clock, the boy with the cartridges arriving
at five o'clock, he had thus run a three days' march in one day's time. I quote
this example to show the marvellous efficiency of these mountain Papuans.
On the way we had to pass the summit of Mount Dohoidjoko (and Hoidjosera),
which is 2,400 m. high, and has a very interesting vegetation. After we had left
Dohunsehik we passed first through typical mountain forest, higher up through
moss forest, but on the ridge, especially above 2,000 m., I found a vegetation
quite unfamiliar to me. It was a kind of open heath with grassland patches
and rhododendron, etc., shrubs between. As far as I could ascertain, this
region had no birds peculiar to it, with the exception perhaps of Scolopax ; I
found one species of butterfly nowhere else. It was rather disappointing for me
to hear, to see and to shoot at 2200-2400 m. only the same birds as 1,000 m. farther
down, which rather spoiled for me the wonderful view one gets from here of the
two Anggi lakes.
After a short rest we descended to the Anggi gidji, and here in the reed
edge of the lake and the surrounding strip of grassland I got the great surprise
of my Arfak excursion : I found quite a number of species which were hitherto
completely unknown from this region. The Anggi gidji is about 7 km. long and
2-4 km. wide. At its north end the Profi River leaves the lake, later on flowing
through the Hattam valley, and at this end of the lake there are vast stretches
of reed, while at the south end of the lake (where I collected) the mountain
slopes fall steep into the lake and only where the streams reach the lake there
are small patches of reeds. Here I found Acrocephalus arundinaceus, Falica atra,
Anas super ciliosus, Podiceps ruficoUis, Porzana tabuensis and Rallus pectoralis
mayri. In the adjoining grass country I found the new Munia vana and
Megalurus timoriensis and in the mountain forest the typical New Guinea
mountain birds. I was favoured by the weather and had hardly any rain during
the five days I stayed at the lakes, but it was rather cold (at 6 h. 9£°-12° C, 9 h.
16°-17J°, 12 h.170 (after rain) 23°, 15 h. 19°-21°, 18 h. 15°-16° ; in Dohunsehik
1,400 m. from 6h.-18h. 14°, 19J°, 23°, 22°, 19° C).
On account of an order of the Dutch authorities I could not stay longer
than five days, and left the lakes very reluctantly on the 16th of June. It was
one of my most successful collecting trips and the natives did everything to
help me and make me comfortable.
In Dohunsehik I stayed two days more to get Astrapia which occurred,
according to native information, only in this locality. The boys succeeded in
getting one specimen and some other fine birds, such as Climacteris and Orthonyx
novaeguineae. On the 19th I returned to Ditschi, where my other boys had
worked without my sujrervision for the last ten days.
^4 Novitatks Zoologioae XXXVI. 19.10.
I would have liked to stay at Ditschi for some time longer, but I had to
return to the coast on the 22nd for different reasons.
After a forced march of three days I arrived at Momi on the afternoon of
the 24th. I left my bird-skinners there to pack the birds and to collect some of
the more interesting lowland species, and I went by canoe to Manokwari (00 miles
away) to get fresh provisions and the new outfit (ammunition, etc.) which I
expected by the June steamer.
On the 28th of June I went back to Momi in two canoes, my own loaded
with outfit, the other one with provisions. On the next day we had a terrible
storm and the other canoe disappeared. I waited in Momi from the 30th of
June to the 4th of July without getting any news about my provisions. In the
meantime the Griffioen had arrived to take me to Wasior (Wandammen), whither
I departed without having received the food necessary for my intended trip to
the Wandammen Mountains. On the 4th of July I left Momi with my skinners
and all the outfit and arrived at Wasior after a very interesting voyage (passing
Rumberpon (Amberpon) and Mios-War) on the morning of the 5th. The high,
steep and isolated range of the Wandammen Mountains was visible far away
and promised a good collection.
On the 5th I packed my loads, tried to get some sago and dried fish cured
by natives (I had neither rice nor meat tins nor any other provision on account
of the canoe disaster), and started for the mountains on the morning of the 6th
of July. We had to cut our way through the undergrowth in this uninhabited
range and progress, therefore, was very slow ; on the 7th I reached at 1,400 m.
the highest place with water, and made camp. It was a very disagreeable
place in the wet mountain forest and the unfavourable weather made it worse.
The eleven days I stayed there it rained all the time ; we had just half an hour
of sun. We could not find dry firewood, we could not dry our clothes, and it
was no wonder my boys got ill and became discontented very soon, there being
insufficient food also. I had to agree to return to the coast much earlier than
I had intended, which was a great pity considering the splendid results I had
obtained in this quite unknown region.
In spite of the bad conditions I made a collection of 200 specimens in the
mountain camp. The abundance of bowers of Amblyomis inornatus was striking.
The birds proved to be very interesting links between the fauna of the Arfak
Momitains and that of the Snow Mountains. Returning to the lowland I
collected there for some days till the steamer Van Noort picked me up and
brought me to Hollandia.
Hollandia is situated on Humboldt Bay, near the border of ex-German
New Guinea. My task here (proposed by the Tring Museum) was to collect
thoroughly not only the birds of the Cyclops Mountains, but also those of the
lowlands, which were almost unexplored as yet in this vicinity.
The Cyclops Mountains were considered to be of special interest, because
the Dumas collection from Mount Moari, a collection which contained many
interesting species, among them the type of Mellopilta gigantea, was supposed
to have come from this locality. Very soon after I had started my collecting
in the mountains I became convinced that the Dumas collection never came
from this locality and I could prove later on that Mount Moari (" Mori " Salva-
dor^ is in the Arfak Mountains near Oransbari between Andai and Momi. Many
zoogeographical difficulties could be solved now as a result of this discovery.
Novitates Zoolocicae XXXVI. 1930. 25
The birds of the Cyclops Mountains were therefore still unknown : de
Beaufort had collected in the lowlands and the collection obtained by Goodfellow
at a low altitude had never been worked out, only one supposed new species
(Cicinnurus goodfdlowi) having been described.
The Cyclops Mountains fall very steeply into the sea on the north side and
are quite inaccessible there ; I had to try therefore to reach the summit from
the Sentani Lake, which is situated south of the mountains. The region of the
Sentani Lake is well populated and it is not very hard to get carriers there, which
was another advantage.
The road from Hollandia to the lake, which latter is the largest in Northern
New Guinea, was a great surprise to me. While the whole of Western New
Guinea is covered with tropical forest, I met here the first grass steppe. For
miles and miles around the Sentani Lake all the country is grassland, and the
many indigenous subspecies prove that it must be of very old origin. Nowadays
the natives burn the grass regularly, and the forest is going back every year,
but I am convinced (contrary to the opinion of botanists) that this grassland
here is a very old one. It is isolated now more or less from the grassland patches
of Eastern New Guinea, but I think that in former geological periods the steppe
had a much wider distribution in New Guinea than now.
In Ifar, the government station on the Sentani Lake, I succeeded after
several days in getting carriers and a guide, who promised to take me to the
highest point in the mountains where there was water. On the 18th of August
we departed. For the first two hours the path led through the burning hot
alang-alang grass. I imagined I was travelling through the more than man-high
grass of an African savannah, till we finally reached the foot of the mountain
and entered the cool forest. The guide led us up the bed of a small river or
mountain-stream and we climbed with much difficulty over the big rocks, till
finally waterfalls barred our way completely. The guide admitted now that
he had never gone up so far and tried to persuade me to leave this unsafe place
and go back into the lowlands. There was nothing else for me to do but to take
the leadership myself and try to find a way up. I went away from the brook
and finally found a ridge with a pig-track. We cut our way through the heavy
undergrowth and ascended slowly. At an altitude of about 800 m. I was forced
to establish my first camp near a spring, and the next morning, after I had tried
in vain to find a higher stream, I sent the carriers back. The first collecting
day proved to me that the bird life of the Cyclops Mountains was very poor.
I did not hear the notes of any of the interesting species which were so well
known to me from the Arfak and Wandammen Mountains, and especially
listened in vain for those of the high mountain Birds of Paradise.
I tried again to find a higher " water place " in the hope of getting interesting
species higher up. After eight days of searching on these terribly steep mountain
slopes, I finally succeeded in finding a good camping place at an altitude of
1,400 m., whereto we changed our camp on the 3rd of September. I climbed
from here several times to the summit (2,170 m.), but I could not find many new
birds in spite of all my efforts. The little bush-mites were very bad in our camp
and we all got sores from too much scratching. After I had collected series of
most of the birds I returned to Ifar, mainly because most of my hunters and
Malays had left me before on account of sickness and the cold. It would take
too long to describe all the troubles and difficulties one meets with in New Guinea.
26 NoVITATES ZoOLOGlCAE XXXVI. 1930.
I was back in Ifar on the 14th of September and started to collect the
interesting grassland- and lake-birds. In the grassland I found several species
of Munia, Cisticola exilis, Megalurus t imor iensis suhsp., Saxicola caprata aethiops,
Malurus alboscapulatus, Merops philippinus salvadorii, CMamydodera cervini-
ventris, Synoicus plumbeus and other interesting species ; on the lake cormorants,
ducks, rails and Irediparra. Besides these, I collected some other interesting
lowland birds, such as Stigmatops, etc.
During the first week of October I finished my lowland collecting and
returned to Hollandia, to send away my collection and to prepare for my depar-
ture to " German New Guinea." In the meantime I had sent some of my boys
to Hoi (also called Hoi tekong), which is opposite Hollandia on the other side
of Humboldt Bay (not far from the mouth of the Tarni). They collected there
a good series of Drepanornis bruijni and. as they maintained, in the mangrove
swamps two specimens of Megacrex inepta. Dr. Hartert, thinking Hoi to be an
abbreviation of Hollandia, had not kept the Hoi birds separate from the Hollandia
birds, but when I called his attention to this fact he corrected his MS. and
proof ; it is, however possible that in one or more cases a mistake was made.
The expedition came to an end the middle of October, my Malayans returning
to Java on the 20th of October, while I went to former German New Guinea on
the 21st. In six and a half months I had collected almost 3,000 specimens
of vertebrates (2,700 birdskins and 260 mammals, also about 260, mostly
damaged and flat bird hides).
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1930. 27
III.
LIST OF THE BIRDS COLLECTED BY ERNST MAYR.
By ERNST HARTERT.
1. Gymnocorvus tristis (Less. & Garnot).
This common bird which is spread over New Guinea, where it is also
common on the Hydrographer Mountains, was found in various stages
of coloration in Arfak on the hills near Siwi, 7 . v . 1 928, at Wondiwoi
(Wandammen) 1900 m. high, at Hollandia and Ifaar on Lake Sentani (south
of Hollandia). The Iris is marked light blue (juv.) and brown (med.). In the
stomach fruits.
(According to the researches of Sherborn the above name was published
first. For a long time this Raven was known as Gymnocorvus senex.)
2. Ailuroedus melanotis arJakianus Meyer.
Ailuroedus arfakiatius A. B. Meyer, Silzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xlix, p. 82 (Arfak Mts.).
This form was found to be not rare at Siwi (Arfak) and Ditchi (1200 m.).
" Iris braun, hellbraun, dunkelbraun. Schnabel weissgrau, hellhornfarben.
Fiisse grau."
Of great interest are two young birds from Siwi, shot 19. iv. and 15. v. 1928.
They have thick brownish white downy plumage on the underside in which a
feather of the adult is just appearing. The head is thickly covered with rufous-
brown down, the underside with a mesoptile of soft down-like plumage of a
brownish-grey, darker basally, sides of body browner. Interscapulium and
wings already green as feathers in adult. " Iris grau, Schnabel hell, Fiisse
bleigrau." Wings of sexed males 163, 167, 160 — others moulting. A female
is evidently shorter in the wing, but the latter is too much worn to give a measure-
ment.
In 1895 Lord Rothschild described, from a specimen bought from Renesse
van Duivenbode a skin without a label, but said to be from Jobi, as "Ailuroedus
jobiensis."
Later on he considered this name to be a synonym, and I concurred in this
opinion. I am, however, now convinced that it is not a synonym. Besides
the type we have now three other specimens of various native preparations
which differ from the eight adult skins sent by Dr. Ernst Mayr, in having the
spots on the head not pure white or very nearly white but brown, and much
larger, and quite brown (instead of whitish) centres to the feathers of the hind-
neck and upper interscapulium ; moreover, in the type of jobiensis and one of
our other specimens the black of the throat reaches further down to the breast.
These specimens have no indication of locality, but I now consider it possible,
that they are from another locality, though perhaps not from Jobi. These
birds approach Stresemann's guttaticollis from the Hunsteinspitze, Sepik
Region.
'28 Novitates ZoOLOOICAE XXXVI. 1930.
3. Ailuroedus buccoides geislerorum A. B. Meyer.
Ailuroedus geislerorum A. B. Meyer. Abh. Mua. Dresden, iii. 4. p. 12 ( 1 S9 1 -Astrolabe Bay ami
Huongulf).
A series of adults from Hollandia is fairly uniform, though the size of the
black spots on the underside varies somewhat. A juvenile shot 11.x. 1928
(No. 2813) has the crown of the head much darker with a median stripe of
yellowish brown spots. The iris of the adults is red, in one case brownish red,
that of the young bird is described as grey.
(There is also a juvenile female from Momi, on the east coast of the Arfak
Peninsula, 25. vi. 11(28 (iris not described), with the crown still darker brown,
the median line of light spots indistinct. This must belong to either .4. b. oorti
or A. b. buccoides !)
A female from Ifaar, 24. ix. 11128 (apparently adult), has the crown much
lighter and more rufous, differing from the head in Ai. buccoides molestus R. & H.
(Nov. Zool. xxxv, p. 59, 1929) in being less rufous and with a greenish wash
along the centre ; more material would be necessary to say what the meaning
of this coloration is. The wings of adult males vary from about 130 to 136,
females 130 or 129 mm.
4. Chlamydera cerviniventris cerviniventris Gould.
Chlamydera cerviniventris Gould, Proc. Zool, Soc. London, part xviii, p. 201 (Cape York. This
part, according to Sclater, was only published in 1851, though called 1850). (An abridged
description (without measurements) appeared in Jardine's Conir. Orn. 1850, p. 106 (err. 160 !),
without locality. This lias priority over the appearance in public of the description in the
Proceedings, according to Mathews.)
This species which inhabits the Cape York Peninsula of North Queensland
and Eastern New Guinea, was hitherto only known as far west as Hatzfeldhafen,
but was found common at Ifaar, on Sentani Lake south of the Cyclops Mountains
near Hollandia. Mayr collected 28 specimens during the second half of September.
The iris is marked as " braun " and " dunkelbraun " in one case " bleich grau-
braunlich." The testes were mostly found well enlarged, eggs of females very
large, some laying.
The wings measure up to 150, exceptionally 153, the females as a rule
4 to 5 mm. shorter. Specimens from S.E. Papua and Cape York are usually
smaller, wings not over 150, or 151, but some Ifaar males have also 145 and
146, 148. There is thus too much variation in the size to claim the Ifaar birds
as a larger subspecies.
A. B. Meyer, in the Abh. Mus. Dresden, vol. v, No. 10, named eggs of this
species Chlamydera recondita, Mathews later on called specimens from British
Papua Chi. cerviniventris nova. Neither of these names is referable exclusively
to the Ifaar birds. There is thus a lot to say about the nomenclature of this
bird, though Mathews says it has "no teclmical history," meaning that it has
no nomenclatorial history.
By the discovery of this bird on the Sentani Lake its distribution has been
extended westwards for about 550 km.
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1930. 29
5. Xanthomelus aureus (L.).
Coracias aurea Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, p. 108 (1758 — " Asia " ! Ex Edwards, pi. 112).
2 <$ ad., 3 " $," 1 " (J " in plumage of female and young, from the mountains
at Siwi (about 900 m.). The male is not bigger than the females, but it has
wide (not narrow) pale yellow shaft-stripes on the scapulars, and this seems to
be the difference of the male from the female. The iris of females and young
is brown, that of the adult males lemon-yellow. One of the adult males shot
25. iv. 1928 is moulting on the crown, lower back and underside, the middle
rectrices are not quite fully grown.
cJ. Wondiwoi (Wandammen Peninsula), 14.vii.1928, has the throat black,
the crown and sides down over the ears orange, but back, rump, wings and tail
olive-brown ; the scapulars have also wide yellowish shaft-stripes. Though not
in adult plumage the testes were large ! I believe Wandammen is a new locality.
6. Amblyornis inornatus inornatus (Schleg.).
PlUonorhynclms inornatus Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierkunde, iv, p. 51 (1871 — Northern Peninsula,
i.e. Arfak or Berau Peninsula of New Guinea. Sexes alike ! Ex Rosenberg MS.).
Dr. Mayr sent 23 skins from Siwi, Mountains near Ditschi, Gunong Mundi
near Ditschi, 1500 m., and Lehuma, others from Wondiwoi in the Wandammen
Peninsula. The iris is marked as brown. The underside is darker, more
brownish in the Wondiwoi specimens, but one from Ditschi and some from
Lehuma are exactly alike the Wondiwoi ones ; the paler birds are perhaps
faded, the plumage having been longer worn.
It is strange that older skins collected by Bruijn's hunters near Hatam
(Atam), Arfak, have the upperside more rufous, the tail browner, less blackish
brown, the freshly collected skins of Mayr having rather dark, almost blackish
brown tails. Probably this is due to their having become " foxy," like C. L.
Brehm's skins in some instances, because they are such a long time in collections.
The sexes are alike, except that the females are very slightly smaller. Wings
in males 131-137 mm., in birds marked females 125-132 mm. Weight 105-140 g.
All these birds have no sign of a large occipital crest. Salvadori, in his immortal
Orn. Pap. ii, p. 667, enumerates 26 skins from Hatam, collected by D'Albertis,
Beccari's and Bruijn's hunters, and none of them had a sign of a crest, nor had
the types, and therefore they were called inornatus !
It was not before 1895 that there was a mention of crested males from
Dutch New Guinea. Then in Bull. B.O. Club, iv, no. xxiii, p. xvii, the late A. B.
Meyer described what he called the " hitherto unknown male of Amblyornis
inornala," with a large crest ! This was then accepted by Sharpe and Lord
Rothschild. I too thought this was correct. But is this really correct ? The
following facts must be considered.
(1) It is very peculiar that among the skins received in Europe from 1871
to 1895 there was not a single crested specimen, in fact the opposite would be
more probable, as the native hunters were out for strikingly coloured " beautiful "
birds, but might not have sent the uncrested simple brown birds.
(2) Though Lord Rothschild has received since 1895 till now not less than
eleven large-crested birds of native preparation, we do not know the exact
locality of any of them. In 1895 both Dr. Meyer and the Tring Museum received
each a skin said to be from Karon (or Karoon), N.W. of Arfak, on the north
30 XoVITATKS ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
coast of the Beran Peninsula. They came from Mr. Renesse van Duivenbode,
but had of course no label, and this information was merely from hearsay. The
skins of the crested males are filled with cocoanut fibre, one with some dried
leaves, and they are rough and hard, as if dried over fire. But none of these
skins came apparently from Arfak !
(3) Both Dr. Ernst Mayr and Mr. Shaw-Meyer were emphatically told
that crested males never occurred in Arfak or thereabouts, and both failed to
even see one. Yet somewhere they must be common. Of course we find in
the mountains of S.E. New Guinea the very closely allied (but underneath duller
and on the upperside less dark) Amblyornis inornatus musgravii, and on the
Saruwaged Mountains the also closely allied Ambl. inornatus yermanus, but the
crested males described above never came from either of these localities, where
birds of that preparation never originated.
The question now is :
Are the crested males of which specimens were received (said to be from
Karon) after all the males of the A. inornatus inornatus, or are they a representa-
tive crested form from a different locality 1 In the latter case they require a
new name.
There is still another mystery : from where are the three Amblyornis
fliirifrons Rothsch. ?
There is a rumour that they may occur somewhere inland of the Berau
Peninsula, but this requires confirmation. The three skins are rather of the
better " Arfak preparation," with " heels " sown together and filled with
" kapok." And how are the females ? Maybe the females are hardly separable
from those of " inornatus." The figure of A. flavifrons in Sharpe's Monograph
of the Paradiseidae is, I am sorry to say, very bad. The crest is too reddish
orange, and the shape of the crest-feathers is wrong, as they are all long narrow
parallel feathers rising at the forehead, not ending all over the crown, as in the
figure.
The fact is that the " crested " males of inornatus from the northern part of
the " Vogelkop " (Berau Peninsula) have the underside darker, more rufous
brown, the sides of the neck darker, and the back and wings deeper rufous,
without the olivaceous tinge of the specimens from the Snow and Weylandt
Mountains. As I consider the latter to be — for the time being — inseparable
from A. i. musgravii, I name the form from Karon
Amblyornis inornatus mayri subsp. nov.
Type : 3 ad., probably Karon (" Karoon "), northern " Vogelkop."
7. Paradigalla carunculata Less.
Paradigalla caruncvlata Lesson, Hist. Xat. Ois. de Paradis, p. 242 (1835 — Xo locality indicated.
The Type is a specimen with replaced breast and abdomen).
Dr. Mayr sent a o from the mountains near Ditschi 12. vi. 1928, and a
female from Lehuma, 29. v. 1928. Mr. F. Shaw-Meyer obtained a female on
the Arfak Mountains in August 1928, at an altitude of 7,000 feet. Mayr described
the iris as " dark," bill black, feet grey, Meyer says feet and bill black ! Mayr
says : " Schnabellappen zitronengelb, am ausseren Rande etwas ziegelfarbig,
Unterschnabellappen oben violettblau, unten gelbrot." Meyer : " Upper wattles
NoVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 31
yellowish-green, base of lower mandible bright blue ; a small patch of orange-
red underneath."
Wing of (J 195, $ 159, 160 mm. $ weight 170 g.
Evidently this species is only known from the Arfak Peninsula.
8. Parotia sefilata sefilata (Penn.).
Paradisea sefilata Pennant in Forsler's Zool. Indica, Faunula indica, p. 40 (1781 — Ex Daubenton.
PI. Enl. 633. In the text no locality, but at that time only the Arfak form was known).
Dr. Mayr found this species common in the mountains of the Arfak region,
at Ditschi and Siwi, and still more so in the mountains of Wondiwoi in the
Wandammen Peninsula. I believe it was only known with certainty from Arfak.
The fine series of females and males in ofi-plumage from Wondiwoi are under-
neath generally more rufous brown than those from the Arfak Mountains, but
this is, in my opinion, not geographical variation, but due to their being all in
fresh plumage, and some are practically undistinguishable. The iris of both
sexes is blue with an outer yellow ring, bill black, feet greyish or blackish
brown. Weight £ 175-200, ?*160-185 g.
The young bird in first plumage has rufous red outer and inner edges to
the quills and upper wing-coverts.
In the Ibis, 1911, p. 366, Lord Rothschild has treated Parotia lawesi and
helenae as subspecies of sefilata. This was criticized by Stresemann in 1923.
At first sight lawesi and sefilata look very much the same, but there are greater
differences than are at first apparent. P. lawesi is throughout much smaller ;
the tail is not much more than half the length of that of sefilata ; in sefilata the
frontal tuft of feathers is black-brown with greyish-white tips, in lawesi thev arc
less stiff and snow-white at base, black-brown on tip ; the colour of the glittering
nuchal patch and the much deeper and rufous-brown underside of the female
of lawesi are insignificant characters. Considering the striking differences of
size and headgear of males it is perhaps wisest to accept Stresemann 's grouping :
P. sefilata (Penn.) — P. lawesi lawesi and P. lawesi helenae. — P. wahnesi. P.
carolae carolae, P. carolae meeki, P. carolae berlepschi, all in accordance with Lord
Rothschild 1911, except the first.
Then there is the very peculiar Parotia duivenbodei Rothsch. Two speci-
mens are known, both purchased from plumassiers, the type in the Tring Museum,
from Mr. van Renesse van Duivenbode, with 2 plumes, one on each side of the
head, one in the Paris Museum, without any plumes on the head, otherwise
quite like the type.
9. Lophorina superba superba (Penn.).
Paradisea superba Pennant, Forsler's Indische Zool., Faunula Indica, p. 40 (1781 — Ex Daubenton
PI. Enl. 632. No locality, but hitherto only known from Arfak).
Mayr sent a good series from Siwi and 3^.2$ from Wondiwoi in Wandam-
men. Here too the females are rather more rufous on the underside than the
Arfak specimens (Siwi), but one of the Arfak ones is almost indistinguishable !
Weight $ 87-105, $ 67-5-85 g.
(Judging from the males Lord Rothschild identified Grant's fern inina (1915)
from the Utakwa River with latipennis (1907). Certainly there seemed to be
32 Novttates Zoolocicae XXXVI. 1930.
no difference between males from the Utakwa, the Weylandt and Rawlinson
Mountains, but females from the latter were not known. Judging from two
females sent by Dr. Mayr from N.E., formerly German, New Guinea, they are
quite different from the females of Weylandt and Snow Mountains, having the
crown like minor and being underneath whitish, not rufescent. Therefore
feminina would be a good subspecies, differing in the female. This woidd also
be more in accordance with zoogeographical knowledge. Mayr's skins from N.E.
Papua have only numbers, no localities, on their preliminary labels, so I
cannot yet say if they are from the Rawlinson or Hertzog Mountains. Written
November 1929.)
10. Ptiloris (Craspedophora) magnifica magnifica (Vieill.).
Fatrinrlliis maanifirits Vieillot. Xnur. Dirt., nouv. ed., vol. 28, p. 167 and pi. Gf. 3 (1807 — "La
Nouvelle Guinee ").
This form is widespread from Arfak along the northern coast to apparently
Astrolabe Bay, and in the south-eastwards to the Fly River.
Mayr sent adult males and young males in female plumage and one
female from Arfak (Siwi, Momi, Warior), Wondiwoi, Hoi and Cyclops
Mountain.
I don't think it is far wrong to separate the soft feathered Ptiloris (rectius
PUlorhis), type paradisea, from the harsh-feathered Craspedophora, much as I
am in favour of few genera.
11. Drepanomis albertisi albertisi Sol.
Drepanephorus albertisi Sclater, Nature, viii, pp. 151, 195 (1873 — No description, only "long
incurved bill" mentioned, no locality).
Drepanomis albertisi Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873. pp. 558, 560, plate 47. (Full description, figure,
locality Arfak Mountains).
This is another form only known from the Arfak Peninsula.
Dr. Mayr sent 4 adult males and two in juvenile plumages from the moun-
tains above Ditschi and near the Anggi Lakes in the Arfak region.
He also sent an adult female, which seems to belong to this subspecies from
Wondiwoi (Wandammen), shot S.vii.1928.
Weight 3 105-125 g.
12. Drepanomis bruijnii Oust.
I in panotitis bruijnii Oustalet, Ann. Sri. nat. ser. 6, ix, article 5 (1880 — Said to live evidently further
east than D. albertisi, as it was obtained by Bruijn — rectius Bruijn's hunters — between long.
136° and 137°, in fact I suppose that it came from further east still than 137°). Later specimens
from the north coast east of 138°, and from Tana Mera east of Humboldt Bay, came to hand.
Mayr obtained a series at Hoi (Humboldt Bay) in August and October,
mostly still in moult, but testes of males in some cases greatly enlarged.
Therefore, probably, the nesting season will be November. Nest and eggs
unknown.
The males in female plumage are exactly like the adult females, only slightly
larger.
Weight 4 J 100 g.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 33
13. Seleucides melanoleucus ' auripennis Schlut.
Seleucidcs ignotus auripennis Schliiter, Falco, vii, p. 2 (1911 — Dallmannshafen).
Mayr found this remarkable bird not rare near Hoi in August and again
on October 12th. This subspecies was described as more golden yellow on the
plumes and smaller. The bright yellow colour of the plumes is, however, very
fleeting, and it is doubtful if there is much difference between freshly moulted
fresh adult S. melanoleucus melanoleucus and auripennis. The dimensions are
smaller all round, the bill shorter and slenderer. The wings of 14 adult males
measure 165-170 mm., those of the larger race up to 181 mm. The sexual
organs were greatly enlarged in October and fairly small in August.
Weight (J 170-200, ? 160, 160 g.
14. Epimachus fastosus fastosus (Hermann).
(Epimachus speciosus, Falcinellus striatus auctorum).
Promerops fastosus Hermann, Tab. Aff. Anim. etc. pp. 194, 202 (1783 — Ex Montbeillard in Bufjon,
vi, p. 472, " Grand Promerops a parements frises," New Guinea. As all specimens used to
come from the Arfak Peninsula, I accept Arfak as the typical locality).
Ernst Mayr and Shaw Mayer collected specimens in the mountains near
Ditschi and Lehuma, at 2,000 m., more or less. The iris of the male (according
to Mayr) is red, according to Mayer reddish orange, that of the female, according
to Mayr red-brown, in one case pale brownish red.
All these males have the breast and abdomen nearly black, but with a
pronounced brown tint, while all the old trade skins that usually represent this
species in collections are underneath more brown, one might say very deep
chocolate ; I have no doubt that this is due to their being in collections for a
long time, all killed in the last century, and one procured by Dr. Guillemard at
Arfak is exactly like the other trade skins. This typical form is evidently only
found in the Arfak Peninsula (Berau, " Vogelkop ").
Weight cJ in full plumage 250-280, $ 160-235 g.
15. Epimachus fastosus atratus (Rothsch. & Hart.).
Falcinellus striatus atratus Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. xviii, p. 160 (1911 — " Mt. Goliath, at
altitudes of not less than 5,000 feet ").
Ernst Mayr collected six adult males and a number of females and young
males from Wondiwoi in the Wandammen Peninsula ; these, to my surprise,
are not E. fastosus fastosus, but agree with our E. f. atratus from Mt. C4oliath and
Mt. Kunupi in the Weylandt Mountains. E. f. atratus is therefore the form of
1 I must reluctantly enter here upon a nomenelatorial explanation, because this species has
usually been known under different names. For a long time it has been called alba and nigricans,
while Rothschild reverted to ignotus. The name ignotus, however, was only used by Forster in the
Latin translation for the " unbekannte Paradiesvogel " and has no nomenelatorial value.
Recently Stresemann and others returned to nigricans, but omitted entirely Paradisea vielaywleuca
Daudin, Traitc Elem. et cornplet d'Orn. ii, p. 278 (1800 — " Waigiu," probably errore, as not yet found
there, but Arfak Peninsula). Daudin's name is undisputable, the description : " Noir par devant,
blanc par derriere, avec douze tiges setac^es, courbees, et presque depourvues de barbes " un-
mistakable. Nor can Daudin's names be rejected, because in a few cases he used three names !
In fact a number of names from Daudin, such as Circus ranivorus, Otogyps auricularis, Curtcuma
vocifer, Polemaetus bellicosus, Lophoaetus occipitalis, Helotarsus ecaudatus and others have never
been disputed on that account !
3
34 XciMTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
the great central range, called in its various parts Weylandt, Nassau, Orange
Range and Snow Mountains in the middle.
E. f. atratus is a close ally of E. f. fastosus but differs in the male being
underneath of a deeper black, entirely or almost devoid of the chocolate tinge.
The females and young males differ from those of E. f. fastosus in their more
olivaceous, much less rufescent tails. (There is no difference in fresh specimens
in the ornamental side-plumes.)
Weight 3 in full plumage 250, 255, 255, 275, 275, $ 165, 185, 210 g.
[Epimachus fastosus stresemanni subsp. nov.
The Berlin Museum received from the Sepik Expedition 17 specimens,
collected by Dr. Burgers, of a dark form of E. fastosus, agreeing in coloration
with E. f. atratus. Dr. Stresemann already suggested (p. 34 of his article on
Burgers' ornithological collection) that the Snow Mountains form differed in
size from the Sehraderberg (Upper Sepik) form and gave careful measurements,
showing that the bills ' varied from 62 to 66-5 mm. in adult males, wings 210
to 222, bills 63-5 to 72 in adult females, wings 175-182 mm.
As the wings of adult atratus from Mt. Goliath, the Weylandt Mountains
and Wandammen measure only : <J ad. wings 190, 195, 196, 198, 187, the bills
58-60, $ ad. wings 156 to 170 (if the latter is not a young male), the Sehraderberg
specimens form clearly a considerably larger subspecies, therefore I propose to
name this after my friend Dr. Stresemann. Type <J a(1- m the Tring Museum,
Sehraderberg 13.vi.913, No. 2094 of the collector.]
16. Astrapia nigra (Gm.).
ParacUsea nigra, Gmelin. Syst. Xat. i. 2, p. 401 (1789 — Ex Latham "Gorget Paradise Bird," Gen.
Syn. i, p. 478, pi. 20. Latham says that the " Alfoories in Messowal shoot these birds and sell
them to the people of Tidore." I don't know where " Messowal " was, but the original locality
should be regarded as Arfak).
1 "o" hi "off plumage" from Dohunsehik, Issim valley, 17. vi. 1928.
" Iris dunkel, Schnabel schwarz, Fiisse graubraun." This specimen has a wing
of only 176 mm. It is rather blackish, there are only traces of whitish speckles,
and the wings have no rufous edges on the outside. Mayr did not find this
species in the other collecting stations in Arfak, where it is now probably rare,
having been collected there for a long time. It is, however, still found there,
as Mr. Shaw Mayer obtained a fine adult male in the Arfak Mountains, 2,300 m.
high, 17 .viii. 1928. This species apparently is found only in the Arfak or Berau
Peninsula.
17. Cicinnurus regius claudii Ogilvie-Grant.
( 'icinnurus regius clumlii ( >gilvie-Grant, Ibis, Suppl. p. 16 (1915 — From the Mimika River eastwards
to S.E. New Guinea at least as far as Collingwood Bay, westwards to Misol. Type Mimika
River).
A fine series from Momi, collected in June, and two in full moult from
15.iv.1928, but no females, nor nests were found.
This widely spread form has the black spot above the eye rounded, more
1 Measured from forepart of nostrils to tip with a compass.
NOVTTATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 35
or less distorted in skins, if they are not of the very first quality, but never
linear as in coccineifrons, cryptorhynchus and similis.
Weight 53-61 g.
18. Cicinnurus regius similis Stres.
Cicinnurus regius similis Streseinann (ex Neumann MS.), Journ. f. Orn. 1922, p. 405 (Torricelli
Mts. to Astrolabebay).
Mayr found the " King Bird " apparently very common near Hollandia
and Hoi, from where he sent a fine series, obtained in August, and from the
Cyclops Mountains and Ifaar, shot in the latter part of August.
Wright 50-52, rarely 56 g.
The iris of all Cicinnurus regius is brown, the bill in males yellow, feet light
" violet blue." In females the iris is also brown, bill duller yellow, feet " blue."
The testes of the red males were more or less enlarged, but also those of a male
in female plumage were greatly enlarged. Males shot August 3rd and October
10th and 15th are in full moult from the brown female plumage to the red one.
A male shot 13.x. has a curious plumage which is, I think, the second year's
garb ; it is mixed, but the brown parts are not greyish olivaceous brown, but
more yellowish brown, while the elongated central rectrices are only half rolled
up and their shafts are not quite bare ; in the specimen from October 13th one
of these feathers is like that of a perfectly adult male and the underside has the
green pectoral bar and white abdomen, also the green-tipped pectoral tufts !
I do not know how Ogilvio-Grant made out that the first rjlumage was worn
two years. I think they must moult into the " mixed " garb in the second
year.
The females and out-of-plumage males and young are perfectly alike,
except that the males have a bit longer wings. All these birds are on the upper-
side more greyish olivaceous than females and juv. of G. r. claudii, while those
of C. r. regius (Aru Islands) and C. r. coccineifrons (Jobi) are in colour like
similis ! In some young males in first plumage the middle rectrices are several
millimetres longer than the rest, and show a slight enarrated web on the tip
which is slightly curved.
The Berlin Museum received from Prof. Schultze some skins from the
mouth of the Tami River, but these specimens cannot possibly be correctly
labelled, therefore I fear they may have been received from natives because
they agree absolutely with C. r. coccineifrons from Jobi, not even with Strese-
mann's cryptorhynchus from the north coast, though the latter is very near to
coccineifrons.
19. Diphyllodes magnificus magnificus (Perm.)-
Paradisea magnified Pennant, Forsler's Indische Zool., Faunula Indica, p. 40 (1781 — Ex Daubenton's
Oiseau de Paradis de la Nouvclle Guinie dit le Magnifique, pi. 631. Terra typica restricta :
Arfak !).
Paradisea speccosa (error for speciosa), Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enlum. p. 38 (1783 — Also ex Daubenton'a
pi. 631).
Both Ernst Mayr and Shaw Mayer sent skins from Arfak, the former a
fine series from Siwi, and also from Wondiwoi, Wandammen, the latter two
males from near Sorong, 200 feet alt., and Agamuri village, 1,000 m. alt. The
iris is dark brown, bill bluish white, light bluish grey, lead-grey, whitish blue-
grey, the feet bright blue, violet-blue. Weight <J 85-111, $ 71-88 g. The
36 Xuvitates Zoological XXXVI. 1930.
Manikion name according to Shaw Mayer " Pcna," the Malayan name
" Batarotang." A specimen from 17. v. in full moult.
The nomenclature and distribution of the various forms of Diphyttodea
magnificus requires some explanation as it has hitherto not been sufficiently
understood.
The oldest name is Pennant's Paradisea magnified of 1781. This name,
magnified, has also been usually used, by Salvadori, Sharpe, Rothschild, Strese-
maim and most others, but Ogilvie-Grant, Ibis, 1915, Suppl. p. 22, preferred
the name speciosa (" speccosa ") because he did not look up Salvadori nor
Rothschild, and quoted Pennant in Forster's I rid. Zool. 1795, but the first edition
of that appeared in 1781. Moreover, Ogilvie-Grant applied the name speciosa
(both names, magnified and " speccosa," were based on the same plate, 631, of
Daubenton) to the wrong bird. There is no doubt whatever that Daubenton
figured the form with what Ogilvie-Grant called " clay-coloured " secondaries,
though the clay-colour has a distinct yellow admixture and is glossy. Mayr's
and Mayer's specimens from the Arfak region show without doubt that the
Arfak form is the one with yellowish glossy clay-coloured secondaries. The colour
of the secondaries (in many descriptions called " wings " !) varies somewhat,
sometimes being darker, more brownish, sometimes paler (probably faded),
but it is never orange. Sharpe, in his Monograph of the Birds of Pdreidise, figured
specimens with somewhat darker secondaries, under the name of D. seleucides
Lesson, but seleucides is obviously a synonym of magnified. Ogilvie-Grant,
Ibis, 1915 Suppl. p. 24, gave the name of " Diphyllodes rothschildi sp. nov." to
specimens from a plumassier, supposed to have come from Salwatti, with duller
" clay-coloured wings." This was entirely erroneous, as the birds with " clay-
coloured " secondaries are the ones inhabiting Arfak, and in fact most or the
whole of the Berau (or Arfak) Peninsula, as Mayer collected a specimen near
Sorong. Goodfellow (Ibis, 1915 Suppl. p. 25) must be quite right that there
are no Paradise-Birds on the little island of Sorong, but that all skins purchased
there come from Salwatti is doubtful, as it also occurs near by on the mainland.
[Along the foot-hills of the Snow Moim tains occurs a form with the secondaries
brighter, more glossy and more orange yellow than in magnificus, but much
less bright than in chrysopterus, thoiigh somewhat variable. They are thus
clearly intermediate between nmgnificus and chrysopterus and cannot be united
with either of these, consequently they must have a new name, and I call it by
the name that is suggested by these facts :
Diphyllodes magnificus intennedius, subsp. nov.
Type: £ ad. Snow Mountains, 2,500 feet, 1 3 . viii . 1910. No. 4604,
A. S. Meek coll.
We have now three males, two from Meek, one collected by Pratt Bros,
from the Wanggar district, south of Geelvink Bay, 2,000 feet high, 20 miles from
the sea, January 1921. Wings 114, 115, 116 mm. The females have wings of
105, 106 mm., and agree in coloration with the Arfak birds, D. m. magnificus.
There are half a dozen fully adult males from the Kapare, Waitakwa, Utakwa
valleys, agreeing with ours, though one is a bit more bright, but not like D. m.
chrysoptera ! One is partially bright orange on the secondaries, but this is
obviously not normal and apparently stained.]
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1030. 37
A form with orange secondaries inhabits Jobi and the north coast of Papua
as far east as the Speik river district and possibly still farther eastwards (Astrolabe
Bay ?). This form must be called chrysopterus. This name is beyond doubt.
Stresemann rejected it, because it is uncertain that the type came from
Jobi, but the type is in the British Museum and has been well described and
figured, so whether it came from Jobi or the north coast of New Guinea, there
is no doubt about its meaning, and jobiensis Meyer 1885 is a synonym of it.
East New Guinea, i.e. what used to be called British New Guinea, now an
Australian colony (stupidly called " Papua " in opposition to other parts of
New Guinea, while Papua is the old name often applied to New Guinea as a
whole, and by no means given to the British colony in particular), and the
Kai or Huon Peninsula : Simbang, Bongu, Sattelberg, Finisterre Mountains
are inhabited by a race with bright orange secondaries, shorter wings, generally
more reddish back and rump and much more glossy orange crown. This form
is hunsteini Meyer, septentrionalis being a synonym.
The females also differ slightly.
Those of D. magn. magnificus from the Arfak (Berau) Peninsula and Wandam-
men, also Kapaur (Onin Peninsula) have the upperside olivaceous, with a more
or less distinct golden or rufescent tinge, and underside is more rufescent,
wings $ 106-110, once 112, males in female plumage wings 113-115.
Females of D. magnificus chrysopterus are above more olivaceous, the
edges to the wings less yellowish, more greenish, and the underside lacks the
slight rufescent tinge of magnificus. Wings of $ 110-115, males in female
plumage 117-119 mm.
Females of D. magnificus hunsteini have the upperside more reddish brown,
especially the crown more rufous. Wings $ 104-110, once 112, males in female
plumage 110-116 mm.
20. Diphyllodes magnificus chrysopterus Elliot.
Diphyllodes speciosus var. chrysopterus Elliot (ex Gould MS.), Mon. Paradis. text to piate 13 (1873 —
Locality unknown).
Diphyllodes jo'nensis Meyer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. ii, p. 388 (1885 — Jobi).
A fine series of both sexes from Hollandia (August) and the Cyclops Moun-
tains (end of August).
The iris was found to be dark brown, but in a white-spotted variety ($) it
was whitish grey ! This specimen has the whole upperside intermixed with
white feathers and a few white feathers on the throat and chest.
Weight (J 92-111, $ 83-104 g.
The forms of Diphyllodes magnificus to be recognized are therefore as
follows :
1. Diphyllodes magnificus magnificus (Penn.).
Pamdisea magni/icu Pennant. Fors er's Ind. ZooL, Faun. Ind. p. 40 (1781 — Ex Daubenton G.31).
Puradisea spetcosa (err. for speciosa) Boddaert (1783 — Based also on Daubenton 631).
Diphyllodes seleucides Lesson, Hist. Nat. Ois. Paradis (1835 — New name for magnificus).
Diphyllodes rothschildi Ogilvie-Grant, Ibis, 1915, Sitppl. p. 24 (Salawatti or Salwatti Island, from
a specimen in the Gould coll.)
Arfak (Berau) and Onin Peninsula, also Salwatti.
2. Diphyllodes magnificus intermedins Hart.
See above, p. 36.
38 Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1930.
Foot of Snow Mountain Range, Kapare, Iwaka, Utakwa Rivers, up to
2,500 and 2,900 feet.
3. Diphyllodes magnificus chrysopterus Ell.
Diphyllodes spedosus var. chrysopterus Elliot, ex Gould MS., Mutt. Punidis. text pi. 13 (1S73 —
Locality unknown).
Diphyllodes jobiensis Meyer, Zeitsehr. ges. Orn. ii, p. 388 (1885 — Jobi).
Jobi and north coast east of Geelvink Bay at least as far east as the Sepik
River.
4. Diphyllodes magnificus humteini Mey.
Diphyllodes Humteini A. B. Meyer, Zeitsehr. ges. Orn. ii, ]>. 3811 (18S5 -" Hufeiseiigehirge " in
Owen Stanley Range).
Diphyllodes chrysoptera sejihiilrionalis A. B. Meyer, Joiim.f. Orn. 1892, p. 261.
Diphyllodes xanthoptera Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxvi, p. 1 11 (1896- Bubui River, north of
Huon Gulf).
Eastern Papua, former British (now Australian) New Guinea and former
German colony (now " Mandated Territory ").
21. Paradisaea minor minor Shaw.
Paradisea minor Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii, 2, p. 486 (1809— No locality. I substitute Arfak, from where
these birds used to come).
Adult males, females, and junior birds from Arfak (Siwi and Momi), Wondiwoi
in the Wandammen Peninsula, and again near Hollandia and Mount Cyclops.
From April to July males were in fullest plumage, but one April male is moulting.
Shaw Mayer sent a male from the " mainland " opposite Sorong Island in full
plumage, shot in October.
The iris is yellow, with a faint tinge of green, feet grey to bluish-slate colour,
bill bluish grey, whitish grey, " almost lavender."
Weight 225-285 g.
The males in female plumage are larger than the females, and the underside,
from the throat onwards, is snow white, with a more or less distinct yellow
tinge on the sides. The females sent by Mayr have a brownish red zone beyond
the dark brown throat, and this brownish red colour spreads along the sides.
This, however, is apparently not a peculiarity of the females, but may be a sign
of juvenility, as Doherty sent also males of that coloration.
The ornamental plumes of the males are in fresh plumage very bright,
quite orange, especially in one from Momi, but in the collection they seem to
get lighter, less orange.
22. Manucodia chalybatus chalybatus (Penn.).
Paradisea chalybata Pennant, Forsler's Zool. Ind., Faunxda Indira, p. 40 (1781 — Ex Daubenton's
pi. 634, New Guinea).
Both sexes were collected near Siwi, Wondiwoi and Wasior (in the coastal
forest) in April, May and July. The iris of adult males was red or yellowish
red. Wings $ ad. 180-187, $ 176 mm.
Weight $ 225-250, ? 210 g.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 39
23. Manucodia chalybatus orientalis Salvad.
Manucodia orientalis Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova (2), xvi, p. 103 (1896 — Owen Stanley Mts.).
2 c?. 1 9 Hollandia and Ifaar on Lake Sentani. Wings <J 174, 180 !, $ 160 mm.
Weight " $ " 210, $ 240 g.
24. Manucodia ater ater (Less.).
Phonygama ater Lesson, Voy. Coquille. Zool. i, part 2, p. 638 (1828— Dorey, Arfak).
A good series from Manokwari (Arfak), Wasior, Ifaar and Hollandia.
Iris red.
Weight cJ 205, 210, $ 200, 225 g.
25. Phonygammus keraudrenii keraudrenii (Less. & Gain.).
Barila keraudrenii Lesson et Garnot, Ferussac's Bull. Sc. Nat. et de Giologie, viii, p. 110 (1826 —
Deser. from specimens collected by Lesson at Dorey, Arfak).
Fourteen skins from Siwi, Manokwari, the hills near Siwi and Momi.
Weights (J 140-175, £ 130-140 g.
These specimens show great variation in the colour, especially in that of
the back which varies from a glossy steel-green to glossy purplish blue. The
females are like the males, but are smaller and the tufts above and behind the
eyes are as a rule shorter. Moulting specimens show that the juvenile plumage
is a sort of raven-black, burnished or graphite black. The iris, at least of adult
birds, is red, bill and feet black. This series is very instructive, and it confirms
my idea that there is only one form in S.E. New Guinea.
Lord Rothschild was the first to state in print that Ph. jamesi Sharpe
(Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii, p. 181, 1877, Aleya, S.E. New Guinea) was the juvenile
of Ph. purpureoviolacea Meyer 1885, described from the Astrolabe Mountains.
In 1915 Ogilvie-Grant (Ibis Suppl. pp. 5 and 6) declared that in S.E. New
Guinea lived a form of the plains, which was identical with keraudrenii, while
in the mountains lived purpureoviolacea, jamesi Sharpe being the young of
keraudrenii and not of purpureoviolacea ; he says that Lord Rothschild now
agreed with him ; apparently he wavered once in conversation, but I am of
opinion that he was quite right in admitting Jamesi as the young purpureoviolacea,
and not as the young of keraudrenii. We know from the series in Tring and
elsewhere that both keraudrenii and hunsteini (the form of the D'Entrecasteaux
Islands) have blackish young, and our specimens in moult prove to me that
the same is the case with jamesi (= purpureoviolacea). The specimens from
S.E. New Guinea which Ogilvie-Grant declares to be keraudrenii are nearly all
in moult from a juvenile plumage ; one specimen, said to be from the Brown
River, collected by Emil Weiske, but without indication of date and sex (though
from size surely a female) is indeed very similar to a keraudrenii, but the two
forms are of course closely allied, and some stages of plumage vary much and
young of the two forms are not always distinguishable ; the rectrices of young
are more pointed than in the adult birds. Nor is there in my opinion enough
material to prove that the more brilliant birds (" purpureoviolacea ") are all from
higher elevations ; in fact we have a specimen which Ogilvie-Grant called
keraudrenii shot by A. S. Meek's men at about 6,000 feet or more. Grant some-
what doubted the correctness of the elevation, but there can be no doubt about
that whatever, so Grant ruled it out as an exceptional occurrence.
40 Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1930.
We have therefore the following forms of Phony gammus, which are all
subspecies :
Phonygammus keratidrenii keraudrenii (Less. & Garnot).
Berau and Onin Peninsulas, southern slopes of Snow Mountains, east
apparently to the Fly River, and Aru Islands.
Phonygammus keraudrenii neumanni Rchw. 1918.
Only known from the Lordberg, about 1,058 m., on the Upper Sepik River.
Phonygammus keraudrenii jamesi Sharpe 1877.
Synonym Ph. purpureoviolacea Meyer 1885.
South-East New Guinea, chiefly on the mountains.
Phonygammus keraudrenii hunsteini Sharpe 1882.
Fergiisson and Normanby Islands.
Synonym Manucodia thomsoni Tristram, Ibis, 1889.
Phonygammus keraudrenii gouldii Gray 1859.
Synonym Phonygammus yorki Mathews 1924.
Cape York Peninsula (North Queensland).
26. Oriolus szalayi (Mad.).
(Oriolus striatus Quoy et Gaimard 1830 is unfortunately preoccupied by Oriolus striatals Hermann
1783 !)
Mimela szalayi Madarasz, Termeszetrajzi FiiseteJc, xxiv, p. 80 (1901— Madang (Finschhafen), North
New Guinea).
<$ Manokwari, 7.iv.l928.
<?? near Siwi, 26. iv, 5. v. 1928.
Iris blood-red. Bill red. Feet grey or black.
The female has the face and throat blacker ; we have a number of birds
like it, but this character does not seem peculiar to the female sex, according
to the material available.
27. Mino dumontii dumontii Lesson.
Mino dumontii Lesson (1826 — Dorey, now called Manokwari).
Both sexes from the terra typica, Manokwari, from Wasior, Hollandia,
Momi and Ifaar on Sentani Lakes. Males have longer wings than females.
The Manokwari specimens of April 10th and 11th have numerous little
white plumes on the back and sides of the neck, and some on the black portions
of the abdomen and back. These were correctly described by Sharpe as " hair-
like white plumelets," and even more in detail by Lesson, Voyage Coquille, i,
p. 652, as long ago as 1826. They look at first glance as if they were appendices
on the tip of the feathers, but they are independent feathers rising from the
skins between the feathers, quite narrow, shafts only, at base, but at the tip
with a droplike white spatula. It seems that they are only greatly in evidence
in freshly moulted birds, while they are worn off and largely fall out later on —
perhaps they are comparable to the small white ornamental plumes of the
cormorants, which disappear when the breeding time begins !
Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. 1930. 41
28. Aplonis (Calornis) metallicus metallicus (Temm.).
Manokwari, Hollandia.
29. Aplonis cantoroides cantoroides (Gray).
If aar (Sentani Lakes), 15., 18., 19.ix.l!)28.
30. Dicrurus bracteatus carbonarius Bp. 1850.
This common bird was met with and collected at Wasior (coast) 23.,
24.vii.1928, Momi 2.vii.l928, Hollandia August and October, Cyclops Moun-
tains 31.viii.1928, and Ifaar on Lake Sentani, end September 1928. The iris
of adults is red, of the young greyish brown. A female from Ifaar in moult is
mainly covered with a soft downy smoky black plumage, a few metallic glossy
feathers beginning to grow on the underside, many on the upperside, wings and
tail. As the body is about full grown and the dull black downy feathers are
much too long for a first nestling's plumes it seems as if that downy sort of
fluff dress is a second " mesoptile " plumage.
Adult females are like males, but considerably smaller.
Weight 73-5-86 g.
31. Chaetorhynchus papuensis Meyer 1874.
Terra typica, Arfak.
A big series from Siwi, April and Wondiwoi Mountains in the Wandammen
Peninsula, July. Iris very dark brown. At the base of the inner secondaries
is a hidden patch of small entirely or partially snow-white feathers. Salvadori
described them as a scapular patch, Meyer and Sharpe do not mention this
peculiarity. Skins from Siwi partially in moult, some showing remains of a
loose fluffy juvenile plumage. Females smaller than males.
Weight 37-49 g.
32. Artamus maximus A. B. Meyer.
Siwi and Ditschi. Iris deep brown. Bill grey-blue.
Adults weigh 53, 55, 58, 63-5, 71 g.
33. Artamus leucorhynchus leucopygialis Gould.
Seven ad. from Ifaar on Sentani lakes, middle September, 1 Kaju Pulu
(near Hollandia), 15.x. 1928.
Wings 125-137 mm. Adults weigh 40-44 g.
Stresemann, Nov. Zool. 1913, pp. 289, 292, separates A. leuc. leucopygialis,
wing 121-135 mm., average about 129 mm., from Australia, S.E. New Guinea,
and Fergusson Islands (possibly only winter visitors in New Guinea), and A. leuc.
papuensis Bp., wing 128-139 mm., and bill larger, from the Moluccas, Western
Papuan Islands and New Guinea, with exception of S.E. New Guinea.
As will be seen, the wing-measurements of the Ifaar birds are hardly deci-
sive. The bills are, it is true, sometimes much smaller in the Australian form,
but very often, if not mostly, as big as in " papuensis." Although I myself
once separated the Cape York form as parvirostris I did not afterwards recognize
it as different. I believe it will be better to await more material before separating
42 Novitates Zooloqicae XXXVI. 1930-
/( tifo/ii/ijitilis and papurnsis, though it seems that some of the former do have
smaller bills, and often shorter wings.
34. Munia vana spec. nov.
$ Upperside earth-brown, lighter on the forehead, darker on the back.
Upper tail-coverts with dull straw-yellow tips, middle rectrices with straw-
yellow edges, apparently slightly elongated and tapering. Quills deep brown,
inner edges faun colour. Chin and sides of head under eyes brownish white,
a brown form side to side over the jugulum, followed by a narrow dull white
band, breast and abdomen, thighs and under tail-coverts light chestnut-ochra-
ceous. " Iris dark, bill leaden grey, feet dark grey. "Wing 51-5 mm., tail worn.
Kofo, Anggi gidji Lake, 1 l.vi.1928. Typus !
Beside the type there arc three others, all three sexed " $ " which were
bad skins, but are now made up quite nicely, all from the same place and date.
Two are evidently adult males in moult, the third moulting from the juvenile
plumage to that of the adult, and there is one young. They agree in coloration
with the type. The wings measure ."iO-51 mm.
Weight 10-12 g.
35. Munia spectabilis mayri subsp. nov.
Differs from Munia spectabilis spectabilis (Scl.) of New Britain by having
the back lighter, without any trace of the blackish colour on the interscapulium ,
and the bills are smaller. " iris brown. Bill whitish-grey, feet dark grey "
(Mayr). The upper tail-coverts are also much more yellow, not so brownish
as in M. s. spectabilis. Wings q 40, 47, 48, 49, $ 46, 47, 48 mm.
Weight 8-9-5 g.
Type : $ ad. Ifaar, 27. ix. 1928. No. 2039 Mayr coll.
A series Ifaar, Sentani Lake, September and October. Sexual organs large
in both sexes, evidently laying.
Named after its discoverer, Dr. Ernst Mayr.
30. Munia grandis destructa subsp. nov.
Very close to M. grandis grandis, but back more brownish, upper tail-coverts
and edges to rectrices yellower. Wing (J 58, $ 50 mm.
Type : ? ad. Ifaar, 22. ix. 1928. No. 2508 Ernst Mayr coll.
These two specimens were collected inland and were not brought in before
night, when they were already in bad condition. Only two specimens, $ and $,
were shot, and the male lost its tail.
37. Munia tristissuna Wall. 1805.
Adult and young were collected at Siwi, Arfak, where the type came from,
Ditschi and Ifaar on Lake Sentani. We had it formerly also from the Hydro-
grapher Range.
Weight 8-5-12 g.1
1 Minna tris/i^^i/nu was described from Arfak. Later on Reichenow described Munia cala-
minoros [Orn. Monatsber. xxiv, p. 109, 1916, Augustahafen), but Stresemann says that he compared
his type with Arfak specimens, and does not separate it. I believe that the brown and spotted
specimens are females, but our Arfak material is poor. Possibly an eastern subspecies will be
separable, but our present material does not enable me to understand these forms.
NoVTTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 43
38. Munia castaneothorax sharpii (Mad.).
Donacicola sharpii Madarasz, Bull. B.O. Club, iii, p. xlvii (1894 — Bongu).
cJ9 ad. Ifaar, Lake Sentani, 19. ix. 1928.
The males have the crown of the head lighter than the females. Probably
the birds from Vulcan Island should be separated, because they have lighter
backs, but more material from the mainland of Papua should be compared.
Weights S 10, $ 10-5 g.
39. Erythrura trichroa sigillifera De Vis.
Lobospingus sigiUifer De Vis. [bis 1897. p. .'i89. (No locality, but apparently Mt. Scratchley.)
Erythrura trichroa goodfellowi Ogilvie-Grant, Butt. B.O. Club, xxix, p. 29 (1911 — Moroka Mts.,
S.E. New Guinea).
cJ Mountains near Ditschi 31. v., o a(k and juv. Kofo (Anggi gidji), 12.vi.
1928.
cj$ Siwi and Lehuma.
These birds belong to the small form, named goodfellowi.
Weight 13-15 g. Wings 61-63 mm.
A synonym is evidently Erythrura trichroa ma yjillivrayi Mathews, Austral
Avian Record, ii, p. 103, 1914, from the C'laudie River, North Queensland.
Mathews says the blue on the head goes farther over the crown, but this is not
constant.
40. Erythrura papuana Hart.
Erythrura trichroa papuana Hartert, Nov. Zool. vii, p. 7 (1900 — Arfak Mts.)
3 ad. Siwi, Arfak Mountains, 27. iv. 1928.
? ad. Siwi, 10. v. 1928.
" Iris dark brown, bill black, feet pale flesh colour or pale reddish brown."
Weight 19 and 21 g.
These two birds agree with the type, having a very large bill, wings of 69
and 68-5 mm., the blue on the forehead extending almost as far back on the
crown as in the type. We have similar specimens from the Aroa River and
Kotoi in S.E. Papua.
This form occurs in the same countries with the form described as goodfellowi
by Grant, it can therefore not be a subspecies of trichroa, if goodfellowi it is. We
have thus a similar case as in the genus Oeospiza on the Galapagos Islands, a
large and a small form occurring together.
41. Myzomela nigrita nigrita (?).
Myzomela nigrita Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, pp. 173, 190 (Aru Islands).
Mayr sent two adult males from Siwi, Arfak Mountains, May 1928, weighing
9 and 10-5 g.
These two males (females were not sent) agree with males from the Aru
Islands. Their wings measure 59-60 mm. Specimens of M. nigrita meyeri
from the Sepik River Mountains have longer wings, up to 64 mm., but some are,
teste Stresemann, smaller, with wings only 58-5 mm. The distribution given
by Stresemann is peculiar ; most of our S.E. Papuan birds agree more or less
with the Arfak birds, and so do some from the Snow Mountains, while others
from there have still shorter wings.
" Novitates Zoolooicak XXXVI. 1930.
42. Myzomela cruentata cruentata A. B. Meyer.
Myzomela crui ntata A. B. Meyer, 1874, Arfak.
Dr. Ernst Mayr sent a series from the Arfak Mountains, from Siwi and
Ditschi, April, May and Jmie.
Also two males from the Cyclops Mountains, 24.viii. 1928.
<? ad. 7-5-8 g.
43. Myzomela erythrocephala adolphinae Salvad.
Myzomela adolphinae Salvadori, 1875, Arfak.
Two $ near Siwi, Arfak.
Weight 7 and 8 g.
The females of M . e. adolphinae differ from those of M. cruentata cruentata
by their smaller bill, lighter upper- and imderside and brown tail and rump
without red edges ! " Iris dark brown, bill black, feet brownish grey or reddish
grey."
44. Myzomela rosenbergii Schleg.
Myzomela rosenbergii Schlegel, 1871, Arfak Peninsula.
Mayr found this species on the mountains above Ditschi, between 1,200 and
1,500 m., at the Gimong Mundi near Ninei, 1,800 m., and on the Cyclops Moun-
tains. On the latter they were apparently breeding. Iris dark brown.
Weight 9-11-5 g.
45. Myzomela eques eques (Less.).
Cinnyris eques Lesson, Voy. Coqu., Zool. i, p. 678, pi. 30 (1828— Waigiu and Arfak Peninsula)
1 cj ad. Siwi, 11. v. 1928.
$ juv. Hollandia, 13.x. 1928.
The last specimen agrees with a pair from the Mamberano River described
by Rothschild and Hartert, Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 223. Stresemann has described
the juvenile plumages, and I am now sure that our specimens from the Mamberano
and Hollandia about which we were doubtful are juvenile eques.
46. Toxorhamphus iliolophus iliolophus (Salvad.).
.1/.///. ■/. i iliiiUiphns Salvadori, I ST.. (Miosnom and Jobi).
Siwi, mountains near Ditschi 1300 m., Ditschi, Hollandia, and Cyclops
Moun tarns.1
All these birds, like those from Jobi and Arfak, do not exhibit the pale yellow
tufts of flank feathers which are conspicuous in a series from S.E. New Guinea,
but some are intermediate. " Iris brown, bill black, feet grey."
The females are, as is well known, much smaller than the males.
For the genus, see Nov. Zool. xxi, p. 394, 1914.
Weights £ 11-13-5, $ 9-10 g.
om
1 The specimens from the Cyclops Mountains are probably like the typical iliolophus fr
Miosnom and Jobi, of which, however, no good skins are available. Skins from the Arfak Peninsula
seem to be less greenish, especially on the head, while 8.E. Papuan birds are paler! There are
therefore probably three subspecies (except Jcrgussoitia), but finer skins from Arfak are desirable !
NOV1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1!»30. 45
47. Toxorhamphus novaeguineae novaeguineae (Less.).
Cinnyris Novae-guineae Lesson, Yoy. Coqville. Zool. 1828 (Arfak, Dorey).
Sivvi, mountains above Siwi, Hollandia and Cyclops Mountains.
Weights $ 13-14, 9 10 and 11-5 g.
48. Melilestes megarhynchus stresemanni subsp. nov.
Differs from M. megarhynchus megarhynchus from the Arfak region, Kapaur,
lower Snow Mountains, Aru Islands and S.E. Papua by the colour of the under-
side, which is less yellowish-greenish, more greyish-brownish, and the darker,
browner upperside. In colour like M. m. vagans of Waigiu, but bill slenderer !
The bill of M. m. vagans is much thicker than that of its allies.
Type of M. m. stresemanni J ad. Hollandia, 13.x. 1928. No. 2835 Ernst
Mayr coll.
" Iris red. Bill black. Feet grey."
Mayr sent 2 J Hollandia, 1 9 Cyclops Mountains, 23.viii. 1928. Wings
<J 101, 103, ? 105 mm.
To this subspecies belong also our birds from Takar, W. A. Doherty coll.
1896. Their wings measure $ 102-104, 9 95 mm.
Weights cJ 46, 47, $ 42, 45 g.
49. Melilestes megarhynchus megarhynchus (Gray).
Plilotis megarhynchus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 174 (Aru Islands, type a young bird).
1 £ ad., 1 $ juv. Siwi, Arfak, 2. v. 1928. $ ad. 40 g. Iris of the adult
" rotlich (gelb)," of the young brown. The young are underneath streaked
with very pale yellow, and there is a pale sulphur yellow ring round the eye.
50. Glycichaera fallax Salvad,
<J ad. Siwi, Arfak, 16. v. 1928. "Iris hellgelb. Schnabel schwarzlich.
Fiisse blaugrau."
Weight 12-5 g.
51. Oedistoma pygmaeum pygmaeum Salvad.
? Siwi, 15. v. 1928.
9 Cyclops Mountains, 24.viii. 1928.
9 Hollandia, 11.x. 1928.
Weight 5-5-5 g.
52. Melipotes fumigatus goliathi R. &. H.
Melipoles gymnops goliathi Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. xx, p. 515 (1913 — Mt. Goliath).
Eleven specimens of both sexes from the Cyclops Mountains, first half of
September. The sexual organs were rather highly developed. " Iris brown,
bill black, feet grey." The large patch of bare skin around the eyes is " gam-
boge " according to Boden Kloss.
The distribution is rather interesting : Mount Goliath, Utakwa River, Mount
Kunupi on the Weylandt Mountains, Schraderberg on the Upper Sepik River
and Cyclops Mountains : " (J "wing 122, 117, 112, 115-5, 120, 119, 124, 114mm. ;
" 9" wing 110, 111-5, 111 mm.
4(1 Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 11130.
Weight S 52-64, $ 50-58 g !
I conclude from these measurements that Stresemann's supposed larger
form anthophilus from the Hunsteinspitze are not separable from M. f. goliaihi,
otherwise we would have both forms from the Cyclops Mountains, as topo-
typical goliaihi measure £ 114-117, and two from Mount Kunupi 120, females
109-111 mm.
53. Melipotes gyninops Scl.
Melipoies gymnopa Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 695, pi. 56 (Hatam in the Arfak Mts.).
Mayr sent a series from the mountains near Siwi and Ditsehi, from Lcliuma
and Wondiwoi in Wandammen. " Iris brown." " Nackte Haut dunkcl dotter-
gelb." 3 wings 115-120, $ 108-112, once 115 mm.
Weight (J 58-61-5, $ 48-55 g.
54. Melidectes torquatus torquatus Scl.
Melideclis lonjuntus Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 694, pi. 55 (Hatam. Arfak).
This subsjjecies, by no means common in collections, seems only known
from Arfak, where Mayr collected seven specimens in the mountains near Siwi
and Ditsehi. Only two were males. The sexes are alike in coloration, but
the males are considerably larger, o whig 112, 115, $ 102-105 mm.
Weight <J 48, $ 39-45 g !
" Iris dark. Bill and feet blue-grey. Naked space around eyes bright
lemon-yellow ; bare skin at base of bill brick-red ; little lappet on upper edge
of rictus whitish pink."
55. Melidectes (Melirrhophetes) leucostephes Meyer.
Mountains of Siwi, Ditsehi and Lehuma.
This form seems to be only known from the Berau Peninsula, now called
" Vogelkop."
Naked skin around eyes whitish sky-blue, wattles on sides of neck bright
brick-red.
Its iris is very dark, bill whitish or bluish grey, feet blue-grey (Mayr). The
characteristic wattles on the sides of the foreneck are present in both sexes,
but absent in young. The colour of these wattles is dark brick-red (E. Mayr).
Weight J 78-93, $ 65-78 g !
56. Melidectes (Melirrhophetes) ochromelas ochromelas Meyer.
Melirrhophetes ochromelas A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsher. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, lxx, p. Ill (1874 —
Arfak Peninsula).
Two mountains near Ditsehi, June.
Three Lehuma, June.
One Wondiwoi, Wandammen Peninsula, 10.vii.1928.
" Iris dark grey and dark brown, skin around eye greenish white, feet
whitish, in the Wondiwoi specimen (?) ' hellblaugrau.' "
Weight cJ 61-5-65, $ 54-62-5 g !
As usual female smaller, otherwise like male. 31. ochromelas bate.si inhabits
S.E. New Guinea.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 47
57. Meliphaga notata sharpei (R. & H.).
P/ilolis aruensia sharpei Rothschild & Hartert, Xov. Zool. x, p. 442 (1903 — Dorey in Arfak).
A very typical male, with long yellow ear-tufts and with blackish middle
portions of the elongated rump feathers was obtained at Ifaar on Lake Sentani,
near Hollandia, 15. ix. 1928. Testes much enlarged! "Iris greyish brown.
Bill black. Feet grey." Wing 89 mm.
Weight 27 g.
(Stresemann, Journ. f. Orn. 1925, in his excellent article on the forms and
allies of Mel. analoga describes M. analoga vicina as a subspecies of notata, but
I think that it is rather a form of M . analoga !)
58. Meliphaga analoga analoga (Reichenb.).
(The type of Reichenbach's analoga was apparently from Triton Bay.)
Collected at Manokvari (Dorey), Siwi, Ditschi, Hollandia, Ifaar and Cyclops
Mountains. Quite young birds resemble the old ones very much in coloration,
but are paler.
Weight $ ad. 18-5, 22, $ 18-20 g.
The specimens from Ifaar and Cyclops Mountains have mostly darker
yellow ear-coverts, one female from Manokwari has white ear-coverts (aberr.
albonotata). Possibly more than one subspecies may be separable on the main-
land of New Guinea, but I doubt it. Specimens from Arfak are usually duller !
The genus Meliphaga (formerly Ptilotis) has been reviewed by me in Nov. Zool.
1913, p. 519, and by Stresemann, Journ. f. Orn. 1925, p. 255. Grant's review
in Ibis, 1915, Supplement, p. 63, is greatly confused.
59. Meliphaga montana montana (Salvad.).
Ptilotis montana Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi, p. 77 (1880 — Arfak Mts.) ; id. Orn. Pup.
ii, p. 333.
Mayr sent three skins of this somewhat uncommon form from the Arfak
region :
$ Manokwari, 9.iv.l92S. Wing 79 mm.
2 (J Siwi, 29. iv. and 1. v. 1928. Wing 88, S9 111111.
Weight 32 g.
The outer edges to the quills are olivaceous-greenish !
00. Meliphaga montana gennanorum subsp. nov.
Three specimens from the Sattelberg (Wahnes coll.), from the Hunsteinspitze
on the Upper Sepik River (Burgers coll.) and the Cyclops Mountains (Ernst
Mayr coll.) are very much darker, not greenish but a deep dark olive-brown on
the upperside, which is especially striking on the quills. The undersurface is
not uniform, but even more distinctly scaly than in topotypical montana, the
feathers being greyish in the middle, and slightly yellowish on the edges. " Iris
graubraunlich, Schnabel schwarz, Fiisse blaugrau." Ernst Mayr collected
specimens on the Sattelberg and in another locality in the " Mandated Territory "
of Papua. Wings <J 89-91, $ 85 mm.
Type : <$ ad. Cyclops Mountains, 30 . viii . 1928. No. 2097, Ernst Mayr coll.
Weight 32 g.
48 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAD XXXVI. 1930.
Very near to M. montana germanorum (all specimens known to me were
sent by German collectors) is the form from the Aicora River in S.E. New
Guinea. They do not belong to M. montana montana, being much less greenish,
especially on the wings. The Aicora River specimens are either M. montana
germanorum or a new unnamed subspecies with slenderer bills.
M. montana mimikae, in the original description erroneously compared
with M. orientalis, is not more greenish than M. m. montana and in fact not
separable from the latter, except by having a generally smaller bill. More
material must show if that is constant enough to warrant its separation as a
subspecies.
61. Stigniatops alboauricularis Rams.
Stigmalops alboauricularis Ramsay, l'roc. Linn. Soc. .V.N. Wales, iii, pp. 75, 285 (1878 — Small islet
near S.E. point of New Guinea).
3 S Waar, 24. ix., 1.x., 2.x. 1928. " Iris dark, bill black, feet grey."
Weights 13-5, 14, 17 g.
The distribution of this distinct and peculiar species is remarkable. Except
the types there seem to be only known specimens collected by Tappenbeck on
the Lower Ramu River.
62. Xanthotis flaviventer flaviventer (Less.).
Myzantha flaviventer Lesson. Manuel d'Orn. ii, p. 67 (1828 — Dorey in Arfak Peninsula).
A number of specimens of both sexes from Siwi, April and May. Males
much larger, wing of two males 108, 110, females 96-104 mm. Also one female
from Wasior.
Weight $ 47 and 50, $ 40-44-5 g.
63. Xanthotis flaviventer meyeri (Salvad.).
Plilolis meyeri Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 947 (1875 — Jobi).
Hollandia, Ifaar near Lake Sentani, evidently common. " Iris dark brown,
bill black, feet grey." Males as usual much larger than females. The ear-tuft
is orange yellow.
Weight <S 40-53, ? 42-47 g.
64. Xanthotis polygramma poikilosternos Mey.
Xanthotis poikilosternos A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, hex, p. 112 (1874 — Andai,
at foot of Arfak Mts.).
$ ad. Hollandia, 11.x. 1928, q juv. Siwi, 9. v. 1928. As mentioned already
by Stresemann, the young bird lacks the white spots on the nape and has pale
rufous or rusty edges to the upper wing-coverts — also the yellow ear patches
are paler and sometimes washed with grey. Of the Siwi bird Mayr describes
the iris as " dark," bill black, skin above and below the eye yellow, behind
the eye pink.
Weight <? 20 g.
It is curious that it has not hitherto been mentioned, that the Waigiu
specimens have not yellow, but glossy ashy grey ear-coverts, a black line in
front as in X. p. poikilosternos. The Waigiu bird has also longer wings, 2-3 mm.
X. polygramma (Gray) was originally described from Waigiu only, and it is
NOVITATES ZOOLOCIICAE XXXVI. 1930. 49
therefore wrong in the Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ix, p. 233, to say that the Mysol speci-
mens were the types ! In fact the Mysol specimens differ again from poikilo-
sternus. There are 5 in Tring and 4 in London and none of them has the
crown black with short olive longitudinal stripes, but olive with some dull
dusky spots and stripes. It is true we have only two adult ones, and those in
London are juvenile, but the old birds also have the heads greenish, not blackish.
Iris according to Kiihn, chocolate or dark coffee-brown. Size as in X. p.
poikilosternos.
Type : " $ " Misol (Mysol), 21 .i. 1900. Heinr. Kiihn coll.
I propose for the Misol subspecies the name
Xanthotis polygram/ma kuehni, subsp. nov.
(The three races were separated for years in the Tring Museum drawers.)
65. Ptiloprora erythropleura (Salvad.).
Plilotis erythropleura Salvador!, 1875, Arfak Mta.
Eight skins from the mountains above Ditschi, 1500 m., end of May, one
from Lehuma, 29. v. 1928. " Iris red-brown to red, bill black, feet blue-grey."
Wing <$ 83, 90, $ 77-80 mm.
Weight <J 21, 21, 23, ? 18-5-20-5 g.
As Pt. erythropleura and a subspecies of P. guisei occur together on the
southern Snow Mountains, the latter and its allies cannot be subspecies of
erythropleura. One of the important differences is the colour of the iris which
is green or greenish in all known subspecies of Pt. guisei, but red or reddish brown
in Pt. erythropleura. The latter is a new species for the Tring collection, which
we had only known from descriptions and more recently from the coloured
plate in Grant's Ibis Supplement, 1915.
66. Ptiloprora guisei praedicta subsp. nov.
4 (J, 1 $ from Wondiwoi (Wandammen) are very closely allied to Pt. guisei
lorentzi from the Snow Mountains, but the rump is less rufous-brownish. This
form was already marked on the labels as " subsp. nov." by the collector, it is,
however, surprising that it is so close to the Snow Mountains form.
Type : <J ad. Wondiwoi, 8.vii. 1928. No. 1394 Mayr coll.
" Iris yellowish green, light greyish green. Bill black. Feet light blue-grey."
Weight (J 30-5-32, $ 26 g.
Wings <J 101, 102, 104, $ 90 mm.
67. Ptiloprora guisei mayri subsp. nov.
Differs from Pt. guisei guisei by larger size, the pure grey edges to the
feathers on the head, which are olivaceous-grey in P. g. guisei, and somewhat
narrower and less bright rufous edges to the feathers of the back. Wing q
98-104, mostly 99-101, only once 194, $ 90-94, mostly 90-92 mm. " Iris
greyish green."
Weight <$ 28-5-35, ? 27-29 g.
The young have on the underside greenish sulphur-yellow edges to the
feathers.
Type: S ad. Cyclops Mountains, 31 .viii.1928. No. 2125. Mayr coll,
4
50 Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1930.
On 6.ix. 1928 a female was shot with an egg ready for laying ; others from the
same time had the ovaries only a little developed.
This form was common on the Cyclops Mountains, west of Hollandia, where
a fine series was collected.
68. Ptiloprora cinerea cinerea (Scl.).
Ptilolis cinerea Solater, Proe. Zool. Soc. London., 1873, p. (193 (Hatam, Arfak Mts.).
A series of ten from Siwi and the mountains above Siwi, Arfak Mountains.
The iris of this species is brown. The males and females are similar in colour,
but the latter are smaller.
This is another form only known from the Arfak Mountains ; it is repre-
sented in S.E. New Guinea by Pt. cinerea marmorata, which has also been
collected on the southern slopes of the Snow Mountains.
In one female fruits were found in the stomach.
Weight S 45, 48, 50, $ 40-5-44 g.
69. Philemon novaeguineae jobiensis Meyer.
Philemon jobiensis A. B. Meyer, Silzungsber. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Ixx, p. 113 (1874 — Jobi).
Half a dozen specimens from Ifaar, near Lake Sentani, September 1928.
" Iris brown or dull grey." Wings £ 155-161, § 155-158 mm.
Weight cJ 140-160, $ 127, 140 g. !
Five subspecies are recognizable on New Guinea and Aru Islands. Grant,
Ibis Supplement, p. 78, expressed doubt in the differences of these forms, but
without reason. Stresemann, in his Sepik article, p. 64, recognized them all.
70. Philemon (Philemonopsis) meyeri Salvad.
Philemon meyeri Salvadori, Ann. Mils. Civ. Geneva, xii. p. 339 (1878 — Rubi).
$ Hollandia, 16.x. 1928.
Weight 45 g.
$ Cyclops Mountains, 2.ix.l928.
Weight 42 g.
" Iris dark brown-grey or brown."
71. Timeliopsis fulvigula fulvigula (Schleg.).
Euthyrhynchvs fulvigula .Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdsehr. Dierkunde, iv, p. 40 (1S71 — Arfak region).
One male, head shot to pieces, mountains near Ditschi, 31. v. 1928. " Iris
red-brown, bill black, feet greyish brown."
Weight 16-5 g. Wing 78 mm.
This form, from which T.f. meyeri (Salvad.), of S.E. New Guinea is doubt-
fully distinct, is very rare in collections.
In the Ibis Suppl. 1915, p. 79, Ogilvie-Grant called this bird Timeliopsis
flavigula meyeri, instead of T. fulvigula meyeri !
72. Timeliopsis griseigula (Schleg.).
Euthyrhynchus griseigula Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdsehr. Dierkunde, iv, p. 39 (1871 — .Sorong and near
west coast of Geelvink Bay).
cj Hollandia, 15.x. 1928.
This specimen agrees with a male from Takar, collected by Doherty, and
fairly well with one from Andai (Arfak), though the latter is more reddish and
brighter, but that may be due to individual variation. Wing 96 mm.
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 11)30. 51
1 used the name griaeigula, though there is no grey (" gris rougeatre tres
pale "), but this is not mentioned in the description by Salvadori, who had
two Andai examples, and who had examined the Leiden specimens. I cannot
call the bird flavigula because the wing is supposed to be only 80 mm., which is
too little for any " griseigula."
Perhaps flavigula is the same !
73. Cinnyris jugularis frenata (S. Mull.).
Nectarinia frenata S. Miiller, Verh. Nat. Gesch., Land- en Volkenkunde, p. 173 (1843 — Lobo, New
Guinea).
2 <J ad. and 1 $ Manokwari, one female, Ifaar.
The eastern subspecies is well marked and is now called Cinnyris jugularis
flavigaMra (Gould), originally described from New Ireland.
One female was weighed : 7-5 g.
74. Cinnyris sericeus sericeus Less.
Cinnyris sericeus Lesson, Did. Scienc. Natur. i, p. 21 (1827 — Dorey).
Manokwari, Hollandia and Ifaar.
Weight £ 8-9 g.
75. Dicaeum geelvinkianum simillimum subsp. now
Extremely similar to D. g. diversum R. & H. (Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 215),
but differs by the deeper red colour of the crown, breast patch and rump.
Type : c? ad. Hollandia, 1 . viii. 1928. No. 1690 E. Mayr coll.
Weight 6 g.
With this specimen agrees a male from "near Humboldt Bay," received
from J. Dumas.
With the type of diversum agrees the series from the southern Snow Moun-
tains, and a female from Takar, north coast of New Guinea, has the crown lighter
than in adult females of rubrocoronatum, so that I consider it to belong to diversum,
and not to simillimum.
It is perhaps risky to describe a form which differs so little, but this form
is interesting as standing in between rubrocoronatum and diversum, in having
the deep red of the former and the more steel-blue (not purplish) edges of the
latter, and its geographical position is equally intermediate.
76. Dicaeum pectorale S. Mull.
Dicaeum peclorale S. Miiller, Vcrh. Nat. Gesch. Ned. Ind., Land- en Volkenkunde, p. 162 (Lobo).
A small series from Siwi, above Wasior, and Manokwari, also one (J ad.
from Wondiwoi, Wandammen Peninsula.1
Weight rj 7-5-8, $ 7-5 g.
77. Melanocharis bicolor bicolor Rams.
Melanocharis bicolor Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii, p. 277 (1879 — " Goldie River, British
New Guinea ").
Ten adult males and some adult females, with enlarged ovaries, were
collected near Hollandia and on the Cyclops Mountains in August and October.
1 What is Dicaeum arfahianum Finsch, Notes Leyden Museum, xxii. ]>. 70 (1900 — supposed
Moris, Arfak Mountains), described from one skin at Leiden, with a brownish grey crown, yellow tufts
on the sides of the breast, and a wing of 02 nun. ! Dr. Mayr considers it to be an Acmonorhynch.ua
with wrong Locality !
52 XnVlTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
" Iris brown, bill and feet black." The males are blue-black above and below,
females above olivaceous-green, underneath grey with an olive-greenish wash.
Wings <$ 63-67, mostly 64-66, $ 61-65, mostly 62-64 mm.
Weight J 10-12, $ 13-5-16-5 g.
78. Melanocharis nigra nigra (Less.).
Dicaeum niger Lesson, You. Coquille, Zool. i, p. 673 (1828 — Dorey, now called Manokwari).
Two males Siwi, May 1928. Weight 12 and 13 g. " Iris dark grey-brown."
This bird is not very numerous in collections, and I should say it would be
impossible to distinguish it in the trees from Melan. (" Urocharis ") longicauda.
In our Notes on Papuan Birds Lord Rothschild and I mixed this bird up with
N. longicauda, but in Nov. Zool. 1907, p. 476, we put ourselves right and stated
the differences between males and females of the two species.
79. Melanocharis longicauda Salvad.
Melanocharis longicauda Salvador!, Ann. Mile. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 942 (1875 — Arfak).
A series was obtained near Siwi, Ditschi, Lehuma, and two at Wondiwoi.
" Iris <J brown, $ greyish brown."
Weight <J 11-13, $ 13, 14-5, 15 g. Loranthus was found in one stomach.
I do not consider the more emarginated first primary and the tail, which
is some millimetres longer, useful generic characters, and therefore unite
" Urocharis " (type longicauda) unhesitatingly with Melanocharis.
80. Pristorhamphus versteri versteri Finsch.
Pristorhamph.ua versteri Finsch, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1875, p. 642 (Arfak).
c?9 Dohunsehik (Issim valley), 17. vi. 1928.
Kofo (Anggi lakes), 13.vi.1928.
3 <S, 2 (J juv., 6 $ mountains above Ditschi, May.
Adult males, juvenile males and many females from the Cyclops Mountains,
September and August. " Iris dark brown." The two forms which Rothschild
and I separated in Bull. B.O. Club, xxix, p. 36, are very good. It may be added
that the back of P. v. versteri and P. v. maculiceiis DeVis is in the adult male
much more gloss_y than in P. v. meeki and that the abdomen of P. v. meeki is
darker in the middle than in P. v. versteri, of which we had only two poor males
and a female.
The larger body, bill, wings and shorter tails of the females of Pristo-
rhamphus have been noted by most writers. The young males are like the females
but they have more black in the tails and are easily distinguished by the narrower,
smaller bills and shorter wings.
Weight <J ad. 10-25-13-5 g, $ 16-17-5 g.
81. Oreocharis arfaki (Meyer).
Parol (?) arfaki A. B. Meyer. Sitzungsber. Isis, Dresden, 1875, No. of April 1 (Arfak).
Four males Lahuma (Arfak) and Kofo (Anggi gidji), June 1928. " Iris dark,
bill black, feet blackish."
Weight 18-5-20 g.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 53
82. Zosterops minor A. B. Meyer.
Zosterops albiventer minor A. B. Meyer, Sitzwngsber. Akad. Wiss. Wieti. lxx. p. 115 (1874 — Jobi).
1 c? ad. Cyclops Mountains, 27.viii. 1928. Testes large.
Weight 10-5 g.
This species (minor Mey. 1874, aureigula Salvad. 1878) was formerly only
known from Jobi, but Burgers discovered it on the mountains of the Sepik
region, and now one was sent from the Cyclops Mountains. It agrees with our
five Jobi specimens except that the orange-yellow throat appears less restricted ;
but this is apparently due to preparation, the throat in the Cyclops Mountain
skin being too much contracted, those of the Jobi specimens very much elongated.
83. Zosterops chrysolaema Salvad.
Zosterops chrysolaema Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 954 (1880 — Arfak).
1 t?> 1 $ Siwi. " Iris bleich grau-braun. Schnabel schwarz. Fiisse
dunkelgrau."
c? Weight S 11 g-
84. Zosterops novaeguineae Salvad.
Z. novaeguineae Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xii, p. 341 (1878 — Arfak).
6 <J$ ad. and two juveniles with fluffy plumage and paler yellow throats,
Siwi, Arfak, 23. iv. 1928.
One male from Wokan, Aru Islands, appears to be duskier, darker on the
sides of the head, but a series would be necessary to confirm this !
Weights 1 J 10-5, 1 $ 10-5 g.
85. Zosterops fuscicapilla Salvad.
Zosterops fuscicapilla Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 955 (Arfak).
Four Siwi, Arfak, three Cyclops Mountains. " Iris brown. Bill black.
Feet grey."
Weight cj 11-5-12-5, $ 12-12-5 g.
86. Pachycare flavogrisea flavogrisea (A. B. Meyer).
Pachycephala flavogrisea A. B. Meyer, Sitznitgsber. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, lxix, p. 495 (1874 —
Arfak).
A fine series from Siwi, Ninei, and three from Wondiwoi.
Weight S 17-35-19-5, $ 18 g.
The Wondiwoi specimens are very bright, more orange yellow, but they are
not so orange as P.f. subaurantia, though the orange yellow on the underside and
face differs somewhat in brightness. It seems that this colour fades, as seven old
skins, collected in 1874 and 1879 in the Arfak Mountains by Bruijn's hunters, are
paler than our fresh material. There can, however, be no doubt that the birds from
S.E. New Guinea are paler than the Arfak ones and they also differ in having finer,
less bulky bills. The wings of the S.E. New Guinea specimens are also on an
average shorter, ranging from 63 to 66, very nearly 67, while in Arfak the wings
are 66 to 67, rarely 68 mm. I therefore name the S.E. Papuan form
Pachycare flavogrisea subpallida, subsp. nov.
Type: $ ad. Bihagi, head of Mambare River, 28.iii.1906. A. S. Meek
coll. (Eichhorn praep.). No. A. 2670 Meek coll.
54 XoYITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
There can be no doubt (though a few specimens are wrongly sexed on the
labels) that the specimens with a dusky patch on the ear-coverts are females ;
they are also smaller, wings 3-4 mm. shorter, than males. A young female of
subaurantia is paler underneath than the adidt, the forehead quite pale and
there is no black cross-bar across the forehead behind the yellow line, the bill is
much shorter.
Specimens from the Aicora River in N.W. British New Guinea, and a female
from the Rawlinson Mountains seem somewhat intermediate between subpallida
and flavogrisea, but to belong to subpallida.
It seems that the yellow colour in skins is subject to fading in time, as old
skins are apparently failed, compared with fresh ones.
87. Pachycephala schlegelii sehlegelii Sohleg.
Pachycephala Schlegelii Schlegel (name ex Rosenberg MS.), Nederl. Tijdschr, Dierkunde, iv. p. 4.'i
(1873 — Interior of Arfak Peninsula).
Both sexes from the mountains above Ditschi and Lehuma, Arfak Peninsula,
also series of both sexes from Wondiwoi, Wandammen Peninsula.
The series from the Arfak Peninsula agrees perfectly with those from
Wondiwoi. Some young birds have traces of the red-brown first juvenile plumage
on the head and wing-coverts.
Unfortunately many of this form and the following were moulting their
body plumage.
88. Pachycephala schlegelii cyclopum subsp. nov.
cJ ad. In coloration like P. s. schlegelii, but bill as a rule larger, higher,
wings longer.
$ ad. Like that of P. s. schlegelii, but upperside somewhat more greenish,
less brownish, wings longer, chest paler grey, followed by a paler band.
Wings P. s. schlegeli J ad. : 86, 85, 85-5, 85, 87, 86, 87, 84, 84, 85, 87-5, 85
(84-87-5) mm. Weight 19-5-24-5 g.
P. s. schlegeli $ ad. : 80, 85, 86, 86, 85, 85, 85, 81, 81, 84, 83, 83, 81, 81,
82-5 (80-86) mm. Weight 19-5-25 g.
P. s. cyclopum Hart. $ ad. 88, 91, 90-5, 91, 91-5, 89-5, 90, 88-5, 89-5, 90, 88,
89, 91 (88-91) mm. Weight 23-5-26-5 g.
P. s. cyclopum $ ad. : 87, 87-5, 88, 87, 87, 87, 89, 90, 90, 89-5, 87 (87-90) mm.
Weight 24-26-5 g.
Type : $ Cyclops Moimtains 31 .viii.1928. No. 2123 Ernst Mayr coll.
89. Pachycephala meyeri Salvad.
Pachycephala meyeri Salvadori, Aggiunte Orn. Pap. ii, p. 104 (1890 — Hatam, Arfak Mts. Type
in Mus. Dresden, compared by me with Mayr's specimens 8.ii. 1930).
As far as 1 know only the two specimens (unfortunately for many years
mounted in the glass-cases and therefore now dirt}-, the throats brownish gre}')
in Dresden were hitherto known. They are both females. Now Mayr sent a
male and female adult from the moimtains near Siwi, 21 .iv. 1928 and 13. v. 1928,
and an apparent young male from Ditschi. The sexes are alike.
The crown is slaty grey, rest of upperside olive-green, throat greyish white
with faint dusky tips to the feathers, a pale brown chest-band ; abdomen and
NOVITATES ZOOLOGIC'AE XXXVI. 1930 55
under tail-coverts bright lemon yellow, under wing-coverts and axillaries very
pale yellow. " Iris brown. Bill black. Feet grey." Wing 90 mm.
Weight (J 19 g.
90. Pachycephala griseiceps squalida Oust.
Pachycephala squalida Oustalet, Bull. Soc. Philomatique septiime serie, ii, p. 56 (Publ. 1S78 — 1 $
young from Amberbaki, north coast of Berau or Arfak Peninsula).
A series from Siwi, 800 m., in the Arfak Mountains must, I think, belong to
this subspecies. The throat is whitish and in the very cleanly and smoothly
made skins the throat is mostly very distinctly striated with pale grey, but some-
times the streaks are hardly visible, and in skins where the throat is a bit ruffled
the streaks cannot be seen.1 The abdomen is pale sulphur yellow. Wing
c? (5) 81-83, once 85, $ 78-80, once 81, once 74 mm.
Weight <£$ 18-23 g.
" Iris dark brown, bill black, feet grey." The line from base of upper bill
to eye is distinctly brownish white, ear-coverts brown and whitish.
The forms of P. griseiceps are somewhat difficult to define, not only, though
mainly, on account of want of well-collected and sufficient series ; unfortunately
few skins came to hand as perfect and smooth as those of Albert Eichhorn.
We have now before us the following forms :
Pachycephala griseiceps griseiceps Gray, 1858, Aru.
We have specimens from various islands of the Aru group, but all in worn
plumage ; the streaks on the throat are very faint, but clearly present in at
least some specimens. With the Aru birds seem to agree those from the Aroa
River in S.E. New Guinea, though it is possible that they differ slightly if equally
good material was at hand from the Aru Islands.
Pachycephala griseiceps squalida Oust., 1878, Amberbaki.
Except the Arfak specimens those from Misol, Sorong and Waigiu seem to
belong to this form, though it is possible that the latter are less clearly striated
on the underside, but at present this cannot be said with certainty. The Misol
specimens have the brown chest-band very pronounced (more like Aru birds,
i.e. typical griseiceps).
Pachyceplwla griseiceps jobiensis Meyer, 1874, Jobi.
Underside undoubtedly slightly brighter yellow, at least on abdomen and
under tail-coverts, striations on throat and breast absent or only faintly indi-
cated. Ear-coverts brown. We have this form from Jobi Island, but we cannot
distinguish from the Jobi skins those from Kapaur (Fakfak) on the southern
part of the Onin Peninsula. This is, as far as our present knowledge goes, not a
satisfactory distribution, but it may be that this form is one of the plains and
much wider spread than we know.
(P. griseiceps rubiensis Meise, Abh. & Berichte Mus. Tierkunde, Dresden,
xvii, No. 4, p. 15, 1929, is indistinguishable from jobiensis. Compared with
1 Monsieur Berlioz kindly tells me that in the type of squalida the throat and breast are in
bad condition, and that he cannot see any trace of stripes ; I think nevertheless that our specimens
from the Arfak region are the same, as sometimes the stripes are practically absent, and in bad
skins they would be invisible.
56 XoVTTATES ZooLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
squalida it is not more intensively yellow underneath, and the edge of the wing
is of the same colour. Described from one old skin, compared with one Andai
specimen !)
91. Pachycephala griseiceps subflavidior subsp. no v.
Very similar to P. g. jobiensis from Jobi, but abdomen and especially under
tail-coverts brighter yellow, the latter brightest. The whitish line from bill
to eye is hardly indicated, ear-coverts brown !
This form replaces jobiensis on the north coast east of Geelvink Bay, at
Takar and the Cyclops Mountains and Hollandia.
Ernst Mayr sent a series of nine from the latter two places.
Weight 19-5-23 g.
Type : $ ad. Cyclops Mountains 23.viii. 1928. No. 1959 Mayr coll.
Pachycephala griseiceps perneglecta subsp. nov.
The specimens from the southern Snow Mountains differ by the dark and
distinct striations not only on the throat and breast, but even along the abdomen.
There is a distinct greyish brown band across the chest and the superciliary
line from bill to over the eyes is distinct and dirty whitish. Ear-coverts brownish,
not striated. Abdomen and under tail-coverts very pale yellowish. Wings
o of to 85 and 86 mm.
Type: S ad. Snow Mountains, 26.x. 1910. No. 4903 A. S. Meek coll.,
skinne'd by A. Eichhorn.
Pachycephala griseiceps miosnomensis Salvad. 1879, Miosnom.
We do not possess a specimen of this long- winged form, but a similarly
large subspecies inhabits the small island south-west of Waigiu, called Gagi.
Both have the wings about 90 mm. or more and are generally larger.
(P. dubia I cannot confidently regard as a subspecies of griseiceps, as it
occurs in many places in S.E. Papua, also on the Hydrographer Mountains,
while P. griseiceps is found there at Naiabui, Kotoi district, and Aroa River.)
92. Pachycephala hyperythra hyperythra Salvad.
Pachycephala hyperythra Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 932 (1875 — Arfak Mts. and
Kapaur).
13 (J 9 ad. from Siwi, Arfak Mountains, 1 $ Ninei, $ juv. mountains near
Ditschi, 1 <J Wondiwoi.
Weight 25-29-5, one $ 33-75 g !
The males have the upperside less rufous, more yellowish than the females,
the edges to the primaries a shade less reddish. " Iris dark brown, bill blackish,
feet greyish pink, flesh-colour." The young bird has the edges of some of the
upper wing-coverts and outer edges to the quills rufous-chestnut, and the bill
in our specimen is (in skin) light, not blackish, the throat not so white, more
yellowish.
93. Pachycephala rufinucha rufinucha Scl.
Pachycephala rufinucha Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 692 (Hatam).
Half a dozen from the mountains above Ditschi, about 1,500 feet, end of
May and June. Two from Lehuma. " Iris hellbraun, blass graugelblich,
milchkaffeefarbig. Schnabel schwarz." Wing $ 90, 90, 92 (one 87 might be $),
$ 86, 87, 89, 88 mm.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 57
Weight cJ 36, ? 35, 41 g.
The forehead is grey without black centres to the feathers. There is no
blackish chin-spot.
This species is also somewhat short-tailed, and if P. hattamensis is generically
separated as Paehycephalopsis, then rufinucha must either be united with the
latter, or receive another generic or subgeneric name. The bright rufous colour
of the young shows, however, the close relationship to other species of Pachy-
cephala. (Voice and habits of rufinucha prove the Pac/w/ce^/wia-relationship,
while hattamensis is something quite different. — E. Mayr.)
94. Pachycephala rufinucha niveirrons subsp. nov.
This form agrees with P. r. gamblei in having the much larger chestnut
nuchal patch and dark centres to the frontal feathers, but the latter are purer
snow-white, and the sides of the body are darker olive-green, also the upper
surface is a shade darker and greener. Wings cJ 86, $ 84, 86 mm.
Weight <J 43, $ 40, 40 g.
Type: ^ ad. Wondiwoi Mountains, Wandammen, 1 1 . vii . 1928. No. 1465
Ernst Mayr coll.
1 cj, 2 $ from the Wondiwoi Mountains. With these birds agree in every
detail the seven skins collected by A. S. Meek on Mount Goliath in January and
February 1911.
There is a curious variation in the colour of the iris in P. rufinucha. The
three Wondiwoi specimens have the iris marked: " £ gelblichgrau, $ dunkel-
braun." The Mount Goliath birds : £ " Light yellowish brown, light yellowish
white, silvery grey (several) ; $ pale chocolate, silvery grey, brown." The
P. r. gamblei from S.E. New Guinea : J light brown (several), silvery brown,
dull yellow, silvery grey, light reddish brown ; $ silvery grey, brown, light
brown (several). (P. r. rufinucha, see under that heading.)
95. Pachycephala pectoralis soror Scl.
Pachijcepliala soror Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 692 (Arfak).
Mountains near Siwi and Ditschi, Ninei.
(J ad. " Iris brown. Bill black. Feet grey."
Weight S 25-26, $ 24-27 g.
These specimens are of course typical soror. Ogilvie-Grant correctly
separated what used to be called soror into three forms, differing by the colora-
tion of the rectrices, soror from the Arfak Mountains, kiossi from the Snow
Mountains, bartoni from S.E. New Guinea ; though these are very close to each
other, they must be distinguished. A more difficult question is if these forms
are subspecies of pectoralis or if they form a separate species.
(Dr. Stresemann's reasons for not considering them subspecies of pectoralis
are perhaps not valid. Neither the occurrence of an Australian subspecies in
the lowland of Naiabui, S.E. New Guinea, where P. soror has never been recorded,
nor the fact (if universally established) that soror is a mountain bird, while the
forms of pectoralis inhabit the lowlands, reflect on the status of soror as a species
or subspecies of pectoralis.)
58 Xovitates Zoological XXXVI. 1930.
96. Pinarolestes megarhynchus megarhynchus (Quoy et Gaimard).
Mwcicipa megarhyncha Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 172. pi. iii, fig. 1 (1830 — Dorey,
Arfak Peninsula).
Ernst Mayr sent a nice series from Siwi (in the mountains S.E. of Anggi
Lakes) Mountains near Ditschi, Manokwari (Dorey), and Wondiwoi (Wandam-
men). The males and females have a dark horn-brown bill ! Wings o 94-102,
$ 92-94 mm..
Weight cJ 34-37-5, $ 36-37 g.
97. Pinarolestes megarhynchus obscurus (Mey.).
Rectes obscura A. B. Meyer. Silzungsber. k. Akad. Wise. Wien, 1874 (Ansus, Jobi Island).
11 o, 1 5 Hollandia (Humboldt Bay), Hoi, Cyclops Mountains, Ifaar near
Lake Sentani.
Weight of nine males 35-40 g. Testes of some large.
This form belongs to the group in which the males (at least the adult ones)
have black bills, while in the females they are brown.
Comparing these specimens with our poor series of badly made skins from
Jobi (Ansus), I cannot confidently separate them. Dr. Meise separated the
north coast form under the name of hybridus (Abh. u. Ber. Mus. f. Tiertunde,
Dresden, xvii, No. 4, p. 17, 1929) from obscurus, but he had only one bad skin from
the Tring Museum, from Tana Mera, collected by William Doherty. I do not
admit it for the time being ; it was certainly premature and probably wrong to
separate this form on such meagre evidence, especially as one from the Mamberano
River does not agree with the type of " hybridus."
Wings of Mayr's specimens : <J 99, 99-5, 99, 98, 100-5, 100, 95 ; $ 95, 95
mm. The 95 $ has a black bill. Some specimens in September and October
moult wings and body feathers.
Pinarolestes megarhynchus has many subspecies, and I agree with Meise,
who includes in this species also the greyish forms, obscurus, etc., with black-
billed adult males.
Pinarolestes megarhynchus misoliensis Meise 1929 is a very distinct form
with pale underside, bill <$ pale brown.
Very close to aruensis, only underside still paler, as a rule.
Pinarolestes megarhynchus batantae Meise 1929 is very closely allied to
P. m. megarhynchus, but the upperside slightly more olivaceous, less rufescent.
Edges of quills not olivaceous. Bill of male as in females, brown.
Pinarolestes megarhynchus affinis of Waigiu is very distinct, having an
olivaceous grey underside without rufous.
Pinarolestes megarhynchus aruensis (Gray) 1858. Pale underside but still
more reddish than the very pale misoliensis. Bill of both sexes brown.
Pinarolestes megarhynchus tappenbechi (Rchw.) 1899 from the Sepik to the
Astrolabe Bay is very similar to P. m. megarhynchus, but usually the upper
throat darker and more grey. Bill also in male brown.
Pinarolestes megarhynchus madaraszi R. & H. 1903 from N.E. Papua
(" Kai Peninsula ") is smaller than lappenbecki, and the male has a black
bill.
Pinarolestes megarhynchus maeandrinus Stres. 1921. Underside paler than
in tappenbechi and madaraszi, bill adult male blackish.
Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. L930. 59
About other subspecies, see Nov. Zool. 1903, and Stresemann, Archiv f.
Naturg. vol. 89, 1923, p. 76.
[For twenty years we had in the Tring Museum a Pinarolestes shot by one
of Albert Meek's men at Merauke in South New Guinea, east of the Marianne
Strait and Frederik Hendrik Island. This specimen does not agree with any
of the known New Guinea subspecies of Pinarolestes megarhynchus, but the upper-
side is more reddish than any specimen in the large series of P. megarhynchus
rufogaster (and gorddi, if the latter is separable), mostly from the Mathews collec-
tion.
That this new form is nearer to the Australian ones than to any of the
New Guinea races is very interesting, as the Merauke plains show a striking
faunal affinity to Australia. In the list of a poor and badly prepared and
labelled collection from Merauke listed by Bangs and Peters in the Bull. Mus.
Camp. Zool. Harvard, lxvii, 1926, p. 421, and in Dr. van Oort, Nova Guinea,
1909, about half a dozen birds are mentioned from Merauke, which are otheiw isc
only known from Australia ! Unfortunately the region of Merauke is very
imperfectly known.
I call the Merauke form
Pinarolestes megarhynchus goodsoni subsp. nov.
after my faithful assistant Arthur Goodson, who has helped me comparing
Mayr's Papuan collection.
Type: 3 ad. Merauke, 4.vi.l910. "Iris light brown. Bill horn colour.
Feet dull pinky shade."]
98. Pitohui nigreseens nigrescens (Schleg.).
Redes nigrescens Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iv, p. 46 (1871— Arfak Mts.).
3 cJ Lehuma, Arfak Mountains, 1 3 Kofo (Anggi gidji), 11. vi. 192S.
1 cj Dohunsehik, 1,400 m., 17. vi. 1928.
3 $ Lehuma, l.vi.1928.
The females are of the typical coloration, the upperside dull rufous-brown,
crown generally with a distinct grey tinge, underside much paler and as a rule
with a faint, greyish tinge on the abdomen. The adult males are slaty-black,
the bill black. Younger males are bright ochraceous underneath and have the
bill not black, later on the upper bill becomes black, the lower mandible whitish.
Weight o1 58-72, $ 65, 66 g.
99. Pitohui nigrescens wandamensis subsp. nov.
1 cJ, 1 $ Wondiwoi, 9.vii. and 14.vii.1928. The male agrees in every way
with that of P. nigrescens nigrescens, except that the abdomen is a little deeper
and purer black, but the female is deeper rufous brown above and below the
crown like the back, the underside brighter and more rufous on the lower throat.
Type : $ ad. Wondiwoi. No. 1410 Mayr coll.
The two females from the Weyland Mountains are less bright than the type
of meelci, but not so dark as wandamensis.
Weight J 73-5, ? 68-5 g.
60 NOV1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 103(1.
100. Pitohui dichrous dichrous (Bp.).
Pedes dichrous Bonaparte, Corrupt. Bend. Acad. Paris, xxxi, p. 563 (1850 — Lobo. from Salomon
Miillcr).
5 $ ad., 1 <J juv., Siwi, April-May 1928.
4 £ Wondiwoi, Wandammen, 17.vii.1928.
<J$ Hollandia, 3.viii.l928, 2 $ October.
16 (J? Cyclops Mountains, August 1928.
(J$ Ifaar, September 1928.
The iris is marked as red and red-brown, in one case as grey-brown.
Weight, 63-80, mostly about 68-73 g.
The sexes are alike in colour, and so are the young, but the plumage of the
latter is more fluffy and more silky. Wing £ 107-112, ? 102-106 mm., a " $ "
with 105 mm. is perhaps wrongly sexed.
End of August sexual organs began to get much enlarged, but by no means
in all individuals.
101. Pitohui kirhocephalus kirhocephalus (Less.).
Lanius kirhocephalus Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Atlas, pi. xi (1827 — New Guinea, collected by Lesson
near Dorey, Arfak Peninsula, see Voy. Coquille, Atlas, i, 2, p. 633).
1 cJ, 3 $Manokwari, 9. -10. iv. 1928.
2 <3 (?), 1 $, 1 unsexed Momi (Wariap), April and June 1928.
Males darker on back and head, throat and abdomen, bill darker
(" blackish "), in female " reddish grey."
There is some variability in these birds, apparently not entirely dependent
on sex.
A " $ " from Mount Moari, in the Berau Peninsula (near Oransbari),
3,000 feet, collected by J. M. Dumas, appears to belong to this form, also an
unsexed bird, but obviously $, from Etna Bay, taken 3.viii.l896, which agrees
much better with kirhocephalus than with decipiens which should range to
Etna Bay, according to Stresemann.
Weight cJ 81, $ 74, 77, 85 g.
102. Pitohui kirhocephalus dohertyi R. & H.
Pitohui dohertyi Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. x, p. 95 (1903 — Ron Island, just north of the
Wandammen Peninsula, Geelvink Bay).
11 <$, 10 $ Wasior, coast of Wandammen Peninsula, 20.-31 .vii. 1928.
Agree perfectly with the Ron specimens.
c?? iris dark brown, bill and feet black.
While the males are all black-headed, the females vary from dark grey,
almost black, to a dull ashy grey, and some such specimens are hardly separable
from some decipiens, though the latter, in the series, are different.
Weight ^ 95-103, $ 90-5-102 g. Wings c? 118-128, mostly 122-123,
$ 117-123 mm.
103. Pitohui kirhocephalus meyeri R. & H.
Pitohui meyeri Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. x, p. 96 (1903— Takar, Tana Mera).
9 (J$ Hollandia, 3 <?$ Cyclops Mountains, 27 Ifaar, near Sentani Lakes,
September 1928.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAB XXXVI. 1!)30. 61
Bills always brownish in skin, marked as reddish grey, greyish-red, fleshy.
Iris dark brown.
Weight $ 73-79, $ 68-80 g !
Younger birds are paler on the underside, but variable.
K)4. Pitohui ferrugineus ferrugineus (Bp.).
Rhectes ferrugitiens Bonaparte, Compt. Rend. Acad. Paris, xxxviii, p. 536 (1850 — Ex Miiller in Mus.
Lugd., from Lobo).
1 Manokwari, 4 Siwi and mountains above Siwi, 1 Wasior, 2 Hollandia, 3
Cyclops Mountains, 2 Ifaar.
All these differ somewhat individually in the tint of coloration, but no
local forms can be separated.
The iris is marked as cream-colour, twice as cafe au lait, bill black, feet
light grey, or lead-colour.
Weight 83-100 g.
105. Pitohui cristatus cristatus (Salvad.).
Rectes crislata Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 930 (1875 — Mt. Morait in West New Guinea).
2 <J, 3 $ Siwi, Arfak Mountains.
The young bird has the bill smaller and not black, but brownish. Plumage
the same in colour.
Iris dark brown, or brown.
Weight <J ad. 103-111-5, $ 97 g.
106. Pitohui cristatus arthuri subsp. nov.
Differs from P. c. cristatus in having the crown of the head lighter and not
so deep rufous brown, but almost olivaceous brown, the whole back, scapulars,
wing-coverts and outside of wings more olivaceous brown, less deep rufous brown.
Wings <J 126, ? 118 mm.
Weight 104 and 100-5 g.
<J? Cyclops Mountains, 22., 23.viii. 1928. Type ^ No. 1962 Ernst Mayr coll.
Named after Mr. Arthur Goodson, who has greatly helped me with the
working out of Dr. Mayr's collection.
There are three subspecies of Pitohui cristatus :
1. P. cristatus cristatus (Salvad.) West Papua. Exact distribution un-
certain, but apparently Berau Peninsula to Lower Snow Mountains.
2. P. cristatus brunneiceps (Ramsay).
? Rhectes (Oreoica ?) hrunncipes ' Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iv, p. 467 (1879 — Goldie
River, S.E. Papua. 30 miles inland).
S.E. New Guinea. Upperside as in P. c. cristatus, but underside beyond the
dark rufous jugulum much paler, ochraceous-buff, to almost buff.
107. Craticus cassicus (Bodd.).
1 ^ Manokwari, 2 <$<$, 1 $ Momi, and (o juv.) Ifaar. "Iris very dark
brown."
Weight adult 150-165 g.
1 Obvious misprint for brunneiceps.
62 XoYITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
108. Craticus quoyi quoyi (Less.).
1 cJ Wasior and 1 o, 1 ? Hollandia.
Weight of a male 170 g.
lo'.i. Gerygone palpebrosa palpebrosa Wall.
Ot rytjont palpi Irom Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1865, p. 475 (Aru Islands).
Siwi and mountains near Sivvi, both sexes. Iris red or red-brown.
Weight (J 8-9 g, $ 7-8 g.
On the south coast this form, not wahnesi, extends to Avera on the Aroa
River !
The shape of the white line is easily altered by preparation, being more
like a round patch, when the neck is made short and thick, line-like and narrower,
when the neck is long and thin.
110. Gerygone palpebrosa wahnesi (Mey.).
Pseudogerygone wahnesi A. B. Meyer, <hn. Monatsber. 1899, p. 144 (Bongu, German New Guinea).
<$ Hollandia, £ Cyclops Mountains, August 1928. Iris red.
Weight as in G. p. palpebrosa.
We have this excellent subspecies, which differs in its dusky black crown,
now from Simbang (Wahnes), Kumusi River (Meek), and Hydrographer Moun-
tains (Eichhorn). The underside in these is not paler than in G. p. palpebrosa,
except in the Jobi example, which is paler underneath.
Another subspecies is G. palpebrosa personata Gould 1866 from Australia,
in which the black of palpebrosa is replaced by brown. I am obliged to Arthur
Goodson, who called my attention to this relationship.
ill. Gerygone cinerea Salvad.
Gerygone (?) cinerea Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Geneva, vii, p. 958 (1875 — Arfak Mts.).
cj$ Mountains above Ditschi, June 1928.
$ Mount Wondiwoi, 1,000 m., 17. vii. 1928.
9 Mount Lahuma, 1 .vi. 1928. " Iris chestnut-brown."
Sexes alike.
Weight 6-7 g.
112. Gerygone chloronota cinereieeps (Sharps).
Pseudo-gerygone cinereieeps Sharpe, Nature, xxxiv, p. 340 (August 12, 1886 — Astrolabe Mts., S.E.
New Guinea).
Gerygone platida Madarasz, Orn. Monatsher. viii, p. 3 (1900 — Sattelberg).
cj Siwi, 24. iv. 1928. Iris brown, bill and feet black.
Weight 6-5 g.
G. placida is a synonym, and Stresemann, in lilt., now quite agrees with me
that it is not separable.
G. cinereieeps is a subspecies of the North Australian chloronolus (1842),
from which it differs, however, in the more greenish, less yellowish, upperside.
G. chloronota clarwini Mathews, Austral Avian Rec. i, 2, p. 4 (1912 — N.W. Australia)
is a synonym of chloronottis ; the supposed longer wing is due to Mathews having
only females from the Northern Territory, and the head is not lighter as a rule.
G. chloronota apsleyi Mathews, I.e., from Melville Island is also a synonym, as
there is no constancy at all in the supposed darker head and greener back.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 63
113. Gerygone chrysogaster Gray.
Gerygone chrysogaster G. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1858, p. 174 (Aru Islands).
1 $ Cyclops Mountains, 21 . viii. 1928. "Iris brown, bill black, feet pale
yellowish grey."
Weight 7-5 g.
The sides of the head are somewhat greyish, the crown perhaps more greyish
than the back.
[It seemed to me, after comparing our fine series from various parts of
New Guinea and the Aru Islands and Jobi, that a northern form from Jobi and the
north coast of New Guinea could be separated from the typical one from Aru
to the foot of Snow Mountains and S.E. New Guinea, as among the former there
were some lighter heads. It seems, however, that dark and more greyish heads
are found in the same regions, as, for example, on the Sepik River.
Specimens from the Mimika River were separated from the typical form
as being darker above and paler yellow, but I cannot confirm this difference.
As there is no "green tinge " on the vent in typical 67. chrysogaster, I cannot
see how it can be absent in " guineensis," as Mathews called his supposed new
form ; the name " guineensis " is absurd, as Guinea is part of West Africa.]
114. Gerygone magnirostris ramuensis Rchw.
Gerygone ramuensis Reichenow, Orn. Monalsber. v, p. 26 (1897 — Ramu, Mandated Territory, N.E.
New Guinea).
3 <J, 3 $ Ifaar, Sentani Lake, second half of September and beginning of
October 1928. " Iris red-brown. Bill black. Feet dark grey."
Weight 7-8 g.
I prefer to call this form ramuensis, as it agrees entirely with the latter, of
which I have many specimens to compare (among them one of the co-types),
from East and S.E. Papua. Stresemann calls these birds affinis Meyer, and
says the type locality of that name is Jobi. I have before me, through the
kindness of Dr. Meise, the type and co-types of Meyer, from Jobi and Passim.
Unfortunately these are old and have mostly been mounted, and are therefore
hardly fit for intricate comparison, but it seems to me that the specimens from
Jobi approach ours from Kapaur, which we called conspicillata, and that the
Passim ones are partially ramuensis. Fresh material from Jobi and Passim
may very likely prove that ramuensis and affinis are the same, but at present
this is doubtful.
115. Gerygone ruficollis ruficollis Salvad.
Gerygone ? ruficollis Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 959 (1875 — Hatam, Arfak Mts.).
<J, about 1,000 m., in the mountains near Siwi, 17. v. 1928. "Iris light
red-brown, bill and feet black."
Wing 52-5 mm.
Weight 6 g.
I think that this specimen is 67. ruficollis. Through the kindness of Dr. Gestro
I have the type of 67. ruficollis (the only specimen 1 know of) before me.
It is of course true that there is a (somewhat indistinct) rufous loral line and
that the throat is rufescent, as described, but this rufescent colour is pale, and,
though the Siwi example has the throat white, T think it must be the same, and
04 Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931).
there is a rufescent patch on the sides of the neck. The tail is incomplete and
on the outer rectrix is also a white spot on the outer web, in the type only on
the inner web. Another subspecies seems to inhabit N.E. New Guinea.
116. Gerygone neglecta virescens (Blyth).
"' Sylvia vireseens S. Mull." Blyth, Ibis. 1870. p. 169 (" New Guinea." The specimen in the Leyden
Museum, which Salomon Miiller had called " Sylvia I'irescens," was from Lobo Bay !). Cf.
Finsch, Notes Leyden Museum, xx, p. 135, 1898. — Hartert, Nov. Zool. 1920, p. 493.
Gerygone neglecta dohertyi Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. x, p. 473 (1903 — Kapaur).
1 <J Siwi, 18. v. 1928. "Iris dark grey. Bill (upper) black. Feet light
grey-brown." Testes small.
Weight 7-75 g.
This form, of which we had a series from Kapaur, does not seem to have
been found before in the Arfak Peninsula. The wing measures only 51 mm.,
which agrees with our Kapaur females, while the males have longer wings !
(Possibly this bird from Siwi is a §, label changed by native ?)
117. Gerygone (Eugerygone) rubra (Sharpe).
Pseitdogerygone rubra Sharpe, Notes Leyden Mils, i, p. 30 (1879 — Arfak Mts.) ; Cat. B. Brit. Mus.
iv, p. 225.
2 £ ad. Kofo (Anggi gidji), Arfak Mountains, 12., 15. vi. 1928. "Iris
dark brown, bill black, feet yellowish brown."
^ juv. mountains near Ditschi, 31. v. 1928.
§, label lost, probably Kofo.
This red-backed species is very rare in collections. Lord Rothschild and
I recorded specimens from S.E. New Guinea in Nov. Zool. 1903, pp. 474, 475.
On the 6th or 7th primary begins a white bar across the wing, formed by
white spots on the outer webs, while on the underside of the wing is a wider
bar of whitish buff on the inner remiges. Wings <J 58-62-5 mm.
Weight 8 g.
The younger male has the upperside not pure crimson, but crimson with a
yellowish wash.
The female has hitherto remained undescribed. What Rothschild and I
described, Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 475, is not the female ! The skin without a
label is obviously adult and agrees in every way with the male, except that the
upperside is brown with a rufous tinge. The white markings on wings and tail
are as in the male. Wing 57-5 mm.
The tail is longer than in other Papuan Gerygone (and Pseitdogerygone),
and this may for genus-splitters be an excuse for the genus Eugerygone.
118. Phylloscopus trivirgatus poliocephalus (Salvad.).
Gerygone 1 poiiocephala Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 960 (1875 — Arfak).
Eight skins from Siwi and four from Ditschi in the Arfak region obviously
belong to this rare form. " Iris dark greyish brown or dark greenish grey. Bill
black. Feet dark grey (in adults)."
Wings (J 56-57, $ 52-53.
Weights <J 8-5, ? 9-5 g.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 65
The yellow line across the wings, formed by the tips to the greater wing-
coverts, is sometimes indistinct, generally quite visible.
The greyish dusky crown is, especially in females, often quite brownish to
olive-brown ; in an apparently younger bird greenish brown, and the throat
yellow.
119. Phylloscopus trivirgatus cyclopum subsp. no v.
Very near to Ph. trivirg. giulianettii, but upperside a little brighter, more
yellowish, the top of the head (the sides, not the yellowish median line) less
blackish, more greenish, sides of head less yellowish, more greyish, sides of body,
under wings, cleaner yellow. Wings aj>parently a little shorter : ^ 57, § 53,
54 mm. " Iris grey-brown, once brown-grey, bill blackish (lower however pale i),
feet grey."
Type $ Cyclops Mountains, 24.viii. 1928.
Weight (J 8-5, $ 8, and 9-5 g.
Only three skins, Cyclops Mountains, 12. ix. and 24.viii. 1928.
I am obliged to Dr. Ernst Mayr, who called my attention to this quite
distinct subspecies.
(The species was heard in the Wandammen Mountains, but no specimens
could be obtained. — Ernst Mayr.)
120. Microeca griseiceps occidentalis R. & H.
Microeca griseiceps occidentalis Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. x, p. 471 (1903 — " Warmendi,"
Arfak).
3 cJ$ Siwi, 3 o Ditschi. " Iris dark, bill underneath yellow, above blackish,
feet orange yellow." Wing <J 75, $ 71, 74 mm.
Weight <J 12, $ 12, 12-5, 13-5 g.
Differs from M. griseiceps griseiceps of S.E. New Guinea in having the
crown more olive-brown, the back of a slightly darker green, the whitish colour
of the throat generally more extended, and larger size, wing in M . g. griseiceps
^ 68-69, $ 66 mm. The latter we had also from the Hydrographer Mountains.
Young birds are rufous, spotted with whitish tips !
Another subspecies of M. griseiceps, and in fact hardly separable, is " Kempi-
ella " Icempi Mathews. It is only a little browner on the head and darker on
the back, and perhaps smaller. There are (in Europe) only three specimens,
one good male and two bad ones, two from Cape York, one from Claudie River,
North Queensland. When Mathews described it (Austral Avian Rec. ii, p. 12,
1913), he compared it with Poeciliodryas capita, being ignorant of the existence
of Microeca griseiceps ; the form must therefore be called Microeca griseiceps
kempi. It adds another Papuan form to the fauna of the Cape York Peninsula.
121. Microeca fiavovirescens Gray.
Microeca fiavovirescens Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1858, p. 178 (Aru Islands).
cj?$ Hollandia. August and October 1928.
One female had an egg almost ready for laying on 9.x.
Weight 14-5-15 g.
5
66 Nuvitates Zoological XXXVI. 1930.
122. Microeca papuana Mey.
Microeca papuana Meyer, Silzungsb. Ges. Isis, 1875, p. 74 (Arfak).
S Kofo (Anggi gidji), 11 .vi. 1928.
2 <$, 1 $ Lehuma, June 1928.
$ juv. mountains near Ditschi, 9.vi.l928.
$ Wondivvoi Mountains, Wandammen Peninsula, 10.vii.1928.
" Iris dark brown. Bill, upper and under, black. Feet orange yellow."
Weight 12-14-5 g.
Microeca hemixantha Scl. 1883 from Tenimber is very much like M. papuana
and might be looked upon as a subspecies, but the under mandible is pale
(" colour-less " as Kiihn puts it on a label) and the feet are black !
123. Poecilodryas cyanus cyanus (Salvad.).
Myiolestes 1 cyanus Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 394 (1875 — Hatam, Arfak Mts.).
1 (J mountains near Siwi.
1 jj, 4 $ mountains above Ditschi.
The sexes are alike in colour, but males larger.
Wings <J 86, 86-5, $ 82-84-5 mm.
Weight S 24, 24-5, ? 20-5, 22-5, 22-5 g.
124. Poecilodryas cyanus subcyaneus De Vis.
Poecilodryas subcyanea De Vis, Ibis, 1897, p. 377 (S.E. New Guinea). (Cf. Nov. Zool. x, p. 470.
1903, for synonyms.)
3 cJ, 5 $ Wondiwoi Mountains, Wandammen Peninsula, July.
10 (J, 16 $ Cyclops Mountains, September.
Wings 3 94-101, $ 83-88, sometimes 90 and 93 mm., if the latter are
correctly sexed.
Weight <J 27-5-34, $ 20-5-28 g.
In colour like P. cyanus cyanus, but a little darker and more bluish.
It is interesting that the Wandammen specimens agree in this case with
the eastern form ; the fauna of Wandammen is a mixed one, but in the majority
of cases the birds are the same as in the Arfak peninsula.
Sexual organs very large in September.
125. Poecilodryas leucops melanogenys Mey.
Poecilodryas melanogenys A. B. Meyer, Abh. <£• Per. Mus. Dresden, 1892-93, Art, 3, p. 12 (Sattelberg).
Poecilodryas salvadorii Madarasz, Orn. Monalsber. viii, p. 1 (1900 — Sattelberg).
Poecilodryas leucops nigriceps Neumann, Verh. Orn. Ges. Bayern, xv, p. 237 (1922 — Hunstein Range).
Twenty-eight from the Cyclops Mountains. A quite young bird shot
27. viii. 1928 in fluffy down plumage is dark dull chestnut-brown with paler shaft-
lines, one from 21 .viii. 1928 retains still juvenile feathers on back and underside.
Weight 14-5-19 g.
I do not think that nigricejJS is separable.
126. Poecilodryas leucops leucops (Salvad.).
Lrurophanles leucops Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 921 (1875 — Arfak Mts.).
A series from Siwi, above Ditschi, and Ninei. Wing (J 75-81 mm. Weight
15-18 g. A young bird from Ditschi, 8.vi., is like the one from 21. viii. of
melanogenys, but has not yet much white on the forehead.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGR'AE XXXVI. 1930. 67
127. Poecilodryas leucops mayri subsp. nov.
Almost exactly like P. 1. leucops, but no black line from eye to base of bill !
There is also generally more greenish wash on nape and hind-neck, the bill is
generally slightly larger and wings 79-82 mm.
Type : ^ ad. Wondiwoi, 14.vii. 1928. No. 1526 Dr. Ernst Mayr coll.
This form inhabits Wondiwoi, Wandammen Peninsula. It is very near to
P. I. nigroorbitalis, but slightly longer winged, the white on the throat a little
less extended, the crown and nape less blackish. P. I. nigroorbitalis is known
from the Snow Mountains.
128. Poecilodryas cryptoleucus spec. nov.
Differs from Poecilodryas cyanus cyanus and subcyaneus in having a white
patch at the base of the inner primaries, the head is not so blackish, more greyish,
and therefore less in contrast to the back, the back less blue, more sooty grey,
the underside pale grey, almost without any blue in it. " Iris dark brown.
Bill and feet black." Wings <$ 82-88, ? 78-5 mm.
Weight (^ 18, 19, 20 g.
Type : c? ad. Lehuma, 4.vi. 1928. No. 993 Ernst Mayr coll.
This species, though somewhat near to P. cyanus, is, as described, quite
distinct.
We had it from the mountains near Ditschi and Lehuma, four specimens
in all, also an old one from Hatam, collected by Beccari.
Salvadori, in his immortal Orn. Pap. ii, p. 89, mentions the white patch
at the base of the remiges, visible from the underside, in the diagnosis of P.
cyanus. This mistake was caused by two specimens which he had of Poecilodryas
cryptoleucus, which he describes and of which he said they were perhaps not
quite adult. In the blue specimens (cyanus) there is no such white patch, or
only a paler shade.
These two species occur together, as do Parus palustris and atricapillus,
Certhia familiaris and brachydactyla and others in Europe.
129. Poecilodryas brachyura brachyura (Sol.).
Leucophantes brachyurus Solater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, pp. 691, 692, pi. liii ("Hatam,
Arfak Mts.," but this is an error, as they came from Andai on the coast. Cf. Salvadori, Orn.
Pap. ii, p. 87).
1 cJ above Wasior, Wandammen Peninsula, 25.vii.1928. "Iris dark
brown, bill black, feet pale flesh-colour." Wing 89 mm.
Weight 25 g.
130. Poecilodryas brachyura dumasi Grant.
Poecilodryas brachyura dumasi Ogilvie-Grant, Ibis Sirppl. 1915, p. 163 ("Northern New Guinea,"
Dumas coll.).
Upperside black like the head instead of dark grey. See also Stresemann,
Sepik-Vogel, p. 88.
2 (J Hollandia, 3 <$ ad., 3 $ ad., 1 <J juv. Cyclops Mountains.
The young bird is in moult, on the nape, back and underside some dark
chestnut feathers of the first plumage are retained.
Weight 22-27-5 g.
The Jobi form I do not know.
68 Novitates ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
131. Poecilodryas hypoleucus hypoleucus (Gray).
Petroica hypoleuca CI. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 155 (Dorey).
cJ$ Momi (near Wariah), on the east coast of the Berau Peninsula, 25. vi.
and l.vii.1928.
Weight cJ 19-5 , ? 17 g.
The female is brown above, the male may be called black, though the black
is duller than in specimens from Hollandia and Ifaar.
This species is somewhat difficult to divide into subspecies. In all descrip-
tions (Salvadori, Sharpe, Gray) the upperside is described as brown or brownish
black. This seems to apply to birds from Arfak, Kapaur, Misol and Waigiu,
though the latter may still differ in other respects. On the other hand, our
specimens from Hollandia and Ifaar are pure black above, and the white alar
speculum is wider than in most western birds. There are nevertheless some
specimens from S.E. New Guinea and the Utakwa and Setekwa Rivers which
are not so black and agree better with the Arfak ones — the size of the white alar
speculum differs also. Of the Utakwa examples Grant (Ibis, 1915, Suppl. p. 164)
has already mentioned this variability. The white line above the lores varies
in width and length and is not a subspecific criterion. The browner birds before
me are females, but other females are as black as males.
132. Poecilodryas hypoleucus hermani Mad.
Poecilodryas hermani Madarasz, Bull. B.O. Club, iii, p. xlvii (1894 — Finisterre Mts.).
2 <J Hollandia, 13.x., 2 <J Ifaar, 25. ix. 1928.
Weight 19, 19-5, 20, 21 g.
133. Poecilodryas albonatatus albonatatus (Salvad.).
Megalestes albonotatus Salvadori, Ann. Mas. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 770 (1875 — Arfak).
1 J ad. Arfak Mountains, 2,000 m., 18.viii.1928. "Iris brownish black.
Bill and feet black." Mayer. CoU. by F. Shaw Mayer.
<J ad. Siwi. No. 127. Coll. by Ernst Mayr. Oidy a " tag," no real label.
These two specimens are the topotypical albonotatus, only known from
Arfak. Wings 113, 114 mm.
We had formerly only two very bad skins, therefore we united with
albonotatus the birds from S.E. New Guinea, which, however, are quite different.
I separate this latter form as
Poecilodryas albonotatus correctus subsp. nov.
Upperside paler grey, especially on the head. The black of the throat and
foreneck, which in P. a. albonotatus reaches to the centre of the breast, only just
surpasses the throat. The white on the abdomen is pure and conspicuous.
Wings £ 103, 104, 104-5, 105, 100, 106, 106, 107, 108, $ 100, 101, 102, 102 mm.
Type: o, Mount Cameron, Owen Stanley Range, lO.viii. 1896. A. S.
Anthony coll.
134. Poecilodryas bmiaculatus bimaculatus (Salvad.).
Mijiolestes ? bimacidatus Salvadori. Ann. Mils. < 'iv. Oenova, vi, p. 84 (1874 — Putat, Arfak Peninsula).
9 cJ? ad., 1 juv., Siwi, April and May.
Weight 21-75-30 g.
Judging from the young specimen and another of P. bimac. vicaria from
S.E. New Guinea, the young are duller, browner, but not spotted, except with
brown terminal patches to the wing-coverts.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 69
135. Pachycephalopsis hattamensis hattamensis Mey.
Pachycepltala hattamensis A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsher. k. Alail. Wise, lxix, p. 391 (1874 — "Hattani"
in the Arfak Mts.).
16 (J$ from the mountains near Siwi, 1 mountains near Ditschi, 1 Ninei,
1 Lehuma. " Iris brown and jjale brown, bill black, feet pale grey -reddish."
Weight 34-39, once 41 g.
Wings 3 106, 103, 98, $ 92, 95, 94, 94, 90, 91, 94, 95, 95, 93-5 mm., also
two 97, 98 mm., which may be males.
The short tail removes this species from Pachyceplmla.
136. Pachycephalopsis hattamensis ernesti subsp. nov.
This interesting new subspecies differs from P. hattamensis hattamensis as
follows : The white patch on the chin and upper throat is less extended and
separated from the olive-green breast by an ashy grey patch ; the breast is
darker, olive-green, and there is less yellow on the abdomen, the under tail-
coverts are pale greenish yellow instead of light rusty. Iris in two specimens
" whitish," in one ochre. Wings $ 92, 93, 94 mm.
Weight 33, 35, 35 g.
Type : $ Wondiwoi, 17.vii. 1928. No. 1564 Ernst Mayr coll.
This form is very interesting, because of the existence of a form almost
exactly like P. h. hattamensis on the Snow Mountain range.
It is so distinct that it was already recognized as a new subspecies by the
collector in the field and marked as new subspecies on one of the labels. I
gave it the collector's Christian name, as using his family name would easily have
caused confusion with the Pachycephala named after A. B. Meyer.
137. Heteromyias albispecularis albispecularis (Salvad.).
Pachycephala albispecularis Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 931 (the article is dated
31 .xii. 1875, so it must have priority over the name cinereifrons — Arfak Mts.).
6 <J$ Lehuma, Arfak Mountains, 1 mountains near Siwi, 2 mountains near
Ditschi, 2 Dohunsehik in the Issim Valley.
" Iris dark brown, bill blackish, feet whitish, to pinkish white."
Weight 28-37-5 g.
I agree with Stresemann, that H. armiti from S.E. New Guinea should be
looked upon as a subspecies of albispecularis, though the pure white instead of
grey post-superciliary stripe, black lores, auricular patch and crown (instead of
grey), and whiter underside give it a rather different appearance, but equally
H. cinereifrons is a subspecies of albispecularis, differing in the paler grey crown,
more rusty back and upper tail-coverts, dark rusty ear-coverts, rusty sides of
body, belly and under tail-coverts. " Poecilodryas ? cinereifrons " Ramsay is
described in the Proc. Zool. Soc. London " 1875," but according to Mathews
was not published till April 1876.
But there are still more subspecies, and we must accept the following forms :
Heteromyias albispecularis albispecularis, Arfak Mountains.
Heteromyias albispecularis armiti, S.E. New Guinea.
Heteromyias albispecularis rothschildi subsp. nov., Snow Mountains.
Heteromyias albispecularis subsp. ?, Weyland Mountains.
Heteromyias albispecularis subsp. ?, Schraderberg.
Heteromyias albispecularis cinereifrons, North Queensland.
H. a. albispecularis and armiti have been shortly characterized above.
70 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
H. a. rothschildi from Mt. Goliath (cf. Nov. Zool. xx, p. 497, 1913) differs
from armiti in having the chin-spot not slate-colour but dull black, the same
colour as the head. Wings males : 97-5, 96-5, females : 91, 92, 91, 92 mm.
Type : $ ad. Mount Goliath, 17. ii. 1911. No. 5412 A. S. Meek coll.
The wings of H. a. armiti are <J 98, 100, 101, 101, 102, $ 89-94 mm.
H. albispecularis subsp. from the Weyland Mountains is probably different
again, as our only specimen has the back darker and seems to have a grey band
across the breast.
H. albispecularis subsp. from the Schraderberg may also be different again,
as Stresemann said his only specimen had a much paler buff vent and abdomen.
Another point is of great interest : While the whole bill is black or blackish
in both sexes in H. a. albispecularis, it is black or blackish with a white or whitish
tip in males of H. a. armiti and rothschildi, quite black in females, while in H . a.
cinereifrons it seems to have a yellow tip in both sexes !
The systematic position of Heleromyias is very interesting. The young
bird is chestnut-red, like so many young Pachycephala !
138. Monachella miilleriana (Schleg.).
Muscicapa Miilleriana Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iv, p. 40 (1871 — North Peninsula of New
Guinea).
One unsexed, canvp above Momi, 125 m., 16. iv. 1928.
139. Machaerirhynchus nigripectus nigripectus (Schleg.).
Macheirhynchus nigripectus Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk: iv, p. 43 (1871 — Arfak Mts.).
<J ad., $ ad. Lehuma 8.vi.
<J ad., $ ad., <J juv. Kofo (Anggi gidji), 11 . vi.
Wings cJ 58-60, $ 62-64 mm.
Weight 10-12g.
M. nigripectus saluratus R. & H. is a very distinct subspecies, larger and
deeper yellow, § nearly black above.
M. nigripectus liarterti van Oort seems to be only distinguishable in the
female !
140. Machaerirhynchus flaviventer albifrons Gray.
Machaerirhynchus albifrons G. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861, p. 429, pi. 43, fig. 1 (Waigiu
and Misol).
3 cJ ad., Siwi, Arfak Mountains, 1 cJ Hollandia, cJ$ (with large egg in oviduct)
Cyclops Mountains o Ifaar.
Weight 1 ^ 11, 1 $ 10-5 g.
141. Peltops blainvillii blainvillii (Less, et Garn.).
Eurylamus blainvillii Lesson et Garnot, Ferussac's Bull. Sc. Nat. et Geologie, xi, p. 302 (1827 —
Dorey, formerly called Doreri).
6 cJ$ Hollandia, August. $ Wasior, Wandammen.
This is the form first described, which has a larger bill and shorter wing
and tail than the mountain subspecies, appropriately called montanus by Strese-
mann. The wings of these specimens measure : <J 98, 98-5, 98, 99, " J " 97,
99 mm.
Weight (J? 28-29 g.
NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 71
142. Peltops blainvillii montanus St res.
Peltops blainvillii montanus Stresemann, Anzeiger Orn. Ges. Bayern, No. 5, p. 35 (1921 — Hunstein-
spitze on the Upper Sepik).
$ Ditschi, 7 ad. (J$, one unsexed juv. Mountains near Siwi.
As Stresemann described : Bill conspicuously smaller, specially shorter,
wings and tail longer, white patch on back larger. The white patch on back,
however, varies in extent, and its larger size is sometimes obscured in bad skins.
Wings <$ 112, $ 110, 110, 108, 114, cr. 107, 107, 111 mm.
Weight 29-35 g.
The existence of a smaller and larger form was already recognized by
De Vis, who in 1894 (Report on New Guinea for 1893, p. 2) named the small
form " from the sea-level " Peltops minor. The specimens he had were evidently
partially young. Stresemann distinguished the two forms as species, but they
are the most typical subspecies, montanus being the mountain form of blainvillii
blainvillii. Moreover, there are, specially from the Kumusi River, at least in
size, intermediates, whether just varieties, or from intermediate altitudes (?) or
hybrids, one cannot at present say. Stresemann mentions already a wing of
the small race of 103, one of the big form with 105 mm., which is not much of a
difference. We have examples from Stephansort with wing 107, Kumusi River
105, Upper Aroa River 108 mm. (montanus), and specimens from Kumusi and
Milne Bay have small, though not very stumpy, bills, those from Kumusi having
wings of 96 ($) to 106 mm. (£), the bills being also somewhat variable. The
mountain form (montanus) is common in S.E. New Guinea, on the Hydrographer,
Owen Stanley Mountains, Upper Aroa, Upper Mambare River, etc.
The full juvenile garb is not yet known. The white patch on the back is
absent, while probably all the head and neck are white, and there are white
tips to the greater wing-coverts.
143. Chenorhamphus grayi (Wall.).
Todopsis grayi Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1862, p. 166 (Sorong, Arfak Peninsula).
1 ? Siwi, 1 $ Cyclops Mountains, 700 m., 20.viii. 1928.
" Iris brown. Bill black. Feet brownish earth-colour."
In the male the crown is dull greyish blue, the middle of the abdomen like
the rest of the underside pale blue, brightest towards the belly. In the female
the crown is dull black, between the crown and the black ear-coverts and stripe
behind the eye a pale blue line. Middle of abdomen white, under tail-coverts
cream-colour. Wings <$ 63, $ 58, 59, 62 mm.
Weight $ 13 and 16 g.
144. Clytomyias insignis insignis Sharpe.
Clytomyias insignis Sharpe, Notes Leyden Mils, i, no. 10, p. 30 (1878 — Tjobonda, Arfak Mts.).
^? Mount Mundi near Ninei, Arfak Mountains, 1,800 m., 27. v. 1928.
Weight not stated.
The differences between C. i. insignis and C. i. oorti (S.E. New Guinea)
are correctly described Nov. Zool. xiv, p. 460, 1907. There is no difference
in colour between the sexes if the two specimens from Mount Mundi are
correctly sexed : <J wing 55, $ 58-5 mm.
72 Xovitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1930.
145. Todopsis cyanocephalus cyanocephalus (Quoy et Gaimard).
Todus cyanocephalus Quoy et Gaimard, Yoy. Astrolabe, i, p. 227, pi. 5, fig. 4 (1830 — Dorey).
J? Siwi, $ Momi, $ Siwi (No. 769), 21 .v. 1928.
cj ad. weight 14 g.
140. Todopsis cyanocephalus dohertyi R. & H.
Todopsis cyanocephalus dohertyi Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. x, p. 477 (1903 — Takar on the
north coast).
3 $ Hoi, 2 cS, 1 ?! Wasior, Wandammen Peninsula, 3 o, 2 $, Ifaar, near
Lake Sentani.
Weight c? 13, 14, $ 10-5, 12 g.
We described this subspecies on account of the deeper, more chestnut,
upperside. In Nov. Zool. xx, p. 499, we said : " Possibly T. c. dohertyi from
Takar will not be tenable, the dark colour of the back perhaps being due to
dampness of the skins while diying." We find now, however, that the Wasior
and Ifaar birds, which were not exposed to dampness, are as dark as the Takar
ones, being darker than the Arfak females. I must therefore, for the time being,
recognize dohertyi, though it is closely allied and only discernible in the female.
See also Nov. Zool. xxvii, 1920, p. 457.
147. Todopsis wallacii Gray.
Todopsis wallacii G. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861, pp. 429, 434, pi. 43, fig. 2 (Mysol).
5 (J$ Siwi, Arfak Mountains.
Weight 8 and 8-5 g.
148. Monarcha frater frater Scl.
Monarcha frater Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 1873, p. 691 (Hatam, Arfak Mts.).
12 (J? Siwi, 1 $ Ditschi.
Weight 18 ($) to 23 g.
149. Monarcha guttula (Garnot).
Muscicapa guttula Garnot, Yoy. Copt., Zool. i, 2, p. 591, pi. xvi, fig. 2 (1828 — Dorey, Arfak).
5 <J Hoi and Hollandia, 1 $ Cyclops Mountains.
Weight 16-17-5 g.
150. Monarcha alecto chalybeoeephalus (Garnot).
Muscicapa chalybeoeephalus Garnot, Yoy. Coquille, Zool. Atlas, pi. 15, fig. 1 ($) (1828 — New Ireland).
cJ$ series from Ifaar, Hoi, Momi, Wasior (Wandammen) and (1)
Manokwari.
We have not dared to separate the New Guinea birds from New Ireland
ones. As it happens, our New Ireland female specimens are rather light. It is
possible, but not probable, that the New Guinea females are generally a little
darker on the upperside, but females from Feni Island appear to be darker again.
Mathews, Bull. B.O. Club, xlviii, p. 93 (1928), named three supposed new
subspecies of Monarcha alecto :
" Piezorhynchus alecto woodlarketms," which is the same as lucida (but was
compared with alecto only !) ;
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 73
" Piezorhynchiis alecto longiroslris " from Timorlaut, which is a tenable
subspecies, and
"Piezorhynchiis alecto novae-gitineensis," Mimika River $ !
The diagnosis of the latter is perfectly useless, as it is only compared with
the different alecto $, but not with ehalybeocephalus ! ! If the New Guinea
form should be separated, the name of Mathews must be accepted, though he
did not grasp its nearest relationship !
151. Monarcha axillaris axillaris Salvad.
Monarcha axillaris Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ, Genova, vii, p. 921 (1875 — Arfak).
7 (J$ Siwi, 5 cJ$ Ditschi, Arfak Mountains.
<J§ Wondiwoi, Wandammen Peninsula, July 1928.
" Iris brown. Bill whitish blue-grey. Feet blackish or blackish grey."
The two Wondiwoi specimens may belong to another form : the male
has white spots on the sides of the breast and on the abdomen, the female about
as much white as the males from Arfak.
Specimens from the Lordberg (Sepik) are like Arfak ones.
Adult females are very much like the males, but less glossy black on head
and throat, the white patches on the sides of the breast more restricted. Wings
(J 79-83 mm. Young birds are greyish.
[Monarcha axillaris fallax (Rams.).
Rhipidura fallax Ramsay, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1884. p. 580 (Astrolabe Range, S.E. New Guinea.
Piezorhynchiis reichenowi Madarasz, Orn. Monatsber. viii, 1900, p. 2 (Sattelberg).
There is no doubt, as pointed out long ago by Grant, that Rhipidura fallax
of Ramsay is not a Rhipidura, but a form of Monarcha axillaris. It is the form
which Madaraz described as Piezorhynchiis reichenoivi from the Sattelberg.
This form is much smaller (cf. Stresemann, Archiv f. Naturg. 89, 8tes Heft, p. 2,
1923) and the white patch on the sides of the breast is reduced in size, in the
females still more. Young birds are slaty, there are only some small dull white
tips to the slaty grey axillaries. The bill is apparently darker, it is described on
labels as dark chalky blue with black tip. Wings <J 74-78 mm.
Specimens from the Aroa River, head of Mambare, Hydrographer Range,
and Sattelberg (Mayr coll.) are alike.]
152. Monarcha chrysomela melanonotus Scl.
Monarcha melanonotus Sclater, Proc. Zool. .S'oc. London, 1877. p. 100 (" New Guinea " — Sclater had
only Arfak specimens from New Guinea, therefore Arfak is the terra typica !).
2 cS Momi, 15.iv. and 25. vi.
Weight 16-5 and 18 g.
The April specimen is typical of the Arfak form, but the June one is deeper,
more orange, on the underside, and thus resembles M. chrys rmela aurantiacus !
153. Monarcha chrysomela aurantiacus Mey.
Monarcha melanonotus aurantiacus A. B. Meyer, Abh. & Ber. Mus. Dresden " 1890-91," Art. 4,
p. 9 (1892 — Kafu and Stephansort).
5 $ Hol, 1 $ Cyclops Mountains.
Weight (J 15-17 g.
This form is very closely allied to melanonotus, only the orange colour is
deeper— one of the Momi specimens is not really distinguishable.
74 NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
154. Monarcha rubiensis (Mey.).
Tchilrea rubiensis A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsber. Akad. ]\'issensch. Wien, lxix, p. 494 (1874 — Rubi).
cJMomi, 25. vi. 1928.
This specimen, evidently a young male, has the lores and forehead much
paler than it is in adult females. In females the colour of the abdomen varies
to some extent.
155. Arses telescophthalmus telescophthalmus (Gam.).
Muscicapa telescophthalmus Garnot, Voy. OoguiUe, Zool. i, p. 593, pi. 18 (1828 — Dorey).
3 (J, 1 $ Siwi, 3 <J, 2 $ Momi, 2 <$ Wasior, Wandammen Peninsula.
" cJ " iris deep brown. Bare skin around eye whitish blue. Bill whitish
blue-grey, lead-grey. Feet dark grey. " $ " iris dark brown. Bill greenish
grey, bluish grey — in a young $ in female's garb tip dark brown.
156. Arses (telescophthalmus) insularis Mey.
Monarcha insularis A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsber. Akad. Wien, lxix, p. 395 (1874 — Jobi).
3 (J, 2 $ Hol and Hollandia, 2 <$, 1 $ Cyclops Mountains.
Synonym is evidently Arses fenicheli Madarasz, Aquila, i, p. 93 (1894 —
Bongu on Astrolabe Bay), described from one female !
It may be doubtful if it is not premature to decide if insularis should be
considered to be a subspecies of telescophthalmus. The distribution of insularis
is from Jobi along the north coast and its hinterland to the Astrolabe Bay, this
interrupting that of two obvious subspecies of telescophthalmus.
The form from the S.E. of New Guinea with a white-bellied female and
golden orange throat and chest in the male is A. (t.) henkei Meyer, Zeitschr. ges.
Orn. iii, p. 16 (1886 — Astrolabe Mountains !).
Later on Salvadori (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xxix, p. 566, 1890 — Rigo, on
the coast, S.E. of Port Moresby) described A. orientalis with a light rufescent
abdomen. In 1903 Lord Rothschild and I thought this must be variety of
henkei, but it may be a geographically separable form ? We have the white-
bellied form (typical henkei) from Nicura, Aroa River, Brown River, the Kotoi
and Oriori district of the Owen Stanley Mountains, the rufescent-bellied one
(typical orientalis) from Collingwood Bay, 7 from th'e Hydrographer Mountains,
5 Kumusi River. Further observations must show, if these forms occur
together, or if they are (as it seems) geographically represented.
In very worn plumage the back in henkei gets browner (less rufous) and a
cream-coloured collar becomes conspicuous.
157. Rhipidura leucophrys subsp.
2 " $> " Manokwari, but one has a wing of 111 mm. which is a large measure-
ment for a female.
(J juv. Ifaar. The young bird is glossless black with red-brown tips to
the feathers, the superciliary white line is wider, cream-coloured and reaching
to the nape.
It is difficult to decide about the subspecies. It was not so stupid of us
and Ogilvie-Grant to unite all the birds from East and North Australia with
those of New Guinea and Papuan Islands. The various forms seem to differ
XovITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1030 75
only by size ; as they vary a good deal, no form can be separated except when
a good series is available.
Mathews showed that the name leucophrys Latham is older than tricolor !
This was important for the nomenclature, but in 1928 the same author made a
difficulty for his brother ornithologists by giving a name (amboynensis) to the
birds from the Moluccas, but he compared them only with the birds from Aru,
leaving one in ignorance about those from New Guinea, New Ireland (terra
typica of Melaleuca !), etc., etc.
158. Rhipidura threnothorax S. Mull.
Rhipidura threnothorax S. Miiller, Verh. Land- en Volkenk. p. 185 (1844 — Lobo, which is at Triton
Bay).
Setosura threnothorax novae-guineensis Mathews, Bull. B.O. Club, xlviii. p. 92 (1928 — Mimika River).
4 ^, 3 ? Siwi, Arfak Mountains, May 1928.
The males are darker, more blackish, on the abdomen, wings £ 85, 82-5,
83, 84, $ 77, 79, 80 mm.
Weight 18-5-21 g.
Mathews described the Mimika River bird as having the under surface dis-
tinctly darker and the white spots on the chest smaller. The darker underside
is characteristic of males, the white spots vary considerably in the same localities !
From the Kumusi River we have four skins and one from Boboli, China
Straits, in the utmost east of New Guinea, which all have the underside pale
like females from Western New Guinea ; though three are sexed " male," it
looks as if they were females, judging by the colour of the abdomen, but their
wings are all three over 80 mm. A greater series might show that there is a
race with lighter abdomen in S.E. New Guinea ? In both sexes the upper
mandible is black, but the lower whitish !
159. Rhipidura rufiventris gularis Mull.
Rhipidura gularis S. Miiller, Verh. Land- en Yolkenkiinde, p. 185 (1844 — Lobo, Utanata).
Siwi, Wasior (Wandammen), Hoi, Hollandia and Ifaar.
Weight 13-15 g.
160. Rhipidura hyperythra mulleri Mey.
Rhipidura Mulleri A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wien, lxix, p. 502 (1874 — New name for
Rhip. rufiventris Miiller, nee Vieillot ! Terra typica therefore Lobo).
4 <J Siwi, 1 $ Ninei, 6 $ Cyclops Mountains.
Weight 10-5-13-75 g.
This form, the continental representative of the Aru Islands Rhip. hyperythra
hyperythra Gray, is hardly separable from the latter. The accepted difference
is that the Aru form is to have a smaller, the New Guinea bird a larger, white
chin-spot. This seems to be the case, but many of our Aru birds, as well as of
the Siwi and Cyclops Mountain one, have the throat badly prepared. I prefer
to keep the two forms separate, but it is not a crime to unite them. On the
other hand, Ogilvie-Grant is quite wrong, when (Ibis, 1915, Suppl. p. 154) he
says that the variability in the size of the white ends to the rectrices is so great,
that they may obscure the difference. The fact is, that the white ends to the
rectrices are considerably larger in the S.E. birds, which must be called Rhip.
76 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
hyper, castaneothorax Ramsay. Rhip, manayoensis De Vis, Report New Guinea,
1894, p. 2 (evidently from Mount Manaeao), being a synonym.
A young bird of the latter form, from the Hydrographer Range (where the
species is common), has the whole throat dirty white, rest of underside paler
and duller than in the adults, and rufous tips to smaller and larger upper wing-
coverts.
In all these subspecies the upper bill is black, the lower whitish.
161. Rhipidura rufidorsa Mey.
Rhipidura rufidorsa A. B. Meyer. Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wise. Wien, lxx, p. 200 (1874 — Rubi, Passim,
Jobi).
2 (J, 1 $ Siwi, Arfak Mountains.
Weight (J 10 and 11, ? 8-5 g.
(Mathews has separated two supposed new subspecies in 1928. In April
(Bull. B.O. Club, xlviii, p. 92) he named Rhipidura rufidorsa nova from a Mimika
River specimen in the British Museum. He says the head is darker grey and
the under surface more suffused with buff than in R. r. rufidorsa.
I cannot find these differences at all constant.
In July he named (Nov. Zool. xxxiv, p. 373) Rhipidura rufidorsa kumusi
from specimens in the Tring Museum from the Kumusi River in S.E. New
Guinea, saying that they had a lighter, more greyish head and a lighter brick-red
back and rump. This does not seem to be separable either, but the beautifully
prepared Kumusi River specimens do look somewhat light. The question must
remain in abeyance until we have a series of equally well-prepared examples
from the typical localities.)
162. Rhipidura brachyrhyncha Schleg.
Rhipidura brachyrhyncha Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierkunde, iv, p. 42 (1873 — Arfak Peninsula).
Rhipidura riifa Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 923 (1875 — Arfak Mts.).
Rhipidura montana Mathews, Bull. B.O. Club, xlviii, p. 92 (1928 — " Mt. Albert Edward, S.E. New
Guinea").
For about half a century this species, except for the single types of Rh.
brachyrhyncha and rufa, remained unknown, and now it seems to turn up every-
where. In 1894 De Vis recorded both Rh. brachyrhyncha Schleg. and Rh. rufa
Salvadori from Mount Manaeao in S.E. Papua — but Salvadori mistook Schlegel's
brachyrhyncha for the female of Rh. atra, and redescribed brachyrhyncha under
the name of Rh. rufa. Let us hope that one of De Vis's two species is the true
brachyrhyncha. Stresemann quoted the true brachyrhyncha from the Upper
Sepik River in 1923.
Mathews described a specimen in the British Museum from Mount Albert
Edward as Rh. montana, mentioning as a probable ally Rh. lepida from the Pelew
Islands, having no knowledge of Rh. brachyrhyncha and rufa, and their history.
Of course it is possible that the S.E. form differs slightly, the type looking
somewhat brighter in colour, but it is the same species.
Dr. Ernst Mayr sent one cj from the mountains near Ditschi, 9.vi.l928,
another <$ from Kofo (Anggi gidji), 15. vi. 1928, on the label of which is marked :
" Iris dark brown. Bill ' schwarzrotlich.' Feet ' graurosa.' ' Weight 8-5 g.
Wings 68-5 and 70 mm.
Literature : Finsch, Notes Leyden Museum, xv, 1893, p. 81.
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 77
A specimen of the same date (15.vi. 1928) from Kofo, and a 9 from Lahuma
agree with the two males of Rh. brachyrhyncha, except in the tail ! The latter
is deep brown from above, outer edges rufescent, the tips much paler, greyish.
The shafts of the two middle rectrices are black, those of the others white or
whitish, thus reminding one of some New Zealand and other species. One is,
as I have said, a female ; the sex of the other, though the importance was known,
could not be determined. Both are smaller, wings of both 63-5 mm.
What are these birds ? I am inclined to think they must be the females
of Rh. brachyrhyncha. Against this theory, however, speaks the fact that this
kind of sexual dimorphism is not known in the genus Rhipidura, and that Mayr
collected in N.E. Papua a specimen of apparently a closely allied but different
subspecies with the tale of the latter two specimens, but sexed it rf, and the
wing is over 70 mm.
163. Rhipidura atra Salvad.
Rhipidura aim Salvadori, Ann. Mns. Civ. Genora, vii.p. 922 (1875 — Hatam and Mori). Descr. of <J.
Rhipidura cinnamomea Meyer, Zeitschr.f. ges. Orn. iii, p. 17 (1886 — Owen Stanley Mts., S.E. slopes).
Rhipidura brachyrhyncha (nee Schlegel !) Salvadori, Orn. Pap. ii. p. 72.
(The history of the type of brachyrhyncha Schlegel and Salvadori's error
in considering a female of atra to be Schlegel's type, is clearly explained by
Biittikofer, Notes Leyden Mus. xv, p. 81.)
2 J, 3 $ Mountains near Ditschi (Arfak Mountains).
1 $ Ninei, Arfak Peninsula.
2 ^, 2 $ Mountains Wondiwoi, Wandammen Peninsula.
7 <J, 6 $ Cyclops Mountains.
Some of the females from the Cyclops Mountains shot 5 . ix . 1 928 had very
large eggs, one was shot by the side of an empty nest.
The differences suggested by Ogilvie-Grant, and quoted by Stresemann
for specimens from S.E. and N.W. New Guinea, are individual. The amount
of white on the under wing-coverts and axillaries is most variable in the same
localities, and so is the intensity of the rufous of the females, both in N.W.
females and in those from S.E. Papua. Only the Cyclops Mountains females
are all six rather dark, which must be accidental.
164. Rhipidura albolinibata albolimbata Salvad.
Rhipidura albo-limbata Salvadori, Ann. Mils. Civ. Geneva, vi, p. 312 (1874 — Hatam, Arfak).
Rhipidura albo-limbata lorentzi van Oort, Nova Guinea, ix, i, p. 85 (1909 — Hellwig Mts.).
2 (J mountains near Ditschi, 7 cJ$ Cyclops Mountains.
The closely allied Rh. (albolimbata) auricularis De Vis, described in ignorance
of the existence of albolimbata, differs only in the paler upperside and somewhat
paler, greyish portions of the underside. Nevertheless, it must be separated as
a subspecies, and our remark that the Mount Goliath specimens agree " per-
fectly " with those from the Aroa, Angabunga and Mambare Rivers is incorrect.
De Vis seems to have redescribed his auricularis as Rhip. concinna in another
" Report," about a year afterwards.
Young birds have rufous tips to the secondaries, rump-feathers and scapulars,
also on the underside, but we have only moulting specimens, none in full juvenile
plumage.
78 XnvITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
165. Rhipidura leucothorax Salvad.
Rhipidura leucothorax Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi, p. 311 (1874 — Hatam, Arfak Mts.).
Cf. Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 463.
1 (J, 2 $ Wasior (Wandammen), 3 <J Ifaar.
The upper bill is black, the lower mandible whitish (pale horn-colour, teste
Doherty).
A small series from S.E. New Guinea has the back paler than in specimens
from Arfak, Wandammen, the north coast and Setekwa River. If this difference
is constant, they must be separated as
Rhipidura leucothorax episcopalis Ramsay.
(Rh. episcopalis Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ii, p. 371, 1878, from an
example with uncertain locality, but probably from the south coast of New
Guinea. Ramsay of course stated no differences from leucothorax of which he
was in ignorance.)
166. Malurus alboscapulatus alboscapulatus Mey.
Miliums alboscapulatits A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, lxix, p. 496 (1874 —
Arfak Mts. about 3,500 feet).
4 <J ad. in black plumage, 5 apparently adult females with white underside
(black sides to chest and some black feathers across the breast), 1 <J in moult
and white underside, 2 $ juv., like females, but plumage fluffier, above brown,
underside creamy white, flanks buffy. All Arfak Mountains.
Weight <J 10-5-12 g.
This is doubtless the true alboscapulatus, in which the female remains white
underneath, through life.
167. Malurus alboscapulatus aida subsp. nov.
2 (J ad. Hollandia, 12 <J, 10 $ Ifaar, on the Sentani Lakes.
Weight (J 9-11, $ 8-10 g.
In this form neither the young nor the adult females are white underneath,
but black. These black females are like the males, but smaller and less glossy,
the glossy blue-black edges to the feathers being entirely or almost entirely
absent. The young is sooty brown all over. Cf. R. & H., Nov. Zool. x, 1903,
p. 478. Wings $ 49-51, $ 45-5-47 mm. Weights cj$ 8-10-5 g. Iris brown.
Many specimens in moult in September.
Type : $ Ifaar, 26. ix. 1928. No. 2622 Ernst Mayr coll.
[Further subspecies are :
Malurus alboscapulatus naimii Salvad. & Alb.
In colour like M. alboscapulatus alboscapulatus from the Arfak Peninsula,
but smaller !
Cf. Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 478, Stresemann, Sepik-Vogel, p. 9.
S.E. and N.E. New Guinea !
Malurus alboscapulatus lorentzi van Oort.
Males like those of M. alboscapulatus alboscapulatus, but females and young
males above not so black as in the other forms, being quite brown, on the rump
fawn, underside white without any black markings, flanks and under tail-coverts
buff or pale fawn colour.
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 79
Southern slopes of Snow Mountains from the Noord River (Lorentz) to the
Weyland Mountains.
The different coloration of females and a number of males (which we now
look upon as non-adults) has puzzled authors considerably. There have been
suggestions of a non-breeding (eclipse) plumage, of dimorphism in juveniles and
in females, etc. But my friend Stresemann and I have compared the wonderful
series collected by Ernst Mayr, Meek and Eichhorn, and other collectors, and
we have now come to the above conclusions.
Cf. Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 478, 1913, p. 502 ; Van Oort,
Nova Guinea, ix, i, p. 91, 1909 ; Stresemann, Sepik-Vogel in Archiv f. Naturg.
89, 1923, Heft 7 & 8, pp. 8-10 ; Ogilvie-Grant, Ibis Suppl. 1915,j)p. 107-110.]
168. Cisticola exilis diminuta Math.
Cisticola exilis diminuta Mathews, B. Australia, ix, p. 373 (May 1922 — Cape York, North Queensland.
It seems that the above is the correct name — if, as it seems, mixta Math.,
which has priority, is somewhat different ? — for all the New Guinea specimens
of C. exilis ; we hope soon to learn all about this in Lynes's forthcoming mono-
graph of the genus.
5 (J ad. with unstriped heads, September, 2 J with striped heads of the
same date, one of the latter with fairly large testes, and three with more or less
yellowish underside, which must all three be more or less juvenile, one $, the
other two doubtful, but the § is said to have had a large ovary — all from Ifaar.
Weight of adults 8-8-5 g.
169. Megalurus timoriensis stresemanni subsp. nov.
6 Kofo (Anggi gidji), 11. and 12. vi. 1928, 5 $ (1 testes large), 1 $, but
according to size also a male.
Weight cJ 29-32 g.
These specimens are puzzlingly near M. t. macrurus from S.E. New Guinea,
but flanks richer buff (except one from S.E. which has equally rich sides), and
the under tail-coverts with black shaft-lines, or at least the shafts black. The
heads are rather dark chestnut, the tails deep chestnut-brown, the backs dark
and boldly striped, the wings outside rather dark. In all these characters,
however, except the striped under tail-coverts, we find single specimens from
the S.E. that equal these birds from the Arfak Peninsula. Wings 72, 73, 73, 72,
75 (" $ "), 77 > mm.
Type : <J Kofo, 12. vi. 1928. Ernst Mayr coll. No. 1107.
From Meg. tim. mayri these birds differ in the much darker upperside,
like Meg. tim. macrurus.
170. Megalurus timoriensis mayri subsp. nov.
9 c?, 7 $, 6 (J juv. Ifaar, September and October.
Weight cJ ad. 27-30, $ ad. 23-26 g.
These specimens differ from 19 (J$ from S.E. New Guinea and one from
the Rawlinson Mountains (Keysser coll.), 1,450 m. above the sea, in being much
lighter above, the ground colour not so deep rufous, more yellowish and with a
1 This specimen moults the first primaries and it may be that the longest ones, which form
the tip of the wing, are already pushed forward, previously to falling out,
80 XoYITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
faint greyish tinge, and the edges to the secondaries equally much lighter, less
rufous. Also the tail is less rufous. The females are much smaller than the
males. What must be more or less juvenile birds have the crown not rufous
(more or less sharply striped with dusky) but pale brown with wider and more
distinct blackish stripes, the back and tail still less rufous. Quite young birds
have yellow on the underside. Wings <J 70-74-5, $ 67-68 mm.
The dimensions of M. t. macrurus, the S.E. Papuan subspecies, are similar ;
in worn plumage the upperside of the latter fades and resembles more that of
mayri.
The specimen from the Rawlinson Mountains belongs undoubtedly to the
darker, more sufous S.E. race.
The oldest name of the species is M. timoriensis Wall., and not alisteri.
The Amboina bird was described by Salvadori in 1875, evidently from females
only, as the small measurements show.
It would seem that the Amboina birds are nothing but migrants from
Australia ; but it is not likely that such a short-winged and long-tailed bird is
much of a migrant ; against this stands further the fact that we have five skins
that were collected in Amboina in January and March, but these January and
March specimens do not differ from a number of Australian birds.
Mathews pointed out correctly that Temminok's name Malurus galactotes
was inapplicable, and that it certainly was never meant for an Australian bird,
but for an African Cisticola ! He therefore named the common Australian
form alisteri, but the names timoriensis and amboinensis are much older —
whether amboinensis is absolutely the same as the Australian form or a slightly
different subspecies nesting on Amboina. The name amboinensis is also a year
older than macrurus !
Type of Megalurus timoriensis mayri :
cj Ifaar, 26 . ix . 1928. Ernst Mayr coll. No. 2625.
We may therefore distinguish :
1. Megalurus timoriensis macrurus (Salvad.).
Sphenoeacus maruriis Salvadori, Ann. 31ns. Civ. Genova, ix, p. 35 (1876 — S.E. Xew Guinea).
S.E. New Guinea to Rawlinson Mountains. (The Konstantinhafen speci-
men— Astrolabe Bay — may belong to this form, or j>ossibly to mayri.)
2. Megalurus timoriensis inter scwpularis Scl.
Megalurus interscapularis Selatcr, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1880, p. 65, pi. vi.
Very similar to macrurus, but less rufescent.
New Britain and New Ireland.
3. Megalurus timoriensis amboinensis (Salvad.).
Sphenoeacus amboinensis Salvadori, Ann. Mils. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 988 (1875 — Amboina).
Synonyms probably alisteri Mathews, dulciei Math., oweni Math., mayi
Ashby, but further investigations desirable. — ; — Amboina and apparently
Northern Australia to New South Wales. If characters should be found to
separate the Australian form, that must be called alisteri.
Like M. I. mayri but smaller !
Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. L930. 81
4. Megalurus timoriensis melvillensis Math.
Megaliirus alisteri melvillensis Mathews, Austral Avian Rec. i, p. 92 (Melville Island).
More rufous, almost exactly like macrurus, but flanks more rufescent and
smaller !
Two specimens from Melville Island in the Mathews collection.
5. Megalurus timoriensis stresemanni Hart.
Antea p. 79.
Differs from its nearest ally Meg. amb. macrurus from S.E. New Guinea
in its striped under tail-coverts.
Arfak Peninsula, where it was discovered by Dr. Ernst Mayr.
6. Megalurus timoriensis mayri Hart.
See antea p. 79.
Only known, so far, from Ifaar, Sentani Lakes.
7. Megalurus timoriensis timoriensis Wall.
Megalurus timoriensis Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 489 (1864 — Timor).
Seems to be larger than amboinensis !
Timor only ?
8. Megalurus timoriensis inquirendus Siebers.
Megalurus macrurus inquirendus Siebers, Treubia, x, p. 403 (1928 — One specimen from East Sumba !).
Has been separated by Siebers, because it is somewhat reddish on the
upperside and the head very strongly spotted. But it is a juvenile !
Sumba.
171. Crateroscelis sanfordi spec. nov.
The whole underside dull rufous brown (somewhat like raw umber of Ridg-
way), sometimes a little darker. Upperside blackish chocolate-colour. Sides
of the head generally darker than the underside. Iris marked variously as dark
brown, rust-brown, red-brown, pale red-brown, ochre. " Bill black," but the
under mandible is more or less light-coloured, probably pale horn-brown. Feet
reddish grey. Wings cj 64, 62, 63, 64, $ 59 ; tail <? 37-39 ; tarsus $ 29, $ 26 ;
bill cJ$ 16-17 (from base) mm.
Weight (J 19-19-5, $ 17-5 g.
Type : <$ Wondiwoi, 14.vii.1928. No. 1521 Ernst Mayr coll.
3 (J, 1 $, 2 ?, all from Wondiwoi, Wandammen Peninsula, mid July 1928.
172. Crateroscelis robusta deficiens subsp. nov.
This form is a little deeper brown on the upperside than C. r. robusta,
more blackish, less rufous on the upper tail-coverts and rectrices and wanting
entirely the dark ashy brown pectoral band which is so well marked in males
of C. r. robusta. Iris brown or chestnut brown.
Wings <J 65-67, once 68, P 61-64, once 65 mm.
Weight 19-22-5, once 24 g.
6
82 Xovitatks Zoological XXXVI. 1930.
13 <J$ Cyclops Mountains. Testes mostly swollen first lialf of September.
Type : (J ad. Cyclops Mountains, 10. ix. 1928. No. 2266 Ernst Mayr coll.
173. Crateroscelis robusta peninsularis subsp. nov.
In colour like C. r. deficient, the throat being white, the rest of the underside
whitish, sides, belly and under tail-coverts dark brown, the belly about chocolate-
brown. Iris males " whitish, light yellowish red, dark red," females " grey-
brown, brownish grey." Wings £ 60-64, § 55-60 or 61 mm.
Weight 12-16 g. Bill shorter than in deficient.
A quite young bird, has the whole underside brown, the feathers being
lighter, more whitish, towards the base.
Type : <J Lehuma, Arfak Mountains, 8 . vi . 1 928. No. 1 065 Ernst Mayr coll.
Nine more or less adult c?$ Lehuma and mountains above Ditschi, Arfak
Mountains.
The following forms of Crateroscelis robusta, the first described by Roths-
child and Hartert as C. pectoralis in 1900, are established.
1. Crateroscelis robusta robusta De Vis 1898. S.E. New Guinea: Upper
Aroa River, Mount Cameron, 7,000 feet; Mount Knutsford, 11,000 feet;
Mount Scratchley. Anthony, Meek, and Weiske coll.
2. Crateroscelis robusta albigula Rchw. 1915. Schraderberg and Huon or
Kay Peninsula.
3. Crateroscelis robusta deficient Hart. 1930. Cyclops Mountains.
4. Crateroscelis robusta peninsularis Hart. 1930. Arfak Mountains.
174. Crateroscelis murinus (Scl.).
Myiothera mwrina Bonaparte, Consp. Gen. Av. p. 18 (Nomen nudum ex Muller MS. in Leyden
Mus.).
Brachypteryx murina Selater, Journ. Linn, Soc. London, ii, p. 158 (1858 — Lobo !).
6 <J$ Siwi, 1 Hollandia, 7 Cyclops Mountains.
Iris red-brown, in one cocoa-brown.
Weight 13-16, once 17 g.
175. Sericornis magnirostris cantans Mayr.
Sericornis arfakiana Salvadori, Ann. Mus. ('if. Genova, vii, p. 962 (1875 — Arfak Mts.).
Sericornis magnirostris cantans Mayr, Orn. Monatsb. 1930 (Xom. nov. pro Sericornis arfakiana,
nee Geryone arfakiana which is a Sericornis !).
6 (J, 10 $, 3 juv. from Siwi, Ditschi and Lehuma, Arfak.
Weight 11-14 g.
These birds are very puzzling. I was at first inclined to look upon them
as two species, one was on head and neck more rufescent, underside darker, more
rufous, and the edges of the greater upper wing-coverts dull olivaceous-rufous,
another with less phaeomelanin in the plumage, the underside being more pale
dirty yellowish, the throat hardly or not at all rufescent, the edges of the greater
upper wing-coverts whitish or pure white and sharply defined. There are,
however, intermediate specimens, in which the white edges to the wing-coverts
are indicated, while the brownish colour is present underneath, and specimens
with a yellowish underside lack the clear white edges to the wing-coverts. 1
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 83
cannot, therefore, think otherwise than that all the above birds are one and
the same subspecies, and they can only be a subspecies of S. magnirostris.
This remarkable dichromatism — if my view is correct — is still more strikingly
developed in the Cape York form, Sericornis minima of Gould. The males
of that form have the forehead and lores blackish, the females rufous brown,
and in both adults there is a wide white short streak above the lores and a white
line above and below the eyes ; the young of this form look almost exactly like
the adults ! But there is at Cape York also a form with a rufous head all round,
with the breast and abdomen suffused with rufous (while they are pale sulphur-
yellow in the typical minima, there are no blackish lores), and the white stripes
above the lores are only indicated. The greater upper wing-coverts have
distinct white spots, but not the white edges of the sharply marked males with
less phaeomelanin.
If this theory should not be correct, we would have two distinct species
as well in Arfak as at Cape York, in Arfak with intermediates, at Cape York
not — at least we have not seen them ; in each case the brownish birds without
black and white markings on the head would undoubtedly be subspecies of
8. magnirostris, the other two would require new names, and would be subspecies
of S. minima.
I have been greatly assisted in the study of these birds by Dr. Stresemann
and Mr. Arthur Goodson, to whom my thanks are due.
176. Sericornis magnirostris cyclopum subsp. nov.
4 (J$ Cyclops Mountains, 4 <J$ Wondiwoi (Wandammen).
The lores of adult males are sometimes very deep brown, almost black,
there is a white line above the lores, but not so wide as in adult males of minima,
and there are a few white feathers above and below the eye ; there are white
edges to the great upper wing-coverts ; upperside a shade darker than in minima,
almost exactly as in cantons. Underside pale yellow, sides washed with olive,
throat whitish, sometimes faintly sj)otted, chest clouded with greyish olivaceous,
sometimes distinctly sjxitted. In other males and females the lores are dull
rufous brown as in females and there is no white above and below the eyes, and
the white above the lores is more or less brownish and only indicated. The
iris is " red-brown." Wings £ 59-63, $ 55, 57 mm.
Type : <$ ad. Cyclops Mountains, 22.viii. 1928. No. 1938 Ernst Mayr coll.
Weights <$ 11-5, 12-5, 12-5, 13-5, $ 12-5 g.
We have also a specimen taken by J. Dumas near Humboldt Bay. Sericornis
7nagnirostris cyclopum is very much like S. magnirostris beccarii from the Aru
Islands, but in the latter the black and white markings are always distinct in
the males, the rufous brown and white ones distinct in the females ; wings
cJ 59, 59, 59, $ 52-5, 52, 58-5 mm.
Stresemaim, in his Sepik article, was the last to attempt a list of the sub-
species of tills group.
The Papuan subspecies would be :
Sericornis magnirostris nouhuysi Oort, Snow Mountains. Underside uniform
rufous, no black and white markings on head.
S. magnirostris oorti R. & H, Underside yellowish. S.E. New Guinea.
84 XnvITATES ZooLOGICAK XXXVI. 1930.
S. magnirostris rufescens Stres. Like oorli but larger. Schraderberg.
S. magnirostris pontifex Stres. Underside hardly yellowish at all, almost
dirty greyish. Lordberg and Hunsteinspitze.
S. magnirostris virgata (Rchw.) does not seem to differ in colour from pontifex
but seems smaller ; if not separable, virgata would have priority over pontifex.
S. magnirostris keysseri from the Rawlinson Mountains.
S. magnirostris cantons Mayr, Arfak Mts. (See p. 82.)
177. Sericornis perspicillata goodsoni subsp. nov.
Upperside as in 8. p. perspicillata, underside often, but not always, less
fulvescent, but the ear-coverts not reddish isabelline, but pale brown, the ring
round the eyes (eyelids) not reddish isabelline or bright fulvous, but cream-
colour with a brownish tinge. Iris dark brown, bill black, feet pale reddish grey.
Wings <J 53-55, ? 51-52 mm. Weight 8, 8-5, 9 g.
5 cj, 2 juv., 3 $ Lehuma, Dohunsehik in Issim Valley, and mountains near
Ditschi in the Arfak Mountains, May and June.
Type : <J Lehuma, 4.vi. 1928. No. 975 Ernst Mayr coll.
Named after Arthur Goodson, Tring.
The discovery of this form in Arfak is of great interest, as 8. perspicillata
was hitherto not known from the Arfak Peninsula.
At Lehuma, Arfak Mountains, a young Cuculide, which seems to be Caco-
mantis castaneiventris arfahianus Salvad., was taken from the nest of this form,
No. 968 being the foster-parent.
178. Sericornis arfakiana arfakiana Salvad.
Sericornis arfakiana Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova vii, p. 960 (1876 — Arfak).
Though very closely allied to S. arfakiana olivacea from the mountains of
S.E. New Guinea, all the specimens from the Cyclops Mountains have a less
pigmented underside, the throat and chest, as wrell as the sides, being less greyish
olivaceous, the throat and chest in S. a. olivacea having distinctly ashy central
stripes to the feathers, which are absent in S. a. arfakiana.
Wings males 52-55, females 49-52, mostly 50 mm.
Weight females 7-5-8-5, males 8-5-9, once 10-5 g.
2 $ Siwi, 1 (J, 3 $ Ditschi, $ Lehuma, 7 <^$ Wondiwoi (Wandammen),
8 (J$ Cyclops Mountains.
Iris dark brown, dark grey-brown. Bill black. Feet pale pinkish grey.
[Sericornis rufescens (Salvad.), described as Gerygone, has not been found by Dr. Mayr (cf. Orn.
Monatsb. 1930).]
179. Aethomyias spilodera spilodera (Gray).
Entomophita ? spilodera G. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1859, p. 155 (Dorey, Arfak).
2 (J, 6 $ Siwi, Arfak Mountains. " Iris brown-red, red-brown, red, bill pale
reddish, pale flesh-colour, feet reddish grey."
Weight 9, 10, 10-5 g. Wings <J 60, $ 55-5-58, once 60 mm., but perhaps £ ?
Lord Rothschild and I have (Nov. Zool. xx, p. 501) quite correctly said
Novitates Zoolouicae XXXVI. 1930. 85
that Snow Mountains specimens are very near Ae. spilodera guttata Sharpe from
S.E. New Guinea, but possibly a new subspecies. Ogilvie-Grant called them
" Ae. spilodera."
The British Museum specimens from the south slopes of the Snow Mountains
confirm this, and the Snow Mountains form must be nominally separated. I
name them in memory of Ogilvie-Grant, who — though he tried to disagree with
us wherever he thought he could — has done much to further the knowledge of
those parts of New Guinea :
Aelhomyias spilodera granti subsp. nov.
This subspecies differs from its nearest ally, Ae. s. guttata, in being smaller,
the spots on the throat less blackish, the ear-coverts slightly more reddish.
Wings in A. s. guttata up to 67-5, and in adult males always over 60, females
smaller. In A. s. granti : Adult males not over 60-5 mm.
Type: J Snow Mountains, 2,000 feet, 25.viii. 1910. A. S. Meek coll.
No. 4636. In Tring Museum.
180. Amalocichla incerta incerta (Salvad.).
Eupeles incerlus Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 967 (1875 — Arfak Mts.).
cJ$, 9 juv. Kofo (Anggi gidji), 11., 12., 15. vi. 1928.
$ juv. mountains near Ditschi, 16. vi. 1928.
These are the birds which Stresemann called Pseudopitla incerta, and which
we used to call Amalocichla brevicauda. We had quite overlooked Salvadori's
Eupetes ? incertus, while Reichenow (Journ. f. Orn. 1915, p. 129) was not
acquainted with Drymoedus brevicauda de Vis 1894, which Rothschild and Hartert
called Amalocichla brevicauda. In fact, the specimens from S.E. New Guinea,
of which we now have 8 adults and 4 young from the Kotoi district, Upper
Aroa River, Mambare and Angabunga Rivers, is so much like the Arfak incerta,
that I cannot say for certain how it differs, unless the bill in brevicauda is generally
longer. Dr. Mayr marked the iris as dark brown, bill black, feet greyish pink
and pale grey-brown.
Weight 27 and 28 g. Wings of the two adults cj 80, $ 77 mm., in A. incerta
brevicauda $ 81-5, 83-5, 84, § 79, 80, 81 mm.
Young birds are spotted like young Thrushes.
181. Amalocichla incerta olivascentior subsp. nov.
Upperside deeper, less rufous brown throughout, sides of head more blackish,
less rufous brown, throat white with fine sooty brown tips to the feathers, under-
side more olivaceous, middle of abdomen only dirty white. " Iris dark. Bill
black. Feet greyish black."
$. Weight 34 g. Wing 76, tarsus 31, bill from base 20 mm.
Type and unique specimen $ Wondiwoi Mountain, 1,900 m., 14. vii. 1928.
No. 1517 Ernst Mayr coll.
Another, probably distinct, form is in the Tring Museum from Mount Goliath,
which is somewhat intermediate in appearance between A. i. olivascentior and
A. incerta brevicauda. Cf. Nov. Zool. 1913 (xx), p. 504. Both this and the
Wondiwoi specimen have pointed tail-feathers, but their plumage is not juvenile,
because we have young specimens moulting into the plumage of adults.
86 XovlTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
182. Drymoedus superciliaris beccarii Salvad.
Drytnoeilus heccarii Salvadori, Ann. Mux. Civ. Qenova, vii, p. 965 (1875 — Arfak Mts.).
8 (J$ Siwi, 2 <$ Ditschi, $ Ninei, 1 $, 2 $ Cyclops Mountains. Seen but
not shot on Mount Wondiwoi. " Iris very dark brown. Bill black. Feet
pinkish grey, pale flesh-colour, pinkish grey." Weight <J 47-57, $ 35-42, once
47 g. On 24.viii.1928, Cyclops Mountains an egg almost ready for expulsion
was found in a female. Wings q 88-92, $ 79-82 mm. The young in fluffy
plumage is above rufous-chestnut with indicated paler spots, underside paler,
abdomen whitish, wing-spots buff.
This form is a very much darkened subspecies of D. superciliaris of Cape
York. We have thus :
1 . D. superciliaris superciliaris Gould. Cape York Peninsula, N. Queensland.
2. D. superciliaris colcloughi Math. Roper River, Northern Territory.
3. D. superciliaris brevirostris De Vis. S.E. New Guinea, and apparently
Aru Islands, (adjacens Math.)
4. D. superciliaris beccarii Salvad. Arfak Peninsula to Cyclops Mts.
183. Eupetes castanonotus castanonotus Salvad.
Eupeles castanonotus Salvadori. Ann. Mus. Civ. Qenova, vii, p. 966 (1875 — Mt. Morait, on the north-
western coast of the Arfak Peninsula, 700-1000 m. high).
10 (J$ from near Siwi, $ and $ juv. mountains near Ditschi, $ Ninei. " Iris
dark, bill black, feet brownish black."
Weight from 66, 67 in females to 83 in another female, but in males 69-77 g.
Wings cj 94-100, $ 90-96 mm.
As known the rump and upper tail-coverts are blue in the male, but over-
spread with chestnut-red in the females.
The young female has the head and upper back dull dark chestnut-brown,
lores and stripe behind eye dull black, above the latter an indicated paler streak,
lower back and rump darker. Chin and throat white, rest of underside dull
brownish black, wings and tail black, a metallic blue sheen on the rectrices and
some of the inner remiges.
184. Eupetes caerulescens caerulescens Temm.
Eupetes caerulescens Temminck, PI. Col. 574 (1835 — New Guinea, type from Loto).
3 <J, 3 $ Cyclops Mountains and Hoi, 1 q above Wasior (Wandammen).
Iris brown.
The females have the ear-coverts not so deep black or quite greyish blue
and the black line which passes from the lores and the ear-coverts round the
white throat is narrower and sometimes hardly visible.
Weight 44-5-62 g.
185. Eupetes leucostictus leucostictus Scl.
Eupetes leucostictus Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 690, pi. 52 (Hatani. Arfak Mts.).
2 rS, 3 $ Arfak Mountains, Lehuma and Ditschi Mountains.
The true Arfak leucostictus has always been rare in collections, and even
now there is not a large series. The breast is bluish, not greenish.
Weight 41, 46 g.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 87
186. Eupetes leucostictus mayri subsp. nov.
This very striking new subspecies differs from E. leucostictus leucostictus
Scl. from Arfak, in having the forehead to the end of the upper tail-coverts
rufous chestnut instead of greenish-olive. The chest below the triangular black
patch on the throat is greenish olive like the sides of the body. The black
triangular throat-patch has more or less white edges to the feathers, but they
are only a few in some specimens and absent in one, while they are more numerous
and regular in E. I. leucostictus. " Iris dark brown. Bill black. Feet reddish
grey, dirty flesh-colour."
Type: J ad. Wondiwoi, 9.vii.l928. No. 1411 Mayr coll. Wings $
79-81, ? 76-77 mm.
Ernst Mayr sent 4 males, 1 unsexed, 2 $ from Wondiwoi, Wandammen
Peninsula.
It is a pleasure to me to name this fine new subspecies in honour of the
ardent collector, who was at once struck by its red back.
Nobody seems to have ever seen this bird, except in the Tring Museum.
In fact we have had for many years a specimen without sex or indication of
locality, once mounted and then dismounted. We then received a female from
Mount Goliath from which we came to the conclusion that they were the females
of leucostictus of which we had only one bad specimen ! Our conclusion was,
however, quite erroneous, as is now proved beyond doubt. We had also a
specimen from the Mamberano River and two from Mount Kunupi, Weyland
Mountains. We have thus a distribution from the Snow Mountains to the
Mamberano and Wondiwoi Mountains.
Weight 41-5-54-5 g.
187. Eupetes leucostictus loriae Salvad.
Eupetes loriae Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xxxvi, p. 102 (1896— Moroka, S.E. New Guima).
17 (J$ ad., 2 juv. Cyclops Mountains, September 1928.
This subspecies differs from E. leucostictus leucostictus only in the olive-
greenish, not bluish, chest and unspotted black triangle on the jugulum.
Weight 48-54 g.
We have also a male collected on the Rawlinson Mountains by the Rev.
Keysser.
Some of the Cyclops Mountains specimens have somewhat shorter bills
than S.E. Papuan specimens, but this character is not constant enough for
separation.
Description of young, Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 231.
188. Pomareopsis bruijni (Salvad.).
cj$ mountains near Ditschi, Arfak Mountains, 1,300 m.
189. Motacilla cinerea caspica (Gm.).
Parus caspicus (!) S. G. Gmelin, Reise d. Russland, iii, p. 104, Taf. 20, fig. 2 (1774— Enzeli,
S. Caspian Sea).
Budytes Novae-Guineae Meyer, Sitzungsber. Isis Dresden, 1875, p. 74 (Arfak).
An unfortunate "Grey Wagtail" was met with at Siwi, 20. iv. 1928. A
specimen also from Arfak was received by A. B. Meyer, but this Wagtail is rare
in New Guinea.
88 Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1930.
190. Saxicola caprata aethiops (Scl.).
Poecilodryas aethiops Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1880, p. 66, pi. vii, fig. 1 (New Britain).
Pralincola caprutu aethiops Rothschild & Hartert. Nov. Zool. 1907, p. 467 ; Stresemann, Nov. Zool.
six, 1912, p. 322 !
5 (J, 5 $, the latter mostly terribly worn, Ifaar, September and October
1928. " Iris dark brown. Bill black, feet black, in both sexes."
Weight 19-20-5 g. Wings males 74-76, once (worn) only about 72 mm.
191. Locustella Jasciolata (Gray).
Acrocephalus fasciolatus G. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1860, p. 349 (Batjan).
3 $, 1 unsexed Siwi, April and May.
This East Siberian migrant is rather uncommon in collections from New
Guinea, but we had already received bad specimens from Dorey and Yamna
on the north coast from Doherty.
192. Acrocephalus arundinaceus subsp.
In a swamp at Kofo (Anggi gidji) Reed-Warblers were observed 12. vi. and
14.vi. 1928, and one good skin and a spoiled one were sent, both sexed as males.
They were singing and the testes of one were large. This is probably a distinct
subspecies, but as I cannot state differences from some Australian specimens
(Acroc. arundinaceus australis) I cannot give a name to these Arfak birds. The
wings measure 73 and (barely) 69 mm., so probably the second (bad) specimen
is a female. " Iris bleich graubraunlieh."
The wing of A. arundinaceus cervinus De Vis from S.E. New Guinea is said
to be 80 mm. long, but as only one " female " (?) is known, and that was shot
in July, when Australian migrants frequent New Guinea, our knowledge of this
form is most insufficient.
(About the forms of these Reed-Warblers, see Treu-bia, vi, and Festschrift
E. Hartert, Suppl. Journ. f. Orn. 1929.) In Salomonsen's article in the latter
it must be mentioned that the bird which I had carefully refrained from naming
after examination of one male only, and which he named harierti without further
knowledge, came from the island of Luzon. Salomonsen says " Camarines,"
which probably is on Luzon, but who knows " Camarines," while Luzon is
known to everybody.
193. Orthonyx temminckii novaeguineae Mey.
Orthonyx, Novae Guineae A. B. Meyer, Sitsungster. k. Ah. Wien, lxix, p. 74 (1874 — Arfak Mts.
3,500 feet).
c?? Dohunsehik (no labels), ^? Dohunsehik (Issim Valley), 17., 18. vi. 1928.
Weight cJ 56, 57, $ 49 g. Iris dark brown. Wings £ 89, 92, $ 81, 81, 82 mm.
These birds differ from two females and a male from S.E. New Guinea
(Mount Knutsford and Mount Scratchley), in having a little less white on the
under side, the rump being slightly darker rufous-brown, and in having smaller
dimensions. The S.E. form will therefore have to be called O. temminckii
victoriana (van Oort, Notes Leyden Mus. xxx, p. 234, 1909, Mount Victoria,
S.E. Papua), though the description does not quite agree, as it is said to be less
white underneath, and the dimensions do not agree with our specimens. Wings
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 89
in ours J 97, ? 91, also the bills are smaller in the Arfak form. We must
therefore recognize 3 subspecies :
0. temminckii temminckii Ranzani : N.S. Wales to Queensland.
0. t. victoriana van Oort : S.E. New Guinea.
0. t. novaeguineae Mey. : Arfak Peninsula.
194. Pomatorhinus isidori Less.
Pomalorhinus isidori Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool. i, pi. 29 (1929), p. 680 (1930 — Forest in neighbour-
hood of Dorey, Arfak Peninsula).
31? Momi, east coast of Arfak Peninsula, $ Hoi. " Iris light brown. Bill
yellow and brown. Feet dark grey-brown."
195. Neositta papuensis papuensis (Schleg.).
Sitta papuensis Sehlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iv. p. 47 (1871 — Hatam, Arfak Mts.).
(J? Dohunsehik (Issim Valley), J Lehuma, June 1928. " Ring round eye
yellow, iris whitish yellow. Bill yellowish, tip black. Feet light yellow."
Weight 14-15 g. Wings J 84, $ 84 mm.
The two males, one with enlarged testes, have black crowns, the female a
greyish white head with dark grey shaft-lines. This is in opposition to Schlegel's
and Salvador's descriptions, who described the female as black-headed, but I
have no doubt that the black-crowned specimens are the males, as in N. p. albi-
frons (Rams.) from S.E. Papua.
196. Climacteris placens placens Scl.
Climacleris placens Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 693 (Hatam, Arfak Mts.).
cJ Dohunsehik 18. vi. 1928, No. 194.
197. Coracina papuensis papuensis (Gm.).
Corrus papuensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i, p. 371 (1788 — Ex Daubenton and Latham " hab. in Nova
Guinea," doubtless western New Guinea, probably Arfak Peninsula).
Only two males from Ifaar, September 1928.
Weight 66, 67 g. " Iris dark."
198. Coracina caeruleogrisea strenua (Schleg.).
Campephar/a strenua Sehlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iv, p. 44 (1871 — Jobi and Arfak Peninsula
I select as the terra typica of the name strenua : Arfak Peninsula !).
A series of both sexes from Siwi, $ Ditschi, series from the Cyclops Mountains.
I call these birds strenua, restricting the terra typica of that name to the
Arfak Peninsula. I separate these birds from C. caeruleogrisea caeruleogrisea
from the Aru Islands, because they are darker and more blue-grey than the
distinctly paler Aru birds !
Specimens from S.E. New Guinea, as far as the Hydrographer Range, are
somewhat intermediate, but more like the Aru form. Young birds have pointed
and white-tipped rectrices. A young male from Siwi is partially albinistic,
having the greater part of the downy head and neck and underside white ;
growing feathers are blue-grey, but some greater wing-coverts white.
In the Cyclops Mountains the sexual organs were greatly enlarged.
90 Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1930.
199. Coracina lineata axillaris (Salvad.).
Graueulus axillaris Salvadori, Ann. Mvs. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 925 (1875 — Arfak Peninsula).
1 cj, 3 $ Siwi, April and May. " Iris bright light yellow, bill and feet
black."
Weight 70-73-5 g.
The barring on the underside of the females reaches higher up in some
specimens than in others.
200. Coracina boyeri boyeri (Gray).
Campephaga Boyeri G. R. Gray, Gen. B. i, p. 283 (1846 — Ex Hombron & Jacq., west coast of New
Guinea, by which no doubt the coast of the Berau Peninsula was meant).
cJSiwi, 24. iv. 1928.
201. Edolisoma incertum incertum (Mey.).
Campephaga incerta A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsl er. k. Akad. Wien, Ixix, p. 387 (1874 — Jobi).
cj$$ Siwi, (J Cyclops Mountains.
Weight 54-57 g.
The female is much like the male, the slight differences are well described
by Stresemann. E. incertum sharpei seems after all not to differ, but we are
handicapped by the want of Jobi specimens !
202. Edolisoma morio mullerii Salvad.
Edoliisoma mullerii Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 927 (1875 — Xew name for Muller's
Utanata specimens).
1 £ juv., 5 $ Hoi and Ifaar. No adult male was obtained.
Weight 61-71 g.
203. Edolisoma montanum montanum (Mey.).
Campephaga montana (errore " monlona," but corrected in same volume and year) A. B. Meyer
Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wien, lxix, p. 386 (1874 — Arfak Mts.).
<J§ ad. Siwi, Ditschi and Cyclops Mountains. " Iris dark."
Weight 65-75 g.
Wings ^ 136-142 mm. In E. m. minus from S.E. New Guinea the wings
rarely surpass 130 in males, and are mostly 129-130 mm. Two females from
Cyclops Mountains have more black on the throat, but this seems" to vary
somewhat.
204. Edolisoma melan melan (Less.).
Lanius melas Lesson, Man. d'Orn. i, p. 128 (1828 — Dorey, Arfak).
(J Manokwari, <$ Wasior, <J Hollandia.
$ Siwi, $ Momi, $ Hollandia, $ Cyclops Moimtains. " Iris dark."
205. Lalage atrovirens atrovirens (Gray).
Campephaga (Lalage) atrovirens G. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861, pp. 430, 435 (Mysol).
2 <J Ifaar (Sentani Lakes), 23. ix. 1928.
Weight both 30 g.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 91
206. Pitta macklotii macklotii Temm.
Pitta Macklotii Temminck, PI. Col. 547 (1834 — From a specimen collected at Lobo Bay, Triton Bay).
cJ ad. Siwi, Arfak Mountains, 1. v. 1928.
2 <J ad. Momi, east coast of Arfak Peninsula, 30. vi. 1928.
cJ juv. Momi, 29. vi. 1928.
$ ad. Manokwari, Arfak, 9.iv.l928.
These birds are typical macklotii, agreeing with others from Waigiu, Kapaur,
the Lower Snow Mountains Range, the Fly River, S.E. New Guinea (except the
utmost east, i.e. Milne Bay, Chad's Bay, Mullen's Harbour, to the Kumusi
River, where P. m. loriae lives, and a mountain district on the Upper Aroa
River, where P. m. oblita is found), and specimens from Simbang and Sattelberg.
Huon Gulf.
While the island forms are very easy to understand (gazellae New Britain,
Rooke Island, novaehibernicae New Ireland, finschi D'Entrecasteaux Islands,
meeki Rossell Island, and the very closely allied Jcuehni and aruensis) we had
not hitherto understood the forms from New Guinea itself. As it is the birds
from the north coast : Humboldt Bay Region, Hollandia and Cyclops Mountains,
and Potsdam Harbour, differ, as quite well described by Finsch in having a
much brighter red nape, which reaches to the hind part of the eyes. The other
points mentioned by Finsch are not characteristic for this form, but also found
in P. m. macklotii.
A synonym of P. in. macklotii is also Pitta mackloti yorki Mathews, Nov.
Zool. xviii, p. 299, 1912. P. m. macklotii is very rare in the northern Cape
York Peninsula, and specimens from there do not differ from others from New
Guinea. This form had already been named Pitta digglesi by Rrefft, Ibis, 1869,
p. 350. It is true that Krefft's specimen, though said to have been obtained at
Cape York, might possibly have come from New Guinea, because the veracity
of the collector was doubted by Krefft, but the name digglesi was given to the
Cape York bird " if that should prove to be distinct from the New Guinea Pitta
mackloti " ; Mathews could therefore not say that it was from New Guinea, and
that the name " is therefore a synonym of P. m. macklotii," though it is virtually
a nonien nudum.
207. Pitta macklotii habenichti Finsch.
Pitta Habenichti Finsch, Ore. Monatsher. 1912, pp. 102, 127 (near Potsdamhafen on the north coast
of Kaiser. Wilhelmsland).
16 rj$ ad., 1 juv., Hoi, Hollandia and Cyclops Mountains.
" Iris dark brown, bill black, feet greyish."
Weight 72-89 g.
In one male, 8.viii.l928, the testes were enlarged. Wings c? 102-109,
110, 3 $ 101, 108, 108 mm.
All specimens are alike, no striking variation.
208. Pitta atricapilla atricapilla Quoy et Gaimard.
Pitta atricapilla Quoy et Oaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i, p. 258, pi. 8, fig. 3 (1830 — Dorey).
Pitta norae-guineae Miiller & Schlegel.
<S Momi, 29. vi., <$ Wasior 24.vii.1928.
" Iris dark brown. Bill black. Feet greyish pink, pale brownish flesh."
A fine series ^? Hollandia and Ifaar.
92 XoVlTATES ZOOLOQICAE XXXVI. 1930.
These birds are in fine, fresh plumage, but in a few the colours of the under-
side are less dark and less vivid, the blue less bright.
A series from Dampier Island on the north coast of the Mandated Territory,
collected in March 1914 by A. Eichhorn for A. S. Meek, were recorded by us as
P. atricapilla atricapilla, but comparing them again with our now considerable
series we find that the Dampier birds are duller, darker, on the breast, and the
back is also slightly darker green in the series. It is therefore desirable in
our opinion to call attention to this fact by a name, and I propose to call the
Dampier bird
Pitta atricapilla hebetior, subsp. nov.
Type: <J Dampier Island, 9.iii. 1914. No. 6789 of the Meek collections,
collected by Albert Eichhorn.
209. Melampitta lugubris Schleg.
Melampitta lugubris Sehlegel, Ned. Tijdsc.hr. Dierk. iv, p. 47 (1871 — Arfak Peninsula).
8 (J$ ad. Lehuma, mountains near Ditschi, Dohunsehik in the Issim Valley.
" Iris $ red, $ brown. Bill and feet black."
Weight 41-5, 43, 45, 49 g.
Wings " J " 83-87, " $ " 79-83 mm.
Compared with specimens from S.E. New Guinea the bills of the Arfak
birds are generally very short, but there is not enough constancy to separate
them.
Mellopilta lugubris rostrata Ogilvie-Grant 1913 was described from a single
stout-billed individual, and is apparently a synonym of the typical Arfak form.
210. Melampitta gigantea (Rothsch.).
Mellopilta gigantea Rothschild, Orn. Monatsber. 1899, p. 137 (" Mt. Moari," 3,000 feet. Mt. Moari is,
however, not near Humboldt Bay, but on the east coast of the Arfak Peninsula near Oransbari,
and it is Moari and not " Maori ").
cj ad. Siwi, 15. v. 1928. " Iris dark brown. Bill and feet black."
Weight 205 g. Wing about 143, tail 140 mm.
This specimen is entirely black. Its tail is much longer than that of the
other known specimens, i.e. the type from Mount Moari, a male and a female
from the Snow Mountains, one in the British, one in the Tring, Museum. The
tails of our other two specimens are, however, very much worn off at the tip.
Even in the male collected by Mayr, the webs of the rectrices, except towards
the base, are disintegrated and the feathers wide. This might be looked upon
as a generic character, but otherwise this rare bird is just a gigantic M. lugubris
even the young being brown as in the latter.
Nothing is known about the habits and eggs of Melampitta !
211. Caprimulgus macrurus yorki Math.
Caprimulgus macrurus yorki Mathews, Nov. Zool. xviii, p. 291 (1912 — Cape York).
$ Momi, ^$ Wasior, $ Hollandia, 4 (J Ifaar.
I do not see how these birds can be separated from the Cape York form,
which Mathews called yorki.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 93
G. m. albolaxatus Rothsch. & Hart., Nov. Zool. xxv, 1918, pp. 323, 324,
was described from the " chain of islands from New Britain to Vulcan (Manu-
mudar, Volcano) Islands," and the type from Volcan island has the white on
the outer rectrices much longer, i.e. 64 mm. long, and the white patch on the
outer primary touches the shaft.
In our large series there is no other specimen with so much white on the
outer rectrices, and the white on the outer primary is also usually less
extended.
Streseinann mentions specimens from New Britain, one from Ramu, and
one from Stephansort with as much and more white (64, 65, 73 mm.), but it is
accidental that his single specimens from Queensland and Arfak have only
40 mm. long white ! As it is, I fear that albolaxatus is based on specimens with
abnormally much white, otherwise it must be restricted to the islands from
New Britain to Vulcan Islands, and perhaps the adjoining coast of Papua, but
it is not found at Hollandia, Ifaar and Arfak, where C. m. yorki occurs.
212. Collocalia fuciphaga mayri subsp. nov.
This apparently new form is nearest to C. fuciphaqa hirundinacea Stres.,
but the tarsus is more thickly covered with dark brown feathers, all over, by
which it differs also from all other known forms of fuciphaga. The wing measures
about 110 mm.
Type a unique male specimen from Siwi, Arfak Mountains, shot 25. v.
1928.
It is perfectly true that none of our G. fuciphaga hirundinacea from the
Setekwa River (terra typical of hirundinacea) has such thickly covered tarsi.
I am obliged to Dr. Stresemann for his comparing our single specimen with his
hirundinacea. Unfortunately the wings and tail are slightly damaged.
213. Collocalia esculenta esculenta (L.).
Hirundo esculenta Linnaeus, Syst. Xal. ed. x, i, p. 191 (1758 — China, errore. Terra typica Amboina-
ex Rumphius).
3 $ only from Siwi, 14. v. and 29. iv. 1928.
Weight 6-5 and 7 g.
214. Hemiprocne mystacea mystacea (Less).
3 $ ad. Ifaar. Wings 231-234-5 mm. Eggs in ovary very large.
(J Ninei, (J Wasior, 25.vii. 1928.
Weight 71 g.
215. Lyncornis papuensis (Sohleg.).
Caprimulgus papuensis Schlegel, Ncderl. Tijdschr. Dierktinde, iii, p. 340 (1866 — Salwatti and neigh-
bouring coast of New Guinea).
One bad specimen knocked over by natives at Wasior (Wandammen),
19. vii. 1928. Wing about 190 mm.
(Mathews in " Syst. Av. Australasianarum," i, p. 395, gave quite a misleading
and fanciful accoimt of the status of this species. He says that L. papuensis
(Schleg.) was described from Salwatti and that the form from the Papuan
" mainland " is a different subspecies. There is, however, no reason whatever
for this construction. Schlegel described papuensis from Salwatti and the
94 XnYITATKS ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
western B rau Peninsula, not from Salwatti alone ! From that one must infer
that Salwatti and New Guinea specimens are alike, and Mathews, who has not
compared the specimens from various localities, had no right whatever to assume
that papuensis was restricted to Salwatti, and that New Guinea itself held
another subspecies.)
210. Aegotheles cristata affinis Salvad.
Aegolheles affinis Salvador), Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 917 (1875 — Arfak Mts.).
5 $, 1 $ Siwi, mountains near Siwi, May 1928. " Iris dark brown. Bill
blackish brown and black. Feet greyish pink, whitish brown."
Weight 41-5-48-5, 53, 60 g. Wings <$ 130-136, $ 139 mm.
It is with great satisfaction that I register this fine little series of a most
rare bird, of which hitherto only the single type seems to have been known.
Cf. Hartert, Ibis, 1896, p. 375, pi. vii ; Tierreich, Lief, i, p. 11, 1897.
This form is nearest to Ae. c. bennetti from S.E. New Guinea, but the mark-
ings on the upperside are coarser, those on the crown generally larger, the light
nape-band generally wide, but sometimes only indicated, the ear-coverts through-
out less blackish, more or less rufous, bars on tail generally sharp and somewhat
wider. Larger, wings of Ae. c. bennetti 121-129 mm.
Ae. c. wiedenfeldi Laubm. is closely allied to bennetti, but larger, tail
longer, wings about 1 cm. longer, markings fine as in bennetti (not coarse
as in affinis), generally darker, nape-band often wider, white or brown.
We have it from Simbang, the Sattelberg, Holnicote Bay and the Kumusi
River !
It is unavoidable to treat these forms as subspecies of the Australian
novaehollandiae, or rather cristata as it is now called, because of a few months
priority !
In Ae. c. affinis the imdcrside is whitish, throat to breast barred with brownish
black, but in some specimens the throat down to the breast is rusty-buff, and
along the middle a more or less unbarred brownish buff line. This is not
dependent on sex or age. Abdomen and under tail-coverts are white.
217. Aegotheles albertisi albertisi Sol.
Aegotheles alhertisi Sclater, Pror. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 696 (Arfak Mts.).
Aegolheles duhius A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wien, xlix, p. 75 (1874 — Arfak Mts., 3,550 feet).
1 § mountains near Siwi, 1 $ Lehuma, 1 $ mountains near Ditschi, 1 <J
Kofo (Anggi gidji), Ernst Mayr coll., 1 $ Arfak Mountains, 2,000 m. Shaw
Mayer coll. " Iris brown. Bill blackish. Feet flesh-colour, whitish, pale
pink."
Weight 25, 30, 30-5 g. Wings 119, 120, 123 mm.
The colour of the upperside varies from foxy rufous to rufous brown, dark
chestnut to almost black. Most specimens have a white collar, but sometimes
it is obsolete, in one female quite absent.
Ae. albertisi salvadorii Hart. 1892 (synonym Ae. rufescens Salvad. 1896,
both described from the Moroka district in S.E. New Guinea !) is a very closely
allied form, differing only in the somewhat less dark and less bright colour of
the upperside from true albertisi ! The upperside varies from cinnamon-red
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1930. 95
to brownish chestnut and blackish brown, the white collar is mostly very distinct,
but sometimes quite obsolete. Wings 113-122, once 126 mm. We have a
wonderful series of 34 specimens.
218. Aegotheles (?).
1 <J Wondiwoi (Wandanimen), 10.vii.1928.
Weight 44-5 g.
" Iris brownish. Bill dark horn-colour. Feet pale pink."
I do not venture to say what this bird is. It has the markings of Ae. albertisi
salvadorii, but the wings are 138 mm. long ! It is a young bird, as the six rectrices
that are left and the tips of the wings show. The ear-coverts are rather pale
cinnamon rufous.
If more material were to hand it would probably become clear whether
this bird belongs to a very large subspecies of Ae. albertisi, or whether it is a
giant (or another species ?).
219. Aegotheles insignis insignis Salvad.
Aegotheles insignis Salvadori, Ann. Mns. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 916 (1875 — Hattun, Arfak Mts.) ; Hartert,
Ibis, 1896, p. 375, pi. vi.
$ Lehuma, $ above Ditschi, $ Dohunsehik, $ Wondiwoi.
Of this form as far as I know, only the type had hitherto been recorded,
though a $ from Mount Kunupi, Weyland Mountains, 6,000 feet, collected by
Pratt Bros, and recorded by Lord Rothschild as Ae. pulcher, belongs, in my
opinion, to Ae. insignis insignis, but this requires confirmation from more speci-
mens. The iris is described as ochre, light ochre, dark ochre, and dark brown,
bill brownish horn, feet pale pink. Wings <$ 164, 170, $ 160, 162 mm. The
Weyland Mountains bird " $ " 165 mm.
In 1898, Bull. B.O. Club, viii, p. viii, I described from a single specimen
from the " mountains of British New Guinea " Aegotheles pulcher. This was
bought in London, but was collected by Emil Weiske, the preparation being
unmistakable, and almost certain came from the Upper Aroa River, where
Meek found this bird later on quite common. When describing it nothing
was known of Ae. insignis except the type, which I had, a few years before,
examined, through the kindness of Dr. Gestro. I then stated the smaller size
and certain colour differences. In 1907, Nov. Zool. xiv, pp. 456, 457, Lord
Rothschild and I said clearly that pulcher is " doubtless a subspecies of Ae.
insignis from Arfak, which is very similar."
We there described the stupendous variations in the colour and markings,
and in fact they are the same in the two subspecies, though among the few
specimens from Western New Guinea there are not any so light and bright as
some of the pulcher are.
In fact there is no difference between the two races, except the larger size
of pulcher, which have wings ranging from 166 to 180 mm., against 155 (type),
160, 162, 164, 165, 170 mm. in insignis insignis. From the Aroa River I have
examined 34 specimens.
The insignis from the Weyland Mountains is the darkest specimen seen,
but one from Avera on the Upper Aroa River is almost quite as dark.
96 XuVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
22iK Podargus papuensis papuensis Quoy et Gaim.
Podarntx papuensis Quoy et Gaimard. Yoy. Astrolabe, Zool. i, p. 207, Atlas pi. 13 (1830 — Dorey,
Ariak).
<J$ Ditschi, 28. v. 1928. The male is greyish, the female more or less
rufous-brownish, q Wasior, 23.vii.1928.
Weight 325, 445 g.
Mathews described the Waigiu form as P. p. conigravi, saying that the
specimens were " distinctly darker," but he had no material justifying this
statement. On the other hand, it seems that the Cape York form (Nov. Zool.
xviii, p. 281), P. p. baileyi and P. p. rogersi Mathews, is in the series a lighter
form, and probably the Merauke form P. p. pitmiltts Stres. (Orn. Monatsber.
1927, p. 87) is also different, and possibly the Aru and Mysol birds may belong
to it or to other small forms.
The iris is described as yellow, in one red (probably blood ?).
221. Podargus ocellatus ocellatus Quoy et Gaimard.
Podargus ocellatus Quoy et Gaimard, Yoy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 208, Atlas pi. xiv (1830 — Dorey,
Arfak).
1 <J Cyclops Mountains, 29.viii. 1928. "Iris dark brown."
Weight 156 g.
222. Merops ornatus Lath.
cJ Siwi, 27. iv. 1928. In beautiful fresh plumage.
" $ 1. " Manokwari, 9.iv. 1928. (Is evidently a female.)
5 Wasior (Wandammen), 19.vii.1928. In moult.
A migrant from Australia.
223. Merops philippinus salvadorii Mey.
Merops salvadorii A. B. Meyer, Ibis, 1891, p. 294 (New Britain).
§ ad. Ifaar, 16. ix. 1928. Weight 43 g. Ovary small. " Iris red."
This specimen is very little more yellowish on the upperside than M. ph.
philippinus, but the underside is much less green, rather golden brownish ; only
the middle of the abdomen is pale green. The stripe under the black band along
the sides of the head is very pale blue, but there are specimens of M. ph. philip-
pinus in which it is equally pale. Not known so far west.
224. Eurystomus orientalis crassirostris Scl.
Eurystomus crassirostris Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1869, p. 121 (" Solomon Is." errore. terra
typica New Britain).
<J$ Siwi, cj Wasior.
Weight 180, 185, 195 g.
(" E. o. waigiouensis " is erroneously kept as a separate subspecies by
Mathews.)
225. Eurystomus orientalis pacificus (Lath.).
A specimen from Manokwari, 9.iv.l928. Further specimens were wisely
not collected.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 97
226. Rhyticeros plicatus ruficollis (Vieill.).
? Momi, S Hoi.
227. Alcyone azurea ochrogaster Rchw.
Alycone ochrogaster Reichenow, Journ.f. Orti. 1903, p. 149 (Kaiser-Wilhelmsland, type from Ramu).
Alcyone azurea distincta, Mathews B. Austr. vii, p. 94 (1918 — Humboldt Bay, North New Guinea).
2 tj, 1 $ Ifaar, September and October.
Weight 33, 35, 36 g.
The form from the Mandated Territory and the north coast as far as Ifaar
and Humboldt Bay is very much lighter on the underside and distinguishable
at first glance.
228. Ceyx lepidus solitarius Temm.
Ceyx solitaria Temminck, PI. Col. 595 (1836 — Lobo Bay).
? Siwi, $ Wasior (Wandammen).
Weight 14-5, 15-5 g.
It seems a bit daring to call these smaller, slender-billed birds subspecies
of lepidus, but C. I. sacerdotis R. & H. connects the two supposed species wonder-
fully. I therefore follow Stresemann in treating this form and a number of
allies as subspecies of lepidus. Ceyx is of course of masculine gender, though
we have mechanically followed the Catalogue of Birds, Salvadori and others, in
treating it as feminine.
229. Alcyone pusilla pusilla (Temm.).
Ceyx pusilla Temminck, PI. Col. 595 (1836— Lobo Bay).
J? Ifaar, $ Hollandia.
Weight 13 and 14 g.
(Mathews admits a subspecies assimilis Diggles, Trans. Phil. Soc. Queens-
land, ii, p. 6, 1873, described from Cape York, but according to Mathews from
the Aru Islands. I fail to see how he can make this out from the description,
as the Cape York bird is very much like the Aru bird, which seems not to differ
from typical pusilla.)
230. Syma torotoro torotoro Less.
Syma torotoro Lesson, Bull. Sci. Nat. Ferussac, xi, p. 443 (1827 — Dorey, Arfak).
2 $ Siwi, 2 £ Wasior (Wandammen), 2 $ and 1 ^ juv. (bill quite black)
Hollandia, <J Ifaar, Sentani Lakes.
Weight 44, 45, 49-5, 52 g.
Wings $ 81, 81, $ 79, 80, 81, 82, 84 mm.
These are the only Syma that have come to hand. The treatment of this
genus and its forms has so far been varied and sometimes peculiar. The form
named megarhyncha has been treated as a different species by Rothschild &
Hartert, Stresemann, Mathews and others.
In my opinion, however, megarhyncha is just a mountain form, representing
the smaller ones on the hills ; thus we have on the mountains of S.E. New
Guinea and on the Snow Mountains the big megarhyncha, on the Sattelberg
(and probably other hills of N.E. Papua) the sellamontis. The latter is hardly
distinguishable from S. t. torotoro, but a little larger, wing $ 84, according to
Stresemann (once) 88, $ 86, 87, 89 mm., bill slightly larger. In some adult
7
98 XOVITATES ZOOLOGK'AK XXXVI. 1930.
males the bill is entirely yellow, but even old females have the top of the oilmen,
at least near the tip, black, but one female has an entirely yellow bill.
Mathews named specimens from the Lower Snow Mountains Syma torotoro
pseustes (B. Auslr. vii, p. 113, 1918), because they were named differently by
various authors. He also said they differed from meeki by having bluer tails
and darker upperside, but this seems not to be the case.
Therefore, as far as I could judge at jjresent, the following subspecies can
be distinguished :
Syma torotoro torotoro Less. Arfak to Sepik River, and apparently Western
Papuan Islands.
Syma torotoro tentelare Hart. Aru Islands.
Syma torotoro meeki R. & H. S.E. New Guinea, west to Lower Snow
Mountains, north to Kai Peninsula (Simbang, Heldsbach).
Syma torotoro ochracea R. & H. D'Entrecasteaux Islands.
Syma torotoro flavirostris Gould. North Queensland.
Syma torotoro megarhyncha Salvad. Mountains of S.E. New Guinea and
Snow Mountains. (Synonym S. torotoro wellsi Math. 1918.)
Syma torotoro sellamontis Rehw. Mountains of N.E. New Guinea.
(Mathews named also a specimen from Humboldt Bay in the British Museum
of the true S. t. torotoro, calling it Syma torotoro connectens. In his Syst. Av.
Australas. p. 371, he places this name as a synonym of S. megarhyncha sella-
montis. The only specimen I found in the Brit. Mus. is, however, as I have
said, S. t. torotoro and not sellamontis ! It must be mentioned that the sub-
species of Syma described by Mathews in the Brit. Mus. are not named on the
labels, nor are the type specimens marked !)
231. Melidora macrorhina macrorhina (Less.).
Dacelo macrorhinm Lesson, Bull. Sci. Nat. Ferusaac, xii. p. 131, 1827, and Voy. CoquiUe, Zoo!. Atlas
pi. 31 his, 1829 (both the same birds, collected by Lesson at Dorey).
1 " $" Siwi, 24. v. 1928. This specimen is not adult, as shown by the
partially brown underside. The spots on the tips of the black feathers of the
crown are not brownish green, but greenish blue, a good many feathers on
the crown are wanting. It seems to me that this specimen must be an
immature male.
Unfortunately the only specimen from Arfak sent.
In a large series from Arfak, Snow Mountains and S.E. New Guinea the
wings measure 114-122 mm.
232. Melidora macrorhina jobiensis Salvad.
Melidora jobiensis Salvadori, Orn. Pap. e Jlohicc. i, p. 502 (1880 — Jobi Island).
$Hol, 4.viii.l928.
2 ^ ad., 1 $ juv., 4 $ Ifaar, September and October. Wings 117-124 mm.
Weight 90-125 g ! On 19. ix. 1928 a $ with very large eggs was shot.
The form from Jobi and along the north coast to the Astrolabe Bay. It
has been recognized that the males are practically indistinguishable, while the
females have no greenish tips or fringes to the feathers of the crown, but in a
female from Ifaar (No. 2599) they are present, though very narrow. This
subspecies is therefore not absolutely constant, but must be recognized. The
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 99
S.E. New Guinea has twice been named : M. goldiei Ramsay 1876, M. collaris
Sharpe, 1877, the latter because it had a white nuchal collar, which is usually
very prominent in S.E. New Guinea, but sometimes obsolete. On the other
hand, the white nuchal band is often obsolete or quite absent in Arfak and in
jobiensis, along the north coast, but if the skins are made with too short a neck,
it is difficult to make out.
With regard to the remarks in Nov. Zool. 1901, p. 149, it must be said,
that " Mount Maori " (rectius Mount Moari) is not near Humboldt Bay, but on
the east coast of the Arfak Peninsula !
[Melidora macrorhina waigiuensis subsp. nov.
Specimens from Waigiu are evidently larger: Wing $ 128, 126, $ 132 in
a juvenile 3 124 mm. I therefore think I am justified in naming the Waigiu
form as above. The female has only very faintly indicated greenish glossy edges
to the feathers of the crown.
Type : $ not quite adult Waigiu, 26.xii. 1902. John Waterstradt coll.]
233. Sauromarptis gaudichaud (Quoy et Gaim.).
Dacelo Gaudkliaud Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. Uranie, Zool. p. 112, pi. 25 (1825 — New Guinea).
$ Manokwari, $ Siwi, $ Wasior, 2 ^, 1 $ (ovary medium) Ifaar, 2 <£,
3 $ Hoi.
234. Halcyon sancta sancta Vig. & Horsf.
Halcyon sanctus Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, xv, p. 206 (1827 — Australia).
(It seems to me that there is only one form all over Australia, the names
ramsayi Mathews, westralasianus Campbell and confusus Math, being synonyms.)
2 $ Manokwari, cJ9 Siwi, 2 § Hollandia. Sexual organs small.
Two specimens from Siwi and Manokwari, April 1928, are extremely bluish.
Such blue birds have been named westralasianus and ramsayi, but I cannot see
that they are geographical forms, nor anything else than invididual variations,
and most of them are in abraded condition ; the type of ramsayi from N.W.
Australia, August, however, is in beautifully fresh plumage. Similarly blue
specimens we have, for example, from Bathurst in N.S. Wales, Sudest Island,
March, and Talasea, New Britain, May 5th.
(Mathews applies the name Alcyone ruficollaris Bankier to Halcyon sancta,
but this is quite impossible, as a glance at the description shows. Obviously
Bankier's bird was an Alcyone, the legs being described as reddish-yellow, while
Halcyon sancta has brown feet ; in fact ruficollaris is a synonym of Alcyone
azurea pulchra, and the first words " plumage glossy green " are a misprint for
glossy blue, all the rest of the diagnosis referring to A. a. pulchra.)
235. Tanysiptera hydrocharis galatea Gray.
Tanysiplem galatea. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1859, p. 154 (Dorey).
2 <J, 3 $ Momi. " Iris deep brown. Bill red, Feet dirty yellowish green,"
Weight 60-67 g.
tj Wasior, 19.vii.1928,
Weight 64 g.
100 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
236. Tanysiptera hydrocharis nieyeri Salvad.
Tanysiptera meyeri Salvadori, Omit. Pap. e Mol., Agg. p. 54 (1889 — Kafu).
$ ad. Ifaar, 2.x. 1928.
Weight 63 g.
Ovary much enlarged.
cj juv. Hollandia, 12.viii. 1928.
237. Tanysiptera sylvia mira subsp. nov.
Differs from T. s. salvadoriana in having the blue outer webs to the elongated
middle rectrices and outer upper tail-coverts of a deeper, somewhat purplish
blue, instead of a dull, paler, almost greenish blue. Also the underside is slightly
richer rufous cinnamon.
Weight o 55, $ 54 g. Wings $ about 100 mm., but all three moulting.
Type : $ Ifaar, 30. ix. 1928. No. 2715 Mayr coll.
2 $ Hollandia, 1 q Ifaar.
T. s. salvadoriana has hitherto only been known from S.E. New Guinea,
and very few specimens are in collections. It is therefore quite surprising to
find the form on the north coast near Humboldt Bay !
It is of course not surprising that the specimens differ slightly from salva-
doriana. Unfortunately all three are moulting and no more were collected.
238. Cacomantis castaneiventris arfakianus Salvad.
Cacomantis arfakianus Salvadori, Orn. Pap. e Mol., Aggiunte, i, p. 49 (1889 — Arfak Mts. and Western
Papuan Islands).
7 ^ Siwi, 1 ^ Kofo, Anggi gidji, $ mountains near Ditschi, $ Wondiwoi,
cj pull, from nest of Sericornis arfakiana, 1 $ juv. Siwi.
The old birds do not differ in colour from our series of C. c. weiskei Rchw. =
C. c. bihagi Math.1), but their wings are 109-115, mostly 110-112, the Wondiwoi
$ only 103-5 mm., while in the S.E. subspecies (iveiskei) the wings range from
111 to 118 and even 119 mm. In the young birds from Arfak the underside is
greyish brown, middle of abdomen white or whitish, while in the south-eastern
form it is uniformly cinnamon-brown all over the underside.
The iris of the adults is reddish grey or brown, the eyelid has a yellow
edge.
All these birds hardly differ from C. castaneiventris castaneiventris, except
that the four specimens I have seen of the latter are underneath paler — but some
Arfak ones are just as pale !
239. Cacomantis variolosus infaustus Cab. & Heine.
Curuhis assimilis Gray 1858, nee Brehm, 1831.
Caromantis infaustus Cabanis & Heine, Mils. Hein. iv, p. 23 (1862 — Misol !).
Cacomantis variolosus infaustus Hartert, Nov. Zool. xxxii, p. 167 (1925).
Two quite young birds (pulli) taken from nest of Malurus alb. alboscajmlatus
30. iv. and 16. v. 1928.
4 <J ad., J? juv. Siwi, May 1928.
Weight 26-5-38 g.
" Iris of adults dark brown or brownish, edge of eyelid yellowish grey,
1 Cf. Nov. Zool. xxxii, 1925, pp. 170, 171.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 101
yellow, grey. Iris of young whitish grey or pale light brown." Wings of adult
males 115-124 mm.
One of the adults is underneath almost pure grey, vent and under tail-
coverts rufous, the other three (perhaps not quite so old) have the whole under-
side from the jugulum downwards suffused with rufous.
240. Cacomantis pyrrhophanus excitus R. & H.
Cacomantis excitus Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. xiv, p. 436 (1907 — "In montibus Novae
Guineae meridionalis orientalis ").
Cacomantis cineraceus excitus Hartert, Nov. Zool. xxxii, 1925, p. 173.
Cacomantis pyrrhophanus excitus Hartert, Nov. Zool. xxxiii, 1926, p. 56 !
1 $ ad. above Ditschi, Arfak Peninsula Mountains, 30. v. 1928. " Iris dark
brown, bill black, feet brownish yellow."
Weight 42 g. Wings 140 mm.
Hitherto only known from the mountains of S.E. New Guinea, and rare in
collections !
241. Chalcites ruficollis (Salvad.).
Lamprococcyx ruficollis Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 913 (1875 — Arfak Mts.).
1 § Wondiwoi, Wandammen Peninsula, 1,300 m., 13. vii. 1928.
Weight 23-5 g. Ovary very large !
242. Chalcites meyerii (Salvad.).
Chrysococcyx splendidus Meyer, nee Gray !
Chrysococcyx meyerii Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi, p. 82 (1874 — Hatam, Arfak Mts.).
4 (J, 3 $ Siwi and Lehuma, Arfak, 1 Cyclops Mountains with enlarged testes.
Weight 17-21-5 g.
As is well known, the female has the forehead to beyond the e37es chestnut-
rufous, the male dark metallic green.
243. Caliechthrus leucolophus (Miill.).
Cuculus leucolophus S. Midler, Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned. Indie, Land- en Volkenkunde, p. 22 (1840 —
Lobo Bay).
1 adult, 1 juv. (in moult, plumage partially still softer and fluffier and
brownish black, instead of glossy blue-black) Hollandia and Cyclops Mountains.
244. Cuculus pallidus (Lath.).
Columha pallida Latham, Index Orn., Suppl. p. lx (1801 — New South Wales, descr. from one of
Watling's drawings).
1 (J juv. Momi, 25. vi. 1928.
245. Microdynamis parva (Salvad.).
Eudynamis parva Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 486 (1875 — Said to be from Tidore,
but apparently come from Arfak !).
1 J ad. Ifaar, 1 .x. 1928. " Iris red. Bill and feet black."
This specimen is darker on the underside, and a little darker above, than
our specimens from S.E. New Guinea, which, however, vary. As a quite young
bird from Mount Moari (Arfak Peninsula) and one from the island of Ron in
ll)2 Novitates Zoolouicae XXXVI. 1930.
the Geelvink Bay are also more or less darker. I think it is quite possible that
the south-eastern may be separable, but from the scanty material so far available
this cannot be done.
246. Centropus menbeki menbeki Less. & Garnot.
Centropus menbeki Lesson et Garnot, Yoy. Coguille, Zool. Atlas, pi. xxxiii, p. 600 (1828— N.W.
New Guinea, meaning Arfak).
2 ^ ad. Ifaar.
Weight 430, 460 g.
<J9 Wasior, <$ juv. Momi. " Iris in adults red, young yellowish brown."
247. Centropus nigricans (Salvad.).
PolopMlHs nigricans Salvadori, Ann. Mils. Civ. Genova. ix, p. 17 (1S76— Naiabui and Yule Island).
3 <J, 1 $ Ifaar, September and October 1st, 1928. " Iris red, bill black,
feet dark grey. Testes large, ovary very large."
Weight $ 180, 210, 225, 9 300 g. Wings $ 197-200, $ 220 mm.
It is known that in these Papuan Centropus the females are generally larger
than the males.
(Mathews treats nigricans as a subspecies of spilopterus, but this cannot
be accepted. In fact it is much nearer to Centropus phasianinus, having the
light brown markings on wings and tail throughout life, and it may be looked
upon as a subspecies of the latter, though it appears in Mathews' list in a different
genus.)
248. Centropus bemsteini Schleg.
Cenlropus bemsteini Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierh. iii, p. 257 (1866— Either Salwatti or opposite
coast region of Papua, but in vol. iv, p. 11, it is said that the type came from Salwatti ; it
has, however, never again been found on that island, but in many localities in northern and
southern Papua, as far east as Simbang and Sattelberg. It was therefore indefensible for
Mathews to restrict its habitat to Salwatti).
5 <J ad., 2 ? ad., Ifaar, 1 $ juv. Momi. " Iris dark brown ! Bill and feet
black or blackish."
Weight <J 130-150, ? 160 and 200 g. Wings (J 168-179, $ 179-182 mm.
(Mathews' experiment to consider both C. nigricans and C. bemsteini to
be subspecies of spilopterus is a bad error, as both occur in the same areas and
have fundamental differences.)
249. Lorius lory lory (L.).
PsiUactu lory Linnaeus, Sysl. Nat. Ed. x. i, p. 100 (1758—" Habitat in India orientali," ex Edwards
pi. 170. Substituted terra typica Berau Peninsula).
9 Ditschi, 8 c?9 Siwi. " Iris yellow."
Weight 165-200 g.
250. Lorius lory rubiensis Mey.
Lorius erythrolhorax rubiensis A. B. Meyer, Abh. Mus. Dresden, No. 3, 1892-93, p. 10 (1893— Rubi,
S. Geelvink Bay).
cJ Wasior, coast Wandammen Peninsula, 19.vii.1928. " Iris yellow."
Weight 200 g.
Differs at a glance from L. lory lory by the blue-black colour on the under-
side being much more restricted, not covering the breast, is, however, very
Novitates Zoolocicae XXXVI. 1930. 103
closely allied to erythrothorax, but is much smaller — shorter wing. To rubiensis
belong also our specimens from the Southern Snow Mountains, and the bird
already mentioned by Lord Rothschild from the Wanggar River, 20 miles from
the coast, south of Geelvink Bay, thus almost terra typica ; the Snow Mountains
specimens were erroneously called erythrothorax in Nov. Zool. 1913, p. 484.
251. Lorius lory viridicrissalis Beaufort.
Lorius cyanauchen viridicrissatis Beaufort, Nova Guinea, vol. v, p. 403 (1905' — Lake Sentani,
Humboldt Bay and Tarai. Terra typica Sentani lake !).
cJ$ Hollandia, 3 <$, 3 $ Ifaar, <J juv., $ ad. Cyclops Mountains. Iris pink
or red.
Weight 160-200, once 152 g.
These birds are of the form which Rothschild and I described from Takar,
further west on the north coast. The under wing-coverts are black with hardly
any blue in the males, while females show usually more and well pronounced
blue on the under wing-coverts. Also the under tail-coverts are deeper and
more purplish blue in adult males, in the females, however, lighter, almost
approaching sky-blue, or verditer blue, but not green ! Therefore the name is
unfortunate, being based on exaggeration, and actually quite unfit for adult males.
Young birds have a yellow bar across the under wing-coverts. Wings
<2 162, 162, 163, 163, $ 159, 160, 163 mm.
252. Chalcopsitta duivenbodei duivenbodei Dab.
Chalcopsittacns duivenbodei Dubois, Bull. Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Xat. Belg. iii, p. 113, pi. v (1884 —
New Guinea. I substitute as terra typica Tana Mera, because the specimens of North Coast
species received by van Renesse van Duivenbode mostly came from Tana Mera).
One unsexed Hollandia, 1 $ Ifaar.
Weight 200 g. " Iris red, bill and feet black."
253. Eos fuscata incondita Mey.
Eos incondita A. B. Meyer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. iii, p. 6, pi. i (1886 — S.E. New Guinea and Jobi).
Five red and 1 yellow <J5 Ifaar, 1 <J, 2 $ C3'clops Mountains.
Weight 160, once 150 g.
While the colour differences pointed out by Meyer do not hold good, it is
true that all specimens are larger than those from the Berau (Arfak) Peninsula
and Salwatti.
254. Trichoglossus hamiatcdus haematodus (L.).
Psittacu-s haematod. (abbreviation for haematodus, in order to save a line ; the same was done with
leucoryn. for leacorhynchus, mascarin. for mascarinus, dichotom. for dichotomy* and others)
Linnaeus, Mantissa Plantarum, p. 524 (1771 — Ex Brisson and Edwards, "Habitat in Amboina"!).
1 (J, 2 <j> Manokwari, 3 <$, 3 $ mountains near Siwi, 2 (J, 1 $ Wasior, on
coast of western Wandammen Peninsula.
It is interesting to find the Wasior form to be the same as the Arfak one.
The fauna of Wandammen is curious, the birds of the plains being Arfak forms,
mountain birds mostly more eastern ones (as along the north coast), with a few
locally specialized peculiar forms.
Weight 100, 110, 115 (several), 120, 125, 135, 140 g., the latter three Wasior.
Wings 138-142 mm.
1 The reprints are not dated !
Kl-t Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. 1930.
255. Trichoglossus haematodus intennedius K. & H.
Trichoglossus haematodus intermedins Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. ZiOol. viii. p. 70 (1901 — Astrolabe
Bay, type Stephansort).
cJ Ifaar, 1 Hollandia.
Weight 155, 160 g.
This form is larger than haematodus from Arfak and Wasior. Wings 150,
156 mm. The less bluish stripes on cheeks and ear-coverts are not always well
pronounced, though generally recognizable.
256. Oreopsittacus arfaki arfaki (Mey.).
Tnchoglosstis (Charmosyna) Arfaki A. B. Meyer. Verh. zool. lot. Ges. Wien, 1874, p. 37 (Arfak Mts.).
$ Lehuma, Arfak Peninsula, 7.vi.l928. "Iris greyish green. Bill black.
Feet dark greyish green."
Weight 17 g. Wing 76-5 mm.
257. Charmosyna papou papou (Scop.).
Psittacus Papou Scopoli, Del. Florae et Faunae Insulr. p. 86 (1786 — Ex Sonnerat, Voy. Nouv. Ghiinee,
p. 175, pi. iii. New Guinea. As terra typica I fix Arfak).
Charmosyna papuensis (Ginelin) 1788, et auctorum.
(I have with great reluctance adopted the name papou, instead of the
usual papuensis, but if we accept priority we must do it to the bitter end, and
the sooner alterations are introduced, the better.)
2 § mountains near Siwi, 1 $, 2 $ Lehuma, 6 J mountains near Ditschi.
" Iris yellowish red or reddish yellow, bill red, feet orange." The sexes are
almost alike in colour.
Weight 74-91 g.
258. Charmosyna josephinae josephinae (Finsch).
Trichoglossus josephinae Finseh, Aiti Soc. Hal. Sc. A'at. xv, p. 427, pi. 7 $ (1873 — The type is a
female without locality in the Turati collection, Milan, but A. B. Meyer collected specimens
near Passim, east coast of Berau Peninsula, and on the Arfak Mts. As terra typica the Arfak
Mts. should be regarded).
9 <?$ ad., 2 juv. mountains at Siwi, $ mountains near Ditschi, $ Ninei,
$ Lehuma. " Iris yellow."
Weight 58-74 g.
259. Charmosyna josephinae cyclopum subsp. nov.
Both sexes differ from Ch. josephinae josephinae in the absence of the large
dull black patch on the abdomen and of the greyish blue patch on the head,
in front of the black nape ; the feathers of the abdomen are blackish at the
base, but red on at least the distal half, so that one can say that the black patch
is indicated, but it is not developed. Instead of the bluish sincipital patch
there are only a few partially greyish blue feathers. Wings <J 120-121, once
124, once 125, $ 120 mm.
Type : $ ad. Cyclops Mountains, 5.ix. 1928. No. 2163 Ernst Mayr coll.
5 (J, 2 $ Cyclops Mountains. " Iris reddish, yellowish, yellow-red. Bill
orange-red. Feet orange.
Weight 68-75 g."
I am not acquainted from sight with Neumann's Ch. josephinae sepikiana
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1930 105
{Verh. Orn. Ges. Bayern, xv, 2, p. 235, 1922), but Stresemann tells me that it
has an extended blackish patch on the abdomen. Neumann says it differs
from Ch. jos. josephinae in having the feathers on the crown dirty grey instead
of lilac ; they must therefore be still duller than in cyclopum, though they are
not really " lilac " in the Arfak josephinae. Ch. josephinae sepikiana must there-
fore look more like Ch. j. josephinae than like Ch. j. cyclopum.
[Charmosynopsis pulchella pulchella (Gray).
Mr. Shaw Mayer sent an adult female from about 2,000 in. altitude on the
Arfak Mountains, shot August 1928. Papuan name " pomiki." Wing 95 mm.
The distribution of this form is very interesting. We find it in Arfak,
in the southern Snow Mountains, Mount Goliath, in S.E. New Guinea, and in
the Huon or Kai Peninsula in N.E. New Guinea, while in the Cyclops Mountains
another form is found. It seems thus, that the plains of the Rouffaer, van
Daalen and Idenburg Rivers, which form the Ambernoh or Mamberano River,
are a great dividing zone. Ch. pulchella has not been recorded from the Sepik
River, nor so far from the Astrolabe Bay country.]
260. Charmosynopsis pulchella rothschildi subsp. nov.
7 (J, 4 $, 1 $ juv. Cyclops Mountains, September 1928. "Iris brown,
reddish brown, yellowish. Bill orange. Feet orange."
Weight 36-40 g. The males are brighter in colour, especially the yellow
short streaks on the breast, and in the females there is a greenish yellow patch
at the side of the rump, which in the male is red.
The young has the breast green with dull yellow tips, but without any
yellow streaks.
This excellent new subspecies differs from C. pulchella pulchella from Arfak
and S.E. New Guinea and N.E. New Guinea, which seem to be all the same,
in having a wide green band across the upper breast in which are the yellow
streaklets. In the females it reaches right across, in the adult males it is more
or less restricted to a green patch, the sides of the latter being red with green
or greenish bases to the feathers. In the young this green band is very wide.
The black nuchal patch begins at the posterior edge of the eye, while in C. p.
pulchella it does not touch the eye. On the rump is in the centre only an indica-
tion or no blue-grey patch, which in C. p. pulchella it is very distinct. Wings
cJ 97-101, $ 95-97 mm., thus a little larger than C. p. pulchella.
This form is named in honour of Lord Rothschild, who first called my
attention to the presence of the green band.
Type : ? Cyclops Mountains, 12. ix. 1928. No. 2300 Ernst Mayr coll.
261. Neopsittacus musschenbroekii musschenbroekii (Schleg.).
Nanodes Munschenbroekii Schlegel (ex Rosenberg), Ned. Tijdschr. Dierlc. iv, p. 34 (1873 — Arfak
Peninsula).
cJ mountains near Ditschi, 2 <$, 1 $ Kofo (Anggi gidji), 1 1 . vi. 1928, $ Lehuma.
" Iris red, in one adult male yellowish brown, in a juvenile bird yellow. Bill
yellow, feet grey."
Weight 39-5-51 g."
Mr. Shaw Mayer sent a $ from 2,000 m., Arfak Mountains, iris yellow,
Papuan name " borida."
100 Xoyitates Zoological XXXVT. 1930.
N. m. major Neum. from S.E. New Guinea is indeed larger. [N. pullicauda
Hart. 1896 (" N. muschenbrorli alpinus" Grant 1914) is not known to occur
in the Arfak Peninsula.)
262. Opopsitta desmai'estii desmarestii (Desm.).
r.iillucns Desmarestii Dearaarest, Diet. Sri. Xat. (eel. Levrault), xxxix, p. 89 (1826 — Dorcy Harbour,
Arfak Peninsula).
(It was Desmarest who first fully described this bird under his own name,
saying that Lesson and Garnot dedicated it to him, but Garnot's first description
did not appear till 1828.)
(It seems to me that not a single one of the characters given by Dr. van
Oort for his O. desmarestii intermedins from Fak Fak is constant. We have
specimens from Arfak which absolutely agree with others from Kapaur, which
is practically the same as Skru and Fak-fak ; I therefore think that intermedins
cannot be accepted as anything but a synonym.)
<J?Siwi, ll.v.1928.
Weight 96, 97 g. Iris brown.
263. Probosciger aterrimus goliath (Kuhl).
Psittacus Goliath Kuhl, Consp. Psittacorum. p. 92 (1820 — " In India orientali," terra typioa restricta
Onin, Stresemann 1923. This must oi course be accepted, though it would have been better
to say Berau Peninsula, from where Kuhl's type more likely had come ').
2 <J Momi.
264. Probosciger aterrimus stenolophus (van Oort).
Microglossns aterrimus stenolophus van Oort, Notes Leyden Mils, xxxiii, p. 240 (1911 — Humboldt
Bay).
cJ ad. Hollandia.
This subspecies differs from P. a. goliath in the narrower and more blackish
crest feathers.
P. aterrimus aterrimus (Gm.) inhabits the Cape York Peninsula.
P. aterrimus alecto (Temm.), Waigiu, Gemien, Salwatty and Misol.
P. aterrimus goliath (Kuhl), Berau and Onin Peninsulas, Snow Mountains
and S.E. New Guinea.
P. aterrimus intermedins (Schleg.), the Aru Islands.
P. aterrimus stenolophus (van Oort), Ambernoh River to N.E. New Guinea.
265. Kakatoe galerita triton (Temm.).
Psittacus triton Temminck, Coup d'ceil gen. possessions ncerland. dans Vlnde archipel. iii, p. 405
(1849— Aiduma Island, Triton Bay).
$ near Manokwari, $ Momi.
266. Micropsitta pusio beccarii (Salvad.).
Nasiterna beccarii Salvadori, Aim. Mas. ' 'iv. Oenova, viii, p. 396 (1876 — Wairoro or Wairor on the
east coast of the Berau Peninsula).
31 Momi, (J$ Wasior, 2 <J, 1 $ Ifaar, 9 <^$ Hoi and Hollandia. " Iris
brown or grey-brown."
These birds seem to me to be all indistinguishable, and I do not believe now
that salvadorii (Rothschild & Hartert), Nov. Zool. 1901, Ambernoh River, is
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 107
different from beccarii ! We had not seen proper beccarii when we described
Salvador ii. The yellow band above the eyes is an individual character, not
always distinct.
267. Micropsitta bruijnii bruijnii (Salvad.).
Nasiterna bruijnii Salvadori, Ann. Mas. Civ. Genova, vii, pp. 715, 753, 907 (1875 — Arfak Mts.).
cj? Wondiwoi, July 1928.
Weight cJ 14-5, $ 1 2-5 g.
268. Loriculus aurantiifrons batavorum Stres.
Loriculus aurantiifrons batavorum Stresemann, Journ. f. Orn. 1913, p. 602 (Snow Mts., etc.).
1 $Hollandia, lO.viii. 1928.
Weight 14 g. Wing 68 mm.
Loriculus aurantiifrons aurantiifrons was described and is only known
from Misol.
269. Psittacella modesta modesta Schleg.
Psilacella ' modesta Schlegel, Sederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. iv, p. 36 (1873 — Arfak Peninsula).
1 <$ Lehuma, Arfak Peninsula, 4.vi.l928. "Iris light red. Bill whitish
grey. Feet grey."
Weight 39 g.
Psittacella modesta collaris Ogilvie-Grant 1914, from the Snow Mountains
(Utakwa River) and Mount Goliath is distinguishable, but the yellow collar on
the nape is more or less irregular and not always well defined in the males as well
as the females. The sides of the head and the throat in collaris are more rufous
brownish than in P. m. modesta, which is a very rare bird in collections.
270. Psittacella brehmii brehmii Schleg.
Psittacella Brehmii Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iv, p. 35 (1873 — Arfak Peninsula).
cJ? mountains near Ditschi, <J Kofo (Anggi gidji), 4 $ ad., 1 <J ad., 2 juv.,
1 marked $, 1 $ Lehuma. " Iris yellow-brown, in one <$ ' pink.' '
Weight 102 to 116 g.
The young have the breast green with narrow dull yellow cross-bars, but
without black cross-markings. In the <J the yellow patch on the sides of the
neck is beginning, a few yellow feathers making their appearance. Shaw Meyer
sent specimens from Anggi Gita, 2,000 m.
[The following forms of Psittacella brehmii are known :
Psittacella, brehmii brehmii Schleg. Arfak Peninsula.
Psittacella brehmii biirgersi Rchw. Mandated Territory N.E. New Guinea.
Psittacella brehmii pallida Mey. S.E. New Guinea.
Psittacella brehmii intermixta subsp. nov.
This form was called by us P. brehmii brehmii, but the differences were
stated. Ogilvie-Grant called them pallida. Now that we have a sufficient
series from the Arfak Peninsula one can unhesitatingly say that the series from
the Snow Mountains and Mount Goliath are neither. The males are underneath
more yellowish green, upper throat and sides of head are paler, the light bars
on the upperside are more yellowish, less grass-green. The female has the
1 Quoted " Psittactu " by Rothschild & Hartert, and later on by Mathews ! Under the descrip-
tion no locality is given, but on p. 35 it is clearly stated that the two new forms of Psittacella were
obtained in the Arfak (Berau) Peninsula.
108 NOV1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
abdomen more yellowish green, sides of head and upper throat paler, bars on
back much yellower.
They differ strikingly from P. b. pallida by the much darker and browner
head and throat and larger size. P. b. biirgersi has the back much more green,
less yellowish, a different brown on the head, and is smaller ! The bill much
smaller !
Type of P. b. intermixta $ ad. Mount Goliath, 30. i. 191 1.
No. 5249 A. S. Meek coll. In Tring Museum.
Psittaeella lorentzi Oort from the Wichmann and Orange Mountains seems
to be related to P. picta, and may be a subspecies of the latter ; perhaps the
type was not adult ?]
271. Geoff roy us geoffroyi jobiensis Salvad.
Geoffroyus jobiensis Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, x, p. 30 (1877 — Jobi Island).
? Geoffroyus personatus minor Neumann, Verb. Orn. Gee. Bayern, xv, 2, p. 235 (1922 — " Deutsch
Neuguinea, westlich des Sattelberges und das noidliche Hollandisch — Xeuguinea bis zum
Mamberano." Type Jagei, tributary of Eamu River).
3 (J, 2 $ Hoi and Hollandia, July, August and October. October speci-
mens in very worn plumage, female with greatly enlarged ovary.
Weight 150 and 180 g. Wings <J 162, 169, 165, ? 165, 166 mm.
Our series do not bear out Neumann's contention that specimens from
North New Guinea are constantly smaller. Wings of Jobi specimens (J 166,
168, 174, of specimens from the Mandated Territory 156-170 mm.
272. Geoffroyus geoffroyi1 pucherani Souance.
Geoffroyus Pucherani Souance, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1856, p. 218 (Ex Hombron et Jacquinot et Pucheran,
from specimens collected at Triton Bay !).
<J$ Momi, east coast of Berau (Arfak) Peninsula, end of June.
273. Geoffroyus simplex simplex (Mey.).
Pionias simplex A. B. Meyer, Verh. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, lxx, p. 29 (1874— Arfak Mts. 3,500 feet).
$ ad. mountains near Ditschi, 5.vi.l928.
Weight 165 g. Wing 159 mm.
Unfortunately no males were sent. It seems that Neumann's G. simplex
biirgersi (1922) is separable, but I should like to examine a series of males from
Arfak to confirm the distinctness.
274. Eclectus roratus pectoralis (Miill.).
{Larius (sic) Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl. 1783).
Psiltacus pectoralis P. L. S. Miiller, Natursyst. Suppl. p. 78 (1776 — " China," errore, New Guinea
terra typica subst. Ex Buffon — rectius Montbeillard — Hist. Nat. Ois. vii, p. 93, and Dauben-
ton's PI. Enl. 514, £).
1 cJ, 3 $ Siwi, Arfak Peninsula, 3 <J Ifaar, near Sentani Lakes, 3 <$, 2 $ Hoi.
The iris (in the various subspecies) seems to vary ! As a rule it is no doubt
whitish yellow or yellowish white in the females, and brown or dark red in the
1 In " Austral Avian Record" ii, pp. 105, 106, Mathews somewhat violently accuses a brother
ornithologist of having accepted personatus Shaw as the name of the Timor form, saying that it was
published in 1812, while Psiltacus geoffroyi Bechstein appeared in 1811. In the Systema Avium
Australasianarum (sic), p. 324, however, he says that P. personatus Shaw was also published in 1811 !
Is it therefore necessary to accept geoffroyi instead of personatus ?
NOVTTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 109
males. We have, however, in the collection specimens of females, in which the
iris is also, sometimes, though rarely, marked as brown by reliable collectors.
A $ shot Siwi 17.v. has the whole underside in full moult, breast partially
naked. A $ from Ifaar shows partial " albinism," some of the upper wing-
coverts and one of the inner secondaries being yellow, while some of the rectrices
are varied with yellow and red.
275. Psittrichas fulgidus (Less.).
{DasyptVus pesqueti auct. !)
Psittacus pesqueti Lesson, Illiistr. pi. i (1831 — No locality).
1 cJ mountains near Siwi, 1 (J, 2 $ Wondiwoi.
The males have a small red patch behind the eye, besides being larger than
the females.
Weights <J 800 and 840, $ 650 and 800 g.
It is one of the horrors of modern strict priority nomenclature that our old
friend Dasyptilus pesqueti must be called Psittrichas fulgidus !
276. Alisterus amboinensis dorsalis (Quoy et Gaim.).
Psittacus (Platycerciis) dorsalis Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i, p. 234, Oiseaux, pi. xxi.
fig. 3 (1830— Dorey, Arfak Peninsula).
4 (J, 5 $ Siwi, Arfak Mountains, 1 <$ Ninei, 1 $ Momi, 1 $ above Wasior,
east coast of Arfak Peninsula, 25.viii., primaries moulting.
There is no appreciable difference of the sexes !
The iris of adults is red, of younger birds apparently yellowish red.
277. Alisterus amboinensis moszkowskii (Rchw.).
Aprosmictus mozlcowskii l Reichenow, Orn. Monalsber. 1911, p. 82 (Taua).
16 (J$ Hoi and Hollandia, 1 $ Cyclops Mountains. The interscapular region
is blue in the males, dark green in the females and younger birds, both sexes
have the light green streak on the inner upper wing-coverts. Iris red in both
sexes. The females also have green, not blue, feathers in the sides of the chest.
I agree with Neumann's views in Verh. vi. Intern. Orn. Kongress. pp. 436-453,
viz. that it is advisable to treat all forms of Alisterus from Peling (east of Celebes)
and Sula Island to Australia (cf. Neumann, p. 438) as subspecies of one species.
Within this assemblage a number of groups can of course be formed, as in most
cases where a species is composed of numerous subspecies. Neumann's clear
explanations are of the greatest use for the understanding of this genus.
278. Ninox theomacha (Bp.).
cj juv. Siwi, Arfak, 15. v. 1928. " Iris golden yellow."
The upperside is darker, more slaty than in adults, the still downy
(mesoptile) underside earthy brown.
1 Not " mosskowensis " as Mathews spells it ! It is not unimportant to mention such slips, as
they are copied by people not having access to literature.
110 XoVITATES ZOOLOGIC'AE XXXVI. 1930.
279. Ninox diniorpha (Salvad.).
? Siwi, Arfak, 4. v. 1928. " Iris yellow with black," bill " dark grey," feet
"yellow."
This long-tailed species looks " hawk-like " and should probably be placed
in another genus. Perhaps a generic name is already available for it.
280. Haliastur indus girrenera (VieilL).
Haliaelus Girrenera Vieillot & Oudart, Gal. Oik i, pi. 10 and p. 31 (partim) (1825 — India and
Australia. Restricted typical locality Australia ! Cf. Nov. Zool. xxi, 1914, p. 210 ! !).
$ ad. Siwi, $ ad. Ifaar, $ ad. $ juv. Hollandia. The old birds have of
course no trace of black shafts on the white underside !
281. Henicopernis longicauda (Garnot).
Falco longicavtbis Garnot, Voy. Cogv.SU, Zool. pi. 10 (1828), p. 588 (1829 — Woods of New Guinea,
type from Dorey).
$ ad. Siwi, Arfak, 15. v. 1928. " Iris golden yellow. Bill black, base and
cere pale flesh-colour. Feet whitish green."
Weight 730 g. Outer primaries moulting.
282. Accipiter novaehollandiae leucosomus (Sharpe).
Astur novae-hollandiae Subsp. a. leucosomus Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i, p. 1 19 (1874 — New Guinea).
Common garb (etorques), above brownish slate-colour, clearer slate in the
male, underside rufous-cinnamon : q jun. Siwi, <J<j> ad. Ifaar. White garb
(leucosomus): $ Hollandia, 4.viii. 1928. Iris yellow in both colorations.
$ Weight 320, 375 g. 19. ix. female with greatly enlarged eggs.
283. Accipiter poliocephalus Gray.
Accipiter jjolioceplialus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1858, p. 170 (Aru Islands).
Urospizias spilothorax Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 900 (1876 — Arfak Mts., New Guinea) .
2 (J Siwi, 1 cS Ifaar. " Iris dark brown. Cere orange." Dragon-flies in
stomach.
Spilothorax was described, because of its striped breast and browner upper-
side, but Salvadori soon corrected his mistake. It has been erroneously cited
as a subspecies by Mathews.
Ace. haplochrous of New Caledonia has been quoted as a subspecies of
poliocephalus by Stresemann, but I do not agree, for, apart from the colour-
differences, the lores are covered with black feathers, while they are almost
naked in poliocephalus, and the bill of haplochrous is more elongated. Moreover,
the young are very different, being patched and cross-barried in haplochrous,
white with narrow shaft-stripes in poliocephalus.
284. Ieracidea berigora novaeguineae Mey.
Hieracidea novaeguineae A. B. Meyer, Journ.f. Orn. 1894, p. 89 (" Nova Guinea orientali." Speci-
mens from Astrolabebay, Finschhafen, Stephansort, Constantinhafen were examined).
9 Hollandia, 9.x. 1928. Ovary small.
Weight 500 g.
" Iris brown. Bill bluish white. Feet dirty pale grey." Wing 345, but
moulting.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. Ill
The distinctive characters of the subspecies novaeguineae are still somewhat
doubtful, as the colour is so variable, but it seems that the Papuan race is
smaller ! While the Hollandia specimen and those from the Sattelberg, Vulcan
and Dampier Islands belong to the dark form, those from the Angabunga and
Aroa Rivers belong to the light rufous form ; a female (Nyman coll.) from
Simbang (near Sattelberg, on the coast) in worn plumage, 8.viii.l899, is some-
what intermediate, but clearly also of the rufous form. We have thus dark
blackish and rufous ones from the same area.
In Australia the rufous and light birds are common in Western Australia
and seem to be predominating and almost exclusive in the interior of Australia,
very rare in Eastern and Southern Australia. They are therefore generally
looked upon as subspecies, though their status as geographical representatives
requires further investigation.
285. Egretta intermedia plumifera (Gould).
Herodias plumiferus Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1847 (" New South Wales ").
cJ? ad. Ifaar, 21. ix. 1928.
Weight 460, 480 g.
This Heron, though known from Australia, the Torres Straits, Aru Islands,
Salwatti, Mafor, and some of the Moluccan Islands, has only once been recorded
from New Guinea : Bangs and Peters, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 67, p. 424, two
unsexed from the Merauke swamps.
286. Egretta garzetta nigripes (Temm.).
Ardea nigripes Temminck, Man, d'Orn., second ed., iv, p. 376 (1840 — Sunda Islands).
cJ ad. Ifaar, 29. ix. 1928.
Weight 425 g.
287. Nycticorax caledonicus hilli Math.
Nycticorax caledonicus hilli Mathews, Nov, Zool. xviii, p. 233 (1912 — N.W. Australia. This is
virtually a nomen nudum, being compared with another Australian bird. Full description
B. Auslr. iii, p. 459).
$ Momi, cJ Ifaar, $ juv. Ifaar.
N. c. hilli is much paler on the upperside and has pure white ornamental
head-plumes.
288. Dupetor flavicollis gouldi (Bp.).
Ardetta gouldi Bonaparte, Consp. Gen. Av. ii, p. 132 (1855 — Australia).
2 (J, 2 $ Ifaar. Large testes in September. Iris yellow.
Weight 350, 355, 355, 360 g.
289. Phalaerocorax sulcirostris (Brandt).
tJ$ Ifaar, 18.ix.1928.
Weight c? 960, $ 700 g.
" Iris bottle-green, bill and feet blackish." The female has a smaller bill
and smaller dimensions generally.
112 XuMTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
290. Phalacrocorax melanoleucus melanoleucus (Vieill.).
Hydrocorax melanoleucus Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'Hisl. Nat., nouv. ed., viii. p. 88 (1817 — ).
cjad. Ifaar, 21. ix. 1928.
Weight 700 g.
(Phal. melanoleucus brevirostris Gould from New Zealand is a subspecies
with black breast and abdomen in adults.)
291. Anas superciliosa pelewensis Hartl. & Finsch.
[Anas superciliosa Gmelin, Sysl. Nat. i, 2, p. 537 (1789— New Zealand !}.]
Anas superciliosa var. peleicensis Hartlaub & Finsch, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1872, p. 108
(Pelew Islands).
2 $ ad. Ifaar, September 1928.
Of. Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. 1905, p. 248, and Nov. Zool. 1914,
p. 283.
The wings measure 227 and 230 mm.
These birds agree with Pacific Islands specimens, having a buff throat, dark
upperside with brown edges to the feathers, and short wings. I can therefore
only call them A. s. pelewensis.
292. (?) Anas superciliosa rogersi Math.
Anas superciliosa rogersi Mathews, Austral Avian Record, i, 2, p. 33 (1912 — Augusta, S.W. Australia).
<J ad. Kofo (Anggi gidji, Arfak Peninsula), 11. vi. 1928. " Testes large."
This bird has wings of 260 mm. It is therefore too large for pelewensis
and agrees with Australian specimens. Australian birds are not larger than
New Zealand ones, as Mathews suggested, but one can say that their throats
are buff, less white, in fresh specimens, and that, as a rule, the edges to the
underside are less whitish, and often the upper surface, too, a little darker.
I cannot follow Mathews, who makes rogersi inhabit " Western and Northern
Australia and New Guinea," and lets A. s. superciliosa inhabit " New Zealand
and East Australia, Tonga and Fiji Islands." If A. s. rogersi is separable it
inhabits the whole of Australia, A. s. superciliosa New Zealand. Anas superciliosa
pelewensis is of course not found on the Pelew Islands only !
The Kofo specimen might be an exceptionally large example, but not only
are the wings longer, but the bill also — in fact the whole bird. Weight 950,
the two Ifaar birds each 700 g. [According to native information this Duck
breeds on the Anggi Lakes. — Mayr.]
Anas superciliosa oustaleti Salvad. from Guam and Saipan is a very well
marked subspecies of A. superciliosa.
293. Tadorna radjah radjah (Garnot).
Anas Radjah Garnot, Voy. Coqmlle, Zool. livr. 8, pi. 49, p. 602 (1828— Buru !).
<J jun. Momi, 29. vi. 1928.
Weight 800 g.
294. Podiceps ruficollis tricolor Gray.
Podicep* (Sylbeocyclus) tricolor, .1. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1860, p 366 (1861— Ternate).
(J ad. Ifaar, 28. ix. 1928.
Weight 165 g.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGIC'AE XXXVI. 1930. 113
295. Podiceps ruflcollis novaehollandiae Stephens.
Podiceps novaehollandiae Stephens, in Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii, p. 18 (1826 — Australia, ex Latham).
$ Ifaar, 21. ix. 1928.
Weight 165 g.
This form is evidently a migrant from Australia.
296. Ptilinopus superbus superbus (Temm.).
Columba superba Temrainck in Temminck & Snip's Pigeons, p. 75, pi. 33 (1810 — " Otaheiti," errore,
substituted terra t3'pica : Hatmaheira).
5 cj, 1 $ juv. Siwi, 2 <J above Wasior, 1 $ Ditsehi, 1 $ Cyclops Mountains,
25.vii.1928. Testes large, 31 .viii. 1928. Ovary enlarged. " Iris yellow."
Weight <J 114-150 g.
297. Ptilinopus coronulatus quadrigeminus (Mey.).
Ptilopus quadrigeminus A. B. Meyer. Ibis, 1890, p. 421 (" Constantine Harbour or its neighbour-
hood ").
6 (J, 3 $ Ifaar. " Iris oehre yellow. Feet red."
Weight 65-73 g. (Female laying 18. ix. 1928.)
These birds are quadrigeminus, agreeing with specimens from Constantin
Harbour, Stephansort and Vulcan Island. They differ from geminus of Jobi
and Takar by their slightly more bluish grey (not greenish) sides of the head,
and the throat has a less defined and paler yellow middle line. The purple
line between the crown and the yellow semi-circular line on the occiput is some-
times quite as distinct as in geminus and not a reliable character.
It is, therefore, this form which ranges to Humboldt Bay, not geminus.
298. Ptilinopus iozonus jobiensis (Schleg.).
Ptilopus Immeralis jobiensis Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, iv, Columbae, p. 16 (1873 — Jobi).
3 (J, 2 $ Ifaar, September. Weight 75-100-5 g., the latter with large eggs
(25. ix. 1928). "Iris yellowish, ochre, red." The iris by other collectors has
been described as orange-yellow, cadmium yellow, dull brownish yellow. On
the other hand, the iris of P. iozonus iozonus from S.E. New Guinea is described
as milk white, creamy white, light yellow, white ! The most striking difference
is of course the presence of a wide whitish apical bar on the rectrices in iozonus,
which in jobiensis is not visible from above.
299. Ptilinopus ornatus gestroi Salvad. & d'Alb.
Ptilinopus gestroi Salvadori & d'Albertis, Ann. Mus, Civ. Genova, p. 834 (1875 — Yule Island).
(J ad. with large testes Cyclops Mountains, 28. viii. 1928.
Weight 200 g. " Iris light reddish, feet dark red."
(The rare P. ornatus ornatus from Arfak was not obtained.)
300. Ptilinopus aurantiifrons Gray.
Ptilonopus aurantiifrons G. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1858, p. 185, pi. 137 (Aru Islands).
Plilopus aurantiifrons var. Novae-Gttineae A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wicn, xlix, p. 508
(1874 — Passim, east coast of Berau Peninsula).
The differences seen in one female from Passim are purely individual, as
shown by our series.
7 <J$ ad. Ifaar.
Weight 120-150 g.
114 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAK XXXVI. 1930.
301. Ptilinopus pulchellus decorus Mead.
Ptilopus decorus Madarasz. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. viii, p. 173 (1010 — Near Erima and Friedrich
Wilhelm Hafen, Astrolabebay).
$, ovary with large yellowish eggs, Hollandia, 13.x. 1928.
Weight 73 g.
Though the whole breast is in bad condition, there can be, I think, no
doubt that this specimen belongs to decorus, the male of which has distinct
whitish tips to the more forked feathers of the breast, and paler abdomen and
under tail-coverts. Madarasz 's statement that decorus has a larger bill is not
correct. His plate, though not a careful drawing, but an impressionistic rough
sketch, shows the differences well, except that the breast has not whitish tips
to the feathers, but dark grey patches.
We had P. p. decorus from Takar and Konstantin hafen.
302. Ptilinopus pulchellus pulchellus (Temm.).
Columba pnkhella Temminck, PI. Col. 564 (1835— Lobo Bay, Sal. Muller coll.).
<J Manokwari, 11 .iv. 1928. <J Momi, 25. vi. 1928.
Weight 66-5 g.
303. Ptilinopus rivolii bellus Sol.
Plilonopus bellus Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 696, pi. lvii (Hatam, Arfak Mts.).
Nobody can doubt that bellus is a subspecies of the rivolii group, as we now
accept subspecies. This common bird was met with in the mountains in all
regions.
2 $ ad., 1 $ mountains near Siwi, J juv. above Ditschi, 2 <$ Lehuma, 1 <J
Wasior, 4 £, 1 $ Wondiwoi, 1 <$ Wasior, 4 cJ Cyclops Mountains. On S.ix. 1928
a male flew off a nest containing one egg.
304. Ptilinopus pectoralis pectoralis (Wagl.).
Columba pectoralis Wagler, Iris, 1829, p. 740 (" Habitat in sylvis densis Novae-Guineae " — as
he says " Habitat cum praecedente ").
2 <J Cyclops Mountains. " Iris yellow, outer pink ring. Bill yellow.
Feet red."
Weight 111 g.
305. Megaloprepia magnifica puella (Less.).
Columba puella Lesson, Bull. Unit: Sc. Nat. x, p. 400 (1827 — " Port Praslin and Dorey." Port
Praslin being on New Ireland is of course a mistake, the typical locality is therefore Dorey in
the Arfak Peninsula).
2 $ ad. Momi, east coast of Arfak Peninsula.
Wings 155, 161-5 mm.
306. Megaloprepia magnifica interposita subsp. nov.
1 (J ad. Wasior, Wandammen Peninsula, 21.vii.1928. "Iris pink. Bill
yellowish. Feet yellowish green."
Weight 200 g. No. 1615 Mayr coll. Type of interposita !
This form has the underside of the tail as black as in M . tn. puella from
Arfak, but the vent is brighter yellow, the under tail-coverts as a rule more
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 115
yellowish, yellow spots on wing-coverts and scapulars larger, size larger. Wings
cJ 173, 171, 168, 170, 168, 165, ? 163, 157-5 mm.
Habitat : Wandammen (type), Etna Bay, Setekwa River, Mimika River,
Lower Snow Mountains. This new subspecies stands between puella and
septentrionalis and has an intermediate geographical position.
307. Megaloprepia magniflca septentrionalis Mey.
Megaloprepia poliura septentrionalis A. B. Meyer, Abh. Ber. k. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1892-93, No. 3,
p. 25 (1893 — " Konstantinhafen (Astrolabe-Bay), Kafu and Jobi ").
3 <J, 1 ? Hollandia, 2,viii., 31.vii., 10.x. 1928.
Weight " 185-250 g." " Iris red, edge of eyelid yellowish green."
This form is very closely allied to M. m. poliura Salvad. from S.E. New
Guinea, and the colour of the underside of the tail and of the under wihg-coverts
is the same, though variable, but the vent is more yellow, not so olivaceous-
.yellow ; it differs from M. m. puella by the underside of the tail being more
greyish, less black, and the anal region is generally somewhat between that of
puella and poliura, but often as in puella. Wings <$ 162-167, " 9 " 164 mm.
308. Ducula rufigaster (Quoy et Gaim.).
Columha rufigaster Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i, p. 245, pi. xxvii (1830 — Dorej',
now Manokwari).
cj ad. Momi, J ad. Cyclops Mountains, 2.ix.l928. Testes large.
309. Ducula chalconota (Salvad.).
Carpophnna chalconota Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Oenova, vi, p. 87 (1874 — Hatam, Arfak Mts.).
2 <$, 1 $ mountains near Ditschi, 11. vi. 1928, $ Wondiwoi, 10.vii.1928.
310. Ducula zoeae (Desm.).
Columba zoeae Desmarest, Diet. Sci. Nat., ed. Levrault, xl, p. 314 (1826), and Lesson, Voy. Coqnille
Zool., Atlas, pi. 39 (1826— Dorey, Arfak Peninsula).
cJ ad. Siwi and Ifaar.
Weight 555 and 600 g.
311. Columba vitiensis halmaheira (Bp.).
Janthoenas halmaheira Bonaparte, Consp. Gen. Av. ii, p. 44 (1855 — ex ins. Gilolo, Ceram).
Janthoenas albigularis, id. loc. cit., nee Compt. Rend. Acad. Paris, xxxix, p. 1077, 1854 !
cJ ad. mountains near Siwi, 20. v. 1928. "Weight 450 g. Iris ochre-
yellow. Bill base dark red, tip whitish. Feet red."
9 juv. mountains near Ditschi.
312. Columba (Gymnophaps) albertisii albertisii Salvad.
Gymnophaps albertisii Slavadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vi, p. 86 (1874 — Andai, Arfak Peninsula).
3 <$ ad., 3 9 ad., 1 $ juv. Siwi, $ ad. Lehuma, $ ad. Wondiwoi, $ Hollandia,
o Cyclops Mountains. " Iris red, coral-red. Feet dark red."
" Weight 220-280 g."
116 NOVITATES ZOOLOGKAE XXXVI. 1930.
313. Macropygia amboinensis doreya Bp.
Macropygia doreya Bonaparte. Consp. (ten. Ar. ii, p. 57 (1855 — New Guinea. Type undoubtedly
from Dorev Harbour, from the Astrolabe Expedition).
2 cJ ad., 2 $ juv., 3 § Siwi, Ditschi and Manokwari, 1 $ Wondiwoi.
Weight 130, 150 g.
314. Macropygia amboinensis cinereiceps Tristr.
Macropygia cinereiceps Tristram, Ibis, 1889, p. 558 (Fergusson I., d'Ent recast eaux group).
2 j ad. Cyclops Mountains, August 1928. Testes large.
Weight 115, 138 g.
315. Macropygia nigrirostris Salvad.
Ulacropygia nigrirostris Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 972 (1876 — Arfak).
$ Siwi, $<$ Wasior and Ifaar.
(M. n. major Oort, Notes Leyden Mus. xxix, p. 174 (1908), from New Britain
does not seem to differ at all ! The characters described by van Oort seem to
be individual.)
316. Reinwardtoena reinwardtsi griseotincta Hart.
Reimvardtoenas reintmrdtsi griseotincta Hartert, Nov. Zool. iii, p. 18 (1896 — Papua, type Mailu
district, British New Guinea).
$ ad. mountains near Siwi, q ad. Cyclops Mountains, $ ad. Ifaar. Testes,
12. ix. 1928, large.
Weights 300, 300, 310 g. " Bill base and cere red, tip dark grey."
317. Chalcophaps stephani stephani Jacq. & Puch.
Chalcophaps stephani Jacquinot et Pucheran, Voy. Pole Slid, Zool. iii, p. 119 (also pi. 28, fig. 2,
under the name of " Chalcophaps d'Etienne ") (1853 — " NouveUe-Guinee, cote occidentale ").
^ Wasior, $ Hollandia, 17. ix. 1928, with large eggs, $ Ifaar, 2.ix.l928,
with fairly large eggs.
Weight 95, 103, 115 g.
318. Henicophaps albifrons albifrons Gray.
Henicophups albifrons G. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861, p. 432 (Waigiu).
$ Momi, r? juv. Wasior, ? Wondiwoi, 1 <}, 2 ? Hollandia.
Young birds have the forehead brownish, sides of head, neck and nape
blackish, not deep chestnut brown, and the metallic patches on the wings smaller.
Of apparently adult birds some have the forehead brownish rufous, others pure
white, others again white with rufous tinge above the eyes or behind. According
to the sexing of Dr. Mayr and other collectors the difference is not sexual.
[Rosenberg, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Indie, xxix, p. 143 (1866 — Aru Is.) de-
scribed " Rynchaenas Schlegeli." This name has always, if at all, been quoted
as a synonym of Henicophaps albifrons. Mathews says that no locality was
given and " restricts " the name to Waigiu. But he evidently did not look the
quotation up ; the whole article of Rosenberg is only on birds from the Aru
and Key Islands, and on p. 145 he says clearly which species were from Aru and
which from the Key Islands. The name schlegeli must therefore be used for
the Aru form, if that is different. To me it seems to differ, the underside in
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 117
our two specimens being grey or greyish, not vinous brown, and the beak is
very long ! Wings in a good series from New Guinea 182-5-202, in two from
Aru Islands 202 and 211 mm. long !]
319. Gallicolumba bsccarii beccarii (Salvad.).
(Phlegoenas beccarii auct.)
Chalcophaps beccarii Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 974 (1875 — Arfak Mts.).
$ Kofo (Anggi gidji), 12. vi. 1928.
Weight 72 g.
320. Gallicolumba jobiensis jobiensis (Mey.).
(Phlegoenas margarithae, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. and auct.)
Phlegoenas jobiensis A. B. Meyer, Mitth. Zool. Mus. Dresden, i, p. 10 (1875 — Jobi Island ; description
of young bird).
$ juv., $ ad. Wasior (Wandammen), $ ad., (J$ juv. Ifaar, $ juv. Momi !
(Why is not O. kubaryi from the Carolines a subspecies of G. jobiensis
(margarithae) ?)
321. Gallicolumba rufigula rufigula (Jacq. & Puch.).
Peristera rufigula Jacquinot & Pucheran. Yoij. Pole Sud iii, p. 118 (1845 — Xame given to the
Peristere a gorge rousse on plate xxvii, fig. 1. therefore not nomen nudum ! Xo locality, but
New Guinea and apparently from the Arfak Peninsula, which might therefore be taken as the
terra typica).
1 ad. Momi, 1 ? juv. Momi, $$ ad. Siwi, <3 ad. Hoi.
Ogilvie-Grant was apparently right in calling specimens from the Lower
Snow Mountains (Setekwa River) Gall, rufigula helviventris — unless specimens
from those are an intermediate form, but our Aru material is insufficient, and
helviventris was described from Aru. Ogilvie-Grant was, however, wrong in
saving that the presence of grey behind the eye is due to non-age, for some of
our adult specimens have more grey there than young ones. Young birds
have a vinous brown breast and the edges to the wing-coverts pale rufous instead
of grey. The question is whether helviventris is really different from rufigula !
Grant has already quoted both from the lower hills of the Snow Mountains,
rufigula from the Mimika and Wataikwa Rivers, helviventris from the Setekwa
River. Both forms seem to occur in S.E. New Guinea ! From the Wanggar
River, 15 miles from its mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 600 feet high, Pratt
Bros, sent typical rufigula. A specimen from the Sattelberg bought from
Foerster, probably collected by Keysser, has hardly any grey behind the eyes
and agrees better with helviventris. If the two forms are separable, their distri-
bution requires elucidation !
322. Trugon terrestris terrestris Gray.
Trugon terrestris G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds, iii, Appendix, p. 24 (1849 — Ex " Trugon terrestre," a
French name, of Hombron et Jacquinot. If the name terrestris is adopted as of Gray, then
the generic term must also be accepted !) (West coast of New Guinea, which means Arfak
Peninsula).
$ ad. Momi, Arfak Peninsula, £$ Hollandia 18.x. and 4.viii.l928. Testes
and ovary large ! " Iris red. Bill grev, forepart white. Feet whitish or pale
pink."
IIS XnVITATES ZooLOGICAK XXXVI. 1930.
" Weight (J 370, $ 305, 340 g."
The female is like the male, only smaller. The Trugon terrestris leucopareia
.Meyer, from S.E. New Guinea, is a well-marked subspecies.
323. Otidiphaps nobilis nobilis Gould.
Otidiphaps nobilis Gould. Ann. d- Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. v, p. 62 (1870 — No locality, but probably
came from New Guinea, and I select as terra typica Arfak).
$ ad. above Wasior, Wandammen Peninsula, 26.vii. 1928.
Males are much larger than females. The wing of this female measures
only 193 mm.
324. Goura victoria beccarii Salvad.
Goura beccarii Salvadori, Ann. Mns. Civ. Qenova, viii, p. 405 (1876 — Humboldt Bay).
<J ad. Ifaar, 20. ix. 1928. "Iris reddish. Bill blackish grey. Feet dirty
red." Testes large.
Weight 2,750 g. Wing 385 mm.
Unfortunately only this one specimen was collected. It has the upperside
dark, in fact as dark as in typical Jobi specimens, but is very much larger. Our
skins from Konstantinhafen (Astrolabe Bay), collected by Kubary, and those
from Stephansort (close by, Astrolabe Bay), collected by Nyman, are much
lighter, but not much larger, wings about 385-390 mm. They seem to belong
to 0. v. huonensis, which is said to be restricted to the " Kai Halbinsel " (Huon
Gulf region), but may extend to Astrolabe Bay.
[The bird was in this vicinity extremely rare, and I could, in spite of all my
effort, only get this one specimen. — E. Mayr.]
325. Charadrius apricarius fulvus 6m.
Charadrius fuhms Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i, 2, p. 687 (1789 — Tahiti).
$ Manokwari, 8.iv., $ Kaju pulu, 15.x., ? Hollandia, 15.x. 1928.
It will be logical, according to present conception, to regard C'h. dominie it s
and fulvus as subspecies of apricarius. I suggested this in 1 920 ( Vog. pal. Fauna,
ii, p. 1551), but did not take the plunge.
326. Charadrius dubius jerdoni (Legge).
Aegialitis jerdoni Legge. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1880, p. 39 (Ceylon and India).
$ ad. Ifaar, 18. ix. 1928 in moult. "Iris brown, eyelids golden yellow,
bill black, base of lower mandible light, feet pale flesh-colour."
Weight 34 g.
327. Tringa (Heteractitis) incana brevipes (Vieill.).
Totanus brevipes Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. (nouv. ed), vi. p. 410 (1816 — No locality, but
type from Timor, teste Pucheran).
$ Kaju pulu near Hollandia, 15.x. 1928.
328. Tringa hypoleucos L.
Tringa Hypoleucos Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. 1. p. 149 (1758 — " Europa." Terra typioa restricta
Sweden).
2 <$ Ifaar, 19. ix. 1928 $ Kaju pulu near Hollandia. 15. viii. 1928.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 119
329. Numenius phaeopus variegatus (Scop.).
Tantalus variegatus Soopoli, Del. Flor. et Faun. Insulr., fasc. ii. p. 92 (1786 — Luzon. Ex Sonnerat,
Voy. Naur. Guinee, pi. 48, p. 85).
1 ad. Ifaar, 18.ix.1928.
330. Irediparra gallinacea novaeguineae (Rams.).
Parra novae-guineae Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii, p. 298 (1878 — 25 miles west of Port
Moresby, in S.E. New Guinea).
10 $ ad., 7 <J ad., 2 juv. Ifaar, September 1928. Iris of the adult $ and $
" cream-colour, yellowish brown, pale brown. Distal half of bill black, basal
half and ' comb ' reddish or orange, in males paler, more yellowish. Feet greenish
grey." Weight of males 76-92, of females 151-175 g.
It is well known that the females are considerably larger than the males.
Wing cJ 120-122, § 138-147 mm. This great difference in size in all parts of
the body is very striking and not generally known. All eastern forms of Parridae
show a difference in size between the sexes, but though we have no explanation,
there must be biological peculiarities which explain this.
There are three subspecies of this species :
Irediparra gallinacea gallinacea (Temminck) 1828.
First described from Menado, Celebes. Tail black with a steely gloss, upper
surface a somewhat glossy olive-brown, nape metallic blue-black, extending to
the interscapular region.
This form is not rare on Celebes, and seems to extend to Mindanao, South
Borneo, certain Moluccas, and the Key Islands. A single male specimen from
Bum (Heinrich Kiihn coll.) seems to be of the Australian form, and other
Moluccan birds I have not examined nor any from Timor. An Aru Islands
female is very dark and seems to belong to the New Guinea form ! I have not
been able to examine Mindanao examples, from where Mearns recorded it, nor
Bornean ones, but Grabowski sent a skin and four clutches of eggs from S.E.
Borneo.
Irediparra gallinacea novaehollandiae (Salvad.) 1882.
Described conditionally from two specimens collected in North Australia
by D'Albertis !
This subspecies is strikingly paler, a sort of pale bronzy, almost greyish
brown on the upper wing-coverts, secondaries, scapular and interscapuliuni.
The rectrices are usually much less blackish, with a bronzy gloss, which is not
present on the tail of the Celebes form. This was rather emphasized, but first
pointed out by Mathews. That the black breast-band is less wide seems to be
due to preparation, and is not a distinguishing character.
This form is, as far as I know, peculiar to Australia, where it occurs in N.W.
Australia, the Northern Territory, Queensland and New South Wales, the names
rothschildi and melvillensis of Mathews being synonyms of novaehollandiae.
Irediparra gallinacea novaeguineae (Rams.) 1878.
This form is the darkest. It is almost entirely black on the upperside.
The deep blue-black of the nape extends over the interscapuliuni to the rump
and upper tail-coverts. The tail is black with a slight bronzy gloss, and almost
as deep in colour as in /. g. gallinacea. The scapulars and inner secondaries are
1-0 XoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
a very deep oil-green, the upper wing-coverts are sooty black, with little or no
gloss, the breast deep black, in all subspecies the feathers of the upper breast
white at base.
This subspecies is found in S.E. New Guinea, on the Setekwa River, on the
Sepik River, near Ifaar, on Misol, and apparently on the Aru Islands.
On September 20th female with large eggs. The " comb " of the female is
red-yellowish, of the males yellow-reddish, much less bright.
331. Chlidonias leucopareia fluviatilis (Gould).
Hyirochelidon fluviatilis Gould. Proc. Zool. Sor. for 1842. p. 140 (1S43 — " Interior of Xew South
Wales ").
1 (J, 2 $ ad. in breeding plumage, 2 $ in non-breeding garb, Ifaar, 18. and
28. ix. 1928.
Tins is the form inhabiting Australia, New Guinea, Moluccas to Celebes,
C. I. rogersi Math, not being separable.
332. Sterna bergii pelecanoides King.
Sterna pelecanoides King, Survey Intertrop. coasts Auslr. ii, p. 422 (1826 — Torres Straits).
cJ Kaju pulu near Hollandia, 15.x. 1928.
333. Sterna sumatrana sumatrana Raffl.
Sterna Sumatrana Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, xiii. p. 329 (1822 — Sumatra).
3 cJ, 2 $ ad. Hoi September 1928, ? 12.viii.1928, eggs ready for laying.
Several eggs were taken end of September on small coral islands outside
Hoi which agree with a series of eggs from other localities.
334. Anous minutus minutus Boie.
(Anous leucocapillus auct.)
Anous minutus Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 188 (Australia, terra typica restricted by Mathews to " Raine
Island " !).
10 ^, 8 ? Kaju Pulu near Hollandia, 15.x. 1928.
Probably after breeding, sexual organs being small and plumage much
worn.
(As Boie's description is not very fixative it would have been better to
leave matters unchanged, viz. to quote Anous minutus of Boie with a query,
and to employ the name leu coca pittas, as was done by Salvadori, Saunders and
others. As, however, the specific term minutus has been employed recently
elsewhere, I do not propose to change it again.)
[I heard there is a large breeding colony of this bird on Commerson Island
(Sae), N.E. of Ninigo, and the birds probably came from there. — E. Mayr.]
335. Hypotaenidia philippensis subsp. nov. ? ?
3 <$, 1 $ Ifaar, September 1928. " Iris red."
Weight 185, 210, 225, 240 g. Wings ^ 147-5, 148, 152, $ 146-5 mm.
This interesting species is separable into quite a number of local subspecies,
but I find it difficult to name the Ifaar birds. Their swollen testes and ovary
seem to indicate that they are not astray nor winter visitors from Australia,
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 121
moreover they differ from numerous Australian specimens in their general
darker colouration of the upperside and of the rufous parts, as well as heavier
bills. When the Tring Museum received a fine series from Witu (French Islands)
north of New Britain I called them lesouefi, but not without hesitation, and I
explained at length the differences (Nov. Zool. xxxiii, p. 172, 1926). I find
now that these birds cannot really be united with lesouefi ! The latter was
described from New Hanover, and Mathews said he " associated with it birds
from New Britain." Though lesouefi is quite a good form, it is not correct to
unite with it New Britain ones, the latter being like the Witu form !
The Witu form differs from H. p. lesouefi Math, in the more or less unspotted
lower back, rump, upper tail-coverts and rectrices, all these parts being heavily
spotted with white in lesouefi. Also the crown is more brown, not so chestnut-
red as in lesouefi. Wings <J 143-147, $ 136, 138 mm. Type : <$ ad. Witu Island
(French group), 30. vi. 1925. No. 10.354, Albert F. Eichhorn coll. I call this
form
Hypotaenidia philippensis meyeri subsp. nov.
in honour of Father Otto Meyer, who has done so much for the knowledge of
New Britain and the neighbouring small islands.
The specimens from Ifaar are so much like the H. p. meyeri that I refrain
from separating them, though it must be said that the upperside is more fre-
quently and heavier spotted. I wish to await more material before deciding if
the Ifaar specimens can be separated from the Witu (and New Britain) form.
I refrain from saying anything again about single specimens from other parts
of New Guinea : one from the south coast of Geelvink Bay, July 1920, one
from the Giriarin River, S.E. New Guinea, 5.x. 1907, and one from the China
Strait, Boboli, 19.viii. 1922.
These three birds have the rufous portion of the remiges lighter than in
lesouefi and meyeri, more as in australis, and differ from each other.
I have seen the type of H. p. admiralitatis Stres. 1929, but have no specimens
to compare ; this form is near to lesouefi.
336. Rallus pectoralis mayri subsp. nov.
3 $ ad., 3 $ ad., 2 <$ juv., 1 $ juv. Kofo, Anggi Gidji, Arfak Mountains,
June 1928. " Iris brown, yellowish-brown. Bill reddish, culmen and tip
blackish or black. Feet dark grey."
Weight 91-102 g. Wings $ 104-107, $ 101-104 mm.
This new subspecies differs from R. pectoralis pectoralis Temm.1 The top
of the head looks much more uniform, not being vinous chestnut with black
centres to the feathers, but dull chestnut with dull blackish brown centres ; the
whole back is less bright, the edges to the feathers being darker, the sides of
the hind-neck are less bright chestnut.
The bill is longer ! As females have a shorter bill than males, males must
be compared with males, females with females. Bill J 38, 38, 39, § 34-5, 35,
36 mm.
Type : J ad. Kofo (Anggi gidji), 13. vi. 1928. No. 1124 Ernst Mayr coll.
1 This is the oldest name of the species, not brachypus. Temminck {1831) described a specimen
with unknown locality. Mathews says " New South Wales," meaning that he restricted the typical
locality to N.S. Wales, not that it was described from there.
[22 NoVITATES ZoOLOCilCAE XXXVI. 1930.
The young birds are darker, crown uniform blackish, flanks dark greyish
brown with a few dull whitish spots, but no white bars !
The occurrence of this large form of Rallus pectoralis in North New liuinea
is of particular interest. Except the very much smaller, red-headed and red-
naped Hypotaenidia pectoralis alberti Rothsch. & Hart, from the Upper Anga-
bunga River, in elevations of 6-8,000 feet (Nov. Zool. xiv, p. 451), no form of
this species has been known in New Guinea so far. They are evidently mountain
birds in Papua.
Rails are altogether difficult but most interesting birds. Rallus pectoralis
exsul Hart, from Flores seems to be still unique in collections.
337. Porzana (Poliolimnas) cinerea subsp.
There is one <S ad. Ifaar, 30. ix. 1928.
Weight 60 g. Wing 95 mm.
The review of subspecies given by Stresemann in Nov. Zool. xxi, 1914,
pp. 53-55, is quite out of date, and mine in Nov. Zool. xxxi, 1924, p. 264, is
now not quite complete. Mathews has discovered that Bonaparte's nude name
minima was published by Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Ralli, p. 34, 1865, with
locality, Outanata (where it was collected by S. Miiller), and measurements :
wing 3 pouces 3 lignes, which is S6 mm. The wing of our Ifaar bird, however,
measures 95 mm. Also three specimens from Batjan, collected by John Water-
stradt, have wings of 95-96 mm. In colour they are like the Ifaar bird, though
the latter is clearer whitish on the underside, a difference, however, which
requires confirmation by a series. The crown of the three Batjan birds is very
black, in most others, all over the range, it is more greyish, but one from Ceram,
collected by Stresemann, has also a black head. In fresh plumage there are
greyish edges to the feathers of the crown, which wear off in time.
Birds from Bum are smaller, wings 84-93 mm. The terra typica is Burn,
not Key Islands, as quoted by Mathews in the Systema Avium, 1927.
The Ifaar specimen cannot at present be separated, in fact any further
subdivision would at the moment be hazardous.
338. Porzana tabuensis (Gm.) subsp.
Rallus tabuensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i, 2, p. 717 (1789 — " Habitat in Tonga-tabu, Tahiti ct insulis
vicinis," ex Latham " Tabuan Rail").
10 ad., 3 juv. from Kofo (Anggi gidji), mid June. " Iris red. Bill black.
Feet reddish or red." Weight 38-5-45 g. Several specimens are marked as
having very large testes, so I suppose these birds were breeding about the Anggi
Lakes, and they may be numerous on swamps in many places in New Guinea.
So far as I know the species has only once been recorded from Papua, viz. 1 §
collected by Fenichel at Bongu, Astrolabe Bay, 29.viii. 1892. Stresemann calls
it an " Irrgast," but it may just as well be at home and sedentary near the
Astrolabe Bay.
The collecting of swamp birds has hitherto been much neglected in New
Guinea.
(Mathews' list of these Rails in his " Systema Avium," i, p. 92. is useless.
It is unexplainable why he makes Rallus tabuensis Gmelin a subspecies of the
totally black Rallus nigra of Miller ! His various subspecies from Australia
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 11)30. 123
are indistinguishable. I dare not at present to separate the New Guinea form.
Generally specimens from the Pacific Islands are smaller, but not always, while
Australian ones are much larger ! The wings c tour Kofo (Arfak) specimens are :
^ 82-84, $ 80-82 mm. Now Australian birds have wings of about 85-90 mm.
Their name would be Porzana tabuensis immaculata (Swains.) 1837.
Examples from the Pacific Islands have wings of often 80, 82, or not rarely
under 80 mm. ! They would be the typical Porzana tabuensis tabuensis (Gm.).
The Papuan race would seem to be another subspecies intermediate in size.
As it seems to have no name there is here an opportunity for a young (or old)
man " rerum novarum cupidus " to give a name to a form which he might not
have seen !
330. Gallinula tenebrosa neumanni subsp. nov.
2 (J, 4 $ Ifaar, near Sentani Lakes, 18. to 29. ix. 1928. "Iris greyish
brown, in one dark brown. Bill : tip yellowish green to olivaceous green, base
brown-red, frontal shield olive-brown in all specimens ! Feet greyish green,
front scutes of metatarsus tomato-red. Testes small, ovaries medium, in one
female large !
Weight 290, 310, 310, 310, 370, 370, 370 g."
This new form has the upperside quite without or only with an indication
(in one specimen) of an olivaceous tinge. It is nearest to G. t. frontata Wall,
(type from Buru !), but differs in being smaller (bill, shield, feet, wings !) and
in the colour of the bill and frontal shield, which in frontata is blood-red with a
yellow tip, and a bright vermilion frontal shield. Length of bill from end of
frontal shield to tip <J 42-44-7, once 41, ? 40-43 mm., wing <J 182, 182, $ 163,
172, 173, 174 mm.
Type : ? ad. Ifaar, 20. ix. 1928. No. 2471 Mayr coll.
This most interesting new subspecies is named after Professor Oscar
Neumann, who has for some time shown a special interest in Rattidae and has
urged many collectors to pay special attention to this fascinating family.
There is no doubt that G. t. frontata and G. t. neumanni must be treated
as subspecies of G. tenebrosa. These three forms agree in the absence of the
white streaks on the sides of the body, which are present in all forms of Gallinula
chloropus and they breed in Celebes and possibly in S. Borneo together with a
form of G. chloropus.
I have not examined specimens from S.E. New Guinea, but from what
Salvadori said in Orn. Pap. iii, pp. 279, 280, one most believe that the Moluccan
form, or a very near ally, but not neumanni, is found in S.E. Papua. It is
interesting to see that Salvadori ascribes to his G. frontata a " lievissima sfumatora
olivastra " on the back and wings.
340. Fulica atra australis Gould (?).
S ad. Kofo (Anggi gidji), 12. vi. 1928. " Iris brown-red, bill bluish white."
Weight 590 g. Testes very large, bird not fat.
There can be little doubt that this Coot is Fulica atra australis (or one of
its forms if, which I don't think, several are separable), but without a series it
is not advisable to be absolutely certain about this. It would seem that the
species nests in New Guinea, from the notes on Dr. Mayr's label.
As far as I know this species has not been recorded from New Guinea !
] 24 Xovitates Zooi-ogicae XXXVI. 1930'
341. Megacrex inepta D'Alb. & Salvad.
Megacrex inepta D'Albertis & Salvadori. Ann. Mia. Civ. Geneva, xiv. p. 129 (1879 — Fly River
New Guinea) ; Bangs & Peters, Mm. Ctmyp. Zool. 67, p. 424 (1926 — Digul River, north of
Merauke) ; Ogilvie-Grant, Ibis Suppl. 1915, p. 288 (Setakwa River).
2 $ Hoi, 10.viii.1928.
Weight 800 and 000 g. Wings about 170 and 180 mm., but much worn.
This rare bird is only known from the Fly, Digul and Setakwa Rivers and
now was for the first time obtained on the north coast of the island.
342. GaUinula (Amaurornis) olivacea frankii Schleg.
Gallinula Frankii Schlegel, Notes Leyden Mux. i, p. 163 (1879— Berau Peninsula, New Guinea).
Cf. Nov. Zool. xxxiii, p. 172, 1926.
One imsexed Momi, 3.vii.l928, <?$ Ifaar, 30. ix. 1928.
Weight 200, 205 g.
It seems from our (not very large !) series from the Moluccas and New
Guinea that the latter are darker grey on the underside, and a shade darker
olive on the back. In fact the Papuan specimens are near G. olivacea nigrifrons
Hart, from New Britain, Witu Island, Duke of York and New Hanover, also
Bougainville, and stand between G. olivacea moluccana and nigrifrons. It is
therefore desirable not to unite the Papuan examples with the typical Moluccan
birds.
From my notes in Nov. Zool. 1926 it would appear that New Guinea
specimens had " a small orange-coloured frontal shield," but it is only some-
times indicated, not distinctly developed as in the Australian Gull inula [Amaur-
ornis) olivacea ruficrissa Gould.
343. Eulabeornis tricolor tricolor (Gray).
Rallina tricolor Gray, Proc. Zool. Son. London. 1858, p. 188 (Aru Islands).
Eulabeornis tricolor grayi Mathews, B. Australia, i, p. 205 (1911— New Guinea).
Cf. Nov. Zool. xxii, 1915, p. 26 !
c? ad. Hollandia, 9.x. 1928.
344. Rallicula rubra mayri subsp. nov.
This is another most interesting discovery ! Though very different from
rubra rubra and rubra forbesi, I cannot doubt that these representative forms
should be considered to be subspecies of one and the same species. The male
of R. rubra rubra has the whole upperside chestnut, that of R. rubra mayri has
it of a darker chestnut, but the underside of both is almost alike, only a shade
darker in mayri. The sides of the vent and under tail-coverts have black bars,
sometimes (especially in rubra rubra) indistinct or wanting, on the sides of the
belly generally accompanied by pale chestnut bars. The male of R. rubra
forbesi has the whole upperside of the wings and a wide bar across the back
black, upper and under tail-coverts barred with black, but rectrices without
bars. Sides of vent with lighter and darker bars. The female of R. rubra rubra
has the back, scapulars, inner secondaries, rump and upper tail-coverts black,
covered with roundish buff to (on the back) almost whitish spots. In R. rubra
forbesi these spots are less numerous and rump and upper tail-coverts are
unspotted, while the upper tail-coverts have a few black bars. In the female
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 125
of R. rubra mayri these parts are not black, but dark chestnut, the little spots
are more reddish buff and more or less surrounded by black ; rump and lower
back unspotted, upper tail-coverts with black bars, rectrices, at least laterally,
with blackish bars.
Type of Rallicula rubra mayri $ ad. Cyclops Mountains, 6.ix.l928, with
two eggs almost ready for expulsion ! No. 2198 Ernst Mayr coll. " Iris grey-
brown, bill and feet pure black."
4 (J, 1 9 Cyclops Mountains about 1,200 m., August and September.
Weight $ 119, $ 123, 123, 129 g. Wings <$ 114-117, $ 110 mm.
The inner webs of the primaries and under wing-coverts of all these forms
have wide white bars on a black or blackish ground.
As the males from the Snow Mountains and from Arfak (terra typica of
the name rubra !) do not differ, I have, like Lord Rothschild, no doubt that
" Rallicula klossi " Ogilvie-Grant, Bull. B.O.C. xxxi, p. 104, and Ibis Supple-
ment, 1915, p. 290, and plate vii (not very good, colour too red), is the same as
R. r. rubra, though the female of the latter was, until 1913, undescribed.
345. Rallicula leucospila (Salvad.).
Corethrura ? leucospila Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 975 (1875 — Arfak Mts.).
cJ mountains near Siwi, 3. v. 1928.
Weight 125 g.
J Wondiwoi, Wandammen Peninsula, 17. vii. 1928.
Weight 114 g. " Iris chestnut. Bill and feet black."
This species, of which so far no subspecies are known, is rare in collections.
The male has narrow white stripes, one on each web of the feathers of the back,
the female roundish white spots ; in both sexes the back is black.
346. Synoicus ypsilophorus saturatior subsp. nov.
3 cS, 8 $ ad., 1 $ pull. Ifaar, September 1928. Both sexes have the iris
dark brown, bill black, feet greenish yellow and yellowish brown.
Weight <J 82-91, ? 92-128 g.
The females of this north coast form are much darker than females of
plumbeus on the upperside, far less rufous brown, more olivaceous brown, the
black spots larger, the creamy white shaft lines usually narrower, the underside
generally not so yellowish, duller. The males are very much like the males of
S. ypsilophorus plumbeus, but more saturated on the upperside, the grey on the
feathers of the back being more blackish, the underside more and darker greyish.
Wings cJ 59-61, $ 60-64 mm.
Considering that we have for comparison with the fine series from Ifaar
an equally good one from S.E. New Guinea and a large series from various parts
of Australia, I had to name the Ifaar form, the species having never been known
from the north coast region, but only from S.E. Papua and thence up to the
Astrolabebay. It was, however, with some reluctance that I named the new
form, for the following reasons : While the majority of specimens are distinguish-
able, a few specimens turn up in most places which are practically or quite indis-
tinguishable from individuals of other subspecies. Examples : Two females
shot by Mr. Fullerton Smith, jun. near Maslow, New Zealand, in 1919, where
Australian birds have been introduced and are thriving well, are like females
126 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
of S.ypisolophorus saturatior, only being a faint shade more rufescent, but just
as dark. A female from the Upper Aroa River, collected by Meek, 12 . xii. 1904
(No. B. 105), is utterly different from typical S. y. plumbeus females, and is like
light clay-brown females of the Australian S. y. australis ! Single females of
the generally quite different S. y. raalteni from Letti, Timor and Alor are as
dark as and partially darker than females of S. y. plumbeus and have the large
black spots on the upperside like S. y. saturatior ! What do these variations
mean ? Can they be just individual varieties, can they be throw-backs to
ancestral forms, or can the specimens be migrants from the habitats of other
races or influenced by immigration ? The latter seems to be the most
unlikely explanation.
The following subspecies are obvious :
1. Synoicus ypsilophorus ypsilophorus Bosc. 1792.
Tasmania. Like S. y. australis, but longer wings. Apparently sometimes
darker.
2. Synoicus ypsilophorus australis (Lath.) 1801.
Australia.
Possibly the Cape York form, S. y. queenslandicus Math. 1912, and the
north and north-west form, S. y. cervinus Gould 1805, are separable, but I
cannot now go into that question.
3. Synoicus ypsilophorus plumbeus Salvad. 1894.
While the females are somewhat similar to those of australis, but much
darker, with finer markings above and below, the males are very different,
being plumbeous grey, with brown edges to the feathers of the underside, and
brown markings on the upper surface. An exceptionally dark male was shot at
Kumusi.
For an exceptional female from the Upper Aroa River see above. Males
very rare in collections !
4. Synoicus ypsilophorus saturatior Hart.
Ifaar near Sentani Lakes, Humboldt Bay region. Only three males known.
5. Synoicus ypsilophorus raalteni Mull, 1842.
Timor, Flores, Letti, Kisser, Alor, Moa, Wetter.
Typical males are quite different from the former subspecies, being rufous
with grey centres to the feathers, and the breast is lighter or darker rufous, always
variable. Some (few) females are like those of S. y. plumbeus.
6. Synoicus ypsilophorus pallidior Hart. 1897.
Savu and Sumba. Very much paler than raalteni.
(Female No. 2423, Ifaar, 17. ix. 1928, has the greater part of the breast
snow white ; otherwise it is quite normal.)
Type of S. y. saturatior $ Ifaar, 17. ix. 1928. Ernst Mayr coll. No. 2394.
The eggs on the ovary very large.
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1930. 127
Cf. Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. xiv, 1907, p. 447 ; Mathews, Austral.
Avian Record, i, 5, p. 125 (about the name ypsilophorus) ! The generic name
remains Synoicus according to the International Rules of Nomenclature, for
Synoicum is not Synoicus !
An egg of Synoicus ypsilophorus saturatior was taken from the oviduct at
Ifaar. It is spotless greenish white, seen through the hole against the light it
is light sea-green. It measures 29-6 X 23-6 mm.
347. Megapodius reinwardt reinwardt Dumont.
Megapodius Reinwardt Dumont, Diet. Sci. Nat. (edition Levrault), xxix, p. 416 ' (1823 — " Amboina "
errore ! Teste Schlegel Lombok !).
Megapodius Duperreyi Lesson et Garnier, Bull. Soc. Nat. viii. p. 113 (1826 — Dorey).
<J§ Momi, 25. vi. 1928. " Iris yellow," error, the iris being brown. " Feet
red -yellow."
Weight 810, 860 g.
348. Megapodius reinwardt decollatus Oust.
Megapodius decollatus Oustalet, Bull. Assoc. Sc. France, xxi, p. 248 (1878 — d'Urville Island, now
" Kairiru " (!) between Hollandia and Astrolabe Bay).
<J$ and one sex doubtful, Hoi, 4. viii., 14.x. 1928. Feet marked " grey-
green," black in the skins.
These skins agree in size with a series from Jobi Island. The two known
examples of affinis Meyer from Rubi (south coast of Geelvink Bay) are very much
smaller, wings 200 and 202 mm., while the Hollandia ones measure $ 220, $ 219,
? 227 mm.
Formerly Lord Rothschild and myself have recorded Megapodius reinwardt
reinwardt (under the name of M. duperreyi duperreyi) from Dampier and Vulcan
Islands, but this was erroneous. The form found on these islands is a black-
legged bird and appears to be decollatus. Examples from S.E. New Guinea
(Bihagi, head of Mambare River, Meek coll.) are also black-legged, and their
wings, measuring 225-235 mm., seem to be a bigger race, huonensis Stres. 1922,
described from the " Kai Peninsula," where Finschhafen and the Sattelberg are.
349. Talegallus cuvieri Less.
Talegallus cuvieri Lesson, Voyage Coguille, Atlas, Atlas, pi. 38 (1828 — Dorey).
$ ad. Momi, 25. vi. 1928. " Iris yellow. Bill red. Feet yellowish red."
Weight 1,785 g.
350. Talegallus jobiensis jobiensis Mey.
Talegallus johiensis A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsber. Ak. Wiss. Wien, lxix, p. 74 (1874 — Jobi).
1 pull., 3 cS ad., 1 $ ad., 1 ? Hollandia, 3. -8. viii. 1928. " Iris dark brown.
Bill dirty red. Feet red. Weight 1,610 g. Hoden fast huhnereigross."
Cf. Nov. Zool. July 1901, p. 139. I can only repeat what Lord Rothschild
and I said then, viz. that T. jobiensis longicaudus is a somewhat poor
subspecies. The colour is the same in both, also the amount of chestnut on
the neck is individually, not geographically, variable.
1 Not 146 as quoted by others !
128 XdVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
351. Aepypodius arfakianus (Salvad.).
TdUgattns arfakianus 8alvadori, Ann. Mils. Civ. ix, pp. 333, 334 (1877 — Arfak Mts.).
$ Siwi, 3 <J, 1 $, 1 o pull- Cyclops Mountains August and September.
" Iris pale yellowish grey or greyish green. Bill blackish grey. Bare skin on
neck whitish blue with darker blue markings. Feet greenish yellow-grey."
Weight 1,350, 1,530, 1,525 g.
There is, in adult birds, a fleshy comb-like crest, and a fold and short wattle
in front of the bare neck. Four eggs were sent from Siwi 22. v. and Ditschi
1 .vi. 1928. The eggs have rather a thin shell and are of a glossless somewhat
rough-grained white, measuring 91 X 60, 94-5 X 62-5, 88 X 58 mm. (one
broken). They agree perfectly with specimens collected on the Hydrographer
Mountains by Albert Eichhorn, 26. ii. 1918, and measuring 95 x 61, 91 x 61-5,
89-5 X 61 and 95-8 x 59-5 mm.
In the Catalogue of Eggs in the British Museum these eggs are not described.
Nehrkorn in the Katalog der Eiersammlung, ii Auflage, p. 7, describes eggs from
the Aroa River as those of Aepypodius as dark brownish -3'ellow, but they were
the eggs of a Megapodiws, the measurements (81 X 52 mm.) also being too
small. Unfortunately there are many other errors in that " Katalog."
352. Casuarius unappendiculatus rufotinctus Rothsch.
' Hsiiarius unappendiculatus rufotinctus Rothschild, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, xv, part 5, p. 137
(1900— No locality).
Hoi, August 1928, one adult male and one young, about two-thirds grown.
Lord Rothschild has no doubt whatever, and there is indeed no reason to
doubt, though the colours are not recorded on the labels, that this is the
C. unapp. rufotinctus, first described without exact locality, later on received
from the " north coast," which, though vague, was apparently correct, this
meaning the northern coast between the Humboldt Bay and Geelvink Bay.
N0V1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
129
ON SOME SOUTH AFRICAN FLEAS.
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
(With 7 text-figures.)
l. Dinopsyllus ellobius abaris subsp. nov. (text-fig. l).
(J$. Similar to small specimens of D. e. ellobius Roths. 1905 from Zululand,
but the apical margin of VIII. st. of cJ truncate-emarginate subventrally instead
of being strongly rounded.
Tubercle of frons central or slightly below centre. Pronotal comb with
26 to 30 spines, these about two-thirds the length of the pronotum ; two rows of
bristles: 14 to 18, 13 or 14 (more rarely 12). On mesopleura from 16 to 30
bristles, on mete-
pimerum from 13
to 20. Number of
abdo- "^Nt) I ^ YliW/ f ~
spines
minal
to VI
treme
on
tergites II
in the ex-
specimens :
I X.st.
■ VIII. st.
<$ h i, I, i, £ and
4 4 1 0 o . :„
~S> T> Tj T> T > m
?» 1 -i 8 O ar.J
3 2 2 0 o .
"3"> 2 > 2 J "0"» 7T J
average on the two
sides together in
$ 4-50, 4-17, 4-67,
2-67, 0-00, in $
4-00, 3-88, 4-88,
1-00,0-00. Bristles
on tergites III, IV
and VII (on the
two sides together)
in c? Ill 38 to 48, 18, IV 36 to 48, 18 or 19, VII 18 to 31, 17 or 18 ; in
? III 49 to 78, 18 to 22, IV 50 to 76, 18 to 22, VII 18 to 39, 10 to 13.
cj. On abdominal sternite VII (the two sides together) from 27 to 35 bristles,
on VIII. st. (one side) from 35 to 44. Apex of IX. st. (text-fig. 1) broad, strongly
rounded dorsally, the ventral bristles placed at and below apex rather strongly
spiniform ; pseudojoint halfway between frontal side of elbow and apex. Ratio
between basal portion of exopodite (measured from dorsal angle between clasper
and exopodite to extreme proximal end of exopodite) and free projecting portion
3 : 8 (15 : 40 or 16 : 42). Ventral apical process (p) of armature of penis truncate.
At ventral apical angle of VIII. st. two bristles close together, often the next
bristle placed close to the pair (text-fig. 1).
$. Apical margin of VII. st. as in D. e. ellobius more deeply incurved than
in D. lypusm J. & R. 1913. Bristles on VI. st. 24 to 34 and on VII. st. 55 to 69
130 Xovitatks Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1930.
(the two sides together), on outer side of VIII. t. from below stigma 25 to 39
(one side).
Length of hindfemur : q1 0-38-0-45 mm. ; $ 0-44-0-52 mm.
Hab. Cape Province : Klaver, Doom R., from Arvicanthis, May 1928
(C. V. Muller), and Breede R., August 1928, off Arvicanthis (C. V. Muller) ;
2. Dinopsyllus tenax sp. nov. (text-fig. 2).
cJ$. A large species, nearest to D. longifrons J. & R. 1913, but the irons
as short as in D. ellobius Roths. 1905. On pronotum 3 rows of bristles, the
anterior two rows (first usually incomplete) containing together 20 to 27 bristles,
rarely 19. Apical spines of abdomen twice as numerous as in D. ellobius.
Surface structure of setiferous areas of abdominal sternites not distinctly reti-
culiform. Tubercle of irons central or a little below centre. Pronotal comb with
31 or 32 spines in cj, 33 in §, the spines shorter than in D. ellobius and D, lypusus
J. & R. 1913, agreeing with those of D. longifrons. On mesopleura in o from
24 to 27 bristles, in $ from 32 to 38, on metepimerum in 9 from 17 to 26, in $
from 23 to 35. Number of spines on abdominal tergites II to VI in the extreme
specimens : $ \\, ■$--", ||, -]l, -j- and Z, f, T!'T> v> tr I average on the two sides
together, in c? 9-50, 10-13, 11-63, 10-25, 0-38, in ? 8-88, 9-25, 11-00, 6-50, 0-00.
Bristles on tergites III, IV and VII (on the two sides together) in $ III 43 to
50, 20 to 23, IV 38 to 45, 19 or 20, VII 20 to 24, 18 to 21 ; in $ III 71 to 92, 21
to 26, IV 62 to 98, 22 to 26, VII 21 to 38, 11 to 14.
(J. On abdominal sternite VII (the two sides together) 25 to 31 bristles,
on VIII. st. (one side) from 36 to 44. Ventral apical angle of VIII. st. broadly
rounded, the two distal ventral bristles of a row of 7 or 8 large ones rather close
together, separated by a wider interspace from the next ventral bristle. Pseudo-
joint of IX. st. close to middle (text-fig. 2), apex of IX. st. dorsally not much
more strongly convex than ventrally ; the ventral bristles below apex weak.
Ratio between basal portion of exopodite and free projecting portion 3 : 10.
Ventral apical process (p) of penis-armature acuminate, strongly curved.
$. Apical margin of VII. st. as in D. longifrons less deeply incurved than
in D. cilnbiiis. Bristles (the two sides together) on VI. st. from 35 to 44, on VII.
st. from 63 to 80, on outer surface of VIII. t. from below stigma 35 to 46 (one
side).
Length of hindfemur : <J 0-60-0-62 mm. ; ? 0-67-0-78 mm.
Hab. Cape Province : Klaver, Doom R., from nest of Mystomys broomi
and Parotomys luteolus, May 1928 (C. V. Muller), and Breede R., August 1928,
off Karroo rats (C. V. Muller) ; a series.
Listropsylla Roths. 1907, genotype : L. agrippinae.
Head short, evenly and not strongly rounded from oral corner to hind-
margin. Above middle of frons a groove with a large leaf-like tubercle. Eye
present ; behind it at margin of antennal groove a long bristle. Antennal
groove open, not extending to vertex. Labial palpus with 4 segments, reaching
to trochanter or nearly, end -segment pointed.
Pronotum with a comb of more than 24 spines and 2 or 3 rows of bristles
(in exceptional specimens 1 row). Metanotum without apical comb.
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1930. 131
Abdominal tergites I to IV, or I to VI, with apical spines, which are most
numerous on tergite I (at least 20). 3 strong antepygidial bristles, sometimes 4.
Pygidium large, not humped, subtriangular in side-view, with the apex of the
triangle directed laterad ; on each side 16 (rarely 14) or more grooves.
In most dorsal notches of tibiae 3 heavy bristles. Tarsal segment V with
a pair of ventral bristles in between second pair.
(J. VIII. st. large, with 8 or more bristles. Manubrium of clasper very
broad at base ; clasper dorsally with large bristle near base, beyond bristle a
bay, flanked distally by a dorsal apical projection. Exopodite long, with the
apex curved down, at ventral margin a long bristle near base or beyond middle,
dorsal margin somewhat elbowed and here studded with small hairs. Ventral
arm of IX. st. long and narrow, with a lateral subdorsal pair of rather heavy
bristles well beyond middle, and subapical ventral bristles.
§. Between the two sets of antepygidial bristles a long projection. Apical
margin of VII. st. simple, at the most slightly incurved. Stylet subcylindrical,
at least four times as long as basally broad. Orifice of spermatheca ventral,
with a collar.
A purely African genus ; not yet known from West Africa (Senegal to
Angola). 7 species.
i. Listropsylla agrippinae Roths. l(i04.
$?. CeratophyUus agrippinae Rothschild, Nov. Zool. xi. p. 634. no. 25. tab. 12. figs. 56, 57 ; tab. 13.
figs. 62, 64 (1904) (Deelfonteiii).
<J$. The smallest known species. In both sexes, but more pronouncedly
in $ than in o, the second segment of antenna apically so widened-rounded
distad that the basal portion of the club is covered ; the bristles of this segment
reach to or beyond apex of club. End-segment of proboscis at most one-half
longer than penultimate one. On abdominal tergite I from 20 to 30-odd apical
spines. First midtarsal segment at most 0-16 mm. long ; in hindtarsus segment
V more than one-third the length of I. Stigma cavity of tergite VIII more or
less far continued upward along margin of segment. On forecoxa 100 or more
bristles (sometimes over 140).
Hindfemur with 2 (very rarely 3) ventral subapical bristles on outside.
Hindtibia with 7 dorsal notches (inclusive of apical one).
<J. Body of clasper little longer than broad, the dorsal bay quite small,
lower apical process short, with two bristles, of which the upper one is somewhat
the smaller. Manubrium at least as long as exopodite ; the latter about three
times as long as broad ; its long ventral bristle placed near base, smaller than
the largest ventral bristles of segment VIII. Ventral arm of IX. st. almost
straight and of nearly even width, at apex ventrally rounded and slightly
dilated, and gradually narrowed to a point at the end of the dorsal margin,
which remains straight ; on each side below apex 3 or more bristles directed
distad and thinner than the pair of dorso-lateral bristles.
$. Margin of VII. st. distinctly incurved subventrally. 4 antepygidial
bristles (38 specimens), very rarely three on one side (one specimen) or on both
sides (one specimen). Pygidium with 30 or more grooves each side. In front of
stylet below and behind pygidium about 9 bristles. Stylet longer than midtarsal
segment V. On basal area of VIII. st. no bristles between trachea and ventral
132 NOVITATES ZOOLOGRAE XXXVI. 1930.
setiferous area. Rod-like sclerification behind orifice of bursa capulatrix slightly
arched, as long as hindtarsal segment IV or even longer. Tail of spermatheca
longer than in any of the other species, longer than the head, which is flattened
above.
Length of hindfemur : jj 0-45 to 0-59 mm. ; $ 0-51 to 0-61 mm.
Hah. Cape Province : Deelfontein, off Otomys brantsi and 0. unisulcatus,
March 1902 (C. H. B. Grant) ; Breede R. ; Calvinia, from nest of Parotomya
broomi, August 1926 (T. Midler) . Klaver, Doom R., off Arvicanthis and from
nests of Mystomys broomi and Parotomys hiteolus, May 1928 (C. V. Muller) ;
Steynsburg, from nests of Parotomys hiteolus, October 1925 ; Cape Flats, off
Rhabdomys pumilio and Otomys irroratus, February 1926 (T. Muller) ; Bellville,
from nests of Arvicanthis, March 1926 (T. Muller)
The bristles vary considerably in number, for instance on VII. st. (two sides
together) I have counted from 22 to 38.
2. Listropsylla vicinus Roths. 1905.
' 'i ratophyUus victims Rothschild, Nov, Zool. xii. p. 484. no. 5. tab. 13. fig. 7 (1905) (Wakkerstroom,
" Namaqualand " laps. cal.).
(J9- Very close to L. agrippinae, somewhat larger ; only the original pair
known to me. On tergites VI and VII in J no bristles below stigma, in 9 one
on V, one on VI on left side, none on right, on VII none on both sides. Three
antepygidial bristles in both sexes. Exopodite of <J one-third broader than in
L. agrippinae ; lower apical angle of clasper not produced distad. The other
distinctions mentioned in the original description are not reliable in face of the
great individual variability of L. agrippinae as revealed by the series of specimens
of L. agrippinae now available. The end-segment of the proboscis was stated
to be double the length of the penultimate one ; on re-measuring we find it to
be less than twice the length. In L. agrippinae the proportional lengths of the
segments as- well as the total length of the proboscis are variable to a very marked
extent, the ratio between segments III and IV being sometimes 15 : 20, sometimes
9 : 21, with intergradations.
Length of hindfemur : <J 0-60 mm. ; $ 0-69 mm.
Hab. South Transvaal : Wakkerstroom, off Herpestes badius, March 1904
(C. H. B. Grant), one pair.
3. Listropsylla dorippae Roths. 1904.
y. Ceratophyllus dorippae Rothschild, Nov. Zool. xi. p. 636. no. 26 (1904) (Deelfontein).
(2$. Antennal segment II not dilated distad ; its bristles reaching about
to middle of club. Spines of pronotal comb longer than half the pronotum.
Mesopleura with 7 to 11 bristles, usually 7 to 9 ; metepimerum with 15 to 21,
usually fewer than 20. On abdominal tergite I 13 to 20 apical spines, usually
fewer than 20, on II 2 to 7, usually 7, on IV 0 to 4, mostly 1 or 2, on V 0. Pygi-
dium with 18 to 21 grooves on each side. In midtarsus segment I twice the
length of V, in hindtarsus I not quite thrice as long as V. Three antepygidial
bristles (in one of the $$ 4 on one side). No bristle of anterior row of abdominal
tergites below stigma. Stigma-cavity of VIII. t. shortly continued upwards.
cJ. On each side of VIII. st. 20 to 25 bristles, of which 4 to 6 along ventro-
apical margin are long and strong. Dorsal bay of clasper, between large dorsal
Novitates Zooloc.icae XXXVI. 1930.
133
basal bristle and dorsal apical projection, at most one-fourth broader than the
clasper is wide at bottom of bay ; ventral angle produced into a cylindrical
process which is from two to three times as long as broad and bears two apical
bristles, the upper being the longer and stronger one. Exopodite similar to
that of L. dolosus, its apex somewhat more strongly curved downwards.
?. Head of spermatheca irregularly elliptical, longer than in any other
known species. Sclerite behind ring of bursa copulatrix long, nearly as long as
midtarsal segment III. Stylet as long (or very nearly) as midtarsal segment V.
On widened area of VIII. t. from 25 to 30 odd bristles on outer surface, on inside
5 to 7 marginal ones, of which 1 or 2 are ventral.
Length of hindfemur : <$ 0-67-0-80 mm. ; 0-74-0-86 mm.
Hab. Cape Province : Deelfontein, off Otomys brantsi, April 1902 (C. H. B.
Grant) ; Bothaville, off
Tateralobengidae, August
1920. Transvaal:
Randfontein, from nest
of Tatera lobengulae,
August 1925 ; and Pyra-
mid, from same host,
June 1926 (Dr. A.
Ingram).
4. Listropsylla prominens
spec. nov. (text-figs.
3 4, 5).
Similar to L. dorip-
pae Roths. 1904. Ab-
dominal tergite I in £
with more than 23 to
25 spines, in $ with 20
to 24 ; midtarsal seg-
ment I less than twice
the length of V ; lower
apical process of ^-clasper long and narrow ; head of spermatheca nearly
globular.
cJ9. Antennal segment II not dilated distad, its bristles not or barely reaching
middle of club. Dorsal spines of pronotal comb a little longer than half the
pronotum. Mesopleura in 3 with 8 to 11, in $ with 10 to 15 (usually 10) bristles.
On metepimerum in <$ 14 to 19, in $ 16 to 22 bristles. Spines at apices of
abdominal tergites in <J I 23 to 25, II 13 to 19, III 9 to 17, IV 1 to 12, V Oto 8,
VI 0 to 3, in ? I 20 to 24, II 6 to 14, III 2 to 12, IV 0 to 7, V 0, VI 0.
Pygidium with 16 or 17 grooves on each side. Stigma-cavity of VIII. t. in <$
slightly continued upwards at margin, in $ practically symmetrical. Proportional
lengths of mid- and hindtarsal segments in largest and smallest specimens :
(J midtarsus 35, 21, 12, 8, 20, and 28, 19, 11, 7, 18 ; hindtarsus 62, 45, 21,
13,22, and 47, 34, 18, 11, 19.
$ midtarsus 36, 21, 11, 8, 20, and 32, 21, 11, 8, 19; hindtarsus 63, 45, 20,
12, 22, and 56, 40, 20, 12, 21.
134 N'"\ 1TATKS ZOOLOUICAE XXXVI. 1930.
Last bristle of posterior row of abdominal tergites II to VII more ventral
than stigmata, often placed vertically below stigma.
cj. On VIII. st. from 8 to 13 bristles of which three near ventro-apieal
margin long, between the two long distal ones a wide interspace. Body of
elasper (text-fig. 3) narrower and somewhat longer than in L. dorippae, its width
at bottom of bay one-third less than that of exopodite at long bristle ; lower
apical process (P:) of elasper at least four times as long as broad, being a very
little longer than hindtarsal segment IV ; the two bristles at apex of this process
thinner than in L. dorippae, being thinner at base than the subapical spiniform
bristles of IX. st. Upper apical projection of elasper slightly narrower than in
L. dorippae, below it, on distal side, usually a very distinct notch. Apex of
exopodite less curved than in L. dorippae. large bristle longer and more strongly
curved. Apex of IX. st. less rounded, being dorsallv more produced than
vcntrally.
$. Spermatheca conspicuously different, its head being nearly globular
(R.s., text-fig. 4). Double sclerite (text-fig. 5) behind bursa eopulatrix (B.C.)
much shorter and straighter than in L. dorippae, being less than twice the length
of the diameter of the ring of the bursa. Stylet not quite half the length of
midtarsal segment I. On VII. st. 33 to 39 bristles on the two sides together. On
widened portion of VIII. t. 19 to 23 bristles on outer surface, and on inside 5 to 7
marginal ones, of which 1 or 2 are ventral.
Length of hindfemur : $ 0-66-0-78 mm. ; $ 0-78-0-82 mm.
Hah. Zululand : Mfongozi, from Rattu-s concha, Ratlus chrysophilus,
Leggada minutoides (W. E. Jones), 5 $ J, 4 $$.
L. dolosu8, L. prominens and L. dorippae give one the impression of being
geographical modifications of one species. But as we know as yet very little
about the distribution of these fleas, it is advisable to treat them as distinct
species.
5. Listropsylla dolosus Roths. 1907.
.. Ceratophyllus dolosus Rothschild. Ent. Mo. Mag. (2). xviii. p. 175. no. 2 (1907) (Kikuyu Escarp-
ment).
cj$. Segment II of antenna not enlarged apicad, its bristles reaching at
most to middle of club. End-segment of proboscis from one-fifth to one-half
longer than penultimate segment. On abdominal tergite I from 20 to 26 spines,
V at most with one spine. First midtarsal segment at least 0-27 mm. long ;
V a little less than one-half of I ; in hindtaisus V less than one-third of I.
Pygidium with 16 grooves each side (rarely 14). Orifice of stigma cavity of
tergite VIII continued upwards. 3 antepygidial bristles.
tj. Dorsal margin of manubrium of elasper not much longer than one-half
the exopodite ; body of elasper much longer than broad, the bay between the
dorsal basal bristle and the apical angle broad and shallow ; ventral apical
angle not, or very little, more produced than upper angle and bearing one bristle,
which is long. Exopodite long, widest about middle, with the apex pointed and
curved down ; long ventral bristle approximately at three-fifths, smaller than
the lower antepygidial bristle. Apex of IX. st. rounded.
$. Head of spermatheca somewhat longer than tail ; sclerite behind orifice
of bursa eopulatrix short, about equalling in length the diameter of the ring of
the bursa. Stylet as long as, or a little shorter than, segment V of midtarsus.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 135
Length of hindfemur ; £ 0-70-0-85 mm. ; ? 0-78-0-88 mm.
Two subspecies :
a. L. dolosus stygius Roths. 1908.
(J. Ceraiophyllvs stygius Rothschild, Ent. Mo. Mag. (2). xix. p. 77, no. 3. tab. 1. fig. 3 (1908)
(Ruwenzori).
Only one jj known. The difference from the cJcJ of L. d. dolosus is very
slight and may turn out to be individual. Apical portion of exopodite measured
from middle of groove of long ventral bristle somewhat shorter than the distance
of tip of dorsal apical projection of clasper to middle of groove of dorsal basal
long bristle ; in J of L. d. dolosus the distances equal, or the apical portion of
exopodite a little longer than width of bay. Two of the bristles of VIII. st.
long (not one as stated in the original description, one of the two being broken
away on the side figured, I.e.).
Length of hindfemur : <J 0-85 mm.
Hab. Ruwenzori, 13,000 ft., 1005, on Rattus denniae (A. F. R. Wollaston), 1(J.
b. L. dolosus dolosus Roths. 1907.
Cf. above.
Slightly smaller than L. d. stygius, the length of the hindfemur varying in
$ from 0-70 to 0-78 mm., in ? from 0-77 to 0-84 mm.
Hab. Uganda : Bulage and Sipi, North Bugisbu, from Rattus multimam-
mata and Arvicanthis spec, February 1922 (W. N. van Someren). Kenya
Colony : Mutarogwa, Aberdare Mts., from Dendromys nigifrons and Graphiurus
microtis saturatus, March 1910 (R. Kemp) ; Nakura, from Rattus rattus (G. H. E.
Hopkins). Tanganyika Territory: Kilimandjaro, May 1910 (R. Kemp).
Nyasaland : Mlanje Plateau, from Arvicanthis spec, November 1913
(Dr. S. A. Neave).
6. Listropsylla chelura Roths. 1913.
<J$. Listropsylla chelura Rothschild. Ent. Mo. Mag. (2). xxiv. p. 207. tab. 5. figs. 1, 2 (1913) (Pirie
Mt., King Williams Town).
cJ$. Comb of abdominal tergite I with more than 40 spines. Dorsal spines
of pronotal comb at the most half as long as pronotum. Pygidium with 19 to 24
grooves each side.
cj. Body of clasper strongly and densely striated transversely on underside ;
dorsal apical process of clasper triangular, much longer than the lower, with a
row of bristles at posterior margin, which is slightly rounded. Exopodite ven-
trally with a very long and strong curved bristle proximally of middle. Apex
of IX. st. rounded. VIII. st. on each side with 22 to 25 bristles, of which 6 or
7 are long and strong. Anal sternite with 3 or 4 strong bristles each side.
$. At orifice of bursa copulatrix a sclerified ring, behind which there is no
pair of longitudinal, rod-like, sclerites. On VIII. t. between the proximal
bristles of the setiferous widened area and the stigma 3 to 6 strong bristles.
Proximally of stylet on lateral sclerite below pygidium from 13 to 16 bristles.
Stylet almost exactly as long as hindtarsal segment III.
Length of hindfemur : $ 0-66 to 0-80 mm. ; $ 0-77 to 0-80 mm.
Hab. Cape Province : Kingwilliamstown, off Arvicanthis pumilio and
130
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAK XXXVI.
1930.
Myosorex tenuis (Miss F. Ross) ; Bellville, off Arvicanthis and Tat era lobengulae
(T. Muller).
In the Bellville specimens the end-segment of the proboscis is twice as long
as the penultimate one, whereas in the type-specimen from Kingwilliamstown
the ratio is 14 : 10.
7. Listxopsylla cerrita sp. nov. (text-figs. 6<J, 7$).
<J$. The largest known species of the genus. Close to L. chelura, with
which it shares the main distinctions from the other species. It differs from
L. chelura in the
(J-genitalia, par-
ticularly in the
body of the
clasper not being
transversely
striated, and in
the $ bearing on
the basal portion
of VIII. t. from
the trachea of
the stigma down-
ward (text-fig. 7)
from 7 to 10
strong bristles in-
stead of 4 to 6.
Dorsal spines of
pronotal comb
somewhat
shorter than in
L. chelura. End-
segment of pro-
boscis from 2 J to
3 times the length
of the penulti-
mate segment.
cj. Dorsal apical process of clasper more strongly curved dorsad-frontad
(text-fig. 6), the bay between it and the large proximal bristle of clasper therefore
more rounded than in L. chelura, usually almost semicircular. Exopodite F
narrower and somewhat longer than in L. chelura ; its large ventral bristle also
longer. Ventral arm of IX. st. as in L. chelura with a pair of postmedian lateral
bristles ; these bristles a little shorter and thinner than in L. chelura ; from
these bristles to apex sternite IX narrower than in L. chelura and also longer,
the apex itself less rounded, distinctly narrowing to tip, which is farther distant
from subapical ventral spinifoi-m bristles than in L. chelura. Sternite VIII with
20 to 34 bristles each side (type 34 on one side, 30 on the other), at least 10 of
these bristles large (instead of 6 or 7 as in L. chelura).
$. Bursa copulatrix and spermatheca as in L. chelura. Proximally of stylet
on lateral sclerite below pygidium from 10 to 14 bristles. Pygidium with 21
NoVITATES ZOOLOGIC'AE XXXVI.
1930.
137
to 24 grooves on each side. Apical spines on abdominal tergites II and III
slightly more numerous than in $ of L. chdura : II 22 to 26, III 18 to 21, the
numbers in L. chdura being II 16 to 21, III 12 to 16.
Length of hindfemur : $ 0-73 to 0-81 mm. ; $ 0-83 to 0-94 mm.
Hab. Cape Province : Klaver, Doom R., from nests of Karroo rats on
side of mountain (Mystomys broomi and Parotomys luteolus), 16.viii.1929 (C. V.
Muller), 4 ^ (J, 5 ?$.
This is possibly a western subspecies of L. chdura a question, which can
only be answered satisfactorily when sufficient material from other districts of
the Cape Province is available for
comparison.
Key to the species of Lislropsylla .
A. Segment II of antenna apically
rounded-enlarged, some of its bristles
reaching to apex of club or even be-
yond. Pygidium with 30 or more
grooves on each side. <J : body of
clasper much shorter than long, its
dorsal bay small, about as large as
dorsal apical process ; exopodite broad,
of nearly even width, its long ventral
bristle slender, subventral. " $ : tail of
spermatheca longer than head.
1. Abdominal tergites II to VII
with at least one, usually two,
bristles more ventral than
stigma. $ : lower apical angle
of clasper produced. $: nearly
always with 4 antepygidial bristles . L. ngrippinae Roths. 1904.
2. Abdominal tergites V and VI at most with one, VII with no bristle
more ventral than stigma. $ : lower apical angle of clasper not
produced distad. $ : 3 antepygidial bristles
L. vicinus Roths. 1905.
B. Segment II of antenna not enlarged, its bristles reaching at most to
middle of club. Pygidium with 25 or fewer grooves each side. Abdominal
tergite I with fewer than 30 apical spines. J : body of clasper longer than
broad, the dorsal bay wide ; exopodite strongly narrowing towards apex and
towards base, its long ventral bristle at two-thirds (approximately). $ : tail of
spermatheca shorter than head.
3. Midtarsal segment I twice as long as V. Pygidium with 18 to 25 grooves
each side. <$ : ventral apical process of clasper at most thrice as
long as broad. $ : head of spermatheca irregularly elliptical
L. dorippae Roths. 1904.
4. Midtarsal segment I less than twice as long as V. Pygidium with 16 or
17 grooves each side. <$ : ventral apical process of clasper at least
four times as long as broad. $ : head of spermatheca subglobular.
L. prominens sp. nov.
l:;.S NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
5. Midtarsal segment I at least twice as long as V. Pygidium with 16
grooves on each side (rarely 14). o : ventral apical angle of clasper
not, or very little, farther produced distad than upper angle. $ :
double sclerite behind ring of bursa copulatrix about equal in length
to diameter of ring ..... L. dolosus Roths. 1907.
( '. Segment II of antenna not eidarged, its bristles reaching at most to
middle of club. Pygidium with 19 to 24 more grooves on each side. Abdominal
tergite I with 40 or more apical spines, jj : dorsal apical process of clasper
triangular, large, very much larger than ventral apical projection, a row of
bristles along apical margin of clasper. $ : head of spermatheca longer than
tail, globular ; no double sclerite behind ring of bursa copulatrix ; stylet as
long as hindtarsal segment III.
6. (J : body of clasper below densely striated transversely. $ : on basal
area of VIII. t. below stigma 4 to 6 bristles L. chelura Roths. 1913.
7. (J : body of clasper not striated. $ : on basal area of VIII. t. below
stigma 7 to 10 bristles (text-fig 7) . . L. cerrita sp. nov.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
139
A, NEW XENOPSYLLA FROM SOUTH AFRICA.
By BOTHA DE MEILLON, M.Sc, F.E.S.,
Entomological Department, South African Institute for Medical Research,
Johannesburg.
Xenopsylla lobengulae sp. hov.
(Text-figures 1-10.)
'"PHIS flea belongs to the Xenopsylla brasiliensis subgroup of the X. cheopis
group. It is very closely allied to Xenopsylla hirsuta Ingram 1928 and
Xenopsylla sulcata, Ingram 1928. The male is intermediate between these two
in nearly all characters, but
differs more obviously from
X. hirsuta in having the ante-
pygidial bristle mounted on a
shorter cone (figs. 1 and 2), and
from X. sulcata in the shape of
the VIHth sternite (figs. 3 and
4) and the paramere (figs. 5, 0
and 7). The female resembles
those of the other two species
very closely, but seems to be
separable in having more than
twenty bristles on one side of
the VIHth tergite (fig. 8), there
being less than twenty in the
females of X. sulcata and
X. hirsuta.
$. Rostrum not reaching
the apex of the forecoxa. Eye
well developed. Dorsal groove
of the head deep, continued on
to the mesonotum, not as deep
as in X. sulcata. Metepimerum
with ten bristles in two rows
of five each ; no bristle above
or behind the spiracle. First
abdominal tergite with two
tufts of stout bristles re-
sembling those of X. sulcata ;
these bristles project at an angle from the tergite and are thus very conspicuous.
Tergites II-VII with from ten to twelve bristles on the two sides together.
Antepygidial bristle marginal, on a small cone (figs. 1 and 9). Modified
segments (figs. 3 and 9) : tergite IX with a long stout bristle mounted on a
cone. Sternite IX weakly chitinised, more or less parallel-sided, with a few
IX. Et.
VIII. st
140
Xovitates Zoor.ncirAK XXXVJ. L930.
minute hairs apically. Sternite VIII resembles that of X. hirsute in having
the apical margin straight. In X. sulcata this sternite is produced backwards
at its dorsal apical angle (fig. 4). It bears a closely set row of 8-9 long, stout-
bristles at its apical margin ; the more ventral ones of these bristles are more
bent than in X. hirsute, but less so than in X. sulcata. Laterally the sternite
VIII bears 8-9 bristles. Process P; of the clasper is somewhat oval in shape
and bears some minute hairs laterally and along its margin ; P1 is much smaller,
almost square and bears a few minute hairs. The dorsal apical angle of the
paramere (Par.) is drawn out into a long projection resembling that of X. hirsute,
but quite distinct from that of X. sulcata (figs. 5, 6 and 7). Apical portion of
the ejaculatory duct without a dorsal tooth or hump.
?. Rostrum longer than in the male, but not reaching to the apex of
the forecoxa. Tergites II-VII with 12-14 bristles on the two sides together.
Tergite VIII with 20-23 bristles (on one side), of which 9-10 at the apical margin,
which is more or less straight, the rest lateral. The stylet is about twice
as long as wide at the base and bears a long apical bristle. Sternite VIII feebly
chitinised (fig. 9). Spermatheca (fig. 10) with the head wider than the base of
the tail ; portions of the duct are chitinised. The longest apical bristle of the
tibia and the foretarsus reaching to the apices of the first and second tarsal
segments respectively ; longest bristle of the midtarsus nearly reaching to the
apex of the fifth. Hindtibia with six dorsal notches bearing stout bristles,
inclusive of the apical notch.
Length : £ 1-9 mm. ; $ 2 mm.
Hab. South Africa, Cape Province : Chavonnes, Worcester, from Tatera
lobengulae, 5.x. 1928 (B. J. Kock), a series, type in coll. N. C. Rothschild.
Xenopsylla sulcata Ingr. 1928, X. hirsula Ingr. 1928 and X. logengulae sp. nov.
agree with the X. brasiliensis subgroup (Jordan, Verh. International. Entomologen-
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
141
Konyress, Zurich, Band II, pp. 610-611, 1926) in having in $ the antepygidial
bristle on a marginal cone and in $ the head of the spermatheca wider than
the base of the tail, also in the deep dorsal groove of the (J-head, which is
continued on to the mesonotum. They differ, however, widely from the other
members of this subgroup in the characters of the processes P1 and P! of the
clasper. P1 is not provided with stout bristles, neither is P- curved upwards at
the tip (figs. 3 and 4). It
would serve no useful pur- vn.t.
pose at present, however,
to separate them off on
this account ; they are,
therefore, kept in this sub-
group to which a modified
key is given below. They
further differ from the other
members of the subgroup
in having a vertical row of
strong bristles on the apical
margin of the VIII st. in
the male. X. crinita has a
brush of long bristles on
the VIII st. in the $, but
it differs widely in many
other respects, notably in
the possession of an extra
bristle on the hindtibia,
and in the character of P1
and P2.
Key:
(a) Hindtibia with six
dorsal notches bear-
ing stout bristles,
inclusive of the apical
notch . b
Hindtibia with an ad-
ditional stout bristle
between second and
third pairs . . /
(b) Apical portion of ejaculatory tube (,$) with a sharp dorsal tooth
r X. hamuln Jord. 1925.
Tooth of ejaculatory tube absent ....... c
(c) Process P1 of the clasper (^) very small, not provided with stout bristles ;
~P- oval ; VII. st. ($) with three bristles on each side. . . d
Process P1 with stout bristles ; P1 almost as long as P:, which is turned up
at the tip ; VII. st. ($) with more than ten bristles
X. bra-nliensis Baker 1904.
(d) VIII. st. ($) with apical margin straight (fig. 3) ; para mere with dorsal angle
produced (figs. 5 and 7) . . . . . . . . e
142 Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. 1U30.
VIII. st. with the apical dorsal angle produced backwards (fig. 4) ; paramere
without a dorsal projection (fig. 6) ; VIII. t. ($) with less than twenty
bristles on one side . . . . . X. sulcata Ingr. 1928.
(e) Antepygidial bristle on a small cone (fig. 1) ; bristles of marginal row of
VIII. st. strong, the more basal ones twisted (q); VIII. t. (?) with more
than twenty bristles on one side . . . X. lobengulae sp. nov.
Antepygidial bristle on a larger cone (fig. 2), bristles of apical marginal row
of VIII. st. weaker, fewer in number and less or practically not twisted at
all. VIII. t. (?) with fewer than twenty bristles X. hirsuta Ingr. 1928.
(/) VIII. st. (o) without brvish of long bristles, with more than twenty bristles
on each side ; VII. st. ($) with more than twenty-six bristles on the two
sides together, base of tail of spermatheca more or less ventricose
X. scopulifer Roths. 1905.
Transverse diameter of eye only equalling that of second segment of maxillary
palpus, the eye being smaller than in X. scopulifer; VIII. st. (<J) with
fewer than twenty bristles ; base of tail of spermatheca not ventricose ;
VII. st. (?) with fewer than twenty-six bristles X. tortus J. & R. 1908.
VTEL st. (o) with brush of long bristles, groove of head very deep ; female
not known ....... X. crinita J. & R. 1922.
Figure 1. Xenopsylla lobengulae, q, apical portion of VII. t.
,, 2. „ hirsuta Ingr. <J, apical portion of VII. t.
,, 3. ,, lobengulae, <$, terminal abdominal segments.
,, 4. „ sulcata Ingr. <J, terminal abdominal segments.
,, 5. ,, lobengulae, <$, paramere.
,, li. ,, sulcata Ingr. J, paramere.
,, 7. ,, hirsuta Ingr. q, paramere.
,, 8. ,, lobengulae, $, terminal abdominal segments.
9. ,, lobengulae, $, terminal abdominal segments.
,, 10. ,, lobengulae, 5, spermatheca.
NuVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVI. 1930. 143
THREE NEW ANTHRIBIDAE FROM BRITISH INDIA.
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
1. Zygaenodes ferrealis sp. nov.
rf. Magnus. Rostrum apice sinuatum atque longitudinc angustius. Oculus
integer. Elytrum crista subbasali alta instructum.
Long. (cap. excl.) 5-5 mm., lat. 3-25 mm.
Hah. Assam : from Meseca ferrea seeds, ix.1928 (R. N. Parker), 2 ^^.
Similar to Z. vigens Jord. 1925, from Sumatra, larger, eye not sinuate,
subbasal tubercle of elytrum less elevate, occiput and posterior side of eye-stalk
brown-black, with a russet tint, sharply contrasting with the vertical Irons and
rostrum and the anterior side of eye-stalk, which are clayish fawn.
Brown-black, slightly rufescent in parts, thorax and elytra mottled with
clayish fawn. Proboscis with broadish, shallow impression near apex, apical
margin very distinctly sinuate, distance from apex to tubercle of antennal groove
longer than the apex is broad. Eye-stalk measured from antennal tubercle
not quite three times as long as broad, about as long as the apex of rostrum is
broad, flat in front, also flattened subdorsally and subventrally, recalling a
prism, slightly bent down at apex. Occiput convex, medianly not sulcate, but
with a faint indication of a raised line. Segment 3 of antemia almost half as
long again as 4. Pronotum rather coarsely granulose, transversely depressed
behind apex and at carina, lateral angle strongly projecting, less than 90°, but
with the tip rounded off ; markings clayish fawn, ill defined : a narrow, inter-
rupted, median stripe and on each side from carina forward three smears, of
which the two outer ones unite behind carina.
Scutellum clayish ochraceous. Elytra short, granulose, alternate inter-
spaces slightly elevate, with blackish dots separated by clayish fawn streaks,
particularly in 3 ; subbasal tubercle high, longer than broad. Pygidium with
clayish fawn smear each side, granulose, slightly convex in middle, as long as
basally broad, gradually narrowed to apex, which is rounded.
Underside and legs mottled with grey ; on meso-metatliorax a clayish
smear at side ; tarsal segment 1 about as long as 2 to 4 together, 2 slightly
broader than long.
2. Tropideres luteago spec. nov.
$. Pallidus, brunneo-nigro variegatus. Frons lata. Caput cum thorace
fortiter punctatum. Pronoti carina dorsalis in medio angulata. Elytra fascia
lata mediana luteo-notata atque signaturis subbasalibus et anteapicalibus
angustis brunneo-nigris ornata. Pygidium pallidum.
Long. (cap. exel.) 5 mm.
Hab. N.W. India : Dehra Dun, Asan R., 11. ix.1928 (Sher Behadur), 1 $.
Proboscis pubescent luteous like frons, one-sixth longer than apically broad,
with 5 carinae : dorso-lateral one ending between antennae, median one a little
longer, lateral one shortest. Frons a little more than one-third of the apical
width of rostrum. Occiput brown at sides. Antenna rufous-brown, paler at
144 NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1030.
base, 3 very little longer than 4, 8 less than twice as long as broad, 9 conical, a
little more than one-half longer than broad, 10 as long as broad.
Pronotum blackish brown, coarsely punctate, on the whole the interspaces
wider than the punctures ; before middle a transverse depression, but no sulcus ;
a broad median stripe widened in front of and behind depression, in blackish
area a middle dot, a larger one further lateral and further back, a third in angle
of carina, a fourth behind carina nearer side than middle, and a large patch
from apex of lateral carina to apical margin, where it is expanded, joining the
median stripe, these markings buff ; dorsal carina with distinct median angle
pointing backwards, lateral angle rounded, lateral carina nearly horizontal, its
middle slightly incurved ; subbasal transverse cannula effaced in middle.
Elytra luteous, with blackish markings as follows : on subbasal callosity
an anteriorly open arc, which is more or less expanded near suture, shoulder
angle and a small double spot above it, an anteriorly open angle-shaped mark
behind shoulder joined laterally to the anterior lateral branch of a broad median
band ; this band divided laterally by a largish buff spot, both portions of the
band bearing some buff spots, before middle a rounded sutural dot, and behind
this a Y-shaped spot continued backward along suture ; in apical luteous area a
curved band not touching suture, consisting on each elytrum of 5 more or less
confluent spots ; stripes of punctures distinct to apex. Pygidium uniformly
luteous, coarsely punctate, a little longer than a semicircle, less evenly rounded,
apex somewhat depressed.
Thoracic sternites punctate, coarsely so at sides ; on metasternite some
blackish lateral spots. Legs luteous, middle of femora, base and about apical
third of tibiae, apex and extreme base of tarsal segment 1, and the whole of 2,
3 and 4 blackish ; claw rufous ; 1 slightly shorter than 2 4-3 + 4.
In colour similar to Tropideres calliergus Jord. 1923, from Tonkin ; but
frons very much broader, lateral carina of pronotum almost horizontal, and
first tarsal segment shorter.
3. Tropideres comes spec, no v.
$. Brunneus, rostro pedibusque plus minus rufis, subtus griseus, supra
griseo multimaculatus. Frons sat lata. Antennae segmentum lOum trans-
versum. Pronotum punctatum, cannula transversa subbasali late interrupta.
Tarsonim segmentum lum caeteris simul sumptis longitudine aequale.
Long. (cap. excl.) 4 mm.
Hub. Assam : Shillong, 6000 ft., 23. v. 1925 (C. F. C. Beeson), 1 ?.
Proboscis one-sixth longer than apically broad, with 5 dorsal carinae, I
extending beyond middle, but not reaching apex, II running from near eye to
middle, its upper end bent inward, lower end bent outward, III from above
antennal groove towards eye, which it does not reach ; base not impressed
between the carinae ; apical margin slightly trisinuate, carinate edge of antennal
groove directed towards lower portion of cheek, not towards underside ; no
groove on gena. Frons and occiput brown, grey at the eyes ; frons as broad as
antennal segment 2 is long. Antenna one-tenth longer than the distance from
apex of proboscis to hindmargin of eye ; rufescent brown, very slightly paler
at the joints ; segment 3 as long as 4, 8 not quite twice as long as broad, club
nearly as long as 3 + 4 + 5, broad, 10 a little broader than long.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 145
Pronotum distinctly, but not very coarsely, punctate all over, a little over
half as broad again as long, transversely depressed before middle, but without
sulcus, a median stripe interrupted in middle, a dot in depression nearly halfway
to side, a nearly square apical spot, an U-shaped spot in arc of carina and a
sublateral spot behind carina grey ; carina medianly straight, curved back
dorso-laterally and then flexed forward in a semi-circle ; subbasal cannula
broadly interrupted.
Elytra one-fourth longer than broad, rather strongly convex, feebly de-
pressed behind subbasal swelling, which is low, punctate stripes feeble at apex
except sutural one ; on each elytrum over 20 short, more or less oblong, grey
spots, of which some at base and some at apical margin are confluent, in middle,
from near suture to sixth interspace, a posteriorly tridentate grey spot, the
tooth near suture being the longest and thinnest, the subsutural portion of the
spot not extending so far basad than the rest of the spot. Pygidium nearly as
long as broad, gradually narrowing, rounded at apex, with broad brown median
stripe.
I am much indebted to the Forest Research Institute at Dehra Dun for
these new species.
10
146 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
EEVISIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS EPAMERA
(LEP. LYCAENIDAE).
By N. D. RILEY.
TN Novitates Zoologicae, Vol. XXXIV, p. 384, 1928, it was suggested that
Iolaus hemicyanus E. M. Sharpe (Entom. p. 203, 1904) and Epamera frater
Joicey & Talbot (Bull. Hill Mus. i, p. 92, 1921) might be conspecific, and in
fact frater was there treated as a synonym of hemicyanus.
Quite recently the type-specimen of E. hemicyanus has come to light, and
through the kindness of Lord Rothschild I have been able to examine it. It
proves to be a member of the aethria group, as it is devoid of the wide tuft of
long hairs on the underside of the inner margin of the forewing, and also of the
velvety brown patch of androconia in the speculum of the hind wing, features
which are both present in E. frater ; and is in fact the insect which I described
(T.E.S. 77, p. 495, 1929) as Epamera barbara toroensis. Hemicyanus therefore
supersedes barbara as dealt with in Trans. Ent. Soc. 77, p. 496, and frater J. & T.
takes its place as the name of the other species.
The two species concerned then become :
(1) Epamera frater J. & T. (1921)
(=E. hemicyanus Sharpe, Riley (nee Sharpe) (1928).
With races :
(i) E. frater frater J. & T. (1921).
(ii) E. frater kumboae B. B. (1926).
(iii) E. frater kamerunica Riley (1928).
and
(2) Epamera hemicyanus E. M. Sharpe (Aug. 1904)
(=E. barbara Suffert, Riley, 1928, 1929).
With races :
(i) E. hemicyanus hemicyanus E. M. Sharpe (Aug. 1904)
(= E. barbara toroensis Riley, 1929).
(ii) E. hemicyanus barnsi J. & T. (1921).
(iii) E. hemicyanus mildbraedi Schultze (1910)
(= E. yokoana B. B., 1926).
(iv) E. hemicyanus barbara Suff. (Oct. 1904).
Brit. Mus. (N.H.), 9. v. 30.
Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. 1930. 247
ON THE TWO SPECIES OF DEUDORIX KNOWN FROM
NEW GUINEA (LEP., LYCAENIDAE).
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
A LTHOUGH still rare in collections, Deudorix dohertyi and D. grandis are
represented in the Tring Museum by both sexes. All our specimens were
obtained at higher altitudes, whereas the unique male of D. dohertyi was collected
by Doherty at Andai, or, at any rate, is labelled " Andai." Both species are
sexually strongly dimorphic, and vary geographically as follows :
l. Deudorix grandis R. & J. 1905.
cj$. Deudorix grandis Roths. & Jord., Nov. Zool. xii. p. 465. no. 18 (1905) (Angabunga R.) ; Jord.,
ibid. xiii. p. 759. no. 4. pi. 3. figs. 9, 10 $ (1906) (upper- and underside).
In both sexes the green discal band of underside in fore- and hindwing
straight, much nearer to cell than to termen ; between it and termen a distinct
white or whitish submarginal line. U pperside of hindwing of ^ at most with
a trace of metallic blue. In $ both wings with a large white area.
Underside of thorax and abdomen ochraceous in both sexes, as in D. dohertyi.
a. D. grandis grandis Roths. & Jord. 1905, I.e.
cJ. Forewing, upperside : metallic blue area triangular, reaching from near
base to lower cell-angle ; costal half of cell black ; black terminal area 7-8 mm.
wide at submedian vein. Hindwing usually with a trace of metallic blue in the
cell ; abdominal margin green. Underside olivaceous green.
$ White area of forewing, upperside, extending from hindmargin forward
to R1, not penetrating into cell, 5-S mm. broad at lower cell-angle and 14-16 mm.
at posterior margin ; black terminal area 4 mm. broad at submedian.
Hindwing white, base broadly black ; black terminal border extending to anal
angle ; within it a white subterminal line.
Underside brighter green than in <J, much less olivaceous ; white area of fore-
wing nearly as above, but reaching closer to costa. On hindwing the green
band placed between two white ones, of which the outer one is two to three
times as broad as the imier, the latter being, in middle, about the width of
the green band.
Length of forewing : £ 26-29 mm. ; $ 22-31 mm.
Hab. British New Guinea : Angabunga R., 6,000 ft., November 1904-
February 1905 (A. S. Meek), a series of 3$, 4 ?$ ; Mandated New Guinea:
west side of Herzog Mts., inland from Huon Gulf, 6,200 ft. (A. F. Eichhorn), 1 $.
b. D. grandis mesites subsp. nov.
$. Black terminal band of upperside of hindwing posteriorly narrower
than in the previous subspecies, the partition before and the one behind the tail
almost isolated as spots.
148 XdVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930.
On underside the greenish white line bordering on outside the green discal
band of forewing very little broader and but very slightly more pronounced than
the subrnarginal line ; disco-cellular bar broader than in D. g. grandis. On
hindvving the white stripe on basal side of green median band very much thinner
than this band, measuring about 1 mm. in width at apex of cell.
Length of forewing : $ 25 mm.
Hab. Dutch New Guinea : Weyland Mts., Menoo Valley, Mt. Kunupi,
6,000 ft., Nov.-Dec. 1920 (C. F. and J. Pratt), 1 ? in the Hill Museum.
c. D. grandis jactantis subsp. nov.
$. Like D. g. mesites ; white area of hinclwing, upperside, more extended
posteriorly, the black spot before tail almost isolated and the one behind tail
diffuse and nearly suppressed by the encroachment of white ; white admarginal
bars broader than in both previous subspecies.
Underside : forewing as in D. g. mesites ; hindwing as in D. g. grandis, the
white stripe placed at basal side of green median band a very little broader
at apex of cell than this band ; terminal and anal areas with a yellowish tint.
Length of forewing : $ 30 mm.
Hab. Dutch South-west New Guinea : Mt. Goliath, 5-7000 ft., June 1911
(A. S. Meek), 1 ?.
2. Deudorix dohertyi Oberth. 1894.
(J. Deudoryx (!) dohertyi Oberthur, Etudes d'Entom. xix. p. 13. pi. 3. fig. 10, J (1894) (Andai).
Underside of wings in both sexes malachite green, with a slightly deeper
green, narrow, band halfway between cell and apex, almost parallel with termen,
not very promment, bounded on outer side by a paler green or whitish line which
is more distinct on hindwing than on forewing and clearer white in $ than in <J ;
a diffuse submarginal line pale green, vestigial in $ ; a black spot on anal lobe,
another before tail, and a vestigial one in between.
(J. Upperside of both wings metallic blue, base, costal margin and apical
half of forewing, base and costal area of hindwing black.
$. Forewing, upperside, with a curved, white, discal band from posterior
margin to near eosta, about 4 mm. broad, touching (or nearly) apex of cell, but
not entering it, about 4 mm. from termen at submedian vein. White area of
hindwing more extendedly shaded with greenish blue than in D. grandis, narrow-
ing anteriorly, reaching costal margin, or vestigial from R' costad, not entering
cell, but touching its lower angle.
On underside the white area of hindwing represented by a white line along
green discal band ; black spots in anal area as in J, but larger, also present on
upperside.
Three subspecies :
a. D. dohertyi dohertyi Oberth. 1894, I.e.
Described from one (J, now in the British Museum ; I have not seen any
other specimen. The blue metallic scaling of the hindwing, upperside, extends
close to the terminal fringe from before subcostal vein to anal angle.
Hab. Arfak Peninsula : Andai.
N0V1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1930. 149
b. D. dohertyi fortis subsp. nov.
$. White band of forewing, upperside, extending forward to stalk of sub-
costal fork, entire, the veins traversing it not being scaled black. White area
of hindwing reaching to costal margin, anteriorly somewhat suffused with brown
in one of the two specimens (paratype) ; anterior submarginal black spot not
distinctly isolated, second black spot nearly as large as first ; black terminal
line almost as broad as the white adniarginal line ; abdominal area shaded with
bluish green.
Length of forewing : $ 29 mm.
Hab. Dutch South-west New Guinea : Mt. Goliath, 5,000 ft., March 1911
(A. S. Meek), 2 $?.
c. D. dohertyi cholas subsp. nov.
$. Blue colour on both wings less extended than in D. d. dohertyi ; on
forewing costal third of cell black, black terminal area 8 mm. broad at submedian
vein. On hindwing, outer half of subcostal cellule black.
$. White band of forewing, upperside, broken up by nearly all the veins
traversing it being narrowly black, the band faintly greenish, not quite reaching
stalk of subcostal fork and not touching lower angle of cell. White area of
hindwing stopping short at R1, its two anterior sections being suppressed ; black
submarginal band very strongly tapering, ending at M1, black submarginal spot
in front of tail well separated, second spot suppressed, the third in anal lobe
small ; black terminal line very thin, less than half the width of white ad-
marginal line.
On underside, white discal line of hindwing thinner than in D. d. fortis.
Length of forewing : $ 29 mm. ; $ 30 mm.
Hab. Mandated Eastern New Guinea : Rawlinson Mts. (Christian Keysser),
1 <$ (type). — British New Guinea : Hydrographer Mts., 2,500 ft., April 1918
(Eichhorn Bros.), 1 $. This $ may possibly represent another subspecies.
LEPIDOPTERA
COLLECTED BY THE
British Ornithologists' Union and Wollaston Expeditions in
the Snow Mountains, Southern Dutch New Guinea
WITH TWO COLOURED PLATES
By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D.
(LORD ROTHSCHILD)
PRICE: £1 5s. (less 20% to Booksellers).
A REVISION OF THE LEPIDOPTEROUS FAMILY
SPHINGIDAE
By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D.,
AND
KARL JORDAN, M.A.L., Ph.D.
PRICE : £10 (less 20% to Booksellers).
cxxxv and 972 pages, with 67 Plates.
Annual Subscription to " Novitates Zoologicae," £1 5$.
Price of completed Volumes, £1 10s. Volume XXV und following issues, £1 16s.
(Commission for Booksellers on completed volumes only.)
Communications, etc., may be addressed to
THE EDITORS OF "NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE."
ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM,
TRINC
Subscribers should give notice of the non-arrival of any numbers immediately upon receipt
of the succeeding part, otherwise the missing numbers cannot be replaced free.
PRINTED bY HAZELL, WATSON AND V1NEY, LTD., LONDON AND AYLESBURY.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE,
H Journal of Zoology
EDITED BY
LORD ROTHSCHILD, E.R.S., Ph.D.,
Dit. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN.
Vol. XXXVI.
No. 2.
Pages 151-279.
Issued April 22nd, 1931, at the Zoological Museum, Tring.
PRINTED BY HAZELL, WATSON & VINEY, L-rr>., LONDON AND AYLESBURY.
1931.
Vol. XXXVI.
NOVITATES Z00L0GICAE.
EDITED BT
LORD ROTHSCHILD, ERNST HARTERT, and KARL JORDAN.
CONTENTS OF NO. II.
1. GEOMETRID DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES . Louis B. Prout
2. A PRELIMINARY REVIEW OF THE MOORUK
(PAPUANUS BENNETTI) GROUP OF CASSO-
WARIES (Plates I and II) Lord Rothschild
3. TYPES OF BIRDS IN THE TRING MUSEUM
4. LIST OF LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTED BY DR.
ERNST HARTERT AND MR. FREDERICK
YOUNG IN MOROCCO IN 1930
5. A NOTE ON SOME EARLY PLUMAGE PHASES IN
THE STEGANOPODES, WITH A DESCRIPTION
OF A PREVIOUSLY UNDESCRIBED PHASE IN
FREGATA AQVILA (LINN.) ....
6. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF JAPANESE,
FORMOSAN, AND PHILIPPINE PYRALIDAE .
7. THREE NEW SPECIES OF NEOPSYLLA (SIPHON-
APTERA) FROM THE ORIENTAL REGION .
8. SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. F. J. COX
IN FRANCE
9. RECORDS OF FLEAS FROM THE AUSTRIAN
TIROL AND THE DOLOMITES
10. ON SOME FLEAS COLLECTED BY MONSIEUR
HEIM DE BALZAC IN WESTERN ALGERIA .
11. ON CYPA DECOLOR AND SOME ALLIED SPECIES
(LEPID., SPHINGIDAE)
12. ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATION OF THE
PINE HAWK-MOTH, HYLOICUS PIN AST RI
13. ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS MADE BY MR. F.
SHAW MAYER IN THE WEYLAND MOUNTAINS,
DUTCH NEW GUINEA, IN 1930 (Plates III and
IV)
14. TWO NEW ZYGAENIDAE (LEPID.) .
Ernst Hartert
151—180
181—183
184—190
Lord Rothschild 191—200
Percy R. Lowe . 201—205
R. J. West
Karl Jordan
Karl Jordan
Karl Jordan
Karl Jordan
Karl Jordan
Karl Jordan
Lord Rothschild
Karl Jordan
206—219
220—224
225—229
230—232
233—234
235—242
243—249
250—276
277—278
15. TWO NEW MALAYSIAN SUBSPECIES OF BIRDS
F. N. Chosen and C. Boden Kloss
279
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE
Vol. XXXVI. APRIL 1931. No. 2.
<;eometrid descriptions and notes.
By LOUIS B. PROUT.
A. INDO-AUSTRALIAN.
Subfam. OENOCHROMINAE
1. Ozola concreta sp.n.
<J$, 25-29 mm. Antennal cilation of 3 1 J— 2. Hindtibia of <J very broadly
dilated, on outerside concave, on innerside with groove containing strong brown
hair-pencil (almost as in indefensa Wan-., 1899). Head and body concolorous
with wings.
Forewing, especially in the <$, narrow, apex, especially in the $, somewhat
produced, termen strongly oblique, but very little (sometimes not appreciably)
concave between apex and R1, hardly or very weakly bent about R' ; whitish,
with very dense vinaceous-brown mottlings and blackish irroration, so that the
ground-colour is scarcely anywhere shown except at apex and irregularly in parts
of the narrow median area ; cell-dot blackish, not very sharp, but generally a
little enlarged by some grey diffusion ; antemedian indefinite, excurved, band-
like, rather distally placed, in cell only 1 mm. from cell-dot or little more ; post-
median of a slightly brighter vinaceous than the rest of the mottling, duplicated
distally by a second line or narrow shade, the two weakly but almost equally
sinuous, thus much more nearly parallel than is usual in the macariata group,
very slightly divaricating posteriorly ; subterminal greyish, rather weak but
generally complete, occasionally submacular ; blackish interneural dots or dashes
at termen. Hind/wing with termen not or scarcely produced at Rl ; costal
margin pale, more broadly at base ; the rest mottled and irrorated as forewing ;
cell-dot moderately strong, crossed, or touched distally, by the almost straight
median line, which is at least as bright as the postmedian of the forewing. more
definitely formed than in basisparsata Walk. (1S02) but not quite so strong as in
macariata Walk. (1SG2) and indefensa Warr. ; postmedian more bent, but very
indistinct or almost obsolete ; subterminal generally well discernible.
Underside similar or with rather stronger contrasts, the forewing generally
with proximal and distal areas more broadly dark-shaded, the apex remaining pale.
Langkawi I., 14-29 April 192S (H. M. Pendlebury), 1 & 3 ?$, the type in
coll. Brit. Mus. Also 1 $ from Kedah Peak, 3,300 feet, 21 March 1928 (H. M.
Pendlebury), in coll. F.M.S. Museums.
Rather variable in colour. Readily distinguishable from macariata by the
less extreme shape and the more oblique, more circumscribed central area of
11 151
152 XoVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXXVI. 1931.
forewiiig. The species which more resemble it in shape —leptogonia Hmpsn., L902
(? = minor Moore, 1888), crvjiia Swinh., 19(12, and decolorata Warr., 18117 — have
much less dilated ] hindtibia. Unfortunately, the only known <J has lost one
forewing, but it has been made holotype for the sake of the structural character.
Subiam. HEMITHEINAE.
2. Actenochroma pullicosta sp.n.
$, 44 mm. Face with a slight vertical furrow in middle, here blackish
(partly descaled). Palpus with 1st and 2nd joints pale, above rather narrowly
blackish, 3rd joint elongate (a little longer than 2nd).
Forewing with R; arising very near R1 ; apparently of a paler green than in
m/uscicoloraria Walk. (1862, N. India), but discoloured in relaxing ; costal border
for a breadth of about 1 mm. blackish fuscous from antemedian line to apex,
interrupted by median, postmedian and subterminal pale spots, continuing
extremely narrow to base along costal edge, and sending out a short projection
basewards just behind SC ; markings nearly as in muscicoloraria, but with the
projection of the postmedian less strong and the terminal line blacker and less
interrupted. Hindwing with R- almost connate with R1 ; concolorous with
forewing, marked nearly as in mitscicoloraria, but with a dot instead of the
irregularly elongate cell-mark ; terminal line as oil forewing.
Underside closely as in the rather broad-banded examples of muscicoloraria.
Mindanao : Kolambugan, Lanao, plains, 20 June 1914, 1 $ in coll. Tring Mus.
3. Anisozyga valescens sp.n.
$, 42 mm. Face green, narrowly white below. Palpus fully 2, with ter-
minal joint not quite as long as 2nd ; brownish white, above and on nearly the
whole of the 3rd joint fuscous. Vertex mixed with light-brown and fuscous ;
occiput narrowly green. Body above : thorax green, abdomen mixed with light
fleshy-brown and fuscous ; beneath : brown whitish.
Forewing with costa gently arched, termen crenulate but not deeply, curved
to become strongly oblique posteriorly ; lettuce-green or pearl-green (a little
faded) ; costa light pinkish cinnamon, with copious, in part confluent, dark
irroration ; antemedian line rather thick, especially at extremities, light vina-
ceous cinnamon with dark irroration, from costa at 4 mm. to hindmargin at nearly
5 mm., somewhat sinuous, dentate inward at M and SMJ ; a large light pinkish
cinnamon, slightly irrorated apical patch reaching R3, mixed with lavender-grey
at the part farthest from apex. 7 mm. long at costa, about 5 mm. posteriorly,
edged by a thick dark line, which is very faintly excurved about R1 ; a much
smaller lavender-grey tornal patch behind M' ; a dark terminal line ; fringe
tinted with vinaceous. Hindwing with termen more strongly crenulate,
forming pronounced teeth at R1 and R1 ; green, with a lavender -grey line on
abdominal margin not reaching base ; no transverse line ; apical patch more
irrorated and with more extended violet suffusion than on forewing ; tornal still
smaller than on forewing ; terminal line and fringe as on forewing.
Underside whitish green ; the terminal blotches present, the fleshy parts
very pale, the lavender-grey parts almost black.
Dutch New Guinea: Cyclops Mountains, August-September 1928 (Dr. E.
Mayr), 1 <j> in coll. Tring Mus.
NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXXVI. 1931. 153
Probably nearest to decorata Warr. $ (1906), but larger, terminal joint of
palpus less elongate, abdomen without green patch at base, wings less bluish
green, ajjical patches with dark instead of white edgings, that of forewing without
green spots.
4. Spaniocentra agathoides sp.n.
(J, 29 mm. Face reddish. Palpus reddish above, white beneath. Vertex
white, occiput narrowly red. Patagium and tegula green ; thorax posteriorly
and abdomen rosy, somewhat mixed with white and green ; body beneath white.
Forewing green (probably as in the allies, but somewhat faded) ; costal
margin at base broadly rosy, then rather broadly white, underlined with reddish,
in places with dark speckling ; markings vinaceous lilac, sprinkled — especially at
their edges — with olive scales ; antemedian represented by two spots, one 3 mm.
from base in anterior part of cell, confluent with costal border, the other — slightly
more distal and oblique — from hindmargin to just in front of SM- ; cell-mark
long, anteriorly thick, touching the costal border ; a similar subcostal streak mid-
way between cell-mark and apex ; an irregular terminal band, nearly 2 mm.
wide at apex and slightly more just behind R3, midway between these points
narrowed to well under 1 mm. (its proximal edge being curved), again similarly
narrowed posteriorly, at tornus connected with a large irregular mark which
projects forward from hindmargin in the direction of the postmedian costal mark,
is convex proximally, subconcave distally, and ends, rather long and flat, in front
of M-. Hindwing with small cell-spot and a slight abdominal-marginal streak
(as in the allies), culminating in a postmedian spot ; border analogous to that of
forewing, the apical broad part reaching to R1.
Underside paler, with the markings shadowy.
Mindanao : Kolambugan, Lanao, plains, 4 July 1914 (A. E. Wileman), type
<J in coll. Tring Mus.
A larger 9 from the same locality, 10 June 1914, with similar borders to the
hindwing, and to the forewing anteriorly, may belong with this, but has the cell-
dot minute, the transverse markings wanting, an extremely large purplish blotch
at tornus of forewing, intermediate between those of S. megaspilaria Uuen. $
and Rhomborista semipurpurea Warr. (1897), 4 spurs on the hindtibia and may
rather belong to an unknown $ of the inulifi ruin group ; the ,j type, on the other
hand, superficially recalls a small Agaihia more than any previously known
Spaniocentra.
Eretmopus Turn. (1910).
This genus, well differentiated from Prasinocyma and Thalassodes by the
hindleg (spurless in the ,j", 2-spurred in the $), has been too hastily assumed to
embrace only a single species and has not hitherto been critically analysed. The
material, particularly in the <J sex, is unfortunately very meagre, but there are
at least three species, readily distinguishable in the q, as will be seen from the
following key :
1. Hindtarsus of <$ densely rough-scaled . . . discissa Walk.
Hindtarsus of $ not densely rough-scaled . . ,, ,,
2. Hindwing of q beneath with coarse buff (or some-
what cinnamon) scaling proximally . . . marinaria Guen.
Hindwing of <J without buff scaling proximally . sp.n. (No. 5 iirfra).
154 NOV1TATES ZoOLOGH'Ai; XXXVI. 1031.
E. discissa (Walk., lstil), founded on a J from " Hindustan " [Moulmein]
from Archdeacon Clerk's collection, is only definitely known to me from Lower
Burma. A second <J in the British Museum is only labelled " N. India "
(L. James ; the collection number, 43.10, furnishing no further detail). A third, in
the Tring Museum, only " Arracan " [Arakan]. The white cell-dot of the hind-
wing is rather large and there are traces of a minute second one on DC. A possible
race from Dutch New Guinea (Etna Bay, 1 j, 1 ? ; ? Oetakwa River, Snow Mtns.,
1 $) has similar leg-structure but hindwing scarcely angled, with reduced cell-dot.
E. marinaria (Guen., 1858), founded on a $ (= penicillata Walk., 1861, founded
on a (J), is best known from Borneo, the type locality of both these nanus, but
may have a somewhat extended range. The Tring Museum has a poor o from
[Tana] Djampea I. (Everett) and an old <J labelled " Amboina " (a locality often
suspect) ; also well authenticated $$ from Buru (cf. Trevbia vii, 434) and Little
Kei which may belong with it.
5. Eretmopus retensa sp.n.
cJ$, 40-46 mm. Closely similar to marinaria Guen. Face perhaps rather
brighter red. Hindtibia of J slightly longer and broader. Hindwing with
termen slightly less angled ; beneath uniformly pale green, without a trace of
the coarse buff scaling of marinaria $.
Mindanao : Kolambugan, Lanao, plains, 19 June 1914 (A. E. Wileman),
type J and a $ in coll. Tring Mus. ; a second £ in coll. Brit. Mus. Luzon : near
Manila (J. Whitehead), 1 $ in coll. Tring Mus. Presumably this will also be the
" Thalassodes marinaria Guen." of Semper, Schmett. Philipp. ii, 041 (Luzon,
Bohol, Cebu).
o. Hemithea melalopha sp.n.
cJ, 28 mm. Face red or brown-red (mostly abraded). Palpus not quite 1 !,
the 3rd joint short but not minute ; 2nd joint marked with red on outerside,
beneath white ; 3rd joint mixed with fuscous. Fillet narrowly white ; crown
green. Antennal joints slightly projecting, the paired fascicles of cilia just
over 1. Thorax and abdomen above green, beneath whitish ; first abdominal
tergites partly vinaceous with some black irroration ; an even intenser black
crest than in notospila Prout (1917) and quadripunctata Warr. (1800).
Forewing moderately broad, costa arched at base and gently in its distal
part, apex rather sharp, termen waved anteriorly, bowed, oblique ; SC1 well free,
R1 shortly stalked, Ml connate ; dull green (faded) ; lines whitish, edged in
median area with darker green, formed much as in subflavida Warr. (1890) or the
antemedian slightly less curved in front ; terminal line slight, fuscescent ; fringe
whitish, probably weakly dark spotted (defective). Hindwing shaped about
as in subflavida ; a faint cell-dot inchoated ; postmedian line, termen and fringe
about as on forewing.
Underside paler green, without markings.
Luzon: Klondyke, Benguct, 800 feet, 17 March 1912 (A. E. Wileman),
1 $ in coll. Tring Mus.
Not quite so broad-winged as quadripunctata Warr. (Dutch Timor), termen
of forewing not quite so ventricose, the dark vein-dots on the lines wanting.
Much smaller than notospila Prout (Borneo), terminal joint of palpus not so short,
terminal blotches beneath wanting.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. ] 55
7. Ptochophyle porphyrochlamys sp.n.
o ?, 25-27 mm. Head, thorax and anterior part of abdomen above, proximal
part of antennal shaft and the dark parts of palpus and foreleg purple ; posterior
part of abdomen ochreous mixed with purple (broken in type <J) ; underside
cream-colour, structure normal ; $ with terminal joint of palpus slightly longer
than in $, antenna laterally compressed, strongly lamellate, the scaled area
rough near base.
Forewing with costa shouldered at base, then nearly straight, apex rather
blunt, termen little curved, moderately oblique ; yellow (almost apricot-yellow,
but with slightly less orange admixture), with rather strong purplish irroration
except in narrow, very ill-defined ante- and postmedian bands ; a purple patch
at base (apparently rosy almost entirely overlaid with a dark blue-purple), 2-3 mm.
wide, its distal edge twice incurved, but only slightly; an extension of this
colour along costal edge for some distance ; very slight indications of a large
greyish cell-spot ; a purple dot in cellule G nearly 3 mm. from termen ; two
others (very ill-defined in the $, the anterior one also reduced in the ^) scarcely
1 mm. from termen, near costa and at R1 respectively ; dark terminal dots or
minute dashes at the veins. Hindwing moderately long, termen only bluntly
bent at R1 ; concolorous with forewing ; basal patch rather smaller ; costal
edge not purple ; hindmargin with the purple a little increased and with a con-
spicuous comma-shaped postmedian spot ; the outer dots indicated, except the
sub-apical ; termen as on forewing.
Underside cream-colour, the hindwing unmarked, the forewing heavily
clouded in costal region (most broadly in proximal part) and with vaguer cloud-
ings or suffusions in the middle of the wing.
Malay Peninsula : Kedah Peak, 3,300 feet, 10 March 1928, at light (H. M.
Pcndlebury), type 31 in coll. Brit. Mus., presented by the Federated Malay States
Museums ; Kuala Kubu, Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,400 feet, August 1015, allotype
$ in coll. F.M.S. Museums.
Subfam. STERRHINAE.
8. Chrysocraspeda altegradia sp.n.
$, 30 mm. Similar to the $ form of concenlrica Warr., 1899 (regalis Warr.,
1899, erroneously described as " J "). Antenna with similar extremely long
pectinations. Both wings with termen straighter, that of forewing almost per-
fectly straight, that of hindwing only very feebly convex. Colour much less
bright — very light cinnamon-drab or brownish drab, with only a tinge of vinaceous
(in concentrica § between russet-vinaceous and Etruscan red, with a purple tinge
distally). Forewing with cell-dot minute, dark ; a slight, but very extended
median dark shade, quite undefined proximally, its distal edge straightish. about
3 mm. from termen ; a very narrow, considerably darker band close to termen,
separated therefrom by a yellow line, much narrower than that of concentrica ;
fringe paler yellow than the terminal line. Hindwing similar, but with the
cell-dot white and less small, the median shade ending a trifle less near the
termen.
Luzon: Klondyke, Benguet. 800 feet, 22 March 1912 (A. E. Wileman),
1 $ in coll. Tring Mus.
156 NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
9. Scopula inflexibilis sp.n.
(J$, 21-22 mm. Face black. Palpus above and on much of outerside black.
Vertex pinkish buff or whitish. Antennal joints in rj projecting very little ;
eiliation about 1J, in slender fascicles. Thorax and abdomen between pinkish
bulT and cartridge-buff, paler beneath ; collar warmer buff. Legs mostly pale ;
forefemur and foretibia darkened on upper- and innerside ; hindtibia in $ nearly
twice as long as femur, rather strongly dilated, tarsus V tibia or rather less, with
the first joint 1 \ times as long as the second.
Forewing slightly broader than in most of the nesciaria Walk. (18G1) group,
termen smooth, sufficiently curved anteriorly to blunt the apex ; cell J (just
appreciably longer than in most of the group) ; areole moderate, with SC1 about
from its apex, SC5 rarely much beyond, but variable ; ground-colour indefinite,
pale pinkish buff, with some fine and sparse, irregularly disposed black irroration ;
markings browner (near pinkish buff) ; cell-spot in the $ rather diffuse, some-
times with some black scales in the centre, in the <J showing chiefly as a small
black dot ; antemedian line sinuous, rarely conspicuous ; median moderate,
excurved well beyond the cell-spot, slightly incurved at fold ; postmedian
huiulate -dentate, somewhat angled at R1, not deeply incurved between this and
R:l, the teeth commonly marked with minute black vein-dots ; subterminal
shades weak ; termen with the usual black dots small ; fringe almost unmarked.
— Hindwing with termen almost rounded, very faintly bent at R' ; cell-dot
minute, black ; markings of forewing continued, excepting the antemedian ;
median just proximal to cell-dot.
Underside pale, the posterior part of forewing and the whole of hindwing
paler ; hindwing faintly or scarcely marked, forewing with cell-dot, postmedian
line and terminal dots more or less strong, the postmedian very little or scarcely
inbent between the radials.
South Andamans : 1 July-2 August 1927 (Ferrar coll.), 3 $$, including the
allotype ; Port Blair, North Bay, 27 February-12 March 1925 (Mujtaba coll.)
2 (J^, 2 $$; Port Blair, 1,200 feet, 1925 (Shaffi coll.), holotype <$. All sub-
mitted by the Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa, the types presented to
the British Museum.
Apparently very near the species which I believe to be attentate! Walk, (ride
Journ. Bomb. Xat. Hist. Hoc. xxxi, 138), but on an average smaller, the hindtibia
not quite so short, the forewing shorter and broader and with the termen not so
p srfectly even, the colouring rather warmer, the irroration sharper but sparser
and less evenly distributed, the postmedian less incurved at IS', notably beneath.
Hi. Scopula parodites sp.n.
(J, 20 mm. Face blackish. Palpus blackish, pale beneath. Vertex pale,
inclining to ecru-drab. Collar brown. Antennal joints scarcely projecting,
eiliation very little over 1. Body whitish, suffused — especially above — with
light brown. Hindtibia about 3 nun. long, dilated, fringed with whitish in proxi-
mal part, pencils moderately developed, tarsus barely over L
Forewing moderate, termen smooth, slightly curved in middle ; whitish,
suffused with light brown about as in rather well-coloured forms in the minorata
Bdv, (1833) group ; a few scattered black scales ; cell-dot small but sharp : lines
faint, brownish, the antemedian and the median, which is well outside the cell-dot,
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 157
sinuous, the postmedian marked, at least from R1 hindward, with black vein-dots,
oblique outward to R1, deeply inbent between this and R' and well incurved at
fold ; subterminal shades obsolescent ; terminal dots sharp ; fringe unspotted.
— Hindwing with termen not appreciably bent at R3 ; antemedian wanting,
median just proximal to cell-dot ; otherwise nearly as forewing.
Underside whiter, especially the hindwing and distal and posterior parts of
forewing ; cell-dots present ; median shade on forewing and terminal dots on
both wings indicated ; a greyish postmedian (least indistinct on forewing),
marked with darker vein-dots.
Selangor : Kuala Lumpur, 28 October 1927, at light (H. M. Pendlebury), type
in coll. Brit. Mus., presented by the F.M.S. Museums. A $ from Mergui (Dohert v)
slightly paler, in coll. Joicey.
Very near consimilata Warr. (180(3, as Ptychopoda !), somewhat browner,
median shade more slender, fringe unspotted ; but in that species the (J hindtarsus
is | and the antenna is more dentate-fasciculate.
1 1 . Scopula desita luzonica subsp.n.
tj?, 16-22 mm. On an average markedly smaller than d. desita Walk. (I860),
both wings slightly less elongate costally. The pale ground-colour tinged with
bi own rather than with violet-grey ; no differentiated brown shade outside the
postmedian ; apical dash of forewing obsolete, median shade rather less prolonged
in that direction, its anterior part commonly less obsolescent than that of d. desita
(in both here highly oblique inward) ; costal dot of postmedian on an average
stronger above and beneath than that of d. desita.
Luzon : Klondyke, Benguet, 800 feet, March-May 1912 (A. E. Wileman),
a good series ; Montalban, Rizal, April 1914 (A. E. Wileman), a few ; type <$
from Klondyke in coll. Tring Mus.
Possibly a distinct species, but forms of desita from the Sunda Islands,
Tenimber, etc., are somewhat intermediate, while conserving the characteristic
apical dash.
12. Scopula succrassula sp.n.
cJ$, 22-27 mm. Slightly shorter-winged and more robust in build, especially
in the $, than the very extensive Indo-Malayan group with which it shares its
coloration and simple scheme of markings (nesciaria group), being formed about
as in destititta Walk. (1866), densicornis Warr. (1897) or perhaps amala Meyr.
(1886). Face black. Palpus black, beneath whitish. Antenna of ,$ with paired
processes, from which arise dense fascicles of rather long cilia (nearly twice
diameter of shaft). Vertex white. Collar light brown. Thorax and abdomen
whitish. Hindtibia of $ long, fringed above and with rather strong hair-pencil ;
hindtarsus about J.
Forewing fairly broad, termen less oblique in ? than in $ ; whitish buff, with
fine and sparse blackish irroration ; cell-dot black, small ; lines a little darker
and browner than ground-colour, not slender; antemedian weak, somewhat
sinuous ; median well beyond cell-dot, gently sinuous, the outward curve be-
tween costa and M1, the inward (slightly deeper) between this and SM=, on which
is a weak tooth outward ; postmedian about \\ mm. from termen, somewhat
dentate, slightly incurved between the radials and at fold, its irregularities often
more or less straightened out by the thickening ; subterminal weakly sinuous.
158 Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
between fairly thick shades which are almost or quite as strong as the true lines ;
terminal dots sharp ; fringe unspotted, slightly paler distally. Hindwing with
termen rounded, not noticeably bent at RJ ; no antemedian : median curved
round (close proximal to) the cell-dot ; the rest as on forcwing.
Underside with the cell-dots present, though generally reduced ; forewing
with weak reproduction of the lines beyond : hindwing a little whiter, with the
1 Mist median discernible, though faint.
Mindanao : Kolambugan, Lanao. plains, May-June 1914 (A. E. Wileman) ;
2 c?c?> 9 $$ > tne 3 tyPe (coU- Tring Mus.) and paratype (coll. Brit. Mus.) are
unfortunately worn, but quite recognizable. Two better <J J from Palawan.
January 1894 (Everett), of rather a warmer tone and with rather larger cell-dots
(the differences racial ?) are in the Tring Museum.
This may well be the " Craspedia densicornii Warr." of Semper (Schmett.
PhiJipp. ii, 030), in which case Luzon, Bohol and Cebu must be added to its
range ; it is very similar to that species except in the less extremely long antenna!
ciliation. and much less abbreviated hindtarsus of the <J.
13. SteiTha homalorrhoe sp.n.
(J, 21 mm. Face blackish fuscous. Palpus pale beneath. Vertex and base
of antennal shaft whitish ; antenna] joints somewhat projecting, ciliation over 1
in paired fascicles. Collar brown. Thorax and abdomen concolorous with
wings. Hindleg whitish ; a long ochreous-tinged pencil from femoro-tibial joint,
the tibia expanding into a broad compact flap or sheath, from the end of which
projects a tuft of long scales as far as the end of the very short, aborted tarsus
(without dissection it is impossible to decide whether a concealed first tarsal joint
may participate in this expansion).
Foreiving moderate, termen straightish, almost imperceptibly sinuous, rather
strongly oblique ; areole moderately long, but with SC1 stalked well beyond it ;
very pale glossy grey, with a tinge of cinereous or plumbeous (with the lens
resolving itself into a mixture of grey and whitish scales) ; costal edge and a
subcostal line ivory -yellow or slightly buff ; three pale lines of a similar colour,
the antemedian very slender, the other two stronger, with the lens appearing as
chains of vein-spots ; all much straighter than in the similar species [insuavis
Butl., reinissa Wilem., etc.), the third, which is about 1 mm. from the termen.
almost straight in the paratype, faintly Insinuate inward in the type ; very small
pale interneural marks at termen, scarcely visible without the lens ; fringe faintly
pale-spotted at vein-ends. Hindwing with termen rounded, very faintly
sinuous ; no sexual specializations ; SC'-R1 stalked to nearly half their length ;
as forewing without first line.
Underside : forewing rather paler, faintly marked ; hindwing almost white.
Malay Peninsula : Kedah Peak, 3,300 feet, at light (H. M. Pendlcburv), 27
March 1928 (type), and 20 March 1928 (paratype), the type in coll. Brit. Mus.
14. Sterrha (Strophoptila) opsitelea sp.n.
r$, 19-20 mm. Face blackish. Palpus more brown, above mixed with dull
purple. Antennal ciliation even, fully 1. Vertex and patagium drab to buffy
brown, collar rather browner. Wing-tegula purplish. Thorax and abdomen
above glossed with dull purple. Hindleg buff, very heavily tufted, the tufts
largely concealing the weak, curved tarsus.
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 150
Forewing of moderate breadth, termen curved, strongly oblique, tormis not
strong ; areole moderate or rather small, SC'1 variable, either from its apex or
more or less long-stalked ; brownish drab or vinaceous-drab, coarsely scaled,
slightly browner distally ; three buff costal streaks, respectively at nearly J,
less than |, and \ ; antemedian angled outward at C, tapering to M ; median
slightly oblique inward to base of R-, giving birth to an irregular line, which is
extremely fine and strongly excurved between R- and M1, behind M- broadened
and somewhat oblique outward to hindmargin near tornus ; postmedian short,
giving birth to a slender and incomplete line, which is angled outward on R1,
obsolete between R;l and the medians, excessively fine and highly sinuous to
tornus ; terminal line very faint and interrupted ; fringe very weakly mottled,
with a very fine pale line at base. Hindwing with costa rather short, termen
rather long and oblique outward to M-, abdominal region folded, with fringe of
hair ; concolorous with forewing, more mixed with buff in abdominal region
between the median and the postmedian, which show in the posterior part of the
wing as incomplete, sinuous lines, the median the thicker.
Underside similar, or very little paler.
5 paler (especially in the median area) and more.avellaneous — or vinaceous —
tinged ; variable, similarly marked to the <$ or more banded, so as to leave the
costal streaks scarcely differentiable ; hindwing with termen convex, but not
perfectly regularly, broadly pale, especially beneath, where a rather definite
border of the ground-colour is left distally to postmedian line.
Malay Peninsula : Kedah Peak, 3,300 feet, 12 March 1928 (type $), 25 March
1928 (paratype <J), 23, 27 and 29 March 1928 (.'! $$), all collected by H. M.
Pendlebury. Type in coll. Brit. Mus.
15. Sterrha celativestis sp.n.
(J, 18 mm. Closely related to marginatn Swinh. (TV. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894,
p. 182), agreeing in shape and venation — areole wanting, SC1, ', -, \ 4 on a long stalk.
Hindfemur more swollen, purple-reddish. Upperside of wings indistinguishable
from well-marked marginata with a pronounced costal spot ; hindwing beneath
with an extended fringe of long hair from just behind M and the base of M!,
directed hindward and outward, so as to cover most of the hind area of the wing
except tornus ; forewing beneath as far as the postmedian strongly suffused
with reddish grey.
Selangor : Bukit Kutu, 3,500 feet, at light. 20 April 192(5 (H. M. Pendlebury),
1 cj in coll. Brit. Mus.
Subfam. LARENTIINAE.
16. Ecliptopera zophera sp.n.
cj$, 43-48 mm. Like obscura Moore (1807) = monana Swinh. (1893) except
as follows :
Foreicing with subbasal line gently curved, not or scarcely indented on M ;
dark spots between this and antemedian scarcely ever confluent ; antemedian on
an average less deeply outbent behind middle ; postmedian without indentations
in the anterior half (in obscuraia indented on nearly all the veins, including
particularly SC5, the posterior white dashes which project inward along the
veins extremely slender, virtually confined to the medians ; terminal dark
160 X'ivitatf.s Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
patch between apex and Rn generally less broad (but variable in both species).
Hindwing with termen rather less convex between R1 and tornua ; darker,
excepting the broad whitish costal area ; less suffused with ochre, which colour,
indeed, is hardly noticeable except in a small terminal patch between (' and R' ;
the pale lines more distally placed, much less dentate, the postmedian slender,
almost straight, the subterminal weakly and irregularly erenulate, less bent
between R1 and M1 than in obscurata.
Underside more strongly marked than in obscurata, with corresponding
differences in the lines.
Sikkim. British Bhotan and the Khasis, the type from Cherrapunji, October
L893, in coll. Tring Mus.
Swinhoe, in erecting his monana, renamed Moore's species ; probably he had
standing in his collection as obscurata the present species, which is much the com-
moner of the two in the Khasis, and made the fatally easy mistake of separating
out a new one without consulting the original. On the other hand, a part of
the blame belongs to Moore, as his collection shows that he mixed the two and his
description is perhaps in part designed to cover both, though " the points " (of
the postmedian) " extending inwardly along the veins " should have been decisive
as to the type. The crude figure (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1807, t. xxxiii, f. 7)
might be taken for either, though the postmedian of the forewing again favours
obscurata vera, as confirmed by the holotvpe. Hampson (Faun. Ind., Moths, hi,
300) sank monana to obscuraia ; not, however, because he discovered Swinhoe to
have named the wrong one of two species, but because his uncritical eye failed
to discriminate between the two.
17. Ecliptopera ctenoplia sp.n.
cj$, 41-52 mm. Similar to zophera Prout (supra). Smaller. Antenna of
3 bipectinate, the branches short (less than 2), thickened distally, well ciliated.
Coloration still more uniform, the forewing almost, the hindwing altogether,
without ochreous shadings. Forewing with subbasal line straight, at least as
far from base at hindmargin as at costa ; antemedian with its curve still less
deep and rather more anteriorly placed than in zophera ; postmedian erenulate
much as in obscurata Moore ; subterminal projecting a rather strong tooth into
the terminal patch on R1. Hindwing better rounded than in zophera (more as
in obscurata). pretty uniformly fuscous, except for a narrow paler area at costa
and a very indistinct pale postmedian line. Underside more like that of a dark
umbrosaria Motsch. (1864), entirely lacking the sharp contrasts of zophera and
obscurata, the broad pale anterior postmedian band of the forewing, etc. ; cell-dot
of hindwing rather large, slightly elongate.
Java : Tjibodas, 25-28 March 1904 (K. Kraepelin), type $ in Zool. Mus.
Hamburg ; Palaboean, a $ in Mus. Tring, misidentified by Warren as muscicolor
Moore (1888), by me nsfurvoides Th. Mieg (1015).
The first known Ecliptopera with pectinate antenna, thus bearing the same
relation to the rest of the genus as " Paralygris " contorta Warr. (1900) bears to
Eustroma.
18. Photoscotosia miniosata cupha subsp.n.
cJ$. Forewing more reddish, much less variegated, less dark-mixed than
in in. miniosata Walk. (1862), the blackish median line sharply defined proximally.
Novitates Zoological: XXXVI. 1031. 161
as well as dis tally, the buff apical s])ot beneath rarely very sharply defined.
Hindwing of $ with the white area rather more extended.
Luzon, 5,000-7,000 feet, a good series, mostly collected at Haight's Place,
Pauai, Benguet, by the late Mr. A. E. Wileman. Type <J in coll. Tring Mus.
19. Electrophaes westi sp.n.
cj?, 29-33 mm. Face rough-scaled. Palpus long (2] to 2!,). Antenna of
cJ laterally compressed. Posterior thoracic crest almost obsolete. Abdomen in
place of the hair-pencils with a strong latero-ventral scaled plate terminating in
coarser scales near the anal end of the abdomen (perhaps concealing pencils of
which no trace can be found without dissection). Head and body concolorous
with wings, abdomen above dark-mixed and with narrow white bands at ends
of segments.
Forewing shaped nearly as in fidgidaria Leech (1897), tornus slightly more
rounded ; areole undivided, R1 just separate ; the white and yellow part coloured
as in fidgidaria, the dark parts rather less dark, brightening in places to antique
brown ; subbasal band angled outward in cell, incurved between the angle and
SM3 ; median band little sinuous proximally, but with a tooth proximad just
behind M, more as in fidgidaria distally but with a much less profound indentation
at R! ; distal markings much as in fidgidaria, the white marks at termen larger.
Hindwing with DC not very oblique, SO connate to short-stalked, R3 central ;
much more yellowish than in fidgidaria.
Underside showing corresponding distinctions in coloration and in form of
markings.
Luzon, Benguet (A. E. Wileman) : Haight's Place, Pauai, 7,000 feet, N<>\ em-
ber-December 1912, type <J and 2 $$ in Mus. Tring, 2 $$ in Mus. Brit. ; Bagnio,
1 $ in each of these collections ; Sapiangao, a small $ in Mus. Brit.
Mr. R. J. West, to whom I dedicate this species, knew only the $$, over-
looked the venation and took it for a subspecies of fidgidaria. The structural
deviations noted will perhaps necessitate generic separation.
20. Dysstroma rafibrunnea (Warr.).
Polyphagia truncate rufibruimea Warr., Nov. Zoo], vii. 181 (1900) (" Parana, Entre Rios " [X. Luzon]).
Warren founded this species on females labelled as from Parana, Entre Rios.
So long ago as 1908, in a paper read before the City of London Entomological
and Natural History Society on March 17 of that year (see Trans. City Lond. Ent.
Soc. xviii, 51, 1909), I pointed out that the assumed locality must be due to
some error in labelling, the genus being Holarctic, with a small contingent in the
Himalayas, Formosa, Sumatra, Java and — as I have recently learned — the
Philippines. But I was, naturally, unable to assign the correct locality and
tentatively left it as an unmatched form of citrata Linn.
In 1912, however, the late Mr. A. E. Wileman obtained a fair series at
Haight's Place, Pauai, Benguet, Luzon, at 7,000 feet altitude, June, July, Novem-
ber and December. For the positive citation of N. Luzon as type locality, the
following corroborative evidence is sufficient. (I) The Tring Museum at about
the same date received material from N. Luzon, 5,000-G,000 feet (Whitehead),
but from no other locality in the Philippines. (2) I have actually found in the
collection one male with the last-mentioned data, somewhat worn and rather
102 Xiivitati-s Zooi.ocicak XXXVI. 1931.
whiter than even the $ paratype, determined by Warren as " calamistrata
Moore." (3) Another Geometric! with identical label (" Parana. Entre Rios "),
somewhat rashly described by me (Nov. Zoo}, xxiv. 377) from a single $ as an
aberrant Racheospila and named R. variifrons, was also taken by Mr. Wileman at
Haight's Place, whence it has been renamed Gomostola acteana West (Nov. Zool.
xxxv. 257), although as it has not the discocellulars of Gomostola it will have to
stand as Chloeres variifrons (Prout) or — if that genus is ultimately merged in
Comostolopsis — as Comostolopsis variifrons.
D. rufibrunnea does not seem to vary much in the proximal and distal areas
of the forewing, but shows similar colour-changes in the median area as a number
of its congeners ; most commonly this is white, though with the inner lines of
the postmedian group frequently rather strong (as in some forms of citrata, etc.),
occasionally it is somewhat suffused with brownish, as in Warren's holotype (not
by any means concolorous with the proximal and distal bands, as his description
suggests, but much whiter), occasionally with blackish. In most specimens, a
rather characteristic effect is produced by the subtriangular suffusion in the pale
median area in front of M, which appears as an almost concolorous appendage of
the proximal band ; in citrata and other species which also at times develop it,
this suffusion is grey rather than brown. Hindwing above glossy and not par-
ticularly dark — perhaps about as in korbi Heydem. (1929) or weakly-marked
citrata. Central projection of postmedian strong, but not very extreme ; the
white line which bounds that of the forewing is single, slender, with a small
tooth inward in front of R' and immediately succeeded by the well-developed
hazel outer band.
I have submitted a $ to my friend Dr. F. Heydemann, who has recently
made such a thorough-going study of the genitalia of the genus. He considers
" on first inspection " that rufibrunnea comes new flavifusa Warr. (1896), forming
perhaps a link to japonica Heydem. (1929). " The spined area of the vesica is,
indeed, likewise narrow and the spines quite short, slender and very acute, but
it is 2i times as long as in flavifusa and more densely covered with spines, more-
over set in a curve, not straight, as in japonica " (in lift., 12 November, 1930).
21. Dysstroma heydemanni sp.n.
cJ$, 32-40 mm. General characters and coloration as in the rest of the
group. Palpus quite moderate (about \\). Thorax posteriorly and anterior
part of abdomen with whitish dorsal spots generally rather well developed, some-
times in part confluent, suggesting a longitudinal line.
Forewing with proximal area brown, crossed by a dark, distally two-pronged
subbasal band which is not sharply defined proximallv, but generally rather well-
defined distally ; the two white hind-marginal spots (subbasal and antemedian)
well developed, conspicuous ; median area broad anteriorly, much narrower (often
only about half as broad) posteriorly, its proximal edge (antemedian line)
oblique outward (about as in not very extreme corussaria Oberth. 1880), indented
at folds ; the white enclosed band rarely at all clean, in the type heavily irrorated
and lined, in many examples becoming blackish, in the white-banded examples
fairly well lined and with a large subtriangular blackish (not brown, as in rufi-
brunnea) proximal suffusion in front of M ; distal lobe of median area blunt, the
slender, weakly dentate white postmedian line often running almost direct from
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 163
costa to R\ at best only weakly incurved, posteriorly more oblique than termen
and moderately incurved at fold, more or less indented at veins and fold ; cell-
mark generally rather small ; distal brown band often with some buff alleviation
between costa and R' ; subterminal line irregular, interrupted ; one white dot
or spot at termen, in front of R' (not one in front and one behind, as in calami-
strata Moore, 1807). Hindwing darker brown-grey, about as dentifera Warr.
(1896).
Underside more or less dusky, the forewing much as in tenebricosa Heydem.
(1929) but with the white costal band less broad (broader than in rufibrunnea),
the hindwing more as in a rather dark dentifera.
Luzon : Haight's Place, Pauai, Benguet, 7,000 feet, June, July, November
and December 1012 (A. E. Wileman), a long series, the type in coll. Tring Mus.
Generally larger than rufibrunnea, the median band differently shaped, the
white hindmarginal spots more pronounced ; only a few of the darkest-banded
forms at all difficult to determine. Genitalia quite different. " Relatively to
the total size of the aedoeagus. it has the largest spined area in the genus, filling
the entire penis-funnel. A combination of subapicaria and dentifera or corussaria .
Seven huge spines are placed in a curved row over against some 18 smaller ones "
(Heydemann in lilt., 12 November 1930).
22. Parazoma hypobasis sp.n.
$, 27 mm. Face with small pointed cone. Palpus well over 2, with suberect
scaling above, 3rd joint moderate. Head and body whitish, mixed with brown
and irrorated with fuscous, the abdomen rather robust, above with the brown
shade somewhat prevalent.
Forewing slightly more elongate than iaferax Prout (1926), costa with proxi-
mal third very markedly shouldered, forming almost a hump ; white, closely
irrorated and banded with fuscous, and with brown suffusion on either side of
the median fascia ; a fine dark line, little sinuous, near base, separated from the
subbasal band by a less fine white line ; subbasal band (of two or three confluent
lines) straightish proximally, more excurved distally ; median band about 3 mm.
wide, bordered by the usual fine white, dark-edged lines, the distal one duplicated
at the costa ; proximal edge of band sinuous and slightly curved, indented at
SO ; distal edge minutely concave between C and SC and more markedly between
the radials, very weakly projecting between R3 and M2 ; subterminal line white,
zigzag, almost lost between radial fold and M1 in a moderately large midterminal
white spot ; a less zigzag presubterminal white line also suggested from costa to
M1, where it touches the proximal edge of the white spot ; terminal line lunulate,
scarcely interrupted ; fringe weakly chequered, with a dark central line and with
a clear white spot at R'-M1. Hindwing longer than in true Parazoma ; DC
not biangulate, R: central ; grey, suffused with brown ; a small fuscous cell-dot,
succeeded by a rather indefinite postmedian line and this by a still more indefinite
double pale (brownish) line ; terminal line nearly as on forewing, but rather
weaker.
Both wings beneath sharply marked ; forewing with basal area whitish in
posterior half, straight subbasal and strongly curved antemedian line blackish.
postmedian still blacker, white-edged in anterior half, area between this and the
first subterminal brown, traversed by indistinctly darker lines, terminal area
1(5-1 XtlVITATES ZOOLOGICAK XXXVI. 1931.
largely dark, with reduced but sharply white spot between R' and M1 ; hindwing
with similar scheme from antemedian to subtcrminal, but with a strong black
cell-dash, terminal area less darkened than on forewing and without the white spot .
Upper Burma : Htawgaw, 6,000 feet (Capt. A. E. Swann), 1 $ in coll. L. B.
Prout. kindly presented by the discoverer.
A most interesting addition to the wonderful collection which has already
been worked out in Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xxxi (1020-27). The reference
to Parazoma is provisional, the shape, presence of face-cone and extreme weakness
of abdominal crests being somewhat dissonant.
23. Episteira vacuefacta sp.n.
■J, 29 mm. Palpus :l\, at base white, then olivaceous with some dark and
some whitish irroration ; terminal joint over half as long as diameter of eye.
Antenna rather slender, about half as long as forewing. Thorax and abdomen
concolorous with wings, the abdomen about 9 mm. long ; the pouch (" keel ")
beneath its base a little less large than in the genotype (colligata Warr., 1890).
Wings narrow, slightly more so than in the genotype. Forewing whitish,
with the wavy green lines (faded to a yellower tone than olive-ochre) regularly
spaced, those between the subbasal and antemedian (in sharp contrast to those
of colligata) entirely without black admixture ; subbasal extremely finely and
interruptedly marked with black, acutely angled outward subcostally ; ante-
median single, irregularly thickened, sinuous, in cell connected by longitudinal
black mark with post median group, from fold to SM; markedly oblique outward,
at hindmargin forming a black spot ; cell-mark elongate, close to antemedian ;
postmedian a group of three, indented at SCB, then thickened, in part confluent,
between R' and M1 obsolete, the outermost at hindmargin thickened and very
oblique outward ; the second line beyond, and to a less extent the third, darkened
on subcostals ; the usual pair of subcontinent twin spots between the radials ; a
moderately uniform dark line or shade close to termen ; terminal vein-dots rather
large ; fringe pale, weakly spotted. Hindwing very pale grey ; the very short
cell entirely occupied by the specialized subvitreous area, the basal lobe behind it
small ; SC; arising closer to R1 than in the genotype.
Underside pale greyish, unmarked.
Malay Peninsula: Kedah Peak, 3,300 feet, 25 March 102s. at light (H. M.
Pendlebury), type in coll. Brit. Mus., presented by the Federated Malay States
Museums.
The Tring Museum has 2 tfrf from Dradjad, G. Kendang, Preanger R.,
W. Java, which show the species to be variable in the strength of the central
and subtcrminal markings, but without more material it is impossible to say
what differences will prove individual and what racial.
24. Sauris improspera sp.n.
; 26 20 mm. Head pale green. Palpus over 2\. third joint half as long as
second ; pale green, at base white. Antenna laterally compressed, twice sinuate
above, but not deeply ; scaled surface black-mixed. Thorax above green ;
beneath, with abdomen, paler and greyer. Hindtibia long and slender, without
spurs ; tarsus nearly :| tibia.
Forewing rather narrow, apex blunt, termen entire, almost imperceptibly
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 11131. 1(J5
waved, strongly oblique, curved except close to tornus ; areole ample. SC1 from
before its apex, SC' connate or short -stalked with SC1"', SMj sinuous ; green, a
little greener than deep olive-buff (probably brighter when bred), with the
usual deeper green lines in large part mixed with purple-brown, more or less
interrupted by SC and M and behind SMS ; a very slight and indistinct line close
to base ; subbasal band-like, rather strongly sinuous ; a similar but less brown-
marked band between this and median area ; median area formed of six lines, the
first and last slender and little marked with brown, the others thicker, mainly
brown, in places confluent, especially in middle of wing, so that the cell-dot
is often hardly differentiable ; antemcdians dentate inward at both folds ; post-
medians somewhat bidentate outward at R1 and M1, incurved between the last
tooth and hindmargin, becoming strongly oblique outward at end ; green cent ml
spots generally conspicuous at both ends of this median area ; proximal sub-
terminal line double anteriorly, fused posteriorly, dark-marked at the radials and
the posterior part and (more weakly) at and near costa ; distal subtcrminal
single, finer, dark-marked at the same places ; terminal line thick, grey, with
oblong dark marks at the veins ; fringe dusky in proximal half, with whitish
spots opposite the veins. Hindwing small, apex blunt, termen feebly sinuous ;
cell extremely short, C anastomosing with SC2 just beyond it and continuing
anastomosed for a good distance, then rapidly diverging, R' from apex of cell, a
second radial (R: -4- R' ?) from its hind angle, sinuous to the false tornus, nearly
the whole area behind it atrophied, at base forming a small folded lobe ; nearly
uniform grey, inclining to drab.
Underside darker grey.
5 similar, on an average rather larger, hindwing with cell much less
short, C anastomosing to near its end, SC:-R' fairly long-stalked, medians
coincident.
India : Khasis, Nagas and E. Pegu, in Mus. Tring, the type from the Khasis.
April 1897. Also known from Ceylon and the Malay Peninsula, possibly in
separable races.
The unfortunate combination of circumstances that Guenee {Spec. Gen. Lip.
x, 361) overlooked M-' (his vein 4) in his type of Sauris hirudinala, and that the
present species does occur on Ceylon (though very rarely) has led to a misidenti-
fication of his species and a misnaming of the group to which the present species
belongs (see Ins. Samoa, iii (3) 148). His type proves to be a $ of the Ceylon
race of his Remodes abortivata, described a few pages later, and the two will stand
as Sauris hirudinata hirudinala (Ceylon) and S. h. abortivata (Borneo, etc.). The
present species has thus been left without a name.
25. Acolutha bicristipennis sp.n.
$, 17-18 mm. Closely similar to pictaria Moore (1888). Head paler ; face
whitish, except for a light brown band across the middle. Forewing with SC1
arising about opposite to SC5, in one example well before it (in pictaria generally
well beyond it, but too variable to afford an altogether safe criterion) ; anterior
part white, with only a weak irroration of light brown and with the ill-defined
bands here light ochre rather than brown ; the bright ochreous patch at anterior
part of termen and fringe clearer and more extended than in pictaria ; the
posterior yellow bands broader and more confluent. Hindwing with raised
black cell-dot, recalling that of forewing though smaller (very distinct from the
160 XiiVITATES Zoolouic.ve XXXVI. 1931.
minute dot of pictaria) ; yellow hands broadened. Underside with the dark
costal and apical area of forewing appreciably less extreme than in pictaria.
S. Andamans, 1,200 feet, at light, May and June 1927 (Ferrar coll.), 3 $? ;
type in coll. Brit. Mus., paratypes in coll. Agric. Res. Inst. Pusa and coll. L. B.
Prout .
Subfam. Geometrinae.
20. Ctenognophos imaginata sp.n.
" Gnophus lichenem Oberth." Hmpsn., faun. Iii'l. Moths, iii, 253 (1895) (err. dot.).
(J$, 46-50 mm. Close to lichenea Oberth. (1886), possibly a race, as qo
structural difference has yet been found. — Forewing with the termen rather more
strongly crenulate, more strongly curved, so that the angle at the apex is a little
more obtuse ; base generally paler ; lines more strongly expressed, the post-
median more deeply lunulate between the veins, in particular with a large lunule
at fold, altogether recalling the nmscosaria (Walk.) group of Gnophos ; a paler
band between the postmedian and subterminal, entirely without the characteristic
reddish posterior Hush of lichenea ; terminal dots larger. Hindu-ivy also with
termen more strongly crenulate and with corresponding distinctions in base and
postmedian. Foreivimj beneath with larger terminal dots than in lichenea.
Sikkim : Tonglo, 10,000 feet, July 1880 (H. J. Elwes), 4 <$$, 4 $$, including
the type <J ; a few without exact locality (O. Midler). British Bhotan : Buxa,
7 <J (J, 1 $. Tibet : Yatung, 12,000-14,000 feet (D. McDonald). All in coll.
Tring Mus.
Hampson cannot have examined the venation of this species, as he groups it
with eolaria Guen. and gives both the venation of the latter. In imaginata, as
well as in lichenea Oberth. and punctivenaria Leech (1897), SC1 is free and SO
arises from the stalk of SC)_S ; about the last six joints of the j antenna are non-
pectinate. In the nearly allied Iheuropides Oberth. (1891) and mandarinaria
Leech (1897) SC- arises from the cell and only a still shorter portion of the apex
of the antenna is non-pectinate.
27. Ectropis pais sp.n.
tj, 31-32 mm. Group of crepuscidaria Schiff. (1775). Face sharply two-
coloured — upper half blackish, lower creamy white. Antenna! ciliation very
slightly over 1. Thorax and abdomen coneolorous with wings. Legs with the
usual dark markings ; hindtibia not dilated.
Forewing with costa straight, except at base and near apex, termen moder-
ately long (length of hindmargin), very gently curved, not excessively oblique ;
subcostal venation varying as in dentilineata Moore (1S07) — in the type with the
stalk of SC'": from the cell, in the paratype with it from that of SC,_B ; fovea
ample, its distal wall almost perpendicular to SM: ; ground-colour dead white,
scarcely so brownish even as second brood bistortata Goeze (1781), the drab
irroration fairly dense in costal region, weaker posteriorly ; lines weak, their costal
spots (except perhaps the postmedian) more extended longitudinally than
transversely ; antemedian strongly oblique after its first outward curve, the
shade proximal to it strong but irregular, somewhat macular, mixed with dark
grey ; median shade almost obsolete ; postmedian and the narrow shade outside
it with the dark teeth at RJ-M' little accentuated ; subterminal and terminal
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931. 167
markings normal. Hindwing also rather weakly marked, but in both the
examples with rather well-developed subterminal spots ; cell-mark elongate, in
the type weak, in the paratype stronger.
Forewing beneath whitish, suffused except posteriorly with drab ; no mark-
ings except a slightly darker subterminal band (at least in anterior part of wing),
in contrast to which an apical spot is almost white. Hindwing beneath whitish,
unmarked.
Federated Malay States : Kedah Peak, 3,300 feet, 4 March 1928, at light
(H. M. Pendlebury), type in coll. Brit. Mus., presented by the Federated Malay
States Museums. Perak : Batang Padang, Jor Camp, 1,850 feet, 24 January
1925, at light (H. M. Pendlebury), paratype in coll. F.M.S. Mus.
Distinguished from dcntilineala Moore, of which it may possibly prove a
remarkable form, by its much smaller size, white ground-colour, strong subbasal
band of forewing, etc.
i
28. Ctimene spilognota sp.n.
(J, 38 mm. Closely similar to hieroglyphica Walk., 1860 (= vestigiata Snell.,
1881), possibly a subspecies. Forewing with a large roundish black spot at
base of cell and hindwards to near SM-, supplanting the longitudinal streak of
hieroglyphica ; postmedian black band differently formed, throwing out, at M1,
only the longitudinal band which — as in most hieroglyphica — connects it with
the terminal band, the slender arm from cellule 3 to the proximal end of the
black apical border entirely wanting, so that the orange subapical spot is single,
not double. Hindwing with the black median band reaching only from the
subcostal. Streak to the radial fold, subsequently suggested at most by a dot
at the hinder end of DC' ; postmedian band commencing at abdominal margin
as in hieroglyphica, but curving strongly outward after crossing M2, joining the
terminal band on M1 instead of running forward subparallel with it to beyond R'.
Mindanao : Kolambugan, Lanao, plains (A. E. Wileman), 16 June 1914
(type and two others), 4 July 1914 (1 <$). Type in Mus. Tring, paratype in
Mus. Brit.
Warren's concinna (Nov. Zool. i, 412, " Philippines "), of which the type
seems irrevocably lost, must, according to the very perfunctory description, have
been one of the slenderly marked forms of hieroglyphica, such as are rather pre-
valent in N. Celebes. It is just possible, though quite improbable, that one such
specimen merely labelled " Lorquin " (ex coll. Felder) may at one time have
borne an erroneous label " Philippines " and been his type, having been assumed,
in the absence of corroborative material from Celebes, to be a distinct but related
species ; unfortunately a few of his earliest types did escape labelling and in
some cases have only been rediscovered by careful study.
29. Ctimene deceptrix sp.n.
(J$, 36-38 mm. Head and body black, the abdomen narrowly light orange-
yellow beneath, marked with blackish at the extremities of the segments.
Forewing brown-black ; an orange-yellow clot or dash often present close
to base, behind M ; an oblique, light orange-yellow band from midcosta (but
leaving extreme costal edge black), variable in width from 2-5 to 4-5 mm., usually
reaching termen at M--SM-, but occasionally ceasing about 1 mm. before it, its
edges variable in form (never quite straight), especially the distal, which is
12
1(38 XoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
usually indented near the costa, often bulging somewhat in the middle, commonly
tapering behind ; 1 $ has two additional dots, one behind M towards middle of
cell, the other at fold, behind base of M!. Hindwing entirely brown-black.
Underside similar, with some buff scaling at base of costa of hindwing.
Dutch New Guinea : Ditschi, Arfak Mountains, 1,200-1,500 m., May-June
1928 (Dr. E. Mayr), 9 $$, 5 $? in coll. Tring Mus.
Superficially extremely like Craspedosis flavidistata Prout (1924), costa more
rounded, band less smooth-edged, etc.
3o. Eubordeta meeki amyntica subsp.n.
$. Differs from to. meeki Rothsch. (1904) in that the upperside lacks the
scarlet subapical mark of the forewing and subterminal band of the hindwing,
the only red marking being the narrow costal streak of the hindwing, almost as
in albifascia Joicey & Talb. (1915), which seems, according to the genitalia, to
be a third race of the same species. From the latter, m. amyntica differs in that
the white band of the forewing and the yellow markings beneath are scarcely
any narrower than in m. meeki.
N.E. New Guinea : Edie Creek, west side of Herzog Mountains, G,100 feet,
early 1928 (A. F. Eichhorn), type in coll. Tring Mus.
In the unique type, the median band of the hindwing beneath is represented
only by a small white dot between SC and the cell-vein and a stumpy yellow band
behind M ; but this marking varies a little in the other races.
31. Craspedosis albigutta truncifascia subsp.n.
(J§. Differs from G. a. albigutta Warr. (1897, Dutch New Guinea) in having
the band of the forewing much reduced, not or scarcely crossing R1 anteriorly
and fold posteriorly, its greatest width about 2-5 mm., more or less indented at
the veins, especially distally — in 1 $ definitely intersected.
Vulcan I., November 1913-January 1914 (Meek's expedition), 4 $<$, 4 <j><j>
in coll. Tring Mus.
32. Craspedosis semilugens tenuivirga subsp.n.
tj$. Differs from C. s. semilugens Warr. (1890, Dutch New Guinea) in having
the band of the forewing only about half as broad, generally 2 mm. or slightly less
at the widest part, in two $9 widening to 3 mm. about R;. The dark lines (in-
cluding on both w'ings a straightish median, which is not mentioned in Warren's
description but is well traceable on the forewing in fresh specimens of s. semi-
lugens) rather more strongly expressed.
Dampier I., February and March 1914 (Meek's expedition), 4 $$, 3 $$ in
coll. Tring Mus.
33. Craspedosis aurianalis sp.n.
$, 39 mm. Head, thorax and first four segments of abdomen blackish ;
anal end orange, the genitalia long, with the hair more whitish beneath.
Forewing with termen long, curved, strongly oblique posteriorly, tornus
rather weak ; blackish, with a tinge of slate-grey ; an oblique discocellular white
patch scarcely beyond middle running from SC in the direction of tornus, but
terminating between M- and fold, its form long-oval, or almost pointed behind,
its greatest width (in middle) 2-5 mm. Hindwing unicolorous slaty blackish.
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931. 169
Forewing beneath almost as above, but becoming paler posteriorly. Hind-
wing with a very ill-defined, approximately oval grey spot from radial fold just
outside DC, across hinder angle of cell and bases of R' and M] about to submedian
fold.
New Ireland, February 1924 (A. F. Eichhorn), 1 <J in coll. Tring Mus.
34. Milionia curosyne sp.n.
cJ, 48-52 mm. Eye hairy. Antennal ciliation short. Hindtibial pencil
and abdominal spine strong. Head, body and legs black, shot with metallic
green-blue about as in the allies (aglaia Rothsch. & Jord. 1905, diva Rothsch.
1904, etc.). Hindwing beneath with apical patch of specialised scaling 4 or 5 mm.
in diameter.
Forewing elongate, almost as in aglaia but with termen slightly more curved
and not quite so long ; black, with faint purple gloss ; a scarlet or orange band
from costa to end of hindmargin, 4 or 5 mm. wide, its distal edge very slightly
excurved ; an extended scarlet-red subbasal patch (the base itself suffused with
blackish), posteriorly confluent with the discal band, anteriorly nearly reaching
SC, but more or less strongly irrorated with black in front of M, distally bordered
by a broad, sometimes subtriangular black wedge which, arising from the end of
the black costal base, tapers to a point on or before SM-. Hindwing black.
Underside with the discal band reproduced, always orange ; the subbasal
patch wanting ; both wings shot with blue proximally about as in aglaia Rothsch.
& Jordan and arfaki B.-Bak. (1910).
Dutch New Guinea : Ditschi, Arfak Mountains, 1,200-1,500 m., May-June
1928 (Dr. E. Mayr), 3 S<S in coll. Tring Mus.
In the c?c? of the variable aglaia and arfaki the transverse band is always
well within the cell, whereas in curosyne \ or \ is beyond it ; moreover they
never, so far as is known, lose the red band of the hindwing, though it may be
considerably abbreviated. Typical arfaki was taken with curosyne.
35. Automolodes goldiei imparifascia subsp.n.
(J. Bands of a more reddish orange than in g. goldiei Druce (1S82) — flame-
scarlet to grenadine-red — that of the forewing narrowed (4 mm. or less in width),
that of the hindwing broadened (5 mm. or more) and lengthened, its tapered
point well behind M-, sometimes quite near abdominal margin.
N.E. New Guinea : Watut River to Buiang, west side of Herzog Mountains,
3,200-5,400 feet, early 1928 (A. F. Eichhorn), 10 $$ in coll. Tring Mus.
B. AFRICAN.
Subfam. GEOMETRINAE.
1. Aphilopota semidentata sp.n.
3, 35-40 mm. Face black-mixed, with pale lateral spots below. Palpus
predominantly blackish. Head and body concolorous with wings, the thorax
above darkened posteriorly. Legs weakly spotted, the foreleg largely darkened
on the innerside.
Foreiving with apex rather acute, termen at first almost or quite at right
angles with costa, waved, curving strongly to become strongly oblique ; pinkish
170 XoVITATES ZOOLOGIOAE XXXVI. 1931.
buff, or slightly yellower, strongly clouded, excepting an anterior streak (about
2-3 mm. in width but variable and not sharply defined), with dark greyish brown
(in some individuals warmer brown, in any case with traces of the brown colora-
tion, especially a spot between postmedian and subterminal in cellule 0) ; costal
edge strongly dark-dotted ; cell-spot round, about 1 mm. in diameter, not or
most minutely pale-pupilled ; lines blackish, highly oblique, approximated
except anteriorly ; antemedian on the pale area very oblique outward toward
cell-spot, interrupted, sometimes almost obsolete, from cell-fold landward fine,
generally strong, wavy, direct to hindmargin about 3 mm. from base; post-
median punctiform on the pale area, from costa within 4 mm. of apex, becoming
slightly more oblique and more continuous from R1, gently incurved between M-
and SM;, reaching hindmargin about middle ; in some specimens the pale ground-
colour is more or less persistent between the lines, in which case a median line
is visible or even strong ; subterminal line, dentate, interrupted, at least with a
strong, enlarged tooth between RJ and M1, its passage across the pale area indi-
cated by dark spots proximally ; terminal line lunular, the lunules enclosing at
extreme termen minute pale dashes ; fringe dark, except at extreme base and
tips. — — Hindwing with costa longish, termen strongly crenulate in its anterior
part, weakly in its posterior, the tooth at R1 slightly the most pronounced ; con-
colorous with forewing, but the dark greyish brown limited to a terminal band
and strong proximal irroration, sometimes terminating in a median shade near
the cell-spot ; cell-spot variable, punctiform or fairly large, occasionally ocellated ;
a waved or subcrenulate postmedian line much less curved than termen ; a slender
brown shade close beyond it.
Underside paler ; cell-spots black, on both wings large ; a punctiform line
little beyond it ; proximal area as far as the line densely irrorated ; forewing with
a presubterminal costal spot ; terminal line punctiform ; fringe less dark than
above, pale in proximal half, more brown in distal.
Madagascar : Diego Suarez, January-August 1917 (G. Melou), about 20 <J <J
in coll. Tring Mus.
Except in the more crenulate hindwing, this seems to agree well with Aphilo-
pota Warr. (1899) = Haggardia Warr. (1904).
2. Aphilopota perscotia sp.n.
Gnophus perscotia Hmpsn., MS., in coll. C. S. B:irrctt.
(J, 43 mm. Head and body concolorous with wings.
Forewing with apex moderate, termen scarcely oblique anteriorly, strongly
curved behind RJ ; venation probably normal in most specimens (i.e. SC1_!
coincident, free) but the type is a remarkable sport (fortunately quite asym-
metrical, so that F. Bryk can scarcely propose a new family for it) : right wing
with subcostals normal, R1 obsolete beyond its middle, reappearing as a curved
spur out of R2 near termen, R2 at this point also forked ; left wing with an anterior
branch from R1 before its middle and running into SC8, SC? apparently wanting,
having probably in reality migrated, as the first subcostal is branched before its
middle, one branch (probably SC'-SO) short, the other (probably SC) long and
reaching costa close to apex ; brown, somewhere between buffy brown and
sayal brown of Ridgway, the veins inclining to the latter colour, a grey irroration
darkening the rest of the wing ; markings blackish ; cell-spot moderate, oval,
NoVITATES ZoOLnrilfATC XXXVI. 1931. 171
scarcely ocellated ; faint suggestions of a subbasal line ; antemedian rather
nearer to cell-spot than to base, rather thick, slightly bent outward in cell, inward
behind M and forming a very gentle outward curve between this bend and hind-
margin ; postmedian hmulate-dentate, arising at 4 mm. from apex, between the
two folds forming a gentle inward curve, at hindinargin slightly nearer to tornus
than to antemedian ; subterminal suggested by faint distal shading behind M2
only ; terminal line very fine and weak. Hindwing with termen faintly sinuous,
appearing very slightly prominent (but not toothed) between R! and M2 ; con-
colorous with forewing, but lighter costally, at least between the separation of
C and SC and the postmedian line ; cell-mark as on forewing or slightly shorter ;
a postmedian arising rather farther from apex than on forewing, otherwise similar ;
termen as on forewing.
Underside slightly paler ; cell-spots and postmedian present.
Transkei, Cape Colony (Miss F. Barrett), 1 £ in coll. Tring Mus.
The wing-shape and the hmulate-dentate postmedian line are distinctive.
3. Racotis apodosirna sp.n.
<J?, 43-51 mm. Head mostly pale, face with a dark transverse central bar,
palpus with some dark admixture on 2nd joint ; palpus If. Antenna of (J
pectinate from the 2nd to the 3(3th joint with moderate, tapering branches ; of
$ subdentate, with tufts of cilia as long as diameter of shaft. Thorax and ab-
domen concolorous with wings, the abdomen above with dark bands or subcon-
fluent paired spots. Forefemur not tufted ; foretibia and tarsus darkened, with
pale tips to the joints ; hindtibia of rf not dilated.
Forewing not extremely broad, apex moderate, termen waved, gently curved,
moderately oblique ; cell less short than in typical Racotis (appreciably over f ) ;
SC1"2 shortly stalked ; fovea in <$ strong, double before and behind fold, which
is here represented by a strong curved ridge on upperside ; in $ also present,
though weaker ; yellow-brown (perhaps cream-buff or chamois), with moderately
copious brown and blackish irroration ; cell-spot moderate, vaguely ocellated ;
lines not well defined except on the veins, but arising from distinct (though not
large) blackish costal spots ; a subbasal suggested by dots at costa and proximal
edge of fovea ; antemedian marked by dots on M and SM2, in a line with the
costal spot, and faint indications of an outbent line in the cell ; median excurved
outside the cell, posteriorly almost in alignment with cell-spot, the vein-marks
dentiform ; postmedian mostly punctiform or subdentiform, posteriorly curving
so as to end quite near the median, between SC5 and R1 with a deep lunule in-
ward, on additional dot at proximal end of lunule ; ill-defined paired interneural
spots proximal and distal to the dot on R1 ; subterminal in places fairly distinct,
macular or lunular, with a pair of dark spots proximally between costa and SC5,
a stronger pair between the radials (this latter pair with shadowy distal extensions
to the termen) and less definite shading between M2 and hindmargin ; terminal
dots black, strong ; fringe weakly spotted. Hindwing with termen rounded,
well crenulate ; cell-dot punctiform ; median and postmedian lines distinct,
hmulate-dentate, the median well proximal to cell-dote, with a rather strong tooth
outward on base of M2, the postmedian curved, approximately (5 mm. from termen;
distal area much as on forewing, the posterior shade proximal to the subterminal
rather well developed.
Underside with the cell-spots strong, that of the forewing not ocellated ; the
172 NoVITATES ZOOLOCK'AE XXXVT. L931.
lines indicated ; forewing more or less suffused as far as the median shade . both
wings with a dark, generally broad subterminal band, on the forewing almost
reaching the termen at tornus and throwing out a projection to the termen
between the radials, on the hindwing less sharply defined distally and with vague
distal extensions between R1 and costa.
Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro), type $ in coll. L. B. Prout, paratype J in coll.
Joicey, allotype $ in Mus. Tring. Morogoro : Kibuku, 1 $ in Mus. Tring.
Durban and district, 3 $$, Transkei, 2 $$, at Tring misidentified as squalida
Butl. (1878), in Mus. Brit, as Cleora extremaria (Walk., 1860) = haplocnema Prout
(1922), Kloof, November 1929 (Manley), a $ in coll. Transvaal Mus., perhaps a
seasonal form, with a rather more olivaceous tone and the dark bands of the
underside much reduced and broken, recalling some examples of R. boarmiaria
(Guen.)/. obliterate, Warr. (1894). Madagascar : Diego Suarez, a race (?) with
the dark borders beneath very broad, 1 <J in coll. Tring Mus.
I have described this species very fully because there are so many similar
species as yet imperfectly known. I suspect it is a race of R. diffusa (Walk., Proc.
Olasg. Nat. Hist. Soc. i, 374) (Congo), larger and less ochreous, more strongly
marked. It seems to agree perfectly in structure with the unique type ($) of
the latter, unless the antennal cilia be slightly less long, but it would have been
futile to describe it by comparison with that, as it would have conveyed no in-
telligible information ; Swinhoe's synonymy of diffusa (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1904, p. 533) is quite incorrect.
R. apodosima is transitional between true Racotis and some really unplaced
species — such as extremaria Walk. — which are still allowed to stand in Cleora
(sens, latiss.) ; possibly on revision Racotis may be given a wider scope, but
hitherto I have been inclined to rely chiefly on the short cell of the forewing — § or
less — and a combination of minor characters.
4. Epigynopteryx flexa sp.n.
$, 45 mm. Head cinnamon-buff, the upper half of face and a narrow band
on occiput fuscous ; palpus much mixed with fuscous. Antennal pectinations
moderate (about 4). Body less cinnamon, being strongly mixed with rather pale
vinaceous drab. Foreleg darkened above.
Forewing with costa slightly arched at base and in distal half, apex not
acute, termen straightish (scarcely appreciably concave) to R1, there bluntly
angled, thence oblique and very faintly concave, tornus moderate ; the very long
stalk of SO1"2 arising nearly 2 mm. down that of SC3~S, anastomosing at a joint,
or connected by a very short bar, with C ; pale cinnamon-buff, very much
clouded with pinkish or vinaceous cinnamon and with short greyish strigulae ;
costal edge proximally fuscous, then more dotted ; a small blackish cell-dot ;
antemedian line sinuous, almost obsolete anteriorly, in posterior half marked
by a rather broad cloud of grey shading ; postmedian fine and grey (its course
made very clear by the markings which accompany it distally), commencing at a
white costal spot 4 or 5 mm. from apex, which gives birth to a curved whitish
line, enclosing a light olive-grey aj)ical-costal blotch which reaches R' ; minute
white dashes on SCS and R1 at 3 mm. from termen ; from Rl the postmedian makes
an inward curve to R1, a faint bend outward about R3, thence a longer curve,
reaching hindmargin 3 or 3-5 mm. from tornus ; a second olive-grey patch out-
side it at the radials, about as wide as the succeeding terminal area of the ground-
Novitates Zoolocucae XXXVI. 1931. 173
colour ; finally a very large, predominantly much blacker grey (dark quaker-
drab) tornal blotch reaching the preceding patch and the termen. Hindwing
with the angle at R1 moderate ; concolorous with forewing ; cell-dot very
minute ; antemedian without definite cloud ; postmedian more than twice as
near to cell-dot as to termen, excurved between radial fold and M-, incurved at
fold, oblique outward to hind margin ; only the tornal blotch developed, and this
more restricted and indefinite than on forewing.
Underside similar, rather paler, and slightly weaker-marked.
Cameroons : Bitje, Ja River, 1915 (G. L. Bates), type in coll. Joicey.
Uganda : Kampala, Katamba, 27 June 1929, a rather smaller, rather worn, but
otherwise closely similar £ in coll. Brit. Mus., received through the Imperial
Institute of Entomology.
Very near rnaculosata Warr. (1901, Congo) but larger, differently coloured,
forewing bent at RJ, postmedian rather different, etc.
5. Sesquialtera lonchota sp.n.
9, 29-32 mm. Close to the genotype (ridicula Prout, 1916) in structure and
coloration. Forewing with the postmedian line less excurved, more approxi-
mated to cell-mark, on underside often rather thick. Hindwing with the tooth
at SG conspicuously longer ; proximal part of the wing above and beneath
whitish, a broad blackish-fuscous distal border, at SG about 3 mm. wide, its
proximal edge (the postmedian line) then curving inward so as closely to approach
the cell-dot, then slightly excurved, but accompanied proximally on the upper-
side by a brown suffusion.
Abyssinia : Diredaua, N.W. of Harar, 1914 (G. Kristensen), 7 $$ in coll.
Tring Mus.
6. Rhodophthitus thapsinus sp.n.
cJ?, 38-46 mm. Very similar to roseovittata Butl. (Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond.
1895, p. 741, pi. xliii, f. 3), with which it has hitherto been confounded. Wings
less glossy. Forewing more definitely tinged with buff, the rosy longitudinal
streaks variable in development, generally broad, the dots coarser, generally very
copious. Hindxoing pale orange-yellow, the dots at least in part large, variable
in number and distribution. Underside similarly much more yellow than in
roseovittata, the forewing posteriorly more yellow than on upperside.
Angola (Pemberton) : Bihe, 11 <$$, 1 $, including the type <J ; N. Bailundu,
3 (JcJ, 1 ?. All in coll. Tring Mus.
A few specimens from Uganda (including Butler's assumed £ of roseovittata,
p. 742, fig. 2) are known to me, but not enough to indicate whether they are
racially separable.
7. Narthecusa tenuiorata perspersa subsp.n.
cj$, 44-48 mm. Postmedian row of spots more proximally placed, notably
on the forewing, where, moreover, it is generalh' less curved than in /. tenuiorata
Walk. (1862) ; apical and terminal black patches more or less completely dissolved
into small black spots and irroration ; this irroration also developed, though
more sparingly, on other parts of the wings, at least on the anterior part of the
forewing.
174 NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1031.
Nigeria (Dr. Ansorge) : Degama, 2 <$$, 1 $ ; Ogruga, 2 o c?- All in coll.
Tring Mus., the type q from Degama.
The genus Narthecusa Walk. (cf. Prout, Nov. Zool. xxxiii, 181), notwith-
standing the individual variability, is exceedingly prone to geographical variation.
It is highly probable that zerenaria Mab. (1878), melanthiata Mab. (1891) and
nudalla B.-Bak. (1913) are all races of the present species.
Negloides gen.n.
Face smooth. Palpus extremely short and slender. Tongue short and
slender. Antenna in £ pectinate almost to apex, the branches extremely long
($ unknown). Hindtibia in <$ not dilated, all spurs fully developed. Foreiving
shaped as in Narthecusa, venation the same ; fovea undeveloped. Hindwing
subquadrate, apex rather prominent, rounded, termen slightly sinuous to R5,
here toothed or minutely tailed, thence straightish to the well-defined tornus ;
venation as in Narthecusa.
In spite of its very different aspect, scarcely different from Narthecusa ( =
Negla) except in the atrophied fovea and the quite differently shaped hindwing.
Type of the genus : Negloides oceanitis sp.n.
8. Negloides oceanitis sp.n.
cJ, 30-33 mm. Head and body orange-buff, the face fuscous except the lower
part ; pectinations blackish.
Foreiving orange yellow, not quite so clear as deep chrome, with a weak or
moderate violet-grey clouding close to apex ; a very faint or moderate, somewhat
sinuous row of postmedian dots on the veins ; sometimes no other markings,
often an irregular row of subterminal spots, or at least the anterior part thereof,
the one between R1 and R- largest ; occasionally also a median line, arising from
an outwardly oblique costal streak, strongly angled (but almost or quite
interrupted) between the radials, slightly sinuous posteriorly. Hindwing
concolorous, without subapical clouding, otherwise similar to forewing.
Underside similarly but more strongly marked.
Madagascar : Diego Suarez (G. Melou), 17 $($ in coll. Tring Mus.
G. NEOTROPICAL.
Stjbfam. HEMITHEINAE.
l. Phrudocentra tanystys sp.n.
cj, 39 mm. Similar to flaccida Warr. (1909), of which I first supposed it to
be a race. Antenna with about 30 joints pectinated before they become merely
dentate (in flaccida not more than 25 joints). Abdomen with the white dorsal
ornamentation strong.
Forewing with the proximal shadings vinaceous-grey in varying depth,
eostally and along the edge of the antemedian line almost white ; the vinaceous
grey reaches the antemedian anteriorly, is mixed with brown posteriorly and
leaves (except at extreme base) a green patch behind the fold ; antemedian
sharply angled, oblique inward to middle of cell, outward to base of M2, inward
to fold, excurved between this and hindmargin, from costa to fold blackish, then
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931. 175
brown ; otherwise nearly as in flaccida. Hindwing with termen well rounded,
even fuller than in the $ of flaccida.
Brazil : Joinville, July-October (ex coll. Arp), type in coll. Deutsch. Ent.
Inst.
These two aberrant species seem best referred to Phrudocentra, although the
$ frenulum is not altogether wanting. Antenna in the q with the pectinations
2 or less ; in the $ proximally (for a short distance only) lamellate with clawed
teeth ; proximal spurs of hindtibia present, though short ; hindwing not at all
bent at R1, M1 connate to quite moderately stalked, the latter the case in tanystys.
Subfam. STERRHINAE.
2. Sernaeopus indignaria (Guen.).
Cnemodes indignaria Guen., Spec. Gen. Lep. x, 6 (1858); Oberth., fit. hep. Comp. xx, t. xlix,
f. 4645(1923) (" Bresil ? ").
Drepanodes dbsamditaria Walk., List Lep. Ins. xxvi, 1488 (1862) (St. Domingo).
The attempt to find a Brazilian species entitled to the name of indignaria
Guen. has always been an unsuccessful one. I judge from the labelling in the
Tring Museum that Warren's note on the potential validity of Cnemodes (Nov.
Zool. ii, 91) was founded on a Tijuco $ of Sernaeopus ciliata Prout (1918). What
Warren made of 5 Novo Friborgo $ $ of the closely similar species with pectinate
3 antenna (vide infra), which I believe must have been also in the collection at
the time, is not manifest, as they bear no hand-written labels ; I can only con-
jecture that he did not notice the antennal difference and took all the six to be
one species. Subsequently, in any case, he treated the pectinate species (a good
series from Sapucay, Paraguay) as indignaria. But the appearance of Oberthiir's
figure, confirmed by the arrival of Guenee's type in this country, shows that it is
not a Brazilian species at all but comes — like its neighbour C. castaria Guen. and
many others of Guenee's Geometridae — from Haiti and supplants Sernaeopus
absconditaria (Walk.) ; this, indeed, I surmised from his description (see Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) i, 20), but did not venture to adopt. The Jamaican form of
the same will, if more adequate material shows it racially separable, stand as
indignaria filiferata Walk. (1862).
Well different from the following in its longer pectinations, browner tone,
much less sinuous postmedian and smaller cell-spots.
3. Sernaeopus enodifiexa sp.n.
"Sernaeopus indignaria Guen." Prout, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) i, 20 (1918) (err. det.).
cJ, 35-38 mm.
This species, mentioned in the preceding note, has been almost sufficiently
characterized by me in erecting S. ciliata, as it is almost exactly like that species
except in the antenna. Antennal pectinations fully 2 on the outer series, slightly
less than 2 on the inner, well ciliated at the tips. Wings very light brown, about
as in viridiplaga Walk. (1801) ; cell-spots consisting of conspicuous, fairly large,
brown-ringed white dots, which are generally oval rather than round ; sinuses
of the postmedian not quite as deep as in viridiplaga and quite without the sub-
ordinate teeth.
Paraguay : Sapucay ; Brazil : Province of Rio Janeiro, o^J not uncommon,
$ rare. Type $ from Sapucay, 12 November 1904 (W. Foster) in coll. Tring
176 XnVITATES ZOOI.OGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
Mus. 2 $$ from Tucuman, in coll. Joicey, may belong either to enoddflexa or to
ciliata.
4. Semaeopus mira sp.n.
<J, 33 mm. Head buffy brown, slightly olivaceous : palpus beneath rather
paler and more buff. Antenna subdentate-fasciculate. Abdomen beneath
rough-scaled. Hindleg with a strong reddish tuft from femoro-tibial joint ; tibia
and first tarsal joint roughly clothed, exposed extremity of tarsus very short and
pointed.
Forewing moderately broad, termen smooth, gently curved ; English red
(yellow densely irrorated with bright red) ; costal margin, as far as C, dark grey
with a tinge of olive ; posterior half of wing between ante- and postmedian lines
suffused with grey ; antemedian almost straight, red, about 4 mm. from base ;
cell-spot long-oval, grey, tinged with olive ; median line beyond it, dark grey,
almost perpendicular from costa to R1, thence thickened and forming a slight
curve inward ; postmedian defined in anterior half by two very fine, shallow,
bright yellow lunules, which meet in a rather acute outward angle on R1 ; in
posterior half by short detached lunules, about 2 mm. from termen between R1
and M:, much more proximal at fold ; subterminal thick, dark grey, at SC about
3 mm. from termen, at R3 bending outward to termen, resumed more proximally
at M! (at the postmedian) and running to tornus ; terminal area with grey vein-
streaks ; terminal line yellow, very fine and much interrupted, chiefly indicated
at the veins ; fringe chequered with dark grey. Hindwing with termen waved,
especially in anterior half ; cell-fold strong, almost vein-like, SC- minutely stalked,
Rs very weak, appearing as an anterior branch to the radial fold (will probably
prove normally developed in the $) ; eoncolorous with forewing, the smoky
clouding more extended, distal rather than posterior, forming a broad band just
proximal to the postmedian, also diffusing the subterminal ; two blackish cell-
dots (as in duplicate Warr., 1905, etc.), set on a discoloured greyish patch ; post-
median composed of isolated lunules throughout.
Underside paler cacao-brown dulled with olive-grey, especially in distal
area ; hindmarginal part of forewing whitish ; cell-marks, median line and
lunulate-dentate postmedian strong, subterminal weak ; costa of forewing and
termen nearly as above.
E. Peru : Huancabamba, Cerro de Pasco (E. Bottger), type in coll. Tring Mus.
Distinguished at once from the rest of the group by the bright red colouring,
as well as by the structure.
Subfam. LARENTIINAE.
5. Spargania subtilisecta sp.n.
(J, 41-42 mm. Closely similar to subignea Dogn. (1004). Palpus scarcely
noticeably longer, on outerside redder, with a blackish longitudinal streak.
Forewing with the dark maculation between basal patch and median band broader;
subterminal line more slender, with less long tooth inward on SC3 ; apical dash
more slender, less steep, meeting the subterminal in cellule 0, not in cellule 5.
Hindwing particoloured, the anterior half (approximately) of a slightly deeper
reddish, the posterior almost entirely clouded with a dark smoky shade.
E. Peru : Huancabamba, Cerro de Pasco, 0,000-10,000 feet (E. Bottger),
2 <J<J in coll. Tring Mus.
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 177
6. Eudule secticolor sp.n.
(J$, 24 and 27 mm. Head and body blackish, in places with a bluish sheen.
Foreicing in $ with the apical region contorted and the costal margin forming
a rounded projection at the third quarter ; in $ well rounded ; venation in §
normal, with SC (as in some other Eudule) arising from the large areole, in $
contorted, SC from the beginning of the areole markedly retroflex, DC2"3 in con-
sequence extremely short, R1 and R2 curving so as to meet at about 2 mm. from
termen, thence coincident, R3 recurved, the subcostals, excepting SC3"1, arising
from the areole more or less widely separate, SC shortly stalked, sinuous ; orange,
with reflections of flame-scarlet ; costal and hind margins narrowly black ; a
blackish apical patch (less deep close to apex) extending about 5 mm. along
costa, reaching about to M1, connected by a very narrow terminal band with a
small tornal patch, from which runs along the fold and behind the base of M to
base of wing a thick, slightly curved black line ; £ near the apex with a tuft of
curved hair, partly blue-black, partly brownish, arising in front of SC and
directed upward, outward and backward. Hind icing with DC in the q bi-
angulate, in the $ sinuous ; black.
Underside similar, in the <J without the hair-tuft, and with smoky suffusion
behind the longitudinal line of forewing.
Brazil : Alto de Serra, Sao Paulo, March 1928 (type <3) and December 1928
(allotype $), both in the Tring Museum received from R. Spitz.
Subfam. GEOMETRINAE.
7. Pherotesia abjecta sp.n.
cj, 54—55 mm. At first sight much like a broader-winged, blacker-marked
liciala Dogn. (1911), abdomen without the dorsal spots. In structure close to
the much smaller subjecta Warr. (1905), ' the pectinations being less short than in
liciata, the lateral tuft of abdomen present (light ochreous brown), R; of the hind-
wing well separate from R3, DC of forewing as well as (though less extremely than)
that of hindwing biangulate. Forewing with cell-spot large and with a strong
costal half-band close to base (as in subjecta), in addition with a rather large
blackish subbasal spot between M and SM2 ; proximal subterminal spots strong,
the one on each side of SC5 considerably extended, the one at fold fully as large
as in subjecta. Hindwing above and beneath with the dark borders still less
developed than in subjecta.
S.E. Peru : Oconeque, Carabaya, 7,000 feet, July 1904, dry season (G.
Ockenden), both worn, but easily recognizable. Type in coll. Tring Mus.
8. Bryoptera fulvisquamosa sp.n.
cJ, 28-29 mm. Head and body pale, with some irroration ; palpus marked
with black on outerside. Hindtibia not dilated. Wings shaped as in the group
of basisignata Warr. (1904).
Forewing white, clouded with light brown, about as in deformipennis Warr.
(1907) ; markings similar ; antemedian rather heavier than in average deformi-
pennis ; cell-spot similarly rounded and light-coloured ; median chiefly expressed
1 Dognin (Hit. Nouv. ix, 29) says that this sinks to gaviota Dogn. [Ann. Soe. Ent. Btlg. xxxix.
114), but the description of the latter fits so badly that I do not venture to merge the two. Perhaps
subjecta was misidentified in Dognin's collection.
178 Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
by crescentic marks at costa, at radials, and between M- and fold, the latter two
heavy, near the postmedian. Hindwing with nearly the colour and markings
of deformipennis, the patch behind cell-dot rather heavier, the postmedian, in
sympathy with the normally shaped termen, slightly more curved anteriorly.
Forewing beneath nearly as in strongly marked deformipennis, the ill-defined
duskj' terminal band strongest in anterior half. Hindwing beneath pale at all
margins, a very extensive central part covered with yellow-ochre androconial
scaling.
S.E. Peru : La Oroya, Rio Inambari, 3,100 feet, January 1906 (type) and
September 1904 (paratype), both in Mus. Tring, collected by G. Ockenden ;
Uruhuasi, a fine J in Mus. Brit.
9. Odysia laetipicta sp.n.
cJ$, 31-36 mm. Face dark brown, narrowly whitish below. Palpus whitish,
rather strongly dark-mixed on outerside. Antenna rather short, the pectinations
in the $ about 5, in the $ 4, their terminal bristles scarcely differentiable, their
cilia developed on the anterior side only. Vertex and thorax white, with little
brown admixture ; abdomen above more brown-mixed, anteriorly with indica-
tions of paired dark spots ; the $ abdomen robust. Hindtibia of <J strongly
dilated, witli hair-pencil ; the tarsus short and rather stout, in the <J less than J
tibia and even in the $ considerably shorter than the tibia.
Forewing in <j moderate, in $ rather broad (strongly recalling the group of
" Nesalcis " laeca Schaus), termen curved, oblique, scarcely waved ; fovea well
developed in the $ ; white, with faint smoky irroration and a few darker specks ;
some slight orange subbasal spots ; lines, and to some extent their accompanying
shades, arising from dark costal spots ; antemedian at f , less curved than in
N . laeca, strongest on veins, the accompanying proximal shade or line parallel,
receding slightly at costa, strongly marked with orange, especially at the veins ;
median, except, its broad costal spots, weak, excurved outside the small cell-dot,
more or less marked with orange on the veins, notably on base of RJ ; postmedian
from costa to the slight incurvature at fold forming a fairly regular outward
curve, slender, but marked with strong vein-spots ; its accompanying distal
shade slender, weak, but marked with strong orange dashes on the veins, some-
times with a dark spot on fold ; subterminal crenate, marked proximally by more
or less continuous brown-grey shading, which strengthens costally and between
the radials ; orange vein-dashes close to termen, between the radials accompanied
by some dark shading ; termen with blackish interneural dots ; fringe white,
with dark spots opposite the veins. Hindwing with termen rounded, weakly
(behind M' not) waved ; antemedian line shown by a dark mark close to base ;
cell-dot obsolete or slight ; median marked by orange vein-spots, the one on
DC1 and base of R1 elongate ; postmedian and the markings beyond nearly as
on forewing.
Underside white, in the $ more irrorated than above ; costal spots present,
but reduced ; cell-dots as above ; no orange spots ; postmedian, with its vein-
dots, distinct ; a subterminal grey-brown shade, in the $ pretty complete,
especially on the forewing, in the j only well developed between the costa and
R1 of the forewing, in any case leaving free, in both sexes, white spots at apex,
midtermen and behind M-.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 179
Venezuela : Las Quiguas, Esteban Valley, type <j in coll. L. B. Prout ; San
Esteban, June 1909 (S. M. Klages) paratype $ (rather worn) in coll. Tring Mus. ;
Ciudad Bolivar (S. M. Klages), 2 ?? in coll. Tring Mus.
Apparently near " Nesalcis " haemalosticta Dyar (1925), which I have not
seen. The whole of that group (croesaria Schaus, 1901 ; regularis Dogn. 1902 ;
laeca Schaus, 1912 ; nebella Dyar, 1910) differs widely from typical Nesalcis
(subgenus of Melanolophia, with pectinate $) in facies and venation, but lacks
the fovea of the present species.
10. Fulgurodes ypiranga sp.n.
$, 78 mm. Similar to F. lilianae Schaus (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash, xxxi, 50).
Still larger. Abdomen with the pale parts more buff, more restricted, the black
dorsal lines thickening triangularly behind, merging in a broad black lateral
stripe which contains a row of cream-buff spots. Forewing with cell longer
(nearly i), the white with a creamy tinge and in places dulled with greyish ; the
black lines thicker ; antemedian more oblique to a sharp angle at forking of M
with M! ; cell-mark narrowed ; subterminal more distally placed, joined to the
terminal by black veins, the two forming a narrow black marginal band on which
stands a series of subterminal lunules of varying depth, very different from the
broad zigzag white line of lilianae. Hind/wing with the cell elongate (f-) ; reins
heavily blackened and accompanied by much dark irroration, so that only a
longitudinal streak in cell, a much narrower one close to abdominal margin, and
some outer spots (particularly a series between the postmedian and the marginal
band) remain whitish ; a thick linear black mark on DC ; postmedian line just
beyond it, thick, curved, but not appreciably dentate ; subterminal lunules ob-
solete. Underside similar, but with the black still more extended.
Brazil : Ypiranga, Sao Paulo, March 1923 (R. Spitz), 1 ° in coll. Tring Mus.
11. Phyllodonta cataphracta sp.n.
$, 38-41 mm. ; $, 42 mm. In structure, shape and markings very similar
to matalia Druce (1891). Distinguishable at a glance by its colour and on closer
attention by several details of the markings.
Coloration above and beneath much darker and warmer than in matalia, in
the $ clay-colour to tawny olive, suffused on the upperside with ochraceous
tawny or tawny, in the lightest parts of the $ more definitely tawny olive,
suffused beneath with a browner shade and above almost throughout with hazel,
in part inclining to chestnut, rarely with much trace of the pale vinaceous-drab
suffusions of matalia. Markings correspondingly darker than in matalia, other-
wise on the upper side of the 3 with little to distinguish them, except that the
postmedian of the hindwing is more proximal and less deeply dentate. 9 above
with the subterminal line of the forewing ending closer to the tornus than in
matalia, that of the hindwing more curved and considerably nearer the termen
than in that species ; a blackish spot between R1 and M1 of forewing close to
termen, as in the ^ ^ of both species. Underside in both sexes characterized by
the stronger and better-defined white apical patch of forewing and by having the
strongest line (median on forewing, antemedian on hindwing) less curved and
more proximally placed, on the forewing crossing or proximal to the cell-dot, on
the hindwing well proximal to it.
E. Peru : Huancabamba, Cerro de Pasco, fairly common (including the
180 Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
type j in coll. Tring Mus.) ; Oxapampa. S.E. Peru : La Oroya and Santo
Domingo, Carabaya. Rio Madeira : Calama, 1 (J.
To judge from the Tring labelling*, this species has been misidentitied as
matalia and the true matalia has been called furcata Warr. ( 1 8i)4). The latter
determination is approximately correct, although I suppose furcata Warr. (Rio
Janeiro, not " without locality ") will prove a separable race ; it may be added
that Warren's assumed paratype of furcata (from C'orcovado [Rio]) is really the
$ to informii) Warr. (1894).
12. Rhomhoptila cajanuma irruJata subsp.n.
<J$. On an average somewhat smaller than c. cajanuma Dogn. (1892) from
Ecuador and Peru ; the vinaceous-buff ground-colour changed to pale purple-
drab ; hindwing beneath with the dark border heavier, both the lines and the
border much less red (more Rood's brown to Vandyke brown), the postmedian
generally less deeply sinuate.
British and French Guiana, the type $ from St. Jean de Maroni, in coll.
Tring Mus.
13. Rhomhoptila calamensis sp.n.
(J, 34-37 mm. Closely similar to cajanuma Dogn., except that the foreu ing,
instead of the large lobe at R1 (pointing outward and hindward, as in a Phyllo-
donta), has only a very small tooth directed outward (scarcely, if at all, larger
than that of lipaldii Th.-Mieg, 1893 = delicata Warr, 1894). Smaller ; ground-
colour on an average slightly paler ; antemedian band and distal cloudings of
forewing more blue-grey than green. Hindwing with median line crossing the
cell-dot, or hardly proximal thereto. Underside very distinct from that of
cajanuma, especially on the hindwing, lacking the red admixture ; both wings
more nearly as above, but with the blue-grey distal markings intensified, the
clouding of forewing extended over a great part of the costal region.
Calama, Rio Madeira, below Rio Machados, August-October 1907 (W. Hoff-
manns), 16 c5<J, including the type; Allianca, Rio Madeira, 1 a'; La Union,
Rio Huacamayo, S.E. Peru, 1 $ ; Buenavista, E. Bolivia, 2 <$£ ; all in
coll. Tring Mus.
The £ of the species which Warren chose for the type of his genus Rhomhop-
tila (1894). namely brantsiata Snell. (1874), differs in venation from nearly all the
others which I have examined, SCJ of the forewing arising from the cell, connected
with SC, whereas the rest follow the much commoner venation of the Neotropical
genera of the group, SC1"- long-stalked, their stalk connected by a bar with C ;
only the <J of siccifolia Warr. (1894) agrees with that of brantsiata in this particular.
14. Erosina hybemiata fulvescens subsp.n.
Erosina fulrescens Warr., MS. in coll. Trin;4 Mus.
Larger and more ochreous than name-typical E. hybemiata Guen. (1858);
the <^o at least as large, and almost as well coloured as the ordinary $$, whether
from the type locality (Novo Friborgo. Brazil) or from Central America ; t lie $$
generally 54-58 mm., with the forewing and terminal part of hindwing above
bright ochraceous buff, the underside correspondingly brightened.
Jamaica, fairly common, the type (J from Newcastle, September 1893. in
coll. Tring Mus.
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1031. 181
A PRELIMINARY REVIEW OF THE MOORUK (PAPUANUS
BENNETTI) GROUP OF CASSOWARIES.
By LORD ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S.
(Plates I and II.)
T*
HE instigation to this review was given by the extraordinary changes in the
naked portions of the head and neck in the Cassowary still living in the
Zoological Gardens which I described as a new species under the name of Casvarius
rogersi. Although finally to decide the number of good species and subspecies
in this group would entail keeping several of each form alive from the brown
stage upwards to the final, most fully adult, stage, and having coloured drawings
made at each stage and change, and this has not been done except in the case
of C. papuanus rogersi, yet I think the number of living birds in all stages of
development I have examined and the series of drawings I possess quite warrants
this preliminary review. It should act as a pointer to subsequent investigations
rather than as any definite or final solution of the status of the Mooruk Casso-
waries. Thirteen names have been given to these birds, of which the following
is the chronological list :
l. Casuarius bennetti Could.
P.Z.S. 1857, p. 269, Aves pi. 129 (Xew Britain).
2. Casuarius papuanus Schleg.
Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. vol. iv, p. 54 (1871) (Andai).
3. Casuarius westermanni Sclat.
P.Z.S. 1874, p. 248 ; Ibis, 1874, p. 417 footnote.
I'.Z.S. 1875, pp. 85, 87, 380, pi. xix (Mansinam).
4. Casuarius picticollis Sclat.
Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1874, p. 138 ; P.Z.S. 1875, p. 84, pi. xvii (Discovery Bay, S.E. New Guinea).
5. Casuarius edwardsi Oust.
P.Z.S. 1878, p. 389, pi. xxi (Dorey).
0. Casuarius loriae Rothsch.
Nov. Zool. vol. v, p. 513 (1898) (Moroka Distr. and Upper Brown R.).
7. Casuarius picticollis hecki Rothsch.
Bull. B.O.C. vol. viii, p. xli & xlvi (1899) (German New Guinea).
8. Casuarius roseigularis Rothsch.
Bull. B.O.C. vol. xv, p. 32 (1905) (?).
182
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
!>. Casuarius claudii 0. Grant.
Bull. B.O.C. vol. xxix. p. 25 (1911) (Iwaka River).
10. Casuarius keysseri Rothsch.
Butt. B.O.C. vol. xxix. p. 50 (1912) (Rawlinson Mis.i.
1 1 . Casuarius foersteri Rothsch.
Bull. B.O.C. vol. xxxiii, p. 66 (1913) (Inland from Huon Gulf).
12. Casuarius papuanus goodfellowi Rothsch.
Bull. B.O.C. vol. xxxv, p. 7 (1914) (Jobi Island).
13. Casuarius rogersi Rothsch.
Bull. B.O.C. vol. xlviii. p. 87 (1928) (?).
Before going into them seriatim I will put into words the changes in the type
specimen of C. rogersi which are well depicted in the two accompanying plates.
When I received this bird from Mr. Rogers of Liverpool, about March 1928,
the plumage was already black and the fore- and hindneck were uniform dirty
flesh-colour, with deep wrinkles and worm-like convolutions all over ; the lower
sides of the neck were somewhat suffused with pale mauve and the occiput was
much paler flesh-colour ; see Plate I. At the present moment the bird has the
whole throat and foreneck and the upper 4th of hindneck blue washed with a
dull leaden tinge ; the occiput is white, and the lower half of hindneck yellowish
orange, while the lower sides of the neck are bright rosy mauve. The change
began by the foreneck gradually becoming tinged with dirty greenish blue which
gradually spread and deepened, and the orange appeared last ; see Plate II.
This quite unlooked for change was very startling in a bird already in black
plumage, and at once suggested that some of the other Cassowaries with depressed
casques and no wattles might be age phases only. So far I have been unable to
prove this, as so many are without any data or locality, but the more careful study
of the literature as well as the birds show that they have been wrongly grouped
in several cases.
First of all, in examining the thirteen names we find that the bird I called
in my monograph C. papuanus Schleg. is not G. papuanus Schleg., as the type
of that bird has the occiput and hindcheeks black without a trace of white.
We find next, on examining the drawing of C. edwardsi Oust., that the occiput
is uniform blue like upper portion of the hindneck and not white. Thirdly we
find the occiput in claudii Grant black, but the remaining colours in their general
distribution agreeing with edwardsi and the true papuanus ; therefore I am
forced to treat these three forms as follows :
Casuarius papuanus papuanus Schleg. — Andai.
Casuarius papuanus edwardsi Oust.— Dorey.
Casuarius papuanus claudii O. Grant — Snow Mts.
The bird which I called papuanus in the monograph, and which is one of
the more frequent Cassowaries to be imported alive, at first sight appears to be
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 183
without a name, for the two figures by Keulemans, P.Z.S. 1872 and 1875, of
C. westermanni Sclat. appear very different. If, however, the descriptions are
examined, the matter becomes clearer, and taking account of Keulemans's habit
of making rough sketches of the living birds he was commissioned to draw, and
then finishing the final drawings at home, away from his model, I have no scruples
in applying the name westermanni to this bird, and the three subspecies, therefore,
will be as follows :
Casuarius westermanni westermanni Sclat. — Regions round Geelvink Bay.
Casuarius westermanni goodfellowi Rothsch. — Jobi Island.
Casuarius westermanni rogersi Rothsch. — Locality unknown.
Of Casuarius roseigularis Rothsch. I can say nothing new : the type remains
unique. It is a bird in brown plumage and the pink foreneck, yellow hindneck,
and greenish occiput are not found in any other Cassowary ; but no doubt when
adult it might have had a totally different coloration. It now remains to discuss
the eastern forms, of which the extremes are bennetti of New Britain and loriae
of the higher parts of the Owen Stanley Range. These naturally fall into two
groups : (1) those inhabiting the low country and (2) those inhabiting the high
mountains. Of each we find three lowland birds and three high-mountain
forms. In picticollis Sclat., the dull red of the throat in the immature bird
points to a link with keysseri Rothsch., so that I foresee that all six will prove
subspecies of bennetti Gould., but at present we must treat them as three species
with their subspecies as follows :
Casuarius bennetti bennetti Gould — -New Britain.
Casuarius bennetti hecki Rothsch. — Lowlands of North-East New Guinea.
Casuarius bennetti picticollis Sclat. — Lowlands of South-East New Guinea.
Casuarius keysseri keysseri Rothsch. — Rawlinson Mts.
Casuarius keysseri foersteri Rothsch. — Mts. inland from Huon Gulf.
Casuarius loriae Rothsch. — Highlands of Owen Stanley Mts.
13
]S4 Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. 1931.
TYPES OF BIRDS IN THE TR1NG MUSEUM.
By ERNST HARTERT, Ph.D.
D. Gregory M. Mathews's Types of Australian Birds.
II.
(For No. I see Nov. Zool. xxxv, pp. 42-58. J)
LARI.
t 54. Hydrochelidon leucoptera belli Math. = Ghlidonias leucopterus.
Hydrochelidon leucoptera belli Mathews, Austral Avian Record, iii. p. 55 (191G — Lord Howe Island).
Type : q in winter plumage, beginning to moult, West Beach, Lord Howe
Island, 13.U. 1915. Roy Bell coll. No. 11.
Named after the collector.
t 55. Hydrochelidon leucopareia rogersi Math. = Ghlidonias leucopareia
ftuviatilis.
Hydrochelidon leucopareia rogersi Mathews, Nov. Zool. xviii, p. 209 (1912— Parry's Creek, N.W.
Australia'.
Type: <J Parry's Greek, East Kimberley N.W. Australia. 10.ii.1909.,
J. P. Rogers coll.
Named after the collector. The specimens from the various parts of Aus-
tralia cannot be separated into different subspecies.
t 50. Gelochelidon nilotica normani Math. = GdocAelidon nilotica macrotarsa.
<:• lochelidon nilotica normani Mathew, Austral Avian Record, ii, p. 12.5 (1915 — Normanton, Queens-
land).
Type: $ ad., Normanton, Queensland, 9.xi.l913. Robin Kemp coll.
No. 3440.
The supposed smaller size is by no means constant, as shown by Mathews's
series now.
t 57. Gelochelidon nilotica cloatesi Math. = Gelochelidon nilotica macrotarsa.
Qelochelidon nilotica cloatesi Mathews, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, xlv. p. 41 (1924 " New name for the
bird figured in my Birds of Australia, vol, ii, plate 104, and deseribed on p. 327. pt. 3, 1912.
Type l.ieality Point Cloates, Mid-West Australia").
Type : The bird figured pi. 104 : <J ad., Maud's landing, Point Cloates, West
Australia, 1. v. 1900. Tom Carter coll.
The name cloatesi is placed as synonym on p. 135 of the Syst. Av. Australas, i.
Why it was given in 1924 is nowhere explained.
1 For former lists of types see Novitates Zoologicae, vols. 19ls, L919, 1920, 1922, 192J, L925,
1926, 1927, 1928.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 185
t 58. Hydroprogne tschegrava yorki Math. = Hydroprogne tschegrava strervua.
Hydroprogne tschegrava yorki Mathews, Austral Avian Record, ii, p. 125 (1915 — " Type, Cape York,
Queensland ").
Type: $ ad., Cable Station, Cape York, 10. iv. 1913. Robin Kemp coll.
No. 2759.
t 50. Thalasseus bengalensis robini Math. = Sterna bengahnsis bengal mis.
Thalasseus bengalensis robini Mathews, Austral Arian A'"", iii, p. 55 (1910 — "Cape York, Queens-
land ").
Type: c? ? a(k. Utingu, Cape York, lO.viii. 1912. Robin Kemp coll.
No. 1399.
Named after the collector's Christian name.
t 60. Sterna striata christopheri Math. = Sterna dougallii gracilis.
Sterna striata christopheri Mathews, Nov. Zool. xviii, p. 209 (1912 — Point Cloates).
Type: $, Point Cloates, 16. iii. 1902. Tom Carter coll. No. 9718 of the
Matthews' collection.
Originally compared with the much larger S. striata, with which it has nothing
to do.
t 61. Sterna striata yorki Math. = Sterna striata striata.
Sterna striata yorki Mathews, Austral Av. Record, ii, p. S6 (1914 — Cape York).
Type : ? jun., Cape York, 1 .i. 1913. H. S. Vidgen coll. No. 17.
" Iris black. Feet reddish brown. Bill black."
There can be no doubt the type is immature and that the name yorki is
only a synonym. I am not sure that S. s. melanorhyncha from Australia can be
separated !
t 62. Sterna sinensis tonnenti Math. = Sterna albifrons sinensis.
Sterna sinensis tonnenti Mathews, Nov. Zool. xviii, p. 210 (1912 — Point Torment, N.W. Australia).
Type : $ Point Torment, King Sound, West Kimberley, 12. iii. 1911. J. P.
Rogers coll. No. 1395.
?f 63. Thalasseus bergii gwendolenae Math. = ? Sterna bergii pelecanoides ?
Thalassn/s herrjii gwendolenae Mathews, No:. Zool. xviii, p. 208 (January 1912 — "South West
Australia ").
Type : $ jun. Rockingham, West Australia, 2. i. 1909.
The diagnosis reads : " Differs from S. b. cristata in having the bill greenish,
lighter and slightly larger." The author, however, meant to say that the bill
was greenish (sign of juvenility !), and that the upperside of the bird (not the
bill !) was lighter and larger, as is evident from later publications. Sufficient
material from breeding-places is not available to me, from which to form a
definite opinion about the number of recognizable subspecies. Oberholser, in
1915, admitted eleven subspecies, and Mathews seems to believe in them. When
I wrote about these Terns in Yog. pal. Fauna, p. 1696, I stated thai /ultra noides
(Torres Straits) was the same as cristata (China), and admitted gwendolenae as
186 Xovitates ZOOI.OGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
doubtfully separable from the latter. It seems to mc now that Australian
specimens are in the series lighter, purer grey, on the back than cristata, but I
doubt that gwendolenae differs from other Australian forms. Comparing size the
sexes should be considered !
TUBINARES.
64. Cymochorea owstoni Math. & Iredale = Oceanodroma owstoni.
Cijinschorcii owslmii .Mathews & Iredale, Ibis, 1!U.">. p, .3*1 (Okinose, Yokohama Bay, Japan).
Type : q ad., Okinose, l.v. 1902, from Alan Owston.
This species is probably the same as the 0. tristrami of the Gat. Ii. Brit. Mus.
xxv, p. 354, but as the description of 0. tristrami does not agree in all points and
the type is lost, one better accepts the name owstoni. This bird is much like
markhami in colour, but the head and back are browner, the bill is larger, the
nasal tube ascends higher in front, tarsi and feet larger, wing longer than in
O. markhami, of which we have two from west of Peru, collected by R. H. Beck
during the Brewster-Sanford Expedition 1913.
(Cf. Vog. pal. Fauna, ii, p. 1410.)
(?) 65. Pelagodroma marina dulciae Math. = Pelagodroma marina marina ?
/'< Ini/inlriiiifi nririna dulciae Mathews, B. Austral, ii, pt. 1, p. 21 (1912 — Breaksea Island off Albany,
W. Australia).
Type : $ ad., Breaksea Island, Albany, W.A., 15.xii. 1908. Tom Carter coll.
Named after Miss Dulcie Wynne, Mr. Mathews's step-daughter.
t 66. Pelagodroma marina howei Mathews.
B. Austral, ii, pt. 1, p. 20 (1012— Mud Island, off Victoria).
Type : Ad., Mud Island, 14.xii.1907. Frank E. Howe coll.
Named after Mr. Frank E. Howe, who collected several specimens on Mud
Island and gave them to Mr. Mathews.
Specimens from Eastern and Western Australian Seas are the same, and
howei is now admitted by Mathews as a synonym of dulciae. Whether the latter
is separable from P. marina marina of the South Atlantic Ocean is doubtful, and
hypoJeuca from the Salvages, etc. (cf. Vog. pal. Fauna, p. 1418) is hardly separable
either.
Mathews. Syst. Ac. Australas. p. 108, quotes " ProceUaria passerina Mathews,
Birds Austral, ii. p. 24. Kermadec Islands, ex Solander MS." This is somewhat
troublesome, as " ex Solander MS." is only tacked on in the end. As it is,
Mathews quoted Solander 's description and said that he " felt " that it might
refer to a form with which he was at the time unacquainted. That may be
the case, but it is quite doubtful and a query should have been added to
the name.
(In another case, under Garrodia nereis, Mathews quotes as synonyms
" ProceUaria saltatri.r Math." and " ProceUaria lemgipes Mathews." without saying
that these names were not his names, but that he found them in Solander 's MS.
This must be mentioned, as one would otherwise expect the types to be in Tring,
while, of course, there are no types of these two names.)
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 187
t 67. Neonectris tenuirostris hulli Math. = Puffinus tenuirostris brevicaudus.
X.ontrlris tcnuimstris Inilli Mathews, Hull. Il.o. < lub, xxxvi, p. 82 (1916 — " Barrier Reef, Queens-
lam! ").
Type : Barrier Reef, off the Queensland coast, November 1882.
Already admitted to be synonym by the author in 1927.
f 68. Priocella antarctica addenda Math. = Prioce.Ua antarctica.
PrisceUa antarctica addenda Mathews. Austral Avian Record, ii. p. 125 (1915 — " New Zealand Seas ").
Type : A specimen from the Tring Museum, acquired from a dealer and
said to be from the seas " South of New Zealand," and this is the specimen
" fully described and figured in vol. ii, p. 126, pi. 82, Birds of Australia," under
the name of P. antarctica. This name is admitted to be a synonym in Manual
of the Birds of Australia, i, pp. 32, 33, 1921, though, probably by some oversight,
in 192S {Syst. Av. Australas. p. 116) it was admitted as a valid subspecies.
69. Pterodroma macroptera albani Math. = Pterodroma macroptera albani.
Pterodroma macroptera albani Mathews, Auslr. Arian Rer. i, pt. 2, p. 30 (1912 — Rabbit Island.
S.W. Australia).
Type: ? ad., Rabbit Island, Albany, S.W. Australia, 24. vi. 1911. Tom
Carter coll.
This form seems quite recognizable, though more material from S.W.
Australia is desirable.
t 70. Pterodroma inexpectata thompsoni Math. = Pterodroma inexpectata.
Pttroilrom/i ini'.rpiTlulu thompsoni Mathews, Austral Avian Record, ii, p. 125 (1915 — "East Aus-
tralia." Errore !).
Type : $ 6.ii.l890, Circular Head, North Tasmania (not East Australia !).
Evidently named after Thompson, from whom Mathews had many Tas-
manian birds, but this specimen was collected by someone else (name not
readable).
(Admitted synonym by Mathews.)
t 71. Pterodroma neglecta quintali Math. = Pterodroma neglecta.
Pterodroma neglecta quintali Mathews, Austral Avian Rec. iii, p. 68 (1916 — Lord Howe Island).
Type : $ ad., dark form, Mt. Gower, Lord Howe Island, 25. xi. 1914. Roy
Bell coll.
(In Vog. pal. Fauna, p. 1435, I said that quintali had a bill different in shape
from that of P. neglecta. When I wrote this I had only one specimen, which had
a smaller bill, but with the series of the Mathews collection at hand I must agree
with that author, that quintali is the same as neglecta, the birds from Lord Howe
Island not differing from those of the Kermadec group. The differences I saw
are merely individual.)
f 72. Pterodroma dubius Math. = Pterodroma mollis mollis.
Pterodroma duHus Mathews, Hull. Brit. Orn. Club, xliv, p. 70 (192-1 — " Xorth Australia ").
Type : A specimen exchanged from the British Museum labelled : " N.W.
Australia, Capt. Beckett." This locality was later doubted, as the occurrence
1SS Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
in Australian waters was not admitted, but the name dubius has recently been
placed as a synonym of P. mollis mollis.
73. Aestrelata lessonii australis Math. = Pterodroma lesson ii aiistralis.
Aeslrelata lessonii australis .Mathews, .[mind Avian Record, iii, p. 54 (1916 — Sydney, X.S. Wales).
Type : $ picked up on Bondi Beach, Sydney, 21.x. 1914, by G. E. Rohu.
The specimens are slightly smaller in wing and bill than those from Ker-
guelen, but larger series may diminish this character — I see no difference in the
colour of the wing-feathers.
74. Procellaria leucoptera Gould = Pterodroma leucoptera.
/'/■'»-. Uaria I' ucoptefa Gould. Ann. <(■ iluij. Sal. Hist, first series, vol. xiii, p. 364 (1844 — Cabbage Tree
Island. X.S. Wales).
? Paratype : An adult without collector's label, but with a label saying :
"Procellaria nov. sp. von Salmin ad. 1845," but on Mathews's label is said:
" One of Gould's types," and in the Birds of Australia, ii, p. 172, he says that
it is a specimen from the Gould collection, and that he received it in exchange.
t 75. Cookilaria cooki byroni Math. = Pterodroma leucoptera.
Cookilaria cooki byroni Mathews. Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, xxxvi. p. 48 (1916 — " Byron Bay, Northers
Xew South Wales "),
Type : An undated and unsexed specimen received through Tost & Rohu
in Sydney. On the label it says : " Byan Bay, N. Coast." This was naturally
taken to mean Byron Bay, on the northern coast of N.S. Wales by Mathews,
I.e., but in the " Manual," p. 37, 1921, this is corrected, and it is said to be an
error, the correct locality being " Cabbage Tree Island, N.S. Wales," while in
1927, in the Systema Av. Austr., it is said to be " Port Stephens," which is at
Cabbage Tree Island, as one can find out, but not without waste of time.
C. c. byroni is not now admitted by the author, nor does the type in any
way differ from leucoptera.
In the B. Austr., Mathews looked upon cookii and leucoptera as subspecies,
but later on (1927) treated the two as different species. It requires a full study
of all these forms to come to a conclusion about this question, which is not easy
to answer.
t 70. Halobaena caemlea victoriae Math. = Halobaena caerulea.
Halobaena caerulea victoriae Mathews, Austral Avian Record, iii, p. 54 (1916 — " Victoria ").
Type : A dirty specimen with webs of feet eaten away, washed up dead on
the shore at Mordialloc, Victoria (in 1890 apparently). At first it was said to
be " smaller " than li. c. caerulea, but this is not the case, the wings appearing
to lie shorter, because the first primaries are wanting. In 1927 (Systema Av.
Austr. p. 12fi) it is correctly admitted to be a synonym.
t 77. Daption capense australis Math. = Daption capense.
Daption capensi australis Mathews, Austral Av. Bee. i. p. 187 (1913 — Xew Zealand).
Type: $ Caversham near Dunedin, New Zealand, 17. vi. 1905. Wm.
Smyth coll. Dr. Lowe and N. B. Kinnear have duly quoted D. c. australis as
a synonym of D. capense.
NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 189
78. Prion vittatus gouldi Math. = Pachyptila vittata gouldi.
Prion vittatus gouldi Mathews, Birds Austr. ii, p. 211 (1912 — " Australian Seas ").
Type : (J ad., off Eastern entrance of Bass Straits, 11 .vii. 1847. J. Mac-
gillivray coll., voyage H.M.S. Rattlesnake. Exchanged by Mathews from British
Museum.
This bird is certainly different from the wide-billed P. v. vittata, but whether
they are really different from P. v. missa Math, is difficult to say, as the bills
vary to some extent. Unfortunately the name " gouldi " stands before
" missiis."
79. Prion vittatus missus Matthews = Pachyptila vittata missa.
Prioyi vittatus missus Mathews, Birds Austr. ii, p. 212 (1912 — "West Australian Seas").
Type : $ Cottesloe Beach, S.W. Australia, 14. vi. 1904. J. Drummond coll.
This is the most extreme of the thin-billed forms of Pachyptila {Prion)
vittata. The bird named gouldi by Mathews is variable and somewhat between
P. v. vittata and missa. Both typical vittata and gouldi were sent from Bondi
Beach. It seems that we do not know the breeding home of these thin-billed
examples !
f 80. Pelecanoides urinatrix belcheri Math. = Pelecanoides urinatrix urinatrix.
Pelecanoides urinatrix belcheri Mathews, Austral Ai: Rec. i, p. S4 (1912 — " Australian Seas, breeding
in the islands ").
Type : A specimen without original label, on label written by Mr. Mathews,
" Australian Seas."
(Cf. Syst. Av. Amtralas. p. 129.)
81. Heteroprion belcheri Math. = Prion belcheri.
Heteroprion Belcheri Mathews, Ii. Australia, ii, p. 224 (1912 — Belcher picked the type up " 15 miles
south of Geelong." It has no original label but one written by Mathews, which gives as locality
"Torquay Beach, Geelong, October 1911," but Belcher had the bird, according to his letter
reprinted B. Australia, ii, p. 224, already on July 23, 1911).
Type : Geelong, Victoria, July 1911. Charles Belcher coll., after whom it
is named. Sex not stated !
This specimen differs from all others known to me in its narrow bill, but
we do not know if this means a separate species or local form (subspecies) — or
even aberrant specimens, which is apparently not the case. Unfortunately we
do not know the breeding home, as the specimen was washed up dead with
apparently 20 others ; it was fresh, like several others, while the majority were
damaged. It seems that birds very much like the type are known from the
Kerguelen Islands and in the New Zealand Seas, as Mathews (Syst. Av. Austral.
i, p. 127) says : " Southern Australian and New Zealand Seas. Extralimital."
?t 82. Heteroprion desolatus mattingleyi Math. = Prion desolatus desolatvs ?
Heteroprion desolatus mattingleyi Mathews. II. Australia, ii. p. 220 (1912 — " Australian Seas ").
Type : Also picked up by Belcher on the beach south of Geelong (Torquay
Beach) in July 1911, erroneously labelled October 1911. No original collector's
label, sex not stated.
Cf. Nov. Zool. xxxiii, 1920, p. 350.
190 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 11131.
?t 83. Pseudoprion turtur solanderi Math. = Prion turtur turbwr ?
Pseudoprion turtur solanderi Mathews, B. Austr. ii. p. 220 (1912 — "West coast South America").
Type : A skin with uncertain locality and no collector's label, labelled by
Mathews " Cape Horn," which is certainly not the " West coast of South
America " !
It seems in no way to differ, and is more than doubtfully distinct.
f 84. Pseudoprion turtur nova Math. = Prion turtur turtur.
/'., ;//./,/imi, turtur nova Mathews. Austral Avian Rec. iii, p. 55 (1916 — "Described and figured
B. Austr. ii. p. 217. pi. 93. Type. Sydney, New South Wales "). No differences stated, in 1927,
Syst. Av. Austr, p. 127. admitted synonym.
Type : $ Botany Bay, N.S. Wales, collector unknown.
For other types of Tubinares (Prion turtur huttoni and crassirostris, Hetero-
prion desolatus alter and macqvariensis) see Nov. Zool. xxxiii, 1920, pp. 355, 350 !
An adult female of Prion turtur turtur was found washed up on the S.W.
Beach of Lord Howe Island 26.vii.1914 by Roy Bell. On the label is stated :
" Bill light and dark blue, legs light blue, webs cream. Body in spirit." This
species is therefore to be added to the list of Lord Howe Island's birds, as it is
not mentioned in Mr. Mathews's fine book of 1928.
t 85. Diomedea bassi Math. = Diomedea chlororhynchus.
Diomedea bassi Mathews. Nov. Zool. xviii. p. 206 (January 1912 — " Australian Seas. Extralimital ").
Type : Adult without original label, labelled : " J Coast of S.E. Australia,
4.xii.l899, by Mathews."
In the original description only compared with D. chrysostoma, from which,
of course, it differs. Lowe and Kinnear have correctly placed the name D. bassi
as a synonym of chlororhynchus.
t 86. Diomedella cauta rohui Math. = Diomedea cauta cauta.
Diomedella cauta rohui Mathews, A ustral Avian Record, iii, p. 55 (1916 — " Type, Sydney. New South
Wales").
Type : Adult, Botany Bay, Sydney, no date ! " Iris black, beak slate and
horn, feet flesh." Bought from Tost and Rohu, " taxidermists, furriers, tanners
and curiosity dealers." After Mr. Rohu the supposed subspecies (now admitted
synonym by its author) is named.
(Diomedella cauta wallaca Math. = D. c. rohui = D. c. cauta.
In Austral Avian Record, iii, p. 160 (1918) we find : " For Diomedella cauta
rohui Mathews, Austral Avian Record, iii, p. 55, 1910, read Diomedella cauta
wallaca, new name." Why ?)
(To be continued.)
NOVITATES ZOOLOGIC'AE XXXVI. 1931. 101
LIST OF LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTED BY DR. ERNST HARTERT
AND MR. FREDERICK YOUNG IN MOROCCO IN 1930.
By LORD ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D., F.R.S.
"T^R, ERNST HARTERT sent me the following notes on his 1930 trip to the
Moroccan Atlas during which these Lepidoptera were taken.
" On June 27th, 1930, I left London on the S.S. Moultan, one of the largest
of the P. & 0. steamers, of 21,000 gross tons, and arrived at Gibraltar on July 1st,
after an exceptionally fine and quiet journey. The same day we left Gibraltar
on a very small boat of the Bland Line for Casablanca, where we arrived the
next morning. Again Mr. Frederick Young of the Tring Museum accompanied
me. On July 3rd we went to Marrakesh. There we observed nothing new in
birds, and all birds were in full moult ; we did not see the small Moroccan Sand-
Martin, Rvparia paludicola mauritanica. Butterflies were not numerous, but
the Copper, Polyommatus (or Chryso-phnnus) phoebus, was about as common as
in May and June.
" After getting the necessary written j)ermission and a good car with an
efficient chauffeur, we left early on the 7th to cross the Great Atlas. It was a
very beautiful trip. The river, along which a great part of the road went, still
contained running water, but much less than usually in the beginning of June,
and most of the country had become rather dry. It seems j>eculiar to me that
all along the river not a single Motacilla alba subpersonata occurs, and that no
C'inclus live in this part. Altogether it is poor in birds, proper forests and big
plains, as on the plateau of the Middle Atlas, being absent. In the afternoon
we crossed the Tizi-N-Tichkan Pass and descended down the southern slopes of
the Atlas. A few miles below the Pass is a belt of open, somewhat bare forest of
Callifris, Juniperus, and Quercus, but without very tall oaks and without cedars.
No butterflies were noticed in it, nor any interesting birds, but the striped
Squirrel, A/lantoxerm getulus, was observed in small numbers. After passing
the forest it became much more bare, and when arriving in the valley of Telouet
(Glaoui country) we were rather disappointed, for the hills and mountains near
by were very bare, some being actually bare rocks without any vegetation.
In the valley are a few villages, among them the real Telouet with the grand old
castle of the Pasha of the Glaoua. A couple of kilometres above is the new
French Fort, out on the open stony plain, with about fifty men of the Foreign
Legion, and the " Bureau Arabe." The officer of the latter, Lieutenant Tuder,
Chef du Bureau des Affaires Indigenes, received us very kindly, gave us two
bedrooms, and invited us to take the principal meals with him. There was only
one other officer, Lieutenant Amilakrari, of the Foreign Legion, from the Caucasus,
the Captain, Monsieur Gamez, arriving several days later.
" Along the river valleys were gardens, some small fields and fruit trees. Of
butterflies the most conspicuous were the many Mdanargia galathea meade-waldoi,
but along and in the gardens some Lycaenidae and other species were not rare,
but there was no sign of Zygaenas or of any of the rare Satyrus or other high
mountain butterflies. Enormous numbers of a middle-sized Grasshopper and a
few other species of Ortlioptera inhabited the more fertile places. Gardens,
1!I2 Xoyttates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
irrigated with water, conducted through narrow ditches from the river, did
exceedingly well.
" The commonest bird was a short-billed Crested Lark. Galerida theklae
ruficolor, which was seen in many places on the stony ground. Storks were
feeding on the bare fields in numbers, Neophron percnopterus was once observed,
a few Milvus migrans migrans. Kestrels here and there, Oenanthe hispanica
hispanica and Anthus campestris. On the old castle Hirundo rustica rustica had
nested, and in the gardens and villages one saw plenty of Passer domesticus and
some Serinus serinus, Hippolais pallida opaca (rare !), Emberiza striolata salmri,
Carduelis cannabina, Muscicapa striolata, Blackbirds, Goldfinches and a few
Quails. Streptopelia turtur arenicola occurred in most village gardens, but not
very numerous, while in April, we were told, thousands passed through. On
steep rocks a few Columba livia nested, once an Aquila bonellii, and several times
Corvus corax tingitanus, twice Buteo rufinus cirtensis, and once Circaetus gallinis
were seen. Lieutenant Amilakrari took us to a fine valley, about two hours
over an awful stony region, where Alectoris barbara barbara existed. Several.
all much in moult, were shot, and as far as one can see they were true barbara.
Twice several Oenanthe leucura syenitica were seen and one shot. In May or
early June a flock of Comatibis eremita came up from the south and were feeding
about an hour from Telouet, according to detailed description from the officers.
" Telouet or somewhere very near by must have been the place where
Dodson shot the only known three specimens of Rhodopechys sanguined aliena,
but neither round the old castle nor anywhere else did I see a trace of them,
and neither officers nor natives were able to give me any information about this
very rare bird. Dodson said he got it at ''the Glaoui," which is a fairly large
district, but he slept at Telouet.
" We stayed a week at Telouet and then returned to Marrakesh. In Telouet
the sun was shining all day, no clouds were seen during our stay there, and in
the nights the full moon shone wonderfully, from about nine o'clock in the
morning it became very hot and it was interesting to observe how the birds
were seeking shade and came into the oasis gardens ; even Crested Larks came
into the gardens and stayed under the trees, and I have also seen them sitting
on vines and branches. About or towards noon a westerly wind came up and
blew till ten at night or later, sometimes very strong and hurricane-like. The
nights were cooler and most delightful.
" On the return journey we stayed nearly two hours on the Tizi-N-Tichkan
Pass. Unfortunately sheep and cattle had been feeding there and had eaten
much of the scanty vegetation, but Young found a spot on the east side where
cattle could not get a foothold, and where there was a little stream of water and
a bit of swampy ground. There butterflies were flying in numbers and among
them the new subspecies of Zygaena. Marrakesh was very hot, while it had
been hardly warmer there than on a hot summer day in England, before we went
to Telouet.
" As soon as possible we left for Rabat, where we saw my old friend Thery.
We then proceeded to El-Hajeb, passing a few hours in Meknes with Mr. Harold
Powell. At El-Hajeb it had become too dry for Zygaenas and rarer lepidoptera,
and very few moths came to the lights, though the nights were dark without
any moonlight. We visited the rocks where the bare-necked Ibis. Comatibis
eremita, nests, but they were no longer there, though a small flock flew round in
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931. 193
silence. As I had to be at home at the beginning of August we had very little
more time, but went one day to Ifran. Ifran is a perfectly new French place in
the Middle Atlas, reached (now) by motor-omnibus from Azrou. Hotel and
restaurant are there and already in use, though neither was entirely finished.
The way from Azrou to Ifran leads through very fine forests, chiefly of oaks,
and some wonderful cedars, and we were very sorry that the motor-omnibus
made no stops whatever. But near Ifran is also forest and there we caught a
good number of butterflies, among them a few Argynnis auresiana. After Ifran
we went for a day into the forests above Azrou. We had to take a Mokhrazni
(Maroccan soldier) with us, but all was managed without much loss of time.
We walked up over bare hills, where a large Satyrus was common, and then
went down the steep road through the old forest. There we caught the rare
Argynnis lyauteyi, also Pajnlio fodalirius lotteri in perfectly fresh condition, and
a number of other butterflies.
" We then returned to Rabat, which we left again on the 25th of July, and
on the 28th we left Gibraltar, arriving at London on the 1st of August."
Ernst Hartert.
l. Papilio machaon maxima Verity.
Papilio machaon maxima Verity, Rhopalocera Palaearclica, p. 206, pi. lii, f. 2 (1011) (gen. vern. :
Tangier).
Papilio machaon maxima gen. aest, anr/iilata Verity, I.e., p. 290, pi. lx. f. 14 (1911) (Tangier).
1 ? Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July ; 1 $ above Azrou, Middle Atlas, 1,800 m.
= 5,850 ft., 21 July.
Both these 99 are worn, but show the characters of gen. aest. angulata
strongly.
2. Papilio podalirius lotteri Aust.
Papilio podalirius ab. lotteri Austaut, Petiles Nouvelles Entomologiques, vol. ii, p. 293 (p. 304 noni.
corr. lotteri) (1879) (Sidi-Bel-Abbes) (gen. aestiv.).
Papilio feislhameli forma maura Verity, I.e., p. 29.3, pi. i, ff. 7, 8 (1911) (gen. vern. ex Africa, Lambeze).
The 2 (JcJ secured are true large summer brood lotteri.
2 cJJ above Azrou, 1,800 m. = 5,850 ft., 21 July.
3. Ganoris rapae mauretanica (Verity).
Pieris rapae mauretanica Verity, I.e., p. 155, pi. xxxii, ff. 43, 44 (gen. aest.) ; pi. xxxiv, ff. 15, 1G
(gen. vern. leucoteroides Rothsch.) (1908) (Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia) (ff. and text Algeria)
(xxxiv, 15, 16, as leucotera Stef.).
Pterin rapae mauretanica 'jen. vern. leucoteroides Rotbsch., Bull. Soc. Sclent. Sal. Maroc. vol. v,
p. 129 (1025) (Rabat, Morocco).
The whole series of 9 $3, 8 $$ is of the gen. aest. mauretanica.
4 cJcJ, 2 $9 Marrakesch, G and 14 July ; 3 ^, 2 ?? Telouet, S. Slopes of
Great Atlas, 1,900 m. = 6,175 ft., 8 July, the larger $ has the black spot above
vein 1 of the forewing reduced to two almost obsolete dots on each forewing ;
1 $ Tizi-n. Tichka, 2,450 m. = circa 8,000 ft., 12 July ; 2 $? Asni, Great Atlas,
S. of Marrakesch, 13 July; 1 £, 2 $$ El Hajeb, W. Slopes of Middle Atlas,
19 July, one female has the dark tips to the forewings entirely absent.
194 Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
4. Leucochloe daplidice albidice (Oberth.).
Pieris daplidice var. albidice Oberthiir, Stud. d'Entom. vi. p. 47 (Algerie, Prov. Constantino Sud).
All the series except 2 worn $$ shows by the strong yellow wash on the hind-
wings below that they are albidice, though not as distinct as most Algerian
examples. 5 <$£, 4 $? Marrakesch, 5, 6 July ; 4 $? Telouet, S. Slopes of Great
Atlas, 1,900 m. = 6,175 ft., 8 and 11 July ; 'l g Asni, Great Atlas, S. of Marra-
kesch, 13 July.
5. Euchloe charlonia (Donzel).
Anthocharis charlonia Donzel, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, vol. xi, p. 197. pi. viii, f. 1 (1842) (Emsilah.
Algeria).
1 ^ Asni, Great Atlas, S. of Marrakesch, 13 July ; the specimen is very poor.
6. Colias electo croceus (Geoff.).
Papilio croceus Geoffroy, in Fourcroy's Enlom. Par. vol. ii. p. 260 (1785) (Paris).
1 <$, 1 $ Marrakesch, 0 and 14 July ; 2 #<? Telouet, Great Atlas, S. Slopes,
1,900 m. = 6,175 ft., 10 July ; 1 <J Taddert Valley of the R'dat, Great Atlas.
1,700 m. = 5,525 ft., 7 July ; 1 <?, 1 ? Ifrane, Middle Atlas. 20 July ; 2 $$, 1 ?
above Azrou, Middle Atlas, 1,800 m. = 5,850 ft., 21 July.
7. Gonepteryx cleopatra Cleopatra (Linn.).
Papilio cleopatra Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edit, xii, pt. 2, p. 765, no. 105 (1767) (Barbaria).
2 ^ (J, 1 $ Asni, Great Atlas, S. of Marrakesch, 13 July ; 1 $ above Azrou,
Middle Atlas, 1,800 m. = 5,850 ft., 21 July.
8. Gonepteryx rhanini meridionalis Rob.
Gonepteryx rhamni meridionalis Rober in Seitz, Orosschmelt. vol. i, p. 61 (1907) (Algeria and S. Asia
Minor).
1 3 Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
9. Vanessa polychloros erythromelas Aust.
Vanessa polychloros var. erythromelas Anstaut, Le Natiiraliste, vol. vii, p. 142 (1885) (Scbdou).
The single specimen obtained is very small, and the dark borders of the
wings are broader than usual, while the discal spots are small. Expanse 55 mm.
1 <J Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
10. Argynnis auresiana Fruhst.
Argynnis adippe auresiana Fruhstorfer, Intern. Entom. Zeitschr. Ovben, vol. ii, p. 69 (1908) (Ami-s
Mts.).
Fruhstorfer treated this very distinct insect as a subspecies of A. adippe,
but I consider it is a good species. Dr. Hartert was too late this year for this
species and only got 1 <$ , 1 $ very much damaged ; and on his former expeditions
he was too early and never got it.
1 cJ, 1 $ Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
When a large series from Morocco comes to be examined, it is quite possible
we may find the western form is somewhat different from the typical East
Algerian race ; but so far too few Moroccan examples have been taken.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 195
Oberthiir already remarked that the Morocca examples were smaller and the $$
redder above than Algerian examples.
11. Argynnis lyauteyi Oberth.
Argynnis lyauteyi Oberthiir, fitud. Lipid. Camp. Fasc. xvii Planches, Expl. des PI. Phot. PI. D.
pp. 48, 49, PI. D. Phot. (Upper 2 ff.) (1920) (Foret d'Azrou, Middle Atlas).
This large and fine Argynnis is undoubtedly closely allied to A. aglaja
(Linn.), but it is abundantly distinct. The pattern on the hindwing below and
the green colour would cause many entomologists to classify it as a subspecies
of (ii/lnja ; but without further evidence of intermediate races I prefer to consider
it a distinct species. Dr. Hartert found it already on the wane and only obtained
a few good specimens.
4 (J ^ 4 $$ above Azrou, Middle Atlas, 1,800 m. = 5,850 ft., 21 July.
12. Argynnis lathonia (Linn.).
Pajiilio latltonia Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edit, x, vol. i, p. 4S1, No. 141 (1758) (Europe).
The 4 specimens are very red, but agree well with many northern examples.
4 <?<£ Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
13. Melitaea aetherie algirica Riihl.
Mtliliica aetherie var. algirica Riihl., Palaearkl. Grosssschmett. p. 389 (1892-1895) (Algeria).
One worn $ was obtained.
1 $ above Azrou, Middle Atlas, 1,800 m. = 5,850 ft., 21 July.
14. Satyrus alcyone maroccana Oberth.
Satyras alcyone maroccana Oberthiir, Stnd. Lipid. Comp. Fasc. xvii Planches, £.17;/. des PI. PI. C.
p. 48, pi. C. Phot. (1920) (Foret d'Azrou, Middle Atlas).
3 SS Hrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
All 3 very large and dark.
15. Satyrus briseis major Oberth.
Satyras briseis var. major Oberthiir, Stud. Entom. Fasc. i, p. 27 (1876) (Boghari).
A nice series of fine large examples.
3 cJcJ Tizi-n-Tichka, Great Atlas, 2,450 m. = circa 8,000 ft., 12 July ; 2 $£,
1 $ Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July; 2 <?<?, 8 $$ above Azrou, Middle Atlas,
1,800 m. = 5,850 ft.
16. Satyrus actaea simillima subsp. nov.
Oberthiir united this with actaea, nevadensis Ribbe from the Sierra Nevada
in Spain ; but it is much darker both in ^ and $ and has the blackish strigillation
below more pronounced and denser.
1 $ Type El Hajeb, Middle Atlas, W. Slopes, 19 July. In addition to this
specimen there are in the Tring Museum 3 cjc?> 1 $ collected by E. G. B. Meade-
Waldo at Tsauritz Entsagautz and Tizi gourza, and 6 <$<$, 1 $ from coll. Vaucher :
Glaoui = Telouet.
!«)(} NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
17. Melanargia galathea meade-waldoi Rothsch.
Mdanargia galathea meade-waldoi Rothsch., Nov. Zool. vol. xxiv, p. 110, no. 54a (Tainarouth,
Morocco).
Among the considerable series of 2S ^^, 25 $<j>, 1 <J from Ifrane has on both
upper- and underside a large amount of the black colour absent and the wings
are of a curious quadrangular shape.
20 <$$, 16 $$ Telouet, Great Atlas, 1,900 m. = 6,175 ft., 9 July ; 7 JcJ, 5 $?
Tizi-n-Tichka, Great Atlas, 2,450 m. = circa 8,000 ft., 12 July ; 1 <J, 4 $?
Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
is. Parage megera megera (Linn.).
Papilio megera Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edit. xii. vol. i, pt. ii, p. 771. no. 142 (Austria, Dania) (1767).
1 (J Marrakesch, 4 July ; 1 $ Telouet, S. Slopes, Great Atlas, 1,900 m. =
6,175 ft, 10 July.
19. Epinephele lycaon mauretanica (Oberth.).
Satyrus endora var. mauretanica Oberthur, Stud. Enlom. vi, p. 58 (1881) (Sebdou, Lambeze).
1 $ Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
20. Epinephele maroccana Blach.
Epinephele lycaon var. maroccana Blachier, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, vol. lxxvii, p. 216, pi. iv, f. 5
(1908) (Moroccan Atlas).
Because the late Monsieur Ch. Blachier in describing this very distinct
species placed it as a subspecies under Ep. lycaon, Oberthur says the name
maroccana must be deleted from our lists and his name nivelli substituted,
although the latter was published 12 years later. This is impossible under the
acknowledged rules of nomenclature, so I here replace the correct name.
The pair taken are very typical, though not in first-class condition.
1 (J, 1 $ Tizi-n-Tichka, Great Atlas, 2,450 m. = circa 8,000 ft., 12 July.
In addition to this pair there are in the Tring Museum 2 <$<$ collected by
E. G. B. Meade-Waldo at Tsauritz Entsagautz ; and 1 J from coll. Vaucher :
Glaoui = Telouet (paratype).
21. Epinephele jurtina jurtina (Linn.).
Papilio jurtina Linnaeus. Syst. Nat. edit, x, vol. i, pt. ii, p. 475, no. 104 (1758) (Europe, Africa, Type
Africa).
1 <J, 2 $$ Telouet, S. Slopes, Great Atlas, 1,900 m. = 6,175 ft,. 10 July ;
1 (J Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July ; 5 $$ above Azrou, Middle Atlas, 1,800 m. =
5,850 ft., 21 July ; 1 J, 2 $$ El Hadjeb, W. Slopes of Middle Atlas, 19 July.
22. Epinephele ida ida (Esp.).
Papilio ida Esper, Schmett. vol. i, pt. 2, p. 184. no. 176, pi. xcii, f. 2 (cont. xlii) (1777) (Pyrenees).
1 $ Asni, S. of Marrakesch, 13 July ; 5 $<$ Taddert, Valley of the R'dat,
Great Atlas, 1,700 m. = 5,525 ft., 7 July ; 8 SS E1 Hadjeb, W. Slopes of Middle
Atlas, 19 July.
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 197
23. Coenonympha pamphilus lyllus (Esp.).
Papilio lyllus Esper, Schmett. vol. i, pt. 2, Furls, p. 23, no. 244, pi. cxxii (cont. 77), ff. 1, 2 (1805)
(Portugal).
It is strange that although the whole series of 10 33> 10 $$ are undoubtedly
summer generation, yet a number of them show a mixed coloration on the
underside of the hindwings.
2 33, 1 ? Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July ; 7 33, 5 $$ El Hajeb, W. Slopes
of Middle Atlas, 19 July ; 1 3, 4 $$ above Azrou, Middle Atlas, 1,S00 m. =
5,850 ft., 21 July.
24. Thecla ilicis mauretanica Stdgr.
Thecla ilicis var. mauretanica Staudinger, Iris, vol. v, p. 279, no. 11 (1892) (Tunis).
11 33, 0 $? Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July ; 2 33, 2 $$ above Azrou, Middle
Atlas, 1,800 m. = 5,850 ft. ; 21 July ; 1 3 locality lost.
25. Chrysophanus phloeas phloeas (Linn.).
Papilio phloeas Linnaeus, Faun. Suec. edit. alt. p. 285 (1701) (.Sweden).
16 33, 8 $$ Marrakesch, 4-14 July ; 3 $$ above Azrou, Middle Atlas,
1,800 m. = 5,850 ft., 21 July.
26. Chrysophanus alciphron heracleana Blach.
Chrysophanus alciphron var. heracleana Blachier, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, vol. lxxvii, p. 217
(1908) (Moroccan Atlas).
In the 3 there is no trace of violet suffusion except very slightly along the
costa and at the extreme base of the wings. In the $ there is less orange on
hindwing than in A. gordius and a. granadensis, but a purple band between the
2 rows of postmedian black spots.
1 $ (slightly damaged) Tizi-n-Tichka, Great Atlas, 2,450 m. = circa 8,000 ft.,
12 July.
27. Chrysophanus phoebus Blach.
Chrysophanus phothus Blachier, Bull. Soc. Entorn. France, 1905, p. 212 (Moroccan Atlas, Ourika).
128 3 <$> 42 $$ Marrakesch, 4-14 July ; 1 3 has the spots on hindwing
coalescing into streak .
28. Lampides (Polyommatus) boeticus (Linn.).
Papilio boeticus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edit, xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 789, no. 226 (1707) (Barbaria = Algeria).
4 33, 2 $$ Marrakesch, 5 and 6 July.
29. Tarucus theophrastus (Fabr.).
Hesperia theophrastus Fabricius, Entom. Syst. vol. iii, p. 281, no. 82 (1783) (Morocco).
7 33, 5 $? Marrakesch, 6-13 July ; 1 3, 1 $ Asni, Great Atlas, S. of Marra-
kesch, 13 July.
In Nov. Zool. xxxv (1929), p. 226, under no. 32, I stated that Zoudj-el-
Beghal was in the extreme West of Morocco ; it is, however, in the extreme
East of Morocco.
198 XoYITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
30. Lycaena icarus celina Aust.
Lycaena celina Austaut, Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. p. 293, no. 212 (1S79) (Sidi-bel-Abbes).
4 £<?, 2 ?? Marrakesch, 4-6 July ; 11 <J<J, 2 $? Telouet, S. Slopes of Great
Atlas, 1,900 m. = 6,175 ft., 10 July ; 1 (J (J, 4 ?$ Asni, Great Atlas, S. of Marra-
kesch, 13 July ; 12 <$<$, 3 $$ Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July ; 3 <$<$, 3 ?$ above
Azrou, Middle Atlas, 1,800 in. = 5,850 ft., 21 July ; 4 $<$, 2 $$ Marrakesch,
4 July.
31. Lycaena astrarche calida Bell.
Lycaena agestis var. calida Bellier, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, serie 4, vol. ii, p. 615, no. 2 (1862)
(no locality).
Twenty out of the twenty-two specimens arc true calida with short rounded
wings and complete subterminal bands of large rufous spots, but two are almost
typical astrarche with long pointed forewings and only the tornal half of the sub-
marginal row of spots present on the forewing.
1 (J Tizi-n-Tichka, Great Atlas, 2,450 m. = circa 8,000 ft., 12 July (astrarche
like) ; 1 J Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July, intermediate ; 14 (J J, 2 $? Marrakesch,
5-14 July (typical calida) ; 1 $, 2 $$ El Hadjeb, W. Slopes of Middle Atlas,
19 July.
32. Lycaena bellargus punctifera Oberth.
Lycaena bellargua punctifera Obcrthiir, Stud. Lipid. ' 'omp. fasc. iv, pt. i, pp. 268, 269 (1910) (Algeria),
1 $ (worn) Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
33. Lycaena allardi ungemachi (Eothsck.).
Lycaena allardi ungemachi Rothschild, Bull. Soc. Scient. Nat. Maroc. vol. v, p. 333, no. 46 (1925)
(Aselda, Great Atlas).
1 ? (very poor) Taddert, R'dat Valley, Great Atlas, 1,700 m. = 5,525 ft.,
7 July.
34. Lycaena hylas atlantica Elw.
Lycaena hylas atlantica Elwes, Trans. Entom. Soc. London, 1905, p. 380, no. 53 (Imentala, 5,500 ft.).
1 ^ Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
35. Lycaena lyshnon (Hiibn.).
Papilio lysimon Hiibner, Samml. europ. Schmett. vol. i, p. 46, no. 10, pi. 105, figs. 534, 535 (1805)
(Portugal).
14 ^ (J, 3 ?$ Marrakesch, 3-6 July.
36. Adopoea thaumas (Hufn.).
J'tij'tli" thaumas Qufnagel, Furl. Mag. vol. ii. p. 62 (1766) (Berlin).
3 c?c?, 1 ? Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
37. Adopoea acteon (Rott.).
Papilio acteon Rottemburg, Nalurj. vol. vi, p. 30, no. 18 (1775) (Landsberg a.d. Warthc).
1 (J Tizi-n-Tichka, Great Atlas, 2,450 m. = 7,963 ft., 12 July.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 190
38. Adopoea hamza (Obcrth.).
//. rperia hamza Oberthur, Stud. d'Enlmn. fasc. i, p. 28, pi. iii, IT. 2a. u (187(5) (Oran).
1 tJ El Hadjeb, W. Slopes of Middle Atlas, 19 July.
39. Hesperia onopordi Ramb.
Besperia onopordi Rambur, Faune Andal. p. 319, no. 4, pi. viii, f. 13 (1S42) (Granada).
6 (J (J, 1 $ Telouet, S. Slopes of Great Atlas, 1,900 m. = 6,175 ft., 9-10 July ;
1 <J above Azrou, Middle Atlas, 1,800 m. = 5,850 ft., 21 July ; 1 9 much worn,
Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
40. Zygaena aurata blachieri subsp. nov.
This beautiful form was taken on Tizi-n-Tichka, thus making it almost
certain that nearly every peak of the Great Atlas has a special form of Z. aurata,
as Z. aurata aurata Bloch. occurs on Tsauritz Entsagauz and Tizigourza, while
Z. aurata opaca occurs on Amsmiz.
tj$ differ from a. aurata and a. opaca at first sight by the intense ruby-
crimson of the red portions ; it resembles a. opaca more in the decided green,
not greenish-golden colour of the forewings, and in the more extended black
thorax and the larger size and broader wings. It differs from both in the longer
antennae in the o and in the larger size and greater distinctness of the red mark-
ings on the forewings. The green of the forewings is paler and brighter than in
a. opaca and has a very intense metallic gloss.
4 (?<?. 3 99 (tyPe <?) Tizi-n-Tichka, Great Atlas, 2,450 m. = 7,963 ft., 12
July.
41. Zygaena orana harterti Rothsch.
Zygaena harterti Rothschild, Bull. .Sot-. Scien. Nat. Manic, vol. v, p. 338, no. 76 (1925) (Azrou).
1 <J Tizi-n-Tichka, Great Atlas, 2,450 m. = circa 7,700 ft., 12 July.
42. Laphygma exigua (Hiibn.).
Noclua exigua Hiibncr, Samml. Etirop. Schmett. Lepid. iv, Noct. ii, iii, genuinae D. etc. f. 362
(1805) (locality ?).
1 ^ El Hadjeb, W. Slopes, Middle Atlas, 19 July.
43. Eublemma jucunda (Hiibn.).
Noclua jucunda Hiibner. Samml. Europ. Schmett. Lepid. iv, Noct. iii. Semigeom. D. etc. nos,
486 and 492 (1805) (locality ?).
1 $ Ifrane, Middle Atlas, 20 July.
44. Catocala nymphaea (Esp.).
Phalaena Noclua nymphaea Esper, Schmett. vol. iv, pi. 105 (Noel. 26), no. 4, p. 358, no. 52 (Enrop.
Heter. no. 189) (1786) (Lyons, Devillers coll.).
1 cJ El Hadjeb, W. Slopes of Middle Atlas, 19 July.
14
200 XnvITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
45. Sterrha numidaria (Luc).
Acidalia numidaria Lucas, E-rjil. Scient. Algeria, Anim. Artie, vol. iii, p. 395, no. 141, Lepid. pi. iv,
f. 2 (1819) (Constantino).
2 33 Telouet, S. Slopes of Great Atlas, 1,900 m. = 0,175 ft., 8 July.
40. Anaitis efformata Guen.
Anaitis efformata Gui'iiee, Spec. gin. Lipid, vol. x, Uran. et Phil. vol. ii, p. 500, no. 1730 (1858)
(Syria).
1 3 El Hadjeb, W. Slopes of Middle Atlas, 19 July.
47. Metasia ibericalis Rag.
Melaeia ibericalis Ragonot, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, vol. lxiii, p. 170, no. 263 bis (1894) (Cuenca
Castillc).
1 2 El Hadjeb, W. Slopes of Middle Atlas, 19 July.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 201
A NOTE ON SOME EARLY PLUMAGE PHASES IN THE
STEGANOPODES WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A PREVIOUSLY
UNDESCRIBED PHASE IN F REG AT A AQUILA (LINN.).
By PERCY R. LOWE.
rPHROUOH the generous efforts made this summer by Colonel S. T. Ha3'ley,
in the island of Ascension, the British Museum has acquired an interesting
collection of sea-birds in spirit. These were so well collected and preserved that
they could be made up into excellent " skins " ; while some were retained in
spirit for anatomical study.
Among the skins were some interesting examples of the Frigate Bird, Fregata
aquila (Linn.), and two of these, a male and female, appear to illustrate a phase
in the sequence of the plumage changes of this species from chick to adult which
was previously unrepresented in the collection. Indeed, as far as I am aware,
this phase has not as yet been described, if indeed it is known, to ornithologists,
so that the note in regard to it under " Phase IV " may prove of some interest.
Coincidently with the description of this apparently new plumage phase I
thought it might prove useful to pass in review the entire plumage sequences
undergone by Fregata aquila in as far as the material available in the British
Museum enables us to come to a conclusion ; while at the same time I have
made some notes, derived from microscopical examination, of the early plumage
phases of the steganopodes in general.
Plumage Sequences of Fregata aquila as represented in the British Museum
Collection.
In the absence of any definite knowledge, derived from a study in the field,
as to the actual age at which the various phases of plumage in Fregata aquila
are assumed, I have thought it safer to describe the plumage sequences under
the headings of " Phase I " and " II," and so on — that is to say, as they appear
to be represented in the British Museum.
Phase I. The Eaely Chick, either "Naked" ok in
Down (Plumulae).
As is well known, the chick, when first hatched, is entirely naked. Sub-
sequently the first feather covering takes the form of the pre-plumule down,
that is to say, the down proper of the chick. It is pure white, very soft, very
thick and very long. Later on this is followed by the plumule down, proper
to the adult. Neither of these downs belong to the category of contour feathers
or pennae. Such pennal feathers, or teleoptiles, in most, or at any rate, a large
number of bird groups are preceded by pre-pennal feathers — that is to say,
by one or other or both of successive generations of feathers which have been
termed (1) protoptiles and (2) mesoptiles. In the Frigate bird in so far as the
contour feathers are concerned both protoptiles and mesoptiles seem to have been
entirely " smothered," and so almost literally suppressed, by the dense pre-
202 Xovitatks Zoological XXXVI. 1U31.
plumule down ; for the pennal or teleoptile feathers do not carry on their tips
either protoptiles or meaoptiles when they first make their way through the
skin. This they do not do until after the pre-plumule down has attained its
full length. In the earliest chick " in quill " we have (90. 1 .4. 12) I have been
unable to discover even traces of protoptiles borne on the tips of the pennal
contour feathers (for example, those of the mantle), as they work their way
through the thick covering of down. That the mantle feathers just alluded to
are teleoptilcs and not mesoptiles is definitely shown by the strongly pennaceous
structure of their barbules. There seems, therefore, every reason to suppose
that both the protoptile and mesoptile pre -pennal feather phase has been
suppressed in Fregata.
In the Cormorants {Phalacrocorax) the same sequence of events seems to
have occurred ; for the first feathers to appear are pre-plumule down feathers ;
while in the material available in the collection I can find no evidence whatever
that pre-pennal feathers follow this down. On the contrary it is followed by
the teleoptile or pennaceous stage of the contour feathers, and the tips of these
as they work their way through the skin (cf. a half -grown chick 1922. 1.2] ..">)
have to be sought for deep down at the bottom of the dense layer of brownish
pre-plumules. In some species, perhaps in all, the barbules of these distal
ends of the teleoptiles are considerably specialised and keratinised, the greater
part of then- length consisting of well-defined cellular segments in which pen-
naceous booklets and barbicels are conspicuous by their absence. At a later
stage (cf. 1924.4.10.156) as these teleoptiles grow, and more and more of
their length becomes visible beyond the skin, pennaceous barbules make their
appearance and are in all respects similar as regards function to the pennaceous
barbules of the fully adult feather. By this time too, the plumule down of the
adult may be seen replacing the pre-plumule down of the chick.
In the Gannets (Sula) dense pre-plumule down also precedes the contour
feathers. Cossar Ewart (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1921, p. 023) has stated that "this
down grows so rapidly that the pre-pennae, even when well developed, are
difficult to find." For my own part, as far as the material in the British Museum
is concerned, I have completely failed to find any evidence at all of pre-pennal
feathers, as for instance in two half -grown chicks (cf . 99 . 1 . 4 . 9 and 1913.11.10. 88)
and the first contour feathers to appear have a definitely pennaceous structure
as regards their basal barbules.
In the Darters (PIolus), again, the first pennal contour feathers to appear
take the form of teleoptiles with highly pigmented, or keratinised, barbules at
their distal ends, somewhat similar to those seen in the case of the Cormorants
but perhaps more specialised. The tips of these teleoptiles, as in the two pre-
ceding genera already noticed, make their way through the skin at the bottom
of the dense layer of pre-plumule down, and are followed by barbules differ-
entiated into " base " and " pennulum " and provided with functional hooklets.
Thus as far as I have been able to gather from a comparative microscopical
examination of the earliest feather phases in the genera Fregata, Phalacrocorax,
Sula and Plottts both forms of pre-pennal feathers (protoptiles and mesoptiles)
have been suppressed, and the earliest form of feather covering to be assumed
takes the form of pre-plumule down : or in other words, an exactly opposite
condition to that obtaining in Ducks or Game birds, in which the first feather
covering is pre-pennal followed later by pre-plumulae.
XoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 203
It should, however, be noted here that the above remarks only apply to the
contour feathers of the body ; for in all the above genera protoptiles may be
seen to be carried on the tips of either the mesoptiles or teleoptiles of the wing.
This persistence of the pre-pennal elements of the wing pennae has evidently
been rendered possible by the relative shortness of the down on the wings as
compared with that on the body, so that we may feel reasonably certain that
where and when the pre-pennal feathers of the body have been suppressed this
has followed upon what may be almost termed the mechanical obstruction of the
long and thick pre-plumule down and that originally both forms of pre-pennae
were present. This seems to be indicated by the fact that in both the genera
Pelecanus and Phaeton protoptiles in the body pennae are conspicuous by their
presence. For instance, in Phaeton it is evident that the first down plumage to
appear, or at any rate to make itself conspicuous, is not a pre-plumule or even a
plumule down as in the above described genera, but a pre-pennal down (protop-
tile). This is well seen in specimen 1909.3.2. 15, where it is being carried on the tips
of mesoptiles, which in their turn are followed by teleoptiles seen to be struggling
through a plumule down. Thus protoptiles, mesoptiles and teleoptiles can be
seen in actual continuity and sequence. The protopiles are very well developed,
and although they obviously take the place in Phaeton of the pre-plumule down
of Fregata, Sula. Phalacrocorax and Plotus, it is equally obvious that they look
different and have a different structure, as in point of fact when examined
microscopically they have. Thus it was quite easy to see that a very young
chick collected by Capt. Boyd Alexander in the Cape Verde Islands (1911 . 12.23.
163) and wrongly labelled as a Sirfa, was in reality a Phaeton. In Phaeton,
therefore, although a true plumule (adult) down appears some time after the
appearance of the protoptile down, it is the pre-plumule which have been sup-
pressed in this genus, or at any rate relatively suppressed, for traces of them
still remain.
This is an interesting point in view of the fact that the relations of the genus
Phaeton to the other Steganopode genera have been called in question. Whether
for instance the difference in regard to the relative degree of development and
function of the early plumage phases in Phaeton points to a corresponding differ-
ence in genetic relations or is merely the result of differing factors of environment
or habit is a question which might arise for solution. It may be recalled in
this connection that Phaeton brings up its young in underground burrows,
while the young of the other Steganopode genera live in exposed and open nests.
Was it the subterranean abode which made the specialisation of the pre-plumule
down, so characteristic of the other Steganopodes, unnecessary in the case of
the Phaeton ; or was it the failure of the pre-plumule down to develop which
made the subterranean retreat a necessity ?
In a paper in the Ibis (1920, pp. 152-188) dealing with the value of the
quadrate as a factor in avian classification I have (pp. 1S7-1S8) expressed my
opinion, based on the morphology of the quadrato-tympanic region, that Phaeton
is a Steganopode and not a gull, as has recently been maintained by Mathews
and Iredale. Other anatomical features bear this out. Furbringer, Gadow and
Beddard were inclined to the view that Phaeton stood at the base of the
Steganopodes. In as far as its various plumages seem to have persisted and
therefore seem to be more generalised than the other genera this view receives
support.
204 NOVTTATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVI. 1931.
Phase II. The Infantile Chick in which Contour
or Pennal Feathers (Teleoptiles) have already
appeared
As I have suggested above, the first pennal feathers of Fregata to appear
take the form of a saddle-like patch of slaty brown in the middorsal region
(mantle-feathers). This dark patch is in striking contrast with the pure white
down. Subsequently the tips of the remiges and coverts carrying protoptiles
are the next pennal feathers to appear. From now onwards the chick continues
to grow in size and the contour feathers to appear until it is on the point of
becoming fully fledged. In this final or infantile stage as a chick
(B.M. Coll. 90.1.4.11), both wing and contour feathers, as, for instance, those
of the mantle, are as fully developed in regard to the pennaceous structure of
the barbules as in the next stage (Phase III), which may be designated the
juvenile. This I have proved by a microscopical examination ; so that as the
pennaceous structure in the Juvenile (Phase III) is as well-developed as in the
adult it seems certain that a mesoptilic stage of plumage is not represented in
the Frigate Bird. The plumage of the Infantile Phase is as follows :
The head (vertex), nape, ear-coverts, sides of face and forehead exhibit
pure white teleoptiles. The neck shows tufts of white teleoptiles " coming
through." Here where the down is short these carry on their tips what appear
to be feebly developed teleoptiles ; while in the spaces between the teleoptilic
tufts are greyish down feathers proper. At the lower end of the dorsal region
of the neck the white tufts of teleoptiles are replaced by black tufts.
The breast feathers are represented by a broad band of brownish, or slaty
black, feathers anterad of which is a dense bed of pure white down through
which the dark teleoptiles have not as yet penetrated.
The lower breast, abdomen and crissum is covered with white teleoptiles.
The flank feathers are also white and extend well back into the axillary region.
The under -tail coverts are slaty brown, or brownish slate.
The mantle and lesser wing-coverts are brown with paler edgings ; the
median and greater wing-coverts, remiges, and rectrices, are feebly iridescent
purplish black ; scapulars, upper tail-coverts and lower back duller purplish
black or brown.
Phase III or "Juvenile." B.M. Coll. 80.11.18.439
The head and neck in this phase is pure white ; upper and lower breast pale
umber-brown : abdomen white : crissum and under tail-coverts dark brown ;
flanks white, the white extending upwards over the roots of the axillaries in the
form of the " thumb-marks " very much as in Fregata ariel ; mantle and lesser
coverts brown with darker centres, very much as in Phase I, but feathers longer
and more pointed and where "moulting in" darker; lower back and upper
tail-coverts as in previous phase ; remiges and rectrices steely or iridescent
purplish blue. Scapulars purplish brown fading to brown.
The inter-ramal space is bare and the gular patch is sparsely covered with
fine white feathers.
Phase IV.
This is the phase mentioned above which does not appear to have been
previously described :
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931. 205
(o) Female. B.M. Coll. (1930.8. 13. Hi).— Head (vertex) and nape iri-
descent dark greenish black, the feathers being lanceolate ; sides of face, throat
and forepart of upper neck duller and blackish brown, feathers not so lanceolate ;
these dull blackish brown feathers ending on the forepart of the upper neck in
the form of a bluntly-pointed " gorget " ; inter -ramal space and gular patch bare.
Breast pale umber-brown, the coloration extending round to back of lower
neck so as to form a pale neck-band of sooty-brown feathers, a " ghost-like "
reminder of the white cervical ring of Fregata arid. Lower breast and
abdomen pure white; crissum and under tail-coverts blackish purple.
Mantle feathers iridescent greenish, not so lanceolate as in the male ; but more
so than in F . arid. Lesser wing-coverts dark umber or purplish brown ; median
and greater coverts, scapulars, remiges and rectrices iridescent purplish blue ;
back and upper tail-coverts dark purplish blue. Feet pink. Ovaries not large ;
breeding (?).
(b) Male. B.M. Coll. (1930.8. 13. 15).— As in female, but with no pale
pre-axial wing-bar and without the post-cervical " ghost-like " pale band ; small
■ gular sac present ; feet black. Testes large.
In addition the coloration of the feathers of the entire body is more saturated,
darker, more iridescent, richer, with the feathers comparatively more lanceolate.
All the wing-coverts, including the lesser, and the feathers of the pre-axial
border are iridescent dark purplish violet. The white coloration of the abdomen
runs upwards to the axilla over the base of the axillary feathers.
Phase V. Apparently the Fully Adult.
The female resembles the female of the previous phase, but the white abdomen
and the white " thumb-marks " of the flanks have given place to a brownish black
coloration ; while the post-cervical band is not quite so obvious. In the male all
trace of the white abdomen and white flank marks have also disappeared.
Regarded from a dorsal aspect the two males and the two females of this
and the last phase would be very difficult to distinguish.
Finally, I should like to put forward the alternative suggestion that
" Phase V " is nothing more than a melanistic phase of " Phase IV," this last
phase being explicable on the theory that it is a rare normally-coloured adult
phase which is on the point of extinction, or replacement by a melanistic phase.
This theory seems all the more justifiable because we have an apparently com-
parable case in the very rare normally-coloured phase of Coereba saccharina
occurring in the West Indian islands of Grenada and St. Vincent, where the
infinitely commoner melanistic forms known as C. wellsi and C. atrata have now
practically replaced the normally-coloured adult form.
206 Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF JAPANESE, FORMOSAN
AND PHILIPPINE PYRALIDAE.
By R. J. WEST.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
T^HE following paper forms the conclusion of a series of descriptions of new
species represented in the collection of the late Mr. A. E. Wileman, which
is now the property of the British Museum (Natural History), wherein the types
of all species described below are contained.1
The names of colours mentioned below, are taken from Ridgway, Color
Standard and Color Nomenclature, 1912.
GALLERIINAE.
Corcyra brunnea sp.n.
$ : Palpus fuscous. Antenna minutely ciliate. Head : frons and vertex
fuscous. Thorax : patagium and tegula fuscous. Abdomen cartridge-buff tinged
with fuscous above and beneath. Pectus light buff. Legs : fore- and midlegs
fuscous, hindleg light buff, tarsus fuscous. Forewing long, narrow, fuscous, a
longitudinal fuscous-black streak below median nervure from base to lower angle
of cell. Hindwing cartridge-buff. Underside : forewing glossy, cartridge-buff
lightly suffused with fuscous ; hindwing glossy, cartridge-buff tinged with
fuscous on upper half.
Expanse 34 mm. (tip to tip 32 mm.).
Holotype $ : 9.iv.l908, Formosa, Kanshirei, 1,000 ft.
Nearest ally : C. cephcdonica Stt.
Pempelia baea sp.n.
$ : Palpus avellaneous. Antenna apparently simple. Head : frons and
vertex avellaneous. Thorax : patagium and tegula avellaneous. Abdomen
wood-brown, venter avellaneous. Pectus and legs avellaneous. Forewing wood-
brown sparsely irrorated with fuscous-black ; postmedial fascia consisting of a
dentate, fuscous line, outwardly oblique from costa to vein 5, then inwardly
oblique to inner margin. Hindwing light buff suffused with wood-brown.
Underside glossy, similar to upperside.
Expanse 34 mm. (tip to tip 32 mm.).
Holotype $ : 20. iv. 1912, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Klon-
dyke, 800 ft.
Nearest ally : P. ruficostella Rag.
1 For previous papers dealing with the Wileman collection, see Novitates Zoological,
xxxv, pp. 105-113 and 254-264.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 207
SCHOENOBIINAE.
Ramilla thectopetina sp.n.
$ : Palpus white mixed with fuscous. Antenna ciliate. Head : frons and
vertex white. Thorax : patagium and tegula white. Abdomen white above and
beneath. Pectus white. Legs white, a suffusion of fuscous on tibia and tarsus
of foreleg. Forewing white, apex acute, termen oblique, fuscous on costa ; post-
medial and subterminal fasica? consisting of two, fine, faintly marked, fuscous
lines inwardly oblique and parallel ; fringe fuscous. Hindwing concolorous with
forewing. fasciae forming continuations of those on forewing. Underside similar
to upperside.
Expanse 44 mm. (tip to tip 42 mm.).
Holoti/pe 9 : 14. iv. 1912, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Klon-
dyke, 800 ft.
Nearest ally : R. margineUa Moore.
PHYCITINAE.
Ambesa cartera sp.n.
$ : Palpus pinkish buff mixed with fuscous. Antenna ciliate. Head :
frons fuscous, vertex dark vinaceous-brown. Thorax : patagium dark vinaceous-
brown, tegula and rest of thorax pinkish buff. Abdomen pinkish buff lightly
suffused with fuscous, venter and anal tuft pinkish buff. Pectus pinkish buff.
Legs pinkish buff, some fuscous on tibiae and tarsi. Forewing pinkish buff lightly
suffused with fuscous on distal half ; medial fascia consisting of a fine, faint,
fuscous, outwardly bowed, wavy line ; a fuscous bar on discocellulars ; subter-
minal fascia consisting of two fuscous, outwardly bowed lines, more widely
separated on costa than at inner margin, crossed by an oblique dark vinaceous-
brown shade, from costa just before apex to inner margin, at about two-thirds,
in which is a fuscous spot on vein 2. Hindwing glossy, semi-transparent, opales-
cent, suffused with fuscous. Underside : forewing pinkish buff suffused with
fuscous, a dark vinaceous-brown fold on proximal half of costa ; hindwing similar
to upjierside.
Expanse 24 mm. (tip to tip 23 mm.).
Holotype $ : 22. vi. 1912, Philippine Is., Mindanao I., subprov. Lanao,
Kolambugan (plains).
Phycita southi sp.n.
$ : Palpus drab-grey, lightly suffused with fuscous. Antenna minutely
ciliate. Head : frons and vertex drab-grey. Thorax : patagium and tegula
drab-grey tinged with drab. Abdomen drab-grey suffused with drab, venter
cartridge-buff. Pectus cartridge-buff. Legs drab-grey, suffused with fuscous
on femora and tibiae. Forewing drab-grey suffused with drab, a light suffusion
of fuscous along costa ; antemedial fascia pale drab-grey terminating in a fuscous
patch on inner margin, outwardly oblique, waved, defined distally by a fine
fuscous line ; subterminal fascia pale drab-grey, ill-defined, excurved. Hind-
wing translucent, glossy, cartridge-buff, a light suffusion of drab on costa and
termen. Underside : fore- and hindwings, glossy, cartridge-buff.
208 XnYITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
Expanse 16 ram. (tip to tip IS ram.).
Holotype $ : 1 . viii . 1 904 ; paratype $ : 27.viii.1904, Formosa, Takow.
The original material forming the basis of the description of Phycita formosella
Wlmn. and South (Entom. li, p. 219, 1918) consists of four specimens. The
" Type a " is unfortunately a female of Ephestia cautella Walk. In 1028 Shibuya
drew attention to the fact that the specimen belonged to Ephestia cautella, but
apparently he did not examine the specimen as regards sex. He has also
unfortunately made a mistake in his treatment of the species, and has suggested
that " the specific name should be adopted for the female type specimen only."
While this might be extremely convenient, the fact that the type of Cryptoblabes
/' rmosella is a female of Ephestia cautella involves sinking the name formosella,
and the rest of the material represents a new and unnamed species. A new
name might be proposed and the original description of the female adopted,
were it not that the description is, besides being inadequate, definitely misleading.
Ceroprepes jansei sp.n.
$ : Palpus pinkish buff. Antenna unipectinate. Head : frons and vertex
avellaneous. Thorax : patagium and tegula avellaneous. Abdomen drab,
venter pinkish buff. Pectus light buff. Legs light buff, tarsi fuscous, a suffusion
of fuscous on foreleg. Forewing proximal third avellaneous, distal two-thirds
light buff suffused with fuscous above vein 2, below irrorated with fuscous ;
antemedial fascia represented by two fuscous-black lines, the proximal one
straight from median nervure to inner margin, the other from costa above
proximal one, longitudinal for a short distance, excurved, then wavy to inner
margin ; a faint fuscous bar on discocellulars ; subterminal fascia fuscous,
defined distally by light buff, inwardly oblique from costa to vein 6, angled, then
outwardly oblique to vein 4, angled, then inwardly oblique to inner margin.
Eindwing glossy, light buff tinged with fuscous. Underside : fore- and hind-
wings glossy, light buff suffused with fuscous.
Expanse 28 mm. (tip to tip 27 mm.).
Holotype $ : 28.vii.1902, Japan, Hokkaido, prov. Oshima, Junsai Numa
(plains) ; paratype <$ : 23. iv. 1893, Honshu, prov. Musashi, Tokyo (plains).
Nearest ally : C. patriciella Zell.
EHPASHJJNAE.
Macalla shibuyai sp.n.
c$ : Palpus light buff suffused with army-brown. Antenna pectinate, a
long curved process from first segment, army-brown at base. Head : frons and
vertex light buff suffused with army-brown. Thorax : patagium light buff,
army-brown laterally, tegula light buff mixed with army-brown and fuscous-
black. Abdomen light buff above and beneath, lateral streak of fuscous-black
and army-brown, anal tuft pinkish buff. Pectus light buff. Legs light buff,
fuscous-black at joints, tarsi suffused with fuscous-black. Forewing proximal
third army-brown suffused with fuscous-black, distal edge excurved, mechcal
third white, distal third army-brown, a tuft of hair-scales in cell, another below,
and two in apical area ; antemedial fascia consisting of a broken, excurved,
fuscous line ; a fuscous spot on discocellulars ; postraedial fascia fuscous, wavy.
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 209
Hindwing white suffused with army-brown, distal third army-brown ; post-
medial fascia consisting of a crenulate (points basad), fuscous line. Underside :
fore- and hind wings cartridge-buff suffused with army-brown.
Expanse 26 mm. (tip to tip 25 mm.).
Holotype $ : 28. v. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Palali,
2,000 ft.
Nearest ally : M . rubripalpis Hmpsn.
Coenodomus hampsoni sp.n.
(J : Palpus pinkish buff. Antenna pectinate, a long curved process from
first segment, light buff tinged with light brownish olive. Head : frons and vertex
light buff tinged with light brownish olive. Thorax : patagium and tegula light
buff tinged with light brownish olive. Abdomen light buff tinged with light
brownish olive above and beneath, with fuscous suffusion at base dorsally.
Pectus light buff. Legs light buff, foreleg suffused with fuscous, tarsi fuscous,
light buff at joints. Forewing light buff tinged with light brownish olive, suffused
with fuscous-black on costa ; postmedial fascia consisting of a faintly marked,
wavy, light buff line, outwardly bowed to vein 2, then incurved to inner margin ;
six tufts of hair-scales, army-brown tipped with fuscous-black, one below proximal
half of cell, one on discocellulars, four on postmedial, of which latter two are near
costa, and two near inner margin. Hindwing concolorous with forewing, some
army -brown hair-scales tipped with fuscous-black near tornus. Underside : fore-
and hindwings light buff.
Expanse 30 mm. (tip to tip 20 mm.).
Holotype £ : 28. vi. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Palali,
2,000 ft.
Nearest ally : C. dudgeoni Hmpsn.
Stericta caradjai sp.n.
cj : Palpus olive-yellow. Antenna ciliate, a long curved process from first
segment, olive-yellow, clove-brown at distal end. Head : frons olive-yellow,
vertex clothed with upstanding hairs-scales of olive-yellow tipped with clove-
brown. Thorax : patagium olive-yellow mixed with vandyke-red, tegula olive-
yellow, rest of thorax olive-yellow mixed with clove-brown. Abdomen olive-
yellow above and beneath, irrorated with clove-brown and Vandyke red. Legs
olive-yellow suffused with vandyke-red and clove-brown, tarsi clove-brown,
olive-yellow at joints. Forewing olive-yellow ; a flattened glandular swelling
on costa above discocellulars ; antemedial fascia clove-brown, slightly excurved,
distal edge sharply defined, proximal edge diffused ; postmedial fascia clove-
brown, proximal edge sharply defined, straight from costa to vein 7, then inwardly
bowed to inner margin, distal edge diffused and spreading into subterminal area :
subterminal fascia consisting of a faint, fine, olive-yellow line from costa at same
point as postmedial, outwardly bowed from vein 7 to inner margin, interneural
clove-brown spots on termen ; fringe light buff lightly tinged with vandyke-red.
Hindwing light buff lightly suffused "with clove-brown oil apex and termen ;
fringe on inner margin tinged with vandyke-red. Underside : forewing light
buff suffused with clove-brown, olive-yellow on costa with slight irroration of
vandyke-red near base ; hindwing light buff suffused with clove-brown at apex,
irrorated with vandyke-red on costa.
210 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAL XXXVI. 1931.
Expanse 22 rum. (tip to tip 21 mm.).
Holotype £ : 15. v. 1914, Philippine Is., Mindanao I., subprov. Lanao,
Kolambugan (plains).
Nearest ally : 8. leucogonalis Hmpsn.
Stericta schausi sp.n.
J : Palpus warm buff. Antenna apparently simple, from first segment an
upcurved, plumed process, warm buff, fuscous-black at tip. Head : irons and
vertex warm buff. Thorax : patagium and tegula buffy olive. Abdomen
cartridge-buff tinged with buffy olive above and beneath, transverse fuscous-
black bands dorsally. Pectus cartridge-buff. Legs : fore- and midlegs warm
buff, tarsi fuscous, hindleg light buff. Forewing buffy olive, fuscous-black
streak below costa ; four tufts of hair-scales, one below proximal half of cell,
fuscous-black mixed cartridge-buff, one in distal end of cell, fuscous-black mixed
with cartridge-buff, two in apical area, coloured vandyke-red, fuscous-black and
cartridge-buff ; antemedial fascia cartridge-buff excurved to median nervine,
angled, then slightly excurved to inner margin ; postmedial fascia cartridge-buff
outwardly bowed from costa to vein 2, sharply angled, then excurved to inner
margin. Hindwing cartridge-buff on basal half, buffy olive on distal half, a tuft
of hair-scales at lower angle of cell, fuscous-black mixed with cartridge-buff,
two similar tufts in apical area ; postmedial fascia cartridge-buff outwardly
bowed to vein 2, straight to inner margin. Underside : forewing cartridge-buff
suffused with fuscous in apical area, postmedial fascia fuscous ; hindwing
cartridge-buff.
Expanse 24 mm. (tip to tip 22 mm.).
5 : Similar to <J, but without the modification of first segment of antenna.
Expanse 25 mm. (tip to tip 23 mm.).
Holotype $ : 6.iv.l912; allotype $: 3. v. 1912; paratype $ : lS.iii. 1912,
Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Klondyke, 800 ft.
Nearest ally : <S'. trissosticha Turner.
Stericta plinthochroa sp.n.
J : Palpus pinkish buff mixed with liver-brown. Antenna minutely ciliate,
a long, curved, thickly scaled process from first segment, pinkish buff mixed with
liver-brown. Head : frons and vertex pinkish buff mixed with liver-brown.
Thorax : patagium and tegula pinkish buff mixed with liver-brown. Abdomen
Hay's russet, venter pinkish buff, anal tuft pinkish buff suffused with Hay's
russet. Pectus and legs pinkish buff. Forewing ochraceous-buff irrorated with
blackish brown on upper half as far as postmedial, subterminal area liver-brown
with interneural white streaks defined with blackish brown, a blackish brown
basal patch below median nervure ; antemedial fascia obliquely excurved, vina-
ceous fawn, edged with Hay's russet, a fine blackish-brown line in centre ; post-
medial fascia vinaceous-fawn, edged with Hay's russet, a fine blackish-brown
line in centre ; a longitudinal bar of vinaceous-fawn edged with Hay's russet
connecting antemedial and postmedial fasciae in the distal end of cell, in which
is a streak of blackish-brown and white hair-scales ; subterminal fascia consisting
of a prominent pinkish buff line defined jtroximally by Hay's russet ; two streaks
of blackish-brown and white hair-scales in apical area. Hindwing concolorous
N0V1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1031. 211
with forewing, fasciae forming continuations of those on forewing. Underside :
fore- and hindwings pinkish buff suffused with fuscous in subterminal area, post-
medial fascia fuscous.
Expanse 24 mm. (tip to tip 22 mm.).
Holotype $ : 28.xii.1912 ; paratopes 2 <$<$ : 27, 28. vi. 1913, Philippine Is.,
Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Palali, 2,000 ft. ; parutype J: 22. vi. 1914, Mindanao
I., subprov. Lanao, Kolambugan (plains).
Nearest ally : S. carniola Hmpsn.
Orthaga meyricki sp.n.
^ : Palpus olive-brown, white at base and tip. Antenna fasciculate. Head:
irons white mixed with light brownish olive, vertex light brownish olive, white at
base of antenna. Thorax : patagium light brownish olive, white on inner edge,
tegula light brownish olive, white posteriorly, rest of thorax white. Abdomen
white with transverse olive-brown marks laterally, anal tuft light brownish olive,
venter white suffused with olive-brown. Pectus white. Legs : coxae, femora
and tibiae olive-brown to light brownish olive, white at joints, tarsi olive-brown,
white at joints. Forewing proximal third light brownish olive, with an oblique
white streak from base of costa to near inner margin ; medial third white, sparsely
irrorated with olive-brown, a flattened glandular swelling on costa above disco-
cellulars, and longitudinal fold in distal end of cell ; distal third olive-brown,
with a white point on costa well before apex. Hindwing white suffused with
olive-brown. Underside : fore- and hindwings white suffused with olive-brown.
Expanse 22 mm. (tip to tip 21 mm.).
Holotype $ : 1 .viii. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Palali,
2,000 ft.
Nearest ally : O. onerata Butl.
Orthaga durranti sp.n.
<J : Palpus old gold to dull citrine, blackish brown at joints. Antenna
fasciculate. Head : frons old gold, vertex old gold, vinaceous-brown posteriorly.
Thorax : patagium old gold, tegula old gold mixed with fuscous. Abdomen light
buff above and beneath, a dorsal suffusion of blackish brown. Pectus light buff.
Legs light buff suffused with vinaceous-brown, tarsi blackish brown, light buff at
joints. Forewing old gold to dull citrine suffused with blackish brown on
antemedial and subterminal areas ; antemedial fascia old gold slightly incurved
from costa to anal vein, straight to inner margin ; postmedial fascia blackish
brown, crenulate (points distad). straight from costa to vein 6, excurved to vein 2,
inwardly oblique to inner margin ; termen blackish brown, dull citrine points at
ends of reins ; fringe old gold with blackish brown streaks. Hindwint light buff,
postmedial fascia fuscous, termen fuscous, fuscous streaks on veins connecting
postmedial to termen. Underside : fore- wing light buff suffused with fuscous,
a patch of dull citrine below costa near apex, postmedial fascia fuscous ; hind-
wing light buff lightly suffused with fuscous, irrorated with fuscous below costa,
postmedial fascia fuscous.
Expanse 38 mm. (tip to tip 36 mm.).
Holotype $ '■ 26. xi. 1912; paratype <$ : 11 .xi. 1912, Philippine Is., Luzon I.,
subprov. Benguet, Pauai, Haight's Place, 7,000 ft.
Nearest ally : O. inolleri Hmpsn.
212 XoYITATES ZOOLOGIO&J? XXXVI. 1031.
The old gold cole mi' on these specimens may have been green originally, a
change which frequently takes place in green moths.
ENDOTRICHINAE.
Endotricha wilemani sp.n.
$ : Palpus pinkish buff. Antenna minutely eiliate. Head : frons and
vertex pinkish buff. Thorax : patagium and tegula pinkish buff. Abdomen
pinkish buff above and beneath. Pedus pinkish buff. Legs pinkish buff tinged
with brownish vinaceous. Forewing pinkish buff lightly suffused with brownish
vinaceous on subterminal area ; fringe cartridge-buff suffused with brownish
vinaceous. Hindwing pinkish buff lightly suffused with brownish vinaceous.
Underside: forewing pinkish buff suffused with brownish vinaceous on lower
half ; hindwing cartridge-buff suffused with brownish vinaceous.
Expanse 15 mm. [tip to tip 14 mm.).
Holotype $ : 29. iv. 1913, Philippine Is., Palawan I., Taytay (plains).
Nearest ally : E. stibialis Rag.
Orthoraphis paula sp.n.
$: Palpus cartridge-buff, suffused with bone-brown outwardly. Head:
frons and vertex cartridge-buff. Thorax : patagium and tegula cartridge-buff.
Abdomen cartridge-buff above and beneath, some bone-brown dorsally, bone-
brown spots laterally. Pectus cartridge-buff. Legs cartridge-buff, bone-brown
on tibia and tarsus of foreleg. Forewing cartridge-buff overlaid with clay colour,
bone-brown on basal third of costa, bone-brown on costa before apex, a bone-
brown spot on median nervure subbasally ; antemedial fascia consisting of a
bone-brown dentate line ; bone-brown spot on discocellulars ; subterminal fascia
consisting of an inwardly oblique, wavy, cartridge-buff line, defined by bone-
brown with a deep suffusion of clay-colour proximally and a light suffusion
distallv ; termen excised below apex. Hindwing cartridge-buff, a bone-brown
spot on discocellulars ; postmedial fascia consisting of a bone-brown line from
costa for a short distance then becoming obsolescent. U?ulerside : forewing
cartridge-buff densely irrorated with fuscous, clay-colour on costa and termen ;
spot on discocellulars, and postmedial fascia fuscous ; hindwing cartridge-buff
irrorated with fuscous on upper half, spot on discocellulars and postmedial fascia
fuscous.
Expanse 24 mm. (Pip to tip 22 mm.).
Holotype $ : 27. vi. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Pauai,
Haight's Place, 7,000 ft.
Nearest ally : O. metasticta Hmpsn.
PYRALINAE.
Pryalis callista sp.n.
J : Palpus light buff suffused with sorghum brown. Antenna fasciculate.
Head : frons and vertex light buff suffused with sorghum-brown. Thorax .
patagium and tegula sorghum-brown. Abdomen light buff suffused with sorghum-
brown, venter light buff. Pectus and legs Light buff. Forewing subbasal area,
sorghum-brown antemedial fascia consisting of a cartridge-buff, wavy line ; area
XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 213
between antemedial and postmedial fasciae light vinaceous-fawn, a fuscous-black
spot on discocellulars ; postmedial fascia consisting of a cartridge-buff line defined
by sorghum-brown, outwardly oblique from costa to vein 7, angled, then straight
to inner margin ; subterminal area light vinaceous-fawn suffused with sorghum
brown. Hirulwing light buff, subbasal area suffused with fuscous above anal
vein, and sorghum-brown below ; antemedial fascia consisting of a deeply den-
tate, cartridge-buff line ; two wide streaks of light vinaceous-fawn from ante-
medial to postmedial fasciae, one between veins 2 and 3, the other below anal
vein ; postmedial fascia consisting of an outwardly bowed, fuscous line, defined
by light buff ; subterminal area light vinaceous-fawn suffused with fuscous.
Underside : forewing light buff suffused with fuscous increasing in density toward
termen ; hindwing light buff suffused with fuscous on apical area.
Expanse 12 mm. (tip to tip 11 mm.).
Holotype $ ; paratype $ : 22. vi. 1914, Philippine Is., Mindanao I., subprov.
Lanao, Kolambugan (plains); 2MratyPe <3 '■ O.iv.1913, Palawan I., Taytay
(plains).
Nearest ally : P. ravoalis Wlk.
Diloxia euteles sp.n.
<J : Palpus drab. Antenna fasciculate. Head : irons and vertex drab.
Thorax : patagium and tegula drab. Abdomen drab above and beneath. Pectus
light buff. Legs light buff suffused with fuscous. Forewing drab, costa fuscous,
broken by light buff points, a fuscous spot on discocellulars ; postmedial fascia
consisting of a light buff line defined by fuscous proximally, bowed outwardly
from costa to vein 2, then excurved to inner margin ; a tinge of vinaceous brown
on termen ; fringe cartridge-buff, fuscous at base. Hirulwing concolorous with
forewing, antemedial fascia wavy, outwardly oblique ; postmedial fascia bowed
outwardly from costa to vein 2, then excurved to inner margin. Underside :
forewing drab suffused with vinaceous-brown, irrorated with fuscous ; postmedial
fascia light buff defined by fuscous proximally ; hindwing light buff suffused with
vinaceous brown on distal half, irrorated with fuscous ; postmedial fascia light
buff defined by fuscous proximally.
Expanse 18 mm. (tip to tip 17 mm.).
Holotype $ : 1. v. 1913, Philippine Is., Palawan I., Taytay (plains).
Nearest ally : D. fimbriate Hmpsn.
HYDROCAMPINAE.
Ambia pedionoma sp.n.
$ : Palpus white, chamois at base and on third segment. Antenna minutely
ciliate. Head : irons white, vertex white edged with chamois. Thorax :
patagium white, chamois on inner edge, tegula white, streaked with chamois.
Abdomen white above and beneath, banded with chamois dorsally. Pectus
white. Legs white, patches of chamois on foreleg. Forewing white, all fasciae
chamois bands edged with fuscous ; subbasal and antemedial fasciae wavy ;
postmedial fascia slightly incurved from costa to vein 2 with a point on proximal
edge at rein 7, acutely angled at vein 2, then arched and inwardly oblique to
inner margin at one third, from top of arched portion a band rising to subcosta,
214 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. L931.
bent and arched toward base, terminating on median nervure ; subterminal
fascia slightly waved to vein 2 where it is constricted, then inwardly oblique to
inner margin at one half ; terminal band chamois edged with fuscous-black.
Hindwing concolorons with forewing, postmedial fascia forming on forewing
continuations of postmedial and subterminal fasciae which join on median ner-
vure and continue as a single band to inner margin ; subterminal fascia waved ;
terminal band as on forewing. Underside : fore- and hindwings glossy, white,
markings of upperside faintly showing through.
Expanse 15 mm. (tip to tip 13 mm.).
Holotype $ : 29. iv. 1913, Philippine Is., Palawan I., Taytay (plains) : para-
type $ : 16. i. 1914, Luzon I., prov. Rizal, Montalban (plains).
Nearest ally : A. partialis Wlk.
Aulacodes simplex sp.n.
9: Palpus light buff . Antenna apparently simple. Head: frons and ver-
tex light buff. Thorax : patagium and tegula buff-yellow. Abdomen light buff
suffused with buff-yellow, venter light buff. Pectus light buff. Leys : foreleg
buff-yellow, fuscous at lower end of tibia, midleg buff-yellow, hindleg light buff.
Forewing white suffused for the greater part with buff-yellow, a prominent fuscous
spot on discocellulars ; buff-yellow on costa and along inner margin ; subterminal
fascia consisting of a buff-yellow band parallel with termen ; a buff-yellow band
edged with fuscous-black on termen, fringe light buff. Hindwing white, a wide
oblique band of buff-yellow from apex to middle of inner margin ; a buff-yellow
band on termen in which is a broken, fuscous-black patch containing two white
spots, between veins 3 and 5, below this, the band is edged with fuscous-black to
anal vein. Underside : fore and hindwings, glossy, cartridge-buff, markings
showing through from upperside.
Expanse 24 mm. (tip to tip 23 mm.).
Holotype $ and paratype $ : 29. vi. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov.
Benguet, Palali, 2,000 ft.
Nearest ally : A. saturalis Snell.
Aulacodes splendens sp.n.
cj : Palpus ochraceous-buff, Saccardo's umber at tip. Antenna fasciculate.
Head : frons and vertex ochraceous-buff. Thorax : patagium ochraceous-buff,
tegula ochraceous-buff, a fuscous-black spot anteriorly, Saccardo's umber pos-
teriorly, rest of thorax ochraceous-buff, a fuscous-black spot between tegulae
and a patch posteriorly. Abdomen cream colour, venter white. Pectus ochra-
ceous buff. Legs : foreleg coxa and femur ochraceous buff, tibia Saccardo's
umber, tarsus white ; mid- and liindlegs coxae and femora ochraceous buff,
tibiae cream-colour, tarsi white. Forewing white, an arched streak of cream-
colour from base to near tornus, Saccardo's umber along costa ; from this
antemedially, a wide, wavy band extending to inner margin, postmedially an
outwardly oblique band, subterminally a slightly excurved, inwardly oblique
band joining the postmedial at vein 2. forming a triangular mark ; a border of
cream-colour edged with fuscous-black on termen. Hindwing white, a patch of
Saccardo's umber at base, a lunule of Saccardo's umber from lower angle of cell
across vein 2, followed by an oblique, wavy streak of cream-colour from apex to
Novitates Zooloqicae XXXVI. 1931. 215
inner margin, a border of cream-colour on termen edged with fuscous-black at
apex, interrupted by four, interneural, fuscous-black spots below vein 5, bordered
distally by metallic scales, a metallic lunule in each sjiot. Underside : forewing
white, cream-buff on costa ; hindwing white, three fuscous-black spots on termen
between veins 2 and 5.
Expanse 38 mm. (tip to tip 37 mm.).
$ : Similar to <$, antenna simple.
Expanse 46 mm. (tip to tip 45 mm.).
Holotype $ : 18. v. 1912, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Klon-
dyke, 800 ft. ; allotype $ : 1 .vii. 1913, subprov. Benguet, Palali, 2,000 ft,
Nearest ally : A. mormodes Meyr.
Tatobotys tanyscia sp.n.
cJ : Palpus light buff, sepia above. Antenna minutely ciliate. Head :
frons sepia, vertex sepia, a warm buff spot anteriorly. Thorax : patagium warm
buff, tegula warm buff, sepia posteriorly. Abdomen sepia, diffusely banded with
warm buff on basal segments, venter light buff suffused with sepia. Pectus light
buff. Legs light buff, a suffusion of sepia on foreleg above. Forewing sepia,
warm buff points on costa, two warm buff patches lying obliquely on lower half
of wing, one antemedially, the other just before postmedial, a warm buff spot
between the two ; postmedial fascia consisting of a fine, wavy, warm buff line
from costa to vein 2. Hindwing sepia, a warm buff patch at base, medial fascia
oblique, waved, warm buff ; postmedial fascia oblique, warm buff. Underside
similar to upperside but with markings less definite.
Expanse 14 mm. (tip to tip 13 mm.).
$ : Similar to £, markings more definite.
Expanse 16 mm. (tip to tip 15 mrn.).
Holotype $ : 11. iv. 1913; allotype $ and paratype $ : 13. iv. 1913, Philip-
pine Is., Palawan I., Taytay (plains).
Nearest ally : T. aurantialis Hmpsn.
PYRAUSTINAE.
Phostria jansei sp.n.
^ : Palpus sepia. Antenna minutely ciliate. Head : frons sepia, vertex
Saccardo's umber. Thorax : patagium Saccardo's umber, tegula sepia. Abdo-
men Saccardo's umber suffused with sepia, anal tuft sepia, venter pinkish buff.
Pectus pinkish buff. Legs : foreleg sepia, tarsus pinkish buff, midleg sepia, tibia
thickly clothed with hair-scales, tarsus pinkish buff suffused with sepia hindlcg
pinkish buff lightly suffused with sepia, fringe of hair-scales on lower half of tibia
and first segment of tarsus. Forewing Saccardo's umber, antemedial fascia con-
sisting of a sepia line, incurved from costa to just below median nervure, sharply
angled, then incurved to inner margin ; sepia spot on discocellulars ; postmedial
fascia consisting of a sepia line straight from costa to vein 5, excurved to vein 3,
angled, then slightly arched, inwardly, to vein 2, wavy to inner margin. Hind-
wing concolorous with forewing, postmedial fascia obliquely excurved to vein 3,
angled, then directed inwardly for a short distance, angled, slightly excurved to
inner margin. Underside similar to upperside,
15
216 Xiivitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
Expanse 36 mm. (tip to tip 34 mm.).
Holotype j : Philippine Is., Luzon I., Mount Makiling (Baker) ; pardtype £ :
Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Klondyke, 800 ft. (Wileman).
This species superficially resembles P. nolescens Moore, but the tegulae arc
not elongated as in that species.
In addition to the example in the Wileman Collection there is also one in the
British Museum Collection, and this being the finer specimen it has been selected
as the type.
Dichocrocis liparalis sp.n.
$: Palpus antimony-yellow. Antenna minutely ciliate. Hem!: Irons and
vertex antimony -yellow. Thorax: patagium and tegula antimony-yellow.
Abdomen antimony-yellow suffused with ochraceous-orange, venter antimony-
yellow. Pectus and legs antimony-yellow, blackish brown on joints of tibia of
foreleg. Forewing ochraceous-orange, antimony-yellow on costa ; three promi-
nent, transverse, blackish brown dashes from costa, one at base reaching anal
vein, one antemcdially reaching median nervure, the other postmedially reaching
vein 6 ; fringe antimony-yellow. Hindwing ochraceous-orange, fringe antimony-
yellow, a short, oblique, blackish-brown streak near anal angle. Underside :
fore- and hindwings antimony-yellow lightly suffused with ochraceous-orange, a
prominent, blackish-brown dash from costa postmedially to vein 6, on both wings.
Expanse 26 mm. (tip to tip 25 mm.).
Holotype $ : 23.iii.1912 ; paratype $ : 20. iv. 1912, Philippine Is., Luzon I.,
subprov. Benguet, Klondyke, 800 ft.
Nearest ally : D. semperi Sauber.
Dichocrocis acoluthalis sp.n.
$ : Palpus pale orange-yellow. Antenna minutely ciliate. Head : frons
and vertex pale orange-yellow. Thorax : patagium and tegula deep chrome.
Abdomen deep chrome, dorsal and lateral series of blackish-brown spots, anal tuft
blackish brown, venter pale orange-yellow. Pectus pale orange-yellow. Legs :
foreleg pale orange-yellow, a blackish-brown spot at lower ends of femur and
tibia, midleg pale orange-yellow, a blackish-brown sjiot at lower end of femur,
hindleg pale orange-yellow. Forewing deep chrome, pale orange-yellow on
costa. a blackish-brown spot at base ; subbasal fascia consisting of three blackish-
brown spots ; antemedial fascia blackish brown, slightly excurved, broken in
middle ; a blackish-brown spot in distal end of cell, a blackish-brown bar on
discocellulars ; postmedial fascia consisting of a blackish-brown dash from costa
reaching to vein 6, and two spots near inner margin ; subterminal fascia con-
sisting of a series of blackish-brown spots, excurved from costa to vein 5, sharply
angled, then excurved and inwardly oblique to inner margin, fringe cartridge-buff.
Hindwing deep chrome, subterminal fascia consisting of a series of blackish-brown
spots, excurved from costa to vein ■">, sharply angled, then excurved and inwardly
oblique to inner margin ; fringe cartridge-buff. Underside : fore- and hindwings
pale orange-yellow, markings similar to those of upperside.
Expanse 24 mm. (tip to tip 23 mm.).
Holotype $ : 14.iii.1912, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Klon-
dyke, 800 ft.
Nearest ally : D. punctiferalia Guen.
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931. 217
Sylepta lygropialis sp.n.
9 : Palpus bufEy brown, cartridge-buff beneath. Antenna minutely ciliate.
Head : frons and vertex buffy brown. Thorax : patagium and tegula buffy
brown. Abdomen buffy brown, venter cartridge-buff. Pectus and legs cartridge-
buff. Forewing buffy brown, a fuscous spot in distal half of cell, another on disco-
cellulars, between these spots an opalescent patch ; postmedial fascia consisting
of a series of opalescent patches and lunules defined proximally by fuscous,
obliquely incurved to vein 5, oblique to vein 2, incurved to anal vein, oblique to
inner margin. Hindwing buffy brown, a large wedge-shaped, opalescent patch
medially, wide at costa and tapering to a point on inner margin, fuscous on
proximal edge, distal edge crenulate (points basad), fuscous, bordered with
lunules beyond. Underside : forewing white suffused with buffy brown over
the greater part ; hindwing white suffused with buffy brown on subterminal
area, markings showing through from upperside on both wings.
Expanse 50 mm. (tip to tip 48 mm.).
Holotype $: 25.xii.1911, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet,
Klondyke, 800 ft.
Nearest ally : S. magna Butl.
Sylepta elegans sp.n.
(J : Palpus cartridge-buff, suffused with fuscous at base. Antenna ciliate.
Head : frons and vertex cartridge-buff. Thorax : patagium and tegula fuscous,
edged with cartridge-buff. Abdomen, fuscous, cartridge-buff patch on basal and
anal segments, anal tuft light buff, venter cartridge-buff, a suffusion of fuscous
distally. Pectus cartridge-buff. Legs cartridge-buff with patches of fuscous.
Forewing glossy, translucent, light buff shaded with fuscous from base to ante-
medial, and from postmedial to termen ; subbasal fascia fuscous, straight from
costa to inner margin ; antemedial fascia fuscous, outwardly oblique and slightly
waved ; a fuscous spot in middle of cell, a fuscous patch on discocellulars ; post-
medial fascia fuscous, inwardly oblique from costa to vein 5, angled, and again
inwardly oblique to vein 2, angled, then rising inwardly to median nervure,
sharply angled, then oblique to inner margin. Hindwing concolorous with fore-
wing, antemedial and postmedial fasciae represented by two oblique lines from
costa to vein 2. Underside similar to upperside.
Expanse 25 mm. (tip to tip 24 mm.).
Holotype $ : 3.vii.l913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Palali,
2,000 ft.
Nearest ally : S. proximalis Wlk.
Sylepta macallalis sp.n.
$ : Palpus bistre. Antenna ciliate. Head : frons white, a patch of bistre
on upper half, vertex cream-colour. Thorax : patagium and tegula cream-colour
mixed with bistre. Abdomen cream-colour, suffused with bistre distally, anal
tuft bistre, venter cream-colour suffused with bistre. Pectus cream-colour.
Legs white with patches of bistre. Forewing white, veins snuff-brown, snuff -brown
on costa, subbasal area snuff -brown on upper half, the distal edge reaching down
to inner margin ; antemedial fascia consisting of a deeply dentate, snuff-brown
line ; spot in cell and another on discocellulars snuff-brown ; postmedial fascia
2 IS NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
snuff-brown, commencing at costa as a line, inwardly oblique to base of vein 0,
sharply angled, then outwardly oblique to vein 4, where it becomes a wide
suffusion to inner margin ; subterminal fascia consisting of a snuff-brown line
inwardly oblique to vein 4, slightly excurved to vein 2, where it is merged into
the suffusion of postmedial ; subterminal area suffused with snuff-brown ; fringe
cartridge-buff. Hindwing cream-colour, postmedial fascia consisting of a faint
snuff-brown line from costa to vein 3 ; subterminal area lightly suffused with
snuff-brown. Underside : fore- and hindwings cartridge-buff, snuff-brown
lunules on discocellulars, postmedial fascia snuff-brown, subterminal area suffused
with snuff-brown.
Expanse 40 mm. (tip to tip 38 mm.).
Holotype $ : 29. vi. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Pauai,
Haight's Place, 7,000 ft.
Nearest ally : S. pogonodes Hmpsn.
Noorda aeanalis sp.n.
<5 : Palpus light buff suffused with fuscous. Antenna ciliate. Head: frons
and vertex light buff suffused with fuscous. Thorax : patagium and tegula light
buff suffused with fuscous. Abdomen light buff suffused with fuscous, venter
light buff. Pectus light buff. Legs light buff tinged with fuscous. Forewing
light buff dusted over with fuscous ; antemedial fascia consisting of a fuscous,
slightly waved line ; a fuscous bar on discocellulars ; postmedial fascia consisting
of a fuscous line, outwardly bowed from costa to vein 2, incurved to inner margin.
Hindwing glossy, translucent, white, suffused with fuscous in subterminal area.
Underside : fore- and hindwings, glossy, white, lightly suffused with fuscous.
Expanse 16 mm. (tip to tip 15 mm.).
Holotype $ : 9.iv.l912, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Klon-
dyke, 800 ft.
Nearest ally : N. ccrarnia Turner.
Pyrausta homoeides sp.n.
(J : Palpms tawny. Antenna minutely ciliate. Head : frons tawny, vertex
tawny, a light buff spot in middle. Thorax : patagium and tegula tawny.
Abdonu n light buff suffused with tawny above and beneath, anal tuft light buff.
Pectus light buff. Legs light buff suffused with tawny, tibia of hindleg enlarged
by a fold containing white hair. Forewing tawny, antemedial fascia consisting of
an inwardly oblique, narrow, white band defined by fuscous distally ; a fuscous
bar on discocellulars ; postmedial fascia consisting of a narrow, white band
defined proximally by fuscous, inwardly oblique, outwardly bowed between veins
6 and 2. Hindwing light buff. Underside : fore- and hindwings glossv, light
buff.
Expanse 26 mm. (Up to tip 24 mm.).
5 : Similar to ,j, but of a darker shade, and having a faint fuscous post-
medial fascia on hindwing.
Expanse 30 mm. (tip to tip 28 mm.).
Holotype q and allotype $ : 25.iii.1012, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov.
Benguet, Baguio, 5,000 ft.
Nearest ally : P. leucula Meyr.
N0V1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 2 1 'J
Pyrausta cricophora sp.n.
<J : Palpus russet, white at base. Antenna, minutely ciliate. Head : frons
and vertex russet. Thorax : patagium and tegula russet. Abdomen light buff
suffused with russet, above and beneath. Pectus light buff suffused with russet.
Legs russet, white at upper joint of tarsus of foreleg, tarsi of mid- and hindleg
white. Forewing russet to tawny ; an antemedial fascia consisting of a narrow
white band, inwardly oblique and waved ; fuscous bar on discocellulars sur-
rounded by a white ring ; postmedial fascia consisting of a narrow white band,
inwardly oblique and outwardly bowed from costa to vein 2. Hindwing light buff
suffused with russet. Underside : forewing light buff suffused with russet,
markings showing through from upperside ; hindwing light buff suffused with
fuscous on distal half of wing, russet lunule on discocellulars, postmedial fascia
russet.
Expanse 34 mm. (tip to tip 32 mm.).
$ : Similar to <J.
Expanse 35 mm. (tip to tip 33 mm.).
Holotype J : 26.vii.1913 ; allotype $ : 21. vi. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I.,
sid)prov. Benguet, Pauai, Haight's Place, 7,000 ft.
Nearest ally : P. leucula Meyr.
2 20
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
THREE NEW SPECIES OF NEOPSYLLA (SIPHONAPTERA) FROM
THE ORIENTAL REGION.
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
(With 5 text-figures.)
rPHE new species here described are allied to N. stevensi Roths. 1015 and
.V. secura Roths. 1915, both from the Himalayas. All live species agree
with each other in a number of features : the longer of the two genal spines is
longer than the genal process ; the comb of the pronotum is longer than the
pronotum, and in front of the row of bristles of this segment there are no small
bristles or only one to three ; the mesopleura bear 0 or 7 bristles ; the hindcoxa
has a row of small spines on the inner surface, and the hindtibia a row of 5 or 6
bristles on the outer sur-
face ; the exopodite F of the
male projects a little above
the rounded process P2 of
the clasper ; and the tail
of the spermatheca of the
female is long and cylin-
drical, not being caved in
below its apex. The species
differ chiefly in the tail-ends,
particularly in the ninth
sternite of the male.
VIII. st.
l. Neopsylla sondaica sp.
nov. (text-figs. 1 and 2).
cJ$. On pronotum a row
of 11 to 13 bristles (usually
12) and from 1 to 3 small
ones representing an anterior
row ; a comb of 19 spines,
dorsally one half longer than
the pronotum, or nearly.
On meso- and metanotum a
row of 14 bristles (rarely 13)
and before this row on mesonotuin in J from 28 to 33 smaller bristles and in $
from 32 to 35. Metepimerum with 11 or 12 bristles, rarely 9.
Abdominal tergites with the following number of apical spines (on the
two sides together) : I 2, II 2 to 4, III 2, IV 2, V 2, VI 0. Bristles on tergites
in £ : III 18 to 20, 17 or 18, VI 12 or 13, 15 or 16, VII 9 to 11, 12 ; in $ III
31 to 33, 18, VI 23 to 26, 15 to 17, VII 10, 6 or 7. On sternites in <J : IV 8 or 9,
6, V 6 to 9, 0 or 7, VI 7 to 11, 6 or 7. VII 10, 6 or 7 ; in $ : IV 13 to 17,8 tolO,
V 15, 8 to 10, VI 13 to 10, 9 or 10.
Modified Segments . rj : VIII. st. rounded at apex (text-fig. 1),
Fig. 1. — Xeopsylla sondaica.
XoVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXXVI. 1931.
221
with 11 to 14 bristles on each side, of which about 6 are stout, one being much
longer than the others, nearly equalling in length the ventral arm of IX. st.
measured dorsally. Manubrium (M) of elasper very narrow, almost of even
width from base to near apex. Clasper as usual divided into two lobes : the
upper process P1 conical, a little longer than basally broad, with a long apical
bristle and, on dorsal and outer surfaces, with about 8 bristles, the number
being somewhat variable, the inner surface likewise bearing bristles ; P; much
broader than P1, its thinned dorsal marginal area broader than in the allied
species, along apical and posterior margins about 10 thin bristles. The groove
in which the exopodite F is inserted ( = acetabulum) a very little above two-
thirds of the distance from the lowest point of F to the top of P'. The slit
between P1 and P2 very narrow.
Exopodite F a little more than four
times as long as it is broad in
middle, conical from middle up-
wards, with three small bristles at
the posterior margin as usual in this
group, and a variable number of
very minute hairs. Apex of vertical
arm of IX. st. broad, rounded-
truncate, the whole widened apical
portion trapezoidal ; the bay between
this portion and the ventral arm
wide, not quite evenly rounded ;
ventral arm almost gradually
narrowed to a point, slightly bent
upwards from middle, at apex two
small sjnniforms, proximally of them
two very thin longish hairs and a
short one, and on the distal side of
middle 4 or 5 small hairs. $ :
VII. st. with a posterior row of 8 to
10 bristles (on the two sides together) and before the row 22 to 2G smaller
bristles ; apical margin deeply sinuate, the apex of the sinus less than 90°, but
rounded off ; lobe above sinus long, more or less sharply pointed (text-fig. 2).
On ventral area of VIII. t. 8 to 10 bristles on outside, and 12 to 15 on inside,
the latter spiniform except 2 or 3 longer marginal ones. Body of spermatheca
twice as long as wide, tail long, in middle half as wide as the body.
Length : <J 2-4 mm. ; $ 2-7 to 2-9 mm. ; hindfemur : $ 0-3G to 0-38 mm. ;
$ 0-40 to 0-44 mm.
Hub. East Java : Tengger Mts., Wonokitri, 2,000 m.. 21 September 1930,
off Rutins eoncolor ephippium ; Tosari, 1,750 m., 20 September 1930, off Raltus
rattus diardi ; 2 ,$<$, several $$, collected by Dr. F. Kopstein. Type : cJ from
Wonokitri.
2. Neopsylla avida sp. nov. (text-figs. 3 and i).
<3§. Thorax and abdomen with fewer bristles in front of the posterior row
than in the preceding species, and the tail-ends different.
Pronotal comb with 19 or 20 spines in rj and 21 in $ ; in front of the row
Fig. 2. — NeopsyUa aondaica.
Xoyitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
of 11 to 13 long bristles no bristles in $ and 2 in <j>. On meso- and metanotum
a posterior row of II to 13 bristles, usually 11, and in front of it on mesonotum
22 to 26 small bristles and on metanotum IS to 24. The metepimerum bears
9 to 11 bristles.
Spines on abdominal tergites (on the two sides together) in $ : 12, II 2,
III 2 or 3, IV 2, V 2. VI 1 or 0 ; in $ : I 4, II 2, III 2. IV 2. V I . VI 0. The
number of bristles in £ : on tergite III 12 or 13, 17, VI 5 or 6, 14 or 15, VII
5 or G, 12 or 13 ; in $ : on III 20, 18, VI 16, 15, VII 11, 12. On sternites in ; :
III 6 to 10, 4 to 6, IV 4 to 6, 5 or 6, V 5 or 6, 5 or 6, VI 7 or 8, 6, VII 9 ,6, only
two bristles of the posterior row being long on each side ; in $ : III 8, 9, IV 7,
8, V 9, 10, VI 9, 10, three of the posterior bristles being long on each side.
Modified Seg-
ments. (J: Apical
margin of VIII. st. (text-
fig. 3) irregularly rounded,
subventrally oblique and
nearly straight; the number
of bristles very slight I v
different in the two speci-
mens : at apex, some dis-
tance above ventral angle,
a long bristle, longer than
the others on this segment,
but smaller than the median
antepygidial bristle ; above
this long one three short
bristles, either the two
upper ones spiniform and
the third longer, as in our
figure, or all three spini-
form ; on the side of the
segment 3 or 4 subapical
bristles, of which a subventral pair is stout ; further forward 6 to 8 bristles,
ventral and subventral, of which the most distal ventral one is stout and either
reaches to ventral angle of the segment or falls short of it. Manubrium (M) of
clasper about twice as broad as in N. sondaica sp. nov., but very strongly
narrowed at apex, which is curved upwards. Process P1 of clasper narrower
than in N. sondaica, P- much narrower, the sinus between them much wider,
and the dorsal thinned marginal area of PJ narrow. Top of acetabulum a little
above two-thirds of the distance from lowest point of F to top of P-. Exopodite
F broader than in N . sondaica, otherwise not essentially different (text-fig. 3).
Both the vertical and ventral arms of IX. st. broader than in the previous species,
the bay between them much smaller ; ventral arm curved twice, being somewhat
ventricose at two-thirds, apex sharply pointed, close to apex an irregular row of
5 or 6 short spiniforms on inside, on outer side two longish, but thin, bristles
and farther frontad row of 4, of which the 2 frontal ones are small. $ : Sinus
of VII. st. nearly rectangular (text-fig. 4) ; the lobe above it triangular, pointed,
much shorter than in N. sondaica, being about as long as basally broad. On
outer surface of VIII. t. 9 bristles, nearly all long and stout, 4 of them at apical
Fig. 3. — NeopsyUu avida.
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
223
margin ; on inside 13 bristles at and close to apical margin as in N. sondaica.
Spermatheca as in the previous species.
Length: <$ 2-4 mm. ; $ 2-8 mm. ; hindfemur : ^ 0-40 mm., $ 0-43 mm.
Hah. South Annam, Langbian Peak,
6,000 ft., off Rattus bowersi, 2 gg, 1 ?,
collected by C. Boden Kloss.
3. Neopsylla tricata sp. nov. (text-fig. 5).
<J. Abdominal sternites on the whole
with fewer bristles than in N. avida sp.
nov., but this distinction probably not
reliable. Genitalia conspicuously different,
especially the ninth sternite.
Pronotal comb with 22 spines ; 14
bristles in the row, no small ones in front
of the row. Bristles on mesonotum 20 (I),
12, on metanotum 19, 11, on metepimerum
10 or 1 1 .
Apical spines on abdominal tergites
(on the two sides together) I 5, II 2, III 2,
IV 2, V 2, VI 1. Bristles on tergites
III 15, 18, VI 3, 10, VII 3, 12. On sternites III 5,
VII 7, 5, the two ventral ones on each side being long
Fig. 4. — NeopsyUa avida.
5, 6, IV 5, 0, V 4, G, VI 3, 6,
Fig. ■>. Neopsylla tricata.
Modified Segments . q : Apical margin of VIII. st. strongly
rounded dorsally, but somewhat incurved above ventral angle ; of the 15 bristles
(text-fig. 5) the 3 upper marginal ones longer than the median antepygidial bristle,
224 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
but not quite so stout. Manubrium M of clasper longer than in both previous
species, slightly narrowed to apex. Clasper shorter than in N. sondaica and
N. avida : its upper process P1 much shorter than P:, the latter narrower than
in N. sondaica and broader than in N. avida and shorter than in both. Top of
acetabulum well above two-thirds the distance from lowest point of F to top
of P!. Vertical arm of IX. st. curved backwards, the bay on the posterior side
of it evenly rounded : the apex of the vertical arm much less widened than in
the two previous species ; connection with ventral arm different (but another
specimen required for control) ; ventral arm nearly gradually narrowed to a
point from before middle ; close to apex 2 small thin spiniforms, near them on
outer side a thin longish bristle, from apical fourth to basal fourth 6 long bristles
about half the thickness of the long bristles of VIII. st., the longest of them more
than half the length of the ventral arm, the 3 proximal bristles the shortest,
but on the right side of body the fourth the shortest ; distance between fifth and
sixth larger than between the others. Size as in N. avida.
Hab. South Annam : Dalat, Langbian Province, 1918, off Eattus boiuersi,
1 o, collected by C. Boden Kloss.
Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. 1931. 225
SIPIIONAPTERA COLLECTED BY MR, F. J. COX IN FRANCE.
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
(With 4 text -figures.)
A S we had hardly any specimens of even the commonest fleas from Western
France south of the Loire and from Central France, the authorities of the
British Museum of Natural History sent Mr. Cox to that country on a collecting
expedition for the purpose of trapping mammals and obtaining their Ecto-
parasites. Mr. Cox spent about six weeks in France, from the second week in
August to the end of September 1930, and was successful in finding a dozen
species of fleas, among them two new ones. This number may appear small
to the uninitiated. It takes, however, a long time to get even half the
number of species actually existing in a country, the less common forms either
being local or more common at one time of the year than at another. One of the
new species represents a new genus allied to Typhloceras.
l. Pulex irritans L. 1758.
Ruffec, Charente, August, a small series, on Homo.
2. Ceratophyllus fasciatus Bosc 1801.
Nanteuil, Charente, August, 1 $, on Rattus norwegicus. La Bourboule,
Puy de Dome district, 1,200 and 1,700 m., 1 rj, 1 $, on Apodemus sylvaticus.
3. Ceratophyllus turbidus Roths. 1909.
A series from Poitiers and Croutelle, August, on Apodemus sylvaticus and
Evotomys glareolus. La Bourboule, Puy de Dome, 1,200 m., on the same
hosts.
4. Ctenophthalmus agyrtes celticus J. & R. 1922.
A series from Ruffec and Condac, and Villefagnan near Ruffec, Charente,
August, on Apodemus sylvaticus, Mus musculus and Evotomys glareolus.
Also 1 $ from La Bourboule, Puy de Dome, September, on Evotomys spec.
It would be of great interest to know how far south, west and east this sub-
S] iccies actually occurs. Its known range is very wide, extending to the Shetlands
and including Ireland. We have a series of both sexes from Brittany ; but
whether it is this subsjDecies that occurs in Normandy, or the Central European
one, we do not know. The individual variability does not seem to be so great
as in England ; but this observation may be due to the number of French
specimens compared being so much smaller than the number of British ones.
5. Ctenophthalmus arvemus spec. nov. (text-fig. l).
Closely related to Ct. agyrtes celticus, but very distinct in the tail-end of
the (J. Chaetotaxy almost the same as in Ct. agyrtes.
<J. The dense striatum on the inner surface of VIII. st. less distinct than in
226
XuVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
Ct. agyrtes cdticus. Ventral margin of clasper much more evenly convex ;
manubrium (M) shorter, apically more strongly curved upwards ; upper process
Pl of clasper shorter, narrower, not being longer than hindtarsal segment IV,
with one long bristle, the second long bristle of Ct. agyrtes being here represented
by a small one which is placed near the bottom of the sinus ; P- quite different
from that process of Ct. agyrtes, half as long again as P1, sublinear, apically
slightly dilated, in middle less than half as broad as ventral arm of IX. st. ; the
acetabular bristle placed at its posterior margin as thin as, and shorter than,
the longest bristle of IX. st. Exopodite F more strongly narrowed apicad than
Fig. 1. — Ctenophthalmus arvernus.
in Ct. a. cdticus, its apex slightly curved frontad. The two arms of IX. st.
broader than in Ct. a. cdticus ; ventral arm straight, apically obtuse, lower
apical angle strongly rounded off, effaced, upper angle less rounded, projecting
farther distad, bristles confined to apex. Ventral apical hooks of parameres of
penis longer than in Ct. agyrtes, the apical portion of parameres above duct
(Pen) correspondingly shorter ; ventral membrane without the denticulate flap
(usually turned up) of Ct. a. cdticus.
$. On abdominal tergite VII, as a rule, with fewer bristles in front of the
posterior row than in Ct. a. celticus from the same places, the numbers being
8 to 12 (average 10-4 in the specimens examined) in Ct. arvernus, and 12 to 21
in Ct. a. celticus (average 15-3). Narrow subventral apical lobe of VII. st. short,
in Ct. a. celticus long (hut individually variable).
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
227
Hub. — Ruffec and places near Ruffec, Charente, August, a series on Apod' m us
sylvaticus, Mas muscidus and Evotomys glareolus. La Bourboule, Puy de
Dome, and jslaces near, 1,200 and 1,700 m., September, a series off the same
hosts. Type from Ruffec (J.
6. Rhadinopsylla pentacanthus Roths. 1897.
La Bourboule, Puy de Dome, 1.200 m., September, 1 $, on Microtus agrestis
bailloni.
7. Doratopsylla dasycnemus Roths. 1897.
Poitiers, August, 1 $, on Crocidura russida.
8. Palaeopsylla minor Dale 1878.
Ruffec and places near, Charente, August, a small series, on Talpa europat u .
9. Leptopsylla segnis Schoenh. 1816.
Condac near Ruffec, Charente, August, 1 $, 2 $$, on Mus musculus.-
Bourboule, Puy de
Dome, 1,200 m.,
September, 1 $, on
Evotomys spec. 2.
10. Leptopsylla
fallax Roths. 1909.
Puy de Dome
district, 1,700 m.,
September, one pair,
on Evotomys glareo-
lus.
Saphiopsylla gen.
-La
Fig. 2. — Saphiopsylla nupera, $.
cJ?. Near Ty-
phloceras Wagner
1903, but at once distinguished by the absence of the genal comb (text-fig. 2).
Eye smaller than in Typhloceras ; maxillary palpus reaching to trochanter,
somewhat longer than proboscis ; abdominal tergites I to VI with apical spines,
these vestigial combs more dorsal than in Typhloceras ; stigma-cavity of
VIII. t. shorter and apically wider, especially in $. Otherwise closely agreeing
with Typhloceras, apart from the tail-ends.
Genotype : spec. nov. here described.
li. Saphiopsylla nupera spec. nov. (text -figs. 2, 3, 4).
cJ$. Head . Frontal tubercle prominent. Three rows of bristles on
frons, four on occiput ; several small additional bristles oblicpiely below eye
behind the long ones ; three long bristles in front of eye, the uppermost close to
antenna] groove and more forward than the other two ; no such long bristle
near oral margin.
228
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
T h o r a x . — Pronotum with two rows of bristles and a comb of 21 or 22
Bpines. Mesonotum with three rows and numerous additional small bristles in
front of the rows. Mesopleura in J with 16 or 17 bristles, in . with 21. Meta-
notum with three rows and in $ with some additional bristles. Metepimerum
in cJ with 10 or 11, in $ with 16.
A b d o m e n. Apical spines on tergites (the two sides together) in J on
I 7. II 10 or 15, III 10, IV 7 or 10. V fi, VI 3 ; in $ on I 8, II 11, III 10, IV 10,
V 0, VI 2. In $ tergites I and II with three rows of bristles, on the other tergites
two, with very few additional dorsal bristles, which are more numerous in $ ;
numbers of bristles, on the two sides together : in g on III 2 \ or 26, 15 or 16,
IV 20 or 22, 15, VI
14 or 17. 13, VII L2
or 15, 11, in $ on III
38, 15, [V 29, 13, VI
17, 11, VII, 12 8. One
long bristle of the
tergites lower than
stigma. Bristles on
sternites : in J on
III 8 or 9, IV 8 or 10,
V 9 or 10,
10 or 11
VI 10, VII
; in $ on
Fig. :{. SaphiopayUa nupera.
Ill 19, IV 21, V 21,
VI 23, VII 39.
Legs . Inner
surface of hindcoxa
with small hairs to or
a little above middle.
Hindfemur with a
row of 4 ((J) or 5 (?)
bristles in posterior
half. On hindtibia
two rows of lateral
bristles, together 20
to 26, there being a
space between these rows and the subventral bristles. Proportional lengths of
tarsal segments: midtarsus in J j1 20, 19, 12, 9, 17 and 28, 20, 12, 8, 18, in $
30, 19, 13, 8, 17 ; hindtarsus in <3<$ 45, 33, 22, 11, 18 and 47, 35, 21, 12. 19, in
$ 53, 36, 20, 12, 19.
Modified Segments . <$ : On VIII. st. (the two sides together)
with 1 9 bristles, two of the long ones on each side being subapical ; apical margin
strongly rounded ventrallv. Clasper almost gradually narrowed to form the
manubrium (M) ; distance from base (if exopodite F to tip of manubrium about
one-fifth longer than F. Process P of clasper conical, truncate, basally 2\ times
as broad as apieally, along anterior margin one-sixth longer than it is broad
at base ; on outer surface of P three long apical bristles, several small lateral
ones and a posterior marginal row of 4 or 5, of which the second or third is long,
the bristles variable in length ; on innerside a short and very stout subapical
bristle. Exopodite F four times as long as broad, widest in middle, narrowing
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
229
to base and to apex, posterior margin more strongly rounded than anterior,
apex rounded, in apical fourth around apex a number of minute marginal bristles,
at posterior margin a long slender bristle above middle and another below
middle. Anterior vertical margin of IX. st. at a right angle with ventral margin ;
posterior margin of dilated apex of vertical arm rounded, this arm gradually
widening on posterior side, the posterior margin being nearly evenly incurved
from near apex to bottom ; ventral arm of IX. st. very narrow, slightly lanceolate
distally, with about 7 short and very thin bristles on outer surface from three-
fourths to apex. Internal lamina of penis (La) very broad, its proximal end
broadly rounded. $ : Apical margin of VII. st. deeply incised, the sinus
about three times as deep as broad
in middle, its greatest width being
equal to the length of midtarsal
segment IV ; lower lobe rounded,
subtruncate, upper lobe with the
dorsal margin oblique and rounded,
ventral margin nearly straight, the
apical angle formed small, but
rounded off, not pointed (text-fig. 4).
VIII. t. with 17 or 18 bristles on the
outer side of the widened ventral
area (each side) and 9 on inside, the
apical margin of this portion of the
segment rounded ; above stigma
about six short bristles on each side.
Pygidium very feebly convex. Stylet
cylindrical, a little over twice as long
as broad. Anal sternite unlike that of Typldoceras without small lateral bristles ;
on ventral surface proximally of middle a bunch of about 12 bristles (on the
two sides together), a solitary long median one and near apex on each side
two long bristles. Bursa copulatrix (B.c.) long and broad, gradually narrowing
towards both ends, about three times as long as broad, convex dorsally (i.e. on
posterior side), possibly divided longitudinally, its width equalling that of the
sinus of VII. st. Two spermathecae (R.s.) which are alike ; body globular, tail
as long as body, a little over half its width, strongly rounded apically, without
appendix.
Length: J 2-4 to 2-0 mm. ; $ 2-9 mm. ; hindfemur : J 0-45 to 04S mm. ;
$ 0-55 mm.
Hab. La Bourboule, Puy de Dome, 1,200 in., September, 2 ££, 1 <j>, one
specimen each on Evotomys spec., Evotomys ylareolun and Microtus agrestis bailloni.
Vll.st.
Fig. 4. — SaphiopsylZa nupera.
12. Hystrichopsylla talpae Curtis 1826.
Puy de Dome district, 1,700 m., September, 2 <$<$, on Sore.v araneus.
In one specimen the fourth abdominal comb is represented by 2 spines mi
one side and by 3 on the other ; in the second specimen the numbers are 0 on
one side and 2 on the other.
230 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
RECORDS OF FLEAS FROM THE AUSTRIAN TIROL AND THE
DOLOMITES.
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
(With one text-figure.)
T^HE weather being on the whole unfavourable. I was not very successful
with trapping at Moserboden, a charming high alpine " Moos " above
Zell am See, where we stayed nearly a fortnight in spite of rain and snow, in
August 1030. I had hoped to discover the male of Ctenophthalmii* nivalis
dolomiticus, peculiar to the Snowmouse, but, as in the Dolomites, I obtained
only a few females. There was little on the mice at Moserboden, a large per-
centage of the mice yielding nothing, even among those caught alive, which was
quite contrary to my previous experiences in the Alps. No fleas having been
recorded from the Hohe Tauern district, I append here the list of the few species
I collected.
After the Zoological Congress of Padova, we remained a week at San Martino
di Castrozza in the Southern Dolomites, in mid-September. The place proved
to be very favourably situated for trapping, meadows and forests being before
your door and a walk of an hour or two, on well-kept paths, taking you above
the tree-line. I took the opportunity of putting out some traps, but found
that shrews were much too dominant at that time of the year. Even on the
Rolle Pass it was the shrew that sprung the traps instead of the Snowmouse
for which the traps were intended. The fleas collected are the same as those
taken on former occasions in the more northern Dolomites, with two exceptions.
In the article on French fleas a new genus is described which Mr. Cox discovered
in France in September ; a specimen belonging to that genus was obtained by
me at the same time at San Martino di Castrozza, a remarkable coincidence.
I. Moserboden, 2,000 m. (more or less), August 1930.
1. Ceratophyllus penicilliger Grube 1852.
A small series of both sexes on Microtus sp. and M . nivalis. A very
common flea at high altitudes, but equally common down to sea-level.
2. Ctenophthahnus agyrtes impavidus .lord. L928.
1 (J, 3 5$, on the same hosts as above.
3. Ctenophthahnus nivalis dolomiticus Jord. 1028.
3 $$, on Miaul us nivalis. 1 obtained 7 specimens of the mouse, with
this meagre result. The fleas agree with the examples from the Dolomites.
4. Ctenophthahnus congener Roths. 1907.
1 $, on Mir rot us sp.
5. Leptopsylla bidentatus Kolen. 1803.
1 (J, on Microtus sp. L. sobrinus Roths. 1909 is the same species.
XoYITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
231
II. San Martino di Castrozza, 1,450 m. (more or less), September 1930.
1. Ceratophyllus penicilliger Grube 1852.
A few specimens on Mkrotus sp. and in a mouse nest. This nest con-
tained no less than 5 species of fleas.
2. Ctenophthalmus agyrtes impavidus .lord. 1928.
1 o, 3 $$, from mouse nest.
3. Ctenophthalmus congener Roths. L907.
1 $, from mouse nest, 1 $ on Sorex araneus.
4. Rhadinopsylla casta Jord. 1928.
1 $, in mouse nest.
5. Doratopsylla cuspis J. & R. 1915.
A series, on Sorex alpinus and Sorex araneus.
6. Palaeopsylla kohauti Dampf 1910.
A small series, on Talpa caeca.
7. Palaopsylla sorecis Dale 1878.
A series, on Sorex araneus ; also below the Rolle Pass at 1,900 m. on the
same host.
8. Leptopsylla fallax Roths. 1909.
2 (JcJ, on Evotomys glareolus. One of the specimens has on one side three
genal spines instead of
two. A species new for
the Dolomites.
9. Saphiopsylla nupera
palina subsp. nov.
(text-fig. 1).
Close to the $ de-
scribed on p. 229 ; but
evidently representing a
different subspecies. The
row of bristles in front
of eye with an additional
longish one placed at the
ventral margin. Pronotal
comb with 23 spines.
Apical spines on abdo-
minal tergites : 9. 13, 11,
Vll.st.
Fig. l.^Saphiopsylla nupera palina.
7, 5, 2. VII. st. with 48 bristles (the two sides together), upper lobe round
at apex, lower lobe more obliquely truncate than in the French specimen.
Anal sternite with a bunch of about 15 bristles and on each side a lateral bristle,
16
2.'!2 Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. L931.
besides the two subapical ones. Below stigma of VIII. t. 4 bristles of which one
is long, in the French form no bristle or only one small one ; on wide ventral
area of this segment (on each side) 2o or 26 bristles on outer surface and Hi
on inner. Body of spermathecae distinctly longer than broad.
In mouse nest, 1 <j>.
10. Hystrichopsylla talpae Curtis 1826.
1 $, on Evotomys glareolus.
In the garden of the Zoological Institute at Padova I found a $ of Cerato-
phyllus fasciatus Bosc 1801, on Mus muscidus.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
233
ON SOME FLEAS COLLECTED BY MONSIEUR HEIM DE BALZA( !
IN WESTERN ALGERIA
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
(With 4 text-figures.)
WTK arc much indebted to M. Heim de Balzac for having preserved the fleas
he found on mammals in the province of Oran and for having sent
them to us. As a rule, neither
Ornithologists nor Mamma- / ^tt" /7\ —
logists take any notice of the
ecological unit consisting of
host and its parasites, an ex-
ception, therefore, being an
agreeable surprise. Apart from
the question of the importance
of parasites as vectors of disease,
the combination host plus para-
site is of great interest in the
study of the relationship of the
host ; the parasite frequently
being more conservative than
the mammal or bird on which
VIII. st.
-VII st.
Figs. 1 and 2. — CeratnphyHus heithyi oranus.
it lives, it sometimes affords better evidence of the origin of the host than
the modified host itself.
l . Xenopsylla ramesis Roths.
1904.
Beni Ounif de Figuig,
June 1930, on Gerbillus sp.,
1 g, 3 $$ ; Mecheria, June,
on Mustela numidica and
Meriones pallidus, 3 $$>■
2. Ceratophyllus henleyi
oranus subsp. nov.
(text-figs. 1 to 4).
cJ$. Close to C. h.
mauretanicus J. & R.
1912. ; : Exopodite F
r ics. 3 and 4.— t ercUophyUue heiueyi oranus. w L
much longer, projecting far
above process P of clasper ; it bears two long bristles, of which the lower one,
placed at |, is shorter and stouter than the upper, much less drawn out, more
spiniform. VIII. st. (text-fig. 2) represented by a short cone which bears a
bristle nearly as thick as the acetabular bristles, but only as long as the
distance from the anterior angle of IX, st, to the apex of the median Lobe
2:J4 XoYlTATKN ZOOLOGICAL XXXVI. 1931.
of this segment ; in one of the two specimens the bristle accompanied on one
side of the body by a small one. In C. It. mauretanicus VIII. st. is mem-
braneous and has no definite shape, whereas in C. h. henleyi Roths. 1904 it is
similar to that of C. h. or anus, but with the bristle very small. ?: Prob-
ably not constantly different from that sex of C. h. mauretanicus ; VII. st.
variable in the shape of the two lobes, particularly the upper one, as illustrated
by figs. 3 and 4 ; the number of bristles on this sternite (the two sides together)
22 in one specimen and 26 in the other. Bristles on VIII. t. : below stigma 2
small and 3 large, in the other specimen 3 or 5 small and 4 large ; on widened
area (each side) 22 and 23 in one example and 31 and 34 in the other (the larger
numbers in the specimen from which fig. 4 is taken).
Rabelais near Orleansville, January, on Meriones shau>i: 2 pairs.
3. Stenoponia tripectinata Tirab. 1902.
Stenoponia inaperata Weiss, Bull. Soc. /list. Nat. Afr. Nord, xxi. p. 65, fig. 1. pis. 4 and 5 (1930)
(Carthage, on Gcr' ill us rampestris).
Rabelais near Orleansville, January, on Meriones shawl, a small series of
both sexes, also some larvae.
Monsieur A. Weiss redescribed this common Mediterranean species because
he was misled by an erroneous statement in Roubaud, Les Puces des rongi urs,
where Jordan and Rothschild are said to have separated Stenoponia on account
of the labial palpus consisting of 4 segments and the female having only one
spermatheea. In our diagnosis of the genus, however, we state that " the
labial palpus consists of only one segment — " (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1911,
p. 391). All our specimens from the Azores, North Africa. Italy, Roumania,
Palestine and Asia Minor have the labial palpus undivided, a peculiar character
on which M. A. Weiss is justified to lay great stress. The two plates accompany-
ing the article by M. Weiss must not be taken as quite accurate ; this flea is
not really so formidable as the plates depict it. M. Weiss has been wise enough
to abstain from projjosing a new generic name, a nomenclatorial abstemiousness
fur which we are thankful. If I knew the address of M. A. Weiss, I should be
pleased to send him some literature on North African Fleas ; one should always
consult the original diagnosis.
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
235
ON CYPA DECOLOR AND SOME ALLIED SPECIES (LEPID.,
SPHINGIDAE).
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
(With 24 text-figures.)
1\ TAJOR F. B. SCOTT has bred at Shillong, Assam, a series of specimens of
a species of Cypa which agrees so well in external appearance with
C. decolor Walk, that it was at first taken to be this species. An examination
of the structure of the Assamese insect, however, revealed astonishingly great
differences from C. decolor. This discovery made it necessary to compare the
forms of Cypa from other places than Northern India. Unfortunately, only one
female each is known from the North-Western Himalayas and Ceylon, and the
species has not yet been discovered in Southern India. The following report,
therefore, is incomplete
and will have to be
supplemented and per-
haps corrected when
adequate material has
come to hand from the
districts referred to.
l . Cypa decolor Walk.
1856 (text-figs. 1, 2, 7,
10, 11, 16, 17).
tj$. Palpus about
as long as the distance
from its apex to the
base of the antenna,
segment II and III being about twice as long as broad (inclusive of scaling).
Uppersideof forewing : in outer half between the dark shadowy bands
a clayish or ochraceous-clay tint, particularly in J. On underside of
forewing this pale tint often conspicuous in q, almost forming two blotches
between Rl and M1 ; termen shaded with blackish brown ; terminal area as a
whole usually not strongly contrasting with proximal two-thirds of wing, particu-
larly in §.
<J. Anal tergite (X. t.) not divided, ending with a simple, long, narrow,
subcylindrical process which is curved downward (text-figs. 1 and 2), the narrow
portion being almost straight in lateral aspect (text-fig. 1). No anal sternite.
Clasper (text-fig. 7) ventrally with two rather strongly swollen tubercles, a sort
of eondyli (us and Is) ; from dorsal margin ' a long subbasal process (ap) projects
into the cavity of the clasper, the process being slender, slightly claviform and a
little curved, bearing at apex a variable number of teeth ; this process arises
from a dorsal arch (ar) which distally divides into an anterior low ridge (mr) and
1 In Revision of Sphingidae (1903), p. 298, tab. 33, fig. 7, tile clasper is inverted,
the dorsal side of the figure being in reality the ventral side.
Figs. 1 and 2. — Cypa decolor decolor.
236 NoVITATES ZOOLOGIOAE XXXVI. 1931.
a posterior flat process, which widens dorsad and gradually narrows ventrally
into a long sharp beak, that sometimes reaches to the ventral margin of the
clasper ; this process (dp) absent in the allied known species. Penis sheath
(text. tigs. 10 and II) close to apex with a long, transversely directed, smooth
process which gradually narrows to a sharp point ; no armature on the other side.
$. In front of the sexual orifice (va, text-fig. 16) a low ridge which is some-
what wrinkled ; behind the orifice a large smooth plate (VIII. st.), which has a
smooth distal margin, bears an indication of an impressed median longitudinal
line and has proximally a slight tubercle at each side of middle line. VIII. t.
peculiar (text-fig. 17) : medianly divided, a subtriangular cavity being formed
which narrows proximally and is large in Indian and Philippine specimens and
small in Papuan ones ; margin of segment, on apical side of cavity, strongly
folded or smooth, the folding being probably due to shrinkage. The contrast
between this tergite and the simple one of G. pattens (text-fig. 19) is very
remarkable.
Hub. India to New Guinea.
In the Revision of Sphingidae we treated G. ferruginea Walk.
1856 as a subspecies of G. decolor ; but the shape of the forewing suggests that
it is a distinct species (cf. below, spec. No. 2).
The subspecies of C. decolor are not sharply defined, the Malayan specimens
being intermediate between the Indian and Papuan forms.
('0 C. decolor decolor Walk. 1856.
(?<?. Smerinthus decolor Walker. List Lip. Ins. B.M. viii, p. 255, no. 19 (1850) (Hindostan. <J?
in Mas. Oxon.).
<J. Cypa incongruens Butler, Illuslr. Typ. Sperim. Lap. Het. B.M. v. p. 12. tab. 80. figs. 8, 9
(1881) (Darjiling).
The types of C. decolor and 0. incongruens have been compared ; the <$<$
have the simple anal tergite as above described (text-figs. 1 and 2).
Hub. India : Sikkim. I have no specimens from any other district, and
I have no means of ascertaining as to whether the specimens recorded from
Tavoy and Ponsekai (cf. Revision of Sphingidae) belong to C. decolor
or some other species.
(6) C. decolor manilae Clark 1930.
<5<j>. Cypa decolor manilai Clark. Proc. New Engl, Zool. Club, xii. p. 28 (1930) (Philippines ; Sumatra).
The series of specimens collected by Wileman on Luzon exhibits such
individual variability that the distinctions of C. d. manilae from G. d. decolor
are almost effaced. The q, on the whole, paler than in G. d. decolor, the bands
on the upperside of the forewing rather more pronounced, the broad postmedian
one narrower. $ as in C. d. decolor.
Hub. Philippine Is., Sumatra, Singapore and Federated .Malay States ;
probably also on Borneo.
(c) C. d. euroa R. & J. 1903.
. I '///in ilecolor rnroa Rothschild and .lord., Revision of Sphingidae, p. 299, tab. 17. fig. 11 (genit.)
(1903) (Milne Hay).
j h. The palest subspecies of ('. decolor ; wings and body above and below
(upperside of hindwing excepted) of a buff tint ; upperside of forewing with six
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
237
darkish bands or lines more or less clearly marked, three in proximal half and
three in distal half. In 3 ana' tergite somewhat shorter than in the two previous
subspecies. In $ the postvaginal plate (VIII. st.) and the dorsal plate (VIII. t.)
much shorter than in the other species, the former also broader and less rounded ;
the apical impression on VIII. t. small and shallow, variable in size.
Hah. Dutch, Mandated and British New Guinea, inclusive of Goodenough
and Sudest ; in Mus. Brit, also from Ceram (Miss Longfield).
2. Cypa ferruginea Walk. 1856.
$. Cypa ferruginea Walker. List Lep. Ins. B.M. xxxi. p. 42 (1864) (Ceylon. Genotype of ( 'ypa).
(J?. Cypa ferruginea, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ii, p. 8, tab. 79, fig. 3 (1882).
The (J not known to me ; one $ in Mus. Brit. In this specimen the distal
margin of forewing
somewhat convex in
centre, but otherwise
with hardly a trace
of dentition. Palpus
small as in G. pattens.
Antenna more dis-
tinctly incrassate
behind middle,
slightly constricted 3.
at the joints, the
segments being some-
what rounded in a
ventral aspect.
The status of this
Hawkmoth remains
as yet doubtful.
Hub. Ceylon.
Figs. 3 and 4. — f'>/j»i uniformis.
Siidchin. Spiting, p. 168, tab. 35, fig. 14a, b(genit.)
3. Cypa uniformis
Mell 1922 (text-figs.
3, 4, 8, 12, 13).
cJ$. Cypa decolor uniformis Mell, Biol. u. Syst,
(1922) (8. China).
cj$. Palpus shorter than in C. decolor, its distance from base of antenna
much longer than the palpus, the second (plus third) segment being about as
long as broad, closely appressed to the head.
U p p e r s i d e of forewing more uniform in colour than in G. decolor.
On underside the terminal area of forewing and the whole hindwing paler,
and the tawny smear on abdominal area of hindwing more prominent. Genitalia
widely different.
cJ. Anal tergite (X. t., text-figs. 3 and 4) broad, divided into two apical
hooks which are curved downward and rather sharply pointed. Anal sternite
(X. st., text-fig. 4) represented by a low ridge which is somewhat raised on each
side of middle. Basal condyloid swellings of clasper (us and Is, text-rig. s) less
elevate than in G. decolor ; proximal process ap of arch (ar) shorter and stouter,
2:ls
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
with heavier teeth : distal process dp absent, the arch disappearing in the
swollen ventral surface of clasper ; above the arch a conspicuous, setiferous,
longitudinal fold. Penis-sheath (text-figs. 12 and 13) likewise considerably
different from that of C. decolor : the left-side process (text-fig. 12) much broader
(somewhat foreshortened in the figure), ventrally dentate in its apical two-thirds,
also placed less close to apex than in C. decolor ; on right side an oblique longi-
tudinal ridge which extends to apex and is dentate on one side (text-fig. 1 :$, in
which only the apex of the process of fig. 12 is visible).
$. In the only $ seen the collector has cut the abdomen open and filled it
Figs. 5 and 6. — Cypa pallens enodis.
with cotton wool, accidentally injuring the genital sclerites to some extent. The
armature is similar to that of the 9 of the next species (cf. text-fig. 18).
Huh. South China. Dr. B. Preston Clark has very kindly sent me for
examination the type (rj) and a paratype ($) of this species.
4. Cypa pallens Jord. 1926 (text-figs. 5, 6, 9, 14, 15, 18, 19).
$. Cypa decolor pallens Jordan, Nov. Zool, xxxiii, p. 380, no. 4 (1926) (Masuri).
As the single $ from Masuri agrees in the genital armature fairly well with
$$ from Assam, we treat the Assamese specimens and the type of C. pollen* as
belonging to one species ; however, r$c$ from the Western Himalayas may upset
this conclusion.
C. pallens evidently represents C. uniformis in India ; but the differences
in the ^-genitalia are so considerable that we must consider these Hawkmoths
as having attained a degree of distinctness which we call specific.
(J$. Palpus as in C. uniformis, both sexes being easily differentiated from
C. decolor by the shortness of the second segment. Colouring likewise as in
C. uniformis, sometimes more tawny, sometimes more grey.
cj. Anal tergite (X. t.) divided as in G. uniformis, but broader, the two
apical processes much broader and shorter and obtuse ; the ridge representing
the anal sternite (X. st.) with a small tuberculiform projection on each side far
away from middle, not near middle as in C. uniformis. Clasper (text-fig. 9)
NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
239
narrower at apex than in the previous species ; above the armature a longitudinal
setiferous fold as in C. un.iformis ; proximal process ap broad, convex on proximal
side, concave on distal side, somewhat rugulose in apical half, without teeth ;
Fig. 7 .- < ypo derolor decolor.
Fig. S. — Cypa uniform/is.
Fig. 9. — Cypa pollens tnodia.
arch ar ventrally dilated near base ; process dp of C. decolor absent. Lower
basal conduliform Is produced upwards into a prominent, sharply pointed, hook.
Penis-sheath (text-figs. 14 and 15) wider than in both previous species; on left-
side a triangular subapical process, sharply pointed, with the frontal margin
240
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
dentate from close to base to apex ; the process recalling that of G. uniformis,
but more apical and different in shape and direction ; on frontal side of process
the sheath concave, as it is in the other species, but in contradistinction to
them there is at the proximal side of this depression a dentate, transverse ridge
which extends across the right side
of the sheath (text-fig. 15), probably
being homologous to the longitudinal
ridge of G. uniformis.
$. Antevaginal ridge of VII.
st. (text-fig. 18) strongly wrinkled,
higher than in G. decolor. The
smooth postvaginal plate of G. decolor
replaced by a much smaller plate
which is divided by a deep median
channel into two sclerites (VIII. st.),
which are either smooth or more or
less rugulose ; behind these sclerites
the membranous portion of the
segment folded, the folds more or
less parallel with the oblique
posterior margin of the segment.
TergiteVIII (text-fig. 19) transverse,
smooth, truncate with the angles
rounded off. without median division
and without apical cavity or im-
pression.
Hub. North-Eastern to North -
Western India.
(") C. pallens enodis suhsp. nov.
cJ$. As compared with G. decolor
decolor from Sikkim, this subspecies
has the terminal area of forewing
below contrasting by its greyish
tint with the tawny area, and the
tawny smear along abdominal fold
of hindwing long and prominent.
Upperside clay colour to cinna-
mon, with a strong drab or fawn
bloom in fresh specimens ; upperside of hindwing, basal two-thirds of fore-
wing I) e n e a t h (except margins) and a smear in abdominal area of hindwing
beneath tawny. Length of forewing 30 mm. or less, width 12 mm. or less.
Hob. Assam : Shillong (type), a series bred by Major F. B. Scott ; Cachar,
1 $. Sikkim. 1 fj (ex coll. Elwes).
Figs. 10 and 11. — Cypa decolot decolor.
Figs. 12 and 13. — Cypa uniformis.
Figs. 14 and 15. — Cypa paUens enodis.
(h) C. pallens pallens Jordan l'.»2<i.
Cf. above, p. 238.
<j>. Larger than any specimen of C, p. enodis, length of forewing 34 mm.,
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
241
width 13-5 mm., paler above and below. Antevaginal ridge and lateral, sub-
membranous, portion of segment VIII, less wrinkled, and the two sclerites of
VIII. st. larger, smooth, glossy.
Hab. N.W. India : Masuri, 1 ?.
The insect described by Wileman in Entom. 43, p. 137 (1010) from Formosa
as Cypa (?) fokmosana belongs to Amorphulus Mell (1022). It agrees closely
width A. chinensis R. & J. (1903), but SO and R1 ( = 0 and 7) of hindwing are
Figs. 1G and 17. — Cypa decolor decolor.
Figs. 18 and 19. — Cypa pollens enodis.
stalked, a character which is probably variable. Amorplntlux is essentially
based on differences from Cypa and Smerinthulus in the early stages.
5. Smerinthulus brooksi Clark 1030 (text-figs. 20-24).
<9. brooksi Clark, Ptoc, New England Zool. flu'), xii, p. 27 (1930) (Benkoelen, Sumatra).
By some unfortunate oversight I forgot to send to Dr. B. Preston Clark tin-
sketches I had made of the genitalia of the type of this peculiar little Sphingid.
As these organs exhibit several points of interest, I take this opportunity of
publishing the drawings. Anal tergite (X. t., text-figs. 20 and 21) divided into
two pointed hooks, which, in a dorsal aspect of the segment (fig. 20), are just
visible as short triangular projections which almost touch each other ; the
division continued proximad by a broad groove down to the apical margin of
■21-2
XnVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
segment IX ; no X. st. Clasper (text-fig. 22) triangular, with a bristly proximal
swelling which extends from ventral margin dorsad, but does not reach dorsal
margin : the posterior margin of the swelling continuous with a low longitudinal
ridge which is parallel with the ventral margin of clasper and bears two small
Figs. 20 to 24. — Smerinthulus brool-xi.
teeth. Penis-sheath (text-figs. 23 and 24) on one side with a smooth longitudinal,
oblique, swelling which is not produced into a free process, and on the other
side with a subapical depression, from the lateral margin of which projects
distad a narrow process which is pointed, smooth, somewhat finger-like, and
does not reach apex ; this process absent from the other species of Smerinthulus
examined (cf . Revision of Sphingidae, p. 20!)).
NOVITATES ZOOLOGIC'AE XXXVI. 1931. 243
ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATION OF THE PINE HAWK-
MOTH, HYLOICUS PIN AST Rl.
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
(With 12 text -figures.)
TN the Revision of the Sphingidae (Nov. Zool. i.\. 1903, Suppl.
]i. 14f>) we recognised two subspecies of the Pine Hawkmoth : Hyloicus
pinastri morio, from Nippon, and H. p. pinastri, from Europe. Some specimens
from the Ussuri and Amur countries lately received from Messrs. Staudinger
and Bang-Haas, have raised the question as to whether these examples repre-
sented a subspecies different from the Nipponese H. p. morio. Their size being
inferior to that of the average Central European H. p. pinastri, my attention
was arrested by some dwarfed specimens from Algeria, the opposite end of the
area of distribution of the species, and, to my great surprise, I found these to
be very different in the genital armature of the male from the ordinary Northern
Pine Hawkmoth. This discovery made it necessary to inquire into the variation
of Hyloicus pinastri in the Western European countries. When we wrote the
Revision, we had hardly any material from France and none from Spain
and North Africa, and for that reason remained unaware of the interesting fact
that this Hawkmoth varies geographically in these countries. The following
notes being based on the specimens in the Rothschild collection only, they are
far from presenting a complete account of the variation of this species ; but the
results of the investigation are nevertheless noteworthy for diverse reasons :
(1) there does not seem to be any outward distinction between the specimens
occurring in the countries from Siberia westwards ; (2) the differences in the
Western geographical races are found in the genital armature, especially in that
of the male ; and (3) while the area of the central subspecies, H. p. pinastri,
extends from the Ural to England, in France the species is broken up into four
subspecies.
The genus Hyloicus Hiibn. 1822 (= Sphinx auct.) is essentially Nearctic,
whence it has extended west : in North America inclusive of Mexico about 20
species are found, in the Pacific districts of Asia (Nippon, China and Siberia
east of Lake Baikal) occur 0 species, and only 2 have reached Western
Europe and North Africa. We possess no specimens of the genus from
between Lake Baikal and the Ural Mts., where 3 species may be expected
to occur.
French specimens being more or less different in the genital armature of
the male (perhaps with the exception of specimens from the Northern and
Rhenish provinces ?) from the Central European individuals, one should have
expected the British Islands to be inhabited by a special race of H. pinastri.
But this is not the case, British specimens agreeing with Central European ones.
They have become more numerous in collections of lately, probably as a result
of attempts by Entomologists to acclimatise the species, though we must concede
the possibility that, with the extension of Pine plantations, the moth may have
reached England from the Continent without the help of collectors. However
244
XuVITATKS ZuiiLiHiK M: XXXVI. 1031.
that may be, the specimens confirm what Tutt says on the question in Brit. Lep.
iv. pp. 291-294 (1904).
We arrange the subspecies in 3 groups :
I. UrrER and Lower Prongs of Clasper about Equal in Length, both
Long, Upper One Widest Beyond Middle ; Apical Process of Penis-
sheath Short.
1. H. pinastri morio R. & J. 1903.
j. Only one specimen known to us. The black markings of the forewing
Fig. 1. — Hyloicus pinastri arestus.
Fig. 2. Hyloicus pinastri pinastri.
Fig. 3. — Hyloicus pinastri pinastri (malformation).
very prominent and extended, but probably variable. ^-armature as in the
next subspecies from the Asiatic continent.
Hub. Nippon, 1 q* without exact locality.
2. H. pinastri arestus subsp. nov. (text-fig. l).
q. Black stripe on tegula less broad than in //. p. morio, the stripe between
it and base of wings duller grey. U p p e r s i d e of wings : forewing more
uniformly grey, the blackish brown shading at posterior margin and on disc less
prominent, the two streaks in middle of disc and the one in cell smaller, third
streak, below R1 (= 6), absent or vestigial, oblique apical streak thin, white
fringe spots of both wings smaller than in H. p. morio. Onundcrside the
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 245
blackish brown shadowy discal band of both wings much narrower than
the grey marginal area, in H. p. morio this band as wide in middle as the
marginal area.
The 4 males examined do not present in the aggregate any constant difference
in the J -genitalia from H. p. morio. In both Pacific Palaearctic subspecies
X. t. shorter and narrower and the two lobes of X. st. shorter and broader than
in H. p. pinastri. Clasper more evenly rounded distally and broader. Upper
prong of harpe flat, narrowed to a point, its distal half elongate-lanceolate, the
upper margin of the prong (except distally) thin and nearly membranous, and
this thin area gradually widened basad ; the ventral margin of upper prong
vanishing on upper surface of ventral prong ; area at base of the two prongs
convex. Apical groove of penish-sheath shorter than in H. p. morio.
5 unknown to me.
Hab. Nikolajewsk, mouth of Amur, 1 g (type) ; Sutschanski-Rudnik,
Ussuri, July, 3 $$.
II. Upper Prong of Clasper much Longer than Lower, More or Less
Strongly Curved. Subcylindrical in Apical Half (rarely Sublinear,
Malformation ?), without Teeth or only with Rudiments of them.
Apical Process of Penis-sheath Long.
3. H. pinastri pinastri L. 1758 (text-figs. 2, 3, and 11).
(J$. The most widely distributed subspecies, varying from being uniformly
grey, with hardly any markings on the u pperside of the forewing, to being
dark brown. Judging from the material in collections, one might arrive at
the opinion that the variability of the species was greater in Germany and
Austria than elsewhere ; but collections can be deceptive. The number of
amateur Lepidopterists is so much larger in Germany and Austria than in other
Continental countries that many more specimens are collected and bred and
the aberrations among them preserved, in consequence of which the abnormally
coloured individuals appear to be more abundant than they really are. The
examination of a fairly large number of males from different countries has con-
vinced me that they belong to only one subspecies ; specimens from Greece and
Italy, however, will perhaps tell another tale. We have no material of this
species from there.
o : X. t. individually variable in length and width, broader than in the two
previous subspecies, and lobes of X. st. longer. The anal segment does not seem
to present any reliable differences between this and the following 4 subspecies,
and the penis-sheath is likewise the same. But the armature of the clasper
(text-fig. 2) is distinctive : upper prong long and narrow, subcylindrical, more or
less strongly curved upwards from near base and then downwards, basally
flattened and widened and often longitudinally impressed, the apical half smooth
or slightly rough with minute granules, or feebly carinate, its ventral margin not
continuous with upper margin of lower prong, but vanishing on upper surface
of ventral prong ; body of harpe at juncture of the two prongs more strongly
convex than in any other subspecies known to me ; lower prong of nearly even
width from base to apex, its upperside flattened, distally slightly concave, apex
more or less irregularly rounded, often feebly Insinuate. As in all organs,
malformations occur also in the genital armature. For instance, in one of our
24() XoYITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1S31.
cJcJ from the province of Leningrad the right and left harpes are quite different.
The harpe of the left clasper is almost normal, except that the upper prong is
only one-tenth longer than the lower one ; in the right-side clasper. however,
the two prongs are amalgamated into one horizontal sclerite of nearly linear
shape (text-fig. 3). The upper margin of this sclerite is rather more strongly
chitinised than the rest and corresponds to the upper prong of a normal harpe,
ending near the apex of the sclerite with a triangular tooth. The remainder of
the sclerite represents the ventral prong : it is obliquely truncate, with the
ventral angle produced distad-ventrad into a denticulate triangular lobe ; between
this projection and the before-mentioned dorsal tooth several small, but very
distinct, triangular teeth, the sclerite resembling a spurred boot.
$ : In front of the sexual orifice a high rounded ridge, convex on the frontal
side and concave on the posterior side (text-fig. 11), the ridge varying from being
even to being medianly sinuate or slightly sinuous. On the postvaginal sclerite
a prominent median tubercle.
Hab. From the Ural Mts. and Transcaucasia to England, and from the
Balkans and South Switzerland to Denmark, Scandinavia and Finland. — We
have no specimens of H. pinastri from Northern France.
4. H. pinastri cenisius subs]), nov. (text-figs. 4 and 5).
] . Lengths of the two prongs essentially as in H. p. pinastri ; but the upper
prong proximally much broader, gradually and strongly widened basad, its
ventral margin ending near upper margin of lower prong ; harpe less convex at
juncture of the two prongs than in the Central European subspecies, an oblique
dorso-ventral groove dividing this convex area. The two specimens from
La Grave differ in the upper prong being slightly curved (text -fig. 4) in one
and much more strongly in the other (text-fig. 5).
$ not known to me.
Hab. La Grave, Hautes Alpes, 1,500 m., July 1908, at light in front of
hotel, 2 (JcJ. We also have 3 o 6 from the French Alps without exact locality ;
they came from farther south and were obtained at a lower altitude by a French
collector whose list of localities did not reach me. In all three the small groove
on the convex area of the harpe is absent ; in one specimen the upper prong is
in shape about midway between those of the two La Grave examples ; in the
other two the upper prong is nearly as narrow basally as in H. p. pinastri, but
is much shorter, being in one a little less curved than in fig. 4 and in the other
nearly as much as in fig. 5 ; the lower margin of the upper prong is in both these
specimens continuous (or nearly) with the dorsal margin of the ventral prong.
I suspect the last two examples to have been collected nearer the Rhone Valley.
5. H. pinastri medialis subsp. nov. (text-figs. 6 and 7).
(J. Both the upper and lower prongs shorter than in H . p. cenisius, the upper
one broader and flatter in apical half and more distinctly denticulate, this sub-
species forming a sort of transition to the next ; in one of the two specimens
this prong nearly linear (text-fig. 7), rough with prominent teeth, its tip
somewhat different on right and left sides of abdomen (malformation '.).
$. Ridge in front of aperture as in //. p. pinastri.
Ilah. Two pairs from the former coll. Sand, who lived near La Chatre,
XciVITATES Zoologicae XXXVI. 1931.
247
Indre. None of the specimens we have from this collection bear any locality
labels ; but as M. Maurice Sand, Baron Dudevant, was much interested in the
Figs. 4 and 5.
Figs. "i and 7.-
Hyloicus pinastri cenisius.
Hyloictts pinastri medialis.
Lepidoptera of his neighbourhood, we may assume that most of the specimens
were collected near La Chatre.
17
248
NoviTATKS ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
This subspecies probably inhabits all Western and Central France,
perhaps inclusive of the Bretagne. It would be interesting to compare
material from the Auvergne, the Cevennes and the departments north of the
Pyrenees.
III. Both Prongs of the Hakpe Short, Upper One Flat, Dentate. Eli >m;ate-
TRJANtU'LAR, POINTED, PROXIMALLY BROAD.
o. H. pinastri massiliensis subsp. nov. (text-figs. 8 and 12).
<J. Lower prong more than half the length of upper one : the latter but
slightly variable in
length and shape,
dentate, its ventral
margin continuous
with the upper margin
of the ventral prong;
area proximally of
fork flattened.
$. Ridge in front
of sexual aperture
(text-fig. 12) distinctly
lower than in the
previous races.
Hah. Marseille
and Ste. Banme, 6 J J,
5??.
(i. H. pinastri
maurorum subsp. nov.
(text-figs. 9 and 10).
cJ. Lower prong
shorter and broader
than in H. p. massi-
l liensis, being in the
Pyrenean examples
and in the type-speci-
men from Algeria, as
well as in one of the
two Spanish ones, less
than half the length
of the upper prong,
which is dentate, setiferous fold above the harpe proximally more strongly
widened than in the preceding races. In the second Spanish specimen
the harpe as in H. p. massiliensis (further material badly wanted from
Spain).
$. As in //. j>. massiliensis.
/fab. Pyrenees: Luchon and C'auterets, July 1906, •"> ] J. 3 $$.
Algeria : Hammam Rirha and Mt. Zaccar, May and June L913, 2 jj; Lcs
Fig. 8. — Hyloicus pinastri massiliensis.
Figs. 9 and 10. — Hyloicus pinastri maurorum.
NoVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVI. 1031.
249
Pins, Oran, August 191S, and Sidi-bcl-Abbes, Oran, September 1017, 2 JJ, 2 $$.
Spain : ' San Ildefonso, Segovia, vi-viii. L906, 2 <$<$.
Three of the Algerian fig are dwarfed and have the proportions of the
prong somewhat different from the well-developed Hammam Rirha example.
Fig. 1 1. — Hyloicus pinaalri pinastri.
Fig. 12. — Hyloicus pinastri maasiHensis.
In the following Table of Measurements all the males we have from France,
Spain and Algeria are mentioned, while only a small selection is given of the
specimens of H. p. jnnastri actually compared.
1 In Proc. Ent. Soc. Loud. p. 1115, 1 said that we had no Spanish specimens at Tring
two males were misplaced and have since come to hand.
the above
250 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVI. 1931.
ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS MADE BY MR. V. SHAW MAYER
IN THE WEYLAND MOUNTAINS, DUTCH NEW GUINEA,
IN 1930.
By LORD ROTHSCHILD. Ph.D., P.R.S.
(Plates III and IV.)
"\| R. SHAW MAYER undertook this collecting trip in the interests of the
■*■ -1 American Museum of Natural History and the Tring Museum. He
succeeded in getting together a very fine collection of mammals, which will lie
treated of in another article, and the very interesting lot of birds dealt with in
the present paper. This collections of birds, though lacking in many of the smaller
P a a a er ea , contains several novelties, as well as important specimens which
clear up certain doubtful points.
The collection was made in the Gebroeders Range, north of the main
chain of the Weyland Mts., and on the way up the Siriwo River. Mts. Ge-
broeders, Derimapa, Sorong, Dewera and Atoe form part of the Range of
the Gebroeders.
l. Chlamydera lauterbachi uniiormis subsp. nov.
Till we unpacked Shaw Mayer's birds it was looked upon as practically
certain that the Q obtained by the Goodfellow expedition on the Ramura River
and the Merauke examples were the $$ of Chi. lauterbachi ; but the two birds
in the present collection are apparently sexed correctly as q and § and conse-
quently are a distinct S. Western subspecies of lauterbachi from N.E. New Guinea,
and I propose the name of Chi. lauterbachi uniformis for them, and the Ramura
and Merauke examples.
<£. Differs from Chi. I. lauterbachi in the head, cheeks and hindneck being
yellowish olive brown, not fiery orange on the head and cheeks and golden olive
on hindneck ; rest of upperside deeper brown, with more dusky olive edges and
tips, not brown, edged distinctly with golden olive ; rump more distinctly olive,
not brown edged with gold ; chin, throat and upper breast less bright yellow
and feathers more widely edged with olive brown. Rest of underside bright
golden yellow as in Chi. 1. lauterbachi. Wing 129 mm. ; bill 24 mm. ; tarsus
34 mm. ; tail 1 15 mm.
$ similar, but slightly duskier above and more buffy yellow below. Wing
1 24 mm.
ji bill black i iris dark brown ; naked space behind eye dark grey ; feet
grey. Contents of stomach remains of insects.
Shot at bower ; the latter is like the bower of Ptilonorhynchus violaceua of
Queensland, but without any decorations. The construction and courtship in
the bower, together with the swelling ovary and testes prove that this is an
adult pair.
Type j1 No. 22.
J and $, 15 June 1930, shot at bower, Siriwo River, 45 miles above mouth,
S. of Ccelvink Bay.
Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. 1931. 251
2. Xanthomelus aureus aureus (Linn.).
Coracias aureus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, p. 108 (1758) (Asia ! ex Edwards, pi. 112).
1 $ ad. Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 12 July 1930. Iris greenish yellow, feet
olive brown, bill black, basal portion horn brown.
1 $ ad. Gebroeders, 4,000 ft., 25 July 1930. Iris yellow.
This is a new locality for the species, and one would have expected an
intermediate form between this and aureus aniens, but both ,5 j are quite typical.
Contents of stomach berries and insects.
3. Amblyornis inornatus mayri Hartert.
Amblyornis inornatus mayri Hartert, ATov. Zool. xxxvi, p. 30 (1930) (Karon ; = ? Karoon).
Dr. Hartert, when describing A. in. mayri, only applied the name to the
trade skins distributed by Renesse Van Duivenbode, saying that in colour he
could not separate the Snow Mts. and Weyland Mts. birds from A. in. musgravei.
Now, in comparing these birds, Arthur Goodson pointed out to me that, like
Pteridophora alberti, in which fresh Goliath Mt. and Weyland Mts. birds had the
buffy yellow breast much paler and more yellow, while the trade skins of Duiven-
bode had the breast more rusty and darker buff, the rufous foxy colour was
confined to trade skins and evidently was due to the birds being dried over
smoky fires. The Weyland Mts. birds agree very closely with one of Duiven-
bode's skins (evidently not smoke dried) in the general more olive coloration.
In coloration the only difference I can find is the buff chin in .4. in. mayri
and the olive chin in A . in. musgravei. On the other hand, a striking difference
is the length of the crest which is much longer in A. in. mayri. I therefore
confine the name of A. in. musgravei to the birds from S.E. New Guinea, while
I include under A. in. mayri all the trade skins and those from the Snow and
Weyland Mts.
The present series consists of 5 crested $<$, 2 $<$ without crests and a $.
All these in the <J $ show a darker, more uniform olive underside and darker, less
rufous tail and back than the cJ$ collected on Mt. Kunupi, Weyland Mts., by
the Pratt brothers in 1020, except one $ No. 121, which has the underside more
rufous ; this is no doubt due to their being more freshly moulted.
5 SS ad., 2 (J ^ jun., 1 $ ad. Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 25, 26, 29 June, 2 July,
1 August 1930. Iris brown, upper mandible dark brown to black, lower mandible
horn colour, feet olive grey, lead grey or blackish grey. Contents of stomach
fruits.
Crest A. in. musgravei 64 mm. ; .1. in. mayri 99 mm.
4. Loboparadisea sericea sericea Rothsch.
Lo'iopiimdisea xirinu Rothschild, Bull. B.O.C. vi, p. xvi (180G) (Trade skins).
Mr. Shaw Mayer obtained 1 adult <J, and 1 $ with a few brown cloudings
on the breast, the remains of juvenile plumage .
1 cJ ad., 1 ? juv. Gebroeders, 0,000-7,000 ft., 1 July and 16 August L930.
Bill and feet black, wattle over bill green. Contents of stomach fruits. The $
has no bill wattles.
This wonderful bird must now be treated trinomially, as Dr. Ernst Mayr
discovered a new subspecies of it in N.E. New Guinea.
252 XoMTATES ZOOLOOIC'AE XXXVI. 1931-
5. Loria loriae SaJvad.
Loria lariat Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Qen. xxxiv, p. 151 (ls!>4j (Moroka).
The present series of 2 adult j j , 1 q Juv- an<l 1 $ show no differences
from examples from different parts of New Guinea.
2 ££ ad., 1 $ juv., 1 ? ad. Gebroeders, 6,000-7,000 ft., 20 June, 4 and 24
.Tidy 1930. Contents of stomach large berries. The q juv. above is darker
than the $, the olive green being more suffused with brown.
6. Paradigalla carunculata brevicauda Rothsch. & Hart.
Paradigalla Irevicauda Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. xx. p. 523 (1913) (Mt. Goliath).
Dr. Ernst Mayr considers this bird a subspecies of P. carunculata Less.,
and I quite agree with him. At first sight the short tail in the adult and different
shaped wattles give brevicauda a very different appearance, but the much longer
tail in the young bird proves that the short tail is a later acquired character,
and as the}' replace one another absolutely geographically I feel that there is
no doubt of their being geographical races of a single species.
2 cJcJ ad., 1 $ ad., 4 £<3 juv., 1 <J, 1$ juv. Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 29 June.
2, 4, 8, 14. 17. 21. 22 July, 15, 17 August 1930. Iris black brown, bill black,
feet grey black. Contents of stomach fruits.
7. Parotia carolae carolae A. B. Meyer.
Parotid carolae A. B. Meyer. Bull. B.o.c. iv, p. 6 (1894) (Trade skins).
Dr. Stresemann has objected to my making 3 species out of the birds
included in Parotia, viz. P. sefilata with the subspecies lowest and helenae ; P.
carolae with the subspecies meeki and beriepschi ; and P. ivahnesi as a species by
itself. He says lawesi and helenae are genetically as widely separated from
sefilata as carolae and wahnesi. I cannot quite follow this line, especially as he
acknowledges, by treating sefilata as a species, 4 distinct species. I myself
think Dr. Ernst Mayr's suggestion that all seven forms of Parotia are geographical
races of a single species, is much more logical, and I am only here treating carolae
and its two subspecies as a separate species for the time being, as I am uncertain
whether these white-flanked forms developed directly from helenae, or from
helenae through wahnesi.
6 <$$ ad., 5 (J <J juv., 3 ?? ad. Gebroeders 6,000 ft., 25, 28, 30 June, 15,
17. 19, 31 July. 6, 11. 14. 17. IS August 1930. $ : Iris greenish yellow flecked
with red, bill and feet black ; $ : Iris paler, more whitish, feet greyish black.
Contents of stomach fruits.
Apparently, judging from the large series of trade skins of carolae in the
Tring -Museum and this fine series from Shaw Mayer, the young J begins to
change into the adult plumage on the head and gradually by a series of annual
moults puts on the final adult dress. This appears to be the normal procedure
among the Paradisaeidae : but in many of the other genera odd adult feathers
or patches of feathers appear elsewhere, as well as on the head and neck, though
this may be due to premature loss of juvenile feathering.
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931. 253
8. Lophorina superba feminina 0. Grant.
Lophorina superba feminina 0. Grant, ./»'<. Suppl. Ibis, 1015, p. 27 (Utakwa River).
A single <J is in the collection ; 2 22 were in the brothers Pratt's collection
from the Weyland Mts. and 1 2 from the Snow Mts. ; all these 3 22 have the
head very different from those of L. s. minor, L. s. superba and L. s. latipennis.
The 2 of s. superba has the entire head of a uniform black brown, as has the
2 s. latipennis ; the 2 of s. minor has the head black, forehead with distinct
sprinkling of white, black-edged feathers on forehead, and an irregular band
from above the eye meeting as collar at hindneck greyish white ; the 2 s. /'< m inina
has the head brown, forehead white, each feather edged with black ; the central
shaftlines on top of head golden, sometimes widening into a larger golden patch ;
hindneck and lateral bands whitish and dark buff. The 2 feminina has underside
brownish buff, the other 3 subspecies have the undersides grey.
1 £ Gebroeders, 6,000-7,000 ft., 2 August 1930. Iris brownish black,
bill and feet black. Contents of stomach fruits. Native (Yabi) name " Kera."
9. Pteridophora alberti alberti A. B. Meyer.
Pieridophora alberti A. B. Meyer, Bull. B.Of. iv, p. xi (1894) (Mts. near Anibernok River).
Shaw Mayer sent 3 adult and 1 young £, which agree perfectly with the
series obtained on the Weyland Range by the brothers Pratt and with the trade
skins imported by Renesse van Duivenbode. In view of the differences in the
22 of subspecies of Lophorina I am taking the " bull by the horns " and giving
a name to the form collected by Dr. Biirgers on the Schrader Berg.
3 <$<$ ad. (one with broken plume), 1 $ juv. Gebroeders, 0,000 ft., 3, 9, 15,
21 July 1930. Iris brown, bill black, feet grey brown.
Native Yabi name " Petre." The natives report the Pteridophora as
dancing on a vine, the two plumes being raised above the head forming an angle
of 45°. The head is continually bowed forward, and the bird makes a hissing
noise. Contents of stomach fruits.
[Pteridophora alberti biirgersi subsp. nov.
Only known from 22.
2 differs from Pt. a. alberti 2 above in being browner, less grey brown ; the
throat is suffused with buffy yellow, and the dark markings of the throat are
much less distinct, more obsolete ; rest of underside suffused with buff, not
almost pure white ; the crescentic black marks and bands on the feathers much
shorter, not reaching the lateral margins of the feathers at all.
2 type No. 2064 Shrader Berg. Sepik River district, 6 July 1913
(Dr. Biirgers).]
10. Epimachus meyeri albicans (Van Oort).
Falcinellm meyeri albicans Van Oort. Zool. Meded. i, p. 228 (1915) (Trenb Mts.).
The adult and young $ and the adult 2 sent by Shaw Mayer are most
welcome, as they finally decide that there are two species of Epimachus occurring
side by side in New Guinea west of the Fly River. The typical birds in the
Leyden Museum were collected at Trenb Camp (2,366 m. = 7,690 ft.), Treub Mts.,
30 January and S March 1913, by G. Versteeg (Nos. 497 and 630) much farther
east than the present locality ; in addition to these, there are in the Leyden
254 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAK XXXVI. 1931.
Museum some native " trade " skins, and one legless " trade " skin at Tring
brought back by the Pratts from the Weyland Mts., and this was all we knew
till the present skins came to hand. As we now have 3 examples killed in the
same place as 3 examples of Epitnach us fastosus atratus Rothsch. & Hart, we
must treat E. meyeri and E. m. albicans as a distinct species occurring alongside
E. fastosits. E. fastosus atratus, and E. f. stresemanni. The brothers Pratt assured
us in 1921, when they brought the collections from Mt. Kunupi, Weyland Mts.,
that, although the skin of E. m. albicans was a native " Trade " skin, it had been
killed in the Weyland Range ; but I could not believe this and continued to
regard the forms E. meyeri and E. m. albicans as not yet proved absolutely' of a
distinct species from E.fastosus and its subspecies. The present series, however,
settles all doubts ; although Shaw Mayer has only sent 1 young $ and 2 $$ of
E. f. atratus, the large series of 13 adult and young J '$ and 6 $$ sent by the
Pratts must convince everyone that both /. atratus and in. albicans occur
habitually together. The adult qJ are easily distinguished, as the flank plumes
are very different in colour and much more plumose, while the bill is much
longer, more curved and considerably slenderer. The $$ of fastosus, however,
do not show so pronounced differences in the bill ; but whereas the $ fastosus
has a large amount of bright chestnut on the wings, in $ meyeri the wings are
entirely olive brown. The underside of the $$ of the two meyeri forms are
more or less suffused with rusty buff, while in the fastosus forms the underside
has the ground colour white. In the tfrf of the two meyeri forms there are on
the outside of the flank plumes some curious curved brownish feathers more
united in the plumules ; and the ornamental plumes are much smaller than in
fastosus (cf. Plates III and IV).
1 £ ad., 1 $ jun., 1 $ juv. Gebroeders, 6,000-7,000 ft., 22, 24, 28 July 1930.
Contents of stomach ad. rj fruits and a few insects ; $ juv. and 9 juv. berries.
Iris whitish, bill black, feet blackish grey, olive grey, and dark grey.
Native Yabi name " Deawa."
11. Epimachus fastosus atratus (Rothsch. & Hart.).
FalHnethts striates atratus Rothschild & Hartert, A'oc. Zool. xviii. p. 160 (1911) (Alt. Goliath,
5,000 ft. and over).
Shaw Mayer only succeeded in getting 1 <J juv. and 2 99, but enough to
prove that fastosus occurs together with meyeri at 0,000-7,000 feet on the
Gebroeders.
1 $ juv., 2 99 ad. Gebroeders, 6,000-7,000 ft., 17 July and 17 August 193(1.
Iris grey, bill black, feet dark grey and bluish black. Contents of stomach $ juv.
small pandanus fruit and a large grasshopper, $5 cockroaches and other large
insects.
Native Yabi name " Deawa."
12. Astrapia splendidissima Rothsch.
Jxlnipin s]il< ndittissinia Rothschild, Nov. Zool. ii, p. 59, pi. v (1895) (Trade skin).
The young gtf show no signs whatever of rufous on the hindneck, but the
females have all a more or less prominent dark rufous band on the hindneck.
7 $g ad. (4 in full moult), 4 <$£ juv. (3 with tail moulting), 11 99 ad.
Gehroeders, 6,000 ft., 27, 29 June, 1, 2, 3, 4, (i, 7, L0, 20, 21, 22, 20 July 1930.
NOVITATES ZOOLOQIOAE XXXVI. 1931. 255
Iris blackish, bill black, feet grey. Contents of stomach small fruits and
berries.
Native Yabi name " Erei."
13. Cicinnurus regius claudii 0. Grant.
Cicinniirus regius claudii Ogilvie Grant, Ju'k Suppl. Ibis, 1915, p. 16 (Parimau, Mimika River).
1 $ Lagare River, 16 miles above mouth, S. of Geelvink Bay. Iris brown,
bill horn colour, feet blue.
14. Diphyllodes magnificus chrysopterus Elliot.
JXphyUodes speciosa var. chrysoptem Elliot (ex Gould MS.), Man. Paradis. text to pi. 13 (187.'5)
(loc. ign.).
When Dr. Hartert named the bird from the southern slopes of the Snow Mts.
D. m. intermedins we associated with it a skin obtained by the Pratt brothers
in the Wanggar District, south of Geelvink Bay, although it was more brightly
coloured ; but Shaw Mayer having sent 5 adult cjrj, 1 £ juv. and 2 9? from Mt.
Derimapa, Weyland Range, from 4,000-5,000 ft., I think there is no doubt that
the Wanggar bird is identical and that all the birds on the north side of the
Central Range are D. m. chrysopterus, while those from the flat country and
foothills on the south side of the Central Range alone are D. m. intermedins.
The young ^ is very interesting, as the wing is longer than any of the fully
adult $<$ and the whole back and wings have a strong golden gloss.
5 3d ad., 1 3 juv., 2 $? Mt. Derimapa, Weyland Range, 4,000-5,000 ft.,
28, 29 June, 4, 5, 9 July. Contents of stomach large fruits.
15. Paradisaea minor minor Shaw.
Paradisea minor Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii, pt. 2, p. 48fi (1809) (Arfak ; type locality designated by
Ernst Hartert).
There are apparently in the adult males birds with deep golden orange
ornamental plumes, while others have these plumes yellow. It was formerly
thought these yellow plumes were due to fading ; but in the light of our fresh
material I believe it is due to individual variation.
1 o acl- (orange plumes) Siriwo district, 40 miles inland, south of Geelvink
Bay, 500 ft., 19 June 1930 ; 1 J juv. Gebroeders, 4,000 ft., 26 June 1930 ; $ ad.
Mt. Derimapa, 3,000 ft., 28 June 1930. Contents of stomach berries. In $ ad.
iris yellow, bill and feet grey ; in £ juv. and $ ad. iris greenish yellow, bill grey,
feet brownish and purplish grey. The $ shows no signs of the brownish red
colour below the brown throat or on the flanks, so Hartert 's conclusion that this
is a sign of youth is corroborated.
16. Phonygammus keraudrenii keraudrenii (Less. & Gun).
Barita keraudrenii Lesson & Gamier, in FeruBsac's Bull. Sc. Nat. et di Geologic, viii. p. L10 (1826)
(Dorey, Arfak, Lesson coll.).
This is an entirely new locality, i.e. northern slopes of the Central Range ;
the Tring Museum has it from the south slopes of the Snow Mts.
1 S ad. Gebroeders, 3,000 ft., 2 August 1930. Iris orange red, bill and feet
black. Contents of stomach berries.
256 \.iyit\tks Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
17. Manucodia chalybata chalybata (Penn.).
lisea chalybata Pennant, in Forster's Zool. hid. Faunula Indica, p. 40 (1781) (ex Daubenton,
pi. 634, New Guinea).
1 ; Mt. Derimapa, about 4,000 ft.. 24 July 1930. Iris reddish, bill and feet
black. Contents of stomach fruits.
18. Manucodia jobiensis Salvad.
Manucodia jol >i nsis Salvador!, Ornith. Pap. ii, p. 502 (Jobi Island).
1 j ad. Siriwo River, 30 miles above mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 10 June
1930. Iris orange red, bill and feet black.
1 (J juv. Lagare River, 16 miles above mouth, south of Geelvink Bay,
7 June 1930.
1 ; juv. Gebroeders, 4,000 ft., 26 June 1930.
[Dr. Hartert, in his account of Dr. Ernst Mayr's collections, enumerates
2 <5<$, 1 $ from Hollandia ! and Ifaar. Of these the American Museum has 1 J.
1 $ from Ifaar, and the Tring Museum has the second $, which came from Hoi,
not Hollandia. This specimen, Mayr Coll. no. 1781, is not as Dr. Hartert has
said M. chalybatus orienkdis, but is M. jobiensis. As this bird differs slightly
from our other jobiensis, all except one from the mainland, it is quite possible,
if a series came to hand, that after all M. rubiensis A. B. Meyer would prove a
distinct race.]
19. Oriolus szalayi (Mad.).
Oriolus szalayi Madarasz. Terme-sz. Fusetek, xxiv, p. 80 (1901) (Madang, Finschhafen).
When I first compared these 2 skins they appeared much purer grey than
those in the Tring Museum, but Dr. Ernst Mayr's examples prove that the brown
tinge in the older skins is due to fading.
1 cJ, 1 ? Mt. Derimapa, Weyland Range, 28 June, 24 July 1930. Iris red
in <J, brick red in $, bill light brown in o, olive brown in $, feet dark grey.
Contents of stomach berries.
20. Mino duinontii dumontii Lesson.
Mino dumontii Lesson (1826) (Dorey = Manokwaii).
1 5 Siriwo River, 35 miles from mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 11 June
1930. Iris brown flecked with black, naked skin round eye bright orange, liill
orange, feet yellow.
21. Paramythia montium olivaceum Van Oort.
Paramythia montium olivaceum Van Oort, Notes Leyden Museum, xxxii, p. 213 (1910) (Orange
and Hellwig Bits.).
This very distinct race differs from P. m. montium in the greenish olive,
not green, back and rump and in the blue, not yellow, flanks.
1 ;. 1 ?Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 26 June L930 ; 1 3 Gebroeders, 0,000 ft,.
22 July 1930. Iris brownish black, bill and feet black. Contents of stomach
berries (no insects).
The bird from Mt. Derimapa I quote as $ was marked as " sex ( ", but the
one centimetre shorter wing proves it to be a $.
NOVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXXVI. 1931. 257
22. Dicrurus bracteatus carbonarius Bp.
Dicrourus carbonarius Bonaparte, ' 'onsp. (,'• n, Av. p. 352 (1850) (Now Guinea).
3 d<$, 1 $ Siriwo River (1 $ 30 miles, 1 (J 35 miles, (J$ 50 miles above
mouth), south of Geelvink Bay, 10, 12, 17 June 1930. Iris g orange, § orange
red, hill and feet black. Contents of stomach grubs and large insects.
23. Artamus maximus A. B. Meyer.
Artamus maximus A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsh. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, Wis., p. 203 (1874) (Arfak Pen.,
Hattam).
1 $ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft.. 25 July 1930. Iris brownish black, bill blue
grey, tip black, feet black. Contents of stomach insects. Fairly common,
sweet song.
24. Munia tristissima Wall.
Munia tristissima Wallace, P.Z.S. 1865, p. 479 (New Guinea, X.W. extremity = Arfak Pen.).
The single rj sent by Shaw Mayer is very much darker than any of the 30
specimens in the Tring Museum collection and 2 also at Tring from Siwi collected
by Dr. Ernst Mayr. The upper surface of Shaw Mayer's example is deep choco-
late brown with the exception of the straw-coloured rump, and the entire under
surface deep black. When we get a series, this will probably prove to be a new
subspecies, but it may only be a melanistic aberration, being a single specimen.
1 cJ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 21 August 1930. Iris black, bill and feet
steel blue. Contents of stomach small seeds.
Seen in small flocks in the native gardens feeding on grass seeds.
25. Myzomela cruentata cmentata A. B. Meyer.
Myzomda cruentata A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsh. Ah. Wissensh. Wien, lxx. p. 202 (1874) (Arfak Mts.).
The single $ sent by Shaw Mayer is identical with specimens from various
other localities in New Guinea.
1 $ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 12 August 1930. Iris blackish brown, bill
black, feet grey black. Contents of stomach small insects.
26. Melilestes megarhynchus megarhynchus (Gray).
Mi:lilr.<lis DirfjarhynrJiHs weyarhynrlnis Gray, I'.Z.S. Lmul., p. 17! (1S58) (Am).
1 cJ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 24 June 1930. Iris orange, bill black, feet
grey. Stomach contents insects.
27. Melipotes fumigatus goliathi Rothsch. & Hart.
Afelipoles fumigatus goliathi Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Znoh xx, p. 515 (1913) (Mt. Goliath).
These examples are even darker than the 3 sent by the Pratts from
Mt. Kunupi, but I do not venture to separate them from M.J. goliathi until 1 have
seen examples from the big Mt. Weyland itself (the highest of the Weyland
Range is 1,000 metres higher than the Gebroeders, = 3,250 ft. higher).
1 c? Mt. Derimapa, 24 June 1930 ; 3 $3 Gebroeders, 5,000 and 6,000 ft..
27 June, 3 July 1930. Iris brown, naked skin round eve in J bright orange,
in $ bright yellow, feet leaden grey.
258 NOVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXXVI. 1931.
28. Melirrhophetes belfordi joiceyi Rothsch.
Mdirrhophetes belfordi joiceyi Rothschild, Nov. ZooX. xvxiii. p. 2s:i, no. 21 (1921) (Mt. K\mupi.
Weyland Range).
These birds agree perfectly with the 7 specimens obtained by the Pratts
on Mt. Kunupi and confirm the pronounced colour difference from M. h. belfordi.
2 $ <J, 2 $$, 1 $ juv. Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 24 and 21) June and 1 August
L930. Iris in j dark brown, in $ brown, naked skin behind eye pale blue to
blue, bill black, feet dark grey to blackish, underside of toes yellow. Contents
of stomach insects !
20. Meliphaga analoga analoga (Reichenb.).
Ptilotis analoga Reichenbach, Iron. Synop. Av. contin. No. ix, p. 103, pi. cccelvxii, fig. 3332 (lN."i2
(Oceania).
The single skin sent by Shaw Mayer is the first up to now where the sexing
gives rise to doubt ; it is sexed " <J oo " and it agrees in all other particulars
with our large series of M. a. analoga, but in size of bill and wing it matches
only $$, our cjrj having larger bills and longer wings. If it is correctly sexed,
then it will certainly prove, when a series from the Weyland Mts. comes to
hand, to be a new, smaller, subspecies, but as it is so absolutely similar both
in size and other respects to $$ of analoga from other localities, I cannot help
thinking that some error in sexing may have occurred.
1 cS ? ? Siriwo River, 45 miles above mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 15 June
1030. Bill dark horn, feet grey.
30. Xanthotis frenata olivascentior subsp. nov.
When I listed the collections obtained by the brothers Pratt on Mt. Kunupi
I recorded the single skin as X. fr. salvadorii ; but on comparing that bird
again together with the $ sent by Shaw Mayer, with typical salvadorii from
S.E. New Guinea, I find that they are more strongly washed with olive than in
that race. I therefore now give them the subspecific name of olivascentior .
$ similar to X. fr. salvadorii Hart., but much more washed with olive ; the
rufous cinnamon of the bend of the wing more extended ; underwing coverts
and axillaries rufous cinnamon, not olive brown ; malar yellow tufts larger and
more extended.
1 ?, type, Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft.. 29 June 1030. Iris ashy grey, bill
black, gape and mouth white, feet bluish grey. Contents of stomach berries !
(Paratype adult Mt. Kunupi, 6,000 ft., Nov.-Dec. 1020 Pratt bros.)
31. Xanthotis chrysotis mayeri subsp. nov.
,j. In type the whole upperside much darker brown and the small grey
speckles on hindneck much more obsolete than in A', chrysotis salnralior ; spots
and edges to upper wing coverts and quills wider and much deeper rufous ;
underside of tail and undertail coverts much darker ; the <J from Mt. Derimapa
has the underside less rufescent, more greyish, and the rufous on quills and upper
wing coverts more brownish.
1 (J, Type, Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 8 August 1930. his brown, bill black,
feet blue grey. Contents of stomach berries !
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 259
1 j Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 2!) June L930. Iris dark brown, naked skin
behind eye dull greenish grey, feet bluish grey. Contents of stomach berries.
32. Xanthotis polygramma poikilostemos A. B. Meyer.
XanthoHs poilciloslernos A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, lxx, p. 112 (187-1) (Andai).
The single J has the feathers of the breast more washed with dirty buff
than in our examples.
1 jj Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 24 June 1930. Naked skin round eye greenish
yellow, bill black, feet grey.
33. Pristorhamphus versteri meeki Rothsch. & Hart.
Pristorhamphus versteri meeki Rothschild & Hartert, Bull. B.O.C. xxix, p. 36 (1911) (Mt. Goliath).
The two rJcJ sent agree with our series of P. v. meeki.
1 0^ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 15 August 1930.
1 cJ Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 21 August 1930. Iris black brown, bill and feet
black. Contents of stomach berries.
34. Zosterops minor subsp. ?
Shaw Mayer sent a single $ Zosterops which differs from Jobi examples of
Z. minor minor in having black brown lores and brownish olive cheeks ; also the
head and upperside is much less golden, more grass green. As, however, there
are so many Zosterops known, I do not venture to describe a new subspecies
from a single $.
1 $ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 29 June 1930. Iris red brown, bill black, feet
blue grey. Contents of stomach berries.
35. Pachycare flavogrisea flavogrisea (A. B. Meyer).
Pachycephala flavogrisea A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixix, p. 495 (1S74) (Arfak).
The single $ sent agrees well with Siwi $$ collected by Dr. Ernst Mayr.
1 Q Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 7 July 1930. Iris reddish brown, bill black, feet
horn colour.
Shot on nest containing one egg. Shaw Mayer sent some eggs, including
this, but although his birds and mammals are marvellously well labelled his
eggs have no indications whatever and are useless.
36. Pachycephala schlegeli schlegeli Schleg.
(Name ex Rosenberg manuscript) Nederl. Tijdschr. l>i< rk. iv, p. 43 (1873) (Interior Arfak Pen.).
The adult q is somewhat intermediate between s. schlegeli and s. obscurior,
but, as we have in addition only the Pratts' ^ with a defective breast and a
young bird apparently wrongly sexed, I do not venture to separate the Weyland
birds.
1 (J ad., 1 juv. (in mixed plumage but whole underside very deep yellow)
sexed $ 1\ Mt. Derimapa, 26 June 1930. Bill black, feet olive. Contents of
stomach grubs and small insects.
260 Xc.vitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
37. Pachycephala griseiceps subflavidior Hart.
Pachycephala griseiceps subflavidior Hartert. Nov. Zool. xxxvi. p. ~.fi (1930) (Cyclopa Hits.).
Apparently g.jobiensis does not reach inland, while the present form occurs
on all the northern slopes.
1 $Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 29 June L930. Iris reddish brown, bill black,
feet bluish grey. Has lower abdomen very brilliant yellow.
38. Pachycephala hyperethra hyperethra Salvad.
Pachycephala hyperethra Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p, 932 (1875) (Ariak Mts. and Kapaur).
Shaw Mayer sent an adult $ labelled thus : " (r> ?) " ; it has much more
brilliant chestnut edges and outer vanes than any others I have seen, and when
we have a series no doubt will prove distinct ; but I do not venture to separate
it on a single $.
1 ad. Mt. Deriiiiajia., ."i.ooo ft.. 13 Angus! 1930. Iris brown, bill dark horn
colour, feet greyish flesh colour.
30. Pachycephala rafinucha niveifrons Hart.
Pachycephala rufinucha niveifrons Hartert, Nov. Zool. xxxvi, p. 57, no. 94 (1930) (Wondiwoi -Mts..
Wandammen).
1 (J, 1 $ ad. Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 1, 13 August 1930. Iris brownish grey
with yellow ring, bill black, feet brownish grey. Contents of stomach small
insects. In the $ the chestnut nuchal patch is paler and brighter in colour.
-tn. Pachycephala pectoralis klossi O. Grant.
Pachycephala Uosai Ogilvie Grant, ./»'■. Suppl. His. pt. ii. p. 88, 1915 (Utakwa Valley).
1 <J ad. Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 31 July 1030. Iris reddish brown, bill black,
feet blackish grey. Contents of stomach insects.
-tl. Pachycephala poliosoma albigularis subsp. now
cJ$ adult differ from P. p. approximans O. Grant in the white of the throat
being purer, less yellowish, and more extended, and the blue of the underside
deeper, less greyish. Type (J.
1 J, 2 $$ Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 9 August 1930.
42. Pachycephala tenebrosa atra subsp. nov.
Shaw Mayer has sent a fine old j, and so we now see that the Pratts' tailless
J is a younger bird.
J adult differs from P. t. tenebrosa in having the upperside and the top of
head black, not black brown.
1 $ ad., type, Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 16 August 1930. Iris reddish brown,
bill black, feet blackish grey. Though it is a single example I venture to describe
it, as all Meek's 9 skins of P. t. tenebrosa are identical and dark brown above.
43. Pinarolestes megarhynchus megarhynchus (Quoy & Gaim.).
Musdcapa megarhyncha Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i,p. 172, pi. iii. f. 1 (1830) (Dorey).
The megarhynchus group of Pinarolestes is most puzzling. Hartert & Meise
unite the black-billed mdanorhijnchus forms with the typical megarhynchus
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 201
forms with pale bills, whereas Mathews separates them into two species, mega-
rhynchus and melanorhynchus, and places these in the genus Caleya Mathews,
while he restricts Pinarolestes Sharpe to the Oceanic forms and makes a new-
genus Bowyeria Mathews for the Australian species boiveri. I cannot see any
necessity for this " genus-splitting " and shall continue to treat all these smaller
wood shrikes as Pinarolestes. However, the question of the species and sub-
species is far from being so easy to settle. Fortunately the question of the
specific status of the melanorhynchus forms does not arise at the moment, for
Shaw Mayer's single <J belongs to the pale-billed section. It agrees perfectly
with our series from the Snow Mts. and also with Dr. Ernst Mayr's specimens
from Siwi and Manokwari.
1 (J Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 2 August 1930. Iris brown, bill horn coloured,
feet dark grey. Contents of stomach grasshoppers and other insects.
44. Pitohui nigrescens biirgersi Stresem.
Pitohui nigrescens biirgersi Stresemann, Journ. Ornith. 70, p. 400 (1922) (Schraderberg).
The forms of nigrescens apparently differ from each other much more sharply
in the $$ than in the $$, in fact nigr. meeki from Mt. Goliath was described
from a single $. In my paper on the birds obtained by the Pratt brothers on
Mt. Kunupi I listed their 2 $$ as P. n. meeki, but Dr. Hartert already remarks,
in his account of Dr. Ernst Mayr's birds, Nov. Zool. xxxvi. p. 59 (1930), that
these two $$ are less bright than the type of P. n. meeki. Shaw Meyer has
sent a very fine adult <$ which settles the facts as regards meeki being different
from the Weyland Mts. birds ; but whether $<$ from the Kai peninsula will
prove different again remains for the future when such come to hand. Anyhow,
this r? from the Weyland Range is absolutely unicolorous and of the most intense
black, whereas the $$ of meeki from the Snow Mts. are paler below and generally
slate black, not intense black. The two $$ from Mt. Kunupi, as Dr. Hartert
has remarked, are less bright than, and not so deep in colour as, meeki and agree
best with the description of the $ of P. n. biirgersi Stresem. As the latter only
had before, him a younger $ in moult, it would not be wise to separate the
Weyland birds, especially as Stresemann says his -J points to the adult q being
darker than the typical form. I therefore list the Weyland birds under this
form, although the distribution is very strange.
1 (J Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 1 August 1930. Iris brownish black, bill and
feet black. Contents of stomach large insects.
45. Pitohui femigineus ferrugineus (Bp.).
Rhecti i ferrugineus Bonaparte, Compt. Hend. Acad. Paris, xxxviii, p. 536 (1850) (Lobo, ex Mullei
in Mus. Lugd.).
Mathews enumerates 5 subspecies of ferrugineus, including the nomino-
typical form, and Stresemann also acknowledges these 5 races ; but unless the
form inhabiting Mysol cannot be separated from /. clarus from New Guinea east
of the Fly River, I think it will eventually have to be separated as a sixtli form.
1 rj Siriwo River, 45 miles above mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 15 June
1930. Iris pale yellow, bill black, feet grey. Contents of stomach beetles and
berries.
202 Novitates Zoological XXX\'I. lO.'U.
40. Pitohui jobiensis brunneivertex subsp. nov.
The discovery of P. jobiensis on the Weyland Mts. is most remarkable, and
the well-marked separation of the more olive grey-brown head from the back
goes to prove that jobiensis and meyeri are two races of one species. There will
thus be 4 subspecies of Pitohui jobiensis, viz. P. job. jobiensis from Jobi Island,
P. job. meyeri from Takar, P. job. brunneivertex from Weyland Mts., and a bird
still paler than meyeri about to be described by Dr. Hartert from the N.E. coast
of New Guinea.
q ad. Differs from job. jobiensis above by the head being olive rufous brown,
not fiery rufous chestnut like the rest of the under surface ; below the throat
and chin an olive shade, and the rest of the under surface is dark orange rufous,
net fiery rufous chestnut as in job. jobiensis.
2 $$ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 24 and 28 June 1930. Iris dark brown, bill
and feet horn colour. J no. 42 type. Contents of stomach berries and insects.
1 2 Siriwo River, 30 miles above mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 9 June
1930. This 2 has the top of the head more rufous, less olive than in the 2 Deri-
mapa ^ (J, but less rufous than in Jobi Island birds.
47. Pitohui dichrous dichrous (Bp.).
Rhectes dichrous Bonaparte, ' ompl. Rend. A tad. Paris, xxxi, p. 563(1850) (Lobo,cx Salomon Mutter).
1 2 Gebroeders, 4,000 ft., 10 August 1930 ; 1 2 Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft.,
16 August 1930. Iris reddish brown, bill and feet black. The Gebroeders
2 no. 296 is sexed " (J ?)," but its wing measures 94 mm., while the Derimapa
2 no. 322 measures 103 mm. ; so if the latter is right, as I think it is, both are
22, as a <J would have longer wings.
48. Gerygone palpebrosa wahnesi (A. B. Meyer).
Pseudogerygone wahnesi A. B. Meyer, Ornith. Mortals). 1899, p. 144 (Bongu, N.E. New Guinea).
It is a great extension to its range finding 0. j). wahnesi on the Weyland
Mts.
1 ,J Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 15 August 1930. Iris red, bill black, feet
blackish. Contents of stomach small worms (tree) (? = larvae).
49. Phylloscopus trivirgatus albigula subsp. nov.
This new race is nearest to /. mathiae from St. Matbias Island and I. ceramensis
from Seran in having a whiter throat and chin, but it differs from both in having
a median band on the crown and a pure white, not white and yellow, throat
and chin and band behind the eye.
1 cj; Type, Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 23 June 1930. Iris dark brown, bill
dark horn colour, feet grey.
m
5o. Microeca griseiceps occidentals Rothsch. & Hart.
Mlmnn, ;,)/«»',,,> wiili Htalis I'.otlisehikl & Hartert. Nov. Zool. x. p. 471 (1903) (Warmendi, Arfak).
I Q Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 15 August 1930. Iris blackish, bill, upper
mandible black, under mandible horn yellow, feet yellowish. Contents of
stomach insects.
Xuyitates Zoological- XXXVI. 1931. 263
51. Microeca flavovirescens Gray.
Microeca flavovirescens Gray, P.Z.S. London, 1858, p. 178 (Aru Islands).
1 £ Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 26 July 1930. Iris brown, bill, upper mandible
black, under mandible horn yellow, feet blackish yellow. Contents of stomach
insects.
52. Paecilodryas cyanus cyanus (Salvad.).
Myiolestes '.' cyanus Salvadori, Ann, Mux, Civ. Gen. vii, p. 304 (1875) (Hatam).
These birds are slightly darker than Arfak P. c. cyanus, but not so dark as
P. c. svbcyanus.
2 $$ Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 1 and 18 August 1930. Iris brown, bill and feet
black. Contents of stomach large insects.
(Dr. Hartert has recorded the Wandammen and Cyclops birds as subcyanus :
the head, however, is decidedly blacker than in birds from east of the Fly River,
but Snow Mts. birds are mixed.)
53. Poecilodryas cryptoleucus albidior subsp. nov.
$ ad. differs from P. c. cryptoleucus in being larger (wing 85 mm. as opposed
to 7S-5 mm.) and having the centre of the abdomen almost pure white and the
rest of underside much mixed with white.
$ ad., Type, Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 26 July 1930. Iris blackish brown, bill
black, feet blackish. Contents of stomach insects.
54. Poecilodryas leucops leucops (Salvad.).
Leucophanles leucops Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii, p. 921 (1875) (Arfak Mts.).
1 $ Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 15 August 1930. Iris blackish brown, bill black,
feet lemon yellow. Contents of stomach insects.
55. Poecilodryas biinaculatus bimaculatus (Salvad.).
Myiolestes '! bimaculatus Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vi, p. 84 (1874) (I'utat, Arfak Pen.).
This cj and $ have quite as much white as the whitest of Arfak birds, on
the abdomen ; but at any rate one of our P. b. vicaria from Mt. Cameron shows
as much.
1 $, 1 $ Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 14 August 1930. Iris brownish black, bill
and feet black. Contents of stomach insects and larvae.
56. Monachella mulleriana (Scbleg.).
Muscicajm mulhriuna Schlegel Ned. Tijdsc.hr. Dicrk. iv, p. 43 (1871) (Arfak Alts.).
1 $ Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 8 August 1930. Iris brown, bill black, feet blackish.
Contents of stomach insects.
57. Peltops blainvillii blainvillii (Less. & darn.).
Eurylamus blainvillii Lesson & Gamier in Ferusaac's Bull. Sc. Nat. et '.<-./. xi, p. 302 (1827) (Dorey).
1 J Siriwo River, 30 miles above mouth, south of Gcelvink Bay, 9 June
1939. Irish orange red, bill and feet black.
IS
2G4 Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
58. Peltops blainvillii montaiius Stresem.
Pillnps liluiiiriUii mtiiiiiinii.i Stresemarm, Air:. Urn. Ocs. Baijern, No. 5. p. 35 (1921) (Honsteinspitze).
tJ? Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 28 June 1930. Irish reddish brown, feet and
bill black. (Pair shot at nest feeding one young one.) Contents of stomach
insects
59. Todopsis cyanocephalus bonapartii Gray.
Todopsis tonapartii Gray, P.Z.S. Lmnhni, 1S59, p. 15(> (Am Islands).
The single j1 sent agrees best with one of our Snow Mts. birds ; so I have
listed it under c. bonapartii, but without $$ it is impossible to be quite certain.
It has white edges to the tail feathers.
1 j Makimi, south of Geelvink Bay. 5 September 1930. Iris brownish
black, bill black, feet olive. Contents of stomach insects and a spider.
oo. Monarcha frater frater Scl.
Monarcha frater Sclater, P.Z.S. London, 1873, p. 691 (Hatam).
The single ,j is nearest to M. f. frater, but the grey of the upper surface and
of the breast is still paler, more whitish ; but until we get a series I dare not
separate it.
1 $ Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 26 July 1930. Iris brownish black, bill and feet
blue grey. Contents of stomach insects.
61. Monarcha manadensis (Quoy & Gaim.).
Muscicapa manadi rests Quoy & Gaimaid, Yoy. Astral., Zool. i, p. 174, pi. iii.f. 3 (1830) (New Guinea).
1 cJ, 1 $ Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 1 and 9 August 1930. Iris brownish black,
bill blue grey, tip black, feet blue grey.
62. Monarcha axillaris ernesti suhsp. nov.
Dr. Hartert, when listing the collections of Dr. Ernst Mayr, already pointed
out (Nov. Zool. xxxvi, p. 1930. under no. 151) that probably the Wondivoi
birds constituted a new race. The bird sent from the Weyland Mts. confirms
this suspicion, as it has quite as much white on the underside as the J from
Wondivoi ; I therefore name it in honour of Dr. Hartert.
; ad. similar to M. ax. axillaris, but with very much more white on the
sides of the breast and abdomen.
1 J ad. type, Gebroeders, 5.900 ft., 9 August 1930. Iris blackish brown,
bill bluish grey, tip black, feet blackish. Contents of stomach small insects.
63. Monarcha chrysomela aurantiacus A. B. Meyer.
Monarcha chrysomela awuntiacus A. B. Meyer. A>h. B<r. Mus. Dresd. 1890-1891. No. 4. p. 9
(1892) (Kafy ami Stephansort}.
It is strange that at this new locality, so far west and inland from both the
( \ 'clops Mts. and Stephansort, the example of this species should be indistinguish-
able from M. ch. aurantiacus, though the 2 $$ are very rich in colour.
2 (JcJMt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 24 and 28 June 1930 ; 1 $ (or $ juv. ?) Gebroe-
ders, 5.000 ft.. 8 August 1930. Iris blackish brown, bill blue grey, tip black,
feet blue grey. Contents of stomach insects (grasshoppers). The black fore-
head in this supposed + makes me doubt the sexing.
Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. 1931. 265
64. Rhipidura rufiventris gularis Mull.
Rhipidura (pilaris S. Miillcr, Yerh. Land- en Volkenk. p. 1S5 (1844) (Lobo = Triton Bay).
1 $ Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 7 August 1930. Iris brownish black, bill black,
feet blackish.
65. Rhipidura rafidorsa rufidorsa A. B. Meyer.
Rhipidura rufidorsa A. B. Meyer, Silzungsi. Ahid. Wiss. Wien, Ixx, p. 200 (1874) (Rubi, passim.
Jobi).
1 $ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft. Iris blackish brown, bill horn colour, feet grey.
66. Rhipidura albolimbata albolimbata Salvad.
Rhipidura al'olim'.ata Salvadori, Ann. Mas. Civ. Gen. vi, p. 312 (1874) (Hatam).
1 <J Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 9 August 1930. Iris blackish brown, bill, upper
mandible black, lower horn colour, feet blackish. Contents of stomach small
insects.
67. Malurus alboscapulatus aida Hart.
Malurus alboscapulatus aida Hartert, Nov. Zool. xxxvi, p. 78, no. 167 (1930) (lfaar, Hollandia).
It is strange that on the northern slopes of the Central Range M. a. aida
should occur, while on the southern slops a. lorentzi is found.
1 ? Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 20 August 1930. Iris brownish black, bill
black, feet greyish.
68. Crateroscelis murinus (Scl.).
Brachypleryx mturina Sclater, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, ii, p. 158 (1858) (Lobo),
Dr. Hartert and Mr. Mathews make no subspecies of murina, but all our
S.E. New Guinea examples and those from Waigiou and Mysol have the upper
surface grey brown or deep umber brown, whereas Siwi and Cyclops Mts. birds
have the head deep black brown and the back dark brown, and the single $ ad.
sent by Shaw Mayer has the head deep black and the back brown black. I
will, however, await further material before separating any of these.
1 ? Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 16 August 1930. Iris brown, bill dark horn
colour, feet light horn colour.
69. Eupetes leucostictus mayri Hart.
Eupeles leucostictus mayri Hartert, Nov. Zool. xxxvi, p. 87, no. ISO (1930) (Wondivvoi).
This example marked by the collector $ juv. is quite typical of the subspecies.
1 $ (juv. ?) Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 31 July 1930. Bill black, feet blackish.
70. Eupetes caerulescens caerulescens Temm.
Eupeles caerulescens Temminck, PI. Col. ii, pi. 274 (1835) (New Guinea).
The blue of the underside is brighter than in Dohcrty's Takar $ and Ernst
Mayr's Cyclops Mts. example; but though all 3 $$ show a black throat line
much reduced in width, in the present example the ring is uniform and entire,
whereas in the Takar and Cyclops specimens it is broken and almost absent
in front.
1 $ Siriwo district, 500 ft., 40 miles inland, south of Geclvink Bay, 19 June
1930. Iris brownish black, bill black, feet dark horn colour.
266 Xovitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
71. Pomareopsis bruijnii (Salvad.).
Grallina bruijnii Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Qen. vii. p. 929 (1875) (Arfak Mts.).
In all 3 examples the hills are rather long.
1 cj, 2 ?$ Nadimo River, 3,000-4,000 ft., 31 July and 2 August 1930. Iris
blackish brown, bill and feet lavender. Stomach contained insects.
72. Pomatorhinus isidori calidus subsp. nov.
P. isidori isidori is so widely spread all over New Guinea and varies so little
that it appears very risky indeed to break it up into 2 subspecies on the evidence
of one example only ; but the difference is so striking and the colour so many
degrees richer on underside and deeper above than any of the 31 specimens of
isidori isidori in the Tring Museum, that 1 venture all the same to separate the
bird from the Siriwo River. Probably also when we get this species from
Wandammen we shall find it to be isidori calidus. I have compared this bird
with 3 cj, 3 $$ from Andai, 1 ? Momi (in the Arfak Peninsula), 2 $, 1 ? from
Dorey (Arfak typical locality), 5 $<$, 3 $? from Takar, 1 £ from Sorong, 2 <$$,
1 $ from Misol, 1 $, 5 $$ from Snow Mts. (Setekwa River), 1 ? Brown River,
2 j J Mt. Cameron (both S.E. New Guinea), and I find it strikingly different.
<J adult differs from P. is. isidori on the upperside : the top of the head
and hack deep brownish chocolate rufous, not cinnamon rufous ; primaries and
tail deep chestnut rufous, not bright ferruginous rufous as in P. i. isidori ; throat
and breast deep ferruginous rufous, not cinnamon ; lower breast, abdomen,
and thighs deep rufous chestnut, not ferruginous rufous as in P. i. isidori ; wing
114 mm. as against 104 mm. in i. isidori ; bill basal half black, apical half orange,
not basal one-quarter blackish, rest yellow as in i. isidori.
1 (J, Type, Siriwo River, 45 miles above mouth, south of Geelvink Bay,
14 June 1930. Iris dark brown, bill orange on apical half, black on basal half,
feet leaden black.
[Graucalus versus Coracina.
The name Graucalus was proposed for certain members of the family
Campephagidae by Cuvier in Regne Animal, vol. i, in April 1816, whereas
Vieillot in his Analyse in December 1816 published the name Coracina for the
same birds. Mathews, in his Systema Avium Australasiarum rejected the name
Coracina because of Coracinus Pallas, Zoographia 1814, and uses Graucalus
instead. It has, however, been settled by the Commission that with a few
exceptions such as coerulea and caerulea names already published differing only
in termination a or us or in a single letter are different words and should not
therefore be rejected ; the Commission, however, strongly urges all workers
not to create in the future names differing only in one letter or in the termina-
tion.]
73. Coracina papuensis papuensis Gm.
Corvm papuensis Gmelin, Sysl. Nat. i, p. 371 (1788) (Xova Guinea, ex Latham & Daubenton).
As birds in the eighteenth century certainly only came from N.W. New
Guinea, we cannot go wrong in making the darkest race the typical form.
1 § Siriwo River, 35 miles above mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 11 June
1930, his dark brown, bill and feet black.
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931. 267
[The birds from the Snow Mts. are exactly intermediate between C. p.
papuensis from N.W. New Guinea and C. p. meekiana from S.E. New Guinea ;
so I propose to call the race found on the south side of the Central Range.
Coracina papuensis intermedia subsp. nov.
Type $ no. 4406, Upper Setekwa River, 21 July 1910, A. S. Meek coll.]
74. Coracina coeruleogrisea strenua (Schleg.).
' 'ampephaga strenua Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iv, p. 44 (1871) (Jobi and Arfak Pen.).
The young bird differs from the adult in having the inner webs of the
secondaries with the basal half almost white and the outer half more or less
bordered with white ; also the rectrices are pointed, not round and edged with
white, the outer 2 pairs having broad white ends.
1 <?, 2 $? Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 26 June and 9 and 17 July 1930 ; 1 $ ad.,
1 $ juv. Gebroeders, 4,000 and 5,000 ft., 28 July and 1 1 Aug. 1930. Iris brownish
black, feet and bill black. Contents of stomach large insects (beetles and
cockroaches).
75. Edoliosoma montanum montanum (A. B. Meyer).
Campephaga montana A. B. Meyer, Sitzmgsb, Alcad. Wiss. Wien, lxix, p. 386 (1874) (Arfak)
1 cj (a few grey feathers still on breast) Gebroeders 5,000 ft., 12 August
1930. Iris blackish, bill and feet black. Contents of stomach berries and
caterpillars.
76. Edoliosoma melan melan (Less.).
Lanius ntelas Lesson, Man. Ornith. i, p. 128 (1828) (Dorey).
1 (J Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 8 July 1930. Iris, bill and feet black.
77. Melampitta lugubris Schleg.
Melampitta lugubris Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iv, p. 47 (1871) (Arfak Pen.).
1 <S Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 11 August 1930. Iris red, bill and feet black.
Stomach contained insects. (Collector's note " rare (difficult to obtain) ".)
78. Collocalia esculenta esculenta (Linn.).
Hirundo esculenta Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, i. p. 191 (1758) (China err.,vere Amboyna ex Rumphiua i.
2 ? collector's sexing '; ? juv." Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 20 August 1930.
Iris blackish, bill black, feet flesh colour, claws black.
79. Hemiprogne mystacea mystacea (Less.).
Cypselus mysiaceus Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool. p. 647, p. 22 (1S27) (1830) (New Guinea).
1 $ Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 28 July 1930. Iris dark brown, bill black, feet
blackish. Stomach contained insects.
80. Aegotheles insignis insignis Salvad.
Aegotheles insignis Salvador!, Ann. Mus. dr. Gen. vii, p. 916 (1875) (Hatam),
The two cJJ sent by Shaw Mayer are most welcome; they confirm
Dr. Hartert's opinion that the bird sent by the Pratt brothers from Mt. Kunupi
and identified by myself as A. insignis pulcher Hartert is really insignis insignis.
268 Novitates Zoolooicai: XXXVI. 1931.
These two show a wing measurement of 158 and 161 mm.
2 cJcJ Gebroeders, 5,000-6,000 ft., 19 July and 18 August 11130. Iris light
brown, bill horn colour, feet pale flesh colour. Stomach contained large insects
(beetles) (stomach (i.e. crop?) very large for size of bird).
81. Aegotheles wallacei gigas subsp. nov.
I am inclined to consider this very fine form a distinct species, but all the
Aegotheles are so variable individually that it is safer to treat it for the present
as a very distinct subspecies. £ differs in its much browner (rufous) head, less
black, more grey back and much larger buffish white patches on the sides of
back and tertiaries ; below it is strikingly different, all the lower breast and
abdomen being buffish white and rufous streaked and spotted with black ; lower
flanks and under tail coverts streaked and banded dark grey and white. Wing
130 mm. $ differs in the central black head-stripe and in the much greater
extent of the rufous, white, and black bands all over the under surface. Wing
133, 135, 135, 136, 136, 137 mm.
1 (J, Type, Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 17 July 1930 ; 1 (J, 5 $? Gebroeders,
5,000 ft., 24, 26, 29 July, 7, 17 August 1930. Iris brown, bill, upper mandible
dark horn, lower mandible light horn colour. Stomach contained insects (chiefly
beetles). Type ^ ad. no. 188 Mt. Derimapa.
Wing of A. wall, wallacei 111 and 115 mm. On p. 95, no. 218, Dr. Hartert
lists an Aegotheles from Wondivoi with a wing 138 mm., but the markings of
albertisi.
82. Podargus papuensis papuensis Quoy & Gaim.
Podargus papuensis Quoy & Gairaard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i, p. 207, Atlas, p. 13 (1830) (Dorey).
When first I examined the 6 skins sent by Shaw Mayer, I thought I had a
quite new subspecies, because 5 out of the 6 were above of a deep chestnut brown
colour with the tertiaries varying from orange buff to ferruginous rufous, but
on getting out the series in the Tring Museum from New Guinea, consisting of
38 skins, I found so much variation that colour proved useless to separate them
by. Then the series proved that the brown and red examples were $$. I
proceeded to look at the Weyland Mts. birds and at once the matter became
clear : the 4 brown birds were $$ and the single grey bird was a j\ I still
believe that if we got series of $$ from the various localities we might separate
the New Guinea birds into several races, but at present we have too few $$
to do so, and those we have vary so much in one and the same locality that it
would be folly to attempt to define subspecies.
1 $, 2 $$ Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 27 and 28 July 1930. Iris red, bill and feet
horn colour. Stomach contents large insects (grasshoppers) and gravel.
2 ?$ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 15 and 22 July 1930.
1 9 Mt. Sorong, 5,000 ft. 20, July 1930. Stomach contained remains of a
small mammal.
83. Podargus ocellatus ocellatus Quoy & Gaim.
Podargus ocellatus Quoy .V Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 208, Atlas, pi. xiv (1S30) (Dorey).
The scries sent consists of 10 adults and 1 downy chick. Of these 4 <$q and
4 $$ show their usual pale underside and paler back in the ^J ancl tue deep
rufous coloration in the $$ ; 1 $ and 1 $ have this coloration reversed. I
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 19:U. 2G9
have compared these with 40 adult and 4 chicks in the Tring Museum and find
they agree perfectly with all the specimens except those from N.E. New Guinea
(Kumusi and Mambare Rivers and Collingwood Bay), which sooner or later must
be separated.
4 <?<?, 4 $$ Gebroeders, 4,000-5,000 ft., 20, 28, 31 July, 3, 10, 10 August
1930. Iris brown, bill brownish horn colour, feet varying from pale flesh colour
to light horn colour.
1 $ ad., 1 $ pull. Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 7 July and 8 August 1930.
1 $ ad. Siriwo River, 35 miles from mouth, south of Geelvink Bay.
Stomachs all contained insects (beetles and grasshoppers).
84. Ceyx lepidus solitarius Ternm.
Ceyx solitaria Temminck, PI. Col. 595 (1830) (Lobo Bay).
The bird from Siriwo has some pale azure blue streaks on its back.
1 $ Siriwo River, 45 miles from mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 15 June
1930 ; 1 £ Mt. Derimapa, 4,000 ft., 1 Augvist 1930. Iris yellow, bill black, feet
orange.
85. Synia torotoro megarhyneha Salvad.
Syma megarhyneha Salvador!, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xvi, p. 70 (1890) (Owen Stanley Range).
S. megarhyneha and its Northern race sellamontis are the high mountain
forms of torotoro and its various subspecies ; they are conspicuous by their much
larger size.
1 <$ and $ ad. Mt. Derimapa, 4,000 and 5,000 ft., 14 and 19 July 1930. Iris
blackish brown, bill bright yellow, ridge black, feet yellow. Stomach contained
insects.
86. Melidora macrorhina jobiensis Salvad.
Melidora joliensis Salvadori, Orn. Pap. tfe ilolucc. i, p. 502 (1880) (Jobi Island).
1 $ Siriwo River, 45 miles above mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 14 June
1930. Iris dark brown, bill, upper mandible black, lower mandible horn colour,
feet greenish yellow
87. Saui'omarptis gaudichaud (Quoy & Gaim.).
Dacelo gaudichaud Quoy & Gaim., Voy. Uranie, Zool. p. 112, pi. xxv (1825) (New Guinea).
The $$ have the tail blue, the $$ chestnut.
1 (J, 1 § Siriwo River, 45 miles from mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 14 and
15 June ; 1 $ Gebroeders, 4,000 ft., 3 August 1930. Iris brown to brownish
black, bill in <$ greenish grey, ridge black, in $ light horn colour, ridge dark horn.
Stomach contained large insects (grasshoppers).
88. Cacomantis castaneiventris arfakianus Salvad.
< 'arm, i, mils arfakianus Salvadori, Orn. Pap. e Mol., Aggiunte, i,p. 49 (1889) (Arfak and W. Papuan
Islands).
1 cJ, 1 $ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 19 July 1930. Iris brownish, skin round
eye yellow, bill black, feet yellow. Stomach contained insects.
The J has the throat grey, the $ almost like the rest of the under] m its.
270 Novitates Zoolocicae XXXVI. 1931.
89. Microdynamis parva (Salvad.).
Eudynamis parva Salvador!, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 4st; ( 1 ST.!) (Tidore ! probably Arlak).
1 o (apparently not quite adult, as breast shows shadowy cross bars),
Gebroeders, 5,000 ft.. 2(> July 1930. Iris crimson, bill Mack, feet blackish grey.
90. Dornicella lory rubiensis (A. B. Meyer).
Lorius erythrothorax rubiensis A. B. Meyer. Abh. Ber. Mus. Dresd. No. 3, 1892-1893, p. 10 (1893)
(Ruby, south of GSeelvink Bay).
These 3 examples are all very small and confirm the difference from L. I.
erythrothorax from east of the Fly River ; $ wing 147 and 151 mm. ; 9 wing
143 mm.
1 c?, 1 $ Mt- Derimapa, 4,000-5,000 ft., 22 and 20 July 1930 ; 1 g Gebroe-
ders, 27 July 1930. Iris yellow, bill orange, feet black. Stomach contained
pollen and small insects.
91. Oreopsittacus arfaki major O. Grant.
Oreopsiltacns arfaki major Ogilvie Grant. Bull. B.O.I', xxxv, p. 11 (1914) (Utakwa River).
The measurements of the wing of these 10 examples vary between 78 and
85 mm., whereas 0. a. arfaki varies between 68 and 75 mm.
6 cJtJ, 3 99 adult Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 28 and 30 June, 1, 2, 14 July, 18
August 1930. Iris brown, bill, upper mandible black, lower horn colour, feet
dull grey. In addition to these there is a young bird with the breast patch very
slight and a few red feathers in the crown which is sexed 9- Shaw Mayer has
written as follows on the back of the label : " Very carefully sexed this bird on
account of red frontal feathers. Ovaries very small, but well formed." Possibly
gynandramorph ?
92. Neopsittacus muschenbroeki muschenbroeki (Schleg.).
Nanodes muschenbroeki Sehlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dink, iv, p. 34 (1871) (Arfak Mts. ; Dr. Hartert
quotes 1873).
2 <?<?, 2 99 Gebroeders, 5,000-6,000 ft., 2S and 30 June, 1 July. 13 August
1030. Iris orange, bill yellow, feet grey. Stomach small hard seeds, crop white
berries.
93. Neopsittacus pullicauda Hart.
Neopsittacus pullicauda Hartert, Nov. Zool. iii, p. 17 (1896) (Owen Stanley Range).
Dr. Hartert lately came to the conclusion that pullicavda was the high
mountain representative of muschenbroeki and sank it to the rank of a subspecies.
This is erroneous, as proved by Shaw Mayer procuring both pullicauda and
muschenbroeki at 6,000 ft. on the Gebroeders. For the present I am quoting
these under pullicauda Hart., but from these 2 and the Mount Goliath example,
when compared with 3 or 4 others from S.E. New Guinea, I feel sure when we get
larger series the birds from west of the Fly River will prove distinct from those
from east of the Fly River and that alpinus 0. Grant will have to be reinstated.
2 £<$ Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 28 June, 4 July 1930. Iris orange, bill orange
yellow, feet dark grey.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 271
94. Glossopsitta goldiei (Sharpe).
Trichoglossiis goldiei Bowdler Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xvi, pp. 318 and 426 (1882) (Astrolabe
Mts.).
1 ? Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 30 June 1930. Iris blackish brown, bill black,
feet greenish grey.
95. Charmosyna josephinae josephinae (Finsch).
TrichogloxKiis juxcjihinae Finsch. Alii Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat. xv, p. 427, pi. 7 ? (1873) (hab. ? subsequently
Arfak Mts., A. B. Meyer).
4 (JtJ, 6 ?$ Gebroeders, 5,000-6,000 ft., 23 and 26 June, 1, 3, 22, 24 July,
2 August 1930. Iris, bill and feet orange. Stomach pollen and flower buds.
(Mostly in full moult.)
96. Charmosyna stellae goliathina Rothsch. & Hart.
Carmasyna slellae goliathina Rothschild & Hartert, Nov, Zool. xviii, p. 160 (1911) (Mt. Goliath).
The large series of 16 <3<S and 9 $9 shows a slightly different proportion of
the melanic form atrata : the Pratt brothers series consists of 8 normal birds
and 4 atrata, whereas Shaw Mayer's series consists of 21 normal and 4 atrata.
This at first sight appears an enormous difference, but when analysed proves
less startling ; the Pratts' series contained 5 $$, 3 $$ normal and 1 <J, 3 ??
a I rata ; Shaw Mayer's series consists of 16 $<$ normal, 4 $3 atratus and 9 $$
normal. Thus the Pratts' series showed a proportion of 1 in 3 atratus in an
evidently picked series ; while Shaw Mayer's series of non-picked (many in moult)
contains 20 $S, of which 4 = \ are of atratus, a proportion probably the more
real one in nature.
1 S Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 26 June ; 2 $$ Mt. Dewera, 6,000 ft., 25 June ;
10 cJcJ ad., 1 <J juv. normal, 4 £ $ atrata, 4 $$ ad., 2 $$ juv. normal, Gebroeders,
5,000-6,000 ft., 25, 27, 28, 29 June, 1, 2, 3, 6, 10, 20, 24 July 1930. Iris orange,
bill orange red, feet orange. Stomach contents pollen, very small seeds and
flower buds. Yabi native name for normal form " Wesay " or " Wisay " ; of
the atratus form " Jo-Ro-Ah." The natives declare that one black bird might
be seen in a small flock of normal plumaged birds, or one paired with a normal
bird, but they had never seen a black one paired with a black one.
97. Charmosynopsis pulchella pulehella (Gray).
( 'harmosyna pulchella 6. R. Gray, List Psitt. Brit. Mus. p. 102 (1859-1860) (Arfak).
1 <J, 1 $ Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 20 and 30 July 1930. Iris in ^ greenish
yellow, in $ yellow, bill in q light orange, in $ orange, feet of q brownish flesh
colour, of § dull yellow.
98. Probosciger aterrimus goliath (Kuhl).
Psittactts goliath Kuhl. Consp. Psitt. p. 92 (1820) (in India Orientali).
1 3 Mt. Atoe, 2,000 ft., 22 July 1930. Iris dark brown, cheeks reddish
flesh colour, bill and feet black. Stomach contents remains of nuts.
272 NOVITATES ZOOLOG1CAE XXXVI. 1931.
99. Loriculus aurantiifrons batavorum Stresem.
Loriculus aurantiifrons batavorum Stresemann, Joiirn. Ornith. 61, p. 602 (1913) (Snow Mts.).
1 $ Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 12 August 1930. Iris blackish brown, bill black,
feet yellowish brown. Stomach remains of flower buds.
100. Psittacella brehmii intermixta Hart.
PsiltaceUa brehmii intermixta Hartert, Nov. Zool. xxxvi, p. 107 (1930) (Mt. Goliath).
One $ has the whole underside much more brilliant yellow than any of the
4 $$ from Mt. Goliath and the ? from the Pratt brothers in the Tring Museum,
and the black cross bars are narrower ; above this specimen (no. 157 Shaw Mayer)
is also brighter yellow. I have compared Shaw Mayer's 4 $3 and 2 $$ with
the Tring series of 5 Jg, 4 $? from Mt. Goliath (A. S. Meek) and 2 £<$, 1 ? from
Mt. Kunupi (Pratt brothers), and with the exception of the $ mentioned above
they agree perfectly. Unfortunately in my article on the Pratt brothers collection
(Nov. Zool. xxviii, pp. 280-294 (1921)) I listed the 3 Psittacella under the wrong
identification of P. brehmii pallida ; Meyer, which latter afterwards (1930) was dis-
covered to be different and only to occur east of the Fly River. I have compared
the above 18 specimens of b. intermixta (9 from Mt. Goliath and 9 from the
Weyland Mts.) with 20 specimens of b. pallida, viz. 1 $ Ori-Ori Distr., Brit. N.
Guinea, 2 <J<J Eafa Distr., Brit. N. Guinea, 5 0'(?, 1 ¥ Mt. Cameron, Owen
Stanley Range, 1 <J, 1 <j> Upper Aroa River, 2 (JJ, 2 $$ Owgarra, Angabunga
River, 2 tfrf, 3 $$ Bihagi, Mambare River, and the differences are quite constant.
2 <$$ ad., 2 $$ jun., 2 ?$ ad. Gebroeders, 5,000-6,000 ft., 25 and 26 June,
1, 6, 11 July, 13 August 1930. Iris adult orange, young yellow, bill bluish grey,
feet blackish grey. Stomach contents small hard seeds and berries.
loi. Alisterus amboinensis stresemanni Neum.
Alisterus amboinensis stresemanni Xeumann, Ornith. Monatsb. 35, no. 1, p. 17 (1927) (Lordberg).
Professor Neumann's Revision of the Genus Alisterus in the Proceedings
of the VI Ornithological Congress is very exhaustive and the keys are very easy
to work with. Shaw Mayer's 3 birds from north of the main range do not differ
from Meek's Snow Mts. birds from the south side of the range.
1 cJ ad., 1 $ fere ad., 1 $ juv. Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 3, 28, 29 July 1930.
Iris yellow, bill, basal half upper mandible orange red, apical half black, lower
mandible black, feet blackish. Stomach small seeds and berries.
102. Ninox theomacha (Bp.).
Spiloglaux theomacha Bonaparte. Compt. Bend. Acad. Set. Paris, xli. p. 654 (1855) (Triton Bay).
Mathews (Syst. Av. Au.str. i. p. 273), under Sjnloglaux theomacha, divides
the species into two subspecies : theomacha B. and terricolor Ram. In looking
up the 2 birds of Shaw Mayer's I compared them with the Tring Museum series
of 14 skins from Waigeou, Arfak, Ambernoh River and various places in S.E.
New Guinea. They are all alike, reddish chocolate above, rufous brown below,
variegated on thighs and lower abdomen with yellowish cinnamon cloudings.
One of Shaw Mayer's birds, no. 226, is also identical ; but the other, no. 202, has
a much darker, more blackish, upperside and the breast is deep chocolate.
Neither, however, nor the Tring series, agrees with Ramsay's terricolor, as that
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931. 273
is described as having wing and tail bars. I therefore continue to treat fheomacha
as an undivided species.
2 (JcJ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 21 and 25 July 1930. Iris golden yellow,
bill greenish horn colour, tip pale horn, feet hairy greenish yellow. Stomach
insects, beetles.
103. Ninox dimorpha (Salvad.).
Athene dimorpha Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vi, p. 308 (1874) (Sorong).
1 $ Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 8 August 1930. Iris yellow, bill bluish horn
colour, tip dark horn, feet yellow. Stomach large worm and remains of small
mamma].
104. Accipiter cirrhocephalus papuanus Rothsch. & Hart.
Accipiter rirrhocephalnx piijiunn 11.1 liutlisiliild & Hartert, Xnr. Zool. xx. p. 4S2 (1913) (Snow Mts.).
The single ,-j sent has a very broad complete rufous collar on the hindneck,
and is remarkably pale and grey below.
1 <J Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 20 July 1930. Iris bright yellow, bill black,
cere greenish yellow, feet yellow.
105. Ieracidea berigora novaeguineae (A. B. Meyer).
Hieracidea novaeguineae A. B. Meyer, Journ. Orn. xlii, p. 89 (1894) (Eastern New Guinea).
1 <J Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 4 July 1930. Iris black brown, bill dark horn
colour, naked skin round eye greenish yellow, feet greyish white.
106. Henicopernis longicauda (Garnot).
Falco longicaudus Garnot, Voy. Coquille, Zool. pi. x (1828), p. 588 (1829) (Woods of New Guinea ;
Type Dorey).
Shaw Meyer sent 3 very fine examples ; they appear blacker than the dozen
or so at Tring, but I believe the browner tinge is due to change from age of the
skins.
1 S Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 24 July ; 2 $? Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 2 and 21
August 1930. Iris bright golden yellow, bill light horn colour, tip dark horn,
feet white, claws black. Stomach contained insects including ants and grass-
hoppers. Rare, one seen swooping low backwards and forwards over native
gardens.
107. Zonerodius heliosylus (Lesson).
Ardea heliosylus Lesson, Yoij. Coquille, Zool. pi. xliv (182S), p. 722 (1830) (New Guinea).
1 $ Siriwo River, 45 miles from mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 14 June
1930. Iris yellow, naked space round eye greenish yellow, bill yellowish green,
feet greenish yellow.
108. Ptiliiiopus superbus superbus (Temm.).
Columba superbus Temminck, in Temminck & Knip's Pigeons, p. 75. pi. xxxiii (1810) (Otaheiti
errore ! !).
The two <$<S are remarkably different in coloration ; in the Siriwo bird
the hindneck and upper back are crimson saturated with purple and the black
central spots of the scapidars and tertiaries are large and conspicuous, while
274 XcivITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
in the Mt. Derimapa bird the hindneck and upper back are fiery orange and the
black central spots of the scapulars anil tertiaries are much smaller and less
distinct. Our Admiralty series are all like this latter, but birds from S.E. New
Guinea show both colorations.
1 J Siriwo River, 35 miles above mouth, south Geelvink Bay, 12 June ;
1 o Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 26 June 1930. Iris yellow, bill greenish grey, feet
dark red.
109. Ptilinopus rivoli bellus Scl.
Plilinopua beUus Sclater. P.Z.S. London, 1873, p. 696, pi. lvii (Hatam).
1 <J Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 19 July 1930. Iris orange, bill greenish yellow,
feet maroon. Stomach fruits.
110. Megaloprepia magnifica interposita Hart.
Megoloprepia magnifica interposita Hartert. Xov. Zool. xxxvi, p. 114 (1930) (Wandammen).
The wing of this single $ measures 160 mm.
1 <3 Siriwo River, 30 miles above mouth, south of Geelvink Bay. Iris
orange red, bill greenish yellow, deep purple above nostrils, feet greyish green.
ill. Ducula chalconota (Salvad.).
( 'arpophaga chalconota Salvadori. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vi, p. 87 (1S74) (Hatam).
The two females sent by Shaw Mayer are rather different, the one, no. 141,
has the breast, chin and throat cinnamon in strong contrast to the bright rufous
abdomen ; while the other, no. 215, is much darker, the grey of head, neck
and shoulders being much darker and the cinnamon of the breast being so dark
as to be almost equal to the rufous of the abdomen : none of the specimens of
the two drawers full we have at Tring are like this latter.
2 $$Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 4 and 24 July 1930. Iris reddish brown in
no. 215, purplish red in no. 141, bill black, feet purplish red. Stomach large
berries and fruits.
112. Ducula zoeae (Desm.).
I 'olutnba zoeae Desmarest, Diet. Sri. Nat. cd. Lcvrault. xl. p. 314 (1826).
1 $ Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 26 June 1930. Iris red, bill dark horn, feet
dark red.
113. Columba (Gynuiophaps) albertisi albertisi Salvad.
Gymnophaps albertisi Salvadori. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vi, p. 86 (1874) (Andai).
1 rS Gebroeders, 5,000 ft., 27 July 1930. Iris red, bare skin round eye red,
bill whitish, region of and around nostrils red, feet pinkish.
114. Macropygia nigrirostris Salvad.
Miirrnjii/ijiri niijririKlri.t Salvadori, .Inn. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii, p. 972 (1876) (Arfak).
1 $ Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 21 July 1930. Iris yellow, bill brownish black,
feet blackish red. Stomach hard berries and gravel.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 275
115. Reinwardtoena reinwardtsi griseotincta Hart.
!!■ imrardtoenas reinicardtsi griseotincta Hartert, Nov. Zool. iii, p. 18 (1896) (Mailu District).
2 JJ, 1 $ ad. Gebroeders, 6,000 ft., 17, 29, 27 July 1930. Iris whitish with
black and red circles, bare skin round eye crimson, bill maroon, tip horn colour,
feet dark red. Stomach small hard seeds and gravel.
110. Gallicolumba jobiensis jobiensis (A. B. Meyer).
Phlerjoenas jo'iiensis A. B. Meyer, Mitth. Zool. Mus. Dresd. i, p. 10 (1875) (Jobi Island).
1 ^ Mt. Derimapa, about 4,000 ft., 12 July 1930. Iris dark brown, bill
black, feet pinkish red. Stomach seeds.
117. Gallicolumba rufigula rufigula (Jacq. & Puch.).
Perish ra rafigula Jaequinot & Pucheran, Voy. Pole Slid, iii, p. 118 (1845) (New Guinea).
I have treated the 2 <$<$ sent by Shaw Mayer as both belonging to the
typical race, but they are so different that I feel sure, when we can compare a
series from the Weyland Mts., we shall find that the bird from there represents
a distinct race.
The bird from the Siriwo River has the chin, throat and abdomen white,
the breast huffish yellow, lower flanks pale cinnamon, and a wing measurement
of 123 mm. The bird from Mt. Derimapa has chin and upper throat huffish
cinnamon, whiter in the centre and on chin, the whole breast and upper abdomen
bright orange golden, lower abdome.n and flanks cinnamon, wing 132 mm. I
should have separated the latter now, but among our series at Tring is one
somewhat intermediate in colour and several have wings over 130 mm.
1 ^ Siriwo River, 40 miles above mouth, south of Geelvink Bay, 13 June
1930. Iris dark brown, bill reddish, tip horn colour, feet brick red. 1 rj Mt.
Derimapa, 4,000 ft., 1 August 1930. Iris brown, feet purplish. Stomach hard
seeds. Shot on ground.
118. Goura cristata cristata (Pall.).
Colwmha cristata Pallas, in Vroeg's Cafal. Adunt'ir. p. 2 (1764) (IJainla. !).
The names given by Pallas in Vroeg's Catalogue are now generally accepted
by ornithologists. Therefore I quote the single <$ sent by Shaw Mayer under
the name of cristata instead of the familiar coronata of Linnaeus.
1 <J Siriwo River, 35 miles inland, 500 ft., south of Geelvink Bay, 16 June
1930. Iris red, bill grey, tip horn colour, feet reddish purple. Stomach con-
tained large hard seeds and a granite stone 1 inch by i inch.
119. Rallicula rubra klossi O. Grant.
Itallktdu klossi Ogivie Grant, Bull. B.O.V. xxxi. p. 11.14 (1013) (Utakwa River).
When the late Mr. Ogilvie Grant described /-. klossi he had no /■. rvhra in
the British Museum for comparison and therefore compared it with r. forbesi.
When therefore I was listing the Mt. Kunupi, Weyland Range, birds of the Pratts
and found I had a$c klossi, on comparing the figure of q klossi with r. rubra <J,
I came to the conclusion they were the same and that the $ klossi was the unknown
$of r. rubra. When Dr. Hartert was writing the list of Dr. Ernst Mayr's birds
last year we still were of opinion that r. rubra and r. klossi were one and the
same bird ; but on going into the question again with Shaw Mayer's § I have
270 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
changed my opinion. When Dr. Ernst Mayr was here three weeks ago, he saw
Shaw Mayer's bird and mentioned that he had come to the conclusion that
r. klossi was not identical with r. rubra and that the $ of r. rubra was still unknown.
On thoroughly comparing the Pratts 1 $, 1 $ and Shaw Mayer's $ with the 2
Arfak rftf of r. rubra, I find differences and must reinstate r. klossi as a valid
subspecies of r. rubra.
$ differs from r. rubra $ in the almost obsolete white patches on the inner
webs of the primaries, which are large and conspicuous in r. rubra. The two
females of r. klossi show no differences inter se.
1 $ Adimo River, 4,000 ft., Gebroeders, 10 August 1930. Iris brownish
yellow, upper mandible black, lower horn colour, feet blackish.
120. Talegallus jobiensis jobiensis A. B. Meyer.
Talcijalliis jobiensis A. B. Meyer, Silzungsi. Ale. Wise. Wien, lxix, p. 74 (1874) (Jobi Island).
1 <$ \ pull. Mt. Derimapa, 5,000 ft., 25 July 1930. Iris brownish, bill,
upper mandible black, lower orange, tip horn colour, feet dark orange.
In concluding this list of one hundred and twenty distinct species and sub-
species, I must heartily congratulate Mr. Shaw Mayer on the admirable labelling
and very full data of both his birds and mammals.
PLATE III.
Length of bill measured in a straight line from the anterior margin of the
nostril to the apex of the bill.
Fig. 1. Epimachus fastosus stresemanni (type), Schrader Berg ; bill 66 mm.
„ 2. Epimachus fastosus fastosus, Arfak (E. Mayr coll.) ; bill 58 mm.
,, 3. Epimachus fastosus fastosus, trade skin ; bill 60 mm.
„ 4. Epimachus fastosus atratus, Wandammen (Shaw Mayer coll.) ; bill
57 mm.
,, 5. Epimachus fastosus atratus, Weyland Mts. (Pratt Bros, coll.) ; bill
59 mm.
,, 6. Epimachus meyeri albicans, Weyland Mts. (Shaw Mayer coll.) ; bill
79 mm.
(In the specimen of E. meyeri meyeri figured on Plate IV the bill measures
74 mm.)
PLATE IV.
Fig. 1. Epimachus fastosus atratus (type), Mt. Goliath.
,, 2. Epimachus meyeri meyeri, Mt. Victoria, Brit. New Guinea.
To show the difference in the size of the ornamental breast plumes, the
anterior features being much larger in E. fastosus than in E. meyeri.
In Ep. meyeri meyeri and Ep. m. albicans it is thus shown that in the adult
^ (J the bills are much longer and thinner than in any of the races of Ep. fastosus.
Among the birds referred by Dr. Hartert and myself to Ep. fastosus atratus the
$$ and (J (J juv. from Mt. Goliath, the type locality, have the outer webs of
the primaries rust red and the secondaries entirely olive brown, while those
from the Weyland Mts. have the outer webs of the secondaries also rust red.
I should not hesitate to separate the Weyland birds, but in 3 $$ from Wan-
dammen the amount of rust red is variable ; therefore I prefer to await further
Weyland material before going definitely into the question.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1031.
277
TWO NEW ZYUAENIDAE (LEP1D.).
By DR. KARL JORDAN
(With 4 text-figures.)
l. Araeocera prasina spec. nov. (text-fig. 1).
$. No yellow or white colour on body and wings, excepting the tongue,
which is pale buff with a brown median line (i.e. innerside of each half of tongue
brown). Body and upperside of antenna q
and of forewing metallic greenish blue, not
spotted ; upperside of hindwing and under-
side of both wings blackish olive, slightly
purjjlish, dull, on forewing the costal edge
and the distal veins metallic.
Antenna filiform, very faintly widened
before apex, segments of proximal half at
most as long as broad, of distal half broader
than long ; in A compta Jord. 1007 from
Flores the segments of proximal half longer
than broad. Spur of foretibia arising on
proximal side of middle, not at basal third
as in A. compta. Forewing sublanceolate, a
little more than two and one-half times as
long as broad, tornus very strongly rounded,
the angle almost effaced.
Neuration. — Forewing : all veins from
cell, M1 somewhat bent down beyond its
middle, here much nearer to M! than to R\
Hindwing : all veins from cell, R1 vestigial,
indicated at cell, farther distally represented by a fold, M1 from lower angle
of cell, cross-vein D1 oblique, D* trans-
verse.— For comparison we give a diagram
of the hindwing neuration of A. compta
(text-fig. 2) : here M1 much before apex of
cell, D1 transverse and D' oblique.
Length of forewing : 0-7 mm.
Hub. Java: Ardja Sari, 1,000 m., xii.
I!>2!i (A. W. Paine), 2 $$ bred from larvae
on bamboo ; type in Brit. Mus., paratype
in the Rothschild Museum.
-'. Procris levantina sp. nov.
(text-figs. 3 & 4).
Belongs to that group of species which,
in the structure, of the antennae, is intermediate between the globulariae- and
slices-groups : 3 or 4 segments preceding the small terminal one dentate or
278 Novitates Zoologicai: XXXVI. 1931.
emarginate in 3, the other segments pectinate, but the branches of the distal
segments short and broad ; in $ the antenna widest near apex, dentate.
^9. Body and upperside of forewing blue or green, base of forewing and
thorax glossy (coppery in discoloured examples). Hindwing brownish black
like underside of wings, in flown specimens semitransparent in consequence of
loss of scales.
<J. Abdominal sternite VIII (text-fig. 3, ventral aspect) longer than broad,
projecting as a rounded lobe, which is incised in middle. Clasper (text-figs. 4,
lateral aspect) broad at base, gradually narrowed to apex, both the ventral and
dorsal sclerites of clasper without armature, distally separated by a membranous
area. Aedeagus (P) large.
Length of forewing : 9-12 mm.
llab. Syria : Akbes and Beyrout ; also on Cyprus. A series ; type labelled
Syria.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 279
TWO NEW MALAYSIAN SUBSPECIES OF BIRDS.
By F. N. CHASEN and C. BODEN KLOSS
1. Anuropsis malaccensis feriatus Chasen & KIoss, subsp. nov.
Above like A. m. malaccensis, but the crown chestnut and thus contrasting
with the mantle. The whole of the underparts from chin to vent, except the
centre of the abdomen, tawny ochraceous. Mantle without the greyish tinge
obvious in A. m. poliogenys (examples from North Borneo).
In A. m. saturata of Sarawak the crown is earthy and the underparts, where
not white, are bright rusty. From all these the type of .4. m. feriatus is
immediately separable by its ochraceous throat.
Type. — Adult (unsexed), collected on Gunong Mulu, North Sarawak, Borneo,
in March 1898, by J. Waterstradt.
Wing 75 mm., tarsus 30 mm., bill from gape 23-5 mm.
Remarks. — This is the only example of the species we have seen in which
the chin and throat are not white, and it is so different from any skin in the
good series of the various Malaysian races in our possession that we feel sure it
represents a distinct mountain race, and venture to describe it from a single
specimen.
We have recently discussed the Bornean races of this bird in Bull. Raffles
Mus., 4, 1930, p. 77.
2. Orthotoinus ruficeps rubicundulus Chasen & Kloss, subsp. nov.
Orthotomus ruficeps Hartert, Nov. Zool. 1. 1894, p. 469.
Like typical ruficeps Less., of Sumatra, but more washed with creamy buff
on the underparts.
Type. — Adult male collected on Sirhassen Island, South Natuna Islands,
on 23rd September 1893, by A. Everett. Wing 55 mm.
Specimens examined. — Four, including the type, all from the type locality.
Wings.— <$ 54, 55 ; $ 50-5, 53 mm.
Remarks. — The Malaysian races of O. ruficeps are not very well marked, but
the material before us exhibits in series differences sufficient to justify the
recognition of three subspecies.
0. r. sericeus Temm., of North Borneo and Sarawak, averages less buffy
on the underparts and rather clearer grey on the mantle than does 0. r. ruficeps of
Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula. The underparts of the four specimens from
Sirhassen Island are more highly coloured than in any other examples of this
>|iccies we have seen.
Our thanks are due to Lord Rothschild for allowing us to describe this
material, which is in the Museum at Tring.
19
NOVITATES ZOOLOGIOE, Vol. XXXVI, 1931.
PI. I.
Jolvi6JtS0n»AP»n:.liMi.L"L™i
CASUARIUS PAPUANUS ROGERSI Rothsch., type, as described in 1928.
(From living bird, H. Gronvold, April ]928).
Novitates Zoological, Vol. XXXVI, 1931.
PI. II.
.'■Jiii Ejk Sana i D».-j< !■-*•-. LlJ Lcndon
CASUARIUS PAPUANUS ROGERSI Rothsch., type.
(From living bird, Zoological Gardens, London, H. Gronvold, July 1930).
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. Vol XXXVI. 1931
PL III.
Hilda Jordan pho
Repr, ; St»r IUus. Ltd.. London. \V.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. VoL. XXXVI. 1931.
PI. IV
Hilda Jordan photo.
Repr. : Star lllus. Ltd.. London. W.
LEPIDOPTERA
COLLECTED BY THE
British Ornithologists' Union and Wollaston Expeditions in
the Snow Mountains, Southern Dutch New Guinea
WITH TWO COLOURED PLATES
By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D.
(LORD ROTHSCHILD)
PRICE : £1 5s. (less 20% to Booksellers).
A REVISION OF THE LEPIDOPTEROUS FAMILY
SPHINGIDAE
By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D.,
AND
KARL JORDAN, M.A.L., Ph.D.
PRICE: £10 (less 20% to Booksellers).
cxxxv and 972 pages, with 67 Hates.
Annual Subscription to " Novitates Zoologicae," £1 5s.
Price of completed Volumes, £1 10s. Volume XXV and following issues, £1 16s.
(Commission for Booksellers on completed volumes only.)
Communications, etc., may be addressed to
THE EDITORS OF "NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE,"
ZOOLOOICAL MUSEUM,
TRIM
Subscribers should give notice of the non-arrival of any numbers immediately upon receipt
of the succeeding part, otherwise the missing numbers cannot be replaced free.
PRINTED BY HAZCLL. WATSON AND WXKY, LTD., LONDON AND AYLEStl'KY.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE.
H Journal of Zoology-
LORD ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D.,
Dr. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN.
Vol. XXXVI.
No. 3.
Pages 281-380.
Issued September 3rd, 1931, at the Zoological Museum, Tring.
PRINTED BY HAZELL, WATSON & VINBY, Ltd., LONDON AND AYLESBURY.
1931.
Vol. XXXVI.
NOVITATES Z00L0GICAE.
EDITED BT
LORD ROTHSCHILD, ERNST HARTERT, and KARL JORDAN.
CONTENTS OF NO. III.
ANTHRIBIDAE VERSUS PLATYSTOMIDAE . KarlJordan
ANTHRIBIDAE COLLECTED BY F. C. DRESCHER ON THE
ISLAND OF JAVA KarlJordan
TWO NEW ORIENTAL ANTHRIBIDAE . . KarlJordan
SOME ANTHRIBIDAE FROM TROPICAL AFRICA Karl Jordan
THREE NEW SOUTH AMERICAN FLEAS
Karl Jordan
PAGES
281—287
288—302
303—304
305—310
311—316
ZUR SYSTEMATIK DER GATTUNG GERYGONE Dr. WUhelm Meise . 317—379
(PLATES V —VII.)
fs} ... *
w I,
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE
Vol. XXXVI. SEPTEMBER 1931. No. 3.
ANTHRIBIDAE VERSUS PLATYSTOMIDAE.
By DP,. KARL JORDAN.
TN a paper recently published in the Proc. of the U.S. National Museum,
-*■ vol. 77, Art. 17, Mr. W. Dwight Pierce classifies the North American
Anthribidae under the name of Platystomidae (Mr. Pierce makes the family a
superfamily, which does not affect the nomenclatural question) and states that
the name Anthribidae has to be transferred to the family hitherto called Niti-
dulidae. If Mr. Pierce were right, Meligeihes would become an Anthribid and
Araecerus a Platystomid. Is this upsetting of nomenclature justified by the
evidence and arguments Mi-. W. D. Pierce brings forward \
The reproach has been addressed to the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature that the Commissioners, in rendering an opinion, depend
too much on the evidence presented by the person who brings a case before the
Commission, the evidence being sometimes incomplete or even inaccurate ; a
serious censure. In order to be as much as possible on the safe side, the Com-
mission has adopted the practice of submitting any special question to the authors
working at the particular group in which the case has arisen. If Mr. W. D. Pierce
had followed this sound procedure, he would have been saved from falling into
the error of basing his conclusions on an incomplete and partly inaccurate
statement of the case and from arriving at a result not warranted by Rules
of Nomenclature and common sense. I am, of course, writing this protest
as a Coleopterist interested in Anthribidae, not as a member of the Commission
on Zoological Nomenclature. When I took up this family of rhynchophorous
beetles as a side-line in 1893, I accepted the family name Anthribidae because
the authors who had dealt with the family on a broad basis had adopted that
name : Schoenherr, Jekel, Pascoe, Lacordaire, etc. I confess that I was wrong
in neglecting to inquire into the history of the name more closely, and therefore
feel grateful to Mr. W. D. Pierce for the opportunity he gives me to examine
with him the past history of the name Anthribus from which the designation
Anthribidae is derived. Let us then look at Mi-. W. D. Pierce's statements
and at the literature relative to the case of Anthribus versus Platystomos.
" The oldest valid name in the superfamily is Platystomos (Hellwig) Schneider
(1791)," says Mr. W. D. Pierce, " and hence it gives its name to the family in
which it is to be placed and also to the superfamily.'' . . . This statement sounds
dictatorial, but is only meant as a summary of what follows on the next page.
It refers, however, to a rule which the Code of Rules of Zoological Nomenclature
does not recognize, namely, that the family names must be derived from the oldest
included valid generic name. Some Entomologists have lately adopted such a rule,
20 281
2X2 NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
and in consequence have managed to replace old family names by new ones ;
but it is hardly likely that any committee with a sense of responsibility will
countenance a rule which creates chaos. We have been given to understand
that the Code of Rules of Zoological Nomenclature is paramount in the United
States of America, and that its provisions can be enforced in the public institutes.
The present case, therefore, is of some interest from that point of view. Dis-
ciplinary pressure, however, is not to be recommended in science. There should
be freedom, though freedom tempered by self-restraint. One can approach
questions of Nomenclature with a disregard of the rules adopted by the majority ;
but if one claims for oneself this liberation from the shackles of a Code, one must
in justice concede to the majority the right to ignore in the same way one's own
rules. We will, therefore, pass on, and in doing so will only remark that the
quotation of Platystomos should read Platystomos Hellwig (1792), not as above.
On p. 2 Mr. Pierce continues :
" The group so long known as Anthribidae involves some difficult nomen-
clatorial problems.
" After a thorough search of the literature I have found the following history
applying to the nomenclature of the families :
" Anthribus Geoffrey, 1762, Hist. Abr. des Ins., vol. 1, pp. 306-309.
" Only one species satisfies the binomial requirement. Species No. 4 is
definitely referred to Linnaeus, Fauna Suecica (first edition), No. 370, which is
Dermestes pulicarim. This work is pre-Linnean (1746), but its second edition
appeared in 1761, and furthermore the Systema Naturae, tenth edition (175S),
also contains this species. In the twelfth edition (1767), p. 574, Linnaeus refers
this species to Silpha and quotes Anthribus 4 Geoffrey as a synonym. Bradh
(1769) cites Anthribus as equal to Silpha. The obvious conclusion is that
pulicarius must become type of Anthribus and the genus must pass out of the
Ilhynchophora. •
" Hence Anthribus Geoffrey, 1762, with pulicarius Linnaeus as type, takes
the place of Brachypterolus Grouvelle (1913), the subfamily Anthribinae takes
the place of Cateretinae, and family Anthribidae of Nitidulidae."
These passages contain a number of different points which it is necessary to
discuss seriatim :
(a) " Only one species satisfies the binomial requirement." ... It is
evident that Mr. W. D. Pierce considers as valid the names of only those authors
who employ names for species as well as for genera, an interesting opinion in
view of the discussion which took place at the Zoological Congress at Padova
last year when all the Americans present at the meeting of the Section opposed
this opinion. Considering that Geoffrey does nowhere employ a name for a
species in 1762, Mr. W. D. Pierce ought to have rejected him as non-binomial, if
the expression " binomial requirement " has any meaning. Although Geoffrey,
in Hist. Abr., 1762, praises the work of Linnaeus and quotes the tenth edition of
Systema Naturae, he carefully avoids applying the binary method of naming in
which the tenth edition differs ' from former editions of the Systema Naturae and
from the Fauna Suecica of 1746. For him a name stands for a genus, and a
differentia (or diagnosis) for a species ; that was the system of nomenclature
then in vogue : "A l'aide d'un ordre methodique ... on pourra trouver le
nom & I'espece d'un insecte inconnu auparavant," says Geoffrey, I.e. p. xii.
1 i.e. in the consistent application of the binary principle in nomenclature.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 283
He still looked upon all the so-called species as intergrading from man to the
minerals and plants and therefore not requiring names.
(6) " Species No. 4 is definitely referred to Linnaeus, Fauna Suecica (first
edition), No. 370, which is Dermestes pulicarius." . . . I have read this sentence
and those following it (quoted above) again and again in order to find out the
guiding principle that led Mr. W. D. Pierce to say that " the obvious conclusion
is that pvlicarius must become type of Anthribus." I am still at a loss. At first
I thought that Mr. W. D. Pierce wished to emphasize the opinion that, if there is
anything in an original description of a genus which points definitely to one of the
included species, this fact must be taken into account in the subsequent selection
of the genotype. But I now consider it to be more likely that a rule of Nomen-
clature as yet unborn lies concealed in those sentences, a rule to the effect that,
if an author proposes a new genus for a number of species the oldest described
species becomes ipso facto the genotype. This would be a sister-rule to the one (not
accepted) which postulates that the oldest (i.e. first described) genus of a family
is the type-genus, and would also agree with the provision of the International
Code that the first described subspecies is typical for the species. A logical,
mechanical sequence. The mechanization of Nomenclature, however, would lead
to its destruction, as mechanization does in other branches of life. Whatever
may have been the process of his reasoning, we are faced by the fact that
Mr. W. D. Pierce uses the qualifications definitely and obvious. The treatment of
Anthribus by Geoffroy must decide whether there is in it something " definite "
which leads to an " obvious " conclusion. But before looking at Geoffroy 's text,
let us be clear on this point that the enquiry has the object of ascertaining which
of the 7 species placed by Geoffroy under Anthribus is the genotype. A condensa-
tion of Mr. W. D. Pierce's statement would essentially be as follows : " As
Linnaeus quotes in 1767 Anthribus 4 Geoffroy as a synonym of Silpiia pulicaria,
this species 4 of Geoffroy ' obviously ' becomes the type of Anthribus." Would
it not have been more " obvious " to conclude that species 4 was no longer avail-
able as type because Linnaeus had taken it out of Anthribus and placed it in
Silpha, leaving the 6 other species untouched in Anthribus ? However, the action
of Linnaeus is not really relevant, because Linnaeus did not deal with Anthribus
as a genus. That " Bradh (1769) cites Anthribus as equal to Silpha " is likewise
irrelevant ; moreover, the statement is not correct, as Mr. W. D. Pierce will
see if he looks again at p. 154 of Amoen. vii, where a list of " Synonyma novorum
generum Auctorum " and a list of " Auctorum nova genera " are given, Antribus
being in the latter series. No authors are mentioned in these lists ; but as
Bladh refers to Geoffroa (as he spells the name) on pp. 134 and 135, we may
assume that he took the name Antribus from Geoffroy 's Hist. Abr. 1702.
In consulting the Histoire Abregee, we find that in the table of classification
facing p. 59 the name is spelt without h as by Bladh : Antribus, in conformity
with the spelling of the French version antribe. We may look upon it as a slip
of the pen. No derivation of the name is given ; but as Geoffroy says on p. 306
that he has called these beetles anthribus because they gnaw flowers to bits, his
name Anthribus may be an error for Anthotribus, as other authors have explained.1
1 accept Anthribus as a legitimate contraction.
On pp. 306-309 Geoffroy gives descriptions of Anthribus and of 7 species,
1 llliger suggests another derivation of Antribus in Magaz. i, p. 1-7, antl says t hut . it" his
suggestion was right, the name ought to be Antriptus.
284 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
to none of which latter he applies a specific name, dealing with them in
this way :
1. Anthbibus ovatus, niger, elytris striatis, rubro nigroque marmoratis.
Then follow the French name (L'antribe marbre), the dimensions and a fairly
explicit description.
Species No. 1 and No. 3 are figured on pi. V, with enlargements of the
antennae and one leg and, in the case of No. 1, of a tarsus. On p. xviii of the in-
troductory Discours Preliminaire Geoffroy says that, for the better understanding
of the work, he has added to the descriptions the figure of an insect of each genus
(rarely two or three), accompanied by the parts which constitute the character
(i.e. of the genus). It is therefore obvious that a subsequent author who accepted
Anthribus Geoffroy as valid was bound to select the genotype in accordance with
this definite statement by Geoffroy. The shape of the tarsus being one of the
principal distinctions given by Geoffroy, species No. 1, of which the tarsus is
figured, is obviously the one to be selected, and I select it herewith. However,
Mr. W. D. Pierce prefers No. 4, because there is under No. 4 a reference to a
Linnaean species. As said above, the existence of that reference is not relevant.
Moreover, the Linnaean species, even if it may have turned out later on to be the
same as Geoffroy 's No. 4, cannot be made the type of Anthribus Geoffroy ; for
Geoffroy's French texte accompanying the differentia and literature, apparently
not consulted by Mr. W. D. Pierce, reads as follows :
" 4. Anthbibus niger, elytris abdomine brevioribus.
Linn. faun. suec. n. 370. Dermestes niger oblongus, abdomine acuto.
Act. Ups. 1736, p. 16, n. 7. Scarabaeus minimus ater, florilegus.
Raj. ins. p. 108, n. 29. Scarabaeus antennis clavatis, clavis in annulos
divisis.
L'antribe des fleurs.
Longueur 1 ligne. Largeur J ligne.
" Cette petite espece (thus spelt by Geoffroy) est noire partout. Sa forme
est ovale, un peu quarree. Ce qui la rend tres-aisee a reconnoitre, c'est que ses
etuis sont plus courts que son ventre, & n'en recouvrent que les deux tiers ; mais
le bout de son ventre n'est pas en pointe, comme le dit M. Linnaeus, ce qui me
feroit presque douter que ce fut cette espece qu'il eut voulu designer. On trouve
ce petit animal en tres-grande quantite sur les fleurs, sur-tout sur les plantes en
ombelles."
Geoffroy expressing a doubt as to the identity of No. 4 with Linnaeus's
insect, this species is a species inquirenda and according to the Rules not available
for selection as genotype.
Is there a definite valid type-designation for Anthribus Geoffroy after
1762 ?
Miiller 1764 mentions the name Anthribus, but gives no species. De Geer
1775 describes one species, which is not among the original seven. Miiller 1776
mentions one species, which is not one of Geoffroy's. Fourcroy, Ent. Paris.
1785, is essentially the same as Geoffroy 1762, except that the species bear
nomina trivialia and that some species are added.
Schaeffer 1766, Sulzer 1774, Fuessly 1775 and Goeze 1777 refer to a species
(or a composite species) under Anthribus or under Silpha. None of these authors
are relevant ; they did not select a genotype.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 285
In 1771 Forster published in London a booklet entitled Novae Species
Insectorum. Centuria I. Mr. W. D. Pierce erroneously says of this work that
" Forster follows Geoffroy, but adds two new species, fasciatus and nebulosus,
neither of which can be made type of Anthribus, as they were not originally
included."
The facts are these : Forster refers Anthribus to Geoffroy, but gives a
diagnosis of his own and adds a footnote on p. 10 to the effect that he separates
Anthribus from Dermestes on account of the plainly different antennae and the
singular shape of the body ; Dermestes being a highly intricate genus, he con-
siders it best to remove from it this special genus Anthribus. He describes two
species, as stated by Mr. W. D. Pierce. The trivial names of these species are new,
but not the species. Under the first, A. fasciatus, we find the correct reference
to Geoffr. ins. i. p. 306, t. 5. f. 3. Forster's second species, Anthribus nebulosus,
is Geoffrey's No. 2, but is not referred by him to Geoffroy. If Geoffroy 1762 is
set aside as non-binominal (or anti-binominal), Forster's Anthribus with
A. fasciatus as type (reference to a figure) will take its place. The common-sense
genotype being the same in both cases, this solution is satisfactory. However,
for those who accept Geoffroy 1762 as available under the Rules, the matter is
not closed with Forster 1771.
Anthribus Olivier 1789 is a mixture of Nitidulids and Rhynchophora, all three
Rhynchophora of Geoffroy 1762 being there, and does not bear on the question
of type-fixation. In 1790 Fabricius described Anthribus without referring the
generic name to Geoffroy. He includes four species, of which one is Geoffroy 's
No. 3. As Fabricius does not select a type and does not say anything about the
other six species of Geoffroy 's Anthribus, the description of the genus, moreover,
being new and not taken from Geoffroy, the matter remains as before.
Fabricius 1792 (Ent. Syst. i. 2, p. 375) definitely restricts his Anthribus to the
Rhynchophora ; the three Rhynchophora of Geoffroy 1762 are here as A.
latirostris, A. scabrosus and A. varius, and several other species are added.
Fabricius does not mention Forster, who has priority. It is this publication of
Fabricius which settled the meaning of Anthribus for his generation and the next.
However, since he did not fix a genotype — an idea which was as yet unborn — ,
our generation does not consider Fabricius's restriction of the name to Rhyncho-
phora as having any bearing on the nomenclatorial point in question. The Code
demands a selection of the genotype, rigorously construed.
Hellwig 1792 (in Schneider, Neuestes Mag. Liebh. Entom. p. 393) is not
satisfied with Fabricius retaining the name Anthribus ; he says :
" 4. Platystomos.
" Cure. Albinus, latirostris und Consorten waren mir unter den Curculionen
schon lange anstossig, und ich trennte sie von ihnen unter dem oben angef iihrten
von 7rAaT7<; (breit) und axopia (der Mund) hergeleiteten Namen. Herr Prof.
Fabricius war von der Notwendigkeit dieser Trennung durch die Anatomic
der Fresswerkzeuge auch iiberzeugt, legte ihnen aber den schon von Geoffroi
gebrauchten Gattungsnamen Anthribus bey, der mir jedoch aus dem Grunde
nicht gefiel, weil Geoffroi unter diesem Namen noch andere Kafer vereinigt hatte,
die gar nicht dahin gehoren."
This Platystomos Hellwig 1792 accordingly is another name for what Fabricius
2SC XmiTATKs Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
preferred to call Anthribus. Neither the type of Phiystomos nor that of Anthribus
is fixed by Helhvig (spelled Hehvig by Fabricius). Among the species of Anthribus
of Fabricius 1792 there is one which belongs to another family (A. planirosiris) .
This species is removed by Herbst 1797 into the new genus Makrostoma, so that
now for the first time Anthribus contains nothing but the then known Anthribids
(in the sense of Forster, Schoenherr, etc.). But, again, Herbst does not select
a genotype.
Fabricius 1801 (Syst. Eleuth.) has no genotype ; species of Makrostoma =
Bhinosimus are still included.
Walckenaer 1802 (Fauna Paris, i. p. 231) restricts Anthribus to the rhyncho-
phorous species of Geoffroy and adds one species. No genotype is selected.
Latreille 1804 (Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. xi. p. 32), referring to " Anthribe ;
anthribus " of Geoffroy, says : " Cet illustre entomologiste, n'ayant egard qu'a
la reunion de quelques caracteres, a place dans ce genre plusieurs insectes qui ne
lui appartiennent certainement pas, comme les especes 4 a 7 inclusivement.
Mais quels sont done les insectes auxquels nous devonsconserver le nom d 'anthribe I
II est naturel de prendre ceux qui sont figures pour types. Or, les deux anthribes
representes par Geoffroy sont du genre qui porte ce nom dans Schaeffer, dans
Fabricius ; c"est pour cela que nous nous sommes vus forces de rejeter la denomi-
nation de macrocephale . . . Olivier nomme anthribe les especes 4, 5, 6 de
Geoffroy ; ils seront pour nous des phalacres."
Here, as far as I know, the word type in the nomenclatorial sense appears
for the first time in taxonomic Entomology. As two species (Nos. 1 and 3 of
Geoffro}') are involved, this type designation does not absolutely satisfy the strict
Rule of the Code.
Latreille 1807 (Gen. Crust. Ins. ii. p. 237) does not contain anything helpful.
Latreille 1810 (Cons. Gen. pp. 421-444) indicates under the genera a species
" qui leur sert de type." According to Opinion 11 of the Commission on Zoo-
logical Nomenclature " the ' Table des genres ' should be accepted as designation
of types of the genera in question."' The Opinion being expressed in the condi-
tional, we must interpret it as meaning that the type-fixation in that table also
is conditional. In most instances Latreille gives as an example only one species ;
in many cases two or more species. For instance, under Nymphalis he gives
Dido, aceris, populi, Achilles ; under Satyrus the string of types consists of
Teucer, Phidippms, Sophorae, Piera, Galathaea, Maera ; under Arctia we find
salicis, rvssula, purpurea, caja, etc. ; Limonia contains " les tipules de Fab. :
picta, sex-punctata, erioptera, etc."; under Hydroporus (p. 415) we find " D.
planus, rufifrons, lituratus, trifidus, confiuens, etc." In these and numerous
other cases no species is specified as Type. Therefore Opinion 11 is applicable
at most to those genera of the Table des Genres under which only one species
is mentioned.
Under Anthribus one example is given : A. latirostris of Fabricius, which is
one of the two species figured by Geoffroy 1762. The Anthribus of Latreille is
the Anthribus of Fabricius ; Platystomos Helhvig 1792 being another name for
Anihribus Fabricius, its genotype is ipso facto the same as that of Anthribus
Fabricius. Mr. W. D. Pierce, following Bedel, and the (rejected) first species rule,
accepts Ciuciilio albinus L. as type of Platystomos, contrary to Article 30, f., of
the Rules.
Schoenherr 1823 makes Curcvlio albinus L. type of Anthribus, a species
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 287
neither included in anti-binominal Geoffrey 1762, nor in binominal Forster 1771.
Schoenherr based his nomenclature on Fabricius, which explains his selection of
albinws as genotype.
On p. 3 of his paper, Mr. W. Dwight Pierce repeats the assertion that
Geoffroy's spec. 4 is pulicarius of Linnaeus and is the only one available for type,
and, referring to Latreille's designation of latirostris as type of Anthribus, expresses
the opinion that it is impossible to accept this interpretation of Latreille's,
because " the name Anlhribus has been correctly used otherwise by Geoffroy
(1762), Forster (1771), De Geer (1775), Miiller (1776)." The last two authors are
not relevant, because they mention only one species, and this is not among
Geoffroy's seven ; Forster under Anlhribus describes two of Geoffroy's rhyncho-
phorous species, his action being just the opposite from what Mr. Pierce's remark
implies.
SUMMARY.
(1) The change of names introduced by Mr. W. Dwight Pierce is unnecessary.
The evidence upon which he bases his conclusion is incomplete and partly
erroneous, and his argumentation is contrary to the International Rules of
Zoological Nomenclature.
(2) If the generic names of Geoffroy are accepted as from 1762, the first
action which can be construed as selection of genotype is that of Latreille 1810,
who, after having restricted the name in 1804 to the two species figured by
Geoffroy, selects one of these two as an example of an Anthribus, the selected
species being A. latirostris Fab. (=Geoffroy No. 3). In this case Platystomos
Hellwig 1792, as another name for Anthribus Fabricius, and Platyrhinus Clairville
1798, as having the same genotype (selected by Schoenherr in 1823), would
be synonyms of Anthribus.
(3) If Geoffroy 1762 is rejected as being anti-binominal, we have Anthribus
Forster 1771, which has priority over Anthribus Fabricius 1790, and A. fasciatus
Forster 1771 must be accepted as genotype, being of the two species the one
of which there existed a figure, to which Forster refers. In this case Platystomos
Hellwig 1792 takes the place of Anthribus Fabricius 1790, with A. latirostris
Fab. as genotype, Platyrhinus Clairville 1798, also with latirostris as type,
becoming a synonym of Platystomos.
(4) The common-sense solution would be to agree on A. fasciatus Forster
1771 (=Geoffroy No. 1) as genotype of Anthribus Geoffroy and of Anthribus
Forster, and to reject Latreille's action of 1810 as not being a strict type-
selection. In this case Platyrhinus with latirostris (= resinosus Scop., which
has priority) as genotype and Platystomos with albinus as genotype could be
employed. Incidentally, this nomenclature would be in conformity with that
in the Catalogue of Gemminger and Harold, except that in this Catalogue the
pre-occupied name Macrocephalus is used and Platystomos (spelt Platystomus)
placed as a synonym of it.
Whatever solution is preferred, the name Anthribm remains valid in the
rhynehophorous family Antheibidae.
1'SS NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
ANTHRIBIDAE COLLECTED BY F. C. DRESCHER ON THE
ISLAND OF JAVA.
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
(With 4 text-figures.)
THHE collection of Anthribidae submitted to me by Mr. F. C. Drescher is
■*■ one of the best I have ever received. It contains such a large number of
species and subspecies new to science, or new for Java, that when all of them
have been worked out and described, we shall know from Java twice as many
Anthribids than have hitherto been recorded from that rich island. Among Mr.
Drescher's discoveries is a species, described and figured under No. 47, which I
consider the most interesting one in the whole family on account of the develop-
ment of a pair of horns on the head, recalling the Indian Cetonid Dicranocephalus
wallicM Hope 1831 (and the American Pronghorn Antelope).
The present paper is a first instalment in which some of the novelties are
described and species new for Java, or requiring comment, are enumerated. The
publication of the remainder of the novelties, many of them represented by single
specimens, being postponed in the hope that Mr. Drescher will succeed in
discovering additional examples of the new species.
Mr. Drescher has most kindly allowed me to retain the types as well as
further specimens when available, and I take this opportunity of thanking him
for his great generosity.
1. Physopterus alboguttulatus Jord. 1894.
G. Tangkoeban Prahoe, Preanger, 4-5,000 ft., I.IX.X.XL, 1 $, 5 $?.
Dots white, in one $ faintly yellow.
2. Acorynus dicyrtus .lord. 1012.
G. Tangkoeban Prahoe, Preanger, 4-5,000 ft., VII.X.XI.XIL, 3 $$, 1 $ ;
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, I.VII.VIII.XI., 2 £<?, 2 $$. Described from a
single o from the Preanger. The $ is like the <$, apart from the sexual distinc-
tions usual in this group. The subbasal hump of the elytrum is very distinct.
3. Acorynus lineolatus slamatus subsp. nov.
<J?. Similar to A. lin. coalitus Jord. 1020. from Engano, but the markings
of prone-turn and elytra ashy grey (instead of drab grey) and smaller, the black
antemedian spots of elytra united into a transverse band, the grey occupying in
posterior two-thirds of elytra rather less space than the black.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, IV.X., 3 <$<$, 2 $?.
4. Acorynus cludus Jord. L895.
Batoerraden, (J. Slamat. VIII., 1 $; Noesa Kambangan, VIII., 1 £. ■
Described from Perak ; we have it also from Sumatra and Borneo.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 289
5. Litocerus miles Jord. 1 020.
Noesa Kambangan, VIII. IX., 5 $£, 3 $$. We have this species also
from Sumatra, Malay Peninsula and Borneo. Markings somewhat variable.
Segments of ^-antenna slenderer than in L. histrio Gyllh. 1833.
6. Litocerus figuratus notalis subsp. nov.
cJ$. Similar to L. fig. chorispilus Jord. 192(1, from Sumatra and Perak :
differs in the luteous lateral patch of the pronotum being more extended, the
black subapical spot within it entirely isolated, and in the pygidium somewhat
shorter.
Noesa Kambangan, VIII., type, and Batoerraden, G. Slamat. II. IV. VI.
VII. X., a small series.
7. Litocerus virgulatus Jord. 1915.
Noesa Kambangan, VI.VIIL, 2 £<$, 4 $$. In these specimens, as well as
in the single one we have from Sumatra, the linear markings on the elytra are
broader than in our series from Perak, and in the middle of each clytrum a
fairly large space is left bare of grey or luteous streaks. Our material represents
possibly three subspecies, the third occurring on Borneo.
8. Litocerus .scutellaris Jord. 1S94.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, IX., 1 §. Not before recorded from Java.
9. Litocerus vestitus Jord. 1915.
Noesa Kambangan, II.IV.XI.XII., 2 $<$, 2 $$. Originally described
from a single $ from Java. In three of the present specimens the angle of the
pronotal carina is 90°, in the fourth it is rounded.
10. Litocerus xenopus spec. nov.
<J$. Speciei L\ histrio Gyllh. 1833 dictae similis, pronoto latiore, vitta lata
mediana completa in forma cruris griseae ornata, elytris dorso a basi ad apicem
declivem luteo-ochraceis, hac plaga magna in medio elytrorum fortissime con-
stricta, pedibus viridescentibus griseo-pubescentibus.
Long. (cap. excl.) 5-5 mm.
Noesa Kambangan, VIII., 3 $$, 1 $.
Antennae as in L. histrio, in $ segment III a little shorter. Proboscis
somewhat more convex in basal half, which is specially noticeable in a lateral
aspect. Eyes less close together. Pronotum broader and somewhat shorter,
quite different in markings : a broad grey median stripe with a definite lateral
projection at the posterior side of the transverse groove, the apical portion of
the vitta more or less ovate, in black lateral area of disc a narrow grey stripe
somewhat constricted or interrupted in middle and connected along carina with •
a lateral stripe which follows the curve of the lateral carina ; these lateral mark-
ings somewhat shaded with clay-colour. Scutellum. and extreme basal margin
as well as shoulder angle of elytra, grey, clayish ochraceous area extending from
shoulder to shoulder and reaching to near apical declivity, the black colouring
290 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
of the sides penetrating to or near sutural line of punctures, above shoulder a
spot at base and another behind base, and a sutural spot between subbasal
swellings black, at apex a luteous ochreous elongate-triangular spot along margin,
pointed anteriorly, in black lateral area 4 luteous or greyish spots, of which the
fourth is often connected with the posterior portion of the dorsal yellowish area,
and three dots on apical declivity of each elytrum. Pygidium luteous grey,
broader at base than long, shorter than in L. hislrio.
Underside pubescent grey, the pubescence not dense except on side of
abdomen, where it is somewhat yellowish. Legs thinly pubescent like breast,
tip of tibiae and of tarsal segment I and the entire segments II and III black,
no grey or luteous ring on tibiae.
11. Hucus cheralus Jord. 1926.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, V.VIIL, 2 $$. Described from Sumatra.
12. Hucus inclinans .lord. 1S95.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, VII., 2 $$. Described as a Litocerus from
Perak.
13. Hucus concinnus spec. nov.
cJ$. H. ovino Jord. 1912 similis, singulo elytro quatuor lineis griseis et
maculis linearibus lateralibus atque inter lineas ante et post medium maculis
parvis griseis in duas fascias transversas dispositis notato. <J : antennae segmen-
tum nonum duobus sequentibus aut longius aut aequilongum.
Long. (cap. excl.) 3-7-4-9 mm.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, II.IV.V.VII.VIII., a series (including type) ;
Djeroeklegi, Zuid-Banjoemas, I., 1 $ ; Noesa Kambangan, I. XII., 1 <J, 1 $.
Compared with a considerable series of H. ovinus from Sumatra. Proboscis
somewhat longer and a very little narrower and less convex ; the carinae of one
side converging with those of the other as in H. ovinus. In <$$ with long
antennae segment IX longer than X and XI together, in H. ovinus both IX and
X short ; in cJcJ with short antennae IX at least much longer than X ; in $ IX
as long as XI, in $ of H. ovinus IX shorter than XI. Angle of pronotal carina
acute as in H. ovinus ; antescutellar spot of median stripe broader than in H .
ovinus. On elytra the sutural impressed line distinct, the others indistinct, in
sutural line and in third, fifth, and seventh a narrow grey stripe, usually extending
from base to or to near apex, a similar stripe in posterior half of ninth, in the
interspaces occasionally linear spots, as a rule there are spots only in the ante-
median depression (which is feeble) and behind middle, as well as in anterior half
of limbal area ; the transverse band formed by the posterior spots oblique,
being more forward at suture than at side, the anterior band either parallel with
it or less oblique.
14. Androceras lepidus .lord. 1911.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, IX.. 1 J. 1 $. In this c* segments VI to VIII
of the antenna are thinner than in the $ $ from Sumatra ; we have no J from
Perak, whence the species was originally described.
NnviTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 291
15. Mucronianus rafipes .lord. 1894.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, I. II. XI. XII., 5 3d, 1 ?■ The specimens belong
to the form in which the apex of the tibiae and the greater portion of the tarsi are
black. We possess this species from the Solomons, Woodlark, various districts
of New Guinea, Louisiades, North Australia, Aru, Batjan, South Celebes, Borneo,
Sumatra, and Assam. The legs and antennae vary from pale rufous to dark
brown and black, with intergradations. The pygidium of the $ bears occasionally
a hump, the shaft of the antenna of the <$ is sometimes strongly compressed
and somewhat widened, and the grey markings vary in size. All such differences
(inclusive of those given for M. tibioclaratus Wolfrun 1925, from N. Guinea) seem
to be of an individual nature. The specimens from the Philippines, on the other
hand, differ at least in the £ in the pygidium being broader (likewise the hypo-
pygidium) and the blackish patch on the metasternum sharply defined : this is
M . philippinensis Heller 1925.
16. Directarius signatus Jord. 1894.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, I.VII.IX., 3 £$, 1 $. Only known from Burma.
In the ^ the head is produced upwards dorsally between the eyes into a sort of
transverse ridge, which is notched in the middle. The antenna of the £ reaches
beyond the pygidium.
17. Zygaenodes wollastoni Pasc. 1859.
Noesa Kambangan, II., 1 (J, 1 ?. New for Java.
18. Zygaenodes phodinus Jord. 1912.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, IV. V. VII., a series ; Noesa Kambangan. III., 1 £.
Described as a Directarius ; it belongs to the group of Zygaenodes in which
the eye-stalk is barely indicated.
19. Zygaenodes lituratus Jord. 1912.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, I. IV. VIII., 3 $<£, 1 $. Somewhat smaller than
the type specimen
20. Zygaenodes rectimargo sp. nov.
Near Z. latipes Jord. 1912, but apical margin of rostrum quite straight, and
segments II and III in midtarsus of $ not broader than in hindtarsus.
o$. Eye of $ pointed above and below, non-sinuate, that of $ rounded
above, pointed below, with a shallow oblique sinus on frontal side, in both sexes
the eye much longer than broad ; eye-stalk varying according to size of specimen,
in type (J) as long behind as the eye is long in frontal aspect, in $ shorter than
the eye is long. Face white, with a minute brown central dot ; apical margin
of rostrum not incurved in middle and towards sides, straight. Occiput convex
in between eye-stalks, more strongly in £ than in $, the swelling divided by a
median depression.
Pronotum pubescent luteous, variegated with white, a broadish median
stripe almost white, triangularly dilated laterad behind middle of disc, on each
side of this stripe two antemedian blackish spots more or less confluent with two
larger spots which extend across carina to near basal margin.
292 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
Scutellum white. Elytra depressed before middle, subbasal swelling not
tuberculiform, being but slightly raised ; pubescence luteous. alternate interstices
spotted with white and blackish brown, behind middle of interspace III a larger
linear elevate blackish spot, no conspicuous spot on subbasal swelling. Pygidium
longer than broad, with abbreviated, white, elongate-triangular, median stripe.
Sides of abdomen to a great extent blackish, with luteous pubescence at
the margins and in between the dark spots, and with small white dots. Tips of
tibiae brown ; segment I of tarsi about as long as claw-segment.
Length q 4 to 5-7 mm., $ 4-1 mm.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, IV.VIII.XL, 3 £<$, 1 ?.
21. Zygaenodes leptipus Bp. nov.
Differs in the eyes from all species known to me ; they are stalked in both
sexes and much longer than broad, and in q are rounded at both ends and in
§ sinuate at lower end towards antennal groove, not on the frontal side of lower
end. Pygidium broad, with white median stripe.
cJ$. Rufescent brown, covered with a greyish white pubescence, pronotum
and elytra variegated with brown. Face white ; proboscis slightly curved
forward from below antennal grooves, at apex about one-fourth narrower than
between antennae, distance from apex to dorsal base of stalk of eye equalling
the width between antennae ($) or being a little shorter (£). Eye in $ almost
twice as long as broad (19 : 10), elongate-elliptical, both ends rounded, posterior
margin slightly incurved ; in $ one-third longer than broad, shorter than in $
and more rounded, lower end symmetrically emarginate. Eye-stalk (inclusive of
eye) in £ very little longer than the eye (the latter measured in dorso-ventral
direction), in $ as long as the eye is broad. Antenna reaching about to middle of
elytra in £, shorter in $, segment III nearly as long as IV + V, IV longer than
V, V = VI = VII or nearly, VIII shorter than VII ; in <J VIII a little longer
than IX, in $ a little shorter than IX, X shorter and XI longer than IX. Occiput
convex between eye-stalks, but not divided in middle, there being no median
groove.
Pronotum with an interrupted white median line, accompanied by a broad
brown stripe.
Scutellum white. Elytra without tubercles, depressed before middle, sub-
basal swelling slightly raised, with two brown linear spots, shoulder area for the
most part grey mixed with clayish pubescence, rest of elytra brown spotted with
greyish white in the alternate interspaces, or grey spotted with brown, some white
linear conspicuous spots in third space. Pygidium with abbreviated white
median stripe ; in $ rounded, one-half broader than long, in $ one-fifth broader
at base than long, being nearly as broad as one elytrum measured from scutellum
to farthest lateral point of shoulder.
Underside grey, without spots. Segment I in all tarsi longer than the
other segments together.
Length <$% 3-8-4-1 mm.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, IV.V.X., 2 $$, 2 $$.
22. Unciier hapalus spec. nov.
<J?. Brevis, brunneus, griseo pubescens, sericeus, antennarum basi atque
pedibus runs. Pronotum late brunneo-bivittatum. Elytra macula dorsali
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 293
subbasali, altera humerali, tertia sublaterali antemediana, quarta anteapicali
sublaterali, quinta apicali vel subapicali. atque vitta vel macula elongata suturali
submediana brunneis notata.
Long. (cap. excl.) 2-5 mm., lat. 1-2 mm.
G. Patoeha, Preanger, IX., 1 <J, 3 $$.
Nearest to U. basalts Jord. 1925, from Sumatra ; differs in colour and pattern,
as well as in the longer club of the antenna.
Frons in rj about as broad as the second segment of antenna, in $ somewhat
broader than segment III is long. Eye but slightly convex, obliquely transverse,
anteriorly faintly incurved, almost straight. Antenna pale rufous at base as
far as segment IV or V, rest rufescent brown, III to V about equal in length,
VI and VII a little shorter, VIII still shorter, in $ VIII less than half as long as
IX, in ? one-half of IX, rough with setae in <$ (like club), IX three times as long
as broad in $, a little longer than X, XI as long as IX. Pronotum practically
smooth, the minute reticulation visible under a high power only ; lateral carina
vestigial. Elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interspaces convex. Hindtarsus
in {$ one-fourth longer than hindtibia, in $ as long as tibia or very nearly.
The brown patches of elytra sometimes enlarged and partly confluent.
23. Mallorrhynchus laetus Jord. 1925.
G. Patoeha, Preanger, 4-5,000 ft., IX., 1 £ ; G. Goentoer, IX., 1 <$.
Described from a single $ from Perak ; no other specimens have come to hand.
24. Nessiara longicollis hortulana Jord. 1928.
Batoerraden, 0. Slamat, II.V., 1 <$, 1 $. New for Java ; described from
Sumatra.
25. Nessiara cognata spec nov.
<J$. Ochracea. Rostro lateribus subrectis, carina mediana ab apice ad
basin instructo. Antenna clava laxa, pallide testacea. Pronoto dorso utrinque
ad medium duobus signis brunneo-nigris Hippocampo subsimilibus notato.
Elytris nonnullis lineolis brunneo-nigris medianis dorsalibus plus minus confluis
atque in interspatiis alternis multis guttis griseis et brunneo-nigris ornatis.
J : tibia media mucrone apicali acuto instructa. $ : segmento anali ventrali
utrinque carinato.
Long. 8-9 mm. ; lat. 4-4-5 mm.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, V.VL, 2 £$, 5 ??.
Allied to N. sellata Jord. 1894 and N. sellifera Jord. 1895, from which it
differs in many ways, being easily distinguished from them by the carina of the
proboscis not being continued to occiput, by the blackish sutural patch of the
elytra not being solid, but composed of short lines, by the spiniform midtibial
mucro of the $ and the bicarinate anal sternite of the $, etc.
Rostrum one-half broader than long, with the sides very slightly rounded,
rugosely punctate, median carina ending at base ; underside with two parallel
grooves between which a broad carina that is not raised much above the level of
the lateral margins of the grooves. Frons rugate, subcarinulate, in $ one-third
as broad as the proboscis, in $ two-fifths. Antenna pale throughout, segments
IX and X triangular, IX a little longer than broad, X a little shorter, XI elliptical.
294 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
Proportions and surface structure of prothorax as in the allied species ; on
each side of middle of pronotum a blackish brown oblong spot from base to three-
sevenths (about), rather more than twice as long as broad, the interspace between
the two spots as broad as the spots, from anterior inner angle of each projects
forward a narrow line somewhat resembling the figure 3 open outwardly, with
the anterior end dilated somewhat in the shape of a crested bird's head, from
this head to apical margin near its middle a diffuse brown smear, which is con-
tinued on the occiput as a linear spot ; on lateral surface a longish spot from
basal angle obliquely forward, half-way between this spot and apex a rounded
impressed dot, and above apex of lateral carina a third spot, all more or less
diffuse and brown, another spot, rounded, at base a short distance from angle.
Alternate interspaces of elytra luteous grey dotted with blackish brown,
two limbal spots in anterior half deeper brown, in middle of suture and adjacent
interspaces a short blackish brown line, these lines either more or less confluent
or remaining separate, the species being intermediate in this colouring between
the tessellated forms like N. cethis Jord. 1911 on the one hand and the species
with well-defined black sutural spot on the other.
Pygidium of $ a little longer than basally broad, transversely depressed in
middle, centre of apical area convex, the swelling almost tuberculiform, apical
margin broadly rounded ; in $ a little broader than long, gradually rounded-
narrowed, evenly rounded at apex, along middle brownish and convex.
Underside blackish brown, except sides ; legs pale testaceous, with brown
mark in middle and at apex of femora. 3 : midtibia with pointed mucro ; on
each side of metasternum, not far from middle line, a rather oblique cariniform
tubercle, the ridge somewhat curved and about half as long as the mesosternal
intercoxal process is broad ; lobes of modified hypopygidium (below pygidium)
long and apically broad. $ : anal sternite laterally impressed, the apical lateral
tubercle present in allied species here continued frontad as an obtuse carina to
near base of segment, which it does not reach.
26. Apatenia viduata promota subsp. nov.
cJ$. Black patch of elytra placed more forward than in A. v. viduata Pasc.
1859 from Borneo, Sumatra, and Malay Peninsula, and third interspace more
strongly elevate behind this patch.
A small series : Batoerraden, G. Slamat, V.X.XI. (type XI.) ; G. Goentoer,
XII. ; G. Tongkoeban Prahoe, Preanger, 4-5,000 ft., VII. In Mus. Tring
also from other places in Java ; 17 specimens compared with 12 of A. v. viduata.
27. Oxyderes frenatus frenatus Jord. 1897.
2 $ $. Noessa Kambangan, II. III. The specimens are not in good con-
dition. They probably represent a Javan subspecies, the grey colouring at the
sides of the elytra being reduced and the proboscis somewhat shorter. I have no
other specimens from Java to compare.
28. Hypseus fumatus Jord. 1928.
Noesa Kambangan, III. VI., 2 <J(J. The median spot at the base of the
pronotum is small and grey.
Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. 1931. 29/5
29. Hypseus cyphus spec, no v.
(J$. H. fumato persimilis, minor, angustior, oculis multo magis approxi-
niatis, angulo carinae pronotalis minore, tarsis gracilioribus.
Long. (cap. excl.), 5 mm.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, VII.IX., 1 $, 1 ?.
In <J the irons one-sixth the width of the proboscis, in $ less than one-third
(2 : 7). Lateral angle of pronotal carina less than 90°. Tarsi much slenderer
than in H . fumatus, especially the hindtarsus. In colour and the distribution of
the elytral tubercles the same as H. fumatus, but the yellow basal spot of the
pronotum larger, and the elytra slightly more distinctly variegated with grey.
30. Hypseus scaphidius spec. nov.
$. Pallide rufus et niger, pube grisea et lutea et nigra variegatus. Rostrum
longitudine duplo latius, apice bisinuatum, carina mediana abbreviata deplanata
nitida instructum. Frons praeter propter trienti rostri aequilata. Pronotum
dimidio latius quani longius, leviter tri-gibbosum, medio depressum, angulo
laterali carinae acuto, macula antescutellari lutea transversa ad carinam lata.
Elytra pustulosa, pone basin sat fortiter gibbosa, interspatio tertio a medio ad
apicem quatuor pustulis notato quorum prima postice alba. Pedes griseo et
nigro annulati.
Long. (cap. excl.) 4-7 mm.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, IV., 1 $, type ; G. Tongoeban Prahoe, Preanger,
4-5,000 ft., XL, 1 ?.
The frons is a trifle broader in the type than in the second specimen.
On frons a grey anguliform spot ; on occiput two brownish black triangular
ones. Pronotum coarsely punctate, uneven, constricted before angle of carina ;
transverse depression somewhat curved forward laterally ; in front of the two
discal swellings (one each side) an oblique black spot, third main swelling placed
before carina in middle also blackish, half-way to sides a further blackish mark
widened behind carina, a short median subapical streak whitish grey, other grey
markings, very diffuse and partly contiguous with the blackish spots, form two
interrupted arcs open behind ; the yellowish spot placed in front of scutellum
not very conspicuous, strongly narrowing behind, expanding at carina and
penetrating a little beyond it. Elytra rather strongly depressed before middle,
the depression oblique, subbasal callosity high, but round, covered with clay
pubescence like the other tubercles ; suture with a chain of small grey and black
dots, black diffuse spots scattered over the elytra, along antemedian depression
a black oblique line when looked at from behind ; in third interspace a prominent
tubercle in middle (bearing a white spot behind), another at beginning of apical
declivity, a third near apex, but separate from margin, in fifth interspace a
tubercle behind middle, smaller tubercles farther back in this interspace, and
others indicated in seventh and ninth.
Underside with black lateral patch on metasternite and small black lateral
diffuse spots on abdomen. Femora pale rufous, broadly black in middle ; tibiae
with grey ring before and behind middle, these rings narrower than the blackish
median ring, the postmedian grey ring particularly narrow. Tarsi slender, first
segment grey at base and apex.
-96 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
There is no described species of Hypaeua known to me which this new species
resembles.
31. Hypseus axillaris .lord. 1895.
Noesa Kambangan, I., 1 g. Described from Perak ; new for Java.
32. Phaulimia priva Jord. 1895.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, VII.VIII.X., 4 J<$. They differ from Malayan
and Sumatran <$,$ in the frons being one-third the width of the proboscis instead
of one-fourth or one-fifth. Further material may prove this difference to be
unreliable.
33. Phaulimia lineosa spec. nov.
<j>. Ph. rufescenti Jord. 1894 colore et statura similis, minus convexa, carina
pronoti ad marginem basalem magis approximata, elytris longioribus, ante
medium et ad suturam fortius depressis.
Long. (cap. excl.) 3-5 mm. ; lat. 1-8 mm.
G. Tongkoeban Prahoe, Preanger, 4-5,000 ft., XL, 3 $$.
Twice as long as broad. Grey markings of pronotum less definite than in
Ph. rufescens, from Perak and Singapore, the conspicuous triangular grey spot
situated in that species before carina half-way to sides replaced by diffuse spots
or by a diffuse patch, this pubescent grey area more or less connected across
middle of disc with the corresponding patch of the other side, no dorso-lateral
subapical grey isolated spot. On elytra the depression behind and in between
the subbasal swellings quite distinct ; a grey antemedian transverse band
extending along suture to scutellum, and a postmedian transverse band, much
as in Ph. rufescens, but the interstices of the lines of punctures more numerously
streaked with grey, less spotted.
34. Sintor fioridus spec. nov.
,3$. Pube pallide scarlatina et grisea et nigra variegatus. Rostrum basi
impressum, carina abbreviata instructum. Antennae segmentum tertium in
utroque sexu secundo brevius. Elytra convexa, ante medium paululo depressa,
interspatiis alternis tessellatis. Tibiae brunneo-trimaculatae.
Long. (cap. excl.) 4-7 mm. ; lat. 2-0 mm.
Noesa Kambangan, VIII. XL, 1 pair. Likewise a pair sent by Dr. L. G. E.
Kalshoven obtained at Samarang, the (J bred from Teak, the $ caught.
The pale scarlet pubescence is especially conspicuous on head, shoulders,
apex of elytra and pygidium, this colour being liable to fade into a dingy ochra-
ceous buff. Proboscis minutely but densely irrorated with black ; behind middle
of each elytrum an oblique black patch extending from third or fourth interspace
backwards to near outer margin.
In <J the basal impression of proboscis continued as depression on each side
of the median carina ; the latter absent at base, but vestigial at apex ; no distinct
carina from upper margin of antennal groove to eye ; puncturation coarse.
Antenna very pale in $, club somewhat narrower than in iS'. vethi Jord. 1912, to
which the new species is related. Pronotum slightly depressed each side of
middle, the centre being raised as a faint hump ; lateral carina quite short.
Elytra punctate-striate, very slightly depressed before middle, evenly convex
NOV1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 297
from middle to apex, antemedian dorsal area and greater portion of sutural
interspace chequered with grey. Tibiae with three conspicuous brown spots.
35. Sintor suturalis Jord. 1895.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, VIII., 1 $. Known to me only from Assam and
Cambodia. This Javan $ differs in the two blackish brown dorsal stripes of the
pronotum almost being effaced by the extension of the ochreous-buff tomentum,
and in the ochreous-buff median line being very thin.
36. Sintor obliquus Jord. 1922.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, VIII., 1 $. Only one specimen known from
Banguey.
37. Sintor vethi Jord. 1912.
G. Patoeha, Preanger, 5,000 ft., II., 1 $, and G. Tongkoeban Prahoe,
Preanger, 4-5,000 ft., III., 1 9. Larger than the unique type (from Bangoe-
wangi, Java), measuring 5 mm. ; derm almost black, likewise the markings of
the upperside, the transverse subbasal patch and the oblique postmedian lateral
patch of the elytra being particularly conspicuous. The type-specimen evidently
was collected before it had attained full coloration.
38. Cleorisintor drescheri spec. nov.
cJ. Magis elongatus quam CI. glaucus Jord. 1923, pygidio abdomineque
nigro-piceis, pronoto diffusim quadrivittato, elytris bruneo-nigro limbatis ;
segmento anali ventrali in medio dente armato.
Long. (cap. excl.) 2-7 mm.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, VIII.IX.X., 4 <J<J (type IX.). Tji Solak,
Wynkoopsbaai (Grelak), 1 <J.
Pubescence bluish grey or greyish blue, much less bright blue than in CI.
glaucus from Tonkin. Four broad stripes on pronotum (of which two are lateral)
blackish, more or less strongly diffuse and obsolescent, the two dorsal ones con-
tinued along suture ; lateral margin of elytrum with another dark stripe. In
CI. glaucus the pygidium and abdomen are pale orange-buff like the femora
and tibiae, in the present species they are dark like the thoracic sterna. The <J
of CI. glaucus has a broad, flattened ridge in middle of abdomen from segments
I to IV ; this ridge absent in the new species, in which segment V bears a small
but quite distinct tooth at apical margin in middle.
39. Habrissus rugiceps Jord. 1903.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, II.VIL, 2 <j>$. New for Java ; described from
Perak.
40. Dendrotrogus hypocrita Jekel 1855.
Noesa Kambangan, I. XL, 1 o\ 3 $<j>. The first specimens I have seen
from Java.
41. Xylinades nodieornis Weber 1801.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, VII.VIII.IX., 3 <$<$, 1 $. Many years ago Dr.
Sjostedt very kindly sent me for comparison a Schonherrian specimen of " Xylin-
21
298 Novitatcs Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
adi's ircsti rwanni," which I took to be the type on which the original description
was based. The specimen belonged to one of the two closely allied species
common in Java, one of which I described later as X. vicinus Jord. (Nov. Zool.,
1903, p. 172). I now see that I described the true X. westermanni, i.e. the species
with lateral spots on the abdomen, not rings. The supposed type-specimen I
compared was the example mentioned by Gyllenhal under X. westermanni as
var. ft. The corrected synonymy is as follows :
X. jwdicomis Weber 1801,
= X. westermanni Gyllenhal 1833 var. B-
X. westermanni Gyllenhal 1833. nee var. B,
= X. vicinus Jordan 1923.
-12. Xylinades armatus Jord. 1895.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, VI., 1 <J, 3 $$ ; G. Tongkoeban Prahoe, Preanger,
4-5,000 ft., 11. X.. 1 cJ, 1 $. In the second $ the second foretarsal segment is
simple, the apical pointed tooth normally present on the inner side of the segment
being absent.
43. Exillis luteus Jord. 192."..
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, V.VIII., and Noesa Kambangan, I. XII., a series.
44. Exillis carinatus .lord. 1925.
Noesa Kambangan, VII., 1 $. Both sexes received from Dr. Kalshoven.
45. Phloeobius facilis spec. nov.
<J$. Parvus, cylindricus, supra luteo pubescens, nigro et albo variegatus.
subtus griseus. Irons lata, nee carinata nee sulcata. Antennae breves, protho-
racis basin haud attingentes, segmento ultimo brevi. Pronotum antice angustum,
carina dorsali in medio concava, utrinque convexa. Pygidium longitudine paulo
latins. Processus intercoxalis mesosternalis rotundatus. anguhs haud promi-
nentibus. Pedes tomento brevi obtecti.
Long. 5-3-0 mm., lat. 2-1-2-5 mm.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, I.IV.XI.XIL, 2 0*d\ 3 ??.
A very distinct species, remarkable for the shortness of the antenna in both
sexes. In the q the last segment is somewhat longer than broad, in the $ a little
broader than long, club compact, but flattened, shaft rufescent, segment II
about twice as long as broad, III, IV and V about the same in length as II, but
narrower, VI, VII and VIII somewhat shorter.
Eye rather shorter (transversely) than is usual in this genus. Proboscis and
frons rugate-punctate ; middle of head without (type) or with diffuse white
median stripe. Pronotum almost exactly as long as broad in the q, somewhat
broader in $, narrowed from middle to apex, the sides not projecting at apical
margin ; nearly evenly convex, with two white dots each side of middle, the
anterior one slightly the larger, farther Laterad indications of other white spots ;
dorsal carina distinctly curved back in middle. Elytra : suture slightly raised
at scutellum ; alternate interspaces, especially III and V, with black and white
linear spots, less distinct in two specimens (inclusive of type) than in the othei
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
299
subbasal swelling indicated. Pygidium luteous or white, longer than is usual in
PMoeobius, not much shorter than broad.
Presternum medianly depressed, the depression continued along apical
margin. Mesosternal process rounded off, the lateral angle not projecting.
Abdomen of £ broadly depressed medianly.
46. Basitropis nitidicutis Jekel 1855.
Batoerraden. G. Slamat, I.V.VIII.IX.XIL, 2 <J<J, 5 ?? ; Patimoean, Zuid-
Preanger, XII., 1 ? ; Noesa Kambangan, III.VIII.IX., 1 <J, 2 ?$ ; Djeroeklegi,
Zuid-Banjoemas, VII., 1 $. This common Indo-Malaysian species was not
known from Java.
Adoxastia gen. no v.
Occiput tuberculo alto armatum. Rostrum breve, subperpendiculare,
apice dilatatum, pone basin mandibulae angulatum. Fossa antennalis dorsalis,
margine dorsali elevato, tuberculiformi vel corniculato. Oculus parvus, grosse
granulatus, sinuatus, subdorsalis, sed oculi valde dist antes. Antenna maris
corpore longior, feminae brevior, segmento I baseos angusto, dimidio apicali
incrassato, III primo fere acquilongo, IV et V longitudine tertii ( $) vel brevioribus
($), clava laxa haud compressa. Pronoti carina antebasalis, gradatim arcuata ;
carinulac obsoletae. Elytra cylindrica, margine basali concavo. Tarsi breves.
Genotypus : A. drescheri spec. nov.
Near Protaedus Pasc. 1860. Distinguished from all Anthribidae by the
horned head. The carina of the pronotum extends a little beyond the middle
of the side.
47. Adoxastia drescheri spec. nov. (text-figs. 1, 2).
cJ. Atra, sparsim griseo pubescens, albo variegata. Rostrum latitudine
longius, subplanatum. Tuberculum scrobis longissimum, porrectum, capite
inter hos cornua concavo. Cornu occipitale postice subplanatum, apice sub-
acute. Antenna rufescens. Pronotum fere rotundum, parum latins quam
longius, fortissime rugose punctato-reticulatum, vitta diffusa mediana interrupta
alba ornatum. Elytra cylindrica, fortiter punctato-striata, ante medium de-
300
NOVTTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 11131.
pressa, in hac depressione atque ante apicem albo variegata. Pygidium griseum.
rotundatum. longitudine multo latins.
Long. 2-5 mm., lat. 1-2 mm.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, VIII., 1 q.
The antenna is inserted on the horn, which becomes abruptly narrower
beyond the antennal groove, the apical two-thirds (approximately) being less
than half as wide as the basal portion of the horn, and slightly curved upwards
at apex ; a small, but distinct median sinus, at the sides of which the apical
margin is sharply angulate. Antennal segments I, III, IV and V about equal in
length, the others shorter, IX as long as VIII. a little longer than X. which is as
long as XI, IX and X conical, XI elongate-elliptical, subacuminate, pale at apex.
Pronotum slightly depressed in front of centre, bearing indications of lateral
white spots besides the interrupted median diffuse stripe. Elytra emarginate at
base, in posterior half evenly convex. Sides of under surface more densely
pubescent white than rest of body. Legs evenly covered with short pubescence ;
tarsi somewhat pitchy, segment II much shorter than broad ; hindfemur reaching
to near end of abdomen.
48. Adoxastia trux spec, now (text-figs. 3, 4).
9- Rufo-brunnea. Tuberculum scrobis breve. C'ornu occipitis latum,
tumidum. Elytra baseos truncata, inter scutellum et humerum lineola longitu-
dinali alba notata. Segmentum II tarsorum latins quam in specie praecedente.
Long. 3-5 mm., lat. 1-4 mm.
Noesa Kambangan, III.VL. 2 f V ; Zuider Geb., Babakan, I., 1 $.
Pubescence somewhat coarser than in A. drescheri ; upperside with scattered
grey hair-scales, a basal stripe in third interspace of elytra conspicuous, other
concentrations of the light pubescence before the middle of the elytra and
towards their apex indistinct and diffuse.
Proboscis shorter than in A. drescheri. The tubercle formed by the upper
margin of the antennal groove prominent, rounded, the bottom of the groove on
a level with the surface of the proboscis. Segment III of antenna longer than
any of the other segments. Ill to VI II almost gradually decreasing in length, IX
a little longer than VIII and than X. XI as long as IX, elongate-elliptical, pale
Novitates Zooloqioae XXXVI. 1931. 301
at apex. Tubercle of occiput broader than in A. drescheri, its apex rounded.
Pronotum one-seventh broader than long, very coarsely punctate-reticulate,
with two small depressions before centre and two before carina. Elytra less
distinctly depressed before middle than in A. drescheri. Legs rufescent, grey
pubescence of tibiae scattered.
49. Apolecta javanica .bird. ikim.
G. Tongkoeban Prahoe, Preanger, 4-5,000 ft., I.IX., 1^,1$ ; Batoerraden,
G. Slamat, VII. IX., 1 J, 1 $. The pair from the first locality is large, with
greyish white dots ; the pair from G. Slamat is smaller and slenderer, with
yellowish dots. We already had both forms in the collection. As I have found
no other differences, I doubt that the specimens represent two species.
50. Misthosima badia spec. nov.
cJ$. Rufo-brunnea. subtus grisea, supra griseo variegata. Antenna seg-
mentis I et II pallide runs, III paulo longiore quam IV, VIII nono longitudine
aequali ( 3) vel parum breviore. Pronotum confertissime reticulatum, maculis
octo brunneis plus minus coniunctis, angulo carinae rotundato. Elytra griseo
variegata, area basali magna brunnea, scutello atque macula parva suturali
scutello contigua griseis. Mas : tibia et tarso anticis infra villosis, tibiis antica
et media inermibus.
Long. (cap. excl.) 2-6 mm., lat. 1-2 mm.
G. Patoeha, Preanger, 5,000 ft.. IX., 3 ££, 1 $.
Differs from the species (known to me) with reticulated pronotum and
rounded angle of the pronotal carina in the proportions of the antennal segments
and the unarmed apex of the fore- and midtibiae.
A little over twice as long as broad (at the shoulders). Pubescence of head
and pronotum slightly clayish ; on pronotum 4 brown spots behind apical margin
and 4 before carina, more or less connected with each other, the anterior lateral
ones sometimes isolated, sometimes quite small, the anterior central ones separ-
ated from each other by a grey line, which is sometimes missing (erased ?)■ On
elytra a large basal triangular area, widest at base, bare of grey spots, or nearly,
apart from a grey spot which covers scutellum and extreme base of suture, rest
of elytra spotted with grey, the pubescence forming in one of the $$ an oblique
band from near shoulder to middle of suture.
Knees rufous, this colour extending more or less far down the tibiae. Fore-
tarsal segment I a little shorter than the three others together ; in $ the tip of
the foretibia very slightly curved.
EpidysilOS gen. nov.
<J$. Ab genere Dysnos Pasc. 1859 dicto differt clava antennarum lata,
segmentis nono et decimo cordiformibus, undecimo elliptico, petiolatis, carina
pronotali antebasali, atque oculis lateralibus in utroque sexu valde distantibus.
Genotypus : E. procer spec. nov. Here also belongs Dysnos sericens Jord.
1925.
51. Epidysnos procer spec. nov.
<J$. Magnus, nigro-piceus, nitidus, densissime reticulato-punctatus. pube
aureo-sericea sparsissime vestitus ; pronoto vermiculatim profunde impresso,
302 Novitates Zooi/igicae XXXVI. 1931.
carina dorsali medio interrupta, angulo laterali obtuso, angulo vero prothoracis
recto ; elytro punctis grossissimis, fossis profundis atque cavis irregularibus valde
scabro ; maris tarsorum quatuor posticorum segmento primo dente apicali
ventrali instructo.
Long. 4-5-6-5 mm., lat. 2-0-3-0 mm.
Batoerraden, G. Slamat, VII. X., 5 <$<?, 1 $.
The largest known species of the group of genera allied to Choragus Kirby
1818. Pitchy black, base of antenna and segments III and IV of tarsi usually
more rufescent. Proboscis with small apical median sinus, the margin being
depressed around the sinus, at base a median groove, which is short and deep
and continued to apical margin as a shallow depression. Frons between upper
portions of eyes about one-third narrower than proboscis, very little wider in $
than in $. Antenna not reaching to base of pronotum ; segment I longer than
II, this longer than III, III to VIII slightly decreasing in length ; club flat, the
stalks shorter in $ than in (J, IX in <J about as long as III, X and XI pale, the
widened portions of IX and X wider than long, XI longer than broad.
Pronotum one-third broader than long, in posterior half nearly three-fourths
broader than the head inclusive of eyes, strongly narrowed from middle to apex,
very coarsely rugate-punctate-reticulate, on each side with about 10 impressions
which more or less run into one another, the surface being very uneven, a raised
median line at least indicated in apical half ; dorsal carina interrupted in middle,
lateral angle obtuse, rounded, lateral carinula horizontal, not directed obliquely
downward, the angle it forms with the basal margin about 90°. Elytra cylindrical,
very coarsely punctate, the punctures enlarged into pits and partly merged
together to form grooves, fewer than 20 in a row, interspaces convex, very uneven,
besides the subbasal swelling there is a hump in middle of third interspace and
another sublaterally before middle, the anterior portion of the declivous apical
area also being swollen, the elytra recalling a badly ploughed field. Pygidium
densely punctate, gradually narrowing, much broader than long, apically evenly
rounded, apically slightly narrower in $ than in <£.
Underside very densely punctate. Mesosternal process tuberculiform.
Metepimerum with a grey silky reflection in certain lights. First tarsal segment
less than twice as long as the tibia is broad at apex. <$ : Ventral tooth of second
segment longer in mid- than in hindtarsus ; abdominal sternites I to III flattened
in middle.
XoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 303
TWO NEW ORIENTAL ANTHRIBIDAE.
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
1. Zygaenodes kalshoveni ap. nov.
EAR Z. horni Jord. 1901 ; broader, proboscis more strongly narrowing
N
apicad, tubercles of elytra less distinct.
(J. Rufescent brown, the derm of the white-coloured parts more or less pale
rufous. Head greyish white, occiput with two large brown patches separated
by a thin grey line ; rostrum flat, depressed laterally above and below raised
margin of antennal groove, at apical margin (measured between extreme lateral
bases of mandibles) a very trifle (less than one-tenth) over half as wide as between
antennae and one-fifth narrower than long (the length measured from apical
margin to lowest point of depression between eye-stalk and occiput) ; occiput
rather strongly convex, but not divided by a longitudinal depression as is the
case in Z. antiallus Jord. 11)11, Z. latipes Jord. 1911 and a few other species ;
eye-stalk short, distinct only in a dorsal view, measured behind the eye about
half as long as the eye is wide. Antenna reaching beyond pygidium, pale rufous,
club darker, segments III to VII nearly the same in lengths, VIII shorter, IX
two-thirds of VII, X two-thirds of IX, XI as long as IX.
Pronotum sparsely pubescent grey, with interrupted thin white median line
as continuation of the occipital line, laterally of this line an oblique brown spot
before carina, and an indistinct brown apical square, further laterad an elongate
brown spot before carina and a large brown space from lateral carina to apical
margin, these brown markings rather diffuse.
Scutellum white, broader than long. Elytra in dorsal aspect one-ninth
longer than broad, oblong, flattened above, depressed before middle and poster-
iorly at suture, stripes of punctures not deep, interstices feebly convex, in third
interspace an elongate spot behind base and another in middle distinctly elevate,
both brownish black ; general colour of pubescence grey mixed with brown,
shoulder angle nearly black, an indistinct triangular patch from lateral margin
to median raised spot brownish, widest at lateral margin, alternate interspaces
(1, 3, 5, 7, 9) with some brown dots.
Pygidium greyish white, with an oblique brown basal spot on each side
bounding a greyish white triangular median basal area.
Legs rufescent, knees and a median spot on tibiae brown.
Length 3-3 mm., width 1-8 mm.
British India, intercepted in port at Java, 2 $$ (Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven).
2. Araeceras conabilis sp. nov.
Near A. simulatus Gylh. 1833, but broader, more convex at the base of the
elytra, frons narrower, legs darker rufous brown, angle of pronotal carina smaller,
foretibia and -tarsus of <J similar to those of $, not long-hairy ; pygidium of $
sharply pointed.
<J$. Black-brown, rufescent in parts (immature specimens pale rufous, of
304 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAR XXXVI. 1831.
course), pubescent silky grey, slightly yellowish. Upperside of head silky grey,
on occiput two large brown spots confluent behind, often a brown dot in middle
of frons ; a short central carina on frons more or less indicated ; width of pro-
boscis between antennal grooves three-fifths of frons. Antenna blackish brown,
rufescent at base, practically alike in <J and $, club nearly symmetrical, IX
slightly longer and broader than X, about one-third longer than broad, one-sixth
shorter than III.
Pronotum convex, not depressed in middle from apex to base, in q nearly
the whole central area from apical margin to carina silky grey, with few brown
spots, in $ brown spotted with grey ; angle of carina smaller than 90°, extreme
tip rounded off ; side of pronotum distinctly incurved in front of angle, the
lateral carina therefore rather strongly flexed.
Elytra two-fifths longer than broad, rather strongly convex at base, but not
humped, punctate-striate, the stripes more distinct laterally than dorsally;
diffusely grey, alternate interstices spotted with grey and brown, the spots more
conspicuous in $ than in (J.
Pygidium of £ one-fourth to one-third broader than long (measured from
transverse carina), rounded ; in $ triangular, as long as broad, tip pointed and
turned up.
Sides of abdomen with a row of large punctures at bases of segments I, II
and III, otherwise punctate and granulate, IV rather strongly granulose, but
without distinctly impressed punctures ; in $ the middle faintly flattened.
Legs rufescent brown, often the knees and the middle and apex of tibiae
darker, but not spotted ; forelegs not essentially different in q and <j>, foretibia
of ^ without long hair and without tubercles on inner surface, foretarsal I not
enlarged, not long-hairy, gradually widening towards apex, where it does not
quite attain the width of the apex of the tibia, II also gradually wider, apically
somewhat broader than the tibia.
Length 3-2 mm., with 1-7 mm.
Java: Tijbodas, 1,500 m., ix.1923, a series of both sexes (L. G. E. Kals-
hoven), bred " from fruits of Podocarpus freshly gathered from the tops of the
giant trees which occur in the mixed forest near Tijbodas on the north slope of
Mount Gede."
XoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 305
SOME ANTHRIBIDAE FROM TROPICAL AFRICA.
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
(With one text-figure.)
1. Mecocerus gratus spec. nov.
cJ$. Fossa dorsalis rostri profunda ; tarsorura segmentum secundum griseum ;
maris fovea metasternalis lanata magna ; rostri vitta mediana grisea in capite
divisa utrinque trans occiput continuata ; elytra fascia basali, macula elongata
oblique antemediana atque fascia transversa angusta postmediana griseis notata.
Long. (cap. excl.) 9-10 mm.
Hah. Belgian Congo: Sankuru, Komi, vii.1928, ii. and vii. 1930 (J.
Ghesquiere), 2 pairs. Type in Musee du Congo Beige.
In structure closely agreeing with M. clathratus Jord. 1903. The grey
pubescence of the proboscis continued across occiput along eyes, not in middle
as in several other small African species of the genus. On pronotum a transverse
row of six buff or grey spots, the two dorsal ones enlarged forward as a short
stripe, the two stripes converging anteriorly ; before scutellum a larger buff spot.
On elytra a basal transverse band, curved back at sides, reaching lateral margin
behind shoulder, from near, or from, the lateral portion of this band towards
middle of suture an oblique streak, and a narrow, straight, transverse band before
apical declivity buff or grey, as are also some variable spots in basal and apical
areas, no dots in median area.
On underside, a spot behind forecoxa and a vestige of a spot before coxa, a
streak on mesepisternum (more or less interrupted), a transverse lateral spot
posteriorly on metasternite, and the apical margins of the abdominal segments
buff or grey. Tibiae and tarsi grey.
2. Syntophoderes simplicipes spec. nov.
(J$. S. guineensi Kolbe 1895 simillimus, major, tibia media maris inermi.
Long. (cap. excl.) 10-11 mm.
Hub. Belgian Congo : Buta, type (S. M. Reine Elizabeth) ; Barumbu,
viii.1925 (J. Ghesquiere) ; Sankuru, Komi, iv.1930 (J. Ghesquiere) ; Aruwimi,
Bomili, viii. 1926 (Eng. Bock) ; 4 3$. Type in Musee du Congu Beige.
So similar to 8. guineensis that I have hitherto overlooked the differences.
Whereas in the $$ of the other species the midtibia bears a prominent apical
tooth, it is simple in the new species. This difference is corroborated by the
genitalia : pygidium as short as in 8. guineensis, but the hypopygidium decidedly
broader than in that species. $ as in S. guineensis.
3. Syntophoderes phrator spec. nov.
<J$. Etiam simillimus S. guineensi, fronte capitis antice paululo angustiore ;
pygidio atque segmento quinto abdominali longiore ; hypopygidio multo angu-
stiore, acuto, apice subhamato.
Long. G-12 mm.
306 Novitates Zoor.nr.irAE XXXVI. 1031.
Hab. Belgian Congo : various places ; also Gaboon and Cameroon ; type :
Butu, Belgian Congo.
In structure similar to S. sparsilis Jord. 1913, but in colouring more like
S. guineensis. Frons anteriorly a little narrower than in those species. In $ the
pygidium and last (external) abdominal sternite longer than in <S'. guineensis, this
sternite being in centre as long as the two preceding ones together ; hypopygidium
narrow, its tergite forming a hook, and its sternite being long, sharply pointed
with the sides strongly chitinized and straight.
4. Anthribus ornaticollis spec. nov.
(J$. A. subpenicillato Thorns. 1858 similis. elytris tuberculo subapicali
instructis, maris segmento primo tarsorum mediorum dente acuto armato.
Length : 8-12 mm.
Hab. West Africa : Kuilu, French Congo ; also Kasai 11. and Cameroon.
Among the Anthribidae of the Carnegie Museum collected at Efulen,
Cameroon, by H. L. Weber, there are specimens of both sexes of two species
of Anthribus (sensu Latreille, Schonherr, Lacordaire) with a transverse row
of prominent tufts on the pronotum as in A. subpenicillatus Thorns. 1858.
( )n comparing the specimens with Thomson's description I find that the
insect I have hitherto looked upon as being A. subpenicillatus agrees less
well with the description than does the second species now seen for the
first time.
<J$. Pubescent cinnamon, proboscis, diffuse and ill-defined spots on head
and elytra, the pronotum except a large apical dorsal area, base of elytra and
the median sutural area pearl grey, a transverse area on pronotum inclusive of
tufts ferruginous, variegated with pearl grey, base of elytra, middle of sutural
area, apex and pygidium more or less shaded with ferruginous. Tufts of prono-
tum and basal one of elytrum very prominent ; a row of five tufts on elytrum.
the second placed in the cinnamon antemedian area creamy white, a similar white
tuft behind, and forming part of, first as well as fifth tuft ; on apical declivity a
rather prominent projection. Underside medianly grey, apex of abdomen more
or less ferruginous ; apical margin of second abdominal sternite not straight.
but distinctly curved backward, in q the segment flattened in middle, slightly
impressed apically, with an apical tubercle, which is not median, but is placed a
little towards the left side. First midtarsal segment of <J nearly as long as II
to IV together, its apex widened on the outer side (away from body) into a sharp
conical tooth.
5. Zygaenodes auritus spec. nov. (text-fig. 1, o).
tJ$. Z. monstroso Pasc. 1860 simillimus, rostro parum latiore, maris segmento
tertio fortissime dilatato.
Long. 3-7-4-0 mm.
Hab. Belgian Congo : Sankuru, iv. 1925, type, and Kassai, ix. and xi. 1921
(Lt. Ghesquiere), 2 <$£, 2 ?$. Type in Musee du Congo Beige.
Eye obliquely sinuate as in Z. monstrosus, in ^ the sinus almost effaced,
the frontal angle of the eye sharp and projecting, the ventral angle very obtuse
and rounded off, in $ the sinus a little more distinct, but also oblique, the upper
XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 307
angle projecting farther forward than the ventral angle (in Z. quadrituberculatus
Fairs. 1871 the sinus is symmetrical). Segment III of antenna of jj more
strongly dilated in apical half than even in <J of
Z. quarlrituberculatus, narrow at base, gradually
widening to middle, then more suddenly expanding,
being about three times as long as broad, and much
broader than segment I. i
In colouring, and in the shape and structure of
the thorax and elytra, there is no difference from
Z. monstrosus, except that the four specimens of the
new species are somewhat darker (which may be
due to discoloration). The § does not seem to be
distinguishable except by being more robust and having an apically somewhat
broader proboscis.
6. Epicerastes adustus spec. nov.
$. Niger, supra tomento russato, infra griseo tectus ; elytris duabus fasciis
latis (ante et post medium positis) atque macula magna humerali griseis ; tarsis
atris, segmento primo apice excepto griseo-albo. Antenna elytrorum medium
hand superans ; segmentum secundum paululo brevius quam primum.
Long. 7-8 mm.
Hab. Cameroon : Efulen, October-November 1913 (H. L. Weber), 3 $$,
type in Carnegie Museum. Belgian Congo : Mayumbe (R. Mayne).
The short antenna with the second segment long, the black second tarsal
segment and the russet upperside are a combination of characters by which this
species is easily recognized.
An elongate spot in centre of frons, the border of the eye, an apical median
spot and several lateral ones on pronotum and dots at the sides and apex of
elytra russet, more or less shaded or centred with grey, an indication of a short
median stripe from carina forward and some tomentum in front of the carina
grey ; on elytra a large antemedian patch and a narrower postmedian one, both
extending across suture to fifth line of punctures and connected with each other
at suture, and a large shoulder-patch grey ; a broad median ring on tibiae greyish
white ; pubescence of underside of body grey, somewhat sparse, not concealing
structure of derm.
Base of proboscis concave in between the curved carinae. Segment I of
antenna one-sixth longer than II (curved base of I excluded), IX very little
longer than II, as long as VIII, but much thicker ; derm of all the segments
black, but III to IX pubescent white except apices. Pronotum with deep im-
pression before carina and an indication of a longitudinal impression each side
of raised centre ; dorsal carina nearly straight, dorsal cannula nearer to basal
edge than to carina. Elytra depressed before middle, subbasal swelling distinct,
alternate interspaces convex, especially third. Pygidium russet, with a little
grey. Centre of presternum coarsely punctured like sides ; abdominal segments
II and III with large punctures on lateral area.
7. Epicerastes muscosus spec. nov.
<J$. Pube olivacea obtectus, nigro-variegatus ; £ segmento secundo antenna-
rum latitudine plus triplo longiore ; segmento secundo tarsorum nigro ; pronoto
antice prosticeque impresso ; elytris ante medium depressis.
;;us Novitates Zoolooicab XXXVI. 1931
Long. 7-9 mm. (cap. excl.).
II iil>. Cameroon : Lolodorf (L. Conradt, 1895), type $ ; in Mus. Pittsburgh
a series of both sexes from Efulen (H. J. Weber) and one $ from Lolodorf (J. A.
Reis).
Black, pubescent olive or olive-grey, middle of underside grey ; pubescence
somewhat condensed at sides of occiput, in middle of apex of pronotum and
sometimes as an indistinct antemedian spot on sides of pronotum ; elytra
variegated with black, a linear median mark in third interspace being especially
prominent, sometimes the subbasal, median and subapical black spots more
numerous and enlarged, forming three zones variegated with olive, interspaces
VII and IX with black dots. Base and middle of tibiae (also their undersides)
and basal two-thirds of first tarsal segment greyish white.
Segment II of antenna one-fourth shorter than I (curved base of I excluded).
Eye slightly oblique, a very little over one-third longer than its distance from
base of mandible. Pronotum impressed anteriorly and posteriorly and very
slightly each side of middle ; dorsal carina almost straight (apart from the even
lateral curve forward-downward), interrupted in middle or nearly.
Elytra depressed before middle, subbasal swelling distinct, higher than the
suture, third interspace more convex than the others.
8. Epicerastes exstans spec. nov.
tj$. Segmentum secundum antennarum longum, tarsorum album. E.
muscoso simillimus, pronoto levius ac elytris apice fortius impressis.
Long. 8-9 mm.
Hab. Belgian Congo : Kondue (Ed. Luja), one pair.
Apart from the white second tarsal segment, the colouring is the same as in
E. muscosus. The depressions on the pronotum are less distinct and the oblique
creamy ridge ending at apical sutural angle of the elytra is higher, the impression
between it and suture distinct.
9. Epicerastes latimanus spec. nov.
<J. E. dorsali similis, magis elongatus, supra indumento olivaceo tectus ;
ab omnibus speciebus huius generis differt tarsorum segmentis secundo et tertio
latioribus.
Long. 10 mm.
Hab. Nyasaland : Zomba, Upper Shire R., 3,000 ft,, x.-xii. 1S95 (Dr. P.
Rendall), 1 J.
More uniformly greyish olive than E. dorsalis Kolbe 1895, the colour of the
pubescence of the elytra dorsally the same as laterally. Elytra longer than in
E. dorsalis, dorsally more flattened. Pygidium likewise longer. Presternum
less coarsely rugate-punctate, with a transverse depression between coxae and
anterior margin. Eye double as long as its distance from base of mandible.
Tarsal segments II and III broader than in any other known species, II white
as in E. dorsalis, measured along centre and across middle of apical margin not
quite twice as long as broad.
10. Epicerastes rnusculus spec nov.
(J$. E. prominulo .lord. 1922 statura et colore simillimus. Oculus brevior
et minus prominens. Maris tibia media absque dente apicali.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 309
Long. (cap. excl.) 3-3-3-6 mm.
Hab. Cameroon : Johann-Albrechtshohe (L. Conradt), 1 $, 3 $?.
Rufous brown, variegated with grey pubescence, which varies somewhat in
distribution and does not form a definite pattern ; on pronotum five indefinite
rufous patches ; antenna and tibiae uniformly rufous.
Proboscis with median carina, but the depressions in which the antennal
grooves are situated not bounded by a carina. Eye very little longer than broad.
Antenna extending beyond pygidium in both sexes, segment II about half as
long again as broad, X at least twice as long as broad. Pronotum evenly
and moderately convex, without distinct impressions, densely covered with
umbilicate punctures ; carina evenly curved from side to side. Elytra feebly
depressed before middle, a little over two-thirds longer than broad, subbasal
swelling indicated, interspaces slightly convex, third not higher than the
others, basal margin as in E. praminulus, less raised than in the other species
of the genus. As in E. prominulus, abdominal segument I of <J without tufted
groove, but in contrast to the ^ of that species I to III not flattened and
IV and V only feebly so. Mesosternal process somewhat broader than in
E. prominulus.
Epicerastes Kolbe 1895, Ent. Zeit. Stettin, lv. p. 3S5 (1894, published 1895)
is known only from Tropical Africa. 1 select as genotype E. convexicollis Kolbe
1895.
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF EPICERASTES
a. Segment II of tarsi black, at most with indication of white pubescence . b
Segment II of tarsi white ......... e
b. Disc of pronotum feebly depressed before carina, no distinct median callosity c
Disc of pronotum conspicuously depressed before carina, a distinct median
callosity ........... d
c. Proboscis with dorso-lateral yellowish grey stripe E. undulatus Qued. 1886
Proboscis uniformly pubescent E. convexicollis Kolbe 1895
d. Upperside greyish olive . . . . . E. muscosus, cf. p. 307
Frons, pronotum and sides of elytra more or less russet ; antenna of $
reaching to middle of elytra .... E. adustus, cf. p. 307
e. Antennal segment II at least three times as long as broad
E. exstans, cf. p. 308
Antennal segment II much less than three times as long as broad . f
f. Pronotum without distinct median callosity, impressions on disc vestigial g
Pronotum with distinct median callosity (or tubercle) . . . . k
g. Upperside dark brown, with a few definite whitish grey spots, especially
conspicuous in third interspace of elytra . . E. pygidialis Jord. 1894
Upperside more or less olive or grey ..... . h
h. Eye elliptical, longitudinal ........ i
Eye more ovate, placed obliquely, apical median spot of pronotum large
E. subcostatus Qued. 1886
i. Pronotal carina evenly curved ; q without round tufted groove on first
abdominal segment ... ..... j
Transverse carina almost straight . . . E. costiger Kolbe 1895
310 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
j. Apex of mesosternal process almost pointed ; midtibia of q with pointed
apical tooth ; abdomen of (J depressed in middle from base to apex
E. prominulus Jord. 1922
Apex of mesosternal process round ; midtibia of $ without apical tooth ;
abdomen of (J not depressed in middle . . E. muscvlus, of. p. 308
k. Tarsal segment II more strongly dilated than in any other known species
E. latimanus, cf. p. 308
Tarsal segment II normal ......... 1
1. Elytra with subbasal callosity high E. sericans Kolbe 1895
Elytra with subbasal callosity vestigial, not tuberculiform ; in antemedian
depression of elytra a greyish white patch, usually more or less extended
backwards at suture ......... m
m. Grey antemedian patch of elytra extended forward towards shoulders
E. albinus Jord. 1894
Grey antemedian patch anteriorly straight . . E. dorsalis Kolbe 1895
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 311
THREE NEW SOUTH AMERICAN FLEAS.
By DR. KARL JORDAN.
(With 5 text-figures.)
Ctenidiosomus gen. nov.
9- Related to Stenoponia J. & R. 1911 and Neotyphloceras Roths. 1914 ; the genal
comb absent, the genal margin produced downwards into a triangular process,
the labial palpus consisting of five segments and reaching to near the apex of
the forccoxa, the abdominal tergites II to VI with comb of long spines, etc.
Head almost evenly rounded (text-fig. 1). Frons without tubercle ; with
two rows of bristles ; genal process broad, apically rounded, its ventral margin,
about vertically below eye, incurved, in front of this bay the marginal area
enlarged downward into a triangular lobe which is about as long as broad, the
tip of this lobe about one-fourth nearer to the apex of the genal process than to
the oral angle of frons. Occiput without the internal incrassation of Stenoponia,
with three rows of bristles. Eye not fully developed, pale, its antero-ventral
area semitransparent, and with the rim very thin. Antennal groove almost
closed ; segment II of antenna with the bristles short ; club long, strongly
segmented. Proportions of maxillary palpus : 22, 29, 23, 29. Proboscis reaching
to yj of forecoxa.
Pronotum long, with two rows of bristles and additional dorsal bristles, and
comb of spines. Mesonotum one-fifth longer than metanotum, without subapical
internal setiform spines, and like the metanotum studded with numerous
bristles. No apical spines on metanotum.
On abdominal tergites 4 or 5 rows of bristles, the anterior row or rows
irregular ; on II to VI a comb of sharp spines (text-fig. 2) about as long as,
but somewhat narrower than, the last but one spine of the pronotal comb ; below
the combs the segments widened ; two long antepygidial bristles on a double
cone. Pygidium strongly convex. Stylet long, cylindrical.
Outer subapical dorsal bristle of femora short and stumpy, stout ; outer
dorsal bristles of tibiae also stout, very much shorter than the inner ones. Seg-
ment V of all tarsi with five pairs of lateral plantar bristles, ventrally at and near
apex 7 or 8 short bristles arranged in a curved row, the two middle bristles thin.
One spermatheca, of which the head is ovate.
Genotype : spec. nov. here described.
1. Ctenidiosomus spillmanni spec. nov. (text-figs. 1, 2).
A large species. Only the $ known.
Head. — In front of eye four large bristles, of which the uppermost placed
near the antennal groove and much farther forward than the others ; an anterior
row of 6 or 7 small bristles ; between eye and upper long bristles numerous minute
bristles. On occiput the first row contains on each side 4 bristles, the second
5 or G and the subapical row 7 or 8, the bristles of the anterior two rows
rather thin. Minute bristles on segment I of antenna numerous ; club not quite
twice as long as broad. Maxilla a little longer than hindtarsal segment II.
.'512
NOVITATES ZOOLOCIICAE XXXVI. 1931.
Thorax. — On pronotum a comb of twenty-two pointed spines, not quite
touching each other at base, the subdorsal spines two-thirds the length of the
pronotum ; in front of the posterior row of 17 long bristles another row of 17,
and before this about 8 additional dorsal and subdorsal bristles. Posterior row
on mesonotum with 17 bristles, on metanotum with 18, between this row and
basal margin numerous bristles in more than three rows, but on metanotum
an anterior lateral area
without bristles ; on
mesopleura 8 or 9 bristles ;
mesosternum projecting
downwards as a rounded
nose, above which there
is a small bristle ; mete-
pisternum with one or
two bristles ; on meta-
sternum five bristles near
its posterior margin, two
or three of them evi-
dently large (broken
away) ; on metepimerum
two vertical rows (6,
6, and 5, 7, and a
few minute additional
bristles).
Ab do m e n . — On ter-
gites five or six rows of
bristles, anterior rowTs
irregular and not com-
plete, numbers (two sides
together) in posterior
row on tergite I 14, II
25, III 32, VI 25, VII 12, these bristles stout ; combs dorsally slightly inter-
rupted, spines sharp and long, the bristles of the posterior row not reaching to
the apex of the spines, numbers (two sides together) on II 27, III 33, IV 31, V 30,
VI 27, the spines slightly different in length. On the sternites the posterior row
very oblique and its bristles strong, at least the more ventral ones ; basal sternite
ventrally divided from base to middle, on upper portion of its side 7 or 8 small
bristles, on ventral portion (two sides together) 40 ; numbers on sternites III
to VI 38 to 50, 14 (only the large bristles of the posterior row being included
in the 14).
Legs. — On inner surface of hindcoxa near anterior margin an irregular row
of 7 or 8 small bristles. On outer side of mid- and hindfemur a ventral row of
bristles, the last bristle rather long, the next and a subbasal one about the size
of bristles at the anterior (= ventral) margin of the femora, the others quite
small; bindtibia with eight dorsal notches inclusive of apical one, in third,
fourth, fifth, and sixth notches two stout bristles and on the inner side a slender
one, in seventh notch three short and stout and one slender, near the notches, on
outside, a row of eight bristles ; on ventral side three notches with three stout
bristles each, a fourth notch with small ones, along ventral margin, except basal
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
313
fourth, short bristles, also a row on outside near this margin ; the longest apical
bristle of hindtibia (which is ventral) reaching to three-fifths of hindtarsal seg-
ment I. No bristle of hindtarsus extending to near apex of the segment follow-
ing ; segment IV
long in hindtarsus,
three times as long
as apically broad,
in fore- and mid-
tarsus less than one-
half longer than
broad ; sole of V
with numerous
small hairs in fore-
and midtarsus, and
with few such hairs
in hind-tarsus.
Me asur ements :
midtarsus 44, 24, 14,
11, 22, hindtarsus
88, 60, 42, 23, 29.
Modified Segments. — Sternite VII gradually decreasing in width, its
narrow apex truncate, slightly emarginate, the angles sharp, but not produced ;
between posterior row and base on the two sides together more than 100
bristles. The two large antepygidial bristles about equal. Stigma of segment
VIII large, recalling the rose of a watering-can, above it about 15 bristles on
each side, below it 4 or 5, on the widened area 30 odd bristles ; sternite
VIII without bristles. Pygiclium on each side with 23 grooves, the sinus
formed by it and the anal segment
CI
ry— —
with strongly chitimsed sides ; anal
tergite with median hump bearing
bristles. Stylet nearly six times as
long as broad, with an apical bristle
and two very minute ones, the
apical bristle shorter than the
longest dorsal bristle of the anal
tergite. Spermatheca somewhat
distorted in mounting, its head
irregularly ovate, tail short and
narrow (text-fig. 2).
Length 4-5 mm., hindfemur
0-75 mm.
Hab. Ecuador: Pichincha, from Neomys spec, 23.xii.1930 (Professor F.
Spillmann).
A most interesting discovery, for which I am greatly indebted to Dr. F.
Spillmann.
2. Craneopsylla chiris spec. nov. (text-figs. 3, 4)
<J$. Close to C. wolffsohni Roths. 1909, from Chile ; pronotal comb with
22 spines.
cJ. Ventral portion of IX. st. (text-fig. 3) slightly incurved, the ventral angle
22
314
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
acute ; at apex two bristles and further down the ventral margin a bunch of
three others, three of these five bristles appearing to be flattened, sword-like (the
outline of the segment is much obscured in the only specimen in the collection).
Clasper with a marginal row of close-set long bristles as in G. wolffsohni ;
exopodite dorsally humped at two-thirds, at ventral margin two short, broad,
modified spiniforms, one at apex, the other opposite the dorsal hump, both
bilobate, the proximal one recalling a mitten or a boxer's glove.
$. Two antepygidial
bristles instead of one. Stylet
short and proximally broad
(styl, text-fig. 4), strongly
narrowing apically. Stigma
of VIII. t. widest towards
trachea, the cavity much
narrower at margin of seg-
ment than in C. ivolffsohni ;
below this stigma two bristles
and farther down three or
four in a row (besides
numerous bristles on the
widened ventral area). Head
of spermatheca (R.s.) straighter and somewhat longer than in C. wolffsohni, the
end bearing the orifice less curved downwards.
Hab. Argentina: Rio Negro, Pilcaneu, 1,000 m., April 1920, on Phyllotis
xanthopygus (H. E. Box), one pair.
The $ with two antepygidial bristles recorded in Nov. Zool. xxi. p. 260.
no. 32 (1914) from " Ost-Feuerland," probably belongs to this species.
3. Craneopsylla tolmera spec. nov. (text-fig. 5).
One might be in doubt as to whether the various forms of Craniopsylla,
which fall into three natural groups, represent either three genera each with
several species, or three species each with several subspecies. A large series of
specimens of Cranwpsylla collected in Tucuman and lately acquired for the
N. C. Rothschild collection contains both G. wolffhuegeK Roths. 1909 and its very
near ally C. minerva Roths. 1903. If these specimens are all from the same
district as stated by the collector, C. wolffhuegeli and C. minerva must be con-
sidered as independent, i.e. specific, units, and consequently also the other forms
described should be treated as species. In the case of the Ecuadorian example
hereafter described there is a difficulty. The specimen belongs to the group
containing C. mars Roths. 1898, C. ares Roths. 1908 and C. inca Roths. 1914, all
three being known from one $ each, whereas the Ecuadorian specimen is a $. It
may be the $ of any one of the three, or it may represent a distinct species.
cj. C. tolmera differs from C. inca in the comb of the pronotum containing
30 spines instead of 25, in the anterior (third) row of the pronotum consisting of
12 bristles instead of 3, and the abdominal tergite VI bearing 8 and VII 0 bristles
in front of the postmedian row, i.e. fewer than in C. inca, in which the numbers
are 16 and 11 respectively. The hindfemur has in the posterior half of the
outer surface 4 lateral and 3 ventral bristles as in C. inca. Hindcoxa much
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
315
broader than in C. inca. Clasper (CI) inclusive of its manubrium (M) more
than three times as long as it is broad in middle (text-fig. 5). Manubrium very
short and broad, triangular, its ventral margin excurved, its upper margin
slightly incurved, this margin shorter than the manubrium is broad near its
base. Rest of clasper irregularly oblong with the apical ventral angle round
and extending downward ; upper margin nearly straight, towards apex with a
small hump which bears two bristles ; upper apical angle produced as a short
cone, at the apex of which there is a rather stout and short spiniform, below this
three bristles, two thin and one stouter and longer, farther down the apical
margin of the clasper two more bristles about the size of the one above them ;
316 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
ventral margin incrassate, incurved, the incrassation curved as a sabre, ending
distally in a point, which appears to project. Exopodite F not unlike that of
certain bat -fleas, strongly arrowing to apex, the posterior margin almost forming
a semicircle and the anterior margin slightly incurved and short, being about
one-third the posterior margin ; along the latter eleven bristles, most of them
arranged in pairs, the uppermost short and very thin, the next the largest ; on
outer surface one thin, but fairly long bristle ; the exopodite rests with its tip
against a projection from the inner surface of the clasper ; this projection
strongly chitinised and resembling the end-segment of a thumb to some extent.
The apex of the vertical arm of IX. st. irregularly elongate-ovate, the arm curved
in middle ; the ventral area broad, dorsal and ventral margins almost parallel, the
portion between ventral and vertical arms about twice as wide as the ventral
arm is broad ; apex of ventral arm obliquely truncate, upper angle sharp, bearing
a small bristle, lower angle completely rounded off. VIII. st. with a proximal
portion forming a sort of tripod, which is dorsally drawn out distad into a long
lobe which ends with two membranous appendages (one each side) with rounded
tips ; proximally to these appendages a long bristle and a small one ; proximal
two-fifths of upper margin incrassate in a similar way as the ventral margin of
the clasper, but the free point of this sclerite turned upwards.
Length 3 mm. ; hindfemur 0-43 mm.
Hab. Ecuador: Pichineha. from Neornys spec, 23.xii.1930 (Professor F.
Spillmann), 1 <J.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 317
ZUR SYSTEMATIK DER GATTUNG GERYGONE.
Von DR. WILHELM MEISE.
Museum fur Tierkunde, Dresden.
(Mit Tafel V-VII und 7 Karten im Text.)
r\IE Gattung Oerygone umfasst Muscicapiden des indoaustralischen Gebietes.
Ihre Revision muss das Ziel haben, neben der Untersuchung iiber die
Gliederung in Arten und Unterarten eine klare Abgrenzung gegen die benach-
barten Gattungen zu geben.
Bei meinem Versueh, dies zu tun, durfte ich das Gerygo»e-Ma,ter'm\, wenigstens
das wichtigste, der Museen in Tring, Berlin, Genua, Wien, Singapore, Budapest,
Basel, Miinclien, Hamburg und Dresden sowie einige Balge des Leydener und
American Museums benutzen. Mein aufrichtiger und herzlicher Dank sei alien,
die das Zusammenbringen von iiber 500 Balgen dieser zum Teil recht seltenen
Arten ermoglichten, ausgesprochen, den Herren Lord Rothschild, Dr. K. Jordan,
Dr. E. Hartert und Mr. A. Goodson, Prof. Dr. E. Stresemann und Dr. E. Mayr,
Prof. Dr. Gestro, Mr. C. Boden Kloss, Dr. F. Sarasin und Dr. J. Roux,
Dr. M. Sassi, Dr. E. Greschik, Prof. Dr. van Oort, Prof. Dr. A. Laubmann,
Dr. Nic. Peters sowie Mr. N. B. Kinnear und Mr. J. H. Riley, die mich durch
sorgfaltigen Vergleich nicht ausleihbaren Materials im British Museum, London,
und U.S. Nat. Museum, Washington, ein Urteil iiber Formen gewinnen liessen,
die ich nicht selbst sehen konnte. Besonders erfreulich war es, dass ich von
den 112 beschriebenen Formen (nicht gezahlt die 7 nomina nuda und die 3
nom. emend.) nicht weniger als 49 Holotypen (darunter vielleicht 2 Paratypen)
und 1 1 Paratypen untersuchen, also 60 Beschreibungen an den typischen Exem-
plaren nachpriifen konnte. Dazu kommt eine grosse Zahl von Typen von
den benachbarten Gattungen. Bei einer Gesamtzahl von 65 in dieser Arbeit
anerkannten Rassen habe ich nur 2 nicht gesehen und eine dritte, hypoxantha,
nicht mit Sicherheit. Die Typen dieser Formen (es handelt sich um Oerygone
aruensis Biittikofer, Pseudogerygone pallida Finsch und G. hypoxantha
Salvadori) werden im Leydener Museum aufbewahrt. Ich hoffe aber, sie
nach der Beschreibung bzw. pallida mit Hilfe von Mr. Kinnear richtig gedeutet
zu haben. Zwei weitere Gerygone-Arten, die nicht unterzubringen waren,
sind nach Stticken des Australian Museums in Sydney von De Vis beschrieben
und nie wieder untersucht worden. Ich mochte sie gleich hier besprechen,
da ich annehme, dass sie zu einer anderen Gattung gehoren. Pseudogerygone
brunnea De Vis, Ibis, 1897, p. 378 (1897 — Siidost-Neuguinea), nach einem
Spiritusexemplar beschrieben, ist nach den Massen und Farbangaben wahr-
scheinlich nichts anderes als die eine Seite vorher beschriebene Pseudo-
gerygone murina De Vis, Ibis, 1897, p. 377 (1897 — Mt. Scratchley, etwa 4,000 m.
hoch, Siidost-Neuguinea), von der bei der Beschreibung 2 $<$, 6 $$, ein o
und ein Spiritusexemplar (also ausser dem Typus von Ps. brunnea) vorlagen.
Die Art ist nach De Vis G. magnirostris ahnlich, hat aber einen langeren Schnabel,
kiirzeren Schwanz und olivenfarbene Oberseite. Fliigel 60, Schwanz 39, Tarsus
318 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
is mm. Man konnte an Gerygone magnirostris conspicillala denken, aber diese
Art wohnt nicht so hoch im Gebirge. Der folgende Satz der Beschreibung weist
auf Gerygone rubra, die aber einen viel langeren Schwanz hat : " rectrices olive,
with a broad fuscous shading near the tips, which are grey on the mesials, white
on the laterals, the outmost tip broad and well defined on the inner web."
Liingeren Schnabel und kiirzeren Schwanz als G. magnirostris haben die Cratero-
scelis-Atten, aber ihnen fehlt die Schwanzzeichnung, und die Farming von
0. murina gibt es bei keiner der bisher bekannten Arten.
Noch ein weiteres Geheimnis birgt das Australian Museum, die von De Vis
vom Oriomo River angefiihrten Gerygone fusca (<J$), die doch wenigstens einige
Ahnlichkeit mit der heutigen, damals fusca genannten G. igata richmondi
haben muss. An Gerygone cinerea wage ich dabei nicht zu denken, da sie weder
den langen Schwanz, noch die auffallige weisse Schwanzzeichnung, noch die
rostbraunen Seiten, noch die braunliche Oberseite von Gerygone i. richmondi hat.
DIE ABGRENZUNG DER GATTUNG GERYGONE.
In der Synonymic der Gerygone-Arten finden wir am haufigsten als nicht
zu Gerygone im weiteren Sinne gehorende Gattungen : Acanthiza und Seicercus
(olim Cryptolopha) ; ferner wurden manche Arten als Gerygone beschrieben, die
wir heute zu Phylloscopus ' oder Sericornis u.a. stellen. Gegen diese Gattungen
miissen wir Gerygone abgrenzen.
Gerygone unterscheidet sich von Phylloscopus durch gerundeten Schwanz,
seithch (besonders an der Spitze) nicht zusammengedruekten Schnabel (Aus-
nahmen : G. (Hapolorhynchus) albofrontata und einige igata-FoTmen), durch die
Schwanzzeichnung (nur bei G. chrysogaster fehlt wie bei Phylloscopus fast jegliche
Schwanzzeichnung).
Gerygone unterscheidet sich von Sericornis'- durch relativ langere 2. Schwinge,
deren Spitze von der Spitze des Fliigels bei Sericornis 9-12,5 mm. Abstand hat
(bei Gerygone igata, Hapolorhynchus albofrontata, G. cinerea und chrysogaster gilt
dies Unterscheidungsmerkmal nicht sicher), durch starker gebogenen Sehnabelfirst
(von G. magnirostris abgesehen, aber auch von Sericornis magna aus Tasmanien),
durch vorn weniger stark seithch zusammengedruekten Schnabel (von Hapolo-
rhynchus sowie Sericornis arfakiana (Salvadori), perspicillata und rufescenx
abgesehen, s. Taf. V). durch meist relativ kiirzeren Lauf und schwaehere
Zehen. Ich kenne kein einziges absolut sicheres Unterscheidungsmerkmal.
W'eiin man aber die genannten beriicksichtigt, wird man kauin im Zweifel sein.
Es gibt freilich Ubergangsarten zwischen beiden Genera, namlich Sericornis
arfakiana (Salvadori), rufescens (Salvadori), die beide als Gerygone, cine mit
einem Fragezeichen, beschrieben wurden, und Gerygone magnirostris. Die
beiden erstgenannten Arten hat E. Mayi- vor kurzem (Ornith. Monatsber. 38,
1930, pp. 176-178) zur Gattung Sericornis gestellt. Sie sind aber so sehr
Ubergang, dass sie die Vereinigung von Sericornis und Gerygone ermoglichen
wurden. Ich ziehe es jedoch vor, die bisherige Zweiteilung beizubehalten,
,' Ubrigens moge Sericornis 1 Irochiloides Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Cm. Oenova 7, p. 961 (1876 —
Misori), nee Phylloscopus Irochiloides (Sundevall) 1838, Phylloscopus IrivirtjnUis iitixoriensis—iiom.
nov. heissen (Typen vergliehen). Oerygone mnforensis A. B. Meyer (Mafor) ist auch ein Phylloscopus
ti ivirgat/ua.
- Ich verglich Sericornis arfakiana, olivacea, rufesc&ne, biirgersi, perapicillafa, magnwostria
(auch beccarH), frontalis, maculalus, humilis, citreogularis, gutturalis.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 319
da andernfalls eine Unzahl von Homonymen zu beseitigen und der praktische
Nutzen gering ware. Die Genusabgrenzung wird immer etwas Kiinstliches
behalten, und so moge man entschuldigen, wenn ich der Tradition folge, zumal
taxonomisch verwertbare biologische Daten aus Neuguinea noch kaum vorliegen.
Bei den australischen Sericomis-Aiten scheint es keine Nester mit dachartigem
Vorsprung iiber der seitlich angebrachten Offnung zu geben, die bei Gerygone-
Nestern die (ausnahmslose ?) Regel sind.
Gerygone unterscheidet sich von Seicercus durch relativ schmaleren Schnabel
(s. Taf. V), doch erreicht G. chrysogaster fast die Masse von Seicercus. Der Lauf
ist bei dem typischen Seicercus (S. burkii) langer, etwa 20 mm. gegen 16 (G.
chrysogaster). Seicercus hat wie G. chrysogaster keine Schwanzzeichnung.
Hartert liess durch die Beschreibung einer Cryptolopha loaigiuensis (= G.
chrysogaster virescens) diese Verhaltnisse ganz deutlich hervortreten. Trotzdem
habe ich darauf verzichtet, diese Annaherung von G. chrysogaster an Seicercus
nomenklatorisch durch Anerkennung der Untergattung Leptotodus A. B. Meyer
hervortreten zu lassen, da chrysogaster doch sehr nahe mit chloronota und
magnirostris verbunden ist.
Aethomyias ist eine Sericornis mit relativ langer 1. Schwinge und verdient
den Gattungsnamen nicht, man vergleiche Sericornis magnirostris (z. B. beccarii
Salvadori) und Aethomyias spilodera.
Crateroscelis weicht durch starkeren Schnabel, lange kraftige Zehen,
im allg. kurzeren Schwanz und lange 1. Schwinge, iiberdies durch den Far-
bungsstil ab.
Gerygone unterscheidet sich endlich von Acanthiza durch das Fehlen schup-
penformiger oder strichformiger Zeichnungen auf der Stirn und den Mangel von
Schaftstrich-Zeichnungen an Wangen und Ohrdeeken. Kleine bogenformige
Bander an den Stirnfedern linden sich ganz schwach angedeutet bei G. cinerea,
die auch in der Schlankheit des Schnabels fast Acanthiza erreicht. Als Ueber-
gange zwischen diesen beiden Gattungen konnte man G. cinerea, ruficollis und
igata bezeiehnen, die aber immer noch einen etwas breiteren, weniger zierlichen
und an der Spitze weniger stark seitlich (ausser bei Ha polorhynchus) zusammenge-
driickten Schnabel (s. Taf. V) haben als die Acanthiza-Arten, die ich verglich:
pusilla (Typus der Gattung), uropygialis, inornata, lineata, nana, chrysorrhoa.
Acanthiza robustirostris Milligan mit etwas breiterem Schnabel sah ich nicht. Sie
weicht aber audi durch die Zeichnung (Stirnstrichelung, Schuppenzeichnung an
den Ohrdeeken) von Gerygone ab. Acanthiza, hat ferner haufig gelben oder rost-
braunen Biirzel, die Iris ist rot bis braun wie bei Gerygone, aber auch blass
rauchweiss. Die Nester sind rundlich, oval oder birnenformig, mit dem Eingang
oben seitlich. Die Masse, auch die Fliigelproportionen, weichen kaum von denen
der Gattung Gerygone ab.
Die Gattungsgrenzen bei diesen kleinen Laubsangerarten sind also nirgends
scharf. Immerhin kann man wohl von einem Acanthiza-, Sericornis-, PhyUo-
scopus-, Gerygone- und Seicercus- Typus innerhalb der hier verglichenen Formen-
gruppe des indoaustralischen Gebietes sprechen. Und dann ist die Tiennung
der Arten nicht mehr so schwierig, als wenn man scharfe Grenzen sucht und so
schliesslich jede Art wegen kleiner Abweichung in eine besondere Gattung
stellen muss. Ein Lied von dieser Methodik konnte auch Gerygone singen, wie
der nachste Abschnitt zeigen wird.
320 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
DIE GLIEDERUNG DER GATTUNG GERYGONE.
Ich muss darauf verzichten, eine Gesamtcharakteristik der Gattung zu
geben. Man wird durch einen Blick auf die Figuren der Schnabeltypen und der
ausseren Schwanzfeder (Taf . V-VII) sowie durch einen Vergleieh der Masse, die
bei jedem Formenkreis zusammengefasst sind, am ehesten einen Ueberblick
bekommen. Die folgende Synonymie der Gattungsnamen zeigt am deutlichsten,
welche Miihe man sich mit den Versuch einer weiteren Gliederung gemacht hat.
Gerygone Gould
Psilopus Gould, Synops. Birds Australia, Pt. 4. 1838, Taf. 61. Typus : Psilopus albogularis Gould
= P. olivaceus Gld. Nee Psilopus Meigen, 1824.
Gerygone Gould, Grey's Journ. Two Exped. Discov. Australia 2, App. p. 417, 1841, nomen novum fiir
Psilopus Gould.
Osliarius Gistel, Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs fur Adhere Schulen, p. x, 1848, nomen novum fiir
Psilopus Oken = Gould.
Pseudogerygone Sharpe, Notes Leyden Museum, 1, p. 29, 1879. Typus: Gerygone personata
Gould.
Leptotodus A. B. Meyer, Zeitschr. ges. Ornilh. 1, p. 197, 1884. Typus: Leptotodus tenuis A. B.
Meyer — Gerygone notata Salvadori.
Eugerygone Finsch, Notes Leyden Mus. 22, p. 200, 1901. Typus: Pseudogerygone rubra Sharpe.
Hapolorhynchus Reichenow, Journ. f. Ornith., 1908, p. 488. Typus: Gerygone t alhofrontata Gray.
Ethelornis Mathews, Austral Av. Rec. 1, p. 110, 1912. Typus : Gerygone magnirostris Gould.
Wilsonavis Mathews, Austral Av. Rec. 1, p. 110, 1912. Typus: Psilopus juscus Gould 1846 =
Wilsonavis fusca richmondi Mathews.
Royigerygone Mathews, Austral Av. Rec. 1, pi. 110, 1912. Typus : Gerygone nmthewsae Mathews =
Gerygone modesta Pelz.
Maorigerygone Mathews & Iredale, Ibis, 1913, p. 437. Typus : Curruca igata Q. & G.
Den Hauptanteil an dieser Aufspaltung der Gattung hat Mathews. Wie er
die papuanischen Formen in diese kiinstlich erzeugte Gliederung hineingruppiert
hat, ist mir unklar. Seine 42 Arten (2 davon nicht zur Gattung Gerygone gehorig)
in 81 Formen verteilt er auf 9 Gattungen : Gerygone, Wilsonavis, Ethelornis,
Pseudogerygone, Royigerygone, Maorigerygone, Hapolorhynchus, Eugerygone und
Seicercus. Der Formenkreis G. chrysogaster steht z. T. bei Seicercus, z. T. bei
Gerygone, mit der er nach Mathews' Prinzip audi nicht das Geringste zu tun
haben diirfte. Man findet einzelne Bemerkungen zu Mathews' System noch
hier und da im speziellen Teil meiner Arbeit. Ich kann aber bei weitem nicht
auf alles hinweisen, sonst wiirde die Arbeit den doppelten Umfang erreichen.
Statt 81 Formen erkenne ich 63 an und lasse die beiden De Vis'schen Arten fort.
Die Einteilung der Gattung nach der Lange der 2. Schwinge (Sharpe's Pseudo-
gerygone) ist unmoglich, wenn man die Veranderlichkeit dieses Merkmales bei
der Rasse G. fusca inornata kennt. Ich erkenne nur 2 der Gattungen als Unter-
gattungen an, Hapolorhynchus und Eugerygone.
Meine eigene Gliederung der Gattung in 12 Formenkreise ist wohl auch noch
nicht das Endgultige. Vor allem ist die Unterbringung von G. hypoxantha,
tenebrosa, pallida (im Alterskleide unbekannt) und cantatrix nachzupriifen.
Ausserdem sind die Beziehungen zwischen den fusca- und laevigaster-Formen in
Australien nicht klar. Ich habe jeden der 12 Formenkreise in Gruppen einge-
teilt, wo die morphologische Verschiedenheit der Subspezies das erforderlich zu
machen schien, habe aber nicht den Gruppennamen als Artnamen gebraucht,
sondern den, der den grosstmoglichen Formenkreis bezeichnet.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXH. 1931. 321
Die geographische Variation bietet manches Interessante, so wird bei einigen
Pormen die 2. Schwinge von Siidaustralien nach dem Norden relativ kiirzer,
ebenso verhalt sich der Sehwanz, der Fliigel wird absolut kiirzer, der Schnabel
absolut und relativ langer. Es lohnt sich aber nicht, auf diese Verhaltnisse hier
naher einzugehen (sie Bind dem speziellen Teil zu entnehmen), da man dazu
moglichst viele Arten australischer Vogel untersuchen miisste.
BESTIMMUNGSTABELLE DER FORMENKREISE.
I. Culmen von der Stirnbefiederung an 12-13 mm. lang Hapolorhynchu.i VIII.
II. Culmen 11 mm. lang oder kiirzer.
1. Sehwanz mit breiten weissen Spitzen an den beiden aussersten Sehwanz-
federpaaren ...... Eugerygone XII.
2. Sehwanz mit deutlich weissen Subterminalbinden oder-fleeken.
(a) Oberkorper griin oder oliven . . 0. flavolateralis VI.
(b) Oberkorper vorwiegend braun oder grau.
(a) Unterkorper intensiv schwefelgelb, Kehle bei einigen
Formen weiss.
(aa) 2. Schwinge > 8 G. olivacea (u. hypoxantha ?) I.
(bb) 2. Schwinge < 8 G. fusca sul/phurea-Gmippe XI.
(P) Unterkorper nicht intensiv schwefelgelb, aber oft mit
gelbem Anflug (juv.) und in einem Fall ockergelb.
(aa) weisser Fleck an der Innenfahne der aussersten
Schwanzfeder nicht iiber die Mitte der Innen-
fahne nach dem Schaft zu hinausgehend — nicht
scharf begrenzt.
(aa) mit rostbraunen Weichen
G. fusca doraalis-Gnippe XI.
(Pp) ohne rostbraune Weichen
G. magnirostris III.
(bb) weisser Fleck bis an oder fast an den Schaft reichend.
(aa) Spitze der 2. Schwinge 4,5-7,5 mm. von der
Spitze des Fliigels entfernt.
(aaa) Schnabel schlank, Sehwanz relativ
kurz (Index 60,7-74,2), 2. Schwinge
wenig < 8 . . G. ruficollis X.
(666) Schnabel breiter . G. fusca
(nicht alle Gruppen) XI.
(Pp) Spitze der 2. Schwinge 7,5-10 mm. von der
Spitze des Fliigels entfernt.
G. igata VII.
3. Sehwanz ohne deutlich weisse subterminale Flecken an den Innenfahnen
der ausseren Federn.
(a) Brust intensiv ockergelb . . . . G. palpebrosa II.
322 Novitates Zooi.ogicae XXXVI. 1931.
(b) Brust nicht Lntensiv ockergelb.
(a) Oberkorper grau Q. cinerea IX.
(P) Oberkopf grau bis braun, Riicken griin G. chloronota V.
(Y) Oberkorper braun bis griin, nieht scharf vom Kopf verschieden.
(aa) Weichen und Riicken rostbraun in verschiedener
Tonung . . G. fusca rfor.sa/is-Gruppe XI.
(lib) Weichen und Riicken nicht rostbraun.
(aa) Fiisse am Balg hornfar-ben G. chrysogaster
IV.
((3[i) Fiisse am Balg schwarz
G. magnirostris III.
Die Masse
sind auf folgende Weise gewonnen. Lange des Fliigels, der 2. Sehwinge und der
Armschwingen (durchschnittliche Lange) mit der Mess-Schiene vom Fliigelbug
aus. 1. Schwinge mit dem Zirkel von ihrem Austritt aus der Haut an, der
Schwanz mit dem Zirkel von dem Austritt der mittelsten Federn aus der Haut bis
zur Spitze der langsten von ihnen, der Culmen vom Ende der Stirnbefiederung
an bis zur Schnabelspitze (Zirkel), Breite des Schnabels etwa in der Mitte des
Nasenloches. Tarsus und Mittelzehe ohne Kralle mit dem Zirkel, ohne Riicksicht
auf die Kriimmung der Zehe. Ausserdem wird die Schwanzstufung oft angegeben,
immer der Fliigelschwanzindex (100 x Schwanzliinge : Fliigel), der einfach als
" Index " bezeichnet ist.
I. GERYGONE OLIVACEA (Karte 1 und Taf. V, VI).
Literatur u. a. Mathews, Birds Australia 8, pp. 134-138, 1920.
Kennzeichen: ad. Oberseite einschliesshch Schwanz graubraun mit
olivenfarbenem Anflug, Schwanz mit (auf der iiussersten Feder etwa 8-12 mm.
breiter) dunkler Binde, die — abgesehen von den beiden mittleren Federn — gegen
rlie Spitze, oft audi basal warts, durch einen weissen Fleck begrenzt wird und etwa
7-11 mm. von der Spitze entfernt bleibt. Fliigel dunkelbraun bis schwarzlich,
mit schmalen weisslichen Aussensaumen und im frischen Gefieder auffalligen
weissen Spitzen der Schwingen. Grosse Oberrliigeldecken blassbraun bis weiss-
lich gerandet. Hinter der Nasenoffnung ein deutlicher weisser Fleck, der aber
nicht bis zur Stirnmitte reicht, und der durch einen braunen Stirnrand von dem
helleren Braun des Oberkopfes getrennt wird. Supraloralstreif, Ziigelfleck,
Ring urns Auge, obere Wangen, Ohrdeeken ebenso braun gefarbt und dadurch
scharf von der weissen bis schwach gelblichen Kehle getrennt, die wiederum
ziemlich plotzlich in die salt gelbe Brustfarbung iibergeht. Bauch gelb, Unter-
schwanzdecken viel blasser gelb, obere Brustseiten mit einem gelblich braunen
Fleck, den man bis fast zur Brustmitte streichen kann. Weichen mit einem
schwachen, braunen Hauch auf dem Gelb. Schenkelbefiederung braunlich mit
gelblichen bis blass braunlichen Federspitzen. Unterfliigeldecken und Axillaren
weiss, mehr oder weniger gelb getont Fliigel von unten graubraun, mit braunlich
weissen Innensaumen. Iris hell oder dunkel rot, auch kastanienbraun, Schnabel
und Fiisse schwarz oder schwarzlich.
juv. Stirnfleck, grosster Teil des Ziigels, Superziliarstrcif , Augenring, Wangen,
Kinn und Kehle gelb, nur Stirnfleck und vordere Ziigelpartie gelegentlich (z.B.
bei cinerascens) etwas mit Weiss gemischt. Iris rot, blassrot, rotlich braun.
Novitatks Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
323
Basis des Unterschnabels hell hornfarben, iiberhaupt der ganze Schnabel heller.
Schwanzfedern (wenigstens oft, s. rogersi) spitzer und schmaler.
1. Jahreskleid (Mauserverhaltnisse wenig bekannt !) wie das Alterskleid,
aber mit gelblich iiberhauchter Kehle und etwas hellerem Schnabel.
Fliigel 52-62 ; Schwanz 32-43 mm. (Index 60,0-69,8). 1. Schwinge 14-
18 mm, 2. Schwinge < 6., aber > 8., ihr Abstand von der Spitze des Fliigels
3-7, von den Armschwingen 3-8 mm. Spitze des Fliigels von der 3. bis
Karte 1. — Verbreitung von
Gerygone olivacea und Q. hypoxantha. Terra typiea von ( 1 ) olivacea und albogulnris,
(la) queenslandica, (2}flavigasta, (3) cinerascens, (4) rogersi, (la) hypoxantha. • Terra
typiea, X weitere Fundstellen.
6. Schwinge gebildet, 7. wenig kleiner. Tarsus 17-18, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 7,
Culmen von der Stirnbefiederung an 7-10 mm. lang, 3-3,5 mm. breit.
Material : 45 Stuck (2 Typen).
Verbreitung : Ost- und Nord-Australien (Beechworth District in Nord-
Victoria bis an den Fitzroy-Fluss in West Australia, nordliehster Fundort auf
der Kap York-Halbinsel : Watson-River ', Siidost-Neuguinea, Misori ?
1 Wenn man von einem Stuck des Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) von Cape York (Coekerell) absieht.
324 x.ivitates zoologicae xxxvi. 1931.
(«) Olivacea — Geitppe.
1. Gerygone olivacea olivacea Could (Taf. V. fig. I, Taf. VI. fig. la).
Psilopua olivoct us ( Sould, Synopsis Birds A ustrolia 4, Taf. 61 (1.4. 1838 — New South Wales). Zitiert
nach Mathews. Typus in Philadelphia.
Psilopus albogularis Gould, Synopsis Birds Australia 4. Taf. 61 (1.4.1838 — New South Wales).
Zitiert nach Mathews. Typus in Philadelphia.
Gerygone albogularis queenslandica Mathews, Nov. Zoo]. 18. p. 308 (31.1.1912 — Inkerman. Queens-
land). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Abbildungen: Gould. Birds Australia 2, Taf. 97 (= Pt. 29), 1847. Mathews. Birds Australia 8.
1920, Taf. 381 bei p. 126 (" queenslandica ").
Kennzeichen : -Mit den Kennzeichen der Art. Oberkorper buffy olive
(Ridgway, Taf. 30). Der olivenfarbene Anflug tritt auf dem Oberkopf zuriick
und weicht auf den Oberschwanzdecken teilweise einem rostbraunlichen Tone.
Schwanz mit zwei weissen Binden (8 und 9 mm. breit), die von einer etwa 10 mm.
breiten, dunkelgraubraunen bis schwarzlichen Binde getrenht werden. Die
ausserste Sehwanzfeder, auf die sich die Masse beziehen, hat eine 11 mm. breite
dunkle Basis. An der aussersten Spitze dieser Feder ein kleiner blass brauner
Fleck. Die Breite der Binden variiert etwas (weisse Basisbinde, nahe dem
Schaft auf der Innenfahne gemessen, 4-9 mm. breit). Auf den mittleren
Schwanzfedern nimmt die Ausdehnung des Weiss schnell ab. Gelb des Unter-
korpers zwischen Strontian und Wax Yellow, Taf. 16.
Material : 17 (Stuck (10 Tring, 4 Wien, 2 Hamburg, 1 Dresden).
Verbreitung : Kiistengebeit von Ost-Australien (Nord-Victoria bis Barron
River bei Cairns, Nord-Queensland). Aufenthaltsort : Lichte (Eucalyptus — )
Walder. Gelegentlich audi Regenwalder im Norden des Bereichs.
Masse : Fliigel 56-02 mm. New South Wales (Goulburn, Upper Ourimbah,
Paramatta, Nepean River, Sydney und 3 Stiick ohne genauen Fundort) : £
Fliigel 56 + x, 58, 59s, 61'-, 62 ; Schwanz — , 38, — , 37, 40, 41, 40, 41, 40 mm.
(Index 62,7-69,5). $ Fliigel 61,5 ; Schwanz 41,5 mm. (Index 67,5). O Fliigel
61,5 ; Schwanz 42 + x mm. (Index 68,3). 0 juv. und 1. J.-Kl. Fliigel 6(1.5,
56 ; Schwanz 42,37 + x mm. (Index 69,4, 66,1 -x). Tarsus is, Mittelzehe o.
Kr. (= ohne Kralle) 7, Culmen 7,5-8,5 mm. lang, 3-3,5 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge
15-16 mm., 2. Schwinge < 6. bis wenig < 7., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge :
Fliigel = 46 : 52 : 59,48 : 56 : 62 mm.
Queensland (Bowen, Lake Elphinstone, Inkerman, Barron River ') : o
Fliigel 57 ; Schwanz 38 mm. (Index 66, 7). 0 Fliigel 58* (darunter der Typus
von G. a. queenslandica), 62 ; Schwanz 38,5, 40,5, 43 mm. (Index 66,7-69,8).
juv. (Mus. Hamburg, gelbe Farbe wohl durch Alkohol verschwunden) Fl. 59 mm. ;
Schwanz fehlt. Tarsus 17-18, Culmen 8-9 mm. Armschwingen: 2. Schwinge :
Fliigel = 48 : 53 : 58 mm.
Bemerkung : Die Stiicke aus Queensland passen in den Massen gut zu
denen aus New South Wales. Immerhin sincl mehr notig, urn die Variations-
breite zu erfassen. Es konnten Zugvogel aus dem Siidcn darunter sein.
2. Gerygone olivacea flavigasta Diggles (Taf. VI. fig. lb).
Acanihiza flavigasta Diggles. Trans. Phil. Soc. Queensland 1876, p. 11 (1876 — Xormanton, Queens-
land), Abdruck s. Mathews, Austral Avian Record 1, p. 69. 1912. Typus in Brisbane ?
Kennzeichen: Schwache Rasse. Wie olivacea, aber i.D. kleiner. (Weisse
Schwanzbasisbinde 5-10,5 mm. einmal 17 mm. breit.)
1 s.u. G. o. jlaingasta.
Novitates ZoOLOfllCAE XXXV]. 1931. 325
Material : 6 Stuck (Tring).
Verbeitung : Nordwest Queensland (Watson River, Normanton) (s.u.).
Masse : Fliigel 55,5-57,5 mm., <J 55,5, 56J, 57,5, <$ ? 57 ; Schwanz 35, — ,
37, 38,5, 38, — mm. (Index 63,1-68,8). Culmen 9-9,5 mm. 2. Schwinge =
7.-8.. Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 45 : 49 : 55,5 mm.
Bemerkung : Wahrscheinlich wiirde das Stiick vom Barron River (Fl.
57 mm.) besser zu dieser statt zu der sfidlichen Rasse passen. Da aber die
Stelhmg von queenslandica noch der Nachpriifung bedarf, bleibe ich bei der
vorliegenden Einteilung.
3. Gerygone olivacea cinerascens Sharpc (Taf. VI. fig. Ic).
Gerygone cinerascens Sharpc, Jmirn. Linn. Soc. (London) Zool. 13, p. 494 (1878 — Port Moresby,
Xeuguinea). Typus in London.
Kennzeichen : Gute Rasse. Wie flavigasta, kleiner, wahrscheinlich das
Weiss an der Basis der aussersten Schwanzfeder i. D. etwas weniger ausgedehnt,
4-5 mm. breit, und nicht so scharf gegen die schwarzliche Binde abgesetzt.
Schwanz (immer ?) braunlich getont, besonders die Rander an den Innenfahnen
der mittleren Schwanzfedern. Schnabel i. D. etwas kiirzer als bei flavigasta.
juv. (1 Stiick). Gelbe Tone blasser, Kopf gelb getont, besonders Kehle und
Superziliarstreif. Oberkorper viel brauner, nicht so oliven.
Material : 3 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Siidost-Ncuguinea (Port Moresby, Aroa-Fluss, hier in fiber
2,000 m. Hbhe).
Masse : Fliigel 53-55,5 mm., $ 54, 55,5 ; Schwanz 34,5, 35 mm. (Index
63,1). S juv. Fliigel 53; Schwanz 34 mm. (Index 64,1), Tarsus 17, Culmen 8,
beim juv. 7 mm. lang, 2,8 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 14-16 mm., 2. Schwinge =
7.-8. (einmal > 7. ?), Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 47 : 50 : 53,46 :
51,5 : 55,5 mm.
4. Gerygone olivacea rogersi Mathews (Taf. VI. fig. Id).
Gerygone albigularis rogersi Mathews, Noi\ Zool. 18, p. 23 (17.6.1911 — Derby, nordl. Western
Australia). Typus in Tring. untersucht.
Abbildung : Mathews, Birds Australia 8, 1920, Taf. 381 bei p. 126 (unterste Figur).
Kennzeichen : Gute Rasse. Gegenfiber den bisher behandelten Formen
mit fehlender, undeutlicher oder doch jedenfalls schmalerer (hSchstens 3,5 mm.
breiter), blass braunlich grauer bis weisslicher Binde auf dem Basisteil des
Schwanzes. Oberkorper der Serie blasser wirkend, das Gelb des Unterkorpers
i. allg. intensive!- als das von G. o. olivacea, in dieser Hinsicht mit flavigasta und
cinerascens fibereinstimmend. (Iris auch bei einem juv. schon als rot angegeben.)
Material : 19 Stiick (Tring).
Verbeitung : NSrdliches Western Australia, von West-Kimberley nach
Norden (Stiicke vom Fitzroy River, von Derby, Point Torment, Barton River
und Parry's Creek) und Northern Territory (Brock's Creek).
Masse : Fliigel 52-56 mm., <J 53, 54, 55,5, 56', 57\ 58-, ? 53J, 54, 54,5, 55,
$ juv. 55, 58, 9 juv. 52 ; Schwanz 34; 35, — , 35, 36, 38, 35,5, 37, 38, 36,5, 40,
— , — , 34, 35,5, 37, 33, 38 + x, 32 mm. (Index 60,0-69,0). Culmen 9-10 (beim
$ juv. 8,5) mm. lang, 3-3,5 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 15-18 mm., 2. Schwinge =
7.-8., manchmal etwas > 7., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 44 : 49 : 52,
47 : 53 : 58 mm.
326 NOVITATES ZOOLOQIOAE XXXVI. 1931.
Bemerkung : Die Mauserzeit scheint sich iiber einen grossen Teil des Jahres
zu erstrecken. denn mir liegen mausernde Vogel von Januar bis Juni und vom
November vor. Junge von Mai und Juni haben spitze Schwanzfedern, aber eins
vom April hat stumpfe, ohne dass anzunehmen ist, es habe schon gemausert
oder trage gar ein 2. Jahreskleid. (Brutzeit September bis Dezember.) Erste
.Tahreskleider tragen anscheinend Stiicke mit gelber oder gelblieher Kehle und
nicht tief schwarzer Schnabelfarbung, die im iibrigen ausgefarbt sind. Doch
lasst sich auch das mit dem vorliegenden Material nicht beweisen. Mit Nach-
druck sei auf die Ahnlichkeit der Jungen von O. fusca broomei und G. olivacea
rogersi in der Schwanzzeichnung und Kopffarbung, Schnabelgrosse usw. hinge-
wiesen. Die erstgenannte, in dem gleichen Gebiet vorkommende Form unter-
scheidet sich aber durch die blasse Farbung der Unterseite, den langeren Schwanz
und die kurze 2. Schwinge.
(a') hypoxantha-Gruppe (G. olivacea?).
5. Gerygone hypoxantha Salvadori.
Gerygone hypoxantha Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Qenova 12, p. 345 (1878 — Misori = Biak). Typus in
Li vden.
Gerygone xanthogastra Salvadori, ibidem, nomen nudum.
Kennzeichen : Mit langer 2. Schwinge (da von Sharpe selbst untersucht
und in das Genus Gerygone gestellt), kurzen Tarsen und relativ kurzem Schwanz.
Nach dem Catal. of Birds 4, 1879, p. 215, Oberseite schmutzig olivenbraun,
ebenso die Saume an den Fliigeln. Schwanz dunkelbraun, an der Basis mit
Oliven, an der Spitze mit Grau gerandet, mit Andeutung einer schwarzen Sub-
apikalbinde. Ziigel (wohl Supraloralstreif) gelblich weiss, schwarzlicher Fleck
vor dem Auge, Augenring, Wangen und Ohrdecken gelb, obere Ohrdecken mit
olivenfarbener Tonung. Unterseite gelb, Seiten der Oberbrust olivenbraun,
Weichen oliven iiberflogen. Unterfliigeldecken weiss mit gelbem Anflug.
Material : 1 Stuck (? zu dieser Form, s.u.).
Verbreitung : Misori (Biak) in der Geelvinkbai, Neuguinea.
Masse nach Sharpe, I.e. : ^ Fliigel 49, Schwanz 38 mm. (Index also 77,5.
Da nach Sharpe's Massen auch G. olivacea einen ebenso langen Schwanz haben
vriirde, wird eine Verschiedenheit in der Messtechnik vorliegen und der Schwanz
von hypoxantha in Wirklichkeit nicht langer als der von olivacea sein). Tarsus
15, Culmen 12 mm. (anders gemessen). 9 Fliigel 51, Schwanz 38,5 mm. (Index
78,3). Tarsus 15, Culmen 12,5 mm.
Ein als Gerygone hypoxantha bestimmtes Stiick des Dresdner Museums ohne
Fundort weicht wenig von Gerygone olivacea rogersi ab, hat aber kaum eine
Aufhellung an der Schwanzbasis. Herkunft aus dem Gebiet von rogersi ist
unwahrscheinlich. Ein junger rogersi wiirde zudem viel mehr Gelb an Stirn und
Kopfseiten haben und viel heller, nicht braunlich oliven (zwischen Brownish
Olive und Light Brownish Olive, Taf. 30, aber verschmutzt !) auf dem Riickcn
scin. Andererseits widerspricht das Vorhandensein eines weissen Subapikal-
Hecks an der Spitze der Innenfahne der sehr abgeriebenen Schwanzfedern der
Beschrcibung von G. hypoxantha. Fliigel 51, Schwanz 32 + x mm. (Index >
63). Tarsus 18, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8, Culmen 10 mm. lang, 3,5 mm. breit.
1. Schwinge 10 mm., 2. Schwinge = 7.-8., Armschwingen : 2, Schwinge: Fliigel
= 43 : 48 : 51 mm. Spitze des Fliigels von der 3.-6. Schwinge gebildet. Dieses
Stiick kann ich also nicht mit Sicherheit bestimmen, da mir die Typen von
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1031.
327
G. hypoxantha nicht zur Verfiigung standen. Ihre Untersuehung wird lehren, ob
es sich urn eine olivacea — Form, ev. um deren Junge, handelt.
II. GERYGONE PALPEBROSA (Karte 2 und Taf. V.).
Literatur u.a. Mathews, Birds Australia 8. 1920, pp. 176-180. Stresemann. Arclriv Xaturge.srh. 89,
A.7, 1923, p. 84.
Kennzeichen : ad. (<J$ bei den meisten Rassen sehr verschieden). Vom
Formenkreis olivacea durch viel griineren, weniger grau braunliehen Riicken,
weniger ausgedehnte weisse Zeichnung fles Sehwanzes, der nur subapikal etwas
aufgehellt ist, viel blassere, mehr schwefelgelbe Unterseite, Vorhandensein eines
weissen Supra loralstreifs (wenigstens beim $) und kiirzere 2. Schwinge unter-
schieden. Iris rot bis rotbraun,
Schnabel schwarz, Fiisse dunkelgrau.
9 geographisch vvenig variabel, mit heller
braunem Schnabel als das <J.
juv. wie $, aber mit heller Basis
des Unterschnabels, brauner Iris, Ober-
korper einen Ton gelber als bei ausge-
farbten Tieren.
Fliigel 49-57 mm., Schwanz 33-47
mm., Stufung 2-4 mm. (Index 64,8-
83,3). 1. Schwinge 14-19 mm., 2.
Schwinge < 10., 7-9 mm. kiirzer als der
Fliigel, 1-3 mm. kiirzer als die Arm-
schwingen. Spitze des Fliigels von der
4. und 5. Schwinge gebildet, 6.
manchmal ebenso lang, 3. 1-2 mm.
kiirzer. Tarsus 17-19, bei den 3 letzten
Rassen 16 mm., Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8-8,5
mm., Culmen 8-10 mm. lang, 3-4 mm.
breit.
Material : 77 Stiick (3 Typen).
Verbreitung : Nordost - Australien
von Gracemere (unter dem Wendekreis, siidlich von Roekhampton) bis Kap
York, Aru-Inseln, Jobi, Misol, Waigeu und tiefere Lagen von Neuguinea.
Karte 2. — Verbreitung von
Qerygone palpebrosa. Terra typica von ( 1 )
flavida, (2)johnatoni, ('i)personata, (Sa)wateoni,
(4) iiiconspicua, (5) palpebrosa, (5a) melano-
thorax, (6) wahnesi. • Terra typica, X
weitere Fundstellen.
1. Gerygone palpebrosa flavida Ramsay.
Gerygone flavida Ramsay, Pror. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 2, p. 53 (Juli 1877 — Herbert River
District. Nord-Queensland). Typus in 8ydney.
AbbiHung: Emu 24, 1925, p. 161 (Farbtafel).
Kennzeichen: ad. Mit den Merkmalen des Formenkreises. Oberkorper
olivengriin (etwas mehr braunlich als Olive Citrine, Taf. 16), Schwanz und Fliigel
braun, ersterer mit der Andeutung einer dunkleren, etwa 0,5 bis 1 cm. breiten
Binde, die auf der aussersten Feder etwa 5 mm. von der Spitze cntfernt bleibt.
Diese Spitze nur wenig aufgehellt. Schwingen mit schmalen griinlichen Siiumen.
Weisser Stirnfleck. Supraloralstreif und Ring urns Auge, Ziigel und vordere
Wangen dunkelgrau, hintere Wangen und Ohrdecken etwas braunlicher als der
Oberkopf, ziemlich scharf von einem weissen Streifen begrenzt, der von der
328 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
seitlichen Schnabelwurzel bis hinter die Ohrdeckeu die am Kinn weisse, weiter
hinten gelblich weisse bis gelbe (nach Chisholm bei ad. weisse) Kehlc einfasst.
Uebriger Dnterkorper blass schwefelgelb (zwischen Amber und Citrine Yellow,
Taf. 1C). Oberbrustseiten mit einem sehr undeutlichen. schmutzig griinlichen
Anfliig, Weichen etwas graugriiner. Unterschwanzdecken gelb, wenig blasser
als die Brust, Unterfliigeldecken weiss, Axillaren und Fliigelbug blass gelb.
Schwingen von unten graubraun, ausser an den Spitzen der ausseren Hand-
schwingen schmal weiss bis weisslich gesaumt. Iris " hazel " (Ramsay).
Sehnabel schwarz, Fiisse schwarzbraun. Geschlechter gleich gefarbt, £
(immer ?) mit heller hornfarbenem Sehnabel.
juv. mit heller unterer Schnabelbasis.
Material : 3 Stiick (1 Tring, 1 Hamburg, 1 Berlin).
Verbreitung : Von Gracemere nahe der Ostkiiste Queenslanrls (23J-° S)
im Kiistengeluet (Rockhampton, Byfield nordl. v. Yeppoon, Port Mackay)
nordwarts bis siidlich des Johnstone River (etwa 17 J° S), bestimmt noch im
C'ardwell District, der terra typica. (Den Endeavour River, der etwa im Gebiet
der angegebenen Nordgrenze liegen muss — s. Chisholm, Emu 24, 1925, pp. 161-
165 — , habe ich nicht tinden konnen.)
Aufenthaltsort : Scrub, seltener offener Wald.
Masse : 1. q Gracemere, 22.3. 1882, ex Coll. Mathews, der das Stiick wohl
fur eine palpchrosa hielt (s. Mathews, Birds Norfolk ami Lord Hou-e Islands,
1928, p. 126). 2. Nord-Australien, Mus. Berlin 19490, seiner Grosse nach <$.
3. Port Mackay, Mus. Hamburg. Anscheinend jiingere Stiicke, da der Sehnabel
nicht tief schwarz und die Kehle nicht rein weiss ist (s. Chisholm).
1. Fliigel 54, Schwanz 45 mm. (Index 83,3).
2. Fliigel 56, Schwanz 47 mm. (Index 82,0).
3. Fliigel 52, Schwanz 43 mm. (Index 82,7).
Tarsus 17-18,5, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8, Culmen 9-9,5 mm. lang, 3 mm. breit.
1. Schwinge 16-17 mm., 2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge :
Fliigel = 49 : 47 : 56,46 : 44 : 52 mm.
Bemerkung : Es ist moglich, class die Stiicke aus dem Siiden zu einer anderen
Rasse gehoren, da sie nach Chisholm, I.e., von den Ramsay 'schen Typen durch
etwas blassere Oberseite abweichen. Dasselbe gilt beim Vergleich des Stiickes
aus Gracemere und des Berliner Nord-Australien-Stiickes mit den wenig nordlich
der terra typica von fiaridn gesammelten Stiicken der Mathews-Sammlung :
Diese sind reiner griin, jene einen Ton blasser und etwas mehr braunlieh im Ton.
Da mir aber keine Exemplare aus dem tj-pischen Gebiet von flavida vorliegen,
verzichte ich auf eine Benennung. Warurn diese Subspezies nach den Beobach-
tungen von Chisholm u. a. auch von Mathews als Art anerkannt wird, ist
schwer verstandlich, da eine Uebergangsrasse existiert.
2. Gerygone palpebrosa johnstoni (Mathews).
/'.«< .mliHjirijijtiiit /iidjithmm jnhnstoni Mathews. Austral Avian Record 3, p. 59 (7.4.1916 — .Johnstone
River, Xord-Queensland). Typus in TrinL'. rerglichen.
Abbildung: Mathews. Bird* Australia 8, 1920, Taf. 387 bei p. 177 (obere Figuren).
Kennzeichen : Gute, aber nachzupriifende Rasse. 9 ad- kaum von dem
der vorhergehenden Rasse verschieden, vielleicht auf der Oberseite etwas reiner
griin (Olive Citrine, Taf. 10).
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 329
^ ad. wie das von flavida, aber Federn des Kinns, der Kehle und der obersten
Brust init schmutzig braunlich gelben Spitzen, wodurch sie intermediar er-
scheinen zwischen den entsprechenden weisslichen oder gelblichen Federspitzen
der vorhergehenden und den braunen der folgenden Subspezies. (Die Original-
beschreibung sagt ausser fiber die Kehlfarbung genau das Gegenteil von dem,
was ein Unbefangener beim Vergleich der vorliegenden Stiicke mit der Original-
beschreibung von G. flavida. feststellen muss.)
<$ juv. wie §.
Material : 6 Stuck (Tring).
Verbreitung : Vom Johnstone River nordwarts mindestens bis Cairns
(Barron River), Nord- Queensland.
Masse : Fliigel 49,5-56 mm. <$ ad. (Typus von johnstoni und Ex. vom
Barron River) Fliigel 54, 56 ; Schwanz 41, 41,5 mm. (Index 75,9, 74,1). $ juv.
(helle Schnabelbasis) Fliigel 56, Schwanz 45 mm. (Index 80,4). $ (juv.?, da
alle mit heller Schnabelbasis) Fliigel 49,5, 50,5, 51 ; Schwanz 37,5, 39, 41,5 mm.
(Index 75,8, 77,2, 81,4). Tarsus 18, Culmen 9,5-10 mm. lang, 3-3,5 mm. breit.
1. Schwinge 14—15 mm., 2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel
= 46 : 44 : 51,48 : 45 : 54 mm.
Bemerkung : Man ware versucht, nach den wenigen vorliegenden Stiicken
auf ein Mischgebiet zu schliessen. Doch sind die beiden ad. vollig einheitlieh,
etwa wie ein drittes Stiick, das Mathews als oberste Figur abbildet, und ich kenne
aus dem Verbreitungsgebiet weder eine Meldung von einem ausgefiirbten Mann-
chen mit weisser noch von einem solchen mit brauner Kehle. Der Uebergang zur
siidlich angrenzenden flavida muss also wohl ziemlich schroff erfolgen.
3. Gerygone palpebrosa persona ta Gould.
Gerygone personata Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. (London). 1866, p. 217 (1.10.1866 — Cape York, Nord-
Queensland). Typus in London.
Pseudogerygone personata watsoni Mathews, Austral Avian Record 3, p. 71 (21.7.1917 — Watson
River, Nord-Queensland). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Abbildungen: Gould, Birds Australia Suppl. Taf. 14 (Pt. 4), 1867. — Mathews, Birds Australia 8,
Taf 387 bei p. 177, 1920 (die beiden unteren Figuren).
Kennzeichen : Sehr gute Rasse. $ ad. kaum von dem der vorherge-
henden Subspezies unterschieden, vielleicht etwas grauer und dunkler griin auf
dem Rucken.
(J ad. wie das $, aber Stirnrand, Ziigel, Strich um den weissen Bartstreifen,
Kinn, Kehle und oberste Brustpartie braun, so dass sich der weisse Fleck hinter
der Nasenoffnung und der weisse Bartstreifen deutlieh abheben.
juv. wie $, Basis des Unterschnabels hell. Iris braun (Augenring gelb-
licher ?).
Material : 13 Stiick (10 Tring, 2 Berlin, 1 Genua).
Verbreitung : Kap York-Halbinsel, vom Claudie- und Watson-River nord-
warts ; siidliehes Neuguinea (Fly River).
Aufenthaltsort : Scrub. Nest birnenformig (bei G. magnirostris schlanker
und langer), meist in Nachbarschaft von Wespen- und Hornissennestern, s.
Record Australian Mus. 7, 1909, p. 186, Taf. 57 ; ebenso hei flavida, s. Campbell
& Barnard, Emu 17, 1917, bzw. Stresemann, Aves in Kiikenthal, Handbuch der
Zoologie vii, 2, Fig. 388, 1928.
Masse : Fliigel 50-56,5 mm. Kap York und Watson River : <$ ad. 52,5,
23
330 Novitates Zoological XXXY1. 1931.
53, .54s, 55, 56,5. $ (als $ bezeichnet, hahnenfedrig ?, s.u.) 51,5, J ? juv. 51,
$ ad. (1 Stiick als $ bezeichnet) 50, 52, $ juv. 50, Schwanz 39', 38, 42!, 39, 42,
40. 36, 34, 39, 37 mm. (Index 68,0-77,8). Fly River (Salvadori, Exemplar a)
Fliigel 54,5, Schwanz 41 (Index 75,2). Tarsus 17-19 mm., Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8,
Culmen 8,5 (einmal), 9-10 mm. lang, 3-3,5 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 16-18 mm.,
2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2, Schwinge : Fliigel = 46 : 44,5 : 53,48 : 47 :
55 mm.
Bemerkung : Ich mochte trotz Salvadoris Zweifel an der Richtigkeit der
Fundortsbezeichnung das Stiick von D'Albertis aus Neuguinea nicht negieren.
Es ist auf der Oberseite (vor Museumsalter ?) etwas braunlicher griin als die
anderen Exemplare. Das als hahnenfedriges $ bezeichnete Stiick hat wie die
Mannchen der vorhergehenden Rasse kein Braun an der Stirn, und das Braun
der Kehle reicht nicht bis hinter den weissen Bartsteif: Die Oberseite ist bei
einigen jiingeren Stiicken gelblicher griin.
4. Gerygone palpebrosa inconspicua Ramsay.
Gerygone inconspicua Ramsay. Proc. Linn. Soc. New Smith Wales .'1. p. llfi (September 1878 —
Lalokie Fluss, S.O. Neuguinea). Typus in Sydney •'
Kennzeichen : Schwache Rasse. j ad. wie personata, aber die dort
braunen Teile des Kopfes schwarz. Ring urns Auge und unterer Teil der Ohrdecken
auch schwarz oder doch dunkelbraun. Oberkorper heller, reiner griin, weniger
graugriin. Gelb des Unterkorpers leuchtender (zwischen Lemon Yellow und
Lemon Chrome, Taf. 4). Schnabel im allg. breiter.
Material : 11 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung: Bergland mittlerer Hohe von Siidost-, Siid- (und Siidwest- ?)
Neuguinea (Richardson Gebirge, Gebiet des Aroa River, oberer Eilanden Fluss,
Schneegebirge ?, Setakwa- und Kapare-Fluss ?). Aufenthaltsort : Among the
leafy tops of the trees (Ramsay nach dem Sammler Morton), im dichten Farn-
Unterwuchs (Grant).
Masse : Fliigel 51-54 mm. 1 Ex. Mt. Gayata, Richardson Gebirge, 6
Aroafluss-Gebiet, 2 Oberer Eilanden-Fluss, 1 Schneegebirge). $ 51, 51,5, 52,
52,5s, 532, 53,5, 542 ; Schwanz 37, 39, — , 34, 36, 39, 40, 38, 39= mm. (Index 64,8,
68,5, 71,0-75,7). Tarsus 16, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8, Culmen 9-10 mm. lang, 3,5-4
mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 14-18 mm., 2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen :
2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 45 : 42,5 : 51,47 : 44 : 52,5 mm.
Bemerkung : Die Beschreibung von Gerygone inconspicua passt nur auf das
§ einer palpebrosa-Subsi>ezies. Die Rasse ist in der Reihe gut zu erkennen.
Auch die 3 Stiick, die Ogilvie-Grant mit 9 von den Aru-Inseln verglich (Ibis,
Jub. Suppl. 1915, p. 168), gehoren vielleicht hierher, wenn auch das Stiick vom
Schneegebirge, das ich verglich, einen Ubergang zur niichsten Rasse bildet.
5. Gerygone palpebrosa palpebrosa Wallace.
Gerygone palpebrosa Wallace, Proc. Zoo]. Soc. (London), 186.3. p. 475 (1.10.1865 — Aru-Inseln).
Typus in London.
Gerygone melanotkorax Salvadori, Ann. Mux. Genova 7. p. 956 (1876 — Profi und Mori im Arfak-
Gebirge, Neuguinea). Typus in Genua.
Abbildung : Calal. Birds Brit. Mm. 4, Taf. 6.
Kennzeichen : Sehr gute Rasse. <J$ durch gelblicheres Griin des Ober-
korpers von inconspicua unterschieden.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 331
$ (immer ?) mit grauem, undeutlichem Stirnband, juv. mit geblichem
Augenring (statt eines weisslichen beim $ ad).
Material : 19 Stiick (11 Tring, 3 Miinchen, 2 Berlin, 2 Dresden, 1 Leyden).
Verbreitung : Aru-Inseln (Kobroor, Trangan, Wokan, Wanambai), Nord-
west-Neuguinea (Kapaur, Arfak-Gebirge, auch Mt. Moari), Misol, Waigeu.
Masse : Fliigel 48-56 mm. Aru-Inseln <J 50,5, 52!, 53:, 54, ? 48, 51, $ juv.
50,5 ; Sehwanz 38, 39, — , — , — , 39,5, 33, 35, 36 mm. Kapaur $ Fliigel 53,5,
? 50,5, $ juv. 50 ; Sehwanz 37,5, 37 mm. Mt. Moari, 3,000 Fuss hoch, Dumas
leg. Sehwanz 37 mm. Misol Fliigel $ 54, 55, 56, $ 52*- ; Sehwanz 372, — , 34,
36,5 mm. Waigeu Fliigel $ 55,5, Sehwanz 38 mm. (Index 65,4-75,2). Tarsus
16, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8-8,5, Culmen 9-10 mm. lang, 3,5-4 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge
15-19 mm., 2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge: Fliigel = 46 :
44 : 52,48 : 45 : 52 mm.
Bemerkung : Wegen der grossen Variationsbreite der Fliigelmasse bei der
nachsten Subspezies wage ich es nicht, eine kleinere Aru- (und Kapaur-) Basse
von einer grosseren Misol-, Waigeu- und Vogelkop-Rasse zu unterscheiden.
Meine Masse (J 50,5-54 gegen 54-56 mm.) wiirden eine fast absolute Trennung
gestatten. Es gehlt aber an geniigend Material. Vielleicht ist auf Misol der
schwarze Stirnstreif i. allg. breiter als auf den Aru-Inseln, und vielleicht unter-
scheidet sich eine Serie vom Arfak-Gebirge und Waigeu durch weniger leuchtend
gelbgriine Oberseite von diesen beiden Rassen. Vorlaufig bleibt melanothorax
besser in der Synonymic Die Jungen sind vielleicht nicht richtig gekenn-
zeichnet, ich habe aber nur ein Weibchen (Kapaur) mit vollig dunkel horn-
farbenem Schnabel gesehen, noch dazu ein schlecht prarjariertes Stiick. Der
Augenring ist nur bei einem $ von Misol gelb, dessen Schnabel an der Basis
nicht einmal besonders stark aufgehellt erscheint.
6. Gerygone palpebrosa wahnesi A. B. Meyer (Taf. V. fig. II.).
Pseudogerygone wahnesi A. B. Meyer, Ornith. Monatsher. 7, p. 144 (1899 — Bongu, Astrolabe-Bai,
Deutsch-Neuguinea). Typus in Dresden, verglichen.
Kennzeichen : Sehr gute Subspezies. Wie palpebrosa, aber beim q das
Schwarz des Oberkopfes und der Kopfseiten weiter nach hinten, bis auf den
Hinterkopf reichend.
Material : 25 Stiick (22 Berlin, 2 Tring, 1 Dresden).
Verbreitung : Jobi und Hinterland der Nordkiiste Neuguineas vom Strom -
gebiet des Mamberano bis zum Kumusi. Im Hydrographer-Gebirge Uebergang
zur palpebrosa-Grappe (E. Mayr, miindl. nach Ex. des Tring Museums), also zu
inconspicua.
Masse : Fliigel 49-57 mm. Jobi <$ Fliigel 57, Sehwanz 40 mm. Takar
" 6 " = Juv- Fliigel 49, Sehwanz 34 mm. Sepikgebiet <J 50, 53, 54, 55', 56, $ 51,
52s, o 50, Sehwanz 36!, 38, 39a, 40, 37;, 37-, 362 mm. Ramugebiet J 55, ^ juv.
50, Sehwanz 38, 34 mm. Bongu £ 54, Sehwanz 37 mm. Sattelberg : ^ 51, 53,
55, $ 51\ 54, o juv. 51, Sehwanz 37,5, 37, 39, 35, 37, 37,5, 41, 36 mm. (Index
65,4-75,9). Tarsus 16, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8,5, Culmen 8-9 mm. lang, 3-4 mm.
breit. 2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 49 : 46 : 54,
51 : 48 : 57 mm.
Bemerkung : Das blasse Gelb des Jobi-Stiickes halte ieh fiir individuellc
Variation, da sich auch G. p. palpebrosa auf den Aru-Inseln ahnlich verhalt
(blassgelbes Stiick in Tring),
332
XnYITATES ZooLOGICAE XXXVI. l'J31.
III. GERYGONE MAGNIROSTRIS (Rarte 3 und Taf. V. u. VI.).
Literatur u. a. .Mathews. Birds Australia 8, 1920, pp. 146-154. und Stresemann, Archill Naturg.
89, A.7, 1923, p. 82 f.
Kennzeichen : Von den beiden bisher bchandelten Formenkreisen durch
Felden jeder intensiv gelbcn Farbung und durch einen (ausser bei der tenebrosa-
Gruppe) an der Spitze etwas breiteren Schnabel unterschieden. Von dem
Formenkreis Gerygone fusca nicht durch erne bestimmte Eigenschaft zu trennen.
Bei den meisten Formen ohne weissen Superziliarstreifen (wenn mit einem
sole-hen, >Schnabel sehr schlank). Schwanz mit meist schmalerer (5 bis 12 mm.
breiter), dunkler Binde, die 5-12 mm. von der Spitze entfernt bleibt, sowie mit
Karte 3. — Verbreititng von
Gerygone magnirostris. Terra typica von (1) magnirostris, (la) caimeensis, (lb) m* IviUt ituWj
(lc) robini, (2) tagulana, (3) mitnikae, (4) brunneipectvs, (5) onerosa, (6) conspiciUata, (tia) fusca,
(7) affinis, (la) ramuensis, (8) proxima, (9) rosseliana, (10) tenebrosa, (10a) christophori, (106)
whitlocki. • Terra typiea, X weitere Fundstellen.
weisslichem bis blassbraunlieliem Fleck auf der Innenfahno der Susseren
Federn.
ad. Oberkorper ohven mit braunlicher Tcinung oder reiner braun. Weiss-
licher Stirnfleck und Augenring vorhanden, Supraloralstreif angedeutet, manch-
mal fehlend. Unterseite wciss, von der Oberbrust nach hinten schwach braun
odor gelb in verschiedener Tonung iiberlaufen. Mitte der Brust und des Bauches,
Oberschwanzdecken und Fliigelbug meist nicht so intensiv oder gar nicht getont.
Iris rot bis hellbraun. Schnabel schwarz, Fiisse schwarz oder dunkelgrau.
(J$ gleichgefarbt, $ im Durchschnitt kleiner.
juv. mit geblichen Augenringen, verschieden weit ausgedehntem gelblichen
Anflug auf der Unterseite, besonders an den Kehlseiten, meist griiner Stirn
und lebhafterer Farbung der Oberseite. Iris braun bis gelb. Basis des Unter-
schnabels hell hornfarben. Schwanzfedern etwas spitzer und schmaler.
1. Jahreskleid mit dunklerer Oberseite als das Jugendkleid und mit weisslichem
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 333
Augenring, sonst wie das Jugendkleid — wenn nicht die Beschrankung der
hellen Schnabelbasis auf den Schnabelwinkel Charakter dieses Kleides ist.
Material : 87 Stiick (7 Typen, davon 1 vielleicht Paratypus, ferner 4 Para-
typen).
Verbreitung der magnirostris-Gmppe : Nordwest-, Nord- und Nordost-
Australien (Melville-Inseln bis Port Mackay), Aru-Inseln, Neuguinea mit Waigeu,
den Inseln der Geelvinkbai und den siidostlichen papuanischen Inseln. Mathews
stellt nach alten Vorbildern neuerdings alle hierher gehorigcn Rassen in einen
Formenki-eis, wahrend er in den Birds of Australia nicht weniger als zwei Arten
fur Nordaustralien ansetzt, wo nach seiner neuesten Auffassung (Systema Avium
Australasianarum) nur eine Subspezies wohnt. Man konnte die 10 Rassen 5
Gruppen zuweisen, die ich hier nur nenne, ohne mich unten naher auf sie
einzulassen, da sie einander ziemlich ahnlich sind : magnirostris- mimikae-
tagulana, brunneipectus-onerom, conspicillata, affinis-proxima-rosseliana, tenebrosa .
Nur die letzte Rasse ist scharf abgesondert und gehort (s.u.) einer anderen
Gruppe an ; Verbreitung der /e«e6?osa-Gruppe : West-Australien zwischen Car-
narvon und dem King Sound.
(a) magnieostris-Gktjppb.
1. Gerygone magnirostris magnirostris Gould (Taf. V. fig. Ilia).
Gerygone magnirostris Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. (London) 1S42, p. 133 (Februar 1843 — Greenhill
Island, Port Essington, Northern Territory, Australien). Typus in Philadelphia.
Gerygone magnirostris cairnsensis Mathews, Nov. Zool. 18, p. 309 (31.1.1912 — Cairns, Nord-Queens-
land). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Gerygone magnirostris melnllensis Mathews, Amlral Avian Record 1, p. 39 (2.4.1912 — Coopers
Camp, Apsley Straits, Melville Insel, Northern Territory, Australien). Typus in Tring,
verglichen.
Elhelornis cairnsensis robini Mathews, Birds Australia 8, p. 151 (18.8.1920 — Kap York, Nord-
Queensland, Australien). Typus nicht in Tring. falls von Mathews fixiert. AndernfaUs
erkliire ieh das $ ad. von Piara, Cape York, Kemp leg. Nr. 3141 am 12.8.1913 zum Typ.
Abbildungen : Gould, Birds Australia, Vol. 2, Taf. 100 (= Pt. 32), 1848.— Mathews, Birds Australia
8, 1920, Taf. 383, 384 (" cairnsensis, melvillensis ").
Kennzeichen : Oberseite, Schwanz, Aussensaume an den innern Arm-
schwingen und den Fliigeldecken, Ziigel, Wangen und Ohrdeoken braunlich oliven
(Light Brownish-Olive bis Brownish-Olive, Ridgway, Taf. 30, auch Saccardo's
Olive, Taf. 16). Schwanz mit einer undeutlich begrenzten, etwa 6-12 mm.
breiten, auf den inneren Federn schmaleren, dunkler braunen Binde und einem
weisslichen Fleck auf der Innenfahne der 4 aussersten Federn nahe der Spitze.
Die schwarze Binde ist 5-8 mm. von der Spitze entfernt. Schwingen reiner
braun mit schmalen blassbraunlichen, an den Handschwingen weisslicheren
Aussensaumen. Ein kleiner Fleck liinter der Nasenoffnung weisslich, heller
Supraloralstreifen hochstens ganz schwach angedeutet. Ziigel dunkler braun als
der Oberkopf. Schmaler, vorn und hinten unterbrochener Augenring weisslich.
Unterseite weiss, einschliesslich der Unterschwanzdecken, der Unterfliigeldeeken
und Axillaren, iiberall, doch am wenigsten auf Kehle, Unterschwanzdecken,
Unterfliigeldeeken und Axillaren, blass braunlich in verschiedener Ausdehnung
und Intensitat getont (Cartridge Buff, Taf. 30, bis Warm Buff, Taf. 15), Mitte
von Brust und Bauch manchmal rein weiss. Schcnkelbefiederung braun mit
blasseren Federspitzen.
juv. mit gelbem statt weisslichem Augenring, hell hornfarbenem Schnabel-
334 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
winkel, etwas braunlicherer Kehle und gelblichen Kehlseiten. Oberkorper
griinlicher, besonders Oberkopf. Ein Stiick (wohl 1. Jahreskleid) von der
Melville-Insel (19.2.) hat schon weissliche, aber noch nicht reinweisse Augen-
rander, und die dunklere Oberseite des ad. (griinlichere Stirn ?), aber sonst die
Merkmale des Jugendkleides.
Material : 14 Stuck (13 Tring, 1 Hamburg).
Verbreitung : Nordaustralien (Melville-Insel, Port Essington. Cape York,
Cairns, Port Mackay), also Kiistengebiete und vorgelagerte Inseln des Northern
Territory und von Nord- und Mittel-Queensland). Aufenthaltsort : Mangroven.
Masse: Fliigel 51,5-58,5 mm. Melville-Insel Flugel ^55,57, 57,5, 58,5,
$ Fliigel 54,5, o 1. J.-Kl. 51,5 ; Schwanz 42, 44:, 46, 42, 39 mm. (Index 74,6-78,7).
Cape York Flugel J 56, 56,5, $ 53, ? juv. 53 ; Schwanz 38, 41, 39, 41 mm.
(Index 73,6-77,4). Cairns Fliigel $ 53!, $ 53,5 ; Schwanz 38, 40- mm. (Index
(71,5-75,5). Port Mackay Flugel 53, Schwanz 41,5 mm. (Index 78,3). Tarsus
17-19, Culmen 9-10 mm. lang, 3-4 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 16-18 mm.,
2. Schwinge = 8.-10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Flugel = 51 : 51 : 58,5.
47 : 48 : 55. 46 : 47 : 53. 45 : 45 : 53 mm.
Bemerkung : Nach dem vorliegenden Material ist es nicht moglich, eine
westliche und nordliche von einer sudostlichen Rasse zu unterscheiden, die durch
kiirzere Fliigel und im Durchschnitt kurzeren Schnabel gekennzeichnet ware.
Das Mackay- und das von Meek gesammelte Kap York-Stuck haben einen
besonders schlanken Schnabel. Das von Rogers erwahnte, am 5.12. in
Nordwest-Australien erlegte jugendliche Exemplar scheint nicht ans Tring
Museum gekommen zu sein. Das von diesem Tage vor mir liegende Stiick ist
zweifellos ausgefarbt. Dass der gelbe Federring um die Augen auch diesen
westUchen juv. zukommt, halte ich fiir sicher.
2. Gerygone magnirostris tagulana Rothsch. & Hartert.
Gerygone magnirostris tagulana Rothschild und Hartert. Nov. Zool. 35, p. 318 (Xovember 1918 —
Siidost-Insel oder Tagula, Louisiade-Archipel). Typus in Tring, Paratyp verglichen.
Kennzeichen : Sehr schwache Form, kaum von magnirostris unter-
schieden, mit der sie bei der Beschreibung nicht verglichen werden konnte, da
Serien von Nord-Australien fehlten. Der einzige Unterschied, den ich finden
kann, ist die schwachere Ausbildung der hellen Flecken nahe der Spitze der Innen-
fahne der ausseren Schwanzfedern. Sie sind blassbraunlich statt weisslich.
Ausserdem zieht von dem hellen Stirnfleck ein schmaler weisslieher oder blass-
braunlicher Streifen iiber den Ziigeln entlang bis nicht ganz ans Auge, was bei
magnirostris hochstens einmal angedeutet ist. (Oberkorper Saccardo's OUve,
Taf. 16.) Der Unterschied ist sehr gering und nachzupriifen. Stiicke mit
braunlicher Kehle halten Rothsch. u. Hartert fiir Jung, was wohl stimmen wird.
Wenn die Tiere keinen gelben Augenring haben sollten und nicht das 1. J.-Kl.
tragen, ware die Form auch durch diese Eigenschaft unterschieden.
Material : 1 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Siidost-Insel (Louisiade-Archipel), (nur ?) auf dem Mt. Riu,
etwa 700 m. hoch.
Masse : $ Flugel 54-57 mm., Schwanz 41,5 (Index 76,9), Tarsus 17, Culmen
9,5 mm. lang, 3,5 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 16 mm., 2. Schwinge 9.-10. = Arm-
schwingen = 46 mm.
Nach der Urbeschreibung : Fliigel 55-57 (1 $ 54) mm. (9 Stiick).
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 335
3. Gerygone magnirostris mimikae Ogilvie-Grant.
Pseudogerygone amspicillata mimikae Ogilvie-Grant, Ibis, 1915, Jit'). Suppl., p. 168 (Dezember 1915
— Miindung des Mirnika-Flusses, Siidwest-Neuguinea). Typus in London.
Kennzeichen : Sehr schwache, wenn iiberhaupt unterscheidbare Form,
nur aus tiergeographischen Griinden hier anerkannt. Wie magnirostris, aber
helle Schwanzzeichnung nicht weiss bis weisslich, sondern blass braunlich und
wohl nicht so ausgedehnt wie bei iagulana, von der die Form anch durch die
schwachere Ausbildung des weisslichen Supraloralstreifens abzuweichen scheint.
Vielleicht ist audi die Mitte der Unterseite heller. Die Unterschwanzdecken
sind nicht braunlicher als bei einem von Meek am Kap York gesammelten
Stiick, das aber aus der Serie von magnirostris mit weisslichen Unterschwanz-
decken etwas herausfallt.
Material : 1 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Siidwest-Neuguinea (Mimika-, Setekwafluss). Aufenthaltsort :
Mangrove.
Masse : £ Fliigel 54 mm., Schwanz etwa 40 mm. (Index etwa 74,1). Tarsus 17,
Culnien 9 mm. lang, 3,5 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge = 16 mm., 2. Schwinge = 9.-
10. = Armschwingen = 47,5 mm.
Bemerkung : Die vollige Uebereinstimmung der 3 bisher behandelten
magnirostris-¥ormen in der Farbung der Oberseite, der Tonung der Unterseite
und der Grcisse ist auffallig, da sie geographisch nicht benachbart wohnen.
4. Gerygone magnirostris brunneipectus Sharpe.
Pseudogerygone brunneipeclm Sharpe, Notes Leyden Museum, 1, 1878, p. 29 (1879 — nomen nudum),
id.. Cat. Birds British Mus. 4, p. 221 (1879— Aru-Inseln). Typus in London.
Gerygone nigrirostris Salvadori (errorc pro magnirostris), Omit. Pap. e Mol. 2, 1881, p. 102.
Kennzeichen : Wie magnirostris, aber Oberkorper brauner, weniger
olivenfarben. (Oberkopf zwischen Mummy und Dresden Brown, Taf. 15, auf
dem Riicken, an den Kopf- und Halsseiten in einen helleren Ton iibergehend,
nach Buckthorn Brown, Taf. 15.) Hinter der fast weissen Kehle ist der Unter-
korper viel intensiver braunlich getont, bei einem Aru-Stiick sogar vollig rostlich
braun, bei dem Stiick aus Baja Hall aber nicht intensiver als bei dem Kap
York-Exemplar von Meek. Ausdehnung des Weiss am Schwanze wie bei
mimikae.
Material : 5 Stiick (2 Genua, 2 Tring, 1 Berlin).
Verbreitung: Aru-Inseln, Siid- und Siidost-Neuguinea (Baja Hall, Naiabui,
Katau und Fly-Fluss).
Masse : Aru-Inseln : £ Fliigel 56, o 56 ; Schwanz 42, 40 mm. (Index 71,4,
75,0). Tarsus 17, Culmen 9,5 mm. lang, 4 mm. breit. Neuguinea (Salvadori a
und c), ohne Fundort das Stiick in Berlin (Loria) : Fliigel <J 55, $ 54, o 51, 5 ;
Schwanz 41, 392 mm. (Index 72,2 bis 75,7). Tarsus 16-17, Culmen 9,5-10 mm.
1. Schwinge 16-17 mm., 2. Schwinge = 9.-10., bei einem von den Aru-Inseln
(das andere in Mauser) = 8.-9., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge ; Fliigel = 47 : 47 :
55,48 : 49 : 56 mm.
Bemerkung : Dass Vogel der Aru-Inseln und von Siidneuguinea iiberein-
stimmen, kommt haufiger vor, das Auffiillige ist nur, das diese oberseits vorherr-
schend braune Form des Tieflands von Siid-Neuguinea durch eine mehr oliven-
farbene Rasse (mimikae) von der ebenfalls luaunriickigen Form West-Neuguineas,
conspicillata, getrennt ist. Ich gab oben einen Unterschied zwischen den Vogeln
336 NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
der Aru-Inseln unci denen von Neuguinea an, mochte ihn aber wegen Mangels
an Material nicht nomenklatorisch festlegen.
5. Gerygone magnirostris onerosa Hartert.
Gerygone rosseliana onerosa Hartert, Nov. Zool. 6, p. 209 (15.8.1899 — St. Aignan-Insel, Louisiade-
Archipel). Typus in Tring, Paratvpus vergliohen.
Kennzeichen : Wie brunneipectus, aber Brust und Brustseiten rostlicher
braun, Weichen gelblicher, nicht so braunlich (etwa Honey Yellow, Taf. 30).
Weisslicher Supraloralstreif vorhanden. Iris braun und hell braun (nie rot ?).
Material : 1 Stiick (Tring). Bekannt nach 4 Stiicken im Tring-Museum.
Verbreitung : St. Aignan = Misima (Louisiade-Archipel).
Masse: $ Fliigel 56, Schwanz 45 mm. (Index 80,4). Nach Hartert, 1. c,
rj Typus Fliigel 58, Schwanz 47 mm. (Index also noch grosser, 81,0, fur das $
errechne ich — Fliigel 55, Schwanz 43 mm. — 78,2, im Durchschnitt hat diese Rasse
wohl einen langeren Schwanz als die anderen). Tarsus 18, Oilmen 10 (nach
Hartert 10-11) mm. lang, 4 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 21 mm., 2. Schwinge = Arm-
schwingen (= 10. ?) = 48 mm.
6. Gerygone magnirostris conspicillata (Gray).
Microeca conspicillata Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (London), 1859, p. 156 (Oktober 1859 — Dorey, Neu"
guinea). Typus in London.
Zoslcrops fusca Bernstein, Journ. f. Ornith. 12, p. 406 (November 1864 — Waigeu). Typen nach
Finsch, Notes Leyden Museum 20, 1898, p. 135 f. von Waigeu, Salawati und Sorong in Leiden.
Em Sorong-Stiick in Berlin wurde erst am 23.12.1864 gesammelt, kaim also nicht C'otyp sein.
Xec Psilopns fuscus Gould 1838.
Musckapa decolorala ex Temminck MS., Finsch, Notes Leyden Mus. 20, 1898. p. 135. Exemplar
von der Lobobai, S. Midler leg., nomen nudum, als Synonym von conspicillata.
Ethelornis magnirostris bcrnsteini Mathews, Bull. Brit. Ornith. Club 46, p. 40 (6.11.1926 — nomen
novum pro Zosterops fusca Bernstein).
Kennzeichen : Gute Subspezies. Oberkorper wie bei brunneipectus,
Unterkorper wie bei magnirostris, obere Brustseiten blassbraun (Cinnamon Buff
bis Clay Color, Taf. 29), hintere Brustseiten und Weichen blasser und gelblicher
(Cream Buff, Taf. 30), gelber als bei magnirostris, brimneipectus und mimikae.
Schwanz etwa Saccardo's Umber (nahe der Spitze mehr Sepia, Taf. 29) mit etwas
weniger weisser Zeichnung als bei magnirostris.
juv. Ein juv. von Kapaur hat einen gelblicher hornfarbenen Schnabel und
weisslichen Augenring, gelblichen Anflug an den Kehlseiten, hornfarbene Basis
des Unterschnabels (s. a. Bernstein).
Material : 5 Stiick (2 Genua, 2 Tring, 1 Berlin).
Verbreitung: Westliches Neuguinea vom Vogelkop bis Kapaur (s. u.), ev.
bis zur Lobobai, wenn dort nicht schon mimikae vorkommt. In diesem Falle
gehort 31. decolorala in die Synonymie von mimikae. Waigeu. Salawati.
Aufenthaltsort : Mangrove (nach Bernstein, I.e.).
Masse : Sorong. Dorei und Pulo Semo, wohl ein Inselchen an der Kiiste des
Vogelkops (Salvadori Exemplare a und e) Fliigel <$ 59, o 59, $ 55 ; Schwanz
40,5, 41, 40 mm. (Index 69,5-75,3). Kapaur q ad. u. juv. Fliigel 55=, Schwanz
40, 38 mm. (Index 72,7, 69,1). Tarsus 16-17, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 7,5, Oilmen
10-10,5 (juv. 9,5) mm. 1. Schwinge 17,5-19,5 mm., 2. Schwinge = 8.-9.,
Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 50 : 52 : 59 mm.
Bemerkung : Die Rasse ist selten in Sammlungen, weil in der Mangrove
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931. 337
von Norchvest-Neuguinea wenig gesammelt worden ist. Das ad. von Kapaur
gehort wohl einer besonderen Form an, die sich von conspicillata — wie mimikae —
durch braunliche Weichen unterscheidet, iiberhaupt mit mimikae auf der
Unterseite gut iibereinstimmt. Die Oberseite dagegen ist ganz conspicillata.
Weiteres Material, auch von Waigeu, bleibt abzuwarten.
7. Gerygone magnirostris affinis A. B. Meyer (Taf. VI. fig. Ilia).
Gerygone affinis A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsber. Alcad. Wien 70, p. 116 (1874 — Ansus auf Jobi, Passim
und irrtiimlich Rubi, t.t. restr. Jobi s. Stresemann, Arch. Nalurgesch. 89, A. 7, 1923, p. 82).
Typus in Dresden, verglichen.
Gerygone ramuensis Reichenow, Ornith. Monatsber. 5, p. 26 (1897 — Ramu, ehemaliges Deutseh-
Neuguinea). Typus in Berlin, verglichen.
Kennzeichen : Wie conspicillata, Oberkopf im allgemeinen grauer, weniger
braun (Olive Brown, Taf. 40), Biicken nicht so lebhaft braun, etwas griinlicher
(Buffy Brown, Taf. 40, bis olivenbraun), obere Brustseiten braunlichgrau (Drab
bis Hair Brown, Taf. 46), untere Brustseiten und Weichen gelblicher als bei
conspicillata (Amber Yellow, Taf. 16) getont, manchmal blasser (nach Straw
Yellow, Taf. 16). Iris rot oder rotbraun.
juv. mit den iiblichen Merkmalen, mit mehr oder weniger gelbem Unter-
korper, ein Stiick von der Vulcan-Insel mit vollig gelb getonter Unterseite
(Straw Yellow, Taf. 16) und griinerem Oberkorper (fast Citrine, Taf. 4, mit
Anklang an Olive Lake, Taf. 16). Iris rotlich braun bis braun.
Material : 50 Stiick (21 Tring, 17 Berlin, 5 Dresden, 4 Buitenzorg, 3 Genua).
Verbreitung : Jobi, Kurudu, Tiefland des nordlichen Neuguinea von Passim
im Westen der Geelvinkbai bis Haidana an der Collingwoodbai. sowie auf der
vorgelagerten Dampier- und Vulcan-Insel. Aufenthalt anscheinend nur in der
Nahe der Kiiste und an den Wasserlaufen der Ebene.
Masse : Fliigel 52-60 mm. Jobi Fliigel <J 55, 60, $ (2 juv.) 55, 56, 57,
o juv. 56 ; Schwanz 43, — , 40, 42, 41, 40 mm. (Index 71,4-78,2). Kurudu $
Fliigel 54, Schwanz 40 mm. (Index 74,1). Passim Fliigel $ 57, $ juv. 56, Schwanz
42s mm. (Index 73,7, 74,3). 2. Schwinge bis hierher = 8.-9., oder etwas < 9.,
Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 48 : 50 : 57,45 : 47 : 55 mm.
Holl. Neuguinea (Pauwi, Samberi, Taua am Mamberano, Riggenbach leg.,
Pionierbiwak am Mamberano, Prauwenbiwak am Idenburg-Fluss, v. Heurn leg.)
<J 54s, $ 525, 54;, 56,5, <J juv. 55, Schwanz 37,5, 40, 38% 40, 42, 41, 40 mm.
(Index 69,4-77,8).
Ehemaliges Deutsch-Neuguinea und nordl. Brit. Neuguinea (Sepik- und
Ramu-Gebiet, Astrolabebai, Friedrich-Wilhelms-Hafen, Haidana an der Colling-
woodbai) Fliigel <J 52, 54!, $ 51, 522, 532, 54, 55, o 51, 52,5, 54, 56, juv. 51, 52,
53, Schwanz 40, 42, 40, 37!, 39, 40, — , — , 38, 40, 41, 37, 39, — , 39 mm. (Index
71,2-78,4). Dampier-Insel <J 54, 55, 56, 58, $ 53\ 54; Schwanz 41, 40, 41,5,
43, 41, 41,5, 42! mm. (Index 72,7-79,2). Vulcan-Insel <J 54, 58', $ 53, 55, juv.
od. 1. J.-Kl. 52, 53, 55, Schwanz 401, 42, 43, 45 mm. (Index 72,4-79,6).
2. Schwinge im Osten = 10. oder < 10., besonders auf der Vulcan-Insel sehr
kurz, auf der Dampier-Insel teils kurz, einige lang, die meisten in Mauser.
Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 49,5 : 48 : 58 (Vulcan-Insel). Tarsus
der ganzen Serie 16-17, Culmen 9-10 mm. lang, 3,5-4 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge
15-17 mm., 2. Schwinge (s.o.) >, = oder < Armschwingen. Armschwingen:
2. Schwinge: Fliigel = 41,5 : 41: 50,45: 47: 55 mm.
338 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
Also Fliigel auf Jobi und an der Geelvinkbai 54-60 mm. (9 Stiick), Nordost-
Holl.-Neuguinea 52-56,5 (8), Nordost-Neuguinea 51-56 (14), Dampier- und
Vulcan-Insel 52-58 (16 Stiick). Die Differenzen der Durchsclmittsmasse
berechtigen meines Erachtens nicht zur Rassentrennung.
Bemerkung : Die individuelle Variation ist betrachtlich. Der Oberkbrper
ist manchmal fast Citrine, Taf. 14, besonders im Osten des Gebietes. Die
2. Schwinge ist im Westen relativ viel grosser als im Osten (von hier viel Manser-
material), ich mochte das ohne neue Tiere aus der Geelvinkbai nicht fur konstant
erkliiren. Wenn Hartert, Nov. Zool. 36, 1930, p. 63 die Typen von affini*
aus Jobi in die Nahe der Kapaur-Stiicke und die von Passim in die Mahe von
ramuensis stellt, kann er sich nur nach der Farbung des Oberkorpers, schwerlich
nach der der Weiclien gerichtet liaben, die bei alien ad. der affi ni.s-Typen und
bei den Jobi-Stiicken aus Genua viel gelber sind, als bei alien mir vorliegenden
conspicillata.
8. Gerygone magnirostris proxima Rothsch. & Hartert.
Gerygone magnirostris proxima Rothschild & Hartert, Nor. Zool. 25, p. 319 (1.5.1918 — Fergusson-
Insel, cTEntrecasteaux-Gruppe). Typus in Tring, Paratypus verglichen.
Kennzeichen: Wie G. m. affinis A. B. Meyer, aber Oberbrust und
Brustseiten mehr rostbraun, blass zimtbraunlich (Cinnamon), ganze Unterseite
einschliesslich der Kehle gelblich iiberflogen, Abdomen und Weichen etwas
braunlicher (Cream Buff, Taf. 30 ; Buff, Taf. 29).
Material : 1 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Fergusson-Insel (d'Entrecasteaux-Gruppe).
Masse : $ Fliigel 55, Schwanz 39,5 mm. (Index 71,8). Tarsus 17, Culmen
9 mm. I. Schwinge 15 mm., 2. Schwinge < 10. Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge :
Fliigel = 47,5 : 47 : 55 mm. (Rothsch. & Hart. Fliigel 52-55 mm. bei 8 Stiick).
9. Gerygone magnirostris rosseliana Hartert.
Gerygone rosseliana Hartert, Nov. Zool. 6, p. 79 (15.4.1899 — Ilossel-Insel, Louisiade-Archipel).
Typus in Tring. Paratypus verglichen.
Kennzeichen : Wie proxima, aber Oberseite noch griiner, besonders der
Oberkopf, Unterkorper von der Oberbrust bis einschliesslich der Unterschwanz-
decken viel gelber gefarbt (etwa zwischen Amber Yellow und Wax Yellow, Taf.
16). Kehle gelblich iiberlaufen wie bei proxima, fast so gelb wie bei einem juv.
von affinis von der Vulkan-Insel. Oberbrustseiten und Weichen braunlicher.
Fliigelbug gelblich. Fliigel kiirzer.
Material : 1 Stuck (Tring).
Verbreitung : Rossel-Insel (Louisiade-Archipel).
Masse : $ Fliigel 49, Schwanz etwa 38 mm. (Index etwa 77,6). Tarsus 18,
Culmen 10 mm. 1. Schwinge 14 mm., 2. Schwinge wohl > 10. (Mauser) =
Armschwingen = 43 mm. (Nach Hartert Fliigel von 4 Stiick 51-52 mm.)
(b) tenebrosa-Gruppe.
Es ist nur ein Einwand gegen diese Einordnung der westaustralischen
langschnabligen Gerygone stichhaltig : Der schlanke Schnabel dieser Form ist in
typischer Auspragung gar zu sehr von dem der anderen Subspezies verschieden.
Doch wenn man die beiden bereits erwahnten schlankschniibligen G. m. magni-
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 339
rostris neben die breitschnabligen tenebrosa halt, fallt der Unterschied fast weg.
Die beiden Variationskurven beriihren sich fast. Obwohl uns vermittelnde
Exemplare aus deni weiten Gebiet zwischen der Melville-Insel und dem King
Sound, etwa 1,000 km. Entfernung, fehlen, vereinige ich die wahrscheinlich auf
dieselbe VVurzel zuriickzufiilirenden Formen, um zur Nachprufung anzuregen.
10. Gerygone magnirostris tenebrosa Hall (Taf. V. fig. III6, Taf. VI. fig. Illb).
Pseudogerygone tenebrosa Hall, Victorian Naturalist 18, p. 79 (September 1901 — Fitzroy River,
Nordwest-Australien). Typus in ?
Gerygone tenebrosa christophori Mathews, Nov. Zool. 18, p. 311 (31.1.1912 — Carnarvon, Western
Australia). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Ethelornis magnirostris whitlochi Mathews, Austral Avian Record 3, p. 24 (30.0.1915 — Port Hedland,
mittleres Western Australia). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Abbildung : Mathews, Birds Australia 8, 1920, Taf. 382 bei p. 140 (Typus von christophori).
Kennzeichen : Sehr gute Form. Wie G. m. magnirostris, aber Oberkorper
blasser (Woodbrown bis Buffy Brown, Taf. 40), etwa so wie bei den am gleiehen
Ort oder doch in derselben Gegend vorkommenden Rassen von 6. fusca, G. f.
broomei und mungi. Dunkle Binde auf der aussersten Schwanzfeder etwa
5-7 mm. breit, Abstand von der Federspitze grosser, etwa 8-12 mm. Mit weiss-
lichem oder doch blass braunlichem Supraloralstreifen, der bei magnirostris
meistens sehr schwach ist, etwas blasseren Brustseiten, iiberhaupt i. allg. mit
blasserer Unterseite, schlankerem, i. D. langerem Schnabel und liingerem
Tarsus.
Material : 11 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Kiiste des westlichen und noidwestlichen Western Australia
von Carnarvon im Siiden bis zum King vSound im Norden. Aufenthaltsort :
Mangroven (Mauser Dezember bis Marz, Brutzeit Oktober).
Masse : Fliigel, 50,5-60, Carnarvon Fliigel $ 60, o 57, Schwanz 47,
45,5 mm. (Index 76,6, 79,8). Tarsus bei beiden 21 mm., Mittelzehe o. Kr. 10,
Culmen 10,5 mm. lang, 3 mm. breit. Port Hedland $ Fliigel 53, 57, Schwanz
43,5, 45,5 mm. (Index 79,8, 82,1). Tarsus 20, Culmen 9,10 mm. Point Torment
(King Sound) Fliigel ^57 mm., o 55 mm., £ juv. 55, 9 juv. (1. v. Derby) 50,5, 51,
9 1. J.-Kl. 53 mm., o 1. J.-Kl. 51 mm., Schwanz — , — , — , 38\ 38, 40,5 mm.
(Index 71,7-79,4). Tarsus 18-20 mm. (7 Stiick). Culmen 9,5-10,5 mm. lang,
2,5-3 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 15-17 mm., 2. Schwinge = 9.-10. oder etwas
< 10. Armschwinge : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 52 : 52 : 60,51 : 50 : 57,49 : 48 :
57. Das Verhaltnis 44 : 48 : 53 betrachte ich als Ausnahme, die ev. durch Prii pa-
ration bedingt ist. Spitze des Fliigels von der 4. und 5. Schwinge gebildet, die
3. und 6. meistens fast ebenso lang, selten 1 mm. kiirzer.
Bemerkung : Mathews gibt nirgends an, wie er die auch jetzt noch von ihm
anerkannten in je zwei ad. Stiicken vorhandenen drei Rassen unterscheiden will.
Ich finde als einzigen Unterschied der beiden siidlichsten Stiicke (christophori) den
langen Tarsus und vielleicht i. D. langeren Fliigel. Weiteres Material bleibt
abzuwarten.
IV. GERYGONE CHRYSOGASTER (Karte 4a und Taf. V).
Kennzeichen: Von alien anderen Formkreisen ausser von 0. rubra
und albofrontata durch auch am Balg hell hornfarbenen Fuss unterschieden.
Schwanz ungezeichnet, bei rubra gezeichnet. Schnabel breit wie bei
340
Novitates Zoologicak XXXVI. L93L
magnirostris, chloronota und der fusca svlphurea-Grappe, bei albofrontata sehr
schlank.
cJ$ ad. Oberkopf und Oberkorper, Schultern, kleine und mittlere Oberflugel-
deckcn oliven mit mehr oder weniger braunlieher Tonung, besonders auf den
Oberschwanzdecken. Schwanzfedern dunkelbraun mit braunlich olivenfarbencn,
undeutliehen Saumen. Fliigel graubraun, Sehwingen olivenfarben, grosse und
mittlere Oberniigeldeeken mit der Farbe des Riickens oder gelbweiss gerandet.
Stirnfieck, Supra loralstreif und oberes Augenlid schmutzig weiss, gelb oder
blassbraunlich. Ziigel ebenso oder etwas dunkler braun. Wangen und Ohr-
decken oliven oder blass graubraunlich, Kinn, Kehle, Brust weiss mit braun-
lichem oder gelblichem Anflug, Bauch und Unterscbwanzdecken schwefelgelb.
Schenkelbefiederung braun mit gelblichen Federspitzen. Unterfliigeldecken und
Karte 4. — Verbreitung von.
(a) Gerygotie chrysogaster. Terra typiea von (1) chrysogaster, (la) guifieenais, (2) neglecta
und waigvuenaw, {'.i) vvrescens, (3a) dohcrlyi, (4) notata, (4a) tenuis.
(b) O. cinerea. T.t. von cinerea.
(c) G. rufieollis. T.t. von (1) ruficollis und bimaculata, (2) insperata.
(d) Q. (Eugerygom) rubra. T.t. von (1) rubra, (2) . . . Mayr.
• Terra typiea, X weitere Fundstellen.
Axillaren weiss mit blass gelbem Anflug an den Federspitzen. Fliigelbug
braunlich bis gelblich. Iris rot bis braun. Schnabel sehwarz oder hornfarben,
Fiisse blass hornfarben.
juv. Schnabel besonders an der Basis (immer ?) heller.
Fliigellange 49-57 mm., Schwanz 37-45 mm. (Index 69,8-78,5). l.Schwinge
14-17 mm., 2. Schwinge < 10., 8-11 mm. kiirzer als die Schwingenspitzen,
4-1 mm. kiirzer als die Armschwingen. Maximum des Fliigels von der 4. oder
5. Schwinge gebildet, die 6. und 3. wenig kiirzer. Tarsus 15-10,5, Mittelzehe
o. Kr.S,5, Culmen 8-10 mm. lang, etwa 4, einmal 4,5 mm. breit.
.Material : 40 Stiick (darunter 4 Typen).
Verbreitung : Neuguinea, Jobi, Waigeu, Misol und Aru-Inseln.
Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931. 341
(a) chrysogaster-Gruppe.
I. Gerygone chrysogaster chrysogaster Gray (Taf. V. fig. IV).
Gerygone chrysogaster Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. {London), 1858, p. 174 (15.7.1858 — Aru-Inseln). Typus
in London.
Acanthiza chlorogaster (" Gray, Hand-List Birds 1. p. 219, 1870 " nach) Sharpe. Cat. Birds 4. p. 226
Ich findc bei Grant, I.e., ganz richtig chrysogaster.
Gerygone chrysogaster guineensis Mathews. Hull. Brit. Ornith. Club 48, p. 91 (24.4.1928 — Mimika-
Fhiss, Neuguinea). Typus in London.
(lirijijoni: jrinliioijaxler (G. R. Gray) (errore) Salvador!. Ann. Mas. dennm 7. 1S75, p. 958.
Abbildung : Gould, Birds New Guinea, Pt. 22 (= Vol. 2, Taf. 13), 1886.
Kennzeichen : Wie die der Art, Oberkorper etwa Orange Citrine (Tafel 4).
Fliigel nicht mit gelber Binde, Stimfleck, Supraloralstreif und oberes Augenlid
schmutzig weiss (blass braunlich). Ziigel etwas dunkler braun. YVangen und
Ohrdecken blass graubraunlich, vordere Unterseite weiss mit braunlichem Anting.
Bauch und Unterrchwanzdecken etwa Pinard- Yellow, Taf. 4. Fliigelbug
braunlich. Schnabel schwarz. — juv. mit hellem innersten Schnabelwinkel.
Material : 30 Stuck (3 Genua, 2 Munchen, 1 Hamburg, 21 Berlin, 2 Buitcn-
zorg, 1 Dresden).
Verbreitung : Aru-Inseln (Wokan. Giabu langan. Wanambai, Trangan,
Dobbo), Jobi, Neuguinea vom Mamberano-Gebiet im Norden und vom Mirnika-
Flnss im Siiden ostwarts. Aufenthaltsort : Unterholz und Dickicht in den
Niederungen und tieferen Lagen der Gebirge.
Masse : 4 Aru-Inseln, 1 Siidost-Neuguinea, 19 Deutsch Neuguinea, 4 Mam-
berano-Gebiet, 1 Jobi ' (Grossenunterschiede nicht feststellbar). Fliigel 49-57 mm.,
(J 50-, 51-, 53', 55, 563, 56,5, 57, £ ? 56s, o 51, 52,5, $ 49, 51, 52, 52,5, 53, 55
(1 nicht messbar), Schwanz 39, 40, — , 41, 39, 40, 41,5, — , 40, 41, 42, 43, 42, 44,
45, 44, 42, 42', 41. — , — , 38, 40, 38, — , — , 40, 40 mm. (Index 72,4-80,4). Tarsus
16, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8-8,5, Culmen 9-10 mm. lang, etwa 4 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge
14-16 mm., 2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 46 : 45 :
53,45 : 41,5 : 51,49 : 45 : 56 mm.
Bemerkung : Ueber den Wert von G. c. guineensis Mathews s. Hartert,
Nov. Zool. 36, 1930, p. 63.
(b) neglecta-Gruppe.
Kennzeichen : Von der chrysogasfer-Gru\>pe durch hornfarbenen Schnabel
unterschieden. Stirnfleck, Ziigel, Ring urns Auge gelb bis braunlich. Unterseite
gelb mit durchscheinender, weisser oder weissgrauer Grundfarbe. Kehle und
Kinn manchmal rein weiss (?), Fliigelrand gelblich. Iris rot (dunkel schokoladen-
braun bei einem Vogel mit dunklem Oberschnabel, juv. ?), Schnabel hornfarben,
Basis des Unterschnabels sehi- hell hornfarben (vom Sammler Schnabel als
schwarzgrau und als braunlich mit farbloser Basis des Unterschnabels bezeichnet),
Fiisse hornfarben, Zehen heller (v. Sammler rleischfarbcn und pale plumbeous
genannt).
juv. Tiere mit hell hornfarbenem Oberschnabel und mehr gelblich griiner
Oberseite halte ich fur jung.
Fliigellange 51-57 mm., Schwanz 37-42 mm. (Index 69,8- 7S.5). !. Schwinge
15-17 mm., 2. Schwinge < 10., 9-10 mm. kiirzer als die Sehwingenspitze, 3-1 mm.
1 Das von Salvadori, Orn. Pap. e Mol. Band 2, 1881, p. 98, besonders behandelte, bisher einzige
Stuck von dort weicht nicht von der untersnehten grossen Serie ab.
342 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931-
kiirzer als die Armschwingen. Maximum des Fliigels von der 4. oder 5. Schwinge
gebildet, die 6. und 3. wenig kiirzer. Tarsus 15-16,5, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8,5 mm.,
Culmen 8-9,5 mm. lang, etwa 4, einmal 4,5 mm. breit.
Verbreitung : Waigeu, Misol und westliches Neuguinea, im Siiden bis zur
Lobobai, im Norden bis zum Arfakgebirge (Siwi) ostwarts.
2. Gerygone chrysogaster neglecta Wallace.
Oerygone neglecta Wallace. Proc. Zool. Hoc. (London), 1865, p. 475 (1865 — Waigeu, Misol, t.t. Waigeu,
s. Catal. Birds 4. p. 227. 1879). Typus in London.
Cryptolopha waigiuensis Hartert, Butt, B.O.C, 13, p. 70 (1903 — Waigeu). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Kennzeichen : Mit den Charakteren des Formenkreises. Oberseite
gelblich oliven (Deep Orange Citrine, Taf. 4). Oberschwanzdecken und Saume
der Schwanzfedern braunlich oliven. Schwanz im iibrigen olivenbraun mit
kaum bemerkbarer Andeutung einer dunkleren subapikalen Binde. Fliigel-
decken dunkelbraun, mit olivenfarbenen, an den Handschwingen helleren Randern.
Stirnfleck, Ziigel, Ring urns Auge schmutziggelb, Wangen bei einigen Stiicken
ebenso, bei den iibrigen mehr oliven, Ohrdecken olivengelb, heller als der Ober-
kopf. Kinn, Kehle, Brustmitte grauweiss mit mehr oder weniger ausgedehnten
gelben Federspitzen, Abdomen und Unterschwanzdecken reiner und intensiver
gelb (etwa Empire Yellow, Taf. 4) mit silberweissen subapikalen Federabschnitten.
Brustseiten und weniger die Flanken oliven mit gelber Beimischung (Sulphine
Yellow, Taf. 4). Schenkelbefiederung braun mit gelbliehen Federspitzen.
Unterfliigeldecken und Axillaren weiss mit gelbliehen Federspitzen, Fliigelbug
blass schwefelgelb. Fliigelfedern von unten dunkel graubraun mit braunlich
weissen inneren Federsaumen.
juv. s. o. bei der Charakteristik der Gruppe.
Material : 4 Stuck (Tring).
Verbreitung : Waigeu.
Masse: Fliigel 51-55,5 mm., $ 51, 55,5, ? 518, Schwanz — , 381 mm.
(Index 68,5,74,5). Tarsus 16, Culmen 9-9,5 mm. lang, 4 mm. breit. 1 . Schwinge
15 mm., 2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 44 : 41 : 51,
44 : 42 : 51 mm.
3. Gerygone chrysogaster virescens Blyth.
Sylvia virescens Blyth, ex Salomon MiUler MS., Ibis N.S. Vol. 6, p. 169 (1870 — Xeuguinea, namlich
Lobobai), s. die ausfiihrliche Beschreibung von Finseh, Notes Leyden Mils. 20, 1898, p. 135.
Typus in Leyden. Von Cflllin & Hartert in Nov. Zool. 34, 1927, p. 51, fiir homonym mit
S. virescens Vieillot 1807 erkliirt, doch beschreibt Vieillot eine Vireosylvia virescens in : Ois. Amir.
Sept. II, p. 42 (1807) (nach Mayr, MS.).
Gerygone neglecta dohertyi Rothseh. & Hartert, Nov. Zool. 10, p. 473 (1903— Kapaur, Onin-Halbinsel,
Xeuguinea). Typus in Tring, untersueht.
Kennzeichen : Wie G. n. neglecta, aber Oberkorper brauner, weniger griin,
Stirnfleck, Ziigel und Augenring braunlicher, ebenso Wangen und Ohrdecken.
Material : 6 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Onin-Halbinsel und West-Neuguinea bis zur Lobobai.
Masse : Fliigel 51-57 mm., <J 52, 52,5, 53,5 ; Schwanz 38, — , 42, 40,5, 42
$ Fliigel 51, Schwanz 40 mm. (Index 73,0-78,5). Tarsus 15-16,5, Culmen
9-9,5 mm. lang, 4 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 16 mm., 2. Schwinge < 10., Arm-
schwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 48 : 47 : 57 mm.
Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. L931. 343
Bemerkung : Kinn und Kelile des Typs von virescens sollen nach
Finsch weiss sein. Das kommt zwar bei chrysogaster, kaum aber bei " dohertyi "
vor. Es ware moglich, dass an der Lobobei schon eine Uebergangsrasse zwischen
chrysogaster und dohertyi wohnt. Der Schnabel des Typs ist hell wie bei der
»e<7/ecta-Gruppe.
4. Gerygone chiysogaster notata Salvadori.
Gtryyone notata Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Genova 12, p. 344 (1878 — Wa Samson-Fluss, Arfak-Halbinsel,
Neuguinea). Typus in Genua, untersucht.
Leptotodus tenuis A. B. Meyer, Zeitschr. ges. Ornith. 1, p. 197 (1884 — Amberbaki. Arfak-Halbinsel,
Neuguinea). Typus in Dresden, untersucht.
Abbildungen : Meyer, I.e., Taf . 9, Fig. 2— Gould, Birds New Guinea, Part 21 (= Bd. 2, Taf. 12), 1886.
Kennzeichen : Von 0. n. virescens durch weisslichgelbe Saume an den
grossen und gelbliche Spitzen an den mittleren Oberfliigeldecken unterschieden.
Material : 6 Stuck (1 Genua, 2 Tring, 1 Miinchen, 1 Berlin, 1 Dresden).
Verbreitung : Misol und Vogelkop (= Arfak-Halbinsel, Neuguinea). 2
Stuck von Misol, 2 von Amberbaki, 1 von Wa Samson, 1 Stuck von Mt. Moari.
Masse : Fliigel 52-54,5 mm., <J 52, 53, 54,5 ; Sehwanz — , 37. 41 mm.,
$ 53!, Sehwanz 38 mm., o 53,5, Sehwanz 40 mm. (Index 69,8-75,2). Tarsus
16 mm., Culmen 8-9 mm. lang, 4, einmal 4,5 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 16-17 mm.,
2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 46 : 44 : 53 mm.
Bemerkung : Hartert zitierte einen von Mayr in Siwi (Arfakgebirge) gesam-
melten Vogel miter der vorigen Rasse (Nov. Zool. 36, 1930, p. 64) und wies
zusammen mit Rothschild (Nov. Zool. 10, 1903, p. 473) bereits friiher
einmal darauf hin, dass die gelblichen Rander der Oberfliigeldecken manchmal
nicht gut wahrnehmbar sind. Bei den mir vorliegenden 6 Stiicken sind sie
stets deutlich vorhanden.
V. GERYGONE CHLORONOTA (Karte 5 und Taf. V. u. VI.).
Kennzeichen: Von alien Formenkreisen durch den starken Gegensatz
zwischem dem grauen bis braunlichen Oberkopf und clem griinen Riicken unter-
schieden. Nur bei O. flavolateralis findet sich Ahnliches, dieser Formenkreis hat
aber viel mehr Weiss am Sehwanz, relativ langeren Sehwanz und Lauf sowie
schlankeren Schnabel.
Oberkopf, Kopfseiten und Nacken braungrau, das Braun mehr oder weniger
zuriicktretend. Uebriger Oberkorper einschliesslich Oberschwanzdeeken und
Saume an der Basis der Steuerfedern, kleine und mittlere Oberfliigeldecken,
Saume an den grossen Oberfliigeldecken und den Schwingen gelbgriin, das Gelb
mehr oder weniger zuriicktretend. Sehwanz braungrau mit undeutlich abge-
setzter, auf der aussersten Schwanzfeder etwa 7-10 mm. breiter, dunkelbrauner
bis schwiirzlicher Subapikalbinde, die auf der aussersten Feder etwa 3-5 mm.
von der Spitze entfernt bleibt. Gelegentlich ein subapikaler weisslicher bis
weisser Randfleck an der Innenfahne der ausseren Schwanzfedern, Ziigel etwas
verdunkelt, dariiber manchmal (bei juv. ?) ein kaum crkennbarer hellerer
Supraloralstreif und Stirnfleck. Unterseite einschliesslich Unterschwanzdecken
graulich weiss mit graubraunlichem Anflug an den Halsseiten und in der Ober-
brustmitte. Oberbrustseiten ausgedehnt braunlich grau (Light Drab, Taf. 46),
hintere Brust- und Bauchseiten zitronen- bis griinlichgelb. Fliigelunterseite
graubraun mit blassen Federrandern. Schenkelbefiederung braunlich mit
344
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
weisslichen bis gelblichen Federrandern. Iris rot bis rotlich braun, Schnabel
sehwarz, Fiisse blauschwarz.
juv. Stiicke mit etwas hellerer Basis des Unterschnabels unterscheiden
sich hoehstens durch einen blass braimlichen Anflug an der Kehle von den ad.,
eins hat schwach griin getonten Oberkopf. Das eigentliche Jugendkleid fehlt
vielleicht noch.
Fliigel 45,5-53,5, Schwanz " 30 ", 31-39, Stufung 2-4 mm. (Index 64,4-73,5).
1. Schwinge 14-17 mm., 2.
Schwinge < 10. bis = 8.,
gewolmlich nieht langer als
die 9., 4,5-7 mm. von der
Fliigelspitze entfernt, 2 mm.
langer bis 2 mm. kiirzer als
die Armschwingen. Spitze des
Fliigels von der 3.-6. Schwinge
gebildet. Tarsus " 14 ", 16-18,
Mittelzehe o. Kr. 6,5-8, Culmen
7,5-9, " 10 " mm. lang, 3-4
mm. breit.
Material : 19 Stiick (3
Typen).
Verbreitung : Kiistenge-
biet von Nordwest-Australien
(westlich bis Pai-ry's Creek, ostlich bis zum King River, nordostl. bis Port
Essington), Gebirge Neuguineas (Arfakgebirge, Siidost-Neuguinea).
Karte 5. — Verbreitung von
Gerygone chloronota. Terra typica von (1) chloronota,
(la) darwini, (16) apsleyi, (2) cinereiceps, (2a) placida,
(3) aruensis. • Terra typica, X weitere Fundste lien.
l. Gerygone chloronota chloronota Gould (Taf. V. fig. V).
Gerygone c.hloronotus Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. (London), 1842, p. 133 (Februar 1843 — Port Essington,
Northern Territory, Australien). Typus in Philadelphia.
Gerygone chloronota darwini Mathews, Austral Avian Record 1, p. 40 (2.4.1912 — Parry's Creek,
Nfirdl. West Australia). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Gerygone chloronota apsleyi Mathews, Austral Avian Record 1, p. 40 (2.4.1912 — Coopers Camp,
Apsley Straits, Melville Insel, Nordaustralien). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Abbildungen : Gould, Birds Australia, Vol. 2, Taf. 102 ( =Pt. 20), 1845.— Mathews, Birds Australia 8,
1920, Taf. 382 bei p. 140.
Kennzeichen : Mit den Kennzeichen der Art (s. a. nachste Rasse).
Material: 12 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Nordwest-Australien (bekannt von Parry's Creek bis Port
Essington und vom King River im Innern), Melville Insel.
Aufenthaltsort : Mangroven.
Masse : Fliigel 49-53,5 mm. ; Parry's Creek, $ Fliigel 51,5, 53, Schwanz
36,5, 39 mm. (Index 70,8, 73,6). Anson Bai Fl. 49 mm. Port Darwin $ Fliigel
49, 49,5, Schwanz 34, 35 mm. (Index 69,4, 70,7).
Melville Insel (Coopers Camp, Apsley Straits, Gordon Point, Snake-Bai).
Fliigel S 49.5. 51> 52> 52>5< 53>5> ? 51, 51,5, Schwanz 35, 36, 37, 365, 36-
(Index 67,3-71,2). Tarsus 16,5-18, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 7, Culmen 8-9 mm. Iang,
3-3,5 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 14—17 mm., 2. Schwinge = 8.-10., Armschwingen :
2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 43 : 45 : 49,5, 45 : 46 : 52,5, 45 : 45 : 52 mm.
Bemerkung : Die von Mathews angegebenen Merkmale seiner Rassen sind
Zeugen individucller Variation (s. a, Hartert, Nov. Zool. 36, 1930, p. 62).
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 345
2. Gerygone chloronota cinereiceps Sharpe (Taf. VI. fig. V2).
Pseudogerygone cinereiceps Sharpe, Nature 34, p. 340 (12.8.1886 — Astrolabe-Gebirge, S.O. Neu-
guinea). Typus in London.
Gerygone placida Madarasz, Ornilh. Monatsher. 8, p. 31 (Januar 1900 — Sattelberg, Deutsck-Neu-
guinea). Typus in Budapest, verglichen.
Abbildung: Gould, Birds New-Guinea 2, Taf. 14 (= Part 22), 1886.
Kennzeichen : Das Griin des Oberkorpers viel weniger gelb, dunkler
(zwischen Citrine und Warbler Green, Taf. 4), das Braungrau des Kopfes viel
weniger braun (zwischen Hair Brown und Chaetura Drab, Taf. 46), Ohrdecken
und Stirn heller und braunlicher. Auch das Gelb des Unterkorpers mehr griinlich
gelb (zwischen Amber Yellow und Citrine Yellow, Taf. 16). 2. Schwinge < 10.
und < Armschwingen.
Material : 7 Stiick (1 Budapest, 6 Tring).
Verbreitung : Hohe Gebirge Neuguineas, bekannt vom Arfakgebirge (Siwi,
iiber 800 m. hoch), Sattelberg, Hydrographer Gebirge, Aroa-Fluss, Avera im
gleichen Flussgebiet, Berge des Kotoi-Gebietes (die letzten 4 Platze im Kiisten-
gebiet von Siidost-Neuguinea.
Masse : Fliigel 45,5-52 mm., <J 49, 51,5, 52, Schwanz 34, 35s mm. ; o Fliigel
51, Schwanz 33 mm., $ Fliigel 45,5, 48, 48,5, Schwanz 33, 31, 32 mm. (Index
64,6-72,5). Tarsus 16-17, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8, Culmen 7,5-9 mm. lang, 3 mm.
breit, beim Typus von placida aber 4 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 15-17 mm.,
2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 45 : 43 : 49, 43 :
43,5 : 48,5 mm.
Bemerkung : Das Stiick vom Arfak-Gebirge (New York) habe ich nicht
gesehen. Der Typus von placida unterscheidet sich nur durch einen sehr breiten
Schnabel von echten cinereiceps, doch reicht der Unterschied vorlaufig nicht
zur Abtrennung.
3. Gerygone chloronota aruensis Biittikofer.
Gerygone aruensis Biittikofer, Notes Leyden Mus. 15, p. 259 (April 1893 — Aru-Inseln). Typus in
Ley den.
Kennzeichen : Nach der Beschreibung der bisher allein bekannten beiden
Typen (,$) miisste die graubraune Kopfpartie heller (pale ashy grey) als bei
cinereiceps, das dunkle Schwanzband deutlicher (schwarz) und die Fliigel vielleicht
kiirzer sein. Da nicht mit cinereiceps, sondern mit chrysogaster verglichen wurde,
sind diese Unterschiede keineswegs sicher. Ich mochte aber wohl glauben, dass
als Vertreter einer Gebirgsrasse von Neuguinea auf den Aru-Inseln nicht dieselbe
Gerygone-lForm lebt.
Verbreitung : Aru-Inseln.
Masse : nach Biittikofer rj Fliigel 47, Schwanz 30 mm. (Index 63,8). Tarsus
14, Culmen 10 mm.
IV. GERYGONE FLAVOLATERALIS (Karte 6 und Taf. V. u. VI.).
Kennzeichen : Oberkorper oliven- bis gelblichgriin, Schwanz mit einer
weissen Zeichnung nahe der Spitze der meisten Federn und einer deutlichen
dunklen Binde proximal davon. Unterkorper grau bis weiss oder gelb, Bauch-
seiten im Alterskleid gelblich. Iris rot, wenigstens bei ad. — Schnabel schwarz,
bei juv. mit heller Basis des Unterschnabels.
24
346 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
Masse : Fliigel 47-55, Schwanz 37-43 mm., aussere Feder 36-38 mm.,
Stufung des Schwanzes 2-6 mm. (Index 72,6-84,3). 1. Schwinge 14-18 mm.,
2. Schwinge = 9.-10., einmal 8.-9., 6,5-8 mm. kiirzer als der Fliigel, 0-1 mm.
langer als die Armschwingen. Spitze des Fliigels von der 4. und 5. Schwinge
gebildet, 3. und 6. wenig kiirzer. Tarsus 18-20, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8, Culmen
9-10, einmal 11 mm. lang, 3-4 mm. breit.
Material : 10 Stuck (darunter 2 Typen, 2 Paratypen).
Verbreitung : Neu-Caledonien und Loyalty-Inseln (Mare, Lifu und Uvea),
Neue Hebriden, Banks Inseln, Rennell.
1 . Gerygone flavolateralis flavolateralis (Gray) (Taf. V. fig. 6, Taf. VI. fig. VI la, (3)
Acanlhiza flavolateralis Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (London), 1859, p. 161 (Oktober 1859 — Neu-Caledonien).
Typus in London.
Pscudogerygone flavilateralis Sharpe, Notes Leyden Mus. 1, p. 20, 1879.
Beschreibung : Oberkorper einschliesslich Oberschwanzdecken braunlich
oliven (Light Brownish Olive, Taf. 30), auf dem Biirzel etwas gelblicher. Ober-
kopf und Nacken graubraun (Hair Brown, Taf. 46). Schwanz erdbraun, mit
olivenfarbenen Siiumen wenigstens an der Basis der Federn und mit einer
undeutlichen, schwarzlichen, etwa 10 mm. breiten Binde, die auf der aussersten
Feder 10 mm. von der Spitze entfert bleibt, auf den inneren nur 3 mm. Apikal
von dieser Binde auf der aussersten Feder eine weisse Binde und ein brauner
Endfleck. Nach der Mitte des Schwanzes nimmt das Weiss allmahlich ab, um
auf den beiden mittelsten Federn vollig zu fehlen. An der Basis der aussersten
Schwanzfeder ein weisslicher Fleck, der bei dem vergleichbaren Stuck von Mare
fehlt. Fliigeldecken und Schwingen graubraun, mit schmalen, olivenfarbenen,
an den Schwingen mehr gelblichgriinen Saumen, Stirnfedern jederseits an der
Sclmabelbasis, Supraloral- und Superziliarstreifen weissgrau, undeutlich begrenzt,
ein ebensolcher Ring urns Auge, der vorn und hinten durch einen braungrauen
Fleck unterbrochen wird. Ohrdecken braungrau, nicht vom Oberkopf verschieden
und allmahlich in das Grauweiss der Wangen und der Unterseite iibergehend.
An der Brust ein blassbraunlicher Anflug. Bauch und Unterschwanzdecken mit
einem Hauch von Gelb, Flanken blassgelb (Amber Yellow, Taf. 16), z. T. blasser
(Straw- Yellow, Taf. 3). Schenkelbefiederung braun mit weisslichen Federriindern.
Unterfliigeldecken und Axillaren weiss mit gelblichem Anflug. Schwingen von
unten braun mit weisslichen Innensaumen.
juv. An Kopf und Unterkorper gelb oder gelblich statt weiss. (Kein Stiick
m. W. in Sammlungen, von den nachsten Rassen erschlossen.)
Material : 5 Stiick (4 Basel, davon 3 aus Spiritus, die das Gelb verloren
haben und matter aussehen, 1 Berlin) (darunter 2 Typen).
Verbreitung : Neu-Caledonien und Mare, siidlichste der Loyalty-Inseln.
Masse : Numea, Oubatche, Cone, also aus Neu-Caledonien, o Fliigel 51-52
mm., $ 52, 51, 51,5 ; Schwanz 43, 42- mm. (Index 81,6, 82,4, 82,7). Tarsus
18,5-20, Culmen 8-9 mm. lang, 3 mm. breit. 2 aus Netche auf Mare, Fliigel
$ 51, Schwanz 43 + x (Index 84,3 -f x). Tarsus 19, 19,5, Culmen 9-9,5 mm.
lang, 3-3,5 mm. breit. Fliigelproportionen s. o., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge :
Fliigel = 44 : 45 : 51,5,44 : 44 : 51 mm.
Bemerkung : Die Stiicke von Mare weisen auf einen liingeren und breiteren
Schnabel der dortigen Gerygone. Dem Schwanz fehlt die weissliche Basis-
zeichnung (aber nur ein vergleichbares Stiick !). Ich habe oben das einzige nicht
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931. 347
im Spiritus verfarbte Stiick der Rasse von Mare (Loyalty-Inseln) beschrieben.
Ob die Tiere von Neu-Caledonien anders aussehen, kann ich nicht sagen. Ein
altes von dort stammendes Stiick in Berlin hat grimlichere Weichen.
2. Gerygone flavolateralis lifuensis F. Sarasin.
Pseudogerygone flaiilateralis lifuensis F. Sarasin, Nova Caledonia, p. 21 (1913 — Lifu. Loyalty-
Inseln). Typus in Basel, verglichen.
Kennzeichen : (nach einem juv. aus Spiritus) : Farbungsunterschied,
wenn vorhanden, jetzt nicht feststellbar. Das Weiss am Schwanz stark redu-
ziert, an den beiden mittelsten Federpaaren fehlend, ausserstes Paar mit einem
weissen Fleck, der am Innenrand der Feder 5, in der Nahe des Schaftes 2 mm.
breit ist und den Schaft nicht erreicht. (Bei der Vergleichsrasse entsprechend
8 und 4 mm.) Aussenfahne also nur schwach aufgehellt. Fliigel langer %,
Schwanz relativ kiirzer, Schnabel vielleicht breiter, Wurzel des Unterschnabels
hell hornfarben. Spuren gelblichen Anflugs des Jugendkleides sind noch an den
Wangen zu sehen, sonst vom Alkohol beseitigt.
Material : 1 Stiick (Basel).
Verbreitung : Lifu, Loyalty-Inseln.
Massedes Typus: J Fliigel 54, Schwanz 40,5, Stufung 2-3 mm., ausserste
Feder 38 mm. (Index 75,0), Tarsus 20, Schnabel 9 mm. lang, 4 mm. breit.
1. u. 2. Schwinge s.o.
3. Gerygone flavolateralis rouxi F. Sarasin (Taf. VI. fig. VI3).
Pseudogerygone rouxi F. Sarasin, Nova Caledonia I, p. 22 (1913 — Uvea, Loyalty-Inseln). Typus in
Basel, verglichen.
Abbildung: I.e. Taf. 1.
Kennzeichen : juv., wie ein ad. von flavolateralis, mit dem ich vergleichen
muss, da von lifuensis nur ein Alkohol-Stuck vorliegt, aber von der Oberbrust
nach hinten intensiv ockergelb (zwischen Amber Yellow und Wax Yellow, Taf.
16), Flanken etwas griinlicher. Unterschwanzdecken weiss, schwach gelblich
getont. Unterfliigeldecken, Axillaren, Fliigelbug gelblichweiss, nur in geringer
Ausdehnung rein weiss. Schwanz wie bei lifuensis. Als Zeichen des Jugendkleides
zu deuten : Mit gelblichem Stirnrand, Supraloralstreifen und Augenring.
Ohrdecken und Halsseiten viel griinlicher, Kinn und Kehle gelblichweiss, Oberseite
viel griiner (zwischen Saccardo's Olive und Olive Citrine, Taf. 15), Oberkopf wie
der Riicken.
Material : 1 Stiick (Basel).
Verbreitung: Uvea (Loyalty-Inseln).
Masse des Typus : $ Fayaoue, Uvea, Fliigel 50,5, Schwanz 37 mm. (Index
73,3), Tarsus 18, Oilmen 10 mm. lang, 4 mm. breit. Sehwingenverhaltnisse s. o.
Bemerkung : Dass die Jungen von flavolateralis oder besser von lifuensis so
intensiv gelbe Unterseite haben, ist nach der Kennzeichnung der juv. von
G.f. subsp. Mayr MS. nicht anzunehmen. Das Griin des Oberkopfers ist aber
Jugendcharakter. Ich glaube daher, die Form anerkennen zu miissen, natiirlich
nur als Subspezies von flavolateralis.
Dr. Ernst Mayr war so freundlich, mir Vertreter zweier von der Whitney-
Expedition gesammelter neuen Subspezies zu senden, bevor die Beschreihung
in den Amer. Mus. Novit. erschienen ist.
348 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
4. Gerygone flavolateralis .... Mayr 1931 (Taf. VI. fig. VI ip).
Gerygone flavolateralis .... Mayr, Araer. Mus. Novit. (Im Druck) Typus in New York.
Paratypus verglichen.
Kennzeichen : Gute Form. s. Mayr. Schwanzzeichnung etwa wie Taf.
VI. fig. VI. 1 p.
Material : 2 Stiick (New York).
Verbreitung : Neue Hebriden, Banks-Inseln.
Masse : Flugel nach Mayr 47-54, <$ 53, $ 51, Sehwanz 38,5, 39 ; Stufung
5, 6 mm. (Index 72,6, 76,5). 1. Schwinge 16, 14 ram., 2. Schwinge = 9. — 10.,
7,5 mm.<Tittich, 1 mm.>Armschwingen, bei dem $ von Gana, Banks-Inseln,
2. = 8. — 9. = 46 mm., o, 5 mm. > Armschwingen. Tarsus 18, Culmen 10 u.
9,5 mm.
5. Gerygone flavolateralis .... Mayr 1931.
Gerygone flavoleralis .... Mayr, Amer. Mus. Novit. (Im Druck) Typus in New York,
Paratypus verglichen.
Kennzeichen : s. Mayr.
Material : 1 Stiick (New York).
Verbreitung : Rennell.
Masse : Flugel nach Mayr 52-55 mm., £ 54, Sehwanz 40,5, Stufung etwa
5 mm. (Index 75,0). 1. Schwinge 16,5, 2. — 9. — 10. = Armschwingen = 46
mm., also 8 mm. < Fittich. Culmen 11 mm.
Bemerkung : Die Farbung der Oberseite dieser Subspezies erinnert an
0. chloronota, doch sind alle anderen Merkmale typisch fur O. flavolateralis.
VII. GERYGONE IGATA (Karte 6 und Taf. V. u. VI.).
Literatur u. a. Oliver, W. R. B., New Zealand Birds, Wellington, 1930, pp. 454^57. Mathews,
Grant s.u.
Die hier vereinigten Formen stehen nach Mathews in 4 verschiedenen
Gattungen. Sie gehoren zusammen, weil die beiden am entferntesten wohnenden
Gruppen am ahnlichsten sind und die auf kleinen Inseln wohnenden beiden
Gruppen nicht ausgelassen werden konnen, ohne das Verbreitungsbild zu zerreis-
sen. Fiir ihre generische Trennung von den iibrigen liegt kein Grund vor, da
die relativ grosse Schwanzlange sich bei einigen anderen Formenkreisen (fusca,
fla volateralis) wiederfindet.
Kennzeichen: Oberkorper braun in verschiedener Abstufung, bei einigen
Rassen grauer und mehr oliven. Sehwanz mat dunkler Querbinde. die der Spitze
zu wenigstens auf der Innenfahne von einem weissen Fleck, gewohnlich von
einer weissen Binde begrenzt wird. Flugel braun, Federn heller gesaumt.
Stirnrand, Supraloral- und Superziliarstreifen teils deutlich weiss, teils ver-
schwindend. Dunkler Ziigelfleck. Obere Ohrdecken von der Farbe des Oberkopfes,
untere und Wangen zur weisslichen bis grauen Farbung der Kehle iiberleitend.
Oberbrust wie Kehle oder heller, iibrige Unterseite heller, von weisslicher Grund-
farbe, in oft verschiedener Ausdehnung und Tonung gelb. Weichen grauer,
griiner oder brauner. Schenkelbefiederung braun rait helleren Spitzen. Unter-
fiiigeldecken weiss bis gelblich. Innensaume der Schwingen von unten blass
braunlich. Iris rot. Schnabel schwarzbraun bis schwarz. Fiisse blaugrau bis
schwarz.
juv. mit heller Basis des Unterschnabels und gelber Unterseite in verschie-
dener Ausdehnung, insbesondere die helle Kopfzeichnung gelb. Fliigelliinge
47,5-57 mm., Schwanzlange 39-52 mm. (Index 78,0-98). 1. Schwinge 14-19 mm.,
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931. 349
2. Schwinge < 10., bei einer Rasse = 9.-10., 7 (bei einigen insularis), 7,5-10 mm.
kiirzer als die Fliigel, 3-0 mm. kiirzer, bei einer Rasse 1-2 mm. langer als die
Armschwingen. Spitze des Fliigels von der 4.-6. Schwinge gebildet, 3. relativ
(um einige mm.) kleiner als bei den meisten Vertretern der Gattung. Tarsus
17,5-21, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 7-10, Culmen 7-10 mm. lang, 2-3,5 mm. breit.
Material : 59 Stiick (6 Typen).
Verbreitung : Neuseeland, Lord Howe Insel, Norfolk Insel und Kiistengebiet
von Ost-Australien zwischen Sydney und dem Barron River bei Cairns in Nord-
Queensland.
Ich unterscheide 4 Gruppen, um der morphologischen Variation dieses in
isolierten Gebieten wohnenden Formenkreises gerecht zu werden.
(a) igata-Gruppe.
1. Gerygone igata igata (Quoy & Gaimard) (Taf. V. fig. Vila, Taf. VI. fig. Vila).
Curruca igata Quoy & Gairaard, Voyage Astrolabe, Zool. Fig. 2, PI. XI, 1, p. 201 (1830 — Tasman
Bay, Siidinsel von Neuseeland). Typus in Paris.
Gerygone flaviventris Gray, Voyage " Erebus & Terror" Birds, p. 5, PI. IV, Fig. 1 (1844 — Bay of
Islands, Nordinsel von Neuseeland). Typus in London.
Gerygone aucklandica Pelzeln, Reise Novara, Vogel, p. 65 (1865 — Auckland, Nordinsel von Neusee-
land). Typus in Wien, untersucht.
Gerygone sylvestris Potts, Trans. New Zealand Inst. 5, p. 177 (Mai 1873 — in the thick bush, between
the blufi of Okarita and Lake Mapourika, Siidinsel von Neuseeland). Typus wohl verloren
gegangen, keine Differentialdiagnose, nur Gesangsunterschiede angegeben.
Gerygone assimilis Buller, Essay Ornith. New Zealand, p. 9 (1865 — ein Nest von der Nordinsel).
Typus noch vorhanden ?
Pseudogerygone macleani Ogilvie-Grant, Ibis, Serie IX, Vol. 1 , p. 545 (Oktober 1907 — Maungahaumia,
40 oder 50 miles NNW. der Poverty-Bay, ira Nordosten der Nordinsel von Neuseeland).
Typus in London.
Abbildungen : Lorenz, Ann. Mus. Wien 17, 1912, Taf. 12, Fig. 1 (Chalky-Sound).— Buller, History
Birds New-Zealand, 1, 1888, Taf. 14 (als Pflegevogel von Urodynamis tailensis). — s.o. Quoy-
Gaimard u. Gray.
Kennzeichen: Am ahnlichsten der ostaustralischen G igata mould
Mathews, insbesondere auch in der Schnabelform und Schwanzzeichnung,
vielleicht die weisse Endbinde bei G. i. igata etwas deutlicher und breiter. Ober-
korper brauner, doch sehr variabel, der weisse Stirnfleck, Supraloral- und Super-
ziliarstreif viel undeutlicher, meist grau, aber auch weisslich und dann ungefahr
wie bei G. f. fusca aus S.W. Australien. Kinn, Kehle, Wangen, Ohrdecken,
Oberbrust grau, noch ein wenig dunkler als bei G.f. fusca. Uebriger Unterkorper
schmutzig weiss, Weichen, aber auch Mitte der Unterbrust und des Bauches
sowie Unterschwanzdecken gelblich bis briiunlich getont. Unterflugeldecken
weisslich, manchmal oliven getont, Axillaren ebenso, gelb getont, Fliigel von
unten graubraun, Schwingen innen blassbraunlich gesaumt. Schenkelbefiederung
braun mit blasseren Federspitzen. Iris rot. Schnabel und Fiisse schwarz.
juv. mit heller Basis des Unterschnabels, gelblichem statt schwarzlichem
Augenring, mit Gelb auf dem Unterkorper. Nach Oliver. I.e., dagegen Gefieder
im allgemeinen blasser, ohne Gelb auf dem Unterkorper (!). Iris braun.
1. Jahreskleid wie Alterskleid, vielleicht durch heller braunen Oberkorper
unterschieden, wohl nicht immer mit gelbem Anflug auf der Unterseite. Mauser
Januar bis Marz, eine 2. Mauser lasst sich mit dem vorliegenden Material nicht
beweisen. Mausernde Junge mit heller Schnabelwurzel bekommen auf dem
Unterkorper neue Federn mit blass gelblichen Spitzen. Vom Marz bis Juni
350 NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
gibt es Tiere mit gelber Unterseite und vollig schwarzem Schnabel. Ob das
doch ein besonderes Winterkleid, oder ob es das 1. Jahreskleid ist, bleibt noch
often.
Material: 28 Stuck (8 Wien, 14 Tring, 2 Hamburg, 2 Berlin, 1 Dresden,
1 Miinchen).
Verbreitung : Neuseeland und folgende benachbarte Inselchen : Three
Kings, Great and Little Barrier Inseln, Hen and Chickens, Mayor Insel, Kapiti,
Stewart Inseln. Aufenthaltsort : Ebene und Gebirge, in den Parks der Ort-
schaften und am Waldrande. Uberall haufig.
Masse : Fliigel $ 51-57, $ 49, 54, juv. 47,5-53 mm. $ Nordinsel (Katikati
in Tauranga) 51, 52, 53 mm., Schwanz 46,5, 50, 49, Siidinsel (Dunedin, Tere-
makau, Paringa, Siidalpen, Taipo, Chalky Sound). Fliigel 52,5, 53!, 53,5, 55,
57, Schwanz 47,5, — , 50, 52,5, 53, 52 mm. <J ohne Fundort Fliigel 51, 53, Schwanz
47,5, 49 mm. $ Tauranga Fliigel 53, Schwanz 49, Siidinsel (Teremakau, Taipo.
Chalky Sound, Paringa) Fliigel 49, 51, 52, 54, Schwanz 46,5, 48, — , 51 mm.
o Fliigel 49, 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 56,5, Schwanz 47, 47, 49, 49, 51,5, 49 mm. juv.
Nordinsel Fliigel 47,5, 48, 48,5, 52, Schwanz 42,5, 44, 45, ohne Fundort Fliigel
53, 53,5, Schwanz 50,5, 48 mm. (Index 89,5-98,1). Tarsus 19-21, Mittelzehe
ohne Kralle 8, Culmen 7-9 mm. lang, 2-3 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 14-17 mm.,
2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 46 : 45 : 53,48 : 47 :
57 mm.
Bemerkung : Das mir vorliegende Material von 28 Stuck zeigt, wie
unberechtigt die Anerkennung von 4 Arten (Ogilvie-Grant, Ibis, 1907, pp. 543-
546) bezw. 4 Rassen (Mathews & Iredale, Ibis, 1913, p. 437 f.) ist. Die angege-
benen Kennzeichen betreffen meistens die verschiedenen Kleider, nicht Rassen-
merkmale. Dass flaviventris Gray (Nordinsel) von der typischen igata abweicht,
ist nicht nachgewiesen. Von der Tasman-Bay am Nordende der Siidhalbinsel
sind namlich ausser dem Typ von igata, einem jungen Vogel, m. W. keine Stticke
bekannt geworden. Aber auch die weiter siidlich gesammelten Vogel unter-
scheiden sich nicht von denen der Nordinsel. Die Farbung des Oberkorpers
variiert eben betriichtlich. Soweit Daten vorhanden sind, haben die jungen
Vogel eine hellere, braunere Oberseite. Zwei Oktober- Vogel von Termakau
(= Teremakau), Siidinsel, mochte ich fiir einjahrig halten. Einige der helleren
Vogel sind aber m. E. nicht jung, leider fehlen ihnen die Daten. Jedenfalls
lassen sich die als sylvestris Potts bestimmten, aus dem aussersten Siidwesten der
Siidinsel stammenden Tiere nicht von typischen flaviventris der Nordinsel unter-
scheiden. Das wird auch von Grant zugegeben, der wohl nur wegen der schwarzen
Iris des Typus von igata jene Siidinselform aufrecht erhielt. Auch seine Neu-
beschreibung von macleani beruht auf derselben falschen Voraussetzung der Iris-
farbung als Rassenmerkmal. Dass der Ziigelfleck besonders deutlich ist, kommt
nicht nur im Nordosten der Nordinsel vor, z. B. auch bei zwei Juli-Exemplaren
von Paringa auf der Siidinsel. Es bleibt somit als einziges vielleicht rassen-
scheidendes Merkmal die Farbung der Oberseite, doch wiirde ich dann nicht die
am Chalky-Sound gesammelten Tiere als sylvestris bezeichnen, wie Lorenz es tut,
sondern die naher der terra typica erbeuteten von Teremakau. Das sind aber
die Vogel mit der helleren Oberseite, die Lorenz-Liburnau (Ann. Mus. Wien,
1902, p. 305) igata nennt. Weil mit diesen Stiicken eins von Dunedin in der
Riickenfarbung ubereinstimmt, dieses viel, jene wenig Gelb auf dem Unterkorper
haben, halte ich das helle Braun fiir ein Zeichen des 1. Jahreskleides und das
NOVITATES ZOOLOGIC'AE XXXVI. 1931. 351
Gelb fur em sehr variables Merkmal des Jugend- und des 1. Jahreskleides.
Andernfalls miissten die im Siidwesten tier Siidinsel wohnenden Tiere mit denen
der Nordspitze oder gar mit denen der Nordinsel gleich gesetzt werden, von
denen sie durch eine Population mit heller gefarbtem Riicken getrennt waren.
Diese miisste igata oder sylvestris heissen. Wegen der geringen Wahrscheinlich-
keit einer solchen Deutung mochte ich es vorziehen, nur eine Form anzuerkennen.
(b) insulaeis-Geuppe.
2. Gerygone igata insularis Ramsay (Taf. V. fig. VII6 ob. Reihe).
Gerygone insularius (sic) rectius insularis Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 3, p. 117 (1878 —
Lord Howe Insel). Typus in Sydney ?. Ramsay gebraucht in der Beschreibung auch den Namen
G. insularis.
Gerygone thorpei Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, Ser. 2, Vol. 2, p. 677 (20.5.1888 — Lord
Howe Insel). Typus in Sydney.
Abbildung : Mathews, Birds Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands, Taf. 21 bei p. 35.
Kennzeichen : Sehr gute Rasse. Wie igata, aber Oberkorper etwas
brauner, weisslicher Kinnfleek und Superziliarstreif etwas deutlicher, mit weiss-
lichem Augenring, Kinn, Kehle, Wangcn grauweiss statt grau, Ohrdecken und
Halsseiten etwas dunkler, aber heller als bei igata, iibriger Unterkorper intensiv
gelb, Unterschwanz-, Unterfliigeldeeken und Axillaren blass gelb. Schnabel
langer und etwas breiter.
juv. mit gelbem Augenring, kaum hellerer Basis des Unterschnabels, stark
gelb iiberlaufener Kehle, blasserem, schwefelgelbem Unterkorper und heller,
mehr olivenfarbener Oberseite.
Material : 6 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Lord Howe-Insel.
Masse : Fliigel $ 5T', $ 53, 55, ? juv. 53, o juv. 52,5 ; Schwanz 50, 51,5,
47,5, 46,5, 47, 46 mm. (Index 84,5-90,4). Tarsus 19-21, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 10,
Oilmen 10-11 mm. lang, 3 (einmal 3,5) mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 17-18 mm.,
2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 46 : 46 : 53,46 : 46 :
55 mm.
Bemerkung : Die Unterschiede zwischen den beiden Rassen sprechen vor
allem dann nicht gegen eine Vereinigung, wenn man die Ahnlichkeit zwischen
igata und der jenseits der beiden Inselrassen insularis und modesta wohnenden
richmoiul i-Gruppe beachtet.
(c) modesta-Geuppe.
3. Gerygone igata modesta Pelzeln (Taf. VI. fig. VIL-).
Gerygone modesta Pelzeln, Silzungsher . Ah. Wien, math. nat. Kl. 61, p. 320 (1860 — Norfolk Insel).
Typus in Wien, verglichen.
Gerygone niathewsae Mathews, Nov. Zool. 18, p. 449 (31.1.1912 — nom. emend, pro G. modesta
Pelzeln).
Abbildung : Mathews, Birds Norfolk and Lord Howe Island?, 1928, Taf. 21 bei p. 35.
Kennzeichen : Sehr gute Form. Wie insularis, aber Oberkorper,
Schwanz und Schwingen dunkler, grauer, auf Biirzel und Oberschwanzdecken
oliv getont. Weisse Schwanzzeichnung auf den beiden mittleren Pa a re n
fehlend, auf dem iiussersten nur als 4 mm. breiter Subapikalfleck auf der Innen-
fahne und als Aufhellung auf der Aussenfahne ausgebildet. Supraloralstreif
und Stirnfleck grau, wie bei igata Kehle, Wangen, Ohrdecken, Halsseiten und
352 Novitates Zoologicae XXXVI. 1931.
Oberbrust grau statt weisslich (bei igata grau mit braunlichem Anflug auf den
Ohrdecken). Ein deutlicher weisser kleiner Kinnfleck. Uebriger Unterkorper
weiss, an den Brustseiten und Weichen grau mit olivenfarbener Tonung. Unter-
fliigel- und Unterschwanzdecken nicht so stark gelb getont wie bei insularis.
juv. mit heller Basis des Unterschnabels, gelbliehem Augenring und gelber
Tonung der Unterseite. Schnabel etwas breiter, fast wie bei richmondi, aber
grosser. Iris hell rot. Zwei Stiick mit schwarzem Schnabel, gelblichweissem
Augenring und gelbem Anflug auf der Unterseite halte ich fiir 1. J.-Kl.
Material : 12 Stiick (1 Wien, 10 Tring, 1 Berlin).
Verbreitung : Norfolk-Insel.
Masse : Fliigel <$ ad. 52, 54, 55:, 57, $ ad. 50, 54 mm., o ad. 52,5, 56, juv. 51,
Schwanz 46,5, 47,5, 46,5, 48, 47,5, 45, 48,5, 45,5, 47,5, 42,5, 43, 48 mm. (Index
79,1-90,0). Tarsus 20-21, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8, Culmen 9-10 mm. lang, 3-3,5 mm.
breit. 1. Schwinge 17-19 mm., 2. Schwinge = 9.-10., Armschwingen : 2.
Schwinge : Fliigel = 45 : 47 : 55,46 : 47 : 56 mm.
Bemerkung : Die Rasse leitet zu der ncA?»o»rfi-Gruppe und zu G. flavolate-
ralis iiber.
((/) richmondi-Gruppe.
Literatur u.a. Mathews, Birds Australia 8, 1920, pp. 140-143, 165-166.
Kennzeichen : Wie die echte igata und die Kleininsel-Rassen, aber
Schnabel meist relativ breiter, weisslicher Stirnfleck, Supraloral- und Superziliar-
streif deutlicher. Andererseits dem Formenkreis G. fusca und zwar der siidwest-
australischen Nominatform iihnlich, durch folgende Merkmale unterschieden :
Oberseite dunkler, brauner oder grauer (zwischen Saccardo's Umber, Taf. 29,
und Dresden Brown, Taf. 15, oder Brownish Olive, Taf. 36), Schwanz ohne die
weisse Basisbinde, vor der schwarzen bis schwarzlichen Binde nur wenig heller,
graubraun. Schwingen, besonders Armschwingen, weniger weisslich oder blass-
braunlich, mehr mit der Farbe des Riickens gesaumt. Ohrdecken nicht so braun,
grau bis braunlich oliven. Brust, Bauch und Unterschwanzdecken blass rost-
braunlich. Schenkelbefiederung olivenbraun mit blassbraunlichen Federrandern.
Unterfliigeldecken und Axillaren weiss. Fliigelrand weiss bis blass braunlich.
Iris rotlich braun, braun, grau. Schnabel und Fiisse schwarz, Sohlen gelblich.
Fliigel 47-52, Schwanz 39-46,5, Stufung 6-10 mm. (Index 78,0-91,6),
1. Schwinge 15-17,2. < 10., 7,5-10 mm. kiirzer als der Fliigel. Langste Schwinge
4.-6., die 3. relativ ein wenig kleiner als bei G. fusca. Tarsus 1 7,5-18,5, Mittelzehe
o. Kr. 7-8, Culmen 7,5-8,5 mm. lang, 3-3,5 mm. breit.
Material : 1 1 Stiick.
4. Gerygone igata richmondi Mathews (Taf. VI. fig. VI17Z(3).
Gerygone fusca Gould, Birds Australia, Pt. 35 (= Vol. 2, Taf. 98) (1.12.1846 — Kiistc von Neusiid-
wales). Tafcl und Lebensschilderung, nicht Beschreibung. Nee Psilopus fuscus Gould 1838.
Typusfehlt.
Wilsonuris fusca richmondi Mathews, Austral Avian Record 2, p. 129 (29.1.1915 — Richmond River,
NeusudwaJes). Typus in Tring. untersucht.
Wilsonavia richmondi gouldiana Mathews, Birds Australia 8. p. 143 (17.6.1920 — Gosford, Neusiid-
wales). Typus in Tring, vergliehen.
Abbildung: Gould, I.e.— Mathews, Birds Australia 8, Taf. 382 bei p. 140.— Emu 30, 1930, Taf. 11
(Vogel am Nest).
Kennzeichen : Sehr gute Form. Oberkbrper braun (zwischen Saccardo's
Umber, Ridgway, Taf. 28, und Dresden Brown, Taf. 15, Oberkopf mehr nach
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 353
Sepia, Taf. 29). Schwarzliche Schwanzbinde etwa 1 cm. von der Spitze entfernt,
die zum grtissten Teil von einer weissen Binde eingenommen wird. Weisser
Stirnfleck, Supraloral- und Superziliarstreifen sowie Augenring, schwarzer Ziigel-
fleck und dunkler Fleck hinter dem Ange vorhanden, Ohrdecken und vordere
Halsseiten grau, schwach oliven getont, allmahlieh in das Weisslichgrau der
Kehle, der Wangen und des Kinns iibergehend, das sich auf der Oberbrust relativ
deutlich gegen den blass braunlichen, auf den Flanken intensiveren Ton (Cinna-
mon Buff, Taf. 29, bis Ochraceous Buff, Taf. 15) des ubrigen Unterkorpers
absetzt.
Material : 7 Stuck (5 Tring, 2 Wien).
Verbreitung : Kiistengebiet von Neusiidwales, von Gosford (nordlich v.
Sydney) nach Norden bis zum Richmond River nahe der Nordgrenze des
Staates.
Masse : Sydney Fliigel o 50, 5°, Schwanz 45, 46 mm. Gebiet des Richmond-
Flusses Fliigel J 50, 51,5, $ 48, o 51,5,52, Schwanz 44,5, 46,5, 41,5 + x, 45, 45,5,
Schwanzstufung 7-10 mm., Culnien 7,5-8 mm. lang, 3-3,5 mm. breit. Gosford
Fliigel o ? (wohl $) 47, Schwanz 43, Culmen 8,5 mm. lang, 3 mm. breit,
(Index 86,5 + x bis 91,6). Fliigelproportionen s.o., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge :
Fliigel = 43 : 43 : 51,5 mm.
Bemerkung : Der Typus von gouldiana unterscheidet sich in keiner bemer-
kenswerten Weise von den ubrigen Exemplaren.
5. Gerygone igata amalia subsp. nova (Taf. VI. fig. Vllrfa).
Kennzeichen : Gute Rasse. Wie Gerygone igata richmondi Mathews,
aber Oberkorper weniger rostbraun, grauer. Kinn und Kehle graulich statt
weisslich, rostbrauner Anflug auf Brust, Weichen, Bauch und Unterschwanz-
decken ganz zuriicktretend, durch einen braunlichgelben, an der Brust mehr
grau olivenfarbenen Anflug ersetzt. Von mouki Mathews durch braunere
Oberseite, grauere Kehle und etwas lebhafteren Anflug auf den Weichen unter-
schieden.
Typus im Museum fur Tierkunde Dresden C 27188, ad. Bowen, Amalie
Dietrich leg. Zu Ehren der unermiidlichen Frau benannt, die von 1864-1872
in Ostaustralien viele botanische, zoologische, anthropologische und ethno-
graphische Kostbarkeiten fur das Museum Godeffroy sammelte.
Material : 2 Stuck (1 Dresden, 1 Hamburg).
Verbreitung : Ostkiiste des mittleren Queensland (Bowen).
Masse : ad. Fliigel 48,5, 50,5 mm. ; Schwanz 43, 44,5 mm. (Index 88,1, 88,7).
Tarsus 17-18, Culmen 7 mm. lang, 3 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 14-15 mm.,
2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 41 : 38 : 48,5,43 :
42 : 50,5 mm.
Bemerkung : Die Liicke zwischen den beiden von Mathews in verschiedene
Genera gestellten Rassen richmondi und mouki, die etwa 1 1 Breitengrade
voneinander entfernt nachgewiesen waren, wird durch die Auffindung dieser
guten neuen Form erheblich verkleinert. Dass die Stucke in Hamburg seit
langem als Gerygone, igata bestimmt waren, zeigt auch, wie nahe sich die beiden
Formen stehen. North, Nests and Eggs Birds Australia, 1901-04, p. 195,
beschreibt eine aberrante " G. fusca " von der Wide Bay, Queensland, die viel-
leicht eine amalia ist (oder G. fusca cantalrix).
354 N'OVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
fi. Gerygone igatamoukiMath(\\s (Taf.V.fig. VII6, unt. Reihe.Taf.VI.fig. VlWa).
Gerygone pallida North. Aitstr. Mux. Spec. Calal. No. 1, Vol. 1. p. 196 (27.4.1903 — Boar Pocket,
Bellender Ker-Gebirge. Nord-Queensland). Typus in Sydney. Nee Gerygone pallida Finsch
1898.
Gerygone laeiigaster mould Mathews. Nov. Zool. 18, p. 310 (31.1.1912 — Cairns, Nord-Queensland).
Typus in Tring, verglichen. Fundort : Barron River (der bei Cairns miindet).
Abbildung : Mathews, Birds Australia 8, 1920, Taf. 384 bei p. 149.
Kennzeichen : Sehr gute Form. Von richmondi durch weniger braune,
mehr graue und olivenfarbene Oberseite (Brownish Olive, Taf. 30), grau oliven-
farbene statt graue Ohrdecken und vordere Halsseiten, fast volliges Fehlen des rost-
braunlichen Tons der Unterseite, die von der Brust nach hinten nur schwach, aber
deutlioh wahrnehmbar braunlich rahmfarben iiberflogen ist, ferner durch kiirzeren
Schwanz (geringere Stufung) und teilweise langeren Schnabel untersehieden.
Material : 3 Stuck (Tring).
Verbreitung : Gebiet bei Cairns (Barron River, Bellender Ker Range,
Tolga) in Nord-Queensland.
Masse: Flugel 50-52, Fliigel <$ 52, $ 50, 51, Schwanz 43,5, 39, 42,5,
Schwanzstufung 6-8 mm. (Index 78,0, 83,7). Culmen 8-8,5 mm. lang, 3 mm.
breit. Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Flugel = 45 : 42 : 52,42,5 : 42,5 : 50 mm.
Bemerkung : Es liegt nahe, die riehmondi-Gruppe in Verbindung mit dem
Formenkreis G.fvsca zu bringen, dessen Form cantatrix einen Teil des noch offenen
Zwischengebietes bewohnt. Doch ist die Verschiedenheit so gross, dass die
Abspaltung schon vor liingerer Zeit vor sich gegangen sein muss. Jedenfalls
stehen sich die drei in der richmondi-Grappe zusammengefassten Formen morpho-
logisch viel naher, als jede von ihnen G. fusca cantatrix.
VIII. GERYGONE (HAPOLORHYNCHUS) ALBOFRONTATA
(Karte 6 und Taf. V. u. VI.).
Hapolorhynchus Reiehenow, Journ. Ornith. 56, p. 488, 1908. Typus Gerygone '! al'iofrontata Gray.
Kennzeichen : Am ahnlichsten einer der langschnabligen Formen von
Gerygone igata (G. i. insular is), iiberhaupt als geographischer Vertreter dieses
Formenkreises aufzufassen. Durch relativ schmaleren, seitlich starker zusam-
mengedruckten Schnabel sowie durch grossere Masse untersehieden. Die
Schnabelborsten nicht schwacher als bei igata. Ueber die Berechtigung der
Gattung kann man nur streiten, wenn man der Meinung ist, dass geographische
Vertreter, die sich durch einen besonders auffiilligen Sprung von den Charakteren
der Verwandten entfernen, nicht in eine andere Art oder gar Gattung gestellt
werden sollten. Da die Variability von Gerygone igata sich vornehmlich audi
auf die Schnabellange und-form bezieht, so braucht man dieses Merkmal bei
sonst unbedeutenden Veranderungen nicht als Gattungscharakter aufzufassen.
Ich erinnere an Eophona, an die Rohrammern und erwahne, dass trotz Reiehenow,
der die Gattung an die Certhiidae anschloss, die Lebensweise, jedenfalls der
Nestbau, wie bei dem genannten nachst stehenden Formenkreise ist. Man kann
sagen : Hapolorhynchus ist eine Gerygone insula ris. deren Sehnabelbasis ebenso
breit ist, deren Schnabelspitze aber etwas verlangert und im Zusammenhang mit
der schmalen Basis seitlich zusammengedriickt worden ist. Die Gattung bleibt
am besten als Untergattung unmittelbar hinter den Gerygone igata -Formen
stehen.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 355
Gerygone (Hapolorhynchus) albofrontata Gray (Taf. V. fig. VIII, Taf. VI. fig. VIII).
Gerygone ? albofrontata Gray. Voyage " Erebus and Terror," Birds, p. 5 (1844 — Chatham Insel).
Abbildung: Gray, I.e., Taf. 4, Fig. 2.— Buller, Supplement. Birds New Zealand'!, 1906, Taf. 12, Fig. 1.
Kennzeichen : Wie Gerygone igata insularis, aber Oberkorper intensiver
unci rostfarbener gefarbt, besonders Oberschwanzdecken und aussere Fahnen der
Schwanzfedern an der Basis, ganzer Schwanz, auch die weissen Zeichnungen,
rostbraunlich verwaschen. Fliigel brauner, weniger grau, Saume viel lebhafter
rostbraun. Weisses Stirnband und weisser Streifen iiber dem Auge bis hinter
die Ohrdecken, schwarzbrauner Strich durchs Auge, nach hinten zum Graubraun
der oberen Ohrdecken verbreitert. Kinn, Kehle, Wangen, untere Ohrdecken,
Halsseiten und iibrige Unterseite weiss mit einem Stich ins Briiunliche, an Hals-
seiten (nicht immer), Brust und Abdomen gelb getont, an den Weichen griinlicher,
auf den Unterschwanzdecken blass rostbraunlich. Schenkelbefiederung braun
mit gelblichen Federspitzen. Unterfliigeldecken weiss, Axillaren, Fliigelbug
ebenso, meist mit gelben Spitzen. Fliigel von unten haarbraun mit blass rost-
braunlichen Federsaumen. Iris blutrot, Schnabel schwarzbraun mit hellem
Kiel des Unterschnabels, z. T. ganzer Unterschnabel heller. Fiisse am getrock-
neten Balg hornfarben bis hell hornfarben ($).
Dass das $ kein Gelb auf dem Unterkorper hat (Buller), stimmt nach
meinem Material nicht. Die Intensitat des Gelb schwankt individuell.
juv. wie ad., alles Weiss durch intensives Ocker- bis Schwefelgelb ersetzt,
Stirnband aber schmaler, Schnabel, auch Oberschnabel, in einem Falle hell
hornfarben, im anderen fast schwarz (1. Jahreskleid ?, Daten und Geschlecht
fehlen in beiden Fallen). Diese beiden Stiicke ahneln jungen insularis.
Material : 7 Stuck (4 Tring, 2 Berlin, 1 Hamburg).
Verbreitung : Chatham-Insel, ganz gemein nach Oliver, Birds New Zealand,
1930, p. 457.
Masse : Fliigel 60-67 mm., Fliigel $ 66,5, o 65, juv. 60, 61,5 mm. <? Fliigel
65,5, 66,5, 67, Schwanz 57, 55, 54, 56, 56-, 49, 53, Schwanzstufung 6-8 mm.
(Index 80,6-86,8). 1. Schwinge 17-21 mm., 2. Schwinge = 9.-10., 10-12 mm.
kiirzer als der Fliigel, 2-0 mm. langer oder bis 3 mm. kiirzer als die Arm-
schwingen. Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 55 : 57 : 67,56 : 53 : 65 mm.
(Die Fliigel and meist schlecht prapariert). FHigelspitze von der 4. bis 6.
Feder gebildet, meist die 5. ein wenig langer. 3. > 7., 2-3 mm. kiirzer als die
4., Tarsus 21, 23-24,5, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 11,5, Culmen 10, 12-13,5 mm. lang,
2,5-3,5 mm. breit. Die kleinen Masse gelten fiir ein juv. des Hamburger Mus.,
dessen Heimat falsehlicherweise mit Auckland, Neuseeland, angegeben ist.
IX. GERYGONE CINEREA Salvadori (Karte 4b und Taf. V. fig. IX.).
Literatur u.a. Ogilvie-Grant, Ibis, Jub. Suppl. 1915, p. 170.
Gerygone cinerea Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Genova 7, 1875, p. 958 (1876 — Hatam, Arfakgebirge). Typen
in Genua, verglichen.
Kennzeichen : Von alien anderen Formenkreisen durch die graue Oberseite,
von O. igata mould, die braunlich graue Oberseite hat, durch Fehlen der weissen
Schwanzzeichnung abweichend.
cj$ Oberseite, Wangen und Ohrdecken aschgrau (Deep Neutral Gray,
Taf. 53), auf der Stirn mit dunkleren Schaftflecken (bei einem der mir vorlie-
genden Stiicke nicht, ebensowenig bei einem <$ vom Utakwa nach Ogilvie-Grant).
Auf dem Unterrucken ein schmales, weisses Querband, von den Spitzen der
356 Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
Biirzelfedern gebildet. Schwanz und Fliigel graubraun, ersterer mit grauen
Basissaumen und undeutlicher schwarzlicher Subapikalbinde (auf den ausseren
Federn etwa 5 nim. breit), Abstand von der Spitze geringer. Ein subapikaler
kleiner Innenrandfleck auf der aussersten Feder weisslich, auf den iibrigen
(ausser den beiden mittleren) blass braunlichgrau. Schwingen mit weisslich-
grauen Saumen. Augenring schmutzig weiss. Unterkorper hellgrauweiss,
Seiten der Oberbrust und Abdomen dunkler grau. Schenkelbefiederung braun
mit grauweisslichen Federspitzen. Unterschwanz-, Unterfliigeldecken und
Axillaren weiss. Fliigel von unten braun mit braunlieh weissen Innensaumen der
Federn. Iris dunkel braun. Schnabel und Fiisse dunkelgrau bis schwarz.
juv. m. W. unbekannt.
Material : 2 Stiick (Typen, Genua).
Verbreitung : Gebirge von ganz Neuguinea, wohl hauptsachlich iiber
1,000 m., bekannt von: Arfakgebirge, Wandammen (1,000 m.) (Ambernoh,
Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. 10, 1903, p. 474, Dumas leg., Fundort zuver-
lassig ?), Utakwa-Fluss, Moroka (1,800 m. hoch), Aroa-Fluss, Owen-Stanley-
Gebirge (etwa 2,700 m.), Eafa-Gebiet (350-1,000 m. hoch).
Masse : q Fliigel 49, $ ? 52, Schwanz 32,5, 33 mm., Schwanzstufung 2-4
mm. (Index 63,5-66,3). 1. Schwinge 15,5 mm., 2. Schwinge < 10., Armschwin-
gen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 41 : 40 : 49 mm., 43 : 43 : 53 mm. 2. Schwinge also
9-10 mm. kiirzer als der Fliigel, 0-1 mm. kiirzer als die Armschwingen. Spitze
des Fliigels von der 4. und 5. Schwinge gebildet, die 3. < 7., 2-3 mm. kiirzer als
die 4. Tarsus 17, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 7, Culmen 7,5-8 mm. lang, 3-3,5 mm. breit.
Bemerkung : Diese seltene Art steht nahe Gen/gone ruficollis und einigen
G. igata-FoTinen, besonders in der Schnabelbildung, ist aber durch den ausser-
ordentlich kurzen Schwanz von G. igata unterschieden. Ueber Beziehungen zur
Gattung Acanthiza s. den allgemeinen Teil.
X. GERYGONE RUFICOLLIS (Karte 4c und Taf. V u. VI).
Literatur u. a. Hartert, Nov. Zool. 36, 1930, p. 63 f.
Kennzeichen : Durch zarten Schnabel von den meisten Angehcirigen der
Gattung, ausser von igata und cinerea, unterschieden. Von igata durch kiirzeren
Schwanz, von cinerea vor allem durch braune Oberseite unterschieden. Oberseite
dunkel braunlieh bis olivenbraun (bei der Norninatform etwas dunkler als Sac-
cardo's Umber, Taf. 29, Oberkopf dunkler, zwischen Sepia und Bister, Taf. 29,
Schwanz Sepia), Schwanz mit schwarzer Subterminalbinde, die etwa 10-15 mm.
breit ist und auf der ausseren Feder etwa 8 mm., auf den inneren allmahlich
weniger weit von der Spitze entfernt bleibt. Spitze der Schwanzfedern mit
Ausnahme des innersten Paares mit weissern Subterminalfleck, der sich auf der
aussersten Feder auch als Binde iiber beide Fahnen erstrecken kann. Fliigel
braun, grosse Oberfliigeldecken mit Saumen von der Farbe des Riickens, Schwin-
gen mit weisslichen Saumen. Stirnfleck und Strich bis iibers Auge rostbraun,
Augenring weiss. Ziigel schwiirzlich, Kinn und Kehle blasser rostbraun (an der
Kehle bei der Norninatform etwa Cinnamon Buff, Taf. 29), an den Kopf- und
Halsseiten allmahlich in den Ton des Riickens iibergehend, Brust graubraunlich,
an den Seiten dunkel graubraun, nach hinten vom triiben Weiss der hinteren
Brust, der Weichen, des Bauches und der Unterschwanzdecken abgelost. Schen-
kelbefiederung dunkel graubraun mit blass briiunlichen Federspitzen. Unter-
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 357
fliigeldecken und Axillaren weiss, Fliigelbug vorn braun, hinten blass braunlich.
Iris hell rotbraun, Schnabel und Fiisse schwarz. juv. s. u.
Material : 9 Stiick (2 Typen).
Verbreitung : Gebirge von Neuguinea (bekannt vom Arfakgebirge und von
Siidost-Neuguinea) .
Masse: Fliigel $ 48-51, <$ 54-57, juv. 54,5; Schwanz 34-41, Stufung
2-4 mm. (Index 66,7-74,2). 1. Schwinge 14-17 mm., 2. Schwinge wenig < 8.,
4-8 mm. kiirzer als der Fliigel, 1,5-3,5 mm. liinger als die Armschwingen. Spitze
des Fliigels von der 4. u. 5. Schwinge gebildet, 6. u. 3. wenig kiirzer. Tarsus
16-17, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 7, Culmen 7-8 mm. lang, 2-2,5 mm. breit.
1. Gerygone ruficollis ruficollis Salvadori (Taf. V. fig. IX, Taf. VI.
fig. X la, p). ,
Gerygone ? ruficollis Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Genova 7, 1875, p. 959 (1876 — Hatam, Arfak-Gebirge).
Typus in Genua, verglichen.
Gerygone bimaculata A. B. Meyer, Zeitschr. ges. Ornith. 1, p. 198 (1884 — Hatam und Sanuibu, Arfak-
Gebirge, t.t. restr. Hatam). Typus in Dresden, verglichen.
Kennzeichen s. o.
Material : 3 Stiick (2 Dresden, 1 Genua).
Verbreitung : Arfak-Gebirge in Nordwest-Neuguinea (Hatam, Sanuibu,
Siwi, letzteres etwa 1,000 m. hoch).
Masse: $ 48, 50,5, 51, Schwanz 34, 36,5, 34 mm. (Index 66,7-72,3).
Tarsus 16, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 7, Culmen 7,5 mm. lang, 2,5 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge
14-15 mm., 2. Schwinge wenig < 8., einmal = 9.-10., Armschwingen : 2.
Schwinge : Fliigel = 42 : 44,5 : 50,5, 42,5 : 44 : 48 mm.
Bemerkung : Meyers Gerygone bitnaculata ist unbedingtes Synonym von
ruficollis, auch das von Mayr gesammelte Stiick hat wie bimaculata auf beiden
Fahnen der aussersten Schwanzfeder Weiss (Hartert). Es hat ausserdem eine
weisse Kehle, die vielleicht im 1. Jahreskleid getragen wird. Jedenfalls glaube
ich nicht, dass dieses einzige bisher bekannte " <$ " das normale Alterskleid des <$
darstellt und die $ durch braunliche, bei den beiden Typen von bimaculata
wahrscheinlich noch stark abgeblasste Kehle davon abweichen.
2. Gerygone ruficollis insperata De Vis.
Gerygone insperata De Vis, Ann. Report New Guinea, 1890-91, p. 94 (1892 — Mt. Suckling, Siidost-
Neuguinea). Typus in Brisbane ?, Beschreibung auch in Annats Queensland Mus. 1892,
Nr. 2, p. 4.
Kennzeichen : Gute Form. Wie ruficollis, aber Oberkopf und Oberkorper
brauner (Prout's Brown, Taf. 15) und weisse Flecken an den Steuerfedern breiter,
0 mm. breit. Kehle weniger rostbraun, reiner braun bis grauweiss. Kopf- und
Halsseiten nicht rostlich, sondern schmutzig braunlich grau.
juv. wie ad., aber Oberkopf und Oberkorper olivenbraun statt rein braun,
Supraloralstreif und Augenlider, Wangen, Ohrdecken und ganzer Unterkorper
mit schwefelgelbem Anflug (etwa Pinard Yellow, Taf. 4), auf der Brustmitte eher
Sulphine Yellow, Taf. 4, das Weiss der Brust und des Bauches wird jedoch nicht
ganz zuriickgedrangt.
Material : 6 Stiick (5 Berlin, 1 Dresden).
Verbreitung : Siidost- und Ost-Neuguinea (Mt. Suckling, Herzog-Gebirge,
Saruwaged).
Masse : Fliigel 54-57, J 54, 56-, 57, juv. 54,5 ; Schwanz 39, 41, — , 41,
358 Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
37 mm. (Index 67,9-74,2). (De Vis gibt Fliigel 53, Schwanz 46, das wird ein
Irrtum sein, Index 86,8 !) Tarsus 17, Culmen 7-8 mm. lang, 2-2,5 mm. breit.
1. Schwinge 16-17 mm., 2. Schwinge wenig < 8., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge :
Fliigel = 46 : 48,5 : 54,46 : 49 : 57,46 : 49,5 : 56 mm.
XI. GERYGONE FUSCA (Karte 6 u. 7 und Taf. V. u. VII.).
Literatur u. a. Mathews, Birds Australia 8, 1920, pp. 158-164, 167-175.
Kennzeichen: Wegen der grossen geographischen Variability ist kein
bestimmter Unterschied gegeniiber alien anderen Formen anzugeben (s. die
Bestirnmungstabelle). o$ Oberkorper graubraun, braun oder rostbraun,
Schwanz mit einer dunkleren, etwa 1 cm. breiten Binde, hinter der sich an den
4 oder 5 ausseren Federn jederseits ein weisslicher oder weisser Fleck wenigstens
auf der Innenfahne befindct. Haufig mit mehr Weiss am Schwanz. Ein mehr
oder weniger ausgedehnter weisslicher oder weisser Fleck jederseits an der
vordersten Stirnseite. Supraloral- und Superziliar-Streifen sowie weisser Augen-
ring haufig vorhanden, wenn auch wohl z.T. infolge der Preparation nicht immer
deutlich sichtbar. Unterseite weiss, grau, blass braunlich oder gelb, Brustseiten
und Flanken gelegentlich braun bis rostbraun. Schenkelbefiederung graubraun,
mit hellen (weisslichen bis braunliehen) Federspitzen. Iris rot in verschiedener
Abtonung bis braun, Fliigellange 48-61 mm., Schwanz 34-49 mm. (Index 65,0-
83,0), 1. Schwinge 14-20 mm.. 2. Schwinge = 7. bis 8. und kleiner bis < 10., 4,5-
7,5 mm. kiirzer als die Spitze des Fliigels, 4,5-0 mm. langer oder 1 mm. kiirzer
(1 Exemplar) als die Armschwingen. Spitze des Fliigels von der 3.-6. Schwinge
gebildet, die ziemlich gleich lang sind. Tarsus 16-22, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 7,5-9,
Culmen 6,5-11 mm. lang, 2,5-4 mm. breit.
juv. Mit Gelb am Unterkorper, mit gelblichem Augenring, heller Basis des
Unterschnabels und strohgelber bis brauner Iris.
Material : 148 Stuck (23 Typen, darunter 6 Co- oder Paratypen).
Verbreitung : Australien, Siidwest-Neuguinea, ferner von Timorlaut und
den Key-Inseln bis nach Siidwest-Siam, Celebes und den Nord-Philippinen.
Neben der Tatsache, dass sich alle hierher gerechneten Formen geographisch
vertreten, sprechen auch die morphologischen Merkmale zugunsten dieser
Vereinigung. Nur bei der fusca- und cantatrix-GTuppe konnte man im Zweifel
sein (s.u.).
(a) fusca-Geuppe.
1. Gerygone fusca fusca Gould (Taf. V. fig. XIa, Taf. VII. fig. 1«, 6, c).
Psilopus fuscus Gould, Synopsis Birds Australia, Pt. 4, Taf. 61 (1.4.1838 — Australien, t.t. restr.
Swan River, Western Australia). Lit. nicht gesehen, aber Beschreibung bei Mathews, Birds
Australia 8, p. 140 f. abgedruckt. Typus in Philadelphia.
Psilopus culicivorns Gould, Pror. Zoo}. Hoc. (London), 1840, p. 174 (Juli 1841 — West-Australien,
t.t. restr. Swan River s. Gould, Birds Australia, Pt. 29 = Vol. 2, Taf. 99, 1847). Typus in
Philadelphia.
Gerygone cnlicivora wayensis Mathews, Nov. Zool. 18, p. 308 (31.1. 1912 — Lake Way. West Australia).
T3T>us in Tring, verglichen.
Gerygone cnlicivora dendyi Mathews, Nov. Zool. 118, p. 309 (31.1.1912 — Mungi, West-Kiniberlcy,
nordl. Western Australia). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Abbildungen: Gould, Birds Australia. Pt. 29, s. num. G. cidicivorus. — Mathews, Birds Australia 8.
Taf. 386 bei p. 170 (untere Figur), nicht dagegen Gould, Birds Australia, Pt. 25 (= Vol. 2,
Taf. 98), sub num. G. fusca.
Kennzeichen : ad. Ganze Oberseite einschliesslich der kleinen und
mittleren Oberfliigeldecken und der Oberschwanzdecken olivenbraun (Saccardo's
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
359
Umber, Ridgway, Taf. 29, bis Light Brownish Olive, Taf. 30), auf clem Biirzel
etwas heller unci gelblicher. Ausserste Schwanzfeder weiss mit meist braunem
Schaft unci drei dunkelbraunen Flecken, einem kleinen Fleek an der Basis der
Innenfahne, einer 1 cm. breiten Binde, die an den Seiten weiss gerandet ist, und
einem etwa £ cm. langen Spitzenfleck. Die Aussenfahne dieser Feder zeigt also
in vier etwa gleichlangen Abschnitten von der Basis her Blassbraun, Weiss,
Schwarzbraun (der apikale Rand dieser Binde ist 12 mm. von der Federspitze
31
32
31
Karte 6. — Verbreitung von
Gerygone fusca z. T. (s. a. Karte 7). Terra typica von (1) fiisca und culicivora, (la) wayen-tris,
(16) dendyi, (2) ezswJ, (2a) jacksoni, (26) berneyi, (3) mungi, (3a) musgravi, (4) broomei, (4a) per-
confusus, (5) simpUx, mastersi und normantoni, (6) laeingaster, (6a) irUermissus, (7) cantatrir,
(10) everetti.
Gerygone igata. T. t. von (21) igata, (21a) flaviventris, (216) aucklandica, (21c) 8ylvestria,
(21d) assimilis, (21e) macleani, (22) insularis und thorpei, (23) modesta, (24) richmondi, (24«) fusca
Gould 1846, (246) gouldiana, (25) amalia, (26) mouki, (26a) pallida North.
<?. (Hapolorhynchus) albcfrontata. T. t. von (27) albojrontata.
Cr. flavolateralis. T. t. von (28) flavolateralis, (29) lifueiisis, (30) rouxi, (31) G.f Mayr
(Nr. VI, 4, p. 348), (32) (?./... afaj/r (Nr. VI, 5, p. 348).
| | Gruppenareale, Rassenareale, • Terra typica, X weitere
Fundstellen.
entfernt) unci Weiss (mit einem braunen Spitzenfleck). Nach der Schwanzmitte
nimmt die Ausdehnung des Weiss allmahlich ab, das mittelste Paar schwarzbraun
mit nicht ringsherum gehenden weissen bis braunlichen Saumen. Schwingen
und grosse Oberfliigeldecken dunkelgraubraun mit schmalen, blass olivenbraun-
lichen bis weisslichen Aussensaumen. Vorderste Stirnbefiederung weisslich,
schmaler Streif von der Oberschnabelwurzel iibers Auge hinweg, oberes und
unteres Augenlid weisslich, vor und hinter dem Auge ein dunkler Fleck, der an
diesen Stellen auch das Augenlid einnimmt und sich vorn bis zur Schnabehvurzel
erstreckt. Ohrdecken und Halsseiten olivenbraun, ein wenig heller als der
Oberkopf. Kinn, Kehle und Oberbrust weissgrau, iibrigcr Unterkorper weiss-
licher, in der Mitte des Bauches weiss, einschliesslich der Unterschwanzdecken
(besonders an Korperseiten und Flanken) braunlich iiberflogen. Schenkelbe-
360
NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
fiederung braun mit veisslichen Federspitzen. Unterseite des Fliigels schwarz-
braun, die meisten Schvingen mit weisslichen Innensaunien. Unterfiiigeldecken
und Axillaren weisslich mit braunlichem Anflug. Iris rot oder orangerot.
Schnabel und Fiisse schwarz.
juv. Oberkorper heller und lebhafter braun, weniger olivenbraun. Stirn,
weisse Zeichnungen an Kopf, Kehle und Oberbrust blass ockergelb. Gestalt
der Fliigel- und Schwanzfedern nicht von denen ausgefarbter Tiere verschieden.
Iris strohfarben, Schnabel
hornfarben, Basishalfte
des Unterschnabels blass
gelblich.
1 . Jahreskleid : Wie
ein mauserndes Februar-
stiick aus Albany (Tring)
beweist, hat dieses Kleid
auch Gelb auf dem Unter-
korper, ob in der Ausdeh-
nung des Jugendkleides,
bleibt fraglich. Unter-
schnabel im April noeh wie
im Jugendkleid, Iris rot
(Ex. aus Wilson's Inlet,
S.W. Austr.) ; Mauser
Februar bis April, De-
zemberstiicke haben ganz
frisch.es Gefieder. Ich
finde aber keine weiteren
Anzeichen einer zweiten
Mauser.
Variation : Riicken
manchmal grauer (Stiicke
vom Marz, August und
November gegeniiber de-
nen vom Dezember und
Juni). Weisse Basisbinde
Karte 7. — Verbreitung von
Gerygone fusca z. T. (s. a. Karte 6). Terra typica von (4)
broomei, (5) mastersi, (6) laevigaster, (6a) intermissus, (8) pallida,
(9) inornata, (10) everetti, (11) wetterensis, (12) fulvescens, (12a)
kisserensis, (13) senuens, (14) senex, (15) kuhni, (16) keyensis,
(17) dorsalis, (18) sulphurea, (18a) simplex, (186) modiglianii,
(18c) pectoralis, (18d) tenkatei, (18e) salvadorii, 18/) rhizophorae,
(18a) jacobsoni, {I8h) muscicapa, (18i) grisea, (18j) plesseni,
(19) Jlaveola, (20) saleyerensis.
I I Gruppenareale, Rassenareale,
X weitere Fundstellen
• Terra typica,
des Schwanzes (auf der Innenfahne, einige mm. vom Schaft entfernt gemessen)
9-13 mm. breit (9 Stiick aus S.W. Australien, 2 weiter nordlich gesammelt).
Material : 11 Stiick (8 Tring, 2 Hamburg, 1 Wien).
Verbreitung : Slid- und Mittel-Western Australia (Ex. von Albany, King
George's Sound, Wilson's Inlet, Lake Muir, Broome Hill, Perth, Vasse, Lake
Way) ; in Mungi Rock Hole, S Meilen siidostlich von Mt. Alexander, West Kim-
berley, im Winter, am 21.6., gesammelt.
Aufenthaltsort : Offener Wald, Gebiisch. Brutzeit : Oktober bis Dezember.
Masse : Fliigel 55-60 mm., Siidwestaustralien <J 57, 58% 59, 60, o 60, $ 55,
58,5, 59, Lake Way o 56, Mungi ^ 58,5 mm. ; Schwanz 45,4. 45s, 45, 48, 49,
o 48, $ 45, 45,5, 45, — , 44, 45, — , 46, Stufung 3-7 mm. (Index 76,3-81,8).
Lauf 17-18, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 7,5-8, Culmen 6,5-7,5 mm. lang, 2,5-3 mm. breit.
1. Schwinge 15-17,5 mm., 2. = 7.-8. oder etwas < 8., Armschwingen : 2.
Schwinge : Fliigel = 50 : 54 : 60,47 : 51,5 : 58 mm.
Novitates Zoological XX XVI. 1931. 361
Bemerkung : Das Stuck von Mungi ist im Gebiet einer anderen Rasse
gesammelt worden. Die Beobachtungen von Rogers, die Mathews in Birds
Austr. 8, p. 173 zitiert, beziehen sich auf die von Rogers bei Derby gesammelte
broomei, die Mathews zu einer anderen Art stellt (s.u.). — Wayenais soil oben und
unten blasser sein. Nur an der Kehle finde ich diesen Unterschied bestatigt, er
reicht aber nicht aus, um die Rasse nach einem Stuck anzuerkennen.^.DeMa'?/*
soil oben blasser, auf Bauch und Flanken rostbrauner sein. Der Typ, das einzige
in. W. von dort bekannte Stuck, stimmt in der Farbung fast vollkommen mit deni
Juni-Stiick voin Broome Hill (S.W. Austr.) iiberein. Das etwas intensive Braun
an den Korperseiten diirfte als individuelle Variation aufzufassen sein. Die
helle Schnabelbasis weist auf ein 1 . Jahreskleid.
2. Gerygone fusca exsul Mathews (Taf. VII. fig. 2a, b).
Gerygone culic.ivora exsul Mathews, Nov. Zool. IS, p. 309 (31.1. 1912 — Rutherglen, Victoria). Typus
in Tring, verglichen.
Pseudogerygone jacksoni Campbell, Emu 11, p. 247 (1.4.1912 — Mogil Mogil District, N.S. Wales).
Typus in Sydney ?
Gerygone culicivora berneyi Mathews, Austral Avian Rec. 1, p. 119 (24.12.1912 — Tambo, Queens-
land). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Abbildung : Mathews, Birds Australia 8, 1920, Taf. 386 bei p. 170 (inittlere Figur).
Kennzeichen: Schwache Rasse, wie G. f. fusca, aber Schnabel langer,
weisse Binde an der Schwanzbasis schmaler, 7,7,8 statt 9-13 mm., schwarze
Schwanzbinde meistens breiter, Oberkorper und Oberkopf etwas grauer, nicht so
braun wie bei den meisten fusca.
Material : 3 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Inneres von Ost-Australien : nordostl. Victoria (Rutherglen),
audi. u. nordl. N.S. Wales (Riverina, Mugil Mugil), Queensland (Tambo). In
Nomianton am Golf von Carpentaria am 3.4., im " Herbst," gesammelt
(s.u.).
Masse : 1. Rutherglen (Typus v. exsul), 2. q Tambo (Typus v. berneyi),
3. $ Normanton. Fliigel 592, 57,5 ; Schwanz 43, 43,5, 43 mm. ; Stufung 6 mm.
(Index 72,9-74,8). Culmen 8 mm. 1. Schwinge 15-17,5 mm., 2. Schwinge bei
Ex. 2 wenig < 7., bei Ex. 3 etwas > 9., bei Ex. 1 fehlend.
Bemerkung : Mathews beschrieb die Rasse als brauner auf der Oberseite,
was nicht stimmt. " Jacksoni " soil auf der Oberseite dunkler sein als Stiicke
aus Victoria (exsul). Ich sah keine Stiicke aus New South Wales. Trotzdem
glaube ich die angeblichen Unterschiede als Zeichen individueller Variation
ansehen zu sollen (vgl. deren Grosse bei 0. f. fusca). Bestimmt ist das Stiick
aus Zentral- Queensland (Tambo) nur durch reiner weisse Kehle von exsul unter-
schieden, ein Unterschied, der sich fast genau so bei zwei Ex. von fusca (Mus.
Hamburg) aus Perth findet. Die Unterseite des Xormanton-Stuckes ist weisser
als bei irgendeinem vorliegenden Stiick von fusca und exsul. Obwohl dieses
Tier ausserdem durch die Kiirze der 2. Schwinge auf einer Seite (die andere
nicht messbar) eher in die nachste Gruppe passt und somit als Bindeglied zwischen
beiden Gruppen einer neueh Rasse angehoren konnte, fasse ich es als Gast aus
dem Siiden auf (s. dazu G.f. master si, unten No. 5). Auch der Typ von berneyi
vom 18. 8. konnte Zugvogel sein. Sagte doch Austin nach Mathews (Birds
Australia 8, 1920, p. 173), dass die Art Anfang Februar Cobbora im mittleren
New South Wales vorlasst.
25
362 KOV1TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
3. Gerygone fusca mungi Mathews (Taf. VII. fig. 4).
Gerygone laevigaster mungi Mathews, Nov. Zool. 18, p. 310 (31.1.1912 — Mungi, West Kimberley,
nordl. West Australia). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Etkelornis eidicivorus musgravi Mathews. Austral Avian Record 2. p. 130 (28.1.1915 — Musgrave
Ranges, nordl. Zentral-Australien). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Abbildung; Mathews, Birds Australia 8, Taf. 386 bei p. 170 (obere Figur, Typus von musgravi).
Kennzeichen : Fragliche Rasse, am ahnlichsten exsul, aber kleiner unci
mit noch schmalerer weisser Schwanzbasisbinde (3,5, 3,5 mm. gegen 7-8 mm.).
Oberkorper etwas heller, im Ton wie bei fusca, Unterkorper heller, das dunkelste
Exemplar so grau an der Kehle wie die hellsten Stiieke von exsul und fusca,
weisser Streif von der Stirn iiber das Auge hinweg deutlicher.
Material : 3 Stuck (Tring).
Verbreitung : Inneres des nordlichen Western Australia (Mungi in West-
Kimberley und Musgrave Ranges). Die 3 mir vorMegenden Stiieke sind im Juni
und Juli gesammelt worden.
Masse : Mungi Fliigel £ 51,5, $ 52 ; Schwanz 35 + x, 39, Stufung 2 mm.
(Index 68,0-75,0). Culmen 8, 7,5 mm. Musgrave Ranges $ Fliigel 55, Schwanz
39, Stufung 2 mm. (Index 70,0), Culmen 7 mm. 1. Schwinge 14-14,5 mm.,
2. Schwinge etwas > 8. oder = 8.-9., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge: Fliigel
= 42 : 46 : 41,5,43 : 45 : 52,45 : 49,5 : 55 mm.
Bemerkung : Diese Rasse wurde von Mathews zuletzt als Subspezies von
mastersi (vom Golf von Carpentaria) aufgefasst, die zur nachsten Gruppe gehort.
Mungi vermittelt zwischen den beiden Gruppen durch seine geringe Grosse, die
schmale Schwanzbinde, den deutlicheren weissen Superziliarstreifen und die
helle Kehle. Ob ich musgravi zu Recht hierher gestellt habe, hangt von der
Variationsbreite der benachbarten Rassen mungi, exsul, mastersi und fusca ab.
Die Schwanzbinde von 5,5 mm. Breite und die Fliigellange wiirden auf exsul
weisen, der Schnabel ist aber etwas kurz.
(b) laevigastee-Geuppe.
Kennzeichen : Von der bisher behandelten /ifsea-Gruppe durch die
Reduktion der weissen Schwanzbasisbinde unterschieden, die bei einer Rasse
nur als blassbraunliche Aufhellung zu erkennen, immer aber nach der Schwanz-
spitze unscharf begrenzt ist. Weisser Streif von der Stirn iiber das Auge
hinweg mehr hervortretend, noch mehr als bei mungi.
Wegen der grossen Variability der Riickenfarbung bei G.f. fusca (s.o.) kann
ich einige Formen von Mathews nicht anerkennen. Auch das von mir bevorzugte
Merkmal, die Schwanzzeichnung, ist noch nicht in seiner ganzen Veranderlichkeit
bekannt, darf aber nach dem vorliegenden Material als konstanter gelten.
4. Gerygone fusca broomei Mathews (Taf. VII. fig. 5).
Gerygone laevigaster broomei Mathews. Austral Avian Record 1, p, 89 (18.9.1912 — Napier Broome
Bay, Nordl. West Australia). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Ethelornis levigaster perconfusiis Mathews, Birds Australia 8, p. 161 (18.8.1920 — Point Torment
und Derby, N.W. Australia). Falls kein Typus fixicrt ist, wahle ich von den Cotypcn das <J,
Rogers leg. No. 1017, Point Torment. King Sound, 23.12.1910.
Abbildung : Mathews, Birds Australia 8, Taf. 385 bei p. 158 (Mittlere Figur, obere Figur wohl cin
Exemplar von " perconfusiis Mathews," was nicht besonders erwiihnt wird).
Kennzeichen : Fragliche Rasse. Wie die Gruppe laevigaster, weisse
Schwanzbasisbinde deutlich vorhanden und so breit wie bei mungi, aber der
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931. 363
Schwanzspitze zu allmahlich, nicht plotzlieh in die dunkelbraune Binde
iibergehend. Weisse Binde an der Spitze der aussersten Schwanzfeder wie bei
mungi nicht auf die Innenfahne beschrankt. (Unterschied gegeniiber laevigaster.)
Oberseite (immer ?) blasser als bei der nachsten Form.
Material : 5 Stuck (Tring).
Verbreitung : Kiistengebiet des nordlichen Western Australia (King Sound,
namlich in Point Torment und Derby), Napier Broome Bay an der nordlichsten
Spitze des Staates. Aufenthaltsort : Mangrove, aber auch die Creeks aufwarts
(Rogers, bei Mathews falschlich unter G. fusca zitiert, Birds Australia, 8, p. 173).
Masse : Derby und Point Torment, Fliigel (J 52;, $ 50, o juv. 49,5,
Schwanz 40,5, 39,5, 382, Stufung 3-5 mm. (Index 76,0-77,9) ; Tarsus 17,5,
Culmen 7,5-8 mm. Broome Bay, <j Fliigel 54,5, Schwanz 37,5 mm. (Index
67,2) ; Tarsus 17, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8,5, Culmen 8 mm. 1. Schwinge 15, 5-17,5
mm., 2. Schwinge = 8.-9. (zweimal), 9.-10. und = 10. (je einmal), Typus von
broomei nicht messbar. Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 45 : 47 : 52,
beim juv. (2. = 10. !) 43 : 44 : 49,5 mm.
Bemerkung : Die blassen Stiicke vom King Sound (perconfusus) stammen
von Dezember und Januar, der oben dunkler braune Typus von broomei vom
Juni .
5. Gerygone fusca mastersi (Sharpe) (Taf. V. fig. XI6, Taf. VII. fig. 3a, b).
Gerygone simplex Masters, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 1, p. 52 (Februar 1876 — Norman River,
Golf von Carpentaria). Die Stiicke waren von Broadbent gesaramelt worden, der spater
gleichartige von Normanton sandte, t.t. restr. Normanton. Typus in Sydney ? Nee Gerygone
simplex Cabanis 1872.
Pseudogerygone mastersi Sharpe, Cat. Birds British Mils. 4, p. 224 (vor Marz 1879 — nomen novum
fiir G. simplex Masters).
Ethelornis normantoni Mathews, Birds Australia 8, p. 169 (18.8.1920 — Normanton). Typus in
Tring, verglichen.
Abbildung : Mathews, Birds Australia, 8, Taf. 384 bei p. 149 (Typus von normantoni).
Kennzeichen: Gute Form. Wie broomei, aber durch etwas brauneren
Oberkopf unterschieden. Oberkorper lebhaft olivenbraun (Tawny Olive,
Ridgway, Taf. 29).
Material : 2 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Siid- und Westkiiste des Golfes von Carpentaria (Norman
River und Roper River, von wo Campbell, Emu 18, 1919, p. 182, broomei, also
wohl mastersi meldet).
Masse: Normanton, Fliigel $ 56, $ 51,5, Schwanz 43,5, 40, Stufung 4
und 8 mm. (Index 75,9-77,7) ; Culmen 8,5, 8 mm. ; 1. Schwinge 18 mm., 2.
Schwinge = 8.-9., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 47 : 50,5 : 56 mm.
Bemerkung : Schwach von der vorangehenden Rasse unterschieden, die
vielleicht als Synonym hierher gehort. Der Typus von normantoni, das $, hat
kein reines Weiss an der Schwanzbasis und ist von der nachsten Rasse nur durch
lebhafteres Braun des Oberkorpers unterschieden. Unterkorper des £ ad. fast
ganz blass braunlich gelb getont. Das 3. Stiick von Normanton, das durch
eine scharf abgesetzte, 7 mm. breite weisse Schwanzbasisbinde und viel graueren
Oberkorper der Rasse exsul ahnelt (s. o. S 361), weicht mit seinem vollig weissen
Unterkorper, der ziemlich deutlichen Superziliarbinde und der kurzen 2. Schwinge
(etwas > 9.) rloch sehr von dieser Form und in deni letzten Merkmal auch von
dem Typ von berneyi ab. Ich kann dieses Stiick (Fliigel 57,5, Schwanz 43 mm.,
25*
364 NoviTATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVI. 1931.
Index 74,8, Culmen 8 mm.) vorlaufig nur fiir ein aus dem Innern im Winter in
das Kiistengebiet gelangtes Exemplar einer z wise hen den beiden /wca-Gruppen
vermittelnden Rasse halten, die sieh durch etwas langeren Sehnabel (und breitere
weisse Schwanzbinde ?) besonders von " musgravi " unterscheidet, ev. mit
berneyi zusammengefasst oder neu beschrieben werden miisste.
Sollten solche Tiere unvermischt neben mastersi briiten, so miisste die
/«.sea-Gruppe als Art abgetrennt werden.
6. Gerygone fusca laevigaster Gould (Taf. VII. fig. 6).
Oerygone lerigaster (sic) Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. {London), 1842, p. 133 (Februar 1843 — " on the
Cobourg Peninsula and on the Islands of Van Diemen's Gulf", Northern Territory, Typ von
Port Essington). Von Gould selbst in Birds Australia 2. Taf. 101, 1848, als G. laevigaster
bezeichnet. Typus in Philadelphia.
Ethelomis levigaster inter-missus Mathews, Birds Australia 8, p. 160 (18.8.1920 — Buchanan's Islet,
Melville Insel, nordwestl. v. Australien). Typus in Tring, vcrglichcn.
Abbildungen: Gould, Birds Australia, Pt. 34 (= Vol. 2, Taf. 101).— Mathews, Birds Australia 8,
1920, Taf. 385 bei p. 158, untere Figur.
Kennzeichen : Sehr gute Form. Oberseite olivenbraun (zwischen Sac-
cardo's Umber, Taf. 28, und Tawny Olive, Taf. 40). Schwanz mit 8 mm. breiter
dunkelbrauner und 7 mm. breiter weisser Endbinde, die an der Spitze von einem
kleinen blass braunlichen Fleck abgelost wird. Die schwarzbraune Binde hellt
sich in Richtung der Federbasis etwas auf, aber nur bis zu Blassbraunlich, nicht
bis zu Weiss. Unterkorper weiss, sehr schwach graubraunlich getont, besonders
deutlich an den Halsseiten (hier grauer), Brustseiten und an den Flanken. Vgl.
ausserdem die Kennzeichen der Gruppe. Von mastersi durch reiner braunen,
weniger olivenbraunen Oberkopf, i. allg. dunkleren, weniger lebhaft braunen
Riicken, durch Beschrankung der weissen Spitzenfiecke der aussersten
Schwanzfeder auf die Innenfahne, besonders aber durch regelmassiges Fehlen
des Weiss nahe der Schwanzbasis unterschieden, von broomei durch die beiden
letztgenannten Eigenschaf ten .
Material : 5 Stiick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Kiistengebiet und Inseln im nordlichsten Northern Territory
(Melville Insel, Port Essington). Aufenthaltsort : Mangroven.
Masse : Fliigel <J 54!, 57, $ 50,5, 51, Schwanz 41,5, 43, — , — , 37, Stufung
4-5 mm. (Index 73,3-76,9). Tarsus 17-18, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 7,5-8,5, Culmen
8,5 mm. lang, 2,7-3 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge = 16-18 mm., 2. Schwinge = 8.-9.,
Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 47,5 : 48,5 : 54,49 : 50 : 57 mm.
(c) cantatrix-Grcppe.
7. Gerygone fusca cantatrix WeatheriU (Taf. VII. fig. VI).
Pxeiidogeri/gone cantator WeatheriU. Queensland Naturalist 1. p. 74 (30.9.1908 — Moreton Bay, Siid-
Queensland). Beschreibung bei Mathews, Birds Australia s. p. Ki2, abgedruckt. Typus in
Brisbane ?
Ethelornis cantator weatherilli Mathews, Birds Australia S. p. 104 (18.8.1920 — Breakfast Creek,
Brisbane, Siid-Queensland). Typus in Tring, verglichen.
Abbildung: Mathews, I.e., Taf. 384 bei p. 149 (Typus von weatherilli).
Kennzeichen: Gute Form. Wie 0. fusca laevigaster, aber Fliigel langer,
Oberkorper und besonders Oberkopf dunkler und reiner braun (Saccardo's
Umber nach Sepia, Taf. 29), weniger graubraun.
Material : 4 Stiick (Tring).
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 365
Verbreitung : Kiistengebiet des siidlichen Queensland (gemeldet von ver-
schiedenen Orten zwischen Brisbane und Gympie, etwa 150 km. weiter nordlieh).
Masse : Fliigel $ 59,5, 61, $ 56 ; Schwanz 442, 39,5, Stufung 4 mm. (Index
70,5-73,9). 1 <$ vom Marz sehr abgetragen und in der Mauser. Tarsus 19,
Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8,5, Culmen 8,5 mm., 1. Schwinge 19 mm. 2. Schwinge = 8.-9.
(einmal < 9.) = 52 mm. (Armschwingen 50, Fliigel 59,5 mm.). Aufenthaltsort :
Anlagen der Stadt und Mangrove, sehr selten im offenen Wald (Chisholm, Emu,
17, 1908, p. 150 ff.). Bruten im Dezember und Juni festgestellt.
Bemerkung : Mathews beschreibt seine Subspezies, weil Weatherill fiir
cantatrix 3,5 mm. weniger Fliigellange angibt und zwar anscheinend fiir ein Stuck
ohne Gesehlechtsbestimmung. Doch hatte Mathews ein $ mit dem gleichen
niedrigen Mass von 56 mm. vor sich. Die beiden typischen Lokalitaten sind
wenige km. voneinander entfernt. M. E. ist Mathews auf dem richtigen
Wege gewesen, als er 1912 diese Form als Rasse von laevigaster auffasste. Bei
der unberechtigten Aufspaltung dieser Art in den Birds of Australia musste
cantatrix naturlich auch abgeteilt werden. Die Aufstellung einer besonderen
Gruppe fiir diese Form vviirde sich sogar eriibrigen, wenn sie nicht so weit von
den nachstahnlichen Rassen entfernt wohnte. Sie ist der einzige Vertreter dieses
Formenkreises an der Ostkiiste Australiens.
Das von den australischen Gruppen vorliegende Material fordert mit aller
Bestimmtheit die Anerkennung von wenigstens 4 Rassen : G. f. fusca, G. f.
mastersi, O. f. laevigaster, O. f. cantatrix. Die iibrigen 3 hier anerkannten Formen
bediirfen einer Nachprufung. Mungi und broomei wiirden in die Synomymie
von mastersi, exsul in die von fusca zu stellen sein. Dabei ware die Unterbringung
von berneyi, musgravi und die des mehrfach erwahnten Stiickes von Normanton
ev. zu andern.
(d) pallida-Gruppb.
Gerygone fusca pallida Finsch (Taf. VII. fig. VI).
Gerygone pallida Finsch, ex Temminck MS. (" Acanthiza pallida "), Notes Leyden Museum 20, p. 134
(1898— West-Neuguinea. Lobobai).
Pseudogerygone sp. inc. Ogilvie-Grant, Ibis, 1915, Jubilee Suppl. p. 170. Miindung des Mimika-
Flusses.
Kennzeichen : Im Alterskleide unbekannte Form. Wie O. f. laevigaster,
mit derselben Schwanzzeiehnung (Mr. N. B. Kinnear sandte freundlicherweise
eine Skizze). Unterseite blasser (" pale sandy brown " gegen olivenbraun)
(?, da bei dem Jungen in London die Oberseite etwas dunkler als bei Jungen der
meist sehr blassen G.f. broomei sind, Kinnear in litt.), ohne (so deutlich ?) weissen
Ziigel- und Superziliarstreifen. Von inornata durch blassere Oberseite und
dadureh unterschieden, dass der weisse Spitzenfleck an der aussersten Schwanz-
feder nicht auf die Aussenfahne iibergreift.
Material : Mr. N. B. Kinnear verglich in London juv. von G. f. broomei
und andere Stiicke mit dem $ juv. vom Mimika-Fluss. Dieses Stiick hat
etwas mehr gelblich griine Stirn, Kopfseite und tfnterseite, als es nach Finschs
Beschreibung haben diirfte (Kinnear in litt.).
Verbreitung : Westen der Ebene von Siid-Neuguinea (von der Lobobai bis
zum Mimika-Fluss).
Masse : 2 Exemplare bekannt, der Typus in Leyden, wegen des gelben
366 XOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
Augenringes und der weisslichen Unterseite wohl ein Stuck im 1. Jahreskleid,
misst nach Finsch jj Fliigel 54 mm., Schwanz 38 mm. (Index 70,5), Tarsus 18,
Culmen 8 mm. Das Stuck in London misst nach freundlicher Mitteilung von
Kinnear $ juv. Fliigel 53, Schwanz 37 mm. (Index 69,8), Culmen 10 mm. (die
Verschiedenhe.it gegeniiber dem anderen Stiicke diirfte auf die Methodik des
Messens zuriickgehen), 2. Schwinge = 8.-9., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge :
Fittich = 44 : 46 : 53 mm.
Bemerkung : Seit Finsch's Beschreibung erschien, hat sich m. W. keiner
wieder mit der vorhegenden Art befasst. Es war mir schon aus der Beschreibung
klar geworden, dass es sich um einen Angehorigen dieses Formenkreises handeln
miisse, der nahe bei laevigaster steht, die Masse passen auch ganz ausgezeichnet
auf diesen Formenkreis.
(e) inornata-Gkuppe.
Kennzeichen: Von der laevigaster- und fusca-Gru-ppe durch Fehlen des
weissen Augenringes, der schwarzbraunen Flecken vor und hinter dem Auge,
gewohnlieh auch des weissen Superziliarstreifens und Stirnflecks, ferner durch
Vorhandensein eines versteckten braunlichen Flecks an den Brustseiten und
durch scharfere Begrenzung des Weiss der Kehle gegen Ohrdecken und Wangen
im frischem Gefieder unterschieden. Schwanzzeichnung wie bei broomei, d.h.
die weisse Zeichnung an der Spitze der aussersten Schwanzfeder stets auf beide
Fahnen ausgedehnt, aber weisse Binde an der Schwanzbasis teils vorhanden,
teils fehlend.
Verbreitung : Timor, Savu, Wetter.
9. Gerygone fusca inornata Wallace (Taf. V. fig. Xle, Taf. VII. fig. la, b).
Gerygone inornata Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. (London), 1863, p. 490 (April 1864 — Timor. Typen aus
dem Gebiet von Koepang). Cotypus in Berlin, verglichen.
Gerygone (s. Acanthiza) tyrannuloides Finsch, ex S. Miiller MS., Notes Leyden Museum 20, 1898,
p. 133 — nomen nudum.
Acanthiza brachyoptera Finsch, ex Temminck MS., Notes Leyden Museum 20, 1898, p. 134 — nomen
nudum.
Abbildung : Catalogue Birds British Mus. 4, 1879, Taf. 5, Fig. 1.
Kennzeichen: Wie die der Gruppe. Sehr gute Form. Oberkopf, Riicken,
Biirzel, Oberschwanzdecken graubraun (etwa Saccardo's Umber, Ridgway,
Taf. 29), auf dem Oberkopf teils dunkler und weniger oliven (in frischem Gefieder),
teils gleichfarbig, teils heller (Drab, Taf. 46) in individueller Variation, die auch
bei der Schwanzzeichnung betrachtlich ist. Schwarzbraunes, etwa 8-10 mm.
breites und 10 mm. von der Spitze entferntes Band auf der aussersten Schwanz-
feder teils scharf, teils undeutlich begrenzt, der weisse Spitzenfleck auf der
Innenfahne 7-9 mm. breit, weisse Basisbinde, wenn vorhanden, 3-6 mm. breit,
auch in frischem Gefieder manchmal nur durch eine schwache Aufhellung ange-
deutet. Fliigeldecken mit der Farbe des Riickens, Schwingen schmal weisslich
gerandet. An der Schnabelbasis bei 2 Stiicken in frischem Gefieder ein kleiner
weisslicher Stirnseitenfleck, der bei den Stiicken in abgetragenem Gefieder fehlt.
Untere Wangenpartie und ganze Unterseite, Unterschwanzdeeken, Unterfliigel-
decken, Axillaren weiss, schwach gran mid an den hinteren Korperseiten gelblich
udcint. An den oberen Brustseiten ein blassbraunlicher Fleck jederseits, der
durch Streichen der Federn ziemlich weit auf die Brust hinauf gelegt werden
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 367
kann, wobei je nach Preparation ein Zwischenrauni von 7-10 mm. in der Brust-
mitte weiss bleibt.
juv. Mit den Merkmalen des juv. von fusca, auch mit gelbem Augenring.
Material : 15 Stuck (2 Berlin, 11 Miinchen, 2 Dresden).
Verbreitung : Timor (Koepang, Atapupu, Lelogama, Bonleo, Timau), in
der Ebene und im Gebirge (1,200 m. Hohe).
Masse : Fliigel 50-58 mm., <J 52, 53, 55, 57, 58!, juv. 51, $ 51-, 53, 54, o juv.
50, o ad. (Cotypus) 54 ; Schwanz 40, 42,5, — , 40\ 41, — , 36, 38, 39, 36, 36,5 mm.,
Stufung 3-6 mm. (Index 66,7, 69,0!, 70,2, 71,3, 71,7, 72,2, 73,0, 76,9, 80,2, 80,4).
Tarsus 17-19, Culmen 9-10 mm. lang, 3 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 16-19 mm.,
2. Schwinge = 8. (1 mal), 8.-9. (3 mal), 9. (1 mal), 9.-10. (1 mal), < 10. (1 mal).
Armscliwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 49 : 52,5 : 58,46 : 46,5 : 53 mm.
Bemerkung : Die ausserordentliche Variationsbreite der sonst so konstanten
Schwanzfliigelverhaltnisse, der Lange der 2. Schwinge wie auch anderer Masse
und der Schwanzzeichnung ist sehr auffallig, zumal ich mausernde und sehr
abgetragene Federn nicht beriicksichtigt habe.
10. Gerygone fusca everetti Hartert.
Gerygone everetti Hartert, Nov. Zool. 4, p. 267 (1897 — Savu und Timor, t.t. restr. Savu s. Hartert,
Nov. Zool. 27, 1920, p. 494). Typus in Tring.
Kennzeichen: Schwache Form. Wie inornate,, aber mit verwaschenem,
hellgrauem Superziliarstreifen, Schwingen im Durchschnitt kiirzer, Schnabel i.
allg. schlanker und liinger, Tarsus langer.
juv. Unterkorper schmutzig zitronengelb, schmaler Augenring und Ziigel
blassgelblich iibertont, Stirn vorn etwas griinlicher.
Material : 3 Stuck (1 Budapest, 2 Dresden).
Verbreitung : Savu westl. von Timor.
Masse : Fliigel $ 48,5, 50, cJ juv. 50, Schwanz 35, 38, 40, Stufung 4-6 mm.
(Index 72,2, 76,4, 80,0). Tarsus 20-22, Culmen 10-10,5 mm. Nach Hartert
messen 4 Stuck am Fliigel 50-53 mm. 1. Schwinge 15-17,5 mm., 2. Schwinge
= 9-10., = 10., < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 44 : 45 : 50,
41 : 42 : 48,5 mm.
11. Gerygone fusca wetterensis Finsch.
Gerygone wetterensis Finsch, Notes Leyden Museum 20, p. 132 (1898 — Wetter). Typus in Leyden.
Abbildung : Notes Leyden Mus. 22, 1901, Taf. 4, Fig. 2.
Kennzeichen: Schwache Form. Wie inornata, aber wohl im Durch-
schnitt kleiner, gleich everetti mit meist schlankerem und langerem Schnabel,
ferner mit schwachem rostgelblichen Anflug auf den Korperseiten hinter den
beiden braunlichen Stellen an den oberen Brustseiten. Steuerfedern ebenso
gezeichnet, aber weisse Binde nicht so breit (an der aussersten Feder 6-8 mm.)
und Basisbinde fehlend.
Material : 4 St tick (Tring).
Verbreitung : Wetter.
Masse : Fliigel <J 51,5s, $ 51, Schwanz 39-, 40, 39,5 mm. (Index 75,7-77,7).
Tarsus 20, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 8, Culmen 9-9,5 mm.
Bemerkung : Finsch vergleicht bei der Urbeschreibung die Schwanzzeich-
nung mit der von pallida Finsch. Sie sollen fast gleich sein, d.h. bei dem Typus
von wetterensis, einem juv. mit gelblichweisser Ziigel- und Augenringzeichnung
368 Novitates Zoological XXXVI. 1931.
unci ebensolchen vorderen Wangen ware der weisse Fleck der aussersten Schwanz-
feder auf die Innenf aline beschrankt.
(/) dorsalis-Gruppe.
Kennzeichen : Von der moraata-Gruppe durch rostbraunen, weniger
graubraunen Riicken, braun getonte Brustseiten und Flanken sowie starke, ja
fast vollige Reduktion der weissen Zeielmung des Schwanzes unterschieden.
juv. Riicken, Flanken- und Brustseiten etwas blasser braun, Unterkorper,
Augenring und Supraloralstreifen gelb oder gelblich. Stirn ganz vorn oft
gelblich get (int.
Die Jungen der einzelnen Rassen sind nach den Merkmalen fiir ausgefiirbte
Tiere zu untersclieiden.
1. J.-Kl. wahrscheinlich mit dunklem Schnabel und ohne Gelb an Kopf,
Kehle und Oberbrust, sonst wie juv.
Verbreitung : Kalao tua, Madu und Inseln zwischen Wetter, Timor einer-
seits, den Aru-Inseln und Neuguinea andererseits.
12. Gerygone fusca fulvescens A. B. Meyer (Taf. VII. fig. 8).
Gerygone fulvescens A. B. Meyer. Abh. Ges. Isis, 1884, p. 27 (1884 — Babar). Typus in Dresden,
verglichen.
Gerygone kisserensis Finsch, Notes Leyden Museum 20, p. 133 (1898 — Kisar). Typus in Leyden.
Abbildung: Notes Leyden Museum 22, 1901, Taf. 4, Fig. 1.
Kennzeichen : Sehr gute Form. Wie inornate, , aber Oberkorper ein-
schliesslich Oberschwanzdecken viel brauner, weniger grau, Oberkopf nur wenig
brauner, mit blassgrauem Oberaugen- und Ziigelstreifen w7ie everetti, Schnabel
langer, so lang wie bei everetti, ohne deutlich weisse Schwanzzeichnungen, Schwanz
mit weisslichen, auf die Innenfahne aller ausser den beiden mittelsten Federn
besehrankten Subapikalflecken (etwa 4 mm. Iang und 3 mm. von der Spitze
entfernt) und einer verwaschenen schwarzbraunen Binde basalwarts davon.
Unterfliigeldecken, Brustseiten und Weichen rostbraun. Axillaren und Fliigel-
bug blass gelbhch rahmfarben.
Material : 8 Stiick (7 Tring, 1 Dresden).
Verbreitung : Kisar, Moa, Babar, Sermata, Letti (Siidwest-Inseln, zwischen
Timor und Timorlaut).
Masse : Babar Fliigel " $ " 55 mm., $ 1. J.-Kl. 51 mm., Kisar <$ 56 mm.,
$ 52,5, 54, cJ juv. 53, Letti £ ad. 55, $ juv. 51 mm. ; Schwanz — , 39, 42, 39,
41, 40,5, 40, 37 + x ; Stufung 4-5 mm. (Index 72,7-76,5). 1. Schwinge 16 mm.,
2. Schwinge = 8.-9., 9.-10. (zweimal), 10. und < 10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge :
Fliigel = 47 : 49 : 55,48 : 47 : 56 mm.
Zur Systematik dieser Form vergl. Hartert, Nov. Zool. 11, 1904, p. 205;
13, 1906, p. 297 ; 18, 1911, p. 10.5 ; Hellmayr, Avifauna v. Timor, 1912, p. 26.
13. Gerygone fusca sequens Hartert.
Gerygone kisserensis sequens Hartert, Nov. Zool. 11, p. 205 (1904 — Roma). Typus in Tring, Para-
typen verglicben.
Kennzeichen: Gute Form. Wie fulvescens, aber Oberkorper und Ober-
fliigeldecken rotlicher braun (Brussel's Brown, Ridgway, Taf. 3), besonders auf
den Oberschwanzdecken, Oberkopf dunkler graubraun, sich also scharfer vom
Riicken abhebend.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 369
.Material : 5 Stuck (3 Tring, 1 Dresden, 1 Berlin).
Verbreitung : Roma.
Masse : Fliigel 52-55 mm., J 55, $ 53, 55, o 53, <J juv. 52 ; Schwanz 40%
40,5, 38, — ; Stufung 5 mm. (Index 71,7-75,5). Tarsus 20, Culmen 10,5 mm.,
1. Schwinge 20 mm., 2. Schwinge wenig < 8. = 49,5 mm., Armschwingen etwa
47 mm.
14. Gerygone fusca senex Meise (Taf. V. fig. XI/).
Gerygone inornata senex Meise, Journ. Ornith. 77, p. 450 (1929 — Kalao tua zvvischen Celebes und
Flores). Typus in Berlin, vergliehen.
Kennzeichen : Schwache Form. Wie sequens, aber Oberkopf noch dunkler
und grauer, Riicken weniger rotlich braun, reiner braun (zwisehen Cinnamon und
Dresden Brown, Taf. 15). Brustseiten und Flanken weniger rotlich braun,
dunkler und brauner.
juv. Stirnrand und Ziigel etwas gelblich getont, Unterkorper blassgelb
(Amber Yellow, Taf. 16).
Material : 26 Stuck (z. T. in Berlin, z. T. jetzt in New York).
Verbreitung : Kalao tua und Madu (zwisehen Celebes und Flores).
Masse ' : 26 Stuck, Sammlung v. Plessen : Kalao tua 9 <$ J ad. 7.7.-13.6.,
5 ?? ad. 7.5.-8.6., 1 o ad. 2.5., 6 <$$ juv. 2.5.-5.5., 2 $ juv. 6.5.-19.5., 1 ? ? juv.
5.5. Madu: 2 <$$ ad. 27. und 31,5.1927. Fliigel: <J 54, 53\ 566 (und 1 in
Mauser), o 56, $ 53, 55s, 562, <J juv. 545, 56, $ juv. 52, 53, $ ? juv. 54 (davon
im ganzen 6 in Mauser) ; Schwanz $ 40, 414, 42-, 42,5, 44, 42!, 43, 44, 40', 41,
39, 40, 41 (und 3 in Mauser) ; Stufung 5 mm. (1 Mass) (Index 71,4-78,6). Tarsus
22, Culmen 11 mm. lang, 3,8 mm. breit.
15. Gerygone fusca kuhni Hartert.
Gerygone kuhni Hartert, Nov. Zool. 7, p. 15 (1900 — Damar). Typus in Tring, vergliehen.
Kennzeichen : Gute Form. Wie sequens, aber Brustseiten und Weichen
intensiver rostbraun gefarbt (etwa Ochraceous Tawny, Taf. 15). Schwanz wie
bei fulvescens und den anderen Rassen, aber die Basis wieder heller, so dass sich
die schwarze Binde mehr abhebt.
Material : 10 Stuck (8 Tring, 1 Berlin, 1 Dresden).
Verbreitung : Damar (Wuluer und Kuweij).
Masse: Fliigel 51-56, J 53>, 54, 55-, 56, <$ juv. 51, ^$ 1. J.-Kl. 51, 54;
Schwanz 39, 41, 41,5, 43s, 44, 46,5, 40, 39, 42,5; Stufung 6,5-9 mm. (Index
76,5-83,0). Tarsus 20-21, Culmen 10-1 1 mm. 1. Schwinge 19 mm., 2. Schwinge
= 8.-9. (wenige Male = 9.-10.-), Armschwingen: 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 48 :
49 : 56 mm.
16. Gerygone fusca keyensis Biittikofer (Taf. VII. fig. 10).
Pseuilogerygone keyensis Biittikofer, Notes Leyden Museum 15, p. 258 (1893 — Kleine Kei-Inseln).
Typus in Leyden.
Kennzeichen : Nach Vergleich junger Tiere : Schwache Form. Wie
fulvescens, aber grosser (nach Harterts Massen), Schwanzspitze kaum weisslich,
nur schwach aufgehellt, Weichen vielleicht etwas lebhafter rotbraun, doch nicht
so sehr wie bei kuhni. Schnabel im allgemeinen kiirzer.
Material : 3 Stiick (2 Tring, 1 Dresden).
1 Als Nachtrag zur Bearbeitung der Sammlung v. Plessens in Journ. Ornith. 77, 1929, p. 451.
3"0 Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931.
Verbreitung : Kleine Kei-Inseln (Soa, Eer, Kilsoein, Komeer, Tiandoe,
Manggoer-InseLn, Taam).
Masse : Fliigel 53-54,5 mm., J 1. J.-Kl. 53 mm. ; juv. <J 54, 54,5 ; Schwanz
38°, 40 ; Stufung 5 mm. (Index 70,4-73,4). Tarsus 20, Culmen 10 mm.
1. Schwinge 18 mm., 2. Schwinge = 8.-9., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge :
Fliigel = 47 : 50 : 54,5 mm. (Nach Hartert, Nov. Zool. 10, 1003, p. 244, Fliigel
? 54, <J 59-60,5 mm. lang).
17. Gerygone fusca dorsalis Sclater (Taf. VII. fig. 9).
Gerygone dorsalis Sclater. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 199 (1.8.1883— Tenimber). Typus in London
Abbildung : Gould, Birds New Guinea, Pt. 16 (= Bd. 2, Taf. 11), 1884.
Kennzeichen : Gute Form. Wie Iciihni, aber Oberkorper und Oberfliigel-
decken viel heller und rotlicher, lebhaft zimtbraun (Sudan Brown, Taf. 3), am
lebhaftesten auf den Oberschwanzdecken, Oberkopf etwas heller olivenbraun
(Olive Brown, Taf. 40). Brustseiten und Weichen nicht so ausgedehnt rotbraun
getont (etwa Ochraceous Tawny, Taf. 15, etwas heller und gelblicher als bei
kiihni). Weissliche Flecken auf den Schwanzfedern nicht so auffallig und
wenigerausgedehnt.
juv. mir unbekannt.
Material : 3 Stuck (1 Tring, 2 Dresden).
Verbreitung : Tenimber-Inseln (Larat, Loetoe, Moloe, Yamdena, Selaru).
Masse : Fliigel 51,5-56 mm., ^ 51,5, $ 56, o 52,3 ; Schwanz — , 40, 37 ;
Stufung 4-5 mm. (Index 70,5-71,4). Tarsus 20, Culmen 10 mm. lang, 3,5 mm.
breit. 1. Schwinge = 17,2. = 9.-10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel
= 47 : 49 : 56 mm.
(g) sulphtjrea-Gruppe.
Kennzeichen : Unterscheidet sich von alien Gruppen durch die Beibe-
haltung der gelben oder gelblichen Unterseite im Alters-Kleid, von der inornate-,
fusca- und pallida -Gruppe durch die Reduktion der weissen Schwanzzeichnung
zu einem weissen oder weisslichen Fleck nahe der Spitze der Innenfahne der
aussersten Schwanzfeder und zu entsprechend weniger weissen Zeichen an den
iibrigen Steuerfedern, von der laevigaster-, fusca-, und cantafriff-Gruppe durch
die Reduktion der weissen Supraloral- und Superziliarstreifen, wenigstens im
Alterskleide (ein weisslicher Augenring und weissliche Ziigel sind hiiufig undeut-
lich feststellbar), von der fulvescens-Gruppe durch viel graueren, weniger braunen
Oberkorper, von der cantatrix-Gnxppe durch geringere Grosse. Das Jugendkleid
aller Gruppen lasst sich von dem der sw//)^Mrea-Gruppe fast immer nach denselben
Merkmalen trennen, nur beim Vergleich mit /. laevigaster gilt es zu bedenken,
dass der gelbe Ton bei den jungen Australiern nur selten mit dem besonders
blasser sidphurea-Exemii\are iibereinstimmt. dass diese also meist intensiver
gelb gefarbt sind. Dass die gelbe Kopfzeichnung bei jungen sulphnrea zuriick-
triite gegeniiber der bei jungen laevigaster, kann ich nach den 4 Jungen (z. T.
wohl 1. Jahreskleid) der sulphurea-Gruippe, die mir zu Gesicht gekommen sind,
nicht bestimmt sagen. Das Celebes-Junge hat aber grunliche Ohrdecken, und
die Jungen von G. f. sulphured diirften sich durch Reduktion der gelben Ziigel-
zeichnung, weniger gelbe Stirn und intensiver gelbe Kehle unterscheiden.
Schwanzstufung 0-2, selten 3 mm.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 371
Verbreitung : Von Siidwest-Siam (11° 50' N.) iiber die Malakka-Halbinsel
und die Kette der 8unda-Inseln bis Alor, ferner auf Borneo, den Philippinen,
Celebes und Saleyer.
IS. Gerygone fusca sulphurea Wallace (Taf. V. fig. XI g\, Taf. VII. fig. 11a, 6).
Gerygone sulphurea Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. (London), 1863, p. 490 (April 1864— Solor). Je ein
Cotypus in Berlin und London, ersteren verglichen.
Gerygone modesta Cabanis, Journ. Ornith. 14, p. 10 (1866 — Luzon), nomen nudum.
Gerygone simplex Cabanis, Journ. Ornith. 20, p. 316 (1872 — Luzon, Philippinen). Typen in Berlin,
verglichen.
Gerygone modiglianii Salvadori, Ann. ilus. Gcnova (2) XII, 1891, p. 52 (1893 — Balige und Si Rambe,
siidl. Nord-Sumatra). Cotypen in Genua, einen aus Tring (Salvad. Xr. d.) verglichen.
Gerygone pectoralis Davison, Ibis, 1892, p. 99 (1892 — nahe der Miindung des Pahang, Ostkiiste der
Malakka-Halbinsel). Typus in Singapore ?
Acanthiza tenkatei Biittikofer, Notes Leyden Museum 14, p. 195 (1892 — Flores). Typus in Leyden.
Gerygone salvadorii Biittikofer, Notes Leyden Museum 15, p. 175 (1893 — Borneo). Schwaner leg.,
S. Borneo, Typus in Leyden.
Gerygone rhizophorae Mearns, Proc. Biol. Sor. Washington 18, p. 7 (1905 — Zamboanga auf Mindanao,
Philippinen). Typus in Washington.
Gerygone modiglianii jacobsoni v. Oort, Notes Leyden Museum 31. p. 207 (1909 — Moeara Karang-
Inseln bei Batavia, Java). Typus in Leyden, Cotypus verglichen.
Gerygone modiglianii imtscicapa Oberholser, Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 60, Xr. 7, p. 11 (1912 — Insel
Engano, westl. v. Sumatra). Typus in Washington.
Gerygone griseus Gyldenstolpe, Ornith. Monatsber. 24, p. 27 (1916 — Koh Lak = Prachuap Kirikan,
Siidwest-Siam, 11° 50' N.). Typus in Stockholm, Topotypen verglichen.
Gerygone sulphurea plesseni Stresemann, Ornith. Monatsber. 34, p. 22 (1926 — Xordwest-Bali). Typus
in Berlin, verglichen.
Abbildung: Kong!. Sv. Yet.-Akad. Handl. 56, Xo. 2. 1916, Taf. II, Fig. 2 ("griseus").
Kennzeichen: Sehr gute Form. Mit den Charakteren der Gruppe. Ober-
korper olivenbraun, mehr oder weniger mit Grau getont (Brownish Olive, Ridg-
way, Taf. 30, Buffy Brown, Taf. 40, Drab. Taf. 46), sowie heller und dunkler als
diese Farben. Oberkopf haufig, besonders in abgetragenem Gefieder, wesentlich
heller als der Riicken, haufig grauer und dunkler. Zusammengelegter Fliigel wie
der Riicken, Handschwingen mit ganz schmalen weisslichem Saumen. Schwanz
graubraun, ausserste Schwanzfeder auf der Innenfahne mit weisslichem Subapikal-
fleck (innen 2, am Aussenrande etwa 5 mm. breit), den nach der Basis eine schwarz-
braune Binde begrenzt (auf der aussersten Feder etwa 10 mm. breit, auf den
innern allmahlich verschmalert). Ein Fleck jederseits an der Basis des Ober-
schnabels weisslich. Ebensolcher Augenring, Superziliarstreifen und Supraloral-
streifen oft nicht wahrnehmbar, oft vorhanden. Kopfseiten wie Oberkopf.
Grenze zwischen dem Graubraun der Ohrdecken und Wangen und dem Gelb der
Kehle scharf. Unterkbrper schwefelgelb, teils blass, teils intensiv (Pinard
Yellow, Taf. 4, zwischen Amber und Citrine Yellow, Taf. 10 und blasser). Obere
Brustseiten mit einem briiunlichen Fleck, der leicht unter die Fliigel, aber auch
so weit auf die Brust gestrichen werden kann, class in der Brustmitte ein freier
gelber Raum von etwa 7-10 mm. Breite bleibt. Unterschwanzdecken, Unter-
fliigeldecken, Axillaren und Fliigelbug gelblich weiss. Schwingen von unten mit
schmalen, blass weinfarbenen bis weisslichen Innensaumen.
juv. mit gelblichem Augenring (1 Stiick Gunong Tahan, 1 Stiick S.W. Siam).
Basis des Unterschnabels hell hornfarben. Sonst kein durchgangiger Farbunter-
schied.
Material : 25 Stiick (10 Singapore, 1 Leyden, 3 Tring, 10 Berlin, 1 Dresden).
372 Novitates Zoolooioae XXXVI. 1931.
Verbreitung : Alor (Rensch, Journ. /. Ornith. 77, Erg.-Bd. 2, 192!), p. 203),
Solor, Flores, Bali, kleine Inseln bei Batavia (Java), Sumatra (Batak-Gebiet im
Norden und Korintji im siidlichen Westen), Banka (U.S. Nat. Mus., Riley in
litt.), Engano (westlich des siidlichen Sumatra), Malakka-Halbinsel nordwarts
bis 11° 50' N. (Siidwestlichstes Siam) und zwar an der Ostseite Pahang-Gebiet
und Koh Lak (Siam), im Westen Perak (Taiping, Matang, Trang, Bagan Datoh),
Pulau Panjang Anak (kleine Insel bei Junk Seylon = Salanga), im Innern
Gunong Tahan (700-1,700 m. hoch), Siid-Borneo, Pulo Raboc Raboe und Pulo
Samama (zwei Inseln ostl. von N.O. Borneo), Philippinen (Lubang, Luzon,
Mindoro, Tataan, Verde, Mindanao, Sulu, Tawi Tawi, Bongao). Aufenthaltsort :
Im Gebirge (780, 1,500 m. Sumatra, Alor 1,200 m.) und im Tiefland, in
Malakka in oder bei Mangrove sowie im Gebirge, auf einigen Inseln fehlend.
Masse : Fliigel 47-54 mm., $ 47-50 (8 Exemplare), 52 n. Gyldenstolpe fiir den
Typus von " griseus," $ 51-53, 54, (13 Exemplare), 50 mm. fiir den Typus von
" salvadorii " nach Biittikofer. Nach Salvadori fiir die Typen von " modigli-
anii," o Fliigel 48, Schwanz 33 (4 Stiick), Schwanz 31-38,5 mm. (22 Stiiek),
(Index 65,0-72,6 (22)). Tarsus 16,5-17,5, Culmen 7,5-9 mm. lang, 3-4 mm. breit.
1. Schwinge 15-17 mm., 2. Schwinge = 8.-9., bei dem Typus von sulphured
2. > 8., bei den meisten von der Malakka-Halbinsel, Siam und einem von Luzon
2. = 9.-10., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 45 : 47,5 : 52 (Java),
41:43:47,5 (Taiping), 45:47:52 (Luzon), 40:43:48 (Solor), 43:44:52
(Flores). Die Fliigelmasse seien geographisch geordnet wiedergegeben, in runden
Klammern Masse aus der Literatur, in eckigen von J. H. Riley brieflich mit-
geteilte : <J Alor 52, Flores 51, 52, Java 52 (53), Sumatra 52, 53 (54), Engano
[53,5], Malakka 51, 51,5, Siam 51,5, 52, Borneo (50) [50,5, 51, 52,5], Philippinen
51, 52 (51 i. D. bei 5 <$<$ nach Bourns & Worcester s. Macgregor) [50,5, 52,5].
$ Flores 47, 48, Bali 48,5, Java (49), Engano [49, 49,5], Malakka 47,5, 48, 48,5,
49, Siam 50 (52), Borneo [48,5, 49,5], Philippinen (52 i. D. bei 5 Stiick nach
Macgregor). — o Solor 48, Siam 53, Luzon 51, 52, Mindanao, Sulu, Tawi Tawi
[48% 49s, 51s, 54 letzteres wohl $ ?].
Bemerkung : Viele der oben zitierten Beschreibungen wurden ohne Vergleich
mit anderen Populationen dieser Rasse verfasst. " Simplex " und " tenkatei "
waren mit inornata, " modiglianii " und " salvadorii " mit flaveola verglichen
worden, " pectoralis," " muscicapa," " jacobsoni," "griseus," " plesseni,"
" rhizophorae " zwar mit Stiicken von nahe benachbarten Orten, aber unter
zu starker Wertschatzung ihrer (individuellen) Abweichung. Wenn man die
grosse Variabilitat in der Farbung, der Schnabelgrosse und -gestalt sowie der
Schwingenformel bei der Flores- und der Malakka -Serie kennt, muss man
nach dem vorhandenen Material alle genannten Rassen zusammenfassen.
Tenkatei wurde nach einem Spiritus-Exemplar ohne Gelb beschrieben, plesseni
nach einem jungen Stiick mit merkwiirdig rotlich gelber Brustmitte, das
ich fiir eine individuelle Variation halten mochte (alle anderen Unterschiede
gegeniiber sulphured bestehen nicht). .Jacobsoni wurde zwar von Salvadori-van
Oort fiir etwas abweichend von modiglianii erklart, aber die Unterschiede,
die hellere Oberseite und der grosse weissliche Ziigelfleck, sind Merkmale
eines ausserst abgetragenen Kleides (die Typen scheinen alle im November
erlegt worden zu sein). 2 Stiicke aus Sumatra und 10 aus dem Gebiet der
Halbinsel von Malakka sind teils von Hartert, teils von Robinson & Kloss
ausfiihrlich besprochen worden (Nov. Zool. 9, 1902, p. 552 ; Journdl F.M.S.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931. 373
Mus. S, pt. 2, 1918, p. 161 f. ; Ibis, 1918, p. 591 f. ; Journal Nat. Hist. Sue. Siam,
1924, p. 235). Wakrend Hartert pectoralis einzieht, mochten die beiden letzt-
genannten Autoren eine Ebenen- (Seekiisten-) Form pectoralis anerkennen, die
evtl. Wanderung nach Java ausfiihrt und eine Gebirgsforni modiglianii, die
ausser in Sumatra auch auf den Gebirgen der Halbinsel Malakka leben soil
(z. B. auf dem Gunong Tahan). Brieflich teilt mir Mr. C. Boden Kloss jetzt
freundlicherweise mit, dass er eine lokale Wanderung dieser Tiere fur wahrschein-
lich halt, da sie entweder auf den Bergen oder an der Kiiste getroffen werden.
Das mag sein und befiirwortet die Vereinigung der Halbinsel-Formen, zumal
griseus von Gyldenstolpe selbst in die Synonymie verwiesen wurde (Ark. f. Zool.
19A, Nr. 1, p. 63, 1926). Die Serie unterscheidet sich jedenfalls nicht von der
aus Flores. Die Inselrasse Oberholsers, muscicapa, wurde ohne Masse beschrieben,
und nach den Unterlagen, die mir Mr. J. H. Riley freundlicherweise durch
Vergleich und Messen der Typen gab, ist sie wahrscheinlich synonym (s.a. Robin-
son & Kloss, Journ. F.M.S. Mus. 8, Pt. 2, p. 161 f., 1918). Ausser von ihrem
Herkunftsort habe ich von dem zweier weiterer Rassen kein Material gehabt, aus
Borneo und von den sudlichen Inseln der Philippinen. Doch erhielt ich von
diesem Material Auskunft durch Mr. Riley, der Stiicke von kleinen Inseln
nordostl. von Borneo fur ubereinstimmend mit Biittikofers Beschreibung erklart
{Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 77, art. 12, p. 16, 1930). Die Borneo-Rasse habe ich
danach in die Synonymie stellen konnen, da Biittikofers Hauptmerkmal. die
auffallig olivenbraunen Seiten der Brust, nicht anders als bei simplex ausgepragt
ist. Die ubrigen Kennzeichen, auch das Fehlen des weissen Ziigelflecks, halte
ich nicht fiir wichtig. Mearns, der bei der Beschreibung von rhizophorae aus
Zamboanga einen Vergleich mit salvadorii ausfiihrt, hat anscheinend kein Stiick
dieser Rasse in Handen gehabt, da auch er von einer Verschiedenheit des gelben
Tons nichts weiss, seine neue Rasse (7 Stiick lagen vor !) aber nach Macgregor
(Manual Philippine Birds, Vol. 2, p. 447, 1909), der 1 $ von Zamboanga hatte,
nur durch einen etwas dunkleren Scheitel von simplex (Nord-Philippinen)
abweichen soil. Das bedeutet mit ziemlicher Siob.erb.eit die Unhaltbarkeit der
Mearns'schen Form, die auch die mir brieflich gemachten Ausfiihrungen Rileys
nicht siitzen konnen. Nun unterscheidet sich aber simplex nach dem mir
vorliegenden Material in keiner Weise von sulphur ea, und darum halte ich es fiir
wahrscheinlich, dass die zwischen den Philippinen und Sumatra in Borneo
lebenden Tiere keine besondere Rasse darstellen. Das mir vorliegende und
wohl auch das in Museen iiberhaupt vorhandene Material zwingen m. E. zu dem
eben vertretenen Schluss,1 womit aber nicht auf einen spateren Vergleich von
Stiicken in frischem Gefieder von den verschiedenen Inseln vcrzichtet sein si ill.
19. Gerygone fusca flaveola Cabanis (Taf. V. fig. XL/2, Taf. VII. fig. 12).
Gerygone flaveola Cabanis. Journ. Ornith. 21, p. 157 (1873 — Makassar). Typus in Berlin, verglichen.
Abbildung : Cat. Birds British Mus. i, 1879, Taf. 5, Fig. 2.
Kennzeichen : Sehr gute Form. Von sulphurea durch die starke Reduk-
tion der weissen Schwanzzeichnung unterschieden ; An der aussersten Schwanz-
feder ist der weisse Fleck nur etwa 3 mm. breit und erstreckt sich kaum iiber
die Halfte der Innenfahne liinaus, wahrend er bei sulphurea fast bis an den Schaft
1 Supraloralstreif nach dem Material des U.S. Nat. Museums (Riley in litt.) vorhanden bei
simplex, rhizophorae und muscicapa, fehlt bei salvadorii und modiglianii. Ich habe von Malakka
Stiicke mit und ohne diesen Streifen und lege ihm keine grosse Bedeutung bei.
374 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
reicht und an der Federkante etwa 4-5 mm. breit ist. Das Gelb der Unterseite
ist viel intensiver im Ton und etwas nach Orange verschoben (zwischen Lemon
Chrome und Lemon Yellow, Taf. 4). Untersehwanzdecken und manchmal der
Bauch durch ihre gelblichweisse bis fast rein weisse Farbung mehr von der Brust
abgehoben. Flugelbug intensiver gelb. Wangen und Ohrdecken auffallig mit
Gelb getont, im ganzen etwa olivengriin wirkend. Weisser Ring um das
Auge und weisslicher Ziigelstreifen manchmal deutlich, manchmal (nicht nur
als Folge von Preparation) nicht wahrnehmbar. Im Durchschnitt grosser als
sulphured.
juv. mit gelbem Augenring, gelblichgrauem Ziigel und griinlicher Stirn.
Basis des Unterschnabels hell hornfarben.
Material : 21 Stuck (9 Berlin, 8 Tring, 4 Dresden).
Verbreitung : Celebes (Makassar, Indrulaman, Bonthain Peak, Latimodjong)
(800-1,600 m. hoch), Koelawi, Rano Rano (1,800 m.), Dongala, Tawaya, Kwan-
dang, Toli Toli (an der Westkiiste des Basisteils der Nordhalbinsel), Rurukan
(Minahassa, Weigall coll., 1 Stiick in Tring).
Masse : Fliigel 51-56, i. D. (21 Ex.) 53,3 mm., <$ Siid-Celebes 523, 55,5, 56,
Latimodjong 54s, West-Celebes 51 (juv.), 52, 53, $ Siid-Celebes 53=, 54,5, Lati-
modjong 52,5-, 53, West-Celebes 52, o Latimodjong 53, 55, Nord-Celebes (Ruru-
kan) 55 mm. ; Schwanz 36-, 37, 39 ?, 40, 37, — , — , — , — , 39, 36, 35, 39, 35, — ,
39, 35, 37, —,38,5 mm. (Index 66,0-74,5). Tarsus 16-16,5, Mittelzehe o. Kr. 9,
Culmen 8,5-9,5 mm. lang, 3-3,5 mm. breit. 1. Schwinge 19 mm., 2. Schwinge
meistens = 10., etwa = Armschwingen. 2. Schwinge : Fliigel = 48 : 52,46 : 53
mm., bei einigen Stiicken 2. = 9.-10., einmal 2. = 8.-9.
20. Gerygone fusca saleyerensis subsp. nov.
Ke,nnzeichen : Schwache Form. Von flaveola durch kiirzere Fliigel und
blassere, mehr dem Schwefelgelb von sulphured sich niihernde Farbung der
Unterseite unterschieden .
Typus im Tring Museum, " <? ", Saleyer, A. Everett leg. 22. 11 . 1895.
Material : 2 Stuck (Tring).
Verbreitung : Saleyer.
Masse : <J ad. Fliigel 48, 49 mm., bei fldveola <$ ad. 52-56 mm., Schwanz
(sehr abgetragen) 34, 34 mm. (Index 69,4-70,8). 2. Schwinge = 10.
XII. GERYGONE (EUGERYGONE) RUBRA (Karte U und Taf. V u. VI).
Kennzeichen: Von alien anderen Gerygone-Aiten durch ausgedehntere
weisse Spitzenzeichnung des Schwanzes und durch eine Schwanzstufung von
1 1,5-14 mm. unterschieden, ausserdem in den meisten Kleidern durch eine weisse
Querbinde auf den inneren Handschwingen, im ausgefarbten mannlichen Kleide
vor allem durch die dunkel kirschrote Oberseite. Fliigel 57 (-62,5 nach der
Literatur), Schwanz 47-48, Stufung 1 1,5-14 mm. (Index 82,5-84,2). 1. Schwinge
17,5, 2. Schwinge = 8.-9., 7-9 mm. kiirzer als der Fliigel, 3 mm. langer als die
Armschwingen. Spitze des Fliigels von der 3.-6. Schwinge gebildet. Tarsus
16,5-17 mm., Culmen 9-9,5 mm. lang (2,5-3 mm. breit ?).
Material : 2 Stiick (1 Typus).
Verbreitung : Gebirge von Neuguinea.
Novitates Zoolooicae XXXVI. 1931. 375
1. Gerygone (Eugerygone) rubra rubra (Sharpe).
Pseudogerygone rubra Sharpe, Notes Leyden Mia. 1878, p. 29-30 (1879-Tjobonda. Arfak-Gebirge,
Nordwest-Neuguinea). Typus in Leyden.
Kennzeichen : Oberseite dunkel kirschrot, auf dem Oberkopf dunkler,
Schwanz schwarz, auf den ausseren drei Federn mit weissen Spitzen, deren Grenze
gegen die Basis auf der aussersten Feder sehr schrag nach aussen basalwarts
zieht. Fliigel dunkelgrau, auf der Aussenfahne der 5. Handschwinge, etwas
mehr der Spitze als der Basis genahert, ein kleiner weisser Fleck, dem auf der
Innenfahne ein ebensolcher Fleck am Bande der Fahne entspricht. Auf den
nachsten nach innen folgenden Federn vergrossert sich die weisse Zeichnung
durch Ausdehnung auf beiden Fahnen, auf der Innenfahne geht in der H<">he des
Flecks der Aussenfahne ein schrages weisses Band basalwarts bis zum Federrand.
An den weiter innen gelegenen Armschwingen ist dieses schriige Band eher ein
Querband, da es immer breiter wird. Stirn in geringer Ausdehnung unci schmaler
Augenring weiss, ein schmaler Streif iiber dem weissen Stirnband, Ziigel, Wangen
und Ohrdecken schmutzig grau (letztere Fuscous, Taf. 46), mit roten Federspitzen,
die aber fast nicht auffallen. Halsseiten, Kinn, Kehle grau, nach hinten heller
werdend, Bauch und Unterschwanzdecken weiss. Seiten des Korpers schwach
oliven getont. Schenkel schwarzlich mit dunkel rotem Anflug. Unterfliigel-
decken und Axillaren weiss. Fliigel von unten grau, mit einer undeutlichen
weissen Querbinde. Iris dunkelbraun, Schnabel schwarz bis rauchbraun, Fiisse
braunlichgelb. $ wie <$, statt des Bot der Oberseite braun mit rostlichem Ton
(s. Hartert, Nov. Zool. 36, 1930, p. 64). rj semiad. mit gelblicher Tonung des
Bot der Oberseite.
juv. wie $, aber Stirnbasis gelblich statt weiss, Ohrdecken blass gelblich
braun und Unterkorper blass gelb, an den Seiten oliven getont. Schwingen
ohne weisse Binde (Bothsch. & Hartert gaben diese Merkmale, Nov. Zool. 10,
1903, p. 474 f., als solche des $ an).
Material : nicht gesehen.
Verbreitung : Arfak-Gebirge (Tjobonda, Anggi gidji, Ditschi).
Masse : $ nach Sharpe 58 mm., nach Hartert 58-62,5 mm., $ nach Hartert
57,5 mm.
2. Gerygone (Eugerygone) rubra . . . Mayr 1931 (Taf. VI. fig. XII 2).
Kennzeichen : (J$ Wie rubra, aber auf der Oberseite viel lebhafter gefarbt
(Biicken beim <$ etwa Morocco Bed, Taf. 1, beim $ Orange Citrine, Taf. 4),
Unterseite des <J nicht mit oliv iiberflogen. Basishalfte des Unterschnabels bei
dem von mir untersuchten Stiick hell hornfarben, Biicken mit Bandern von
Orange Citrine, Taf. 4, also wohl 1. J.-Kl. (z. T. nach Mayr, M.S.).
Material : 2 Stiick (Berlin).
Verbreitung : Gebirge Ost-Neuguineas (Saruwaged, Schneegebirge, Aroa-
Fluss-Gebiet, Mt. Cameron im Owen Stanley-Gebirge).
Masse : ^ Junzaing, Saruwaged Fliigel 57, Schwanz 48, Stufung 11,5 mm.
(Index 84,2). $ Ogeramnang, Saruwaged Fliigel 57, Schwanz 47, Stufung 14 mm.
(Index 82,5). Tarsus 16,5-17, Culmen 9-9,5 mm. lang, 2,5-3 mm. breit (s.u.).
1. Schwinge 17,5 mm., 2. Schwinge = 8.-9., Armschwingen : 2. Schwinge :
Fliigel = 47 : 50 : 57.- : 49 : 57 mm.
Bemerkung : Wenn ich auch nur von der letzten Basse Exemplare gesehen
376
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
habe, kann ich die noch zu beschreibende Form Mayr's anerkennen, da sie sich
augenscheinlich auffiillig von der Nominatform unterscheidet. Der Schnabel
soil nach Salvadori zuden breiteren der Gattung gehoren nach Finsch, Notes
Leyden Mus. 22, 1901, p. 200, dem von Sericornis rufescens (Salvadori) ahneln
(s. Taf. V. fig. 5). Bei den Berliner Stiicken ist er durch das Zubinden des
Schnabels so schlank wie der von Gerygone magnirostris tenebrosa geworden.
VERZEICHNIS DER NAMEN, DIE MIT DEM GENUS GERYGONE IN
VERBINDUNG STEHEN ODER GESTANDEN HABEN.
affinis = magnirostris affinis, p. 337.
albofrontata = G. (Hapolorh.ynch.us)
albofrontata, p. 355.
albogularis = o. olivacca, p. 324.
amalia = igata amalia. p. 353.
apsleyi = e. chloronota. p. 344.
arfakiana = Sericornis a. arfakiana
(Salvadori), p. 318.
aruensis = chloronota aruensis, p. 345.
assimilis = i. igata, p. 349.
aucklandica = i. igata, p. 349.
berneyi = fusca exsnl, p. 361.
bernsteini = magnirostris conspicillata
p. 336.
bimaculata = r. ruficollis, p. 357.
brachjoptera = fusca inornata, p. 366.
broomei = fusca broomei, p. 362.
brunnea = " murina," p. 317.
brunneipectus = magnirostris brunnei-
pectus, p. 335.
cairnsensis = m. magnirostris, p. 333.
cantator = fusca cantatrix, p. 364.
chlorogaster = c. chrysogaster, p. 341.
chloronotus = c. chloronota, p. 344.
christophori = magnirostris tenebrosa,
p. 339.
chrysogaster = c. chrysogaster, p. 341.
cinerascens = olivacea cinerascens, p.
325.
cinerea = cinerea, p. 355.
cinereiceps = chloronota cinereiceps, p.
345.
conspicillata = magnirostris conspicil-
lata, p. 336.
culicivorus = f. fusca, p. 358.
darwini = c. chloronota, p. 344.
decolorata = magnirostris conspicil-
lata, p. 336.
dendyi = f. fusca. p. 358.
dohertyi = chrysogaster virescens, p.
342.
dorsalis = fusca dorsalis, p. 370.
everetti = fusca everetti, p. 367.
exsul = fusca exsul, p. 361.
flaveola = fusca flaveola, p. 373.
flavida = palpebrosa flavida, p. 327.
flavigasta = oUvacea flavigasta, p. 324.
flavilateralis = f. flavolaterahs, p. 346.
flaviventris = i. igata, p. 349.
flavolaterahs = f. flavolaterahs, p. 346.
fulvescens = fusca fulvescens, p. 368.
fusca Bernstein = magnirostris conspi-
cillata, p. 336.
fusca Gould 1846 = igata richmondi,
p. 352.
fusca De Vis, nee Gould 1898 (S.O.
Neuguinea) = ?
fuscus Gould 1838 = f. fusca, p. 358.
giulianettii = Phylloscopus trivirgatus
giulianettii.
gouldiana = igata richmondi, p. 352.
griseus = fusca sulphurea, p. 371.
guineensis = c. chrysogaster, p. 341.
hypoxantha = (olivacea ?) hypoxan-
tha, p. 326.
igata = i. igata, p. 349.
inconspicua = palpebrosa inconspicua,
p. 330.
inornata = fusca inornata, p. 366.
insperata = ruficollis insperata, p. 357.
insularius = igata insularis, p. 351.
intermissus = fusca laevigaster, p. 364.
jacksoni = fusca exsul, p. 361.
jacobsoni = fusca sulphurea, p. 371.
johnstoni = palpebrosa johnstoni, p.
328.
keyensis = fusca keyensis, p. 369.
kisserensis = fusca fulvescens, p. 368.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVI. 1931.
377
kiilmi = fusca kiihni, p. 369.
laevigaster = fusca laevigaster, p. 364.
levigaster = fusca laevigaster, p. 364.
lifuensis = flavolateralis lifuensis, p.
347.
macleani = i. igata, p. 349.
maforensis = Phylloscopus trivirgatus
maforensis, p. 318.
magnirostris = m. magnirostris, p. 333.
mastersi = fusca mastersi, p. 363.
mathewsae = igata modesta, p. 351.
melanothorax = p. palpebrosa, p. 330.
melvillensis = m. magnirostris, p. 333.
mimikae = magnirostris mimikae, p.
335.
modesta Cab. = fusca sulphurea, p.
371.
modesta Pelz. = igata modesta, p.
351.
modiglianii = fusca sulphurea, p. 371.
mould = igata mouki, p. 354.
mungi = fusca mungi, p. 362.
murina = ? (Crateroscelis spec. ?), p.
317.
muscicapa = fusca sulphurea, p. 371.
musgravi = fusca mungi, p. 362.
neglecta = chrysogaster neglecta, p.
342.
nigrirostris = magnirostris brunneipec-
tus, p. 335.
normantoni = fusca mastersi, p. 363.
notata = chrysogaster notata, p. 343.
olivacea = o. olivacea, p. 324.
onerosa = magnirostris onerosa, p. 336.
pallida Finsch = fusca pallida, p. 365.
pallida North = igata mouki, p. 354.
palpebrosa = p. palpebrosa, p. 330.
pectoralis = fusca sulphurea, p. 371.
perconfusus = fusca broomei, p. 362.
personata = p. palpebrosa, p. 329.
placida = chloronota cinereiceps, p.
345.
plesseni = fusca sulphurea, p. 371.
poliocephala = Phylloscopus trivirga-
tus poliocephala.
proxima = magnirostris proxima, p.
338.
queenslandica = o. olivacea, p. 324.
ramuensis = magnirostris affinis, p. 337.
rhizophorae = fusca sulphurea, p. 371.
richmondi = igata richmondi, p. 352.
robini = m. magnirostris, p. 333.
robusta = Crateroscelis r. robusta.
rogersi = olivacea rogersi, p. 325.
rosseliana = magnirostris rosseliana, p.
338.
rouxi = flavolateralis rouxi, p. 347.
rubra = G. (Eugerygone) r. rubra, p.
375.
rufescens = Sericornis r. rufescens (Sal-
vadori), p. 318.
ruficollis = r. ruficollis, p. 357.
saleyerensis = fusca saleyerensis, p. 374.
salvadorii = fusca sulphurea, p. 371.
senex = fusca senex, p. 369.
sequens = fusca sequens, p. 368.
simplex Cabanis = fusca sulphurea, p.
371.
simplex Masters = fusca mastersi, p.
363.
stictilaema = Sericornis s. spilodera, p.
319.
sulphurea = fusca sulphurea, p. 371.
sylvestris = i. igata, p. 349.
tagulana = magnirostris tagulana, p.
334.
tenebrosa = magnirostris tenebrosa, p.
339.
tenkatei = fusca sulphurea, p. 371.
tenuis = chrysogaster notata, p. 343.
thorpei = igata insularis, p. 351.
trochiloides = Phylloscopus trivirgatus
misoriensis, p. 318.
tyrannuloides = fusca inornata, p. 366.
virescens = chrysogaster virescens, p.
342.
wahnesi = palpebrosa wahnesi, p. 331.
waigiuensis = chrysogaster neglecta, p.
342.
watsoni = palpebrosa personata, p. 329.
wayensis = f. fusca, p. 358.
weatherilli = fusca cantatrix, p. 364.
wetterensis = fusca wetterensis, p. 367.
whitlocki = magnirostris tenebrosa, p.
339.
xanthogaster = c. chrysogaster, p. 341.
xanthogastra = (olivacea ?) hypoxan-
tha, p. 326.
378 XOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVI. 1931.
ERLAUTERUNGEN ZU TAFEL V.
Schnabel von Gerygone und verwandten Formen.
(Die romischen Nummern entsprechen denen der Formenkreise.)
I. G. o. olivacea <$ Paramatta, N.S. Wales, Nov. 1909, Schrader leg.
II. G. p. icahnesi J Typus (Mus. Dresden) (Ahnlieh bei G. hypo.ro ntha in
Mus. Dresden).
Ilia. G. m. magnirostris Melville-Insel, Rogers leg. 2921.
III/;. G. in. tenebrosa Point Torment, Rogers leg. 1492.
IV. G. c. chrysogaster Berlin-Hafen (Mus. Miinchen).
V. G. c. chloronota j Melville-Insel, J. P. Rogers 3554.
VI. G. f. flavolateralis Cone. Neu-Caledonien (Mus. Basel).
Vila. G. i. igata £, Katikati, Tauranga, Kemp leg 4685.
VII6.' G. i. imularis <J, Lord Howe Insel, 24.7.1913.
VII6.: G. i. mouhi q, Tolga, N. Queensland, August 1911, Schrader leg.
VIII. G. albofrontata <$, Chathani-Insel.
IX. G. cinerea 9, Typus, Hatam, Arfakgebirge (Mus. Genua) (ebenso G. rufi-
collis).
Xla. G.f.fusca g, Perth (Mus. Hamburg).
XI6. G. f. masteri $, Normanton, Juli 1884.
Xle. G. f. inornata J, Timor, Fuss des Timao 1,200 m. (Mus. Miinchen).
XI/. G.f. senex $, Kalao tua (Mus. Berlin 28,670).
XL7I. G.f. sulphured $, Alor (Mus. Berlin 30,115).
XIa2. G. f.flaveola Dongala, Celebes, August 1896.
1. Sericornis frontalis Vig. & Horsfield (Mus. Dresden 5015).
2. Acanthiza pusilla diemenensis Gould, Tasmanien (Mus. Dresden 14537).
3. Seicercus burkii tephrocephaki. (Anders.), $ (Mus. Dresden 23229).
4. Sericornis rufescens (Salvadori), q Typus (Mus. Genua).
5. Sericornis p. perspicillata Salvadori, $ Typus (Mus. Genua), ebenso nach
Finsch G. (Eugerygone) rubra.
6. Sericornis arfakiana olivacea Salvadori, $ Typus (Mus. Genua).
(Wenn nieht anders vermerkt, Exemplare des Tring Museums. Vergros-
serung 2 x .
ERLAUTERUNGEN ZU TAFEL VI.
Ausserste Schwanzfeder von
la. Gerrjgone o. olivacea o (Mus. Dresden 19550).
16. G. 0. flavigasta £, Normanton, R. Kemp leg. 4176.
lc. G. o. cinerascens CJ, Aroa-Fluss, Meek leg. 134.
Ida. G. 0. rogersi $, Parry's Creek, Rogers leg. 293.
Idp. G. o. rogersi $, Derby, Typus.
Illrt. G. magnirostris affirm £, Typus (Mus. Dresden).
III6. G. m. tenebrosa <J, Carnarvon, Typus von christophori.
V2. G. chloronota cinereiceps ?, Sattelberg, Typus v. placida (Mus. Budapest)
(fast genau so wenig gezeichnet G. palpebrosa, noch weniger G. cinerea,
gar nieht G. chrysogaster).
1 Obere Reilie 2 Untere Beihe.
N0V1TATES ZOOLOGIOAE XXXVI. 1931. 379
Vila. O. f. flavolateralis Cone (Mus. Basel).
VIlp. G. f. flavolateralis Mare (Mus. Basel).
VI3. G. f. rouxi $, Ouvea, Typus (Mus. Basel).
Vila. G. i. igata $, Tereruakau (Mus. Wien).
VIIc. G. i. modesta Typus (Mus. Wien).
Vllda. G. i. amalia, Bowen, Paratypus (Mus. Hamburg), ebenso G. i. mouki.
VHrfp. G. i. richmondi $, Gosford, Typus v. gouldiana.
VIII. G. (Hapolorhynchus) albofrontata jj, Chatham (Mus. Berlin 33570).
Xloc. G. r. ruficollis ?, Hatam, Typus (Ex. a, Mus. Genua).
Xl(3. G. r. ruficollis $, Hatam, Typus v. bimaculata (Mus. Dresden).
XII2. G. (Eugerygone) rubra . . . Mayr, <J Saruwaged (Mus. Berlin),
3.2.1. = dritte, zweite und erste Feder von aussen.
(Wenn nicht anders bemerkt, Exemplare des Tring Museums. Vergros-
serung 1£ X).
ERLlUTERUNGEN ZU TAFEL VII.
Attsserste Schwanzfeder von Gerygone fusca-FoRMEH.
la. fusca (J, Lake Muir, S.W. Austrahen, Carter leg.
16. fusca King Georges Sound (Mus. Wien).
lc. fusca $, Albany, Carter leg.
2a. ezsul J, Typus.
26. exsul (J, Normanton, Kemp leg. 4268.
3a. mastersi $, Normanton, Kemp leg. 4005.
36. mastersi $, Typus von normantoni.
4. mungi <$, Typus.
5. broomei q, Typus.
6. laevigaster <J, Sampan Creek (ebenso bei cantatrix und pallida).
la. inornata q, Bonleo, Timor 1,100 m. (Mus. Miinchen, Haniel leg. 237).
76. inornata (J, Bonleo, Timor 1,100 m. (Mus. Miinchen Haniel leg. 301).
8. fulvescens <£, Kisar, Kiihn leg. 4970.
9. dorsalis Timorlaut (Mus. Dresden C7512).
10. keyensis $ (Mus. Dresden C19292).
11a. sulphurea $, Alor (Mus. Berlin).
116. sulphurea $, Anao, Tarlac Province, Luzon (Mus. Dresden C20646).
12. flaveola Typus (Mus. Berlin).
(Wenn nicht anders bemerkt, Exemplare des Tring Museums. Vergros-
serung 1-J x).
NOVITATES ZOOLOGIC.E. VoL. XXXVI. I93I.
Pl. V.
NOVITATES ZOOLOGIC^. VOL. XXXVI. I93I.
PL. VI.
IP
r= m
15\
Tn nT 1 ~r—
N
M
Novitates Zoologic^e. Vol. XXXVI. 1931.
PL. VII.
^g^S^S^SSvSS
-r^
yT"^
1 ^y
^\^\\\\\\V\\N\\\X\\\C\nv^^A
^wn^' ■■ - 1 'i 'i y* ^ -•■' 0
s> '
V\
LEPIDOPTERA
COLLECTED BY THE
British Ornithologists' Union and Wollaston Expeditions in
the Snow Mountains, Southern Dutch New Guinea
WITH TWO COLOURED PLATES
By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D.
(LORD ROTHSCHILD)
PRICE : £1 5s. (less 20% to Booksellers).
A REVISION OF THE LEPIDOPTEROUS FAMILY
SPHINGIDAE
By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D.,
AND
KARL JORDAN, M.A.L., Ph.D.
PRICE: £10 (less 20% to Booksellers).
cjcxxv and 972 pages, with 67 Plates.
Annual Subscription to " Novitates Zoologicae" £1 5s.
Price of completed Volumes, £1 10s. Volume XXV and following issues, £l IBs.
(Commission for Booksellers on completed volumes only.)
Communications, etc., may be addressed to
THE EDITORS OF "NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE."
ZOOLOO.ICAL MUSEUM,
TRINQ.
Subscribers should give notice of the non-arrival of any numbers immediately upon receipt
of the succeeding part, otherwise the missing numbers cannot be replaced free.
PMNTBD BY HAZELL, WATION AND YMfEY, LTD., LONDON >ND AYLESbUHY.
NOYITATES ZOOLOGICAL
H journal of Zooloo\>
EDITED BY
LORD ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D.,
Dk. ERNST HARTERT. and Dr. K. JORDAN.
Vol. XXXVI.
No. 4.
Pages 381^04.
Issued December 21st, 1931, at the Zoological Museum, Tring.
PRINTED BY HAZELL, WATSON * VDJEY, Ltd., LONDON AND AYLESBURY.
1931
Vol. XXXVI.
NOVITATES Z00L0GICAE.
EDITED BT
LOKD ROTHSCHILD. ERNST HARTERT, and KARL JORDAN
PAOKS
CONTENTS OF NO. IV.
INDEX TO VOLUME XXXVI 381—404
TITLE PAGE, CONTENTS, LIST OF PLATES TO VOLUME XXXVI . i-vii
ERRATA V1"
INDEX
abaris (Dinopsyllus). 129.
abjecta (Pherotesia), 177.
abortivata (Sauris), 165.
— (Remodes), 165.
absconditaria (Drepanodes), 175.
— (Semaeopus). 175.
Acanthiza, 318, 319, 324, 341, 346, 356, 366, 371,
378.
aceris (Nymphalis), 286.
Accipiter, 110, 273.
achilles (Nymphalis), 286.
Acidalia, 200.
Acmonorhynchus, 51.
Acolutha, 165.
Acorynus, 288.
Acrocephalus, 23, 88.
actaea (Satyrus), 195.
acteana (Comostola), 162.
Actenochroma, 152.
acteon (Adopoea), 198.
— (Papilio), 198.
addenda (Priocella), 187.
adippc (Argynnis), 194.
admiralitatis (Hypotaenidia), 121.
adolphinae (Myzoniela), 44.
Adopoea, 198, 199.
Adoxastia, 299, 300.
adustus (Epieerastes), 307. 309.
aeanalis (Noorda), 218.
Aegialitis, 118.
Aegotheles, 94, 95, 267, 268.
Aepypodius, 128.
Aestrelata, 188.
aetherie (Melitaca), 195.
aetliiops (Poecilodryas), 88.
— (Pratincola), 88.
— (Saxicola), 26, 88.
Aethomyias, 84, 85, 319.
aethria (Epamera), 146.
amnis (Aegotheles), 94.
— (Gerygone), 63, 333, 337, 338, 376-378.
— (Megapodius). 127.
— (Piiiarolestes), 58.
Agathia, 153.
agathoides (Spaniocentra), 153.
agestis (Lycaena), 198.
aglaia (Milionia), 169.
20 381
aglaja (Argynnis). 195.
agrippinae (Ceratophyllus), 131.
— (Listropsylla), 130, 132, 137.
agyrtes (Ctenophthalmus), 225, 226, 230, 231.
aida. (Malurus), 78, 265.
Ailuroedus, 27, 28.
alba (Motacilla). 191.
albani (Pterodroma), 187.
alberti (Pteridophora), 251, 253.
— (Hypotaenidia), 122.
albertisi (Aegotheles), 94, 95, 268.
— (Columba), 274.
— (Drepanornis), 21, 32.
— (Drepanephorus), 32.
— (Gymnophaps), 274.
albcrtisii (Columba). 115.
albertisii (Gymnophaps), 115.
albicans (Epimachus), 253, 254, 276.
— (Falcinellus), 253.
albidice (Leueochloe), 194.
— (Pieris), 194.
albidior (Poecilodryas), 263.
albifascia (Eubordeta), 168.
albifrons (Henicophaps), 116.
— (Machaerirhynchus), 70.
— (Neositta), 89.
— (Sterna), 185.
albigula (Crateroscelia), 82.
— (Phylloscopus), 262.
albigularis (Gerygone), 325.
— (Janthoenas), 115.
— (Pachycephala), 260.
albigutta (Craspedosis), 168.
albinus (Curculio), 286, 287.
— (Epieerastes), 310.
albispecularis (Hcteromyias), 00.
— (Pachycephala), 69, 70.
albiventer (Zosterops), 53.
alboauricularis (Stigmatops), 4s.
albofrontata (Gerygone). 31S. 320, 330, 340, 35
355, 376, 378, 370.
— (Haporlorhynchus), 318, 379.
.iM'o-ularis (Gerygone), 324, 376.
— (Psilopus) 320. 321.
albogiittulatus (Physopterus), 288.
albolaxatus (Gaprimulgus), 93.
albolimbata (Rhipidura). 77, 205.
382
albonotata (Meliphaga), 47.
albonotatus (Megalestes), 68.
— (Poecilodryas), 68.
alboscapulatus (Malorus), 26 78. 100, 265.
alciphron (C'hrysophanus), 197.
Alcyone, 97, 99.
alcyone (Satyrus), 195.
alecto (Monarch;)), 72.
— (Piezorhynchus), 72. 73.
— (Probosciger), 106.
Alectoris, 192.
algirica (Melitaea), 195.
aliena (Rhodopechys), 192.
alisteri (Megalurus), 80, 81.
Alisterus. 109, 272.
allardi (Lyeaena), 198.
alpinus (Xcopsittaeus), 106, 270.
altegradia (( .'hrysoeraspcda ) 155.
alter (Heteroprion), 190.
amala (Scopula), 157.
amalia (Gerygone), 353, 376, 379.
Amalociehla, 85.
Amaurornis. 124.
Ambesa, 207.
Ambia, 213.
Aniblyornis, 24, 29. 30, 251.
amboinensis (Alisterus). 109, 272.
— (Macropygia). 116.
— (Megalurus), 80. 81.
— (iSphenoeacus), 80.
amboynensis (Rhipidura) 75.
Amorphidus, 241.
amyntica (Eubordcta). 168.
Anaitis. 200.
analoga (Meliphaga), 47, 258.
— (Ptilotis), 258.
Anas, 23, 112.
Androccras, 290.
angulata (Papilio), 193.
Anisozyga, 152.
Anous, 120.
antaretica (Priocella), 187.
Anthocharis, 194.
anthophilus (Melipotes), 46.
Anthotribus. 283.
Authribus, 281-287, 306.
Autlnis, 192.
antiallus (Zygaenodcs). 303.
Antribus. 283.
Antriptus, 283.
Anuropsis. 27'.*.
Apatenia, 291.
Aphilopota, 169, 170.
Aplonis, 41.
apoda (Paradisaea), 9, II. 17.
apodisima (Racotis), 171, 172.
Apolecta. 301.
approximans (Pachycephala), 260.
aprioarius (Cbaradrina), 118.
Aprosmictus, 109.
apsleyi (Gerygonc), 62, 344, 376.
Aquila. 192.
aquila (Fregata), 201.
Araecerus, 281, 303.
Araeocera, 277.
Ardea, 111, 273.
ardens (Xanthomclas). 251.
Ardetta. 111.
arenicola (Streptopelia), 192.
ares (Craneopsylla). 314.
arestus (Hyloicus). 244.
arfaki (Charmosyna), 104.
— (Milionia). 169.
— (Oreocharis). 52.
— (Oreopsittaeus). 104. 270.
— (Parus), 52.
arfakiana (Gerygone), 82. 376.
— (Sericornis), 82, S4, 100. 318. 376. 378.
arfakiantim (Dicaeum). 51.
arfakianus (Aepypodius), 128.
— (Ailuroedus), 27.
— (Cacoraantis), 84, 100, 269.
— (TalegaUus), 128.
Argynnis, 193-195.
ariel (Fregata), 204. 205.
annatus (Xylinades), 298.
armiti (Hctcromyias), 69, 70.
Arses. 74.
Artamus. 21, 41, 257.
arthuri (Pitohui). 61.
arvensis (Gerygone). 345. 376.
— (Pitta), 91.
— (Ptilotis). 47.
— (Pinarolcstes), 58.
arundinaceus (Acrocephalus), 23, 88.
arvernus (Ctenophthalmus), 225, 226.
assimilis (Alcyone), 97.
— (Cuculus), 100.
(Gerygone), 349, 376.
astrarche (Lyeaena). 198.
Astrapia, 12, 13, 16. 23, 34, 254.
astrapioide.s (Epimachus), 13. 16.
— (Falcinclhis), 13.
Astur. 110.
ater (Manucodia), 39.
— (Phonygama), 39.
aterriinus (MieroglossuB), 106.
— (ProboBciger), 106, 271.
Athene, 273.
atlantica (Lyoaena), I '.is.
Atlantoxerus, 191.
atra (Fuliea), 23, 123.
— (Pachycephala), 260.
— (Rhipidura), 76, 77.
atrata (Charmosyna), 271.
— (Coereba). 205.
383
atratus (Charmosyna), 271.
— (Epimachus), 33, 34, 254, 270.
— (Falcinellus), 33, 254.
atricapilla (Pitta), 91, 92.
atricapillus (Parus), 67.
atrovirens (Campephaga), 90.
— (Lalage). 90.
attentata (Scopula), 156.
aucklandica (Gerygone), 349, 376.
augustae-victoriae (Paradisaea), 9, 14, 17.
Aulacodes, 214.
aurantiacus (Monarcha), 73, 264.
aurantialis (Tatobotys). 215.
aurantiifrons (Loriculus), 107, 272.
— (Ptilinopus), 113.
— (PtUopus), 113.
aurata (Zygaena), 199.
aurea (Coracias), 29.
aureigula (Zosterops), 53.
auresiana (Argyimis). 193, 194.
aureus (Coracias), 251.
— (Xanthomelus), 29.
-( „ ),251.
aurianalis (Craspedosis), 168.
auricularis (Rhipidura), 77.
auripennis (Scleucides), 10, 33.
auritus (Zygaenodes), 306.
australis (Acrocephalus), 88.
— (Aestrelata), 188.
— (Daption), 188.
— (Fulica), 123.
— (Hypotaenidia), 121.
— (Pterodroma), 188.
— (Synoicus), 126.
austrinum (Hippotion), 5.
Automolod.es, 169.
avida (Neopsylla), 221-224.
axillaris (Coracina), 90.
— (Grauculus), 90.
— (Hypseus), 296.
— (Monarcha), 73, 264.
azurea (Alcyone), 97, 99.
badia (Misthosima), 301.
baoa (Pompclia), 206.
baileyi (Podargus), 96.
barbara (Alectoris), 192.
— (Epamera), 146.
Barita, 255.
barnsi (Epamera), 140.
bartoni (Pachycepha)a), 57.
basalie (Uncifer), 293.
basisignata (Bryoptera). 177.
basisparsata (Ozola), 151.
Basitropis, 299.
bassi (Diomedea), 190.
batantae (Pinarolestes), 58.
batavoruin (LoriculuB), 107, 272.
batesi (Melidectes), 40.
beccarii (Chalcophaps), 117.
( I irvmoedus), 86.
— (Gallicolumba), 117.
— (Goura). 118.
— (Micropsitta), 106.
— (Nasiterna), 106, 107.
— (Phlegoenas), 117.
— (Serieornis), 83, 318, 319.
belcheri (Heteroprion), 189.
— (Pelecanoides), 189.
— (Prion), 189.
belfordi (Melirrhophetes), 258.
beilargus (Lycaena), 198.
belli (Hydrochelidon), 184.
bellus (Ptilinopus), 114, 274.
bengalensis (Sterna), 185.
— (Thalasseus), 185.
bennetti (Aegotheles), 94.
— (Casuarius), 181, 183.
bensbachi (.Janthothorax), 6, 10.
bergersi (Pteridophora), 253.
bergii (Sterna), 120, 185.
— (Thalasseus). 185.
berigora (Ieracidea), 110, 273.
berlepschi (Parotia), 31, 252.
berneyi (Gerygone), 361-365, 376.
bcrnsteini (Centropus), 102.
— (Ethelornis), 336.
— (Gerygone), 376.
bicolor (Melanocharis), 51.
bicristipennis (Acolutha), 165.
bidentatus (Leptopsylla), 230.
bihagi (Cacomantis), 100.
bimaculata (Gerygone), 357, 376, 379.
bimaculatus (Poecilodryas), 08, 263.
— (Myiolestes), 68, 263.
bistortata (Ectropis), 166.
blachieri (Zygaena). 199.
blainvillii (Eurylamus), 70, 263.
— (Peltops), 70, 71. 263, 264.
boarmiaria (Racotis), 172.
boeticus (Lampidcs), 197.
— (Papilio), 197.
— (Polyommatus), 197.
bonapaxtij (Todopsis), 204.
bonellii (Aquila), 192.
Bonrcleria, 14.
boweri (Bowyeria), 261 .
Bowyeria, 261.
boyeri (Campepbaga), 90.
— (Coracina). 90.
brachydactyla (Oertbia), 07.
brachyoptera (Acanthiza), 300, 376.
Brachvpterolus, 282.
Brachypteryx, 82, 265.
brachypus (Rallus), 121.
brachyrhyncha (Rhipidura), 70, 77,
384
brachvura (Peocilodryas), 67.
brachyurus (Leucophantes), 07.
bractcatus (Dicmris), 41, 257.
brantsiata (Rhomboptila), 180.
brasilicnsis (Xenopsylla), 139-141.
brehmi (Psittacella), 272.
brehmii (Psittacella), 1(17.
brevicauda (Amalociehla), 85.
— (Drymoedus), 85.
— (Paradigalla), 252.
brcvicaudus (Puffinus), 187.
brevipes (Heteractitis), 118.
— (Totanus), 118.
— (Tringa), 118.
brevirostris (Drymoedus), 86.
— (Phalacrocorax), 112.
briseis (Satyrus), 195.
brooksi (Smerinthulus), 241.
broomei (Gerygone), 326, 339, 361-366, 376, 377,
379.
bruijni (Craspcdopbora). 111. 11.
— (Drepanornis), 26, 32.
— (Pomareopsis), 87.
bruijnii (Grallina), 266.
— (Micropsitta), Ul7.
— (Nasiterna), 107.
— (Pomareopsis). 266.
brunnea (Corcyra), 206.
— (Gerygone), 376.
— (Pseudogerygone), 317.
brunneiceps (Oreoica), 61.
— (Pitohui). 61.
— (Rhectes), 61.
brunneipeetus (Gerygone), 333, 335, 336, 376,
377.
— (Pseudogerygone), 335.
brunneivertex (Pitohui), 262.
Bryoptera, 177.
buccoides (Ailuroedus), 28.
Budytes, 87.
biirgersi (Geoffroyus), 108.
— (Pitohui), 261.
— (Psittacella). 107, 108.
— (Sericornis). 318.
burkii (Seicercus), 319, 378.
Buteo, 192.
byroni (Cookilaria), 188.
Cacomantis, 84, 100, 101, 269.
caerulea (Halobaena). lss.
eaeruleogrisea (Coracina), 89.
caerulcscens (Eupetes), 86, 265.
caimsensis (Ethelornis). 333.
— (Gerygone), 333. 376.
eaja (Arctia), 286.
cajanuma (Rhomboptila), ISO.
calamensis (Rhomboptila), ISO,
calaminoros (Munia), 42.
calamistrata (Dysstroma), 162, 163.
caledonicus (Nyctioorax), 111.
( 'a ley a, 261.
calida (Lyeaena), 198.
calidus (Pomatorhinus). 200.
Calieohthrus, 101.
calliergus (Tropideres), 144.
callista (Pyralis), 212.
Calocalia, 267.
Calornis, 41.
calosoma (Crinis), 14.
Campephaga, 89, 90, 267.
campestris (Anthus), 192.
cannabina (Carduelis), 192.
cantans (Sericornis), 82-84.
cantator ( Ethclornis), 364.
— (Gerygone), 376.
— (Pseudogerygone), 364.
cantatrix (Gerygone), 320, 35't, 354, 358, 304.
365, 370, 376, 377.
cantoroides (Aplonis), 41.
capense (Daption), 188.
capito (Poeciliodryas), 65.
caprata (Pratincola), 88.
— (Saxicola), 26, 88.
Caprimulgus, 92, 93.
caradjai (Steriota), 209.
carbonarius (Dicrourus), 41, 257.
Carduelis. 192.
earinatus (Exillis), 298.
Carmosyna, 271.
carniola (Steriota), 211.
carolae (Parotia), 31, 252.
Carpophaga, 115, 274.
eartera (Ambesa), 207.
carunculata (Paradigalla). 12, 13. 10,30,252.
caspica (Motacilla), 87.
caspicus (Parus), 87.
cassicus (Craticus), 61.
casta (Rhadinopsylla), 231.
castaneiventria (Cacomantis), 84. loo, 269.
eastaneothorax (Munia), 43.
— (Rhipidura), 76.
castanotus (Eupetes), 86.
castaria (Cnemodcs). 175.
Casuarius, 128, 181-183.
cataphracta (Phyllodonta), 17ii.
Cateretinae, 282.
Catocala, 199.
cauta (Diomedea), 190.
— (Diomedella), 190.
cautclla (Ephietia), 208.
celativestes (Sterrha), 159.
celina (Lyeaena), 198.
eelticus (Ctenciphthaliniis), 225. 220.
eenisius (Hyloicus), 246.
Centropus, 102.
cephalonica (Corcyra), 206.
38.5
ceramensis (Phylloscopus), 262.
ceramia (Noorda), 218.
Ceratophyllus, 131-135, 225, 230-233.
Ceroprepes, 208.
cerrita (Listropsylla). 136, 138.
Certhia, 67.
cerviniventris (Chlamydera), 28.
— (Chlamydodera), 26.
cervinu8 (Acroceplialus), 8S.
— (Synoious), 126.
cethis (Nessiara), 294.
Ceyx, 97, 269.
Chaetorhynchus, 41.
Chalcites, 101.
ehalconata (Carpophaga), 115, 274.
— (Ducula), 115,274.
Chalcophaps, 116, 117.
Chalcopsitta, 103.
Chaleopsittacus, 103.
chalybata (Manucodia), 38, 256.
— (Paradisea), 256.
chalybatus (Manucodia), 38, 39.
ehalybeocephalus (Monarcha), 72, 73.
— (Muscicapa), 72.
Charadrius, 118.
charlonia (Anthocharis), 194.
— (Euehloe), 194.
Charmosyna, 104, 271.
Charmosynopsis, 105, 271.
chelura (Listropsylla), 135-138.
Chenorhamphus, 7 1 .
cheopis (Xenopsylla), 139.
cherulus (Hucus), 290.
chinensis (Amorplmlus), 241.
chiris (Craneopsylla), 313.
Chlamydera, 28, 250.
Chlamydodera, 26.
Chlidonias, 120, 184.
Chloeres, 162.
ehlorogaster (Acanthiza), 341.
— (Gerygone), 376.
chloronota (Gerygone), 62, 322, 340, 343-345,
376-378.
chloronotus (Gerygone), 62. 344. 376.
chloropus (Gallinula), 123.
chlororhynchus (Diomedea), L90.
cholas (Deudorix), 149.
Choragus, 302.
chorispilus (Litoeerus), 289.
christopheri (Sterna), 185.
— (Gerygone), 339, 376, 378.
chrysocephalus (Sericulus), 13.
Chrysococcyx, 101.
Chrysocraspeda, 155.
chrysogaster (Gerygone), 63, 318-322. 339-345.
376-378.
chiysolaema (Zosterops), 53.
Chrysolampis, 14.
clirysomela (Monarcha), 73, 264.
Chrysophanus, 191, 197.
chrysoptera (Diphyllodes), 38.
chrysopterus (Diphyllodes), 36-38, 255.
chrysorrhoa (Acanthiza), 319.
chrysostoma (Diomedea), 190.
ehrysotis (Xanthotis), 258.
CHcinnurus, 7, 8, 16, 17, 24, 34, 35, 255.
ciliata (Semaeopus), 175.
Cinclus, 191.
cineraceus (Cacomantis), 101.
cinerascens (Gerygone), 322, 325, 376, 378.
cinerea (Gerygone), 62, 318, 319, 322, 355, 356,
376, 378.
— (Motacilla), 87.
— (Poliolimnas), 122.
— (Porzana), 122.
— (Ptiloprora), 50.
— (Ptilotis), 50.
cinereieeps (Gerygone), 62, 345, 376-378.
— (Macropygia), 116.
— (Pseudogerygone), 62, 345.
cinereifrons (Heteromyias), 69, 70.
cinnamomea (Rhipidura), 77.
Cinnyris, 51.
Circaetus, 192.
cirrhocephalus (Accipiter), 273.
cirtensis (Buteo), 192.
Cistieola, 26, 79, 80.
eitrata (Dysstroma), 161, 162.
citreogularis (Sericornis), 318.
clarissae (Heliangelus), 14.
clarus (Pitohui), 261.
clathratus (Mecocerus). 305.
elaudii (Casuarius), 182.
— (Cicinnurus), 34, 35, 255.
cleopatra (Gonepteryx), 194.
— (Papilio), 194.
Cleora, 172.
Cleorisintor, 297.
Climacteris, 23, 89.
cloatesi (Gelochelidon), 184.
cludus (Acorynus), 288.
Clytomyias, 22, 71.
Cnemodes, 175.
Cnemophilus, 14.
coalitus (Acorynus), 288.
coccineifrons (Cicinnurus), 35.
coelebs (Fringilla), 14.
Coenodomus, 209.
Coenonympha, 197.
Coereba, 205.
coeruleogrisea (Coracina), 267.
cognata (Nessiara), 293.
colchious (Phasianus), 8.
colcloughi (Drymoedus), S(i.
Colias, 194.
collaris (Mclidora), 99.
38fi
eollaris (Psittacella), 107.
colligata (Episteira), 164.
Collocalia, 93.
Columba, 101, 113-115, 192, 273-275.
Comatibis, 192.
conies (Tropideres), 144.
commodus (Polyptychic), 1.
Comostola, 102.
Comostolopsis, 102,
compta (Araeocera), 277.
eonabilis (Araeccrus). 303.
concentrica (Chrysocraspeda), 155.
coneimia (Ctimene), 107.
— (Rhipidura). 77.
concinnus (Hucus), 290
concreta (Ozola), 151.
congener (Ctenophthalmus), 230, 231.
conigravi (Fodargua), 96.
connectens (Syma), 98.
consimilata (Scopula), 157.
eonspicillata (Gerygone), 03. 318, 333, 335-338.
376.
— (Microeca), 336.
— (Pseudogerygone), 335.
contorta (Paralygris), 160.
convexicollis (Epicerastes). 309.
cooki (Cookilaria), 188.
Cookilaria, 188.
Coracias, 29, 251.
Coracina, 89, 90, 266.
corax (Corvus), 192.
Oorcyra, 206.
Corethrura, 125.
coronulatus (Ptilinopus), 113.
correctus (Poecilodryas), 68.
corussaria (Dysstroma). 162. 163.
Corvus, 89, 192, 266.
costiger (Epicerastes), 309.
Craneopsylla, 313.
Craspeda, 158.
Craspedophora, 10, 32.
Craspedosis. 108.
crassirostris (Eurystomus), 96.
— (Prion), 190.
Craterosoelis, 81. 82, 205. 318, 319, 377.
craterosoelis (Gerygone), 377.
Cratious, 21, 61, 62.
crepuscularia (Ectropis), 166.
cricophora (Pyrausta), 219.
Crinis, 14.
crinita (Xcnopsylla), 141, 142.
cristata (Aegotheles), 94.
— (Columba), 275.
— (Goura), 275.
— (Rectes), 61.
— (Sterna). 185, 180.
cristatus (Pitohni), 61.
it.. eeus (* '"lias), 194.
croceus (Papilio), 194.
croesaria (Xesalcis), 179.
cruentata (My/.onicla). 44. 257.
Cryptoblabes, 208.
oryptoleucua (Poecilodryas), 07. 203.
Ctyptolopha, 318. 319. 342.
cryptorhynohua (Cicinnurus), 35.
( tenidiosomus, 311.
< tenognophos, 106.
Ctenophthalmus, 225, 230.
ctenoplia (Ecliptopera), 160.
Ctimene, 167.
Cuoulus, 100. 101.
culicivora (Gerygone), 358, 361, 376.
— (Ethelornis). 302.
culicivorus (Psilopus). 358.
cupha (Photoscotosia), 100.
( lurculio, 286.
curosyne (Milionia), 169.
Curruca, 320, 349.
cuspis (Doratospylla), 231.
cuvieri (Talegallus), 127.
cyanaucben (Lorius), 103.
cyanocephahis (Todopsis), 72. 264.
— (Todus), 72.
cyanus (M\riolestes), 66, 263.
— (Poecilodryas), 66, 67, 263.
eyclopum (Charmosyna), 104, 105.
— (Pachyccphala), 54.
— (Phylloscopus), 65.
— (Sericornis), 83.
Cymochorca, 186.
Cypa, 235-241.
cypbus (Hypseus), 295.
Oypselus, 267.
Dacelo, 98, 99, 269.
daplidice (Leucochloe), 194.
— (Pieris), 194.
Daption, 188.
darwini (Gerygone), 02, 344, 370.
daaycnemus (Doratopsylla), 227.
Dasyptilus. 109.
deceptrix (Ctimene), 107.
decipiens (Pitohui), 00.
decollates (Megapodius). 127.
decolor (Cypa), 235-240.
— (Smerintbus). 230.
decolorata (Gerygone). 370.
— (Muscica-pa), 336.
— (Ozola), 152.
decorata (Anisozyga), 153.
decorus (Ptilinopus), 114.
— (Ptilopus), 114.
deficiena (Craterosoelis), 81, 82.
defonnipennis (Bryoptera), 177, 178,
delicata (Rhomboptila), 180.
Delichon, 14.
387
Dendrotrogus, 297.
dendyi (Gerygone), 358, 361, 376.
densicornis (Craspeda), 158.
— (Scopula), 157.
dentatus (Polyptychic), 2, 3.
dentifera (Dysstrorna). 163.
dentilineata (Ectropis), 166, 111".
Dermestes, 282, 283, 285.
dcsita (Scopula), 157.
desmarestii (Opopsitta), 106.
— (Pisttacus), 106.
desolatus (Heteroprion), 189, 190.
— (Prion), 189.
destituta (Scopula). 157.
deatructa (Munia), 42.
Deudorix, 147-149.
Deudoryx, 148.
Dicaeum, 51, 52.
Dichocrocis, 216.
diehrous (Pitohui), 60, 262.
— (Rheetes), 60, 262.
Dicranocephalus, 288.
Dierourus, 257.
Dicrurus, 21, 41, 257.
dicyrtus (Acorynus), 288.
dido (Nymphalis), 286.
diemenensis (Acanthiza), 378.
diffusa (Racotis), 172.
digglesi (Pitta), 91.
Diloxia, 213.
diminuta (Cisticola), 79.
dimorpha (Athene), 273.
— (Ninox), 110, 273.
Dinopsyllus, 129, 130.
Biomedea, 190.
Diomedella, 190.
Diphyllodes, 7, 8, 16, 17, 35-38, 255.
Directarius, 291.
discissa (Eretraopus), 153, 154.
distincta (Alcyone), 97.
diva (Milionia), 169.
diversum (Dicaeum), 51.
dohertyi (Deudorix), 147-149.
— (Gerygone), 64, 342, 343, 376.
— (Pitohui), 60.
— (Todopsis), 72.
dolomiticus (Gtenophthahnus), 230.
dolosua (Ceratophyllus), 134.
- (Listropsylla), 133, 135, 138.
domesticus (Passer), 192.
Domicella, 270.
dominicus (Charadrius), 118.
Doratopsylla, 227, 231.
doreya (Macropygia), 116.
dorippae (Ceratophyllus), 132.
— (Listropsylla), 132-134. 137.
dorsalis (Alisterus), 109.
— (Epicerastea). 308, 310.
dorsalis (Gerygone), 321, 322, 368, 370, 376, 379.
— (Platycercus), 109.
— (Paittacus), 109.
dougallii (Sterna), 185.
draudti (Nyceryx), 4.
Drepanephorus, 32.
I Irepanodes, 175.
Drepanomis, 14, 21, 26, 32.
drcscheri (Adoxa-stia). 299. 300, 301.
— (Cleorisintor). 297.
Drymocdus, 85, 86.
dubia (Pachycephalia), 56.
dubius (Aegotheles), 94.
■ — (Charadrius), 118.
— (Pterodroma), 187, 188.
Ducula, 115, 274.
dudgeoni (Coenodomua), 209.
duivenbodei (Chalcopsitta), 101!.
— (Chalcopsittacus), 103.
— (Craspedophora). 1 1 .
— (Paradisaea), 9.
— (Parotia), 12, 31.
— (Paryphephorus), 11.
dulciae (Pelagodronia), 186.
dulciei (Megalurus), 80.
dumasi (Poecilodryas), 67.
dumontii (Mino), 40, 256.
duperreyi (Megapodius), 127.
Dupetor, 111.
duplicata (Semaeopus), 176.
durranti (Orthaga), 211.
Dysnos, 301.
Dysstrorna, 161-163.
Eclectus, 108.
Ecliptopera, 159, 160.
Ectropis, 166.
Edoliisoma, 90.
Edoliosoma, 267.
Edolisoma, 90.
edwardsi (Casuarius), 181, 182.
efformata (Anaitis). 200.
Egretta, 111.
electo (Golias), 194.
Electrophaes, 161.
clegana (Sylepta), 217.
ellioti (Epimachus), 13.
— (Pseudaatrapia), 13, 16.
ellobiua (Dinopsyllus), 129, 130.
Emberiza, 192.
endora (Satyrus), 196.
Endotricha, 212.
enodiflexa (Semaeopus). 175, 176.
cnodis (Cypa). 240.
Entomophila, 84.
eolaria (Ctenognophos), 166.
Eophona, 354.
Eos, 103.
388
Epamera, 146.
Ephistia. 208.
Epicerastcs. 307-309.
Epidysnos. 301.
Epigynopteryx, 172.
Epimaohus, 13, 16, 33, 34. 253, 254. 270.
Epinephele. 196.
episcopalis (Rhipidura), 78.
Episteira, 164.
cqvics (Cinnyris), 44.
— (Myzomela), 44.
eremita (Comatibis), 192.
Eretmopus, 153, 154.
erioptera (Limonia). 286.
erneati (Monarclia), 264.
— (Pachycephalopaia), 69.
Erosina, 180.
erythroeephala (Myzomela). 44.
ervtbromelas (Vanessa). 194.
erythropleura (Ptiloprora), 49.
— (Ptilotis). 49.
erythrothorax (Lorius), 102, 103. 270.
Erythrura, 21,43.
esculenta (Collocalia). 93, 267.
— (Hirundo). 93. 267.
Ethelornis, 320. 333. 336. 339, 362-364.
etorques (Accipiter), 110.
Eublemma, 199.
Eubordeta, 168.
Euchloe, 194.
Eudosia, 14.
Eudule, 177.
Eudynamis, 101. 270.
Eugerygone, 64, 320, 321, 374-379.
Eulabeornis, 124.
Eupetes, 85-87, 265.
enroa (Cypa), 236.
Eurylamus, 263.
Eurystonms, 96.
Eustroma, 160.
euteles (l)iloxia). 213.
Euthyrhynchus, 511.
everetti (Gerygone), 367. 36S. 376.
excitus (Cacomantis), 101.
exclamationis (Hippotion), 5.
exigua (Laphygma), 199.
— (Noctna), 199.
— (Ozola), 152.
exilis (Cistioola), 26, 79.
Exillis, 298.
exstans (Epicerastes), 308, 309.
exsul (Gerygone), 361-365, 376, 379.
extremaria (Cleora), 172.
facilis (Phoeobius). 298.
Falcinellus, 32, 33. 253, 254.
Falco. 110, 273.
fallax (Glycichaera), 45.
fallax (Leptopsylla), 227. 231.
(.Monarclia), 73.
— (Rhipidura), 73.
familiaris (Certhia), 67.
fasciatus (Antbribus), 285, 287.
(Ceratophyllus), 225, 232.
fasciolata (Locustella), 21, 88.
fasciolatus (Acroeephalus), 88.
fastosus (Epimaohus), 13. 33, 34. 254, 276.
— (Promerops), 33.
feisthameli (Papilio), 193.
feminina (Lophorina), 31, 32, 253.
fenicheli (Arses), 74.
ferax (Parazoma), 163.
fergussonis (Toxorhamphus), 44.
feriatiis (Anuropsis), 279.
ferrealis (Zygaenodes), 143.
ferruginea (Cypa), 236, 237.
ferrugineus (Pitohui), 61, 261.
— (Rhectes), 261.
figuratus (Litocerus), 289.
filiferata (Semaeopus), 175.
fimbriata (Diloxia), 213.
tinschi (Paradisaea), 9, 10, 14.
— (Pitta), 91.
flaccida (Phudocentra), 174, 175.
flaveola (Gerygone), 372-379.
flavicollis (Dupetor), 111.
flavida (Gerygone), 327-329, 376.
flavidistata (Craspedosis), 168.
flavifrons (Aniblyornis), 30.
Havifusa (Dysstroma), 162.
flavigasta (Acanthiza), 324.
— (Gerygone), 324, 325, 376, 378.
flavigastra (Cinnyris), 51.
flavigula (Timeliopsis), 50, 51.
flavilateralis (Gerygone), 376.
— (Pseudogerygone). 346. 347.
flavirostris (Syma), 98.
flaviventer (Machaerirhynchua), 70.
— (Myzantha), 48.
— (Xanthotis). 48.
flaviventris (Gerygone), 349. 350. 376.
flavogrisea ( Paohyoare), 53, 259.
(Pachycephala), 53. 54. 259.
flavolateralis (Acanthiza), 346.
- (Gerygone), 321. 343-348. 352. 376. 379.
navovirescena (Microeoa), 65, 263.
flexa (Epigynopteryx), 172.
fioridus (Sintor), 296.
fluviatilis (Chlidoniaa), 120, 184.
— (Hydrochelidon), 120.
foersteri (Casuarius), 182, 183.
forbesi (Rallicula), 124, 275.
formosella (Cryptoblabes). 208.
— ( Phycita), 208.
Eortia (Deudorix), 149.
irankii (Aniaurornis). 124.
389
frankii (Ga.llimila), 124.
fniter (Epamera), 146.
— (Monaroha), 72, 264.
Fregata, 201-205.
frenata (Ciiinyris). ."il .
— (Nectarinia), 51.
— (Xanthotis), 258.
frenatus (Oxyderes), 204.
Fringilla, 14.
frontalis (Serioornis), 318, 378.
frontata (Gallinula), 123.
fuciphaga (Collocalia), 93.
fulgidaria ( Elect rophaes), 161.
fulgidus (Psittrichas), 109.
Fulgurodes, 179.
Fulica, 23, 123.
fulvescens (Erosina), 180.
— (Gerygone). 368-370, 376, 370.
fulvigula (Euthyrhynchus), 50.
— (Timeliopsis), 50.
fulvisquamosa (Br\roptera), 177.
tulvus (Charadrius), 118.
fumatus (Hypseus), 294, 295.
fumigatus (Melipotes), 45, 257.
furcata (Phyllodonta), 180.
furrugineus (Rheetes), 61.
furvoides (Ecliptopera), 160.
fusca (Gerygone), 318, 320-322, 326, 332, 339,
340, 348-354, 358, 361-379.
— (Wilsonavis), 320, 352.
— (Zosterops), 336.
fuseata (Eos), 103.
fuscicapilla (Zosterops), 53.
fuscus (Gerygone), 376.
— (Psilopus), 320. 336, 352, 358.
galactotes (Malurus), 80.
galatea (Tanysiptera), 99.
galathea (Melanargia), 101. 106.
— (Satyrus), 286.
Galerida, 192.
galerita (Kakatoe). 106.
GaUicolumba, 117.275.
gallicus (Circaetus), 192.
gallinacea (IredipaTra), I 19.
Gallinula, 123. 124.
gamblei (Paehycephala), 57.
Ganoris, 193.
Garrodia, 186.
garzetta (Egretta), 111.
gaudiehaud (Daeelo), 99, 269.
— (Sauromarptis), 99, 269.
gaviota (Pherotesia), 177.
gazellae (Pitta), 91.
geelvinkianum (Dicaeum), 51.
geislerorum (Ailuroedus), 2S.
Geloohelidon, 184.
geoffroyi (Geoffroyns), los.
48.
-370.
geoffroyi (Psittacus), 108.
Geoffroyus, 108.
Geospiza, 43.
germanorum (Meliphaga), 47,
germanus (Amblyornis), 30.
geminua (Ptilinopus), 113.
( (erygone, 62-64, 82, 84, 317-
gestroi (Ptilinopus), 113.
getulus (Atlantoxerns), 191.
gigantea (Melampitta), 92.
— (Mellopitta), 24, 92.
gigas (Aegotheles), 268.
girrenera (Haliaetus), 110.
— (Haliastur), 110.
giulianettii (Gerygone), 376.
— (Phylloscopus), 65, 376.
glaucus (Cleorisintor), 297.
globulariae (Procris), 277.
Glossopsitta, 271.
Glycichaera, 45.
Gnophos, 166, 170.
goldiei (Automolodes), 169.
— (Glossopsitta), 271.
— (Melidora), 99.
— (Trichoglossus), 271.
goliath (Psittacus), 106.
— (Probosciger), 106, 271.
— (Psittacus), 271.
goliathi (Melipotes), 45, 46, 257.
goliathina (Charmosyna), 271.
Gonepteryx, 194.
goodfellovvi (Cicinnurus), 7, 8, 16,
— (Casuarius), 182, 183.
— (Erythrura), 43.
goodsoni (Pinarolestes), 59.
— (Sericornis), 84.
gordius (C'hrysoplianus), 197.
gouldi (Ardetta), 111.
— (Dupetor). 111.
— (Pachyptila), 189.
— (Pinarolestes), 59.
— (Prion). 189.
gouldiana (Gerygone), 370. 379.
— (Wilsonavis), 352. 353.
gouldii (Phonygammus), 40.
Goura, lis. 275.
gracilis (Sterna), 185.
Grallina, 266.
granadensis (Chrysophanus), 107.
grandis (Deudorix), 147, 148.
— (Monia), 42.
granti (Aethomyias), 85.
— (Paradisaea), 9, 16, 17.
gratua (Mecocerus), 305.
Graucalus, 266.
* Irauculus, 90.
grayi (Chenorhamphus), 71.
(Eulabeomis), 124.
24.
390
gray] (Todopsis). 71.
griseiceps (Microeea), 65, 262.
— (Pachycephala), 55, 56, 260.
griseigula (Euthyrbynchus), 50.
— (Timeliopsis), 50, 51.
griseotincta (Reinwardtoena), 116. 275.
griseus (Gerygone), 371-373, 370.
guineensis (Acanthiza), 341.
— (Gerygone), 63. 376.
— (Syntophoderes). 305. 306.
guisei (Ptiloprora), 49.
gularis (Rliipidura). 75, 265.
guilelmi (Paradisaea), 9.
— (Trichoparadisea), 9.
gulielmi (Dipbyllodes), 7.
giilielmi-tertii (Rhipidornis), 7, 8, 16.
guttata (Aethomyias), 85.
guttatioollis (Ailuroedus). 27.
guttula (Monarcha). 72.
— (Muscicapa), 72.
gutturalis (Sericornis), 318.
gwendolenae (Thalasseus), 185, 186.
Gymnocorvus. 27.
Gymnophaps, 115, 274.
gyninops (Melipotes), 45, 46.
habenichti (Pitta). 91.
Habrissus, 297.
hematodus (Psittacus), 103.
— (Trichoglossus), 103. 104.
haeinatosticta (Xesalcis), 179.
HaL'gardia, 170.
Halcyon, 99.
Haliaetus, 110.
Haliastur. 110.
halmaheira (Golumba), 115.
— (Janthoenas), 115.
Halobaena, 188.
hampsoni (Coenodomus). 209.
bamula (Xenopsylla), 141.
hamza (Adopoea), 199.
— (Hesperia), 199.
hapalus (Uncifer), 202.
haplochrous (Accipiter), 110.
haplocnema (Cleora), 172.
Hapolorhynchus, 318-321. 354. 355. 376. 379.
harterti (Acrocephalus), 88.
— (Machaerirhynchus), 70.
— (Zygaena), 199.
hattamensis (Pachycephala), 57. 69.
— (Pachycephalopsis), 69.
hebetior (Pitta), 92.
hecki (Casuarius). 181, 183.
helenac (Parotia). 31. 252.
Hcliangelus. 14.
Helianthea. 14.
helioaylus (Ardea). 273.
■ — (Zoinerodiiis). 273.
162.
167
helviventris (Gallicolumba), 117.
hemioyanua (Epamera), 146.
— (Iolaus), 146.
Hemiprocne, 93.
Hemiprogne, 267.
Hemithea, 154.
hemixantba (Microeea), 66.
Qenioopernis, 110. 273.
Hcnicopbaps, 1 16.
henkei (Arses), 74.
henleyi (Ceratopbylbis). 233. 234.
beracleana (Chrysopbanus). 107.
bermani (Poecilodryas), 68.
Herodias. 111.
Hesperia, 197, 199.
Eeteractitis, 118.
Heteromyias, 69, 70.
Heteroprion, 189, 190.
Heteroptilorhis, 10.
heydemanni (Dysstroma)
Hieracidea, 110,273.
hieroglyphiea (Ctimene)
bill' (Xycticorax), 111.
Hippocampus, 293.
Hippolais, 192.
Hippotion, 5.
hirsuta (Xenopsylla), 139-142.
birudinata (Sauris), 165.
birundinacea (Collocalia), 93.
Hirundo, 14, 93, 192, 267.
hispanica (Oenanthe), 192.
lii.strio (Litocerus), 289, 290.
homalorrhoe (Sterrha), 158.
homoeides (Pyrausta), 218.
borni (Zygaenodes), 303.
howei (Pelagodroma), 186.
Hueus, 290.
bulb (Xeonectris), 187.
humeralis (Ptilopus), 113.
bumilis (Sericornis), 318.
bunsteini (Dipbyllodes), 37, 38.
— (Phonygammus). 39. 40.
huonensis (Goura), 118.
— (Megapodius). 127.
buttoni (Prion), 190.
hybemiata (Erosina), 180.
hybridus (Pinarolestes), 58.
bydrocbaris (Tanysiptera), 00, loo.
HydrocheUdon, 120, 184.
Hydrocorax, 112.
Hydroprogne, 185.
hylas (Lycaena), 198.
Hyloicus, 243.
bvperctbra (Pachycephala), 260.
hyperythra (Pachycephala). 56.
— (Rliipidura). 75, 76.
hypobasia (Parazoma), 163.
hypocrita (Dendrotrogua), 297.
391
hypoleuoa (Felagodroma). 186.
— (Petroiea), 68.
hypoleucos (Tringa), 118.
hypoleucua (Peocilodryas), 68.
Hypotaenidia, 120-122.
hypoxantha (Gerygone). 317, .120, .121. 126, 127.
176-178.
Hypseus, 294-296.
Hystrichopsylla. 229. 232.
ibericalis (Metasia). 200.
icarus (Lycaena), 198.
ida (Epinephele), 196.
— (Papilio), 196.
Ieracidea, 110, 271.
igata (Curruca), 320, 149.
— (Gerygone), 318-321, 348-356, 170-179.
ignotus (Seleucides), 6, 33.
ilicis (Thecla), 197.
iliolophus (Melilestes), 44.
— (Toxorhamphus), 44.
iraaginata (Ctcnognophos), 166.
immaculata (Porzana), 123.
imparifascia (Automolodes), 169.
impavidus (Ctenophthalmus), 230, 231.
improspera (Sauris), 164.
inca (Craneopsylla), 314, 315.
incana (Heteractitis), 118.
— (Tringa), 118.
inoerta (Amalocichla), 85.
— (Campephaga), 90.
— (Pseudopitta), 85.
incertum (Edolisoma). 90.
inccrtus (Eupetes), 85.
inclinans (Hucus), 290.
incondita (Eos), 103.
incongruens (Cypa), 236.
inconspicua (Gerygone), 330, 331, 376.
indefensa (Ozola), 151.
indignaria (Cnemodes), 175.
— (Semaeopus), 175.
indus ( Haliastur), 110.
inepta (Megacrex), 26, 124.
inexpectata (Pterodroma), 187.
infaustus (Cacomantis), 100.
inflexibilis (Scopula), 156.
informis (Phyllodonta), lso.
inomata (Acantbiza), 319.
— (Amblyornis), 29.
— (Gerygone), 320, 365-372, 376-379.
inornatus (Amblyornis), 24, 29, 30, 251.
— (Ptilonorbynchus), 29.
inquirendus (Megalnrus), 81.
insignis (Aegotheles), 95, 267.
— (Clytomyias), 71.
insperata (Gerygone), 157. 176.
— (Stenoponia), 234.
insnavis (Sterrha), 15s.
insularis (Arses), 74.
— (Gerygone), 349. 351-355, 376-178.
— (Monarcha). 74.
insularius (Gerygone), 351.
intercedeua (Ptilorhis). II.
intermedia (Coracina), 267.
— (Egretta). 111.
— (Paradisaea), 17.
intermedins (Diphyllodcs). 16, 17, 255.
— (Opopsitta), 106.
— (Proboseiger), 106.
— (Trichoglossus), 104.
intermissus (Ethelornis). 364.
— (Gerygone), 376.
intermixta (Psittacella), 107, 108. 272.
interposita (Megaloprepia), 114. 274.
interscapularis (Megalurus). 80.
Iolaus, 146.
iozonus (Ptilinopus). 111.
Erediparra, 26. 119.
irritans (Pulex). 225.
irrufata (Rhomboptila), 180.
isidori (Pomatorhinus), 89, 266.
jacksoni (Gerygone). 376.
— (Pseudogerygone), 361.
acobsoni (Gerygone), 371. 372, 376.
actantis (Deudorix), 148.
amesi (Phonygammus), 39. 40.
ansei (Ceroprepes), 208.
— (Phostria). 215.
Janthoenas, 115.
Janthothorax, 6. 9-11.
japonica (Dysstroma), 162.
javaniea (Apolecta), 101.
jerdoni (Aegialitis), 118.
— (Charadrius), 118.
jobiensis (Ailuroedus), 27.
— (Diphyllodes), 17, IS.
— (Gallicolumba), 171. 275.
— (Georrroyus), 108.
— (Manucodia), 256.
■- (Milidora). 98, 99, 269.
— (Paehycephala), 55, 56. 260.
— (Philemon). 50.
— (Phlegoenas). 117. 275.
— (Pitohui), 262.
— (Ptilinopus), 113.
— (Ptilopus), 113.
— (Talegallus), 127,276.
johnstoni (Gerygone), 328. 329, 376.
— (Pseudogerygone), .128.
joiceyi (Melirrhophetes), 258.
josephinae (Charmosyna), 104. 105. 271.
— (Trichoglossus). 104, 27 1 .
jucunda (Eublemma), 199.
— (Noctua), 199.
jugularis (Cinnyris), 51.
392
jurtina (Epinephele), 196.
— (Papilio), 196.
Kakatoe, 106.
kalshoveni (Zygaenodes). 303.
kamerunica (Epamera). 146.
kelanus (Polyptychic), 3.
kempi (Kempiella), 65.
— (Microeca), 65.
Kempiella, 65.
keraudrenii (Barita). 39, 255.
— (Phonygammus), 39, 40, 255.
keyensis (Gerygone), 369, 376, 379.
— (Pseudogerygone), 369.
keysseri (Casuarius), 182, 183.
— (Sericornis), 84.
kirhocepkalus (Lanius), 60.
— (Pitohui), 60.
kisserensis (Gerygone). 368. 376.
klossi (Pachycephala), 57. 260.
~ (Rallicula), 125, 275, 276.
kohauti (Palaeopsylla), 231.
korbi (Dysstroma), 162.
kubaryi (Gallicolumba), 117.
kuehni( Pitta), 91.
— (Xantkotis). 49.
kiihni (Gerygone), 369, 370, 377.
kumboae (Epamera), 146.
kumusi (Khipidura), 76.
laeea (Nesalcis), 178, 179.
laetipicta (Odysia), 178.
laetus (Mallorrhynchus). 293.
lacvigaster (Gerygone). 3211. 354. 362-366, 370,
376, 377. 370.
Lalage, 90.
Lampides, 197.
Lampornis, 14.
Lamproeoccyx, 101,
Lamprophorax. 11.
Lanius, 60. (Ml. 267.
Laphygma, 199.
Larius, 108.
lathonia (Argvnnis). 195.
— (Papilio). 195.
latimanuB (Epicerastes), .'tiis, 310.
latipea (Zygaenodea), 291. 303.
latipennis (Lophorina), 31, 253.
latirostris (Anthribus), 285-287.
laiiterbaohi (Chlamydera), 250.
lawesi (Parotia), 31, 252.
leucogonalis (Stericta), 210.
leucostephes (Melidectes), 46.
leucostictus (Eupetes), 86, 87.
lepida (Khipidura), 76.
Lepidus (Androceras), 290.
— (Ceyx), 97, 269.
leptipus (Zygaenodes). 292.
leptogonia (Ozola), 152.
Leptopsylla, 227. 230,231.
Leptotodus, 319, 320, 343.
Lesbia, 14.
lesouefi (Hypotaenidia), 121.
lessonii (Aestrelata), 188.
— (Pterodroma), 188.
leucocapillus (Aiious), 120.
Leucochloe. 194.
leucolophus (Caliechthrus), 101.
— (Cuculus), 101.
leucopareia (Chlidonias), 120, 184
— (Hydrochelidon), 184.
— (Trugon). 118.
Leucophantes, 66, 67, 263.
leueophrys (Khipidura), 74, 75.
leucops (Leucophantes), 66, 263.
— (Poecilodryas), 66, 67, 263.
leueoptera (Hydrochelidon), 184.
— (ProceUaria), 188.
— (Pterodroma), 188.
leucopygialis (Artamus), 41, 42.
leucorhynchus (Artamus), 41.
leucosomus (Accipiter), 110.
— (Astur), 110.
leucospila (Rallicula). 125.
— (Corethrura), 125.
leucostephes (Melirrhophetes), 46.
leucostictus (Eupetes), 265.
leucotera (Pieris), 193.
leucoteroides (Pieris), 193.
leueothorax (Khipidura), 78.
leucula (Pyrausta), 218, 219.
leucura (Oenanthe), 192.
levantina (Procris), 277.
levigaster (Ethelornis), 362, 364.
■ — (Gerygone), 364, 377.
lichenea (Ctenognophos), 166.
licheneus (Gnophos). 166.
liciata (Pherotesia), 177.
lifuensis (Gerygone), 347, 377.
lilianae (Fulgurodes), 179.
lineata (Aeanthiza). 319.
— (Coracina), 90.
lineolatus (Acorynus), 2ss.
Mucosa (Phaulimia), 206.
liparalia (Dichocrocis), 216.
Listropsylla, 130-138.
Litocerus, 289.
lituratus (Zygaenodea). 291.
livea (Columba), 192.
lobata (Pseudastrapia), 12, 13, 16.
lobengulae (Xenopsylla). 139, 142.
Loboparadisea, 14, 251.
Loborhamphus, 12, 13.
Loouatella, 21, 88.
lonchota (Sesquioltera), 173.
longicauda (Melanocharis), 52.
393
Longicauda (Henicopernis), llo, 27
— (Urocharis), 52.
longicaudus (Falco), 110, 273.
— (Talegallus), 127.
Iongifrons (Dinopsyllus), 130.
longipes (Procellaria), 186.
longirostris (Piezorhynchus), 73.
Lophorina, 11, 12, 21, 31, 32, 253.
lorentzi (Malurus), 78, 265.
— (Psittacclla), 108.
— (PtUoprora), 49.
— (RMpidura), 77.
Loria, 14, 252.
loriae (Oasuarius), 181, 183.
— (Eupetes), 87.
— (Loria), 252.
— (Pitta). 91.
Loriculus, 107, 272.
Lorius, 102, 103, 270.
lory (Domicella), 270.
— (Lorius), 102, 103.
— (Psittacus), 102.
lotteri (Papilio), 193.
lucida (Monarchal, 72.
lugubris (Melampitta), 92.
— (Melanpitta), 267.
— (Mellopitta), 92.
luteago (Tropideres), 143.
hiteatus (Polyptychic), 2.
lutetiae (Helianthca), 14.
luteus (Exillis), 298.
luzonica (Soopula), 157.
lyauteyi (Argynnis). 193, 195.
Lycaena, 198.
lycaon (Epinephele), 196.
lygropialis (Sylepta), 217.
lyllus (Coenonympha), 197.
— (Papilio), 197.
Lyncornis, 93.
lyogyrus (Cicinmirus), 7, 8, 16.
lypusus (Dinopsyllus), 129, 130.
Lyrurus, 8, 14.
lysimon (Lycaena), 198.
— (Papilio), 198.
Maealla, 208.
macallalis (.Sylepta), 217.
macariata (Ozola), 151.
macgillivrayi (Erythrura), 43.
Machaerirhynchus, 70.
machaon (Papilio), 193.
mackloti (Pitta), 91.
macklotii (Pitta), 91.
macleani (Gerygone), 350, 377.
— (Pseudogerygone), 349.
macquariensis (Hctcroprion), 190.
Macregoria, 14.
Macrocephalus, 287.
Macroglossura, 4.
maoroptera (Pterodroma), ls7.
Macro pygia, 116, 274.
lnacrorhina (Melidora), 98, 99, 269.
macrorhinus (Daeelo), 98.
macrurus (Caprimulgus), 92,
— (Megalurus). 79-81.
maculatus (Sericornis), 318.
maculiceps (Pristorhamplius), 52.
maoulosata (Epigynopteryx), 173.
madaraszi (Pinarolestes), 58.
maeandrinuB (Pinarolestes), 58.
maera (Satyrus), 286.
maforensis (Gerygone), 318, 377.
— (Phylloseopus), 377.
magna (Sericornis), 318.
(Sylepta), 217.
magnifica (Oraspedophora), 32.
— (Diphyllodes), 8, 16.
— (Megaloprepia), 114, 115, 274.
— (Paradisea), 35-37.
— (Ptilorhis), 6, 10, 11, 32.
magnificus (Diphyllodes), 7, 8, 11, 35-38, 255.
— (Falcinellus), 32.
magnirostris (Ethelornis), 336, 339.
— (Gerygone), 63, 317-322, 329. 332-340, 370-
378.
— (Sericornis), 82-84.
major (Macropygia), 116.
— (Neopsittacus), 106.
— (Oreopsittacus), 270.
— (Satyrus), 195.
Makrostoma, 286.
malaccensis (Anuropsis), 279.
Mallorrhynchus, 293.
Malurus. 21, 26, 78, 80. 11)0, 265.
raanadeasis (Monarcha), 264.
— (Muscicapa), 264.
manayoensis (Rhipidura), 76.
mandarinaria (Ctenognophos), 166.
manilae (Cypa), 236.
mantoui (Oaspedophora), 10, 11.
— ■ (Heteroptilorhis), 10, 11.
— (Ptilorhis), 6, 10, 11.
Manucodia, 38^0, 256.
Maorigerygone, 320.
margarithae (Phlegoenas). 117.
marginata (Sterrha), 159.
marginella (Ramilla). 207.
maria (Paradisaea), 9.
marina (Pelagodroma), 186.
marinaria (Eretmopus), 153, 154.
— (Thalassodes), 154.
markhanii (Oceanodroma). 180.
marmorata (Ptiloprora). 50.
maroeeana (Satyrus). 195.
mars (Craneopsylla), 314.
marurus (Sphenoeacus). 80.
394
massilienais (Hyloicus), 248.
mastersi (Gerygone), 361-365, 377-379.
— (Pseudogerygone), 363.
matalia (Phyllodonta), 170. 180.
mathewsae (Gerygone), 320, 351, 377.
mathiae (Phylloscopus), 262.
mattingleyi (Hetcroprion), 189.
maura (Papilio), 193.
mauretanica (Epinephele). 196.
— (Ganoris), 193.
— (Pieris), 193.
— (Riparia), 191.
— (Satyrus), 196.
— (Thecla), 1117.
mauretanicus (Ceratophyllus), 233, 234.
maurorum (Hyloicus), 248.
maxima (Papilio), 193.
maxinnis (Artamus), 21, 41, 257.
mayeri (Xanthotis), 258.
mayri (Amblyornis). 30, 251.
— (Collocalia), 93.
— (Eupetes), 87, 265.
— (Megalurus), 79-81.
— (Munia), 42.
— (Poecilodrvas). 67.
— (Ptiloprora). 49.
— (RalUcula), 124. 125.
— (RaUus), 23, 121.
meade-waldoi (Melanargia), 191, L96.
Mecocerus, 305.
raedialis (Hyloicus), 246.
meeki (Eubordeta). 168.
— (Parotia), 31, 252.
— (Pitohui), 59, 261.
— (Pitta), 91.
— (Pristorhamphus), 52. 259.
— (Syma). 98.
meekiana (Coracina), 267.
Megacrex. 26, 124.
Megalestes, 68.
Megaloprepia, 114. 115, 274.
Megalurus, 23. 26, 79-81.
Megapodius, 127, 128.
megarhyncha (Muscicapa), 58. 260.
(Syma). 97. 98,269.
megarhynchus (Melilestes), 45, 257.
— (Pinarolestes), 58. 59. 260, 261.
— (Ptilotis), 45.
Diegaspilaria (Spanioeentra), 153.
raegera (Papilio), 196.
— (Parage), 190.
melaleuca (Rhipidura), 75.
melalopha (Hemithea I. 154.
Melampitta, 02. 207.
melan (Edolisoma), 90, 207.
Melanargia, 191, 196.
Melanocharis, 51, 52.
melanogenys (Poccilodryas), 60.
melanoleucua (Hydrocorax), 112.
— (Phalaerocorax), 112.
— (Seleuoides), 33.
Melanolophia, 179.
melanonotus (Monarcha), 73.
melanorhyncha (Sterna), 185.
melanorhynchus (Pinarolestes), 260, 201.
melanothorax (Gerygone). 330, 331, 377.
melanotis (Ailuroedus), 27.
melanthiata (Narthecusa), 174.
melas (Lanius), 90. 267.
— (Macroglossum), 4, 5.
Melidectes. 40.
Melidora, 98, 99, 269.
Mcligethes, 281.
Melilestes, 44, 45, 257.
Meliphaga, 47, 48, 258.
Melipotes, 45. 46, 257.
Melirrhophetes, 46, 258.
Melitaea, 195.
MeUopitta, 24. 0.'.
melvillensis (Gerygone), 333.
— (Megalurus), 81.
— (Irediparra), 119.
menbeki (Centropus), 1(12.
meridionalis (Gonepteryx). 194.
Merops, 26, 96.
mesites (Deudorix), 147, 148.
metallicus (Aplonis), 41.
— (Calornis), 41.
Metasia, 200.
metasticta (Ortkoraphis), 212.
meyeri (Epimaehus), 253, 254. 276.
— (Falcinellus), 253.
— (Hypotaenidia), 121.
— (Myzomela), 43.
— (Pachycephala), 54.
— (Philemon), 50.
— (Philemonopsis), 50.
— (Pitohui), 60, 262.
— (Ptilotis), 48.
— (Tanysiptera). 100.
— (Xanthotis), 48.
meyerii (C'halcites), 101.
— (Chrysococcyx), 101.
meyricki (Orthaga), 211.
Microdyiiamis, 101, 270.
Mieroeca, 65, 66, 262, 263. 330.
Mieroglossus, 106.
Mieropsitta, 106, 107.
mjcrorhynchus (Rhamphomicrus), 14.
mildbraedi (Epamera), 1 16.
miles (Litooerus), 289.
Milionia, loo.
Milvus, 192.
Mimeta. 40.
mimikae (Gerygone), 333, 335-337.
— (Meliphaga), 48.
395
mimikae (Pseudogerygone), 335.
mincopicus (Polyptychus), 3.
minerva (Craneopsylla), 314.
minima (Porzana), 122.
— (Sericornis), 83.
miniosata (Photoscotosia), 160.
Mino, 21, 40, 256.
minor (Geoffroyus). 108.
— (Lophorina), 11. 32. 152.
— (Ozola), 152.
— (Palaeopsylla), 227.
— (Paradisaea), 8-10, 14, 38, 255.
— (Paradisea). 38, 255.
— (Peltops), 71.
— (Zosterops), 53, 259.
minorata (Scopula), 156.
minus (Edolisoma), 90.
minutus (Anous), 120.
miosnomensis (Pachyeephala), 56.
mira (Semaeopus), 176.
— (Tanvsiptera), 100.
mirabilis (Paradisea), 9.
— (Janthothorax). 9, 10.
misoliensis (Pinarolestes), 58.
misoriensis (Phylloseopus), 318, 377.
missa (Pachvptila), 189.
— (Prion), 189.
missus (Prion), 189.
Mistliosima, 301.
mixta (Cisticola), 79.
— (Paradisea), 14.
modesta (Gerygone), 320, 351, 371, 377, 379.
— (Psittacella), 107.
modiglianii (Gerygone), 371-373, 377.
molestus (Ailuroedus), 28.
molleri (Orthaga), 211.
mollis (Pterodroma). 187, 188.
moluccana (Gallinula), 124.
Monachella, 70, 263.
monana (Ecliptopera), 159. Kilt.
Monarcha, 20, 72, 74, 264.
montana (Campcphaga), 911, 267.
— (Meliphaga), 47.
— (Ptilotis), 47, 48.
— (Rhipidura), 76.
montanum (Edolisoma), 90, 267.
montanus (Peltops), 7(1, 71, 264.
montifringilla (FringUla), 14.
niontiiim (Paramythia), 250.
monstrosus (Zygaenodee), 306, 307.
morio (Edolisoma), 90.
— (Hyloicus), 243-245.
moroccana (Epinephele), 196.
mosquitus (('hrysolampis), 14.
mosskowensis (Aprosmietus), 109.
moszkowskii (Alisterus). 109.
Motaeilla. 87. 191.
mouki (Gerygone), 349, 353-355, 377, 378.
mozkowskii- (Aprosmietus), 109.
Mucronianus, 291.
miilleri (Rhipidura). 75.
miilleriana (Monachella). 70. 263.
— (Muscicapa), 70, 263.
miillerii (Edolisoma), 90.
— (Edoliisoma), 90.
mungi (Gerygone), 339, 362-365, 377, 379.
Munia, 21, 23, 26, 42, 43, 257.
murina (Brachypteryx), 82, 265.
— (Gerygone), 318, 376, 377.
— (Myiothera), 82.
— (Pseudogerygone), 317.
murinus (Crateroscelis), 82, 265.
muschenbroeki (Nanades), 270.
— (Neopsittacus), 270.
Muscicapa, 58, 70, 72, 74, 192, 260, 263, 264. 330.
muscicapa (Gerygone), 371-373, 377.
muscicolor (Ecliptopera), 160.
muscicoloraria (Actenochroma). 152.
muscosaria (Ctenognophos), 166.
muscosus (Epicerastes), 307-309.
musculus (Epicerastes), 308, 310.
musgravei (Amblyornis), 251.
musgravi (Ethelornis), 362.
— (Gerygone), 364, 365, 377.
musgravii (Amblyornis). 30.
musschenbroekii (Nanades), 105.
— (Xcopsittacus), 105, 106, 270.
Myiolestes. 66, 68, 263.
Myiothera. 82.
mystacea (Cypselus). 267.
— (Hemiprocne), 93.
— (Hemiprogne), 267.
Myzantha. 48.
Myzomela, 43, 44, 257.
naimii (Malurus), 78.
nana (Acanthiza). 319.
Xanodes. 105. 270.
Narthecusa, 173, 174.
Xasiterna. 106. 107.
nebetta (Xcsaleis), 179.
lK'bulosus (Anthribus), 285.
ISTectarinia, 51.
Negla, 174.
neglecta (Gerygone), 64, 312. 343. 377.
- (Pterodroma), 187.
Negloides, 174.
nehxkorni (Neolesbia), 14.
Xcnlcsliia, 14.
Neonectris, 187.
Neoparadisea, 6, s.
Neophron, 192.
Xcopsittacus, 105, 100, 270.
NeopsyUa, 220 223.
Neositta, 89.
Neotyphloceras, 311.
396
nereis (< iarrodia), 186.
Nesalcis, 178, 179.
aesciaria (Scopula), 156, 157.
Xi-ssiara. 293.
neumanni (Gallinula). 123.
— (Phonygammus), 40.
ncvadensis (Satyrus), 195.
niger (Dicaeum), 51, 52.
nigra (Astrapia). 13, 16, 34.
— (Melanocharis), 52.
— (Paradisea), 34.
— (RaUus), 122.
nigrans (Milvus), 192.
nigrescens (Pitohui), 59, 261.
— (Rectes), 59.
nigricans (Centropus), 1(12.
— (Polophilus), 1(12.
- (Seleuoides), 9, 10.
nigricepe (Poecilodryas), 66.
nigricollis (Lampornis), 14.
nigrifrons (Gallinula), 124.
nigripectus (Machaerirhynchus). 70.
nigripes (Ardea), 111.
— (Egretta), 111.
nigrirostris (Gerygone), 377.
— (Macropygia), 116, 274.
— (Gerygone), 335.
nigrita (Myzomela), 43.
nigroorbitalis (Poecilodryas), 67.
nilotica (Gelochelidon). 184.
Xinox. 109, 110,272,273.
nitidicutis (Basitropis), 299.
nivalis (Ctenophthalmus), 230.
niveifrons (Pachycephala), 57, 260.
nivelli (Epinephele), 196.
nobilis (Loborhamphus), 12.
— (Otidiphaps), 118.
Xoctua. 199.
nodicornis (Xylinades), 297, 298.
Xoorda, 218.
normani (Gelochelidon). 184.
normantoni (Ethelomis), 363.
— (Gerygone), 363, 377, 379.
normodes (Aulacodes). 215.
notalis (Litocerus), 289.
notata (Gerygone). 320, 343, 377.
— (Meliphaga), 47.
notescens (Phostria), 216.
notospila (Hemithea), 154.
nouhuysi (Sericornis), 83.
nova (Chlamydera), 28.
— (Pseudoprion), 190.
— (llliipidura), 76.
novaeguineae (Budytee), 87.
— (Cinnyris). 45.
— (Hieracidea), 110,273.
— (Ieracidea), 110, 111.
— (Irediparra), 119, 273.
novaeguineae (Orthonyx), 23. 8S. 89.
— (Paradisaea), 17.
— (Parra), 119.
— (Philemon), 50.
— (Pitta), 91.
— (Ptilopus), 113.
— (Toxorhamphus), 45.
— (Zosterops), 53.
novae-guineensis (Piezorhynchus), 73.
— (Setosura), 75.
novaehibernicae (Pitta), 91.
novae-hollandiae (Accipter), 110.
— (Aegotheles), 94.
— (Astur), 110.
— (Irediparra), 119.
— (Podiceps), 113.
nudalla (Narthecusa), 174.
Numenius, 119.
numidaria (Acidalia), 200.
— (Sterrha), 200.
nupera (Saphiopsylla). 227. 231.
Xyceryx, 4.
Nycticorax, 111.
nvmphaea (Catocala), 199.
— (Xoctua), 199.
— (Phalaena), 199.
obliquus (Sintor), 297.
oblita (Pitta), 91.
obliterata (Racotis), 172.
obscura (Ecliptopcra), 159.
— (Rectes), 58.
obscurata (Ecliptopera), 159, 160.
obscurior (Pachycephala), 259.
obscirrus (Pinarolestes), 58.
occidentalis (Microeca), 65, 262.
oceanitis (Xegloides), 174.
Oceanodroma, 186.
ocellatus (Podargus), 96, 268.
ochracea (Syma), 98.
oclu'Ogaster (Alcyone), 97.
ochromelas (Melirrhophetes). 46.
— (Melideetes), 46.
ocoluthalis (Dichocrocis), 216.
Odysia, 178.
Oedistoma, 45.
Oenanthe, 192.
olivacea (Amaurornis), 124.
— (Gallinula), 124.
(<!erygone), 321-327, 376-378.
— (Sericornis), 84, 31S. 37s.
olivaqeum (Paramythia), 256.
olivaceus (Psilopus), 32(1, 324.
olivascentior (Amalocichla), 85.
— (Xanthotis), 258.
onerata (Orthaga), 21 1.
onerosa (Gerygone), :(:):). :;::(;. :i77.
onopordi (Hesperia), 199.
397
oorfci (Ailuroedus), 28.
— (Clytomyias), 71.
— (Sericornis), 83. S4.
opaca (Hippolais), 192.
— (Zygaena). 199.
Opopsitta. 106.
opsitelea (Sterrha), 158.
— (Stroplioptila), 158.
orana (Zygaena), 199.
oranus (Ceratophyllus). 2:!:!. 234.
Oreoeharis, 52.
Oreoica, 61.
Oreopsittacus, KJ4, 270.
orientalis (Arses), 74.
— (Manucodia), 39, 256.
— (Meliphaga), 48.
— (Eurystomus), 96.
Oriolus, 40, 256.
ornaticollis (Anthriljus), 300.
ornatuB (Merops), 96.
— (Ptilinopus), 113.
Qrthaga, 211.
Orthonyx, 23, 88.
Orthoraphis, 212.
Orthotomus, 279.
Ostiarius, 320.
Otidiphaps, 118.
oustaleti (Anas), 112.
ovinus (Hueus), 290.
oweni (Megalurus), so.
owstoni (Cymoohorea), 18(i.
— (Oceanodroma), 186.
Oxyderes, 294.
Ozola, 151.
Pachycare, 21.53, 250.
Pachycephala, 20, 21, 53-57, 69, 70, 250, 200.
Pachycephalopsis, 57, 69.
Pachyptila, 189.
pacificus (Eurystonms), 00.
pais (Ketropis), 166.
Palaeopsylla, 227, 231.
palina (Saphiopeylla), 231.
pallens (Oypa). 236-238, 240.
pallida (Columba), 101.
(Gerygone), 320, 354, 305. 367, 370, 377.
-(Hippolais), 192.
— (Pseudogerygone), 317.
- (Psittaoella), 107. 108, 272.
pallidior (Synoicus), 120.
pallidus (Cuoulus), L01.
palpebrosa (Gerygone), 02, 202, 321, 327-331,
376-378.
— (Pseudogerygono), 328.
paludicola (Riparia), 191.
palustris (Parus), 67.
paniphilus (Ceononympha), 197.
Papilio. 193-198.
27
papon (Charmosyna), 104.
— (Psittaens), 104.
papuana (Erythnira), 21. 43.
— (Microeca), 66.
papuanus (Aecipiter), 273.
— (Casuarius), 181, 182.
papuensis (Caprimulgus), 03. 04.
— (Chaetorhynehus), 41. 42.
— (Charmosyna), 104.
— (Coracina), 89, 266.
— (Corvus), 89, 266. 267.
— (Lyncornis), 93.
— (Neositta), 89.
— (Podargus), 90. 268.
— (Sitta), 89.
Paradigalla, 12. 13. 16. 30, 252.
Paradisaea, 8-10, 14-17, 38, 255.
Paradisea. 9, 14, 31-38, 255, 256.
paradisea (Ptiloris), 32.
Paralygris, 160.
Paramythia, 256.
Pararge, 196.
Parazoma, 163, 164.
parodites (Scopula), 156.
Parotia, 12, 31, 252.
Parra, 119.
parva (Eudynamis). 101, 270.
— (Microdynainis), 101, 270.
parvirostris (Artamus), 41.
Parus. 52. 07. 87.
Paryphephoriis, 11.
Passer. 192.
passerina (Procellaria), L86.
patriciella (Ceroprepes), 208.
paula (Orthoraphis), 212.
pectorale (Dicaenm), 51.
pcotoralis (Columba), 114.
— (Crateroscclis), 82.
— (Eclectus). 108.
— (Gerygone). 371-373, 377.
— (Hypotaenidia), 122.
— (Pachycephala), 57. 260.
— (Psittacus), lus.
— (PtUinopus), 111.
(Ilallus). 23. 121. 122.
pedionoma (Ambia), 213.
Pelagodroma, 186.
Pctecanoides, 189.
pelecanoides (Sterna). 120, ls.">.
Pelecanus, 203.
pelewensis (Anas). 1 12.
Peltops, 70. 71. 203. 201.
Pempolia, 206.
penicillata (Eretmopus), 151.
penicilliger (Ceratophyllus), 230, 231.
peniiisularis (Grateroscelis), 82.
pentaeanthus (Rhadinopsylla). 227.
perenopterus (Neophron), 102.
."{•IS
perconfusus (Ethelornis), 302. : > « > ; I .
— (Gerygone), 377.
Peristera, 117, 27.">.
perneglecta (Pachycephala), 56.
perscotia (Aphilopota), 170.
— (Gnophos), 170.
personata (( lerygone), 62, 320, 329, 3150. 1(77.
— (Pseudogerygone), 329.
personatus (Geoffroyus), ins.
(Psittaous), 108.
perspersa (Narthecusa), 17:!.
perspicillata (Sericornis). 84, 318, 378.
pcsqueti (Dasyptilus), 109.
— (Psittacus), inn.
Petioica, 68.
phaeopus (Numenius), 119.
Phaeton, 203.
Phalacrocorax. 111. 112. 202, 203.
Phalaena, 199.
phasianimis (Centropus), 102.
Phasianus, 8.
Phaulimia, 296.
Pherotesia, 177.
phidippus (Satyrus), 286.
Philemon, 21. 50.
Philemonopsis, 50.
philippensis (Hypotaenidia), 120. 121.
philippinensis (Mucronianus), 291.
philippinus (Merops), 26, 96.
Phlegoenas. 117, 27."'.
phloeas (Chrysophanus), 197.
— (PapUio). 197.
Phlocobius, 298, 299.
phodinus (Zygaenodes), 291.
phoebus (Chrysophanus). 191. 197.
— (Polyommatus), 191.
Phonygammus, 39. 40, 255.
Phostria, 215.
Photoscotosia. 160.
phrator (Syntophoderes), 305.
Phrudocentra, 174, 175.
Phycita. 207. 208.
Phyllodonta, 179, 180.
Phylloseopus, 04. 65, 202. 31s, 319, 370. 377.
Physopterus, 288.
pitta (Limonia), 2so.
(Psittacella), los.
pictaria (Acoluths }, 165, 166.
picticollis H tasuarius), 181, is.'!.
piera (Satyrus), 286.
Pieris, 193, 194.
I 'iezorhynchus, 72. 73.
Pinarolestee, 58, 59, 260, 261.
pinastri (Hyloicus), 243-249.
I'i. aiias. 108.
Pitohui, 59-61. 261, 202.
Pitta, 91,92.
placens (Climacteris), 89.
placida (Gerygone), 62, 345, 3,77. 378.
planiroetris (Anthribus), 286.
Platyceicus, 109.
Platyrhinus, 287.
Platystomos, 281-287.
Platystomus, 287.
plesseni (Gerygone), 371. 372. 377.
plicatus (Rhytioeros), 97.
plinthochroa (Stericta), 210.
Plotus, 202. 203.
plumbeus (Synoicus), 20. 12.~>, 126.
plumifera (Egretta), 111.
plumiferus (Herodias), 111.
Poecilodryas. 66-69, 88, 263.
podalirius (Papilio), 193.
Podargus, 96. 268.
Podieeps. 23. 112. 113.
Poecilodrvas, 263.
pogonodes (Sylepta), 218.
poikilostcrnos (Xanthotis), 48. 49. 259,
poliocephala (Gerygone), 64, 377
— (Phylloseopus), 377.
poliocephalus (Accipiter), 110.
— (Phylloseopus), 64.
poliogenys (Anuropsis), 279.
Poliolinmas, 122.
poliosoma (Pachycephala), 260.
poliura (Megaloprepia), 115.
Polophilus, 102.
polychlorOB (Vanessa), 194.
polygramma (Xanthotis), 4S, 49, 259.
Polyommatus. 191, 197.
Polyphagia, 161.
Polyptyehus, 1-3.
Pomareopsis. 87, 266.
Pomatorhinus, 89. 260.
pontifex (Sericornis), 84.
porphyrochlamvs (Ptochophyle), 155.
Porzaiia. 23, 122, 123.
praedicta (Ptiloprora), 49.
prasina (Araeocera), 277.
Prasinoeyma, 153.
Pratincola. 88.
Priocella, 187.
Prion. 189, 190.
Pristorhamphus, 52, 259.
priva (Phaulimia), 296.
Probosciger, 106, 271.
Procellaria, 186, 188.
procer (Epidysnos), 301.
Procris, 277.
Promerops, 33.
prominens (Listropsylla), 133, 134, 137.
prominulus (Epicerastes), 309, 310.
promota (Apatenia), 29!.
proxima (Gerygone), 333. 338, .377.
proximalis (Sylepta), 217.
Pseudastrapia, 12, 13, 16.
399
Pseudogerygone, 12, 64, 202, 317, 320, 328-331,
335, 339, 345-349, 361-365, 369, 375.
Pseudopitta, 85.
Pseudoprion, 190.
pseustes (Syma), 98.
Psilopus, 320, 324. 336, 352, 358.
Psittaoella, 22, 107, 108, 272.
Psittacus, 102-109, 271.
Psittricbas, 109.
Pteridophora, 14, 251, 253.
Pterodroma, 187, 188.
Ptilinopus, 113, 114. 273, 274.
Ptilonorhynchus, 13, 16, 29, 250.
Ptiloprora, 49, 50.
Ptilopus. 113. 114.
Ptilorhis, 6, 10, 11, 32.
ptilorhis (Loborhamphus), 12.
Ptiloris, 32.
Ptilotis. 45. 47-50. 258.
Ptochophyle, 155.
Ptychopoda, 157.
puchcrani (Geoirroyus), 108.
puella (Columba), 114.
— (Megaloprepia), 114, 115.
Puffinus, 187.
pulchella (Columba), 114.
— (Charmosyna), 271.
(Charmosynopsis), 105, 271.
pulcbellus (Ptilinopus). 114.
pidcher (Aegotheles), 95, 267.
pulcbra (Alcyone), 99.
Pulex, 225.
pulicaria (Silpha). 283.
pulicarius (Dermestes), 282, 283.
pullicauda (Neopsittacus), 106, 270.
pullicosta (Actenochroma). 152.
pullius (Macroglossum). 4.
pumilus (Podargus), 96.
punctifera (Lyeaena), 198.
punctiferalis (Uichocrocis). 216.
punctivenaria (Ctenognophos), 166.
purpurea (Arctia), 286.
purpureoviolacea (Phonygammus), 39, 40.
puseo (Micropsitta), 106.
pusilla (Acanthiza), 319. 378.
— (Alcyone), 97.
— (Ceyx), 97.
pygarga (Polyptychic), 1.
pygidialis (Epicerastes), 309.
pygmaeum (Oedistoma), 45.
Pyralia, 212.
I'yrausta, 218, 219.
pyrrhophanus (Cacomantis), 101.
quadrigeminus (Ptilinopus), 113.
— (Ptilopus). 113.
quadripunctata (Hemithea), 154.
quadritubereulatus (Zygaenodes), 307.
queenalandica (Gerygonc). 324. 325, '■'''.
queenslandieus (Synoicus), 126.
quintal! (Pterodroma). 187.
quoyi (Craticus), 62.
raalteni (Synoicus), 126.
Racheospila, 162.
Racotis, 171, 172.
r;wljah (Anas), 112.
— (Tadorna), 112.
raggiana (Paradisaea), 17.
Rallicula, 124. 125. 27:..
Rallina, 124.
Hallus. 23. 121, 122.
ramesis (Xenopsylla), 233.
Hamilla, 207.
ramsayi (Halcyon), 99.
ramuensis (Gerygone), 63. 337. 338. 377.
rapae (Ganoris), 193.
— (Pieris), 193.
ravoalis (Pyralis), 213.
rawnsleyi (Ptilonorhynchus), 13. 16.
— (Sericulua), 13.
recondita (Chlamydera), 28.
Rectes, 58-61.
rectimargo (Zygaenodes), 291.
reevesi (Syrraaticus), 8.
n-L'iilis (Chrysocraspeda), 155.
regius (Cicinnurus), 7, 8, 16, 34, 35, 255.
regularis (Xesalcis), 179.
reichenowi (Piezorhyncbus), 73.
reinwardt (Megapodius), 127.
Reinwardtoena, 116, 275.
reinwardtsi (Reinwardtoena), 116. 275.
remissa (Sterrha), 158.
Remodes, 165.
resinosus (Platyrhinus), 287.
retensa (Eretmopus), 154.
Rhiulinopsylla, 227, 231.
rbamni (Gonepteryx). 194.
Rhanipliomierus, 14.
Rhectes, 61,261.262.
Rhinosimus, 286.
Rhipidornis, 7. 8. 15, 16.
Rhipidura, 73-78, 265.
rhizophorae (Gerygone), .'171 :i7:'.. :!77.
Rhodopecliys, 192.
Rhodophthitus, 173.
Rhomboptila, 180.
Rhomborista, 153.
Rhyticeros, 97.
richraondi (Gerygonc). 318. 351-354. 376-379.
— (Wilsonavis). 320, 352.
ridicula (Sesquialtera), 173.
Riparia, 191.
rivoli (Ptilinopus). 274.
rivolii (Ptilinopus), 1 14.
robini (Ethelornis), 333.
400
robini (Gerygone), 377.
— (Thalasseus), 185.
robusta (Crateroscelis), 81, si. 377.
(< lerygone), .'{77.
robust irostris (Acanthiza), .'II'.*.
rogersi (Anas). I Il\
-- (Casuarius), 181 183.
— (Geiygone), 323, 325. 326. 377, 378.
— (Chlicloni.is). 120.
-- ( ffydrochelidon), 184.
(Podargus), 96.
rohui (Diomedella), 190.
roratua (Eclectus), 108.
roseigularis (Casuarius), 181, 183.
roseipennis (Hippotion), 5.
rosenbergii (Myzomela), 44.
roseovittata (Rhodophthitus), 173.
rosseliana (Geiygone), 333, 336, 338, 377.
rostrata (Mellopitta), 92.
rothsohildi (Charmosynopsis), In.",.
— (Diphyllodes), 36, 37.
— (Heliangelus), 14.
— (Heteromyias), lilt. 70.
— (Ircdiparra). 1111.
rouxi (Geiygone), 347, 377. 379.
— (Pseudogerygone), 347.
Eoyigerygone, 320.
rubicundulus (Orthotomus), 279.
rubiensis (Domicella), 270.
— (Lorius). 102, 103.270.
— (Manucodia), 256.
— (Monarcha), 74.
— (Pachycephala), 55.
— (Tchitrea), 74.
rubra (Eugeiygone), 64. 374-379.
— (Geiygone), 64. 31s. 339. 374-379.
— (Pseudogerygone). 64, 320, 375.
— (Rallicula), 124. 125.275.276.
rubripalpis (Macalla). 209.
rubrocoronatum (Dieaeum), 51.
rufa (Rhipidura), 76.
rufeseens (Acgothelcs). 94.
— (Geiygone), 377.
— (Phaulimia), 296.
— (Seiicomis), S4. :;ls. 376-378.
rutibrunnea (Dysstioma), 161-163.
— (Polyphasia), 161.
rufieeps (Orthotomus), 279.
ruficollaris (Alcyone), 99.
rufieollis (Chalcites), Mil.
— (Gerygone), 63. 319, 321. 356, 357, 376-379.
— (Lamproc.occyx), 101.
— (Podiceps). 23, 112. 113.
— (Rhyticeros), 97.
rufieolor (Galerida), 192.
ruficostella (Pempelia), 206.
ruficrissa (Gallinula), 124.
rufidorsa (Rhipidura), 76. 265.
rurigaster (Columba), 115.
— (Ducula), 115.
rnfigula (Gallicolumba), 117. 275.
(Peristera), 1 17. 275.
riiliinirba (Pachycephala), 56. 57. 260.
rufinus (Buteo), 192.
rufipes (Mucronianus), 291.
mfiventris (Rhipidura), 75. 265.
rufogaster (Pinarolestes), 59.
I ilfcil inc Ins (Casuarius). 128.
rugieeps (Habrissus), 297.
russula (Arctia), 286.
rustica (Hirundo), 14. 192.
ruysi (Neoparadisea), 6. 8.
Rynchaenas, 116.
saccharins (Coereba), 205.
sacerdotis (( leyx), 97.
saliai i ( Emberiza), 192.
saleyerensis (Gerygone), 374. 377.
Balicis (Arctia), 286.
sali.itrix (Proeellaria), 186.
salvadoriana (Tanysiptera), 100.
salvadorii (Aegotheles). 94, 95.
— (Gerygone), 371-373, 377.
— (Merops), 26, 96.
— (Micropsitta), 106. 107.
— (Poecilodryas), 66.
— (Xanthotis), 258.
sancta (Halcyon). 99.
sanetus (Halcyon), 99.
sanfordi (Crateroscelis), 81.
sanguinea ( Rhodopechys), 192.
Saphiopsylla. 227. 231.
saturalis (Aulacodes), 214.
saturata (Anuropsis), 279.
saturatior (Synoicus), 125-127.
— (Xanthotis), 258.
saturatus (Machaerirhynchus), 70.
Satyrus. 195. 196.
Sauris, 164, 165.
Sauromarptis, 99. 269.
Saxicola, 26. 88.
scabrosus (Anthribus), 285.
scaphidius (Hypseus), 295.
schausi (Stericta), 210,
schlegeli (Pachycephala). 259.
— (Rynchaenas), 116.
schlegelii (Pachycephala). 54.
Scolopax, 23.
Scopula, 156.
scopulifer (Xenopsylla). 142.
Scutellaria (Litocerus), 2s9.
secticolor (Eudule), 177.
aecura (Neopsylla), 220.
sefilata (Paradisea), 31.
— (Parotia), 12. 31, 252.
sc^nis (Leptopsylla), 227.
401
Seicerus, 318-320, 378.
Scleucides.fi, 9-11,33.
seleueides ( Diphyllodes), 36, 37.
sellamontis (Syma), 117. IIS. 209.
sellata (Nessiara), 293.
sellifera (Nessiara), 293.
Scinaeopus, 175, 176.
aemidentata (Aphilopota), 169.
semilugens (Craspedosis), 168.
semipurpuiea (Rhomborista), 153,
semperi (Dichocrocis), 216.
scnex (Gerygone), 369. 377. 378.
— (Gymnocorvus), 27.
sepikiana (Charmosyna), 104, 105.
septentrionalis (Diphyllodes), 37, 38.
— (Megaloprepia), 115.
sequens (Gerygone), 368, 369, 377.
sericans (Epiceraetes), 310.
sericea (Loboparadisea), 251.
sericeus (Cinnyris), 51.
— (Dyanos), 301.
— (Orthotomus), 279.
Sericornis, 82-84, 100, 318. 319. 376-378.
Sericulus, 13.
Serinus, 192.
serinus (.Serinus). 192.
serrator (Polyptyclius). 1.
Sesquialtera, 173.
Setosura, 75.
sexpunctata (Limonia), 286.
sharpei (Edolisoma), 90.
— (Meliphaga), 47.
— (Ptilotis), 47.
sharpii (Donaeicolor). 43.
— (Munia). 43.
shibuyai (Macalla), 208.
siccifolia (Rhomboptila), 180.
sigillifera (Erythrura), 43.
— (Lobospingus), 43.
signatus (Directarius). 291.
Silpha, 282-284.
similis (Cicinnurus), 35.
simillima (Satyrus), 195.
simillimum (Dicaeum), 51.
simplex (Aulacodes), 214.
— (Geoffroyus), 108.
— (Gerygone). 363. 371-373, 377.
— (Pionias), 108.
simplieipes (Syntoplioderes), 305.
simulatus (Araecerus), 303.
sinensis (Sterna), 185.
Sintor, 296, 297.
Sitta, 89.
slamatus (Acorynus), 288.
Smerinthulus, 236, 241. 242.
solanderi (Pseudoprion), 190.
solitaria (Ceyx), 97, 269.
solitariua (Ceyx), 97. 269.
aonantis (Polyptychus), 2.
sondaica (Neopsylla), 220. 222-224.
sophorae (Satyrus). 286.
sorecis ( Palaeopsylla), 231.
soror (Pachycephala), 57.
southi (Phycita), 207.
Spanioccntra, 153.
Spargania, 176.
sparsilis (Syntoplioderes). 300.
spcr-cosa (Paradisca). 35-37.
specio8a (Diphyllodes), 2.v>.
— (ParadLsea), 35-37.
speciosus (Diphyllodes). 37. 38.
— (Epimachus), 33.
spectabilis (.Munia). 42.
Sphenoeacus, 80.
spillmanni (Ctenidiosomus), 311.
spilodera (Aethomyias), 84, 85, 319.
— (Entomophila), 84.
— (Sericornis), 377.
Spiloglaux. 272.
spilognota (Ctimene), 167.
spilopterus (Centropus), 102.
spilotborax (Urospizias), 110.
Spbmx. 243.
splendens (Aulacodes), 214.
splendidissima (Astrapia), 254.
splendiolus (( 'hrysococcyx), lot.
spurrelli (Polyptychus), 1.
squalida (Pachycephala). 55. 56.
— (Racotis), 172.
statices (Procris), 277.
stellae (Carmosyna), 271.
— (Charmosyna), 271.
stenolophus (Microglossus). 106.
. — (Probosciger). 106.
Stenoponia, 234. 311.
stepbani (Ghalcophaps), 116.
Stericta, 209, 210.
Sterna, 120, 185.
Sterrha, 158, 159, 200.
stevensi (Neopsylla), 220.
stibialis (Endotricha). 212.
stietilaema (Gerygone), 377.
Stigmatops, 26, 48.
atrenua (Campephaga). 89, 267.
— (Coracina), 89. 267.
— (Hydroprogne), 185.
Streptopelia, 192.
stresemanni (Alisterus), 272.
— (Epimachus), 34, 254, 276.
— (Megalurus), 79, 81.
— ■ (Melilestes), 45.
striata (Sterna), 185.
striatus (Kalcincllus). 33. 254.
— (Oriolus). 40.
striolata (Emberiza), 192.
— (Museieapa), 192.
402
Strophoptila. 158.
stuarti (Xyceryx), 4.
stygius (Ceratophyllua), 135.
— (Listropsylla). 135.
subapicaria (Dysstroma), 163.
subaurantia (Pachycare), 53, 54.
subcostatus (Epicerastes), 309.
subcyanea (Poecilodryas), 66.
subcyaneua (Poecilodryas), 66, 67.
subcyanua (Paecilodryas), 263.
subfiavida (Hemithea). 154.
subflavidior (Pachycephala), 56, 260.
subignea (Spargania), 176.
subjecta (Pherotesia). 177.
subpallida (Pachycare), 53, 54.
subpenicillatus (Anthribus), 306.
subpersonata (Motacilla), 191.
subtilisecta (Spargania), 176.
succrassula (Scopula). 157.
Sula, 202. 203.
sulcata (Xenopsylla), 139-142.
sulcirostris (Phalacrocorax), 111.
snlphurea (Gerygone), 321. 340, 370-379.
aumatrana (Sterna). 120.
superba (C'olumba), 113.
— (Lophorina). 11, 12. 31. 253.
— (Paradisea), 31.
superbus (Columba), 273.
— (Ptilinopus). 113. 273.
auperciliaria (Drymoedus). 86.
supercihosa (Anas), 112.
superciliosus (Anas), 23.
suturalis (Sintor), 297.
syenitica (Oenanthe). 102.
Sylbeocyclus, 112.
Sylepta, 217.
sylvestris (Gerygone), 340-351. 377.
Sylvia. 64. 342.
sylvia (TanyBiptera), loo.
Syma. 07. OS. 269.
Synoicuni, 127.
Synoicus, 26. 125. 126. 127.
Syntophoderes, 305.
Syrmaticus, 8.
szalayi (Mimeta), 40.
— (Oriolus), 40, 256.
tabuensis (Porzana), 23. 122. 123.
— (Rallus). 122.
Tadorna, 112.
tagulana (Gerygone), 334. 335. 377.
Talegallns, 127. 128.276.
talpae (Hystrichopsylla). 229, 232.
Tantalus. 119.
tanyscia (Tatabotys), 215.
Tanysiptera, 99, 100.
tanystya (Phrudocentra), 174. 175.
tappenbecki ( Pinarolestes), 58.
Tanicus, 107.
Tatobotys, 215.
Tehitrea, 74.
telescophthalmus (Arses). 74.
— (Muacicapa), 74.
temminckii (I (rthonyx), 88, 89.
tniax (Dinopsyllus), 130.
tenebricosa (Dysatroma), 163.
tenebrosa (Gallinula). 123.
— (Gerygone), 320. 332. 333. 338. 330. 376-378.
— (Pachycephala). 260.
— (Pseudogerygone). 339.
tenkatei (Acanthiza), 371. 372.
— (Gerygone), 377.
tentelare (Syma), 98.
tenuiorata (Xartliecusa), 173.
tenuirostris (Xeoneetris), 187.
— (Puffinus). 187.
tenuis (Gerygone). 377.
(Leptotodus), 320, 343.
tenuivirga (Craspedosis). 168.
tephrocephala (Seicercus). 37S.
terrestris (Trugon), 117. 118.
terricolor (Ninox), 272.
Tetrao, 8, 14.
tetrix (Lyrurus). 8.
teucer (Satyrus), 286.
Thalasseus, 185.
Thalassodes. 153. 154.
Thalurania, 14.
thapsinus (Rhodophthitus), 173.
thaumas (Adopoea), 198.
— (Papilio), 198.
Thecla. 197.
thectopetina (Ramilla), 207.
theklae (Galerida), 192.
theomacha (Xinox), 109, 272, 273.
— (Spiloglaux), 272.
theophrastus (Hesperia). 197.
— (Tarueus). 11>7.
theuropides (Ctenognophos), 166.
thompsoni (Pterodroma), 1S7.
— (Manucodia). 40.
thorp 'i (Gerysrone), 351. 377.
threnotlinrax (Rhipidura), 75.
— (Setosura), 75.
tibioclaratus (Mucronianus), 291
Timeliopsis, 50.
timoriensis (Megalurus). 23, 26. 79-S1
tingitanus (Corvus), 1!'2.
tipaldii (Rhomboptila), 180.
Todopeis, 71. 72.264.
Todus, 72.
tolmera (Craneopsylla), 314.
tormenti (Sterna). 185.
toroensis (Bpainera), 146.
torotoro (Syma). 97. OS. 269.
torquata (Bourcieria), 14.
403
torquatua (Melidectes), 40.
— (Phasianus), 8.
tortus (Xenopsvlla). 142.
Totanus, 118.
Toxorhamphus, 44. 45.
traviesi (Eudosia), 14.
tricata (Xeopsylla), 223.
Trichoglossus, 103, 104. 271.
Trichoparadisea, 9.
trichroa (Erythrura), 43.
tricolor (Eulabeornis). 124.
— (Podiceps), 112.
— (Rallina), 124.
— (Rhipidura), 75.
— (Sylbeocylus). 112.
trilineatus (Polyptychus). 2. 3.
Tringa, 118.
tripectinata (Stenoponia), 234.
trissosticha (Stericta). 210.
tristis (Gymnocorvus), 27.
tristissiina (Munia). 21. 42. 257.
tristrami (Oceanodroma), 186.
triton (Kakatoe), 106.
— (Psittacus). 100.
trivirgatus (Phylloscopus), 04, 05. 202. 318, 376,
377.
trochiloides (Gerygone), 377.
— (Phylloscopus), 318.
— (Sericornis), 318.
Tropideres. 143, 144.
Trugon, 117, 118.
truncata (Polyphagia), 161.
truncifascia (Craspedosis), 168.
trux (Adoxastia), 300.
tschegrava (Hydroprogne), 185.
turbidus (Ceratophyllus), 225.
turtur (Prion). 190.
— (Pseudoprion). 190.
— (Streptopelia). 192.
Typhlooeras. 225, 227, 229.
tyrannuloides (Gerygone), 366. 377.
umbrosaria (Eeliptopera), 100.
unappendiculatus (Caeuarius), 128.
Uncifer, 202.
undatus (Polyptychus), 2. 3.
undiferata (Spaniocentra), 153.
undulatus (Epicerastes), 309.
ungemacbi (Lycaena), 10s.
uniformis (Chlamydera), 250.
(Cypa), 237-24H.
urbica (Deliohon), 14.
urinatrix (Pelecanoides), 180.
Urocliaris, 52.
urogallus (Tetrao), 8.
uropygialis (Acanthiza), 310.
Urospizias. 1 HI.
vacuefacta (Episteira), Kit.
s .i-.nis (Melilcstee), 45.
valescens (Anisozyga), 152.
vana (Munia), 23. 42.
Vanessa, 194.
variegatus (Numenius), 110.
— (Tantalus), 119.
variifrons (Chloeres), 162.
— (Comostolopsis), 162.
— (Raeheospila). 162.
variolosus (Cacomantis), 100.
varius (Anthribus), 285.
versteri (Pristorhamphus). 52. 250.
vestigiata (Ctimene), 167.
vestitus (Litocerus), 289.
vethi (Sintor), 296. 297.
vicaria (Poeeilodryas), 68, 263.
vidua (Meliphaga), 47.
vicinus (Ceratophyllus), 132.
— (Listropsylla), 132, 137.
— - (Xylinades), 298.
victoria (Goura), 118.
victoriae (Halobaena), 188.
victoriana (Orthonyx), 88, 89.
vidoata (Apatenia), 294.
vigens (Zygaenodes), 143.
violaceus (Ptilonorhynchus), 13. 250.
Vireosylvia, 342.
virescens (Gerygone). 64. 319, 342. 34:'.. 376, 377.
— (Sylvia), 64, 342.
— (Vireosylvia), 342.
virgata (Sericornis). 84.
virgulatus (Litocerus), 289.
viridicrissalis (Lorius), 103.
viridiplaga (Semaeopus), 175.
vitiensis (Columba), 1 15.
vittata (Pachyptila). 189.
vittatus (Prion). 189.
wahnesi (Gerygone), 62, 202. 331, 377, 37s.
— (Parotia), 31, 252.
— (Pscudogervgone), 62. 262, 331.
waigiouensis (Eurytomus), 96.
waigiuensis (Cryptolopha), 319, 342.
— (Gerygone). 377.
— (Melidora), 99.
wallaca (Diomedella), 190.
wallacei (Aegotheles). 208.
wallacii (Todopsis), 72.
wallichi (Dicranocephalus), 288.
wandamensis (Pitohui), 59.
watsoni (Gerygone), 377.
— (Pseudogerygone), 320.
wayensis (Gerygone), 35s. 361, 377.
weatherilli (Ethelornis), 364.
— (Gerygone), 377.
weiskei (Cacomantis), 100.
1()4
wellsi (Coereba), 205.
— (Syma), 98.
westermanni (Casuarius), 181, 1 s:{.
— (Xylinades), 298.
westi (Eleetrophaes). [61.
westralaaianna (Halcyon), 99.
wetterensis (Gerygone), 367, 377.
whitlocki (Gerygone), 377.
— (Ethelornis). 339.
wiedenfeldi (Aegotheles), 94.
wilemani (Endotricha). 212.
wilhelminae (Laxnprothorax), 11.
Wilsonavis. 320, 352.
wolffhuegeli (t'raneopsylla), 314.
wolffsohni (Oaneopsylla), 313, 314.
wollastoni (Zygaenodes), 291.
woodlarkensis (Piezorhynchus), 72.
xanthogaster (Gerygone). 341.
xanthogastra (Gerygone), 326, 377.
Xanthomelus. 29. 251.
xanthoptera (Diphyllodes), 38.
Xanthotis, 48, 49. 258, 259.
Xenopsylla, 139-142. 233.
xehopus (Iitooerus), 289.
Xylinades, 297. 298.
yokoana (Epamera), 146.
yorki (Caprimulgus), 92, 93.
— (Hydroprogne), 185.
— (Phonyganimus). 40.
— (Pitta). 91.
- (Sterna), 186.
ypiranga (Fulgurodes), 179.
ypailophoros (Synoicus), 125-127.
zerenaria (Narthecusa), 174.
zoeae (Columba). 115, 274.
— (Dueula). 115, 274.
Zonerodius, 273.
zophera (Ecliptopera), 159, 160.
Zosterops, 53, 259, 336.
Zygaena. 199.
Zygaenodes, 143. 291. 292, 303, 306.
■•";""
LEPIDOPTERA
COLLECTED BY THE
British Ornithologists' Union and Wollaston Expeditions in
the Snow Mountains, Southern Dutch New Guinea
WITH TWO COLOURED PLATES
By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D.
(LORD ROTHSCHILD,
PRICE : JB1 5s. (less 20% to Booksellers).
A REVISION OF THE LEPI DOPTEROUS FAMILY
SPHINGIDAE
Bv the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D.,
AND
KARL JORDAN, M.A.L., Ph.D.
PRICE: £10 (less 20% to Booksellers).
cxxxv and 972 pages, with 67 Plates.
AnnvaX Subscription to " Novitates Zoological," £1 5s.
Price of completed Volumes, £1 10s. Volume XXV and following issues, £1 16s.
(Commission for Booksellers on completed volumes only.)
Communications, etc., may be addreoood to
THE EDITORS OF " NOV1TATES ZOOLOQICAE,"
ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM,
THING.
Subscribers should give notice of the non-arrival of any numbers immediately upon receipt
of the succeeding part, otherwise the missing numbers cannot be replaced free.
f RIKTSD feT HAZE1X. WAT80S iHS MJfRT, ITI*., LONLOK A"l> AYLESBURY.
-3£
I